Full text of "The Philosophy Of Ernst Cassirer"
See other formats
TEXT FLY WITHIN THE BOOK onLY OU1 60591 OSMAN1A UNIVERSITY LIBRARY Call No.) f 3 ' ?/(52# 3 3> P Accession Thi/hook shouB berfoturned oil or before the, date last marked below THE LIBRARY OF LIVING PHILOSOPHERS Volume VI THE PHILOSOPHY OF ERNST CASSIRER THE LIBRARY OF LIVING PHILOSOPHERS PAUL ARTHUR SCHILPP, Editor Already Published: THE PHILOSOPHY OF JOHN DEWEY (1939) THE PHILOSOPHY OF GEORGE SANTAYANA (1940) THE PHILOSOPHY OF ALFRED NORTH WHITEHEAD (1941) THE PHILOSOPHY OF G. E. MOORE (1942) THE PHILOSOPHY OF BERTRAND RUSSELL (1944) THE PHILOSOPHY OF ERNST CASSIRER (1949) In Preparation: ALBERT EINSTEIN: P H IL O S O P H E R- S C I E N TI ST THE PHILOSOPHY OF BENEDETTO CROCE THE PHILOSOPHY OF SARVEPALLI R AD H AKRI S H N AN THE PHILOSOPHY OF KARL JASPERS Other volumes to be announced later THE LIBRARY OF LIVING PHILOSOPHERS Volume VI THE PHILOSOPHY OF ERNST CASSIRER EDITED BY PAUL ARTHUR SCHILPP 1949 THE LIBRARY OF LIVING PHILOSOPHERS, INC. THE PHILOSOPHY OF ERNST CASSIRER Copyright, 1949, by The Library of Living Philosophers, Inc. Printed in the United States of America FIRST EDITION A-F GEORGE BANTA PUBLISHING COMPANY, MENASHA, WISCONSIN GENERAL INTRODUCTrt>& TO "THE LIBRARY OF LIVING PHILOSOPHERS" A CCORDING to the late F. C. S. Schiller, the greatest ob- JTj\. stacle to fruitful discussion in philosophy is "the curious etiquette which apparently taboos the asking of questions about a philosopher's meaning while he is alive." The "interminable controversies which fill the histories of philosophy," he goes on to say, "could have been ended at once by asking the living phi- losophers a few searching questions." The confident optimism of this last remark undoubtedly goes too far. Living thinkers have often been asked "a few searching questions," but their answers have not stopped "interminable controversies" about their real meaning. It is none the less true that there would be far greater clarity of understanding than is now often the case, if more such searching questions had been directed to great thinkers while they were still alive. This, at any rate, is the basic thought behind the present un- dertaking. The volumes of The Library of Living Philosophers can in no sense take the place of the major writings of great and original thinkers. Students who would know the philoso- phies of such men as John Dewey, George Santayana, Alfred North Whitehead, Benedetto Croce, G. E. Moore, Bertrand Russell, Ernst Cassirer, Etienne Gilson, Karl Jaspers, et al., will still need to read the writings of these men. There is no substitute for first-hand contact with the original thought of the philosopher himself. Least of all does this Library pre- tend to be such a substitute. The Library in fact will spare neither effort nor expense in offering to the student the best * This General Introduction, setting forth the underlying conception of this Library, is purposely reprinted in each volume (with only very minor changes). vii viii THE LIBRARY OF LIVING PHILOSOPHERS possible guide to the published writings of a given thinker. We shall attempt to meet this aim by providing at the end of each volume in our series a complete bibliography of the published work of the philosopher in question. Nor should one overlook the fact that the essays in each volume cannot but finally lead to this same goal. The interpretative and critical discussions of the various phases of a great thinker's work and, most of all, the reply of the thinker himself, are bound to lead the reader to the works of the philosopher himself. At the same time, there is no blinking the fact that different experts find different ideas in the writings of the same philoso- pher. This is as true of the appreciative interpreter and grateful disciple as it is of the critical opponent. Nor can it be denied that such differences of reading and of interpretation on the part of other experts often leave the neophyte aghast before the whole maze of widely varying and even opposing interpreta- tions. Who is right and whose interpretation shall he accept? When the doctors disagree among themselves, what is the poor student to do? If, finally, in desperation, he decides that all of the interpreters are probably wrong and that the only thing for him to do is to go back to the original writings of the philoso- pher himself and then make his own decision uninfluenced (as if this were possible!) by the interpretation of any one else the result is not that he has actually come to the meaning of the original philosopher himself, but rather that he has set up one more interpretation, which may differ to a greater or lesser de- gree from the interpretations already existing. It is clear that in this direction lies chaos, just the kind of chaos which Schiller has so graphically and inimitably described. 1 It is strange that until now no way of escaping this difficulty has been seriously considered. It has not occurred to students of philosophy that one effective way of meeting the problem at least partially is to put these varying interpretations and critiques before the philosopher while he is still alive and to ask him to act at one and the same time as both defendant and judge. If the world's great living philosophers can be induced to coSper- *In his essay on "Must Philosophers Disagree?" in the volume by the same title (Macmillan, London, 1934), from which the above quotations were taken. GENERAL INTRODUCTION ix ate in an enterprise whereby their own work can, at least to some extent, be saved from becoming merely "desiccated lecture- fodder," which on the one hand "provides innocuous sustenance for ruminant professors," and, on the other hand, gives an op- portunity to such ruminants and their understudies to "specu- late safely, endlessly, and fruitlessly, about what a philosopher must have meant" (Schiller), they will have taken a long step toward making their intentions clearly comprehensible. With this in mind The Library of Living Philosophers ex- pects to publish at more or less regular intervals a volume on each of the greater among the world's living philosophers. In each case it will be the purpose of the editor of The Library to bring together in the volume the interpretations and criti- cisms of a wide range of that particular thinker's scholarly con- temporaries, each of whom will be given a free hand to discuss the specific phase of the thinker's work which has been assigned to him. All contributed essays will finally be submitted to the philosopher with whose work and thought they are concerned, for his careful perusal and reply. And, although it would be ex- pecting too much to imagine that the philosopher's reply will be able to stop all differences of interpretation and of critique, this should at least serve the purpose of stopping certain of the grosser and more general kinds of misinterpretations. If no fur- ther gain than this were to come from the present and projected volumes of this Library, it would seem to be fully justified. In carrying out this principal purpose of the Library, the editor announces that (in so far as humanly possible) each vol- ume will conform to the following pattern: First, a series of expository and critical articles written by the leading exponents and opponents of the philosopher's thought; Second, the reply to the critics and commentators by the phi- losopher himself; Third, an intellectual autobiography of the thinker whenever this can be secured; in any case an authoritative and author- ized biography; and Fourth, a bibliography of the writings of the philosopher to pro- x THE LIBRARY OF LIVING PHILOSOPHERS vide a ready instrument to give access to his writings and thought. The editor has deemed it desirable to secure the services of an Advisory Board of philosophers to aid him in the selection of the subjects of future volumes. The names of the six promi- nent American philosophers who have consented to serve appear below. To each of them the editor expresses his deep-felt thanks. The first fruit of their consultation is the selection of Karl Jaspers as the subject of a subsequent study in this Library. Future volumes in this series will appear in as rapid succes- sion as is feasible in view of the scholarly nature of this Library. The next volume in this series will be that on Albert Einstein: Philosopher-Scientist, which is scheduled to come off the press during 1949, the year which will mark Professor Einstein's seventieth birthday. PAUL ARTHUR SCHILPP Editor 1 01 -i 02 FAYERWEATHER HALL NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY EVANSTON, ILLINOIS ADVISORY BOARD GEORGE P. ADAMS RICHARD P. McKEON University of California University of Chicago FRITZ KAUFMANN ARTHUR E. MURPHY University of Buffalo Cornell University CORNELIUS KRUSE HERBERT W. SCHNEIDER American Council of Learned Columbia University Societies TABLE OF CONTENTS I. BIOGRAPHICAL MATERIAL A. DIMITRY GAWRONSKY: "Ernst Cassirer: His Life and His Work." i B. Four Addresses, delivered at Memorial Services, held under the Auspices of the Department of Philosophy of Columbia University in the Brander Matthews Theater of Columbia University, New York City, on June I, 1945 39 1. EDWARD CASE: "In Memoriam: Ernst Cassirer" A poem 40 2. HAJO HOLBORN: "Ernst Cassirer" 41 3. F. SAXL: "Ernst Cassirer" 47 4. EDWARD CASE: "A Student's Nachruf" . . . . 52 5. CHARLES W. HENDEL: "Ernst Cassirer" ... 55 C. HENDRIK J. Pos: "Recollections of Ernst Cassirer" . 61 II. DESCRIPTIVE AND CRITICAL ESSAYS on THE PHILOSOPHY OF ERNST CASSIRER 1. HAMBURG, CARL H.: "Cassirer's Conception of Phi- losophy" 73 2. SWABEY, WILLIAM CURTIS: "Cassirer and Meta- physics" 121 3. STEPHENS, I. K.: "Cassirer's Doctrine of the A Prior?' 149 4. KAUFMANN, FELIX: "Cassirer's Theory of Scientific Knowledge" 183 5. GAWRONSKY, DIMITRY: "Cassirer's Contribution to the Epistemology of Physics" 215 6. SMART, HAROLD R.: "Cassirer's Theory of Mathe- matical Concepts" 239 7.) LEWIN, KURT: "Cassirer's Philosophy of Science and the Social Sciences" 269 8. HARTMAN, ROBERT S.: "Cassirer's Philosophy of Sym- bolic Forms" 289 xi xH TABLE OF CONTENTS 9. LEANDER, FOLKE: "Further Problems Suggested by the Philosophy of Symbolic Forms" 335 10. MONTAGU, M. F. ASHLEY: "Cassirer on Mythological Thinking" 359 11. LANCER, SUSANNE K.: on Cassirer's Theory of Lan- guage and Myth" 379 12. URBAN, WILBUR M.: "Cassirer's Philosophy of Lan- guage" 401 13. GUTMANN, JAMES: "Cassirer's Humanism" . . . 443 14. SIDNEY, DAVID: "The Philosophical Anthropology of Ernst Cassirer and Its Significance in Relation to the History of Anthropological Thought" . . 465 15. KUHN, HELMUT: "Ernst Cassirer's Philosophy of Culture" 545 1 6. BAUMGARDT, DAVID: "Cassirer and the Chaos in Mod- ern Ethics" 575 17. GILBERT, KATHARINE: "Cassirer's Placement of Art" 605 1 8. SLOCHOWER, HARRY: "Ernst Cassirer's Functional Ap- proach to Art and Literature" 631 1 9. REICHARDT, KONSTANTIN : "Ernst Cassirer's Contribu- tion to Literary Criticism" 66 1 20. RANDALL, JOHN HERMAN, JR.: "Cassirer's Theory of History as Illustrated in His Treatment of Renais- sance Thought" 689 21. SOLMITZ, WALTER M.: "Cassirer on Galileo: An Example of Cassirer's Way of Thought" . . . 729 22. WERKMEISTER, WILLIAM H.: "Cassirer's Advance Beyond Neo-Kantianism" 757 23. KAUFMANN, FRITZ: "Cassirer, Neo-Kantianism, and Phenomenology" 799 III. THE PHILOSOPHER SPEAKS FOR HIMSELF ERNST CASSIRER: " 'Spirit' and 'Life' in Contemporary Phi- losophy" 855 IV. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER (to 1946): Compiled by CARL H. HAMBURG and WALTER M. SOLMITZ) . . . .881 Chronological List of Principal Works 910 Index (Arranged by ROBERT S. HARTMAN) 911 PREFACE AS SOON as it had become clear that there was a real place JTJIJL in philosophic literature for the type of book which it is the aim of this Library to present, it was also quite evident that such a series would not be complete without a volume on The Philosophy of Ernst Cassirer. If there could ever have been any doubt, on this point, it existed merely among such provincial philosophical scholars as had not become personally acquainted, let alone familiar, with the writings and work of this prodigious and acute contemporary thinker. Anyone at all aware of Cas- sirer's philosophical contributions, and of the ever growing in- fluence of his thought upon younger thinkers, knew quite well that Cassirer's philosophy would have to be treated in this Library. It was not at all surprising, therefore, that the editor found a ready response among scholars everywhere to his invita- tion to contribute to a projected Cassirer volume. The present co-operative effort, accordingly, had been largely planned long before Professor Cassirer left the hospitable shores of Sweden to come to the United States in 1942. At the time, therefore, that the tragic news of Professor Cassirer's unexpected death, on April 13, 1945, reached the editor, many of the essays now appearing in this volume were already in the editor's hands and many others had been in the process of being written by their authors for some time past. Nevertheless, this tragic blow among its manifold unhappy consequences seemed to place a volume on the philosophy of Ernst Cassirer in the Library of Living Philosophers forever beyond the pale of possibility. For, with Cassirer dead, how could a volume on his philosophy appear in such a series? This, at any rate, was the first reaction of the editor to the unbe- lievable news of Cassirer's passing. And it was in this spirit, therefore, that letters went out almost immediately, notifying anil xiv THE LIBRARY OF LIVING PHILOSOPHERS all contributors to the present book that, with the death of Cas- sirer, the original project of a volume on his philosophy if not actually completely abandoned would at least have to be changed so radically as no longer to fit into the framework of the Library. The storm of protest and the almost unanimity of objection which greeted this announcement forced, in the first place, a careful reconsideration of the hasty decision, and very quickly indeed, a complete reversal. Many of the contributors com- plained that the editor was conceiving of the word "living" in the title of the series far too literally or at least too narrowly. That, despite the fact that we would now never be able to pre- sent to the philosophical world either Cassirer's own auto- biography or his formal "Reply" to his critics, it was perhaps all the more necessary that the philosophical world should have an opportunity to see and view this great contemporary thinker's ideas from the varied points of view made possible precisely in the kind of book which the volumes in this series have been. Although it is true that the editor yielded to this almost uni- versal pressure and even more to the force and decisiveness of this argument, the yielding certainly did not take place in the least reluctantly. Of course it is true that he greatly regrets the anomaly of having a volume appear in a series dealing with "living" philosophers, when the philosopher with whose thought the volume is concerned is no longer among the physi- cally living. But, on the other hand, he would not be truthful, where he to claim that he feels that the present volume has for these reasons no legitimate place within the bounds of this particular series. After all, the volume on The Philosophy of Alfred North Whitehead (Vol. Ill of this Library} also had no formal "Reply" to the expository and critical articles in the book from the pen of Whitehead and yet seemed to fill a real philosophical need just the same. And, in the case of the Whitehead volume, this problem was in a sense at least even more serious than it would appear to be in the present instance. For, when the Whitehead volume appeared in print, Professor Whitehead himself was still very much alive even though he had just gone through a terrible siege of double pneumonia at PREFACE xv the age of eighty. If, in Whitehead's case, we were prevented from carrying out the fundamental idea of this series by the commanding imperative of very serious illness, in the case of Cassirer we found ourselves stopped at the point of "The Philosopher's Reply" by the finality of death itself. But, though death might prevent us from giving our readers the very careful and minute formal "Reply," which the editor knows Cassirer had planned to write for the present volume, even that tragic fatality was not able to stop the continued strong influence which Cassirer's thought is having upon serious reflection in the contemporary world. Nor should it be allowed to stop the present volume. For better or for worse, therefore, the volume now is done or, more accurately speaking, is done as much as it could be done once Cassirer himself was no longer with us. And, frankly, though the reviewers almost inevitably will pick on the anomaly of the appearance of this book under the title of this series, after reading the material which has gone into the making of this book, the editor himself does not at all feel apologetic for its publication. For this volume will best fulfill its real function in philosophical literature if like its predecessors in this series it will send the reader of The Phi- losophy of Ernst Cassirer to the books and other writings of Cassirer himself, where he may learn by experience why he would have been the loser, if he had never made the detailed acquaintance of this acute philosophical mind and of the great and profound contributions which that mind has made to the thinking and knowing of man. There is one temptation in the writing of this Preface to which the editor dare not yield. It is all too tempting to discuss Cassirer the philosopher; but this is done by twenty-three con- temporary philosophers who have contributed to this volume and most of whom are far better qualified for this task than is the editor. It is even more tempting to trespass upon the good taste of editorial prerogatives by discussing here Cassirer the man, the gentleman, the personal friend. But to this temptation also the editor must turn a deaf ear, since others, who have known him much longer and far more intimately, have dis- cussed this aspect within the covers of this book. I shall merely xvi THE LIBRARY OF LIVING PHILOSOPHERS say that I consider the personal acquaintance and contacts with Ernst Cassirer to be among the greatest experiences and privi- leges of my life. In the judgment of this writer, it is not too much to say of Cassirer: Ecce Homo! It is profoundly sad to contemplate his leaving us in the midst of his great creative and productive career, with dozens of tasks which he had set him- self unfinished and others barely begun. The editor's debt of gratitude to each of the contributors to this volume is so self-evident that a mere mention of this fact should suffice. But, in view of the fact that many of them have had to wait four years, or even longer, to see the arduous work of their mind finally in print, the editor's debt, in this instance, is even greater than usual. The reasons which have delayed the appearance of this volume time and again are, however, far too numerous to bear repetition here. Suffice it to record the editor's sincere regrets and abject apologies for a situation which has caused him much agony and ever increasing embarrassment, but over much of which he had little (if any) control. Special words of gratitude and appreciation need, however, to be penned for the never failing helpfulness and encourage- ment through all these three and one-half years since her illus- trious husband's death given by the widow of Ernst Cassirer, Mrs. Toni Cassirer. When at times the obstacles seemed almost insurmountable, it was Mrs. Cassirer's everlasting faith which kept the project going. Here truly is a woman who knew and still knows her husband's greatness and who never failed to understand the significance of what he was trying to do with his life and thought. Death did not spare the contributors to this volume either. Two of these are no longer with us. First, Kurt Lewin, whose essay for the present volume had been mailed to the editor on January 3rd, 1947, passed away very suddenly only five weeks later, namely on February nth, 1947. Thirteen months later, in March 1948, the news of F. Saxl's death reached us. The latter's contribution to this volume were remarks he de- livered on the occasion of the Memorial Services held for Cas- sirer at Columbia University. Little did he realize that, by the time his remarks would appear in print, he himself would have PREFACE xvii joined those for whom it is altogether fitting to hold memorial services. Of Kurt Lewin, Alexander M. Dashkin, writing in Jewish Education (for Feb.-March issue, 1947), had the fol- lowing to say: "Kurt Lewin was one of the very few men in our midst who had the right to be called a genius. He was an inven- tive, comprehensive mind, a warm large personality, with an indefatigable capacity for resourceful work." The editor is proud to be able to present, in this volume, what was undoubtedly one of the last pieces of such creative work from the pen of Kurt Lewin. These lines are being written on the very eve of the editor's departure for five months' sojourn in Europe, including a se- mester's lecturing in one of Germany's newly re-opened univer- sities. This means that the burden of proofreading and seeing this volume through the press will largely have to fall upon other shoulders. In the editor's absence he counts himself ex- ceedingly fortunate in having been able to secure the able as- sistance of his present colleague, old friend and former student, Professor Robert W. Browning, of the department of philoso- phy at Northwestern University. Upon Dr. Browning and such additional aids as he is able to marshal, such, for example, as that of Dr. David Bidney of the Viking Fund, New York City, who has already kindly offered his good services because of his deep interest in this project and his knowledge of the editor's temporary absence , the detailed technical work of seeing this volume to final fruition will largely devolve. To them the edi- tor, as well as the contributors and readers, owe a deep and great debt of gratitude, especially in view of the fact that all such service on a project like this unsupported as it is by endow- ments or by any university press can only be a labor of love. The same goes for Professor Robert S. Hartman, of the De- partment of Philosophy of Ohio State University, another one of the editor's former students, who again was kind enough to undertake the laborious task of preparing the index and of see- ing it through the press. A brief look at the index will convince even the casual observer of the immensity of this task and of the consequent obligation under which the editor feels himself to Dr. Hartman. xviii THE LIBRARY OF LIVING PHILOSOPHERS In conclusion the reader's attention must be called to the deplorable fact that the main works by Cassirer have been out of print for some time and are simply not to be had anywhere. This situation should certainly be remedied as soon as at all possible. New German editions of Cassirer's works are sorely needed. But, if Cassirer is ever truly to come into his own in the English speaking world, it is high time that some enterpris- ing university press in this country should soon supply the phil- osophical reading public with authorized translations into Eng- lish of at least most of Cassirer 's major works. Certainly some well-to-do reader of the present volume could do far worse than offer his financial aid to such an enterprising university press for the purpose of at least partial subsidies for such pub- lication. P. A. S. DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY NORTHWESTERN UNIVERSITY EVANSTON, ILLINOIS August 3, 1948 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Grateful acknowledgement is made to the Yale University Press, to the Open Court Publishing Company, to Harper and Brothers, and to the Princeton University Press, for their kind permission to quote at length from the works of Ernst Cassirer, without requiring a de- tailed enumeration. Exact title, name of publisher, and place and date of publication of each of Cassirer's works are enumerated in the Bibli- ography to this volume, found on pages 885 to 909. We also wish to express our appreciation to the editors and publishers of the numerous philosophical and literary journals quoted, and to the publishers of all other books used by our contributors, for the privilege of utilizing source materials therein found relevant to the discussion of The Philosophy of Ernst Cassirer. A Dimitry Gawronsky ERNST CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK A Biography ERNST CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK ERNST CASSIRER was born in Breslau on July 28, 1874. He was the fourth child of a rich Jewish tradesman j a brother and two sisters preceded Ernst. His brother died in infancy, before Ernst was born, and his mother therefore be- stowed upon the second boy, the impassioned love she had felt for her lost son and in memory of this tragic loss and the ordeal she underwent she called her second son Ernst. To the last days of her life, Ernst was her most cherished child, although two other sons and three daughters came after him. As a boy, Ernst was exceptionally cheerful and buoyant, yet easy to handle. In his games he displayed an inexhaustible imagination j he was full of new tricks and pranks, and nothing in his nature seemed to reveal that his life would be devoted to quiet and concentrated contemplation. He was endowed with a great courage and, as a boy of ten, it was nothing to him to swim the broad Oder River across and back. The most outstanding feature of the boy was his keen sense of fair play and justice. Althought the most beloved child of the family, he never toler- ated the slightest discrimination against his brothers and sisters, never accepted any favors, refused anything which was not also given to the others. Ernst was an impassioned music lover and never missed an opportunity to attend a concert or an opera. In his early classes at the "Gymnasium" he was just an average pupil, much more likely to be at the bottom than at the head of his class. He kept so busy playing with his brothers and friends that there was little time left for study. But a change was not far off. Ernst's maternal grandfather, although a self-taught person, was an exceptionally cultured man of wide intellectual scope and truly philosophical mind. He lived not far from Breslau, and every summer Ernst paid a 4 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY visit to his grandfather. There, in conversations with his grand- father, whom he dearly loved, and in the latter's vast library, awoke and grew Ernst's interest in the problems of the intel- lectual life. All his life Cassirer was convinced that he inherited his philosophical vein of thought from his grandfather. At the age of twelve he had already thoroughly read many literary and historical works. Shakespeare, whose work he found in his father's library, especially appealed to him and Ernst read and reread all of Shakespeare's plays several times; only Hamlet was missing from his father's library, and Ernst was quite un- aware of the existence of this play. Then, on his thirteenth birth- day, he received a book containing Shakespeare's complete works and he was most amazed and thrilled to "discover" Ham- let. At this early age and for the remainder of his life Cassirer acquired the capacity for concentrated and persistent work. His entire behavior began to change slowly. Now there was only little time left for play, and in his class he became admittedly the best pupil. In higher classes Cassirer's teachers were often amazed at the depth of his knowledge and maturity of his judgment, and when he completed his studies at the "Gymnasium" his graduation certificate contained the highest marks. Without losing any time, Cassirer entered the University of Berlin. He was then eighteen years of age and the major sub- ject he had selected for a study was jurisprudence. He made this choice more upon the insistence of his father, who was largely interested in the field of law, than of his own free will. Soon he gave up this line of study and began to concentrate upon German philosophy and literature. In addition he listened eagerly to lectures on history and art. And yet all these studies somehow did not give Cassirer complete satisfaction; something was lacking in them; he missed in them a certain degree of depth in understanding and failed to find any solution of funda- mental problems. It was undoubtedly this sense of dissatisfac- tion which caused Cassirer to change universities several times; he went from Berlin to Leipzig, from there to Heidelberg, and then back to Berlin. In the meantime he further enlarged the CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 5 scope of his studies and found himself becoming more and more interested in philosophy. Thus it happened that in the summer of 1894 he decided to take a course on Kant's philosophy given by Georg Simmel, then a young and brilliant Privatdozent at the University of Berlin. This was a time when strong idealistic tendencies seemed to win a decisive victory over mysticism, which for many centuries had dominated German spiritual culture. Already in the first half of the thirteenth century Meister Eckhart, one of the greatest of the German mystics, had impressively revealed the very core of his creed in the following words: "Man, yes, I stood with God before time and the world were created; yes, I was included in the eternal Godhead even before it became God. Together with me God has created and is still and always creating. only through me He became God." This conception, born out of titanic pride, infinite egotistic power, and ecstasy of passion, for five long centuries and virtually unopposed had dominated German spiritual culture; it never remained a move- ment of intellectuals only, or of any other small group of peo- ple; in fact, all the great folk movements in Germany during those five centuries were movements of outspoken mysticism. In the eighteenth century, however, tendencies of a very different nature came to the fore within German culture. Leib- niz and Wolf, Lessing and Goethe, Schiller and Kant created in Germany a bright atmosphere of genuine humanism; ideal- istic tendencies, intermingled with radical rationalism, became most potent in Germany's intellectual life. Yet, this triumph of reason and of humanism was only shortlived; with the begin- ning of the nineteenth century a huge wave of mysticism again arose in Germany, breaking through all ramparts of measure and reason and overflowing the spiritual culture of Germany. Then again, in the last third of the nineteenth century Otto Liebmann and Hermann Cohen initiated a philosophical move- ment which harked back to Kant and to the idealistic tendencies of the eighteenth century. Several philosophical "schools" soon arose in Germany, all quite similar in this basic tendency and diverging from each other in only more or less important details. When Ernst Cassirer began his academic studies, this 6 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY neo-Kantianism dominated many of the German universities to an almost exclusive degree. Hans Vaihinger for a score of years kept in his desk the completed volume of his Philosophy of As lj y a fictional and pragmatistic conception of knowledge, and wrote his commentary on Kant in which he embarked upon an orthodox interpretation of Kant's texts, word by word and sentence by sentence. And Simmel, the future leading "philoso- pher of life," wrote and lectured on Kant's philosophy. For some weeks Cassirer regularly attended Simmel's lec- tures. once, when lecturing on Kant, Simmel dropped the fol- lowing remark: "Undoubtedly the best books on Kant are written by Hermann Cohen; but I must confess that I do not understand them." Immediately after the lecture, Cassirer went to his bookshop and ordered Cohen's books; and no sooner had he begun study- ing them than his decision was made to go to Marburg and there to study philosophy under Cohen's guidance. However, Cassirer did not want to go to Cohen at once. The young stu- dent studied Kant's and Cohen's works thoroughly, as well as those of several other philosophers essential for the understand- ing of Kant, such as Plato, Descartes, and Leibniz. In addition he devoted a large part of his time to the study of mathematics, mechanics, and biology sciences which were indispensable for an understanding of Cohen's interpretation of Kant. When, in the spring of 1896, Cassirer finally arrived in Marburg to hear Cohen for the first time, he knew a great deal about Kant's and Cohen's philosophies. There was something very peculiar about Cohen's appearance: he was stout and short, with an incredibly huge head towering over his broad shoulders. He had an almost abnormally high forehead. His eyes flashed, fascinated, and penetrated, despite the dark glasses which he always wore. In his lectures and seminars, and even in his pri- vate conversations, one could not help experiencing the presence of a great mind and the heart of a prophet, filled to overflowing with an ecstatic belief in the value of truth and the power of goodness. No matter what problem Cohen discussed a mathe- matical, epistemological or ethical one he always spoke with a deep, intense passion, which was usually controlled perfectly CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 7 by the measured flow of his slow and powerful language until the passion broke through in a few words or short sentences. Then Cohen would shout with mighty voice at his listeners, emphasizing the importance of his words with an energetic movement of his hands. However interesting Cohen's lectures were, his seminars were even more stimulating. He was truly a spiritual "mid- wife" in the Socratic sense. Always using the method of the Socratic dialogue, he had a great pedagogical ability to let the students themselves find the answers to questions discussed. His patience and his personal interest in the intellectual develop- ment of every single one of the students was inexhaustible. At the same time he was keenly concerned with their general wel- fare, and whenever his help was needed, he always gave it to his utmost. In the first seminar hour which Cassirer attended he volun- teered to answer a rather difficult philosophical question asked by Cohen. A conversation arose between them, and within a few minutes Cohen was quite aware of the type of student that sat before him. Later on this first meeting with Cassirer belonged to Cohen's most pleasant reminiscences, and he enjoyed telling it frequently and in great detail} how a new student, whom he had never seen before, very youthful in appearance, a little shy but determined, raised his hand and in a firm voice gave a quite correct and complete answer to his question. "I felt at once," said Cohen, "that this man had nothing to learn from me." At that time Cohen was surrounded by quite a few disciples, and some of them already had studied philosophy with him for years; but from the first moment Cassirer towered above them all. He was quite at home in all the most intricate problems of Kantian and Cohenian ways of thinking. It was a firmly established custom in Marburg that after every seminar Cohen's disciples, often five or six at a time, accompanied him to the threshold of his house. But Cassirer, who in every seminar distinguished himself by the scope of his knowledge and by the brilliancy of his philosophical mind, at first did not approach Cohen or his students. For years already Cassirer had been entirely'absorbed in his studies and had little 8 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY time to spare for social intercourse; he did not enjoy any type of discussion with his friends, probably because his own inten- sive thinking furthered his intellectual progress even more. He became almost unsociable. In this mood he came to Marburg; he was always most polite and friendly to everybody, but kept so obviously aloof that Cohen's disciples nicknamed him "the Olympian." Most amazed of all was Cohen himself; he took a great liking to Cassirer and keenly felt the latter's outstanding philosophical talent; but he wondered at his strange behavior. Finally Cohen developed a peculiar suspicion. There was one group of people whom Cohen could not tolerate: the converted Jews; he never even shook hands with them. Cohen evidently thought that Cassirer was also converted and was avoiding any personal contact with his teacher because he was aware of Cohen's attitude towards such people. When Cassirer finally heard of this surmise, he at once called on Cohen, and this was the beginning of an intimate friendship between them which lasted to the end of Cohen's days. Now Cassirer became the acknowledged leader in the circle of Cohen's disciples. He lived in a house which for decades was a sort of headquarters for Cohen's students, and with several of these students Cassirer came into close personal con- tact. It was, however, still quite impossible to entice Cassirer to go to a party or to spend an evening in a cafe, which was the almost obligatory pastime of the German students; but he took a fancy to studying with some of his new friends. Thus he read Dante and Galileo with an Italian disciple of Cohen; he studied intricate Greek texts with a classical philologist, and for hours he discussed difficult mathematical problems with a mathema- tician. And the most interesting part of it was that all these people, although they were experts in their respective fields, willingly acknowledged Cassirer's superiority and received from him a great deal more than they were able to give him in return. Soon all students of Cohen knew that, whenever they needed a helping hand, they could turn to Cassirer, and this very busy man who treasured every minute of his time was always ready to spend hours explaining difficult problems to anybody who approached him. CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 9 By the end of Cassirer's first semester in Marburg not only all the University, but all the town as well, knew of the prodigy. Cassirer became quite popular, but he did not enjoy popularity at all} he sincerely hated any kind of notoriety in connection with his person. Undoubtedly the credit for Cassirer's stupendous knowledge must be attributed to a large degree to his exceptional memory. Cohen told us several times that as a young student Cassirer was able to quote by heart whole pages of almost all the classical poets and philosophers. And, in a sorrowful voice, Cohen never forgot to add: "Even all modern poets, like Nietzsche and Stefan George, he could quote you by heart for hours!" This prodigious memory served Cassirer faithfully to the end of his days and made him capable of finding with the greatest of ease any quotations he needed in all those countless books he had read during his life time. Yet Cassirer's memory was not just a passive capacity, a sort of storage for acquired knowledge it was rather an er-mnern in Goethe's sense, a process of repeated and creative mental absorption, combined with a keen ability to see all essential elements of a problem and its organic relation to other problems. Cassirer's sharp and most active intellect constantly used the rich material of his memory, incessantly reviewing and reshaping it under different aspects, thus keeping it vividly present in his mind. When Cassirer came to Cohen, the latter's philosophy was in a state of transition. Cohen worked at that time on his own system of philosophy, which he began publishing a few years later. Cohen's chief goal at that time was to free Kant's philoso- phy from inner contradiction and to emphasize more strongly its fundamental methods and ideas. In his "critique of reason" Kant tried to measure the real power of the human intellect and the part it played in the cognition of the external world. The result Kant reached was the following: the human intellect not only classifies and combines our sensations and perceptions, but does much more besides j it forms them from the outset and makes them possible, so that even the simplest sensation exists in the human mind owing to the analytical and synthetical power of the human intellect which carries in itself visible marks io DIMITRY GAWRONSKY of this power. We are very much mistaken when we think that, for instance, a "white ceiling' ' or a "brown floor" are just simple sensations} quite the contrary is true: "white," "ceiling," "brown," "floor" presuppose already whole systems of concepts, continuous application of analytical and synthetical functions of our intellect. Any sensory intuition, Kant taught in the central chapter of his Critique of Pure Reason, in the "Transcendental Deduction of the Pure Concept of Reason," is only possible as a product of the creative activity of the fundamental functions of our intellect; yet in the chapters preceding and following this one Kant insisted upon the necessity of accepting the sensory intuition as the very source of the creative synthetic power of our intellect. Furthermore, having showed the indispensability of reason for the true understanding of nature, for the creation of natural science as a thoroughly consistent system of knowl- edge, Kant still did not part with his conception of the "thing- in-itself," according to which all our knowledge has nothing to do with the world of ultimate reality, but can only deal with the sphere of humanly (i-e. y sensorily) conditioned appearances. Thus Kant decisively broke with the naive and shallow belief of the German Enlightenment in the miraculous power of the intellect, with its tendency to solve with the help of trite and schematic reasonings all mysteries of the cosmos; he put the greatest stress upon the necessity of clear insight into the basic limitations which characterize the creative work of human reason. Yet all these limitations Kant accepted only for the realm of theoretical knowledge, not for the field of ethical activity; in this latter sphere Kant was convinced that the knowledge of good as well as its materialization depend ex- clusively on the human intellect, that all emotions and feelings such as friendship, sympathy, love insofar as they are in- strumental in the realization of good, only obscure and debase the purity of moral principles. Cohen tried to rectify these inconsistencies. To him "sensa- tion" was only a problem which could be consciously put and solved by the methods of the human intellect: this bright yellow stain in the skies is in reality the centre of a whole planetary system which reveals in its substance and movements CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 11 a miraculous chain of natural laws. This knowledge is genuine and is directed towards the true object, behind which no "thing- in-itself" is hidden. Yet, our knowledge is deficient and is able to progress slowly and painfully 5 only as a result of the infinite progress of science can a true knowledge of the object be won. And only the completely exploded object, reached at the infinitely remote limit of our knowledge, is the real "thing-in- itself." Thus, Cohen's philosophy decisively preached the predomi- nant role of the intellect in the realm of knowledge and did away with some of the basic limitations of intellectual power which were accepted by Kant. Yet, it was quite different in the realm of volition; there Cohen was much less rationalistic than Kant and was convinced that it was the intensity of our emotions and feelings on which depended the energy of our volition; they supplied the "motor power" for our actions. Hence came Cohen's preference for mathematics and natural science; there the work of our intellect could be observed and studied in its unadulterated form. And, since the intellect was to Cohen the backbone of the human mind, he strongly insisted upon the necessity of starting philosophical studies with epis- temology. Cassirer knew this already from Cohen's books and eagerly studied mathematics and natural science before he went to Marburg. Now he devoted almost all of his time to these disciplines and to the problems of knowledge. During the first semester Cohen already began asking Cassirer which subject he would like to choose for his doctor's thesis. After some hesitation Cassirer decided to write on Leib- niz. Many reasons determined this choice. First of all there was the great versatility of Leibniz's prolific genius and his funda- mental achievement in the fields of logic, mathematics, and natural science, in which at that time Cassirer was primarily interested. Next, the exceptional difficulty of the task also chal- lenged Cassirer j Leibniz had set forth his philosophy not in book form mainly, but piecemeal, in his vast correspondence; and the system of his philosophy consequently had to be recon- structed out of these dispersed elements. In addition, the slowly developing recognition of Leibniz's great importance for the 12 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY development of modern philosophy caused the Berlin Academy to make Leibniz the subject for a prize competition, and Cassirer decided to participate in this competition. In less than two years Cassirer had completed his sizable work on Leibniz. The first part of it, dealing with Descartes' theory of knowledge, was accepted by the Marburg philosophi- cal faculty as a doctor's dissertation and obtained the highest possible mark in form of the very seldom conferred "opus eximum." Cassirer was at once admitted to the oral examination, during which he once more kept his teachers breathless by the immensity of his knowledge and brilliancy of his understand- ing, and was awarded the doctor's degree "summa cum laude." The entire book on Leibniz Cassirer presented to the Berlin Academy. There he was not quite so fortunate: the Academy decided not to give the first prize to anyone j Cassirer's book obtained the second prize, followed by a long and most flatter- ing commendation, where his great erudition, philosophical talent and brilliancy of presentation were highly praised, but the prevalence of rational and systematic tendencies, along with the primary concentration upon the epistemological problems were given as reasons for the withholding of the first prize from him. Some 130 years before the Berlin Academy had made a similar grave mistake, which world opinion had to correct in subsequent years, by withholding the first prize from Immanuel Kant. Did not that famous Academy commit a similar error in Cassirer's case? Upon receiving his Doctorate from Marburg University, Cassirer went back to the home of his parents, who meanwhile had moved to Berlin. There he at once began working on a new problem, which grew out of his research on Leibniz he de- cided to give a comprehensive picture of the development of epistemology in the philosophy and science of modern times. He continued to live in seclusion, devoting all his time to his studies. Yet, his aloofness never was a matter of unsociability: it was his vivid awareness of the greatness of the task he had embarked upon, combined with the all-devouring interest in his work, which forced him to spare to the limit his time and energy. CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 13 It was on the occasion of a close relative's wedding in Berlin, in 1901, that Cassirer met his first cousin from Vienna. He had previously seen her only once, eight years earlier, when she was a child of nine. All artistic traits of Cassirer's nature, his love and deep understanding of music, his fine feeling for genuine beauty had in no way suffered from his assiduous scientific re- searches and philosophical meditations; they always added a great deal to the irresistible charm of his personality and were immediately and deeply felt by the young girl. This first meet- ing determined their whole future. They fell in love with each other and married a year later in Vienna. This was indeed an exceptionally happy and harmonious union. Their mutual understanding was perfect, and Cassirer's wife always succeeded, thanks to her remarkable understanding and insight, in creating for her husband, even during the most stormy periods of their life, appropriate conditions for his con- tinuous work. Immediately after the wedding the young couple went to Munich, where they lived for more than a year. It was during this year that their first son, Heinz, was born (he is now mem- ber of the philosophical faculty at the University of Glasgow, Scotland). In 1903 Cassirer returned with his family to Berlin, where he began writing his history of epistemology. Cohen constantly pressed upon him and urged him to embark upon an academic career, yet Cassirer showed little desire to go to some small university town and live there for years in its at- mosphere of gossip and latent anti-Semitism. He much pre- ferred to stay in Berlin, where most of his and his wife's relatives lived and where the treasure of the State and Uni- versity libraries were at his disposal. His work developed rapidly, and as early as 1904 the two volumes of his Erkenntnisfroblem ("Problem of Knowledge") were finished. It was one of Cohen's most cherished stories how once, while visiting Cassirer in Berlin in 1904, he had asked Cassirer how his work was progressing. "Without saying a word," Cohen would relate, "Cassirer led me into his study, opened a drawer of his desk, and there it was, a voluminous, completely finished manuscript of his new work." 14 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY In 1906 the first volume of the Erkenntnis-problem ("Prob- lem of Knowledge") was published, followed by the second one in 1908. The outstanding qualities of this work were rapidly recognized by students of philosophy all over the world} it appeared in several editions and slowly became one of the standard works on the history of human thought. Cassirer's original intention had been to give a broad picture of modern European thought as it led to, and culminated in, the philoso- phy of Kant. This he did in the first two volumes of his Erkenntnis'problem. Fifteen years later he added one more volume, in which he set forth the development of epistemology in post-Kantian philosophy; and shortly before he came to America (in the summer of 1941) he finished the as yet un- published fourth volume, where he has given a broad picture of the evolution of epistemology up to our own days.* The more one studies this work of Cassirer, the more one admires the intellectual scope of the man who was able to write it. Immense was the number of books Cassirer had to study and familiarize himself with in the interest of this work. And yet, this is the least spectacular part of it. Really amazing is Cassirer's ability to penetrate scores of individual systems of thought, reconstruct them in all their peculiarities, accentuate all that is original and fruitful in them, and reveal all their weaknesses and inconsistencies. Cassirer had an incredibly fine mind for the slightest nuances of thought, for the minutest differences and similarities, for all that was of fundamental or of secondary importance; with steady grasp he picked up the development through all its stages and ramifications; and, in showing how the same concept acquired a different meaning, according to the diverse philosophical systems in which it was applied as a constructive element, Cassirer laid the first founda- tion for the ideas which he later developed as his theory of "symbolic forms." Scores of Italian and German, French and English philosophers, almost or completely fallen into oblivion, came back in Cassirer's book to new life and historical impor- * EDITOR'S NOTE: This (fourth) volume of Cassirer's Erkennlnis'problem is now being translated into English under the direction of Professor Charles W. Hendel and will in due time be published by the Yale University Press. CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 15 tance as organic links in the development of ideas or as con- nections between well known philosophical systems} thus mak- ing the continuity of philosophical thought more consistent and true. He was the first to introduce into the history of philosophy such names as Kepler, Galileo, Huygens, Newton, and Euler, by giving a detailed analysis of their philosophical conceptions, scientific methods and achievements, and by proving their fundamental importance for the theory of knowledge. Kant's own assertion that he tried to introduce Newton's method into philosophy now became quite clear in Cassirer's representation of Newton's and Kant's systems of thought. Yet Cassirer's greatest achievement in this work consisted in the creation of a broad general background by connecting the evolution of knowledge with the totality of spiritual culture: mythos and religion, psychology and metaphysics, ethics and aesthetics Cassirer drew all these problems into his deliberations as soon as he found some links missing in the development of their epistemology. Most noteworthy is also the style and the whole manner of presentation in this work. The most intricate philosophical prob- lems are treated in a quite clear and simple way; one gets the impression that the author deeply felt his responsibility to truth and to the reader; in every sentence he sincerely tried to help the reader to advance on the thorny path of truth. Cassirer's style makes any subject he discusses almost transparent, and his argumentation glides along like a broad and mighty stream, with great convincing power. The great success of his Erkenntnisproblem, which became obvious immediately after the appearance of the first volume, caused Cassirer to yield to Cohen's ardent desire and to embark finally upon an academic career. Yet, there was one condition attached to it he was ready to become Privatdozent only in the University of Berlin, since he still did not want to leave the city. He knew how difficult this undertaking was, first, because he was a Jew, and secondly, because he was Cohen's disciple and considered himself a member of the Marburg school, which at that time was one of the most renowned and hated "schools" in Germany. In his quiet manner Cassirer said to 1 6 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY Cohen: "In this way I do not risk anything. I need not go any- where and waste my time. And if they do not want me it is all right with me." At that time philosophy was by no means brilliantly repre- sented at the University of Berlin. The famous Dilthey was already retired and only occasionally gave a few lectures for a selected group of students. Simmel was still there, but owing to his Jewish lineage and notwithstanding the importance of his books (especially his voluminous Soziologie, which became a standard work of pre-Hitlerite German science) and the brilliant success of his lectures, he was an assistant professor and virtually without any influence. The leading roles were played by Stumpf and Riehl, both quite serious scholars, but without any real importance (the following untranslatable pun was then very popular with the students at the University of Berlin: "Philosophic wird in Berlin mit Stumpf und Riehl aus- gerottet"). Stumpf was bitterly opposed to any form of idealis- tic philosophy ; Riehl tried to interpret Kant in a realistic sense and was an outspoken antagonist of the Marburg "school." Yet it was precisely these two men that Cassirer had to deal with when he decided to become Privatdozent of the University of Berlin. According to the regulations valid at that time in the Uni- versity of Berlin a candidate for "Privatdozentur" had to pre- sent a scientific study in the form of a book or manuscript and then, if his study had been accepted, he was invited to a so- called colloquium, where he had to give a trial lecture and to answer questions or critical comments on views expressed by him. Cassirer sent in his Erkenntnisproblem, which was at once accepted. A few weeks later he was invited to the colloquium, and as subject for his trial lecture he had chosen the "Ding an sichy" one of the most intricate concepts of Kant's philosophy. In his Erkenntmsfwoblem Cassirer had given a very interesting interpretation of this notion: he showed that the "Ding an sich y " being within Kant's philosophy always a limit of a maximum or minimum value, radically changed its meaning according to the particular group or system of concepts with reference to which in any given case it played the role of the CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 17 limit. Thus, the "Ding an s\ch" has one meaning in the "Transcendentale Aesthetik" (Part I of Kritik der reinen Vernunft^y and an essentially different meaning in the "Deduc- tion der reinen Verstandesbegriffe" (Part II of the same work), and it is, therefore, fruitless to define this notion without taking into consideration the peculiar nature of the specific ideas with which it is connected in any special case. Here again we can vividly feel the future originator of the theory of "symbolic forms." Yet, Stumpf and Riehl were, of course, not satisfied at all, and they both, especially the latter, violently attacked Cassirer's theory. "You deny the existence of real things surrounding us," said Riehl. "Look at that oven there in the corner: to me it is a real thing, which gives us heat and can burn our skin; but to you it is just a mental image, a fiction!" Time and again Cassirer tried to explain the true meaning of the Kantian criticism, that human reason creates our knowledge of things, but not the things themselves; yet with- out avail. When the colloquium was over, both Stumpf and Riehl pleaded against admitting Cassirer as Privatdozent. But Dilthey, who was also present at the colloquium, decisively took Cassirer J s side and finished his plea with these words: "I would not like to be a man of whom posterity will say that he rejected Cassirer." This was sufficient to turn the tide: without further discussion the faculty gave Cassirer the venia legendi. In subsequent years the writer of this biography came to Berlin many times and frequently had the opportunity of at- tending Cassirer's lectures. Thus he was able to observe Cassirer's rapidly growing popularity; he saw how the original attendance of a few students grew to several dozens, then to many scores. This was an outstanding success; for at that time Cassirer's lectures were not obligatory for anyone, and his class- room was, therefore, crowded only because the students felt that what they got from him was true and substantial knowl- edge. Besides, his delivery was most attractive, his speech was very vivid and fluent, exact and eloquent at the same time. Especially popular were Cassirer J s seminars; there, in close personal contact with his students, he displayed all the charm and benevolence of his nature, he analyzed with endless patience 1 8 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY and sympathetic understanding any expressed opinion and, if necessary, cautiously corrected it or interpreted it in the most fruitful possible way. He was a true paidagogos in the Platonic sense, deeply convinced that the teacher is largely to blame for the insufficiencies of his pupil. However, when circumstances demanded it, Cassirer could show that he was a real master of fencing. once it was in Berlin, in 1910 our common friend persuaded us to attend a lecture of a disciple of Avenarius. The lecture was quite con- fused and Cassirer was quite irritated by the lack of knowledge and understanding shown by the speaker. During the discussion, Cassirer took the floor and in the short space of less than half an hour he not merely revealed his amazingly deep and exact knowledge of Avenarius, but he uncovered so brilliantly all the inconsistencies of the main speaker that the entire lecture seemed literally to dissolve into thin air before our very eyes. When he finished, the audience cheered and laughed and went home without even listening to the lecturer's attempted stam- mering rejoinder. Much more important, however, was another occasion where Cassirer displayed his qualifications as a brilliant polemicist. It was when Leonard Nelson, the founder of the so-called New-Friesian "school," violently attacked Hermann Cohen. Here again it was the unfairness of the criticism, the lack of understanding or any desire for true understanding which induced Cassirer to answer Nelson. A polemic developed which could have become very interesting, if the opponents had been equal in intellectual stature. As things were, Cassirer towered above his antagonist to such a degree that all the time they fought on different levels: Nelson tried to ridicule single sentences, taken out of Cohen's books, especially of his Logik der reinen Erkenntnis, which is a profound and creative work but a hard nut to crack} whereas Cassirer was mainly interested in the very roots of the dissension and tried to show, by analyz- ing the original Kant-Fries relationship, the dangers of an ex- aggerated psychologism for epistemology. The first great systematic work of Cassirer appeared in 1910, his Stibstanzbegrif und Funktionsbegrif. Despite the origi- nality of the basic conception and whole structure of this work CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 19 or, maybe just because of this , it was several years before the importance of this work was duly recognized by the scien- tific world and by the philosophically interested public. Then, however, it became the first work of Cassirer to be translated into several foreign languages, including English and Russian, As the title of the book indicates, it is devoted to the problem of concepts. (Although in the title of the authorized English translation, viz., Substance and Function, this fact is almost lost sight of.) For more than two thousand years the science of logic was based upon Aristotle's doctrine of concepts, which says that generalization is always the result of abstraction: from a group of similar things, for instance, round, oval, square, rectangular tables the attributes common to them all are ab- stracted and summarized in a general concept, "table." This theory, Cassirer argues, has one decisive weakness: whence and how do we get those groups of similar things that we allegedly use as the basis for our abstractions? How does it happen that from one perception, say that of a round table, we proceed to other perceptions which are similar to the first one and not to the perceptions of, for instance, "auto," "star," "water," in which case we would not obtain a group of similar things? Is it not obvious that we use the first perception as a kind of criterion with the help of which we are able to decide what belongs to our group of similar things and what not? Thus Aristotle's abstraction becomes only possible as the result of a selec- tion, of the coordinated activity of the human reason, which is the first and fundamental step toward general notions. "What lends the theory of abstraction support is merely the circum- stance that it does not presuppose the contents, out of which the concept is to develop, as disconnected particularities, but that it tacitly thinks them in the form of an ordered manifold from the first. The concept, however, is not deduced thereby, but presupposed; for, when we ascribe to a manifold an order and connection of elements, we have already presupposed the con- cept, if not in its complete form, yet in its fundamental func- tion." 1 Thus Aristotle's theory of concept, based upon the abstraction 1 Ernst Cassirer, Substance and Function. Chicago London, 1923, p. 17. 20 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY of common elements from a group of similar things, is nothing else than an obvious circulus viciosus. Yet this is not all. The theory of abstraction shows also another decisive weakness: in order to form a concept only such attributes are retained which are common to all elements of a given group, whereas all particularities are not included in a general concept they are just thrown aside and fade away. And the more general a con- cept is, the less attributes it contains, the more particularities disappear in the process of abstraction. Yet, "the genuine con- cept does not disregard the peculiarities and particularities which it holds under it, but seeks to show the necessity of the occurrence and connection of just these particularities. . . . Here the more universal concept shows itself also the more rich in content." 2 Scientific concepts are all of this kind} they are general ideas, but their true function consists of expressing the rule from which a number of concrete particular forms can be derived. In his Substance and Function Cassirer also undertook the difficult task of showing what particular kinds of concepts underly the different realms of the exact and natural sciences, what is the logical essence of such categories as number, space, time, energy, and so forth. Cassirer was particularly interested in the problem of how the structure of concepts changes its character when we pass from one field of science to another j for instance, from mathematics to physics, or from physics to biology, etc. In carrying out this plan, he made, for the first time in the history of human thought, the very important and successful attempt to give a systematic analysis of concepts which underly the science of chemistry. The last part of the book is devoted to the theory of knowledge proper, to the con- cepts and methods by which human reason transforms sensory impressions into the systems of objective science. The members of the Marburg school were very proud of this new performance of Cassirer. Yet, the opposition came this time from a quarter from which it had been least expected from Hermann Cohen himself. Already while reading the proofs, Cohen obtained the impression, that as he expressed it later in a letter to Cassirer "our unity was jeopardized." Especially pp. 19-20. CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 21 one long paragraph in Cassirer's book seemed to Cohen to be quite inconsistent with the teachings of the Marburg school, and, although all of Cohen's closest disciples were convinced that Cohen was mistaken, Cassirer, who invariably held Cohen in deepest respect, at once decided to reshape the whole page, despite the fact that he did not agree with Cohen and that his book was already in the final stages of printing. Upon reading the finished book, Cohen wrote to Cassirer: "I congratulate you and all members of our philosophical community on your new and great achievement. If I shall not be able to write the second part of my Logic, no harm will be done to our common cause, since my project is to a large degree fulfilled in your book." 3 But the criticism comes after that: "Yet, after my first reading of your book I still cannot discard as wrong what I told you in Marburg: you put the center of gravity upon the concept of relation and you believe that you have accomplished with the help of this concept the idealization of all materiality. The ex- pression even escaped you, that the concept of relation is a category; yet it is a category only insofar as it is function, and function unavoidably demands the infinitesimal element in which alone the root of the ideal reality can be found." The controversy goes back to Cohen's daring attempt to establish the infinitesimal numbers as an absolute element, to put this absolute element before the whole number and to de- rive the latter from the former. There can be little doubt, logically as well as mathematically, that this is an impossible undertaking; the value of a number depends always on its relation to other numbers in which it may be contemplated: five is only fiye in relation to one, yet it is an infinite number in relation to an infinitesimal one, and an infinitesimal number in relation to an infinite one. Cassirer's "function," as contrasted with "substance," meant just that: it is impossible to ascribe an absolute value to a mathematical element, since this value is determined by different relations to which it may belong. Cassirer's theory of concept proved its great fruitfulness for the whole field of theoretical knowledge; it freed the principles and methods of human reason from the shadow of absoluteness 3 From Cohen's letter to Cassirer of August 24, 1910. 22 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY and disclosed their functional nature as flexible instruments of human knowledge. And just as the functional concept contains a direction, a certain point of view which serves as a basis of measurement for the similarity of single elements and arranges them in groups and series according to their affinity, so "the ideal connections spoken of by logic and mathematics are the permanent lines of direction, by which experience is orientated in its scientific shaping. The function of these connections is their permanent and indestructible value, and is verified as identical through all changes in the accidental material of experience." 4 The publication of this important work brought about no change in Cassirer's academic career j he was still Privatdozent in Berlin, and not one single German university invited him, even as an assistant professor. Every time a chair in philosophy became free, Cassirer was invariably listed by the respective faculty as a candidate, but, oddly enough, his name was always put in the second place. Cassirer himself was quite content with his limited academic activities in the University of Berlin ; he not only never complained, but he did not even seem to feel the unfairness of the situation. He enjoyed his life and work in Berlin, his great success as teacher and scholar, even though officially it remained unrecognized. Harvard University was the first to invite him, in 1914, for two years as visiting professor. However, personal reasons pre- vented Cassirer at that time from accepting this invitation. The same year he was awarded the Kuno Fischer Gold Medal by the Heidelberg Academy. Upon Cassirer's special request he was given a bronze medal instead, and the difference in monetary value 3,000 R.M. was sent to the Red Cross. Although Cassirer was highly absorbed by his research work and academic activities, he still found time to organize and direct a new edition of Kant's works. For this edition he wrote an extensive biographical and philosophical introduction to Kant's system. In this introduction he gives a very clear both popular and truly scientific picture of the evolution of Kant's central ideas and makes several important contributions to the understanding of Kant's philosophy. Perhaps the most important 4 Op. cit., p. 323. CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 23 of these contributions is Cassirer's analysis of the fundamental ideas of Kant's Kritik der Urteilskrajt and his explanation of why Kant based his theory of judgment upon two seemingly so different roots as the philosophy of art, on the one hand, and biology, on the other. Thus far all of Cassirer's publications had been devoted to the problem of knowledge. Although he was vitally interested in all the problems of art, ethics, and religion, and assiduously worked on them, he somehow did not feel ready to write down the results of his research; and meanwhile he was busy with the preparations for the third volume of his Erkewntws'problem. The outbreak of the First World War changed his plans. He was drafted for Civil Service, and his work consisted of the reading of foreign newspapers. Thus he was able to contemplate the war from different points of view and to obtain a truer picture of events j he knew already in the early stages of the war that Germany was doomed. Besides, his whole nature was absolutely contrary to the imperialistic megalomania of Prus- sian militarism. Yet he was a philosopher, not a politician, and he found his own way of expressing his attitude toward the ultimate spiritual values around which the struggle raged: he published his book Freiheit und Form. All truly humanitarian and idealistic tendencies of German culture, everything which proclaimed the dignity and freedom of individuals and of nations Leasing and Schiller, Kant and Goethe was convincingly and eloquently expounded by Cas- sirer in this book, providing a magnificent picture of man's struggle for his spiritual liberation, showing Lessing's cosmo- politanism and sublime tolerance, Schiller's keen sensitiveness and passion for freedom, Kant's radical, conception of natural right, and Goethe's redemption of the individual as milestones of this eternal process. Cassirer showed in this book that his feeling for all forms of poetry was just as deep and incisive as his understanding of science. His interpretation of Goethe's lyrics, his analysis of Goethe's poetical work in the different stages of its develop- ment belong to the best that has ever been written on this sub- ject. Cassirer's strong artistic vein enabled him to grasp the 24 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY inner core of Goethe's symbols, to provide those symbols with profound and most surprising interpretation. "Mahomed," "Pandora" to mention only two examples in Cassirer's masterly exposition appeared suddenly in a new light and their unfathomable wisdom and beauty became visible to anyone. No less penetrating was his analysis of Goethe's achievements in the fields of aesthetics, morals, and religion. Cassirer always felt keenly that great poets and belletrists were, in their innermost, endeavoring to find a solution to the eternal problems of being and life, akin to the search of the great philosophers} they only expressed their thoughts and beliefs in the form of concrete symbols and images, and not in the form of abstract reasoning. Goethe's titanic personality, the originality, depth and versa- tility of his creative power irresistibly attracted Cassirer all his life, and in a long series of special articles he followed up his study of Goethe. Brilliant was the way in which he revealed the deepest ideological roots of Goethe's polemic attitude towards Newton, or described Goethe's conception of history, or com- pared the spiritual worlds of Goethe and Plato. All who knew Cassirer personally admitted that his face reminded them of Goethe^ yet their mental similarity was even more striking it was the same wide scope of spiritual interests, the same tend- ency to regard every event in the light of endless historical perspectives, to transform every single fact into an element of an infinite system. It was undoubtedly this affinity of mental tendencies which accounted for Cassirer's unique understanding of Goethe War nicht das Auge sonnenhaft, Die Sonne Konnt' es nie erblicken. . . . World War I brought a deep spiritual crisis in Europe. one belief especially had been shattered to its very foundation: the idea that human reason was a decisive power in the social life of man. When, at the beginning of the twentieth century, Georges Sorel advanced his theory that not reason but social myth was the driving power of human history, that the actions of human societies were determined not by objective truth and cool deliberation but by peculiar images, mostly born out of hatred, revulsion, contempt, and filled with strong impulses and CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 25 emotions, images, which have nothing to do with truth and often represent the greatest possible falsehood the scholars only laughed at him and paid no attention at all to his "queer" ideas. Yet, the progress of the war and the subsequent years which saw the birth of several totalitarian ideologies and their victorious march to power in the largest countries of Europe, ruined and disarrayed by the war, clearly showed the extent of truth contained in Sorel's social theories. The stormy pace of historical events demanded a new approach to the problems of reality, different ways and means for its understanding. This was the background for Cassirer's theory of symbolic forms his great contribution to the understanding of the most vital problems of our time and of history. When the author of this article again met Cassirer, shortly after the termination of World War I, Cassirer was already quite absorbed in his new work. Cassirer once told how in 1917, just as he entered a street car to ride home, the conception of the symbolic forms flashed upon him 5 a few minutes later, when he reached his home, the whole plan of his new voluminous work was ready in his mind, in essentially the form in which it was carried out in the course of the subsequent ten years. Suddenly the onesidedness of the Kant-Cohen theory of knowledge be- came quite clear to Cassirer. It is not true that only the human reason opens the door which leads to the understanding of reality, it is rather the whole of the human mind, with all its functions and impulses, all its potencies of imagination, feeling, volition, and logical thinking which builds the bridge between man's soul and reality, which determines and moulds our con- ception of reality. "The true concept of reality cannot be pressed into a plain and abstract form of being, it rather contains the whole manifold and wealth of spiritual life. ... In this sense any new 'symbolic form' not only the concept and system of knowledge, but also the intuitive world of art or myth or langu- age, represents according to a saying of Goethe's a revela- tion directed from the inside toward the outside, a 'synthesis of world and mind,' which alone makes certain for us the genuine unity of both." 5 The whole world of reality can be grasped 5 Ernst Cassirer, Phttosofhie der symbolischen Formen. Vol. I, p. 46. 26 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY only with the help of certain mental images, symbolic forms, and the task of philosophy consists in the understanding of those mental and psychical functions which determine the structure of these symbolic forms. A queer image of primitive totemism may be vastly different from the modern conception of four- dimentional space, yet they both show a definite regularity of inward structure, they both can be reduced to some fundamental functions of the human mind. Even the spiritual world of lunatics reveals to an attentive analysis some definite regularities which find their expression in queer but still understandable symbolic forms and their study proved to be helpful for the diagnosis and treatment of certain mental diseases. The whole of human culture is reflected in our mind in an endless row of symbolic forms, and Cassirer now embarked upon the titanic task of first trying to analyze the structure of these forms in general, and, secondly, to show what special kind of symbolic forms underlie the different realms of human life religion, art, science, social activities. For many years the external conditions of his life were greatly favorable to this immense task: during World War I two new universities were founded in Germany, one in Hamburg and the other in Frank- furt, both quite progressive and democratic, and the first thing they both did was to offer Cassirer a full professorship in philosophy. Cassirer decided to accept the offer of the Uni- versity of Hamburg because it showed an exceptionally great eagerness for securing his services. He never regretted his choice in Hamburg he found everything he could desire: a large and most interested audience for his lectures, and the famous private "Warburg Library" with a rich collection of materials which Cassirer needed for his researches into symbolic forms. Many times Cassirer expressed his positive amazement at the fact that the selection of the materials and the whole in- ward structure of this library suggested the idea that its founder must have more or less anticipated his theory of symbolic forms as a system of fundamental functions of the human mind underlying all basic tendencies of human culture and explaining the particular nature of any one of them. CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 27 In the years 1923-1929 the three volumes of his Philosophie der symbolischen Formen were composed and published. Based upon vast historical and systematical material, the work gives a penetrating analysis of Cassirer's general theory of symbolic forms and of its application to the problems of language, of myths, and of knowledge. Almost incredible is the wealth of concrete facts and original ideas by means of which Cassirer shows the fruitfulness of his theory. Almost the entire world's litera- ture on language and myths, almost all the realms of human science had been closely explored by him and the particular kinds of symbolic forms in those different realms shown in bold and broad relief. Yet, even this immense job did not take all of Cassirer's time and energy. During the same years, while work- ing out and writing down his Philoso'phie der symbolischen Formen y he finished the third volume of his Erkenntnityrob- lem y he wrote a book on Einstein's theory of relativity and pub- lished literally scores of philosophical and literary articles. Be- sides, he eagerly performed his duties as academic teacher, gave weekly several lectures and seminars, and was most accessible to any student who desired his help on philosophical problems. Despite this immense amount of intellectual work which Cassirer performed day after day, there was nothing of the ivory tower pedant in him; he spent almost every evening in the circle of his family and of his friends, and he showed a lively interest in all world-events. It was amazing to what a degree he was able to keep abreast of so many things which had no relation whatsoever to his scientific work he was a thorough connois- seur of classical music, and in the classical operas he knew not only every single melody, but also every word of the text, often even in several different languages. He knew a great deal about many fields of sport and was able to discuss some intricate prob- lems of passiance or skat. He was even interested in the most impersonal manner in stock exchange prices and tried to understand what was hidden behind their seemingly grotesque and unpredictable movements. Yet, there was only one game which he really cherished: chess. only on rare occasions did he have the time and opportunity to play a game of chess or to 28 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY analyze the game of an outstanding master; but when he did take the time for such it absorbed him to such a degree that as long as he busied himself with chess he did not hear or see any- thing that was going on around him. This great versatility proved to be a real blessing to Cassirer when, in 1930, he was elected rector of the University of Ham- burg. Now he had to represent the University at the various academic functions and to make speeches on literally every type of subject one day he spoke on the development of modern traffic, another day on the breeding of hogs, then again on the importance of athletic sports. And the most amazing part of it was that the scope of his understanding and the wealth of his knowledge were so vast that whatever subject he touched upon he was able to illuminate its different aspects and to show its true place in the whole of cultural life. Fourteen most prolific years of his life Cassirer spent in Hamburg; into this period fell also two large research works on the history of philosophy, one concerning the time of the Reformation, the other dealing with the development of Plato- nism in England. This latter work, published in 1932, was the last one he ever published in Germany. Meanwhile heavy storm clouds darkened the skies over Germany, the Hitler movement was on the verge of its first decisive victory, ready to take over the Reich government. Already years before Cas- sirer had recognized the great danger of this movement; he never listened to the speeches of Hitler or his henchmen, he never read their books and pamphlets; yet he seemed to know with uncanny foresight what Nazism was about to do to Germany and to the rest of the world. When their notorious slogan: "Right is what serves our Fuehrer" first came up, and Cassirer heard of it, he said: "This is the end of Germany." Cassirer, therefore, did not wait to be dismissed by the Nazis he tendered his resignation immediately after Hitler became Chancellor of the German Reich. He knew that there would be nothing for him to do in the "new" Germany, and he decided to emigrate. Within a very few weeks he was offered three pro- fessorships in three different countries one in Sweden (Upsala University), one in England (Oxford University), and one in CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 29 the U.S. A. (New School for Social Research in New York). Cas- sirer went first to Oxford, where he lectured for two years (1933-35). When he arrived in England, he was only able to read English, but he could not speak a word of it. Yet, three months later he was already lecturing in English. Meanwhile he had received another offer, this time from the University of Goeteborg (Sweden). He decided to accept it, but only on one condition: that he would be given a personal chair, in order that no Swedish professor would have to lose his job. This condition was readily accepted, and, in September, 1935, Cassirer went to Goeteborg. He stayed in Sweden for almost six years 5 and those years again were very fruitful years for him. In 1937 he published his book on Determinismus und Indeterminismus in der mod- ernen Physik. Cassirer himself regarded this book as one of his most important achievements. His capacity to penetrate into all the details of the most intricate problems of modern physics, as shown by this book, is truly amazing. Cassirer had been prompted to embark upon this difficult task by a prolonged and somewhat confused discussion which had arisen among several leading physicists and which had touched upon the funda- mental problems of epistemology, especially upon the principle of causality. The structure of the atom, the peculiar manner in which an electric particle jumps, as it were, from one pre- destined trajectory to another, the difficulties in recognizing and characterizing individual elements, and the necessity of applying statistical methods to the solution of quantum-theo- retical problems convinced many physicists not only of the im- possibility of going on exclusively with the methods of the so-called classical mechanics but even induced some of them to discard the principle of causality altogether and to introduce the concept of purpose into the interpretation of purely material phenomena. In order to analyze this problem, Cassirer gave a vast and detailed picture of the development of the basic concepts of mechanics and physics in modern times; he showed the historical continuity of thought, which led to the conception of the quantum theory, and convincingly demonstrated that it was not the principle of causality which was to blame for the 30 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY difficulties with which this theory had to struggle, but the fact that the system of symbols used in it was too narrow: modern physics "is confronted with the necessity of applying different types of symbols, of schematic 'explanation/ to one and the same occurrence." 6 This idea, in which Cassirer saw a consistent method of interpretation of the fundamental results of atomic physics, is one of the basic principles of his philosophy of symbolic forms. He once expressed it in a simple, yet truly classical, manner with the aid of the following concrete example: "We begin with a certain perceptual experience: with a drawing which we see before us. We may turn our attention, first of all, to the purely sensory 'impression' which we comprehend as a simple combina- tion of lines." Now we change our approach to this geometrical figure, we apply to it another set of symbolic forms, and "the spatial image becomes an aesthetic one: I comprehend in it the character of a certain ornament, with which there is connected in my mind a certain artistic sense and significance. . . . And once again the form of my contemplation may change, insofar as that which at first appeared to me as a pure ornament now reveals itself as the bearer of a mystic-religious significance." 7 Thus the same thing, in this particular case a geometrical figure, appears, when treated from different points of view, as the bearer of a very different significance, as a concept with different meanings. No sooner had Cassirer finished his epistemological interpre- tation of the quantum theory than he began working on the fourth volume of the Erkenntnisfroblem. In this volume, which is now awaiting publication, Cassirer is giving us an integral analysis of the development of epistemological and logical problems for the period of the last hundred years from the middle of the nineteenth century to practically our own day. This volume also contains a critical analysis of all important movements in the realm of contemporary philosophy. * Determinismus , p. 265. f From "Das Symbolproblem und seine Stellung im System der Philosophic" in the Zeitschrtft fur Aesthetik und Allgemeine KunstwitsenscJiaft, Vol. 21, pp. 194- 195. Both of the above quotations come from this article j the translation is by the present writer. CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 31 There were two more books Cassirer published during the six years he lived in Sweden, both of them very typical of his almost incredible versatility and mental adaptability. For, de- spite his advanced age, he mastered the Swedish language perfectly and so thoroughly imbued himself with Swedish art, philosophy, literature, and history that he was able to make a very important contribution to the development of Swedish philosophy with his book on Hagerstrom. Cassirer's second book is devoted to Descartes and his relation to the Swedish queen Christine} here he discusses one of the most difficult problems of Swedish history: why did Queen Christine resign her throne? Cassirer attempts his solution of this problem by spreading new light upon Descartes, on his influence upon Christine, and by giving a broad picture of the spiritual life of Europe in the seventeenth century. When Cassirer left Germany he arranged everything for the emigration of his daughter and two sons. one son and the daughter joined him almost immediately in England. But it took all of five years before his second son could join him in Goeteborg. This was a great sorrow of the emigration years he was never able to live together with all his children and grandchildren, whom he loved so dearly j there was always a separation from one or the other. In the summer of 1941 Cassirer accepted the invitation of Yale University and came to the United States as a visiting professor. His original intention was to remain here two years only and then to return to Sweden, where he had, in the mean- time, become a citizen. However, the outbreak of World War II upset his plans. At the end of two years he was unable to return to Sweden and willingly agreed, therefore, to prolong his contract with Yale University for another year. During this period Cassirer received an invitation to teach at Columbia University and in the summer of 1944, he left New Haven and went to New York. His arrival in America opened a new page in Cassirer's life. Here again one has to admire his great adaptability. This time it was not the English language, which he knew quite well by now, nor was it American philosophy the development of which 32 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY he had studied closely for decades. In Substance and Function one already finds numerous references to American scholars and philosophers. But the methods of academic teaching in America are quite different from those of Europe. The co- operation between students and professors is much closer and more informal here than in Europe. Cassirer not only adapted himself willingly and easily to these different ways of teaching he sincerely liked and greatly appreciated them. He often said that to work together with a group of eager students who recognized no other authority than truth itself and kept ques- tioning their teachers until they were entirely and thoroughly satisfied was to him a new and most fruitful experience. During the last twelve years of his life Cassirer devoted in- creasingly more time to research in the fields of the social sciences. He felt that now the time had come for him to apply his philosophy of symbolic forms to this realm of human culture which had always strongly attracted him, but which he had never yet discussed systematically in his books. There had been good reasons for this delay. The social sciences cannot easily free themselves from the influence of deeply rooted subjective tendencies in the form of national and class ideologies, religious and racial prejudices, economic interests, etc. Cassirer undertook to explore in the first instance those aspects of human culture where the attitude of (at least relative) objectivity could more easily prevail. But the victorious advance of the totalitarian ideology in some of the largest countries of Europe finally urged him on to take a stand against these destructive forces which as was so obvious to him threatened to engulf the whole world. In 1941 he wrote, therefore, his first more comprehensive study in the field of the social sciences. Even this, however, dealt, in the main, with the epistemological side of the problem, with the characteristics of the particular methods and principles upon which this branch of human knowledge is based. His Essay on Man, published in 1944, and written by him in English, contains a comprehensive and integral exposition of his philosophy of symbolic forms and their application to different realms of human culture. In this book Cassirer not CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 33 only summarizes his more than half-a-century long researches on languages and science, myth and religion, but he also shows, for the first time, at some length the decisive role the symbolic forms play in the realms of art and historical science. At the same time Cassirer also published several important articles on various subjects. In one of them he gave a quite original analysis of the Bible and showed why the Nazis had chosen the Jews as their ideological enemy Number one while the Nazis based their power upon historical and social myths, the Jews have always shown little inclination for mythical thought. Meanwhile he also persistently worked on what he now con- sidered to be his main task, namely, an undertaking of the driving forces of human history, especially those forces which made possible the appalling growth of totalitarianism in our time. In 1944 he finally put into finished form a voluminous manuscript which offers his solution to this problem. This book which was to be Cassirer's last is entitled The Myth of the State y and was written in English. Even if this were the only book ever written by him, it would still secure a considerable name for him as a scientist and philosopher for many genera- tions to come. This book begins with an exhaustive analysis of mythical thought, uncovering the intellectual, emotional, and volitional roots upon which the myth thrives in the social life of man. Then it gives a broad and general delineation, quite original in nature, of the development of political theory from the days of the early Greek philosophy to the very threshold of our own time, and uncovers, step by step, the technique not always clever, but always treacherous and persistent of the modern political myth which led human culture to the brink of complete destruction. The result of this penetrating and il- luminating investigation into the myth of the state is found, in concentrated form, in Cassirer's following words: "In the Babylonian mythology we find a legend that de- scribed the creation of the world. We are told that Marduk, the highest God, before he could begin his work, had to fight a dreadful combat. He had to vanquish and subjugate the serpent Tiamat and the other dragons of darkness. He slew Tiamat and bound the dragons. Out of the limbs of the monster Tiamat he 34 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY formed the world and gave to it its shape and its order. . . . The world of human culture may be described in the words of this Babylonian legend. It could not arise before the darkness of myth was fought and overcome. But the mythical monsters were not entirely destroyed. They were used for the creation of a new universe and they still survive in this universe. The powers of myth were thus checked and subdued by superior forces. As long as these forces intellectual, ethical, artistic forces are in full strength, myth is tamed and subdued. But once they begin to lose their strength chaos arises again. Myth- ical thought then begins to rise anew and to pervade the whole of man's cultural and social life."* Despite his advancing age, Cassirer kept on working continu- ously, persistently, almost as much as he had worked in his youth, and, in fact, throughout his life. How often did he sit, writing at his desk, till late into the night, and the next morning the first rays of the rising sun found him again busy with his work. on April 13 (1945), the day of his death, Cassirer got up very early and spent the whole morning at his desk writing; then he went to Columbia University, never to return to his home. Ernst Cassirer belongs to the great tradition of classical phi- losophy. Goethe, trying to define the essence of classicism, once said: "Classicism is sanity, romanticism is illness," and Novalis, one of the greatest among the romanticists, unwittingly pro- vided the key to this judgment by his assertion that the essence of romanticism consists in the transformation of a single event or individual fact into an absolute and general principle of the whole. To Novalis and Schlegel everything was the emotion of love, even mathematics or a death sentence; to Fichte and Schopenhauer everything was volition, just as to Hegel every- thing was Objective Mind or to Schelling intellectual intuition: in each case one principle, one function, one special power dominates and determines the whole. Classicism, on the con- trary, always recognizes several principles as quite independent * EDITOR'S NOTE: Apparently Mr. Gawronsky, in making this quotation, had access to a manuscript version of the book} cf. pp. 297-98 of the published work, New Haven (1946). CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 35 of each other, although closely connected and organically related and capable only in their organic interrelatedness of creating and forming the spiritual world of man. This was the very core of Cassirer's philosophical conviction. Throughout the multifarious realms of human culture he demonstrated the originality and independence of their respective symbolic forms and at the same time showed the closest connection to exist among all these forms, thus uniting them into one organic and harmonic whole. So great, moreover, was the scope of Cas- sirer's mental gifts, so inexhaustible his energy, so faithful his memory, so deep, swift, and versatile his power of comprehen- sion, his mind so original and imaginative, that he was able to undertake a unique voyage around the entire spiritual world of man and to discover, on his journey, innumerable treasures of human thought. Cassirer liked to tell the following story: once he met the great mathematician Hilbert, the "Euclid of our time," and asked him about one of the latter's disciples. Hilbert answered: "He is all right. You know, for a mathematician he did not have enough imagination. But he has become a poet and now he is doing fine." Cassirer always heartily laughed, when he told this story, and he had good reason for doing so, but a reason, of which he was never aware: he had enough imagination to be- come a true scholar and philosopher. His mental associations were amazingly rich, colorful, and always quite exact. He possessed in high degree the gift which Goethe called "im- agination for the truth of reality" or "exact sensory imagina- tion." However keen and daring his thinking was it always remained measured, objective, realistic. Truly original and prolific thinkers are usually very modest. Goethe wrote in the introduction to his absolutely new and revolutionary conception of botany that, in this work, he had not said anything which any man of common sense could not easily discover for himself. Kant frankly expressed his regret that he was not as gifted as Mendelssohn. And we all know how ab- solutely modest is Einstein. Thus, modesty was also one of Cassirer's most outstanding traits. He never claimed that this or that idea or conception had first been discovered or formulated 36 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY by him. on the contrary, he was always in the habit of quoting numerous authorities both of the past and in the present who expressed similar ideas} and he always pointed out that really important ideas usually appear as the result of the close co- operation of many human minds. Goethe's assertion that only mankind as a whole is able to find the truth was part of Cas- sirer's very nature and made him largely oblivious to the uniqueness of many of his own deepest insights and significant contributions. It was this trait of Cassirer's mental attitude which made him so tolerant in all spiritual things and so appreciative of all earnest and sincere striving. His deep conviction that truth is im- mensely beyond the insight of any one individual mind never permitted him to discard any opinion without thorough investi- gation. And, just because he found so much truth in other thinkers, he never attempted to found a philosophical school of his own. And it was precisely his great love of truth which made deliberate falsehood and evil all the more loathsome to him. Throughout his life, therefore, he did not stop fighting against falsehood and evil in his own quiet but determined manner. Cassirer was a deeply religious man. He cared little for differing rites, rituals, confessions, or denominations} these only split mankind into so many groups and often turn them against each other. Yet the very core of any true religion, the cosmic feeling, a love as wide as the universe and as intense as the light of the sun, was always vivid in his heart. It was this feeling which urged Cassirer incessantly to explore all material and spiritual things, which filled his heart with deep sympathy for everything good'in the world, which strengthened his will to fight for this good. And it was this feeling which was the source of his charming humour the Infinite All was always present in his mind, it never permitted him to take either him- self or his surroundings too seriously, and he was, therefore, able to joke for hours in the most spirited and sympathetic manner. To the very end of his life Cassirer retained his youthful spirit, his vivid interest in all the aspects of life around him and his readiness to be helpful to other people. It is difficult to CASSIRER: HIS LIFE AND HIS WORK 37 imagine a kinder and more sympathetic person, a man with such an absolute devotion to the good. Symbolic of his whole nature, therefore, was the way of his passing: on the street he was met by one of his students, who addressed a question to him. Cas- sirer turned to answer, smiled kindly at the young man, and suddenly fell dead into his arms. DIMITRY GAWRONSKY NEW YORK CITY B FOUR ADDRESSES Delivered at Memorial Services, held under the Auspices of the Department of Philosophy of Columbia University Brander Matthews Theater, Columbia University June i, 1945 IN MEMORIAM: ERNST CASSIRER This is the locust season of our days When the ripe meadows of the mind are bare, This is the month of the never-born maize Upon whose golden meats we shall not fare. This is the week of the stunted stalk And fruit that is dust on the bones of rock, This is the day of the hungry hawk And the songbirds dead by the fallen flock. This is the noon of our derelict plain, The sun-parched hour of most desolate pain. Yet there is a valley where sweet grain grows In strong-rooted stands, in tall splendid rows. Here toiled in the meadows a man wise and serene, And the meadows bore fruit and the meadows are green. EDWARD MURRAY CASE ERNST CASSIRER WITH the passing of Ernst Cassirer one of the great philosophical interpreters of human civilization has been taken from us. The last true scion of the classic tradition of German idealism has been laid to rest. While we are wondering whether the Germans will ever be able to produce a new moral and intellectual order by returning to the liberal humanism of their own past, which they renounced so violently in recent decades, this meeting is a demonstration of our confident faith in these ideas as a precious part of our own culture. Soon after the classic school of German philosophy had been deprived of its great creative leaders with the deaths of Hegel and Schelling, German philosophy lost its dominant position to the new natural and historical sciences. Simultaneously Ger- man philosophy began to retreat from an active participation in the discussion of the fundamental political issues of the age. The programs of the political parties were little affected by the humane philosophy of the early part of the century. In the last third of the century, however, a renascence of philosophical thought took place, which is usually called the rise of neo-Kantianism. But though a great deal of the new philosophical discussion centered around a fresh study and appreciation of Kant, the new philosophical movement did not aim at the enthronement of the Konigsberg philosopher as the patron saint of a new scholasticism but had much broader and deeper objectives. It sprang from the moral and intellectual dissatisfaction with the then fashionable ideas which seemed incapable of overcoming the growing materialism and natural- ism. Many went even so far as to consider these philosophies the logical outcome of modern scientific research. In contrast, .41 42 HAJO HOLBORN the new generation of German philosophers asserted that the progress of the individual natural and historical sciences stemmed very largely from the discoveries of classic philosophy and that research would lose its direction and meaning without a critical awareness of its basic methods. However, philosophy was not only to act as a guide to the various academic depart- ments but was to gain fresh vigor from them. Ernst Cassirer began his studies when the new philosophical movement had already gained influence in German universities. Lotze was probably the chief bridge-builder between the classic idealism and the neo-idealism which then found its leaders in Dilthey and in the neo-Kantian schools of Marburg and the South- West, represented by Cohen and Natorp and by Windelband and Rickert. But it should not be forgotten that the sciences and arts took an active part in producing the new philosophy. German mathematics and physics from Helmholtz to Planck and Einstein were deeply conscious of their philo- sophical roots and not all the historians got lost in contemporary national politics. Harnack and his school of ecclesiastical his- tory, the school of the history of religion from which Troeltsch made his way into philosophy, and Meinecke's work in the history of ideas are only a few examples of the manner in which historians helped to buttress the new philosophical move- ment. Ernst Cassirer took his place among the best scholars of this group, and while he remained always grateful for being the member of a group of common spirit and purpose, he soon began to chart a course of his own in accordance with his personal gifts. In his early studies Cassirer concentrated on achieving a fuller understanding of the much-praised and little- known Leibniz, the real founder of the German philosophical tradition. Leibniz was the father of the theory of knowledge which, in contrast to almost the whole philosophy of the i8th century, Kant included, saw in the study of nature and of history two manifestations of the one human quest for knowledge. He did not consider the humanities a lower, or less mature, form of academic achievement. Both were branches of Wissenschaft, science, i.e., both were producing scientific truth though by dif- ERNST CASSIRER 43 ferent methods. Throughout his life Cassirer remained a stu- dent of Leibniz by keeping abreast both of the progress of the natural sciences and of the liberal arts. However, Cassirer believed that his basic approach to phi- losophy was Kantian in origin, Kant had maintained that the way to a transcendental order could be gained only through an analysis of the forms and methods of human thought, and he had demonstrated the power of his new critical idealism in the philosophical study of the natural sciences, ethics, and finally aesthetics. The neo-Kantians and particularly Cassirer went farther. Their epistemology included the methodology of history and moreover of all forms of creative civilization, finally encompassing even the expressions of pre-scientific hu- man thought and imagination as revealed in language and mythology. This is the key to the truly universal scope of Cassirer's studies. In addition to Leibniz and Kant, it was the spirit of Goethe which gave life to Cassirer's thought, Wer nicht von 3000 Jahren Sich weiss Rechenschaft zu geben Bleibt im Grunde unerfahren Muss von Tag zu Tage leben. 1 In Cassirer's personality and work Goethe's program of edu- cation became a living reality again. The totality of Western civilization was to be reconstructed and made a part of the consciousness of the modern individual and of present-day civilization. The study of the processes and creations of civiliza- tion would lift the individual to a position from which he could see farther than "from day to day" and could begin to grasp the ideal forms and categories of the human mind. In this version of idealistic philosophy philosophical studies became in large sections identical with historical research. In general, Cassirer confined his historical interest to the history of human thinking and avoided the discussion of the social and political forces. However, he was not satisfied with the old- l Tr.: He who cannot account for 3000 years is basically inexperienced and therefore can only exist from day to day. 44 HAJO HOLBORN fashioned type of history of philosophy which dealt chiefly with the doctrines of the leading philosophers, and linked them together by a loose chain of abstract speculation. Thus, between a social and political interpretation of historical civilization on one side and a history of mere ideas on the other his history of human thought held its own place. His work ranged from the tedious editing of small texts and discoveries to his monu- mental edition of Kant. Beyond the editing it proceeded to the analytical and interpretative monographs and articles covering ancient science and the philosophy of practically all ages of Western civilization. Even those historians who care little about philosophy cannot by-pass the new historical vistas which he opened particularly on the Renaissance and the European Enlightenment. But as closely as his historical and philosophical studies were intertwined, the unity of his many interests is to be found in the philosophical conviction that man can participate in a higher order of life only through the realization of the peren- nial forms of human thought. He drew these philosophical con- clusions most clearly in his great Erkenntnistheorie and in his Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen. Cassirer's writings mir- ror far more than do those of most of his German colleagues his unusual gift as a teacher. He had a unique facility for clear and logical exposition, and all the products of his pen display his extraordinary sense of balance and aesthetic form. His ca- pacity to project himself into the psychological and mental environment of a past age or of an individual thinker of the past did not make him forget the individual needs of a present- day audience or student. His understanding of human nature made him take his listeners or pupils as seriously as the philosophical and historical subjects he tried to expound to them. These qualities explain his success as a teacher in Ger- many, in Sweden, and in America. Cassirer gave up his professorship in Hamburg when the Hitlerites came to power in Germany. This was natural, con- sidering that he was one of the chief exponents of that liberal tradition of German thought which the Nazis tried to destroy by all means. But, being at the same time a Jew, he had to ERNST CASSIRER 45 take refuge in foreign countries. No German was as deeply steeped in the German cultural tradition and very few had contributed so much to its growth within his generation as Ernst Cassirer. Many other German scholars who found them- selves in a similar situation preferred to cut all their ties with their Jewish origin. Prior to Hitler not very many Germans would have criticized anyone for doing just that; on the con- trary, many would have applauded such an attitude. Actually, Cassirer's unwillingness to abandon his Jewish faith proved a handicap in his earlier academic career, but he was too honest to dissimulate his heritage. He was also conscious that a great deal of his moral integrity and intellectual strength had come to him through his Jewish culture. Nor did this make him feel suspicious or bitter. There was little of Heinrich Heine in him, but much more of Felix Mendelssohn, to whom he can be compared in many respects. As Mendelssohn helped to dis- cover for the Germans some of the greatest treasures of their cultural past, and at the same time contributed by his own creative work to the continuation of their classic tradition, so did Cassirer in the philosophic field. Yet Cassirer's life and work do not belong to Germany alone. The philosophical revival of the last third of the nine- teenth century was not merely a German event. It had its parallels and found its students in many lands, e.g., in the Italy of Benedetto Croce and to a lesser, though considerable, degree in modern French philosophy or in the Spain of Ortega y Gassett, from where it recently has spread far over Latin America. Among his German contemporaries, Cassirer was probably the one most conscious of the international significance of philosophy. Certainly he was the one German philosopher of distinction who had least indulged in construing the Kantian and post-Kantian German philosophy as a complete refutation of the philosophy of Western European Enlightenment. While German philosophers and historians were prone to describe the Kantian philosophy as a separation of the superior German from Western-European civilization, Cassirer was always mind- ful of the fact that Kant had his roots in the Western European Enlightenment, or for that matter, that it was impossible to 4S HAJO HOLBORN think of Goethe without Shaftesbury and Spinoza. These were some of the reasons which made him approach Western- European thought with the same warmth of understanding which he showed in his German studies. He deserved the re- spect and affection of the philosophers of other countries which they showed him so often. Never did scholars of so many lands cooperate in expressing their admiration for a colleague of theirs as happened in the symposium on History and Philosophy, which the Oxford Press presented to him at his 6oth birthday. His knowledge of other civilizations, his truly cosmopolitan outlook, and the friendships which he acquired among his American colleagues and students, made the years of his exile not only bearable, but fruitful. Others of his age never again came into their own after being separated from the world in which they had spent the major part of their life. No doubt the events cast a tragic shadow over the last years of his career, but they did not change his fundamental beliefs, nor even his joy in research and teaching. The core of his personality was unaffected. He was unassuming and undemanding. His greatest satisfaction lay in giving others knowledge and wisdom. HAJO HOLBORN YALE UNIVERSITY 3 ERNST CASSIRER IT MUST have been in 1920 that I first met Ernst Cassirer. Although the war had been lost by Germany, the air was full of hope. The collapse of material power had produced a strong and favourable reaction in the intellectual field, and one of the symptoms of this was the foundation, in Hamburg now more anti-militaristic than ever of a new university. High hopes were entertained for the new institution, which was to be of good standing and to form an intellectual centre for the Hansa city. Of particular importance was the chair of philoso- phy, for which Cassirer had been chosen. The new university elected a man whose international reputation at that time was far greater than the recognition which the older seats of learn- ing had bestowed on him. He lent a peculiar dignity to the young arts faculty, and an ever-growing number of students came to his courses, eager for the truth and for learning, after the many deceptions of the war years. on a day memorable in the annals of the Warburg Institute, Cassirer came to see the library collected by Professor Warburg over a period of about thirty years. Warburg's nerves had broken down in 1920 under the strain of the post-war events, and he had been sent to Switzerland for recovery. Being in charge of the library, I showed Cassirer around. He was a gracious visitor, who listened attentively as I explained to him Warburg's intentions in placing books on philosophy next to books on astrology, magic, and folklore, and in linking the sec- tions on art with those on literature, religion, and philosophy. The study of philosophy was for Warburg inseparable from that of the so-called primitive mind: neither could be isolated from the study of imagery in religion, literature, and art. These 47 48 F. SAXL ideas had found expression in the unorthodox arrangement of the books on the shelves. Cassirer understood at once. Yet, when he was ready to leave, he said, in the kind and clear manner so typical of him: "This library is dangerous. I shall either have to avoid it alto- gether or imprison myself here for years. The philosophical problems involved are close to my own, but the concrete his- torical material which Warburg has collected is overwhelming." Thus he left me bewildered. In one hour this man had under- stood more of the essential ideas embodied in that library than anybody I had met before. Why, then, did he seem to hesitate? I expected that, if anyone, he would help me with the difficult task of continuing the library without its founder. But it seems that the workings of his mind would not allow him or, at least, not yet allow him to be drawn into the dangerous chan- nels of Warburg's creation. only much later did I understand that the reason was not narrowness, but self-restraint. Those who knew Cassirer will realize that the decision to keep aloof from certain problems at a certain moment was dictated by the austere logic of his own method. But, after an interval of waiting, the situation changed radically; and, from that moment on, for ten years, I never appealed in vain to Cassirer for collaboration. He had begun writing the first volume of his Philoso^hie der symbollschen Formen and, in developing his systematic ideas, he studied the voluminous concrete material prepared by ethnologists and historians. Warburg had collected the very material which Cassirer needed. More than that: looking back now it seems miraculous that Warburg had collected it for thirty years with a view to the very problems which Cassirer was then beginning to investigate. In the 1890*8 (inspired by Friedrich Theodor Vischer), Warburg had set out to study symbolic expression in art. His experience in studying the rites and arts of the New Mexico Zunis had taught him that the study of symbolic expression in art could not be isolated from that of religion, magic, language, and science. (In a number of still unpublished writings, Warburg had, on the one hand, tried to formulate a practical theory of the symbol in the history of civilization; ERNST CASSIRER 49 while, on the other hand, he had built up a library containing the concrete materials for these studies, beginning with books and articles on the general problem of symbolic expression and arranging all the historical sections with a view to this problem.) At the time of Cassirer's first visit, Die Philosofhie der sym- bolischen Formen was just taking shape in Cassirer J s mind. It came as a shock to him, therefore, to see that a man whom he hardly knew had covered the same ground, not in writings, but in a complicated library system, which an attentive and specula- tive visitor could spontaneously grasp. That was the reason why, at our first meeting, Cassirer immediately felt that the alterna- tive confronting him was either to ignore the Institute or else to submit to its spell. When the time was ripe for him, Cassirer became our most assiduous reader. And the first book ever published by the Insti- tute was from Cassirer's pen. It dealt with the problem on which Warburg had started, namely to establish the categories of primitive thought in the primitive cultures proper, as well as in modern primitivism, as for example in astrology. Warburg was a man of a very imaginative and emotional type, in whom historical imagination, nourished by concrete historical experience, always struggled against an ardent de- sire for philosophical simplification. Yet he had created a tool which a master, whose greatest gifts were in the line of systema- tization, could use, and who, just at this moment, was eager to find the concrete material on which to build his system. Cassirer found it laid out in the library of a man who was still alive, but who was living in darkness behind doors which seemed never again to open for him. Years went by. The first volume of Cassirer's magnum opts appeared, while we published some corollaries to it and some lectures. one day Cassirer went to Switzerland to pay a visit to Warburg. It was a meeting of which both Cassirer and Warburg often spoke in later years. The patient had prepared himself for this day for weeks and months previously. Cassirer came, full of sympathy and with the apprehension and awe that mental illness inspires. In the years of anguish and isolation Warburg's thought, which had never been arrested by the ill- 50 F. SAXL ness, had centred around Kepler. Warburg had come to the conclusion, although separated from all books, that modern thought was born when Kepler broke the traditional supremacy of the circle, as the ideal form in cosmological thought, and replaced it by the ellipse. Cassirer, who never took notes but possessed a memory of almost unlimited capacity, at once came to Warburg's aid, giving chapter and verse for this idea by quoting from Kepler. It was, probably, Warburg's first ray of light in those dark years. He learnt through Cassirer that he had not wandered in a pathless wilderness, but that his scientific thought at least was sane. Cassirer's memory was always miraculous} but it had never worked as miraculous a cure as it did on that day. In later years, when Warburg was back in Hamburg, a warm friendship sprang up between the two men. Warburg admired the clarity of thought and form in the philosopher; and Cassirer was impressed by the man who grasped life and history with such passion and who had gone through mental experiences which gave every utterance of his about art or religion, about philosophy and literature, a deep and wise ring. The character of Cassirer's scholarship, however, was such that, though enriched and extended, its intrinsic direction was never changed by his co-operation with Warburg. A reader familiar with Cassirer's work, but unfamiliar with these per- sonal details, would never divine the intimate relationship which existed between the two men, so much did all the writings of those years appear as the necessary continuation of Cassirer's earlier work. When Warburg died in 1929, it was Cassirer who spoke at his grave: a commemoration of the strange and fruitful meeting of two thinkers of almost diametrically op- posed character and tendency. Yet they had one great goal in common: to understand the nature and history of the symbolic expression of the human mind. If the Warburg Institute has grown into a stable institution, we owe much of its success to Cassirer's advice and help. If Warburg were alive, he would testify how greatly he admired Cassirer. But above all, he would express his deep gratitude to the man who, better than any psychiatrist, had helped him to ERNST CASSIRER 51 find the way back into the world. Even those of you who knew Cassirer could hardly imagine the immense impression that his clear and calm personality made on a mind cut off from the world and striving hard to reach the port of health by exerting his powers of reason. Cassirer, Olympian and aloof, was yet the most humane and learned doctor of the soul. Higher praise could hardly be given to any man. F. SAXL THE WARBURG INSTITUTE UNIVERSITY OF LONDON LONDON, ENGLAND 4 A STUDENT'S NACHRUF FRIENDS OF ERNST CASSIRER: I SHOULD like you to know something of what the stu- dents in the Department of Philosophy at Columbia felt for Ernst Cassirer. By recounting to you the substance of my own experience and my own feelings I shall be summing up the experience and the feelings of all of us here who were the students of Ernst Cassirer. For, my relations with Ernst Cas- sirer were surely typical and most representative. As a mere apprentice to that trade in which Ernst Cassirer was a revered guild-master, I am aware that language is a fragile bridge to understanding, and one that is too easily col- lapsible. Thus, if someone were to ask me: "How well did you know Ernst Cassirer?," I should feel the need of beginning my answer by making a certain verbal distinction. In terms reminiscent of one of the great problems with which Professor Cassirer came boldly to grips, I should have to reply: "Just what do you mean by the word 'know'?" If by your question you mean to inquire whether I enjoyed a personal friendship with my teacher, whether our acquaint- ance was an intimate one, then regretfully I should have to answer that in this sense I did not "know" Ernst Cassirer. The time was too short, the days were too few for this. But if your meaning is: "Did I have an understanding of the kind of man that Ernst Cassirer was?," then I should answer, and every one of his students would answer with me: "I did, and I do." Ernst Cassirer was an exile, a Jew, who wrote: "In our life, in the life of a modern Jew, there is no room left for any joy or complacency. All this has gone forever. No Jew whatsoever 52 A STUDENT'S NACHRUF 53 can and will ever overcome the terrible ordeal of these last years." And yet Ernst Cassirer was a man whose presence be- spoke serenity as surely as do the green leaves bespeak the springtime. This sereneness of countenance and mind was noted by all. But it was not the serenity which is unconscious of the storm j it was, rather, a kind of winged serenity which surveyed, which comprehended, and yet which nobly overrode the storm. And so, having seen this, we knew that Ernst Cassirer was a good man. For only the good are serene. We were impressed by the depth and variety of his knowl- edge. The depth we were prepared for, but the variety amazed us. I recall that, after I had seen An Essay on Man, I asked two members of the department whether Professor Cassirer were really at home in all the varied fields surveyed by this book. They assured me that, in truth, he was. And I am ashamed to confess that I was dismayed at this confirmation} for it seemed to me that I, a beginner in philosophy, could never hope my- self to be the master of such a manifold of learning. But this dismay was supplanted soon by a spirit of emulation; and the kind of scholarship which was Ernst Cassirer's became for me something to strive for, a goal which I might not attain, but a goal which was truly clear, for I had seen it defined in the being of a living man. In the lecture hall we were particularly impressed by the profound and appropriate allusions made to every field of knowledge. In the seminar room we learned to wait for the brilliant interjection, the almost casual sentence which put a philosopher or a problem in a new and more illuminating light. In short, we came to realize, all of us, in time, that as a man of learning and wisdom, as a scholar, Ernst Cassirer was unique. He was an ardent man. I understood this on the day of the last class he taught. I was on my way to class that day, when in the distance I was glad to see Professor Cassirer walking in the same direction. I quickened my pace in order to catch up with him. When I came closer I saw that, as he walked, he was reading a book, which absorption accounted for the slow- ness of his step. As I watched him, he paused to concentrate on 54 EDWARD MURRAY CASE what he was reading, and, in that moment, I perceived that Ernst Cassirer, at the age of seventy, was more ardently in- terested in the contents of that book than most young men have ever been interested in the contents of any book. And so I did not disturb Professor Cassirer, and I am glad now that I did not, for the discreet man does not intrude upon a lover. Thus, being serene and good, being learned and wise and ardent, being all these things, Ernst Cassirer was a great man. And so we, the students of philosophy at Columbia esteem it to have been a great privilege and a great honor in our lives that, in this great university of the New World, we were the last students of the lineal descendant of Immanuel Kant, that we were the last students of the last flowering of German philoso- phy. And I do not speak from paper or from notes or in words formulated coldly and with deliberation, but I speak from the heart when I say: We loved Ernst Cassirer. EDWARD MURRAY CASE COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 5 ERNST CASSIRER WE ARE gathered together in a memorial to Ernst Cas- sirer. We meet here to convey to each other, in some poor words, what he meant to us as man and philosopher. It will take more, of course, than we have to give in this meeting to reveal what significance his work has and will continue to have for many others besides ourselves} and, fortunately, there is to be a volume of studies of his philosophy, where this further and more adequate appraisal may have place. But we can, at this moment, do something good for ourselves and for the memory of our friend, if we simply speak of the things that promptly stand out in our consciousness now rather than strain at the impossible task of offering a comprehensive pic- ture of the whole man and his work. These first thoughts that come in the dawning realization of our loss have a very personal character. Each one of us has his own individual feelings and appreciations. We are sharing these together in this hour and making the man we have known even more real for each other as we here tell how we best remember him. Four years ago, almost to the day, Ernst Cassirer came to this country, accompanied by his wife, without whom we who have but known him these few years cannot think of him. They came here direct from Sweden, on the last ship permitted to go out, in May, 1941. They made themselves at home in America, where they already had some dear ones waiting for their arrival. I believe that we can say that Ernst Cassirer was happy here, both in New Haven, where he first came to live, and then in New York. Let me speak to you after his own fashion. It was always his way, when telling of some other thinker or philosopher, 55 56 CHARLES W. HENDEL first to quote something that was completely characteristic of the man. He often quoted at greater length, some people felt, than he needed to do. I recall a publisher saying this in criticism of one of his manuscripts. "We want more Cassirer," he com- plained, "and less of what other people have thought." But what other people had learned and thought was too important to Ernst Cassirer to be made so little of. He always knew that many artists of the mind had searched for and shaped the truths or the problems for inquiry with which he himself was concerned and he believed it a duty to give their "authority," in this fine and original sense of the term, before he ventured to present his own contribution to the matter. This was his style of life and thought. It expressed both his generous regard for other thinkers and his modest estimate of his own place alongside them in the halls of philosophy. I have in my hands a precious document and memento writ- ten in his own hand. Last year at this time he was saying fare- well to his friends at Yale. He spoke at the Philosophical Club meeting where all of us assembled to express to him our appre- ciation of the three good years we had been privileged to have together in our study of philosophy. This is what he said to us on that occasion: Looking back on my long academic life I must regard it as a long Odyssey. It was a sort of pilgrimage that led me from one university to the other, from one country to the other, and, at the end, from one hemisphere to the other. This Odyssey was rich in experiences in human and intellectual adventures. What was most delightful and gratifying in this long academic journey was the fact that it became also, more and more, a sentimental journey. For at any new place I was lucky enough to find new friends. I found colleagues who were ready to help me in my work, and I found students who were interested in my philosophical views. When I came to this country I cherished the hope that the same would happen here. And this hope was not disappointed. But, on the other hand, I found something more and something better something that passed all my expectations. I was not only supposed to give my own lectures and hold my own courses. I was invited to have a share in the work of my colleagues. During my first year I had the pleasure and the great privilege to be invited to a seminar on the philosophy of history . . . ; in my second ERNST CASSIRER 57 year I could participate in a seminar on the philosophy of science . . .; in my third year we had a conjoint seminar on the theory of knowledge, . . . That was, indeed, a new experience to me and a very suggestive and stimulating one. I look back on these conjoint seminars with real pleasure and gratitude. I am sure I have learned very much from them. Of course, it was in a sense a rather bold enterprise, the bringing together of so many philosophers. As a rule philosophers seem not to be very fond of such a close cooperation. They are apt to disagree in their views, in their interests, in their very definition of what philosophy is and means. And the task that had to be solved here was so much the more doubtful and risky since three different generations were expected to have a share in a common work. To the struggle between philosophers there was added the struggle between the generations. In many of our modern systems of education we are told that it is hopeless to reconcile the views of men belonging to different generations. We are told that, there is a deep and insurmountable gap between the generations; that every new generation must feel in its own way, think its own thoughts and speak its own language. I regard this as a misleading and dangerous dogma and as a dogma that throughout my life I found constantly contradicted by my own personal experience. The older I grow, so much the more I become interested in the work and the thoughts of the younger men. And I always found that they readily answered to my interest. To my great satisfaction I had the same experience here. . . . Of course the younger people criticized me sometimes rather severely. They could not always agree with me; they thought perhaps that they had outgrown, a long time ago, some of the philosophic ideas and ideals that were still very dear to me. But, after all, they listened to me and they tolerated my very old-fashioned philosophy. They could see my point as well as I could see theirs. This ended his "brief report," as he then called it, on his life amongst us, though he had even other things to express, more personal, on that occasion. But what he said in these words just quoted belongs to no particular group of colleagues and students or university. It was as much his message to Co- lumbia this year as it was to Yale then. It was his report on his American sojourn. And while it reports our academic life as he really saw it, it has greater truth still as a revelation of him- self. That friendship of which he told, the eager interest in ideas, the tolerance of mind . . . "they could see my point as well as 58 CHARLES W. HENDEL I could see theirs." All this happened because of him. It was his doing. "I was lucky enough to find new friends." Lucky? Oh no, he was himself the architect of these rewarding per- sonal and academic relations which we all so much enjoyed. He was the philosopher who brings to birth the philosophic spirit and way of life in those who lived and worked with him. "The older I grow," he had said, "the more I become in- terested in the thoughts of the younger men." Very few men of seventy will even think of saying that, and there are fewer still who, if they were to say it, would ever be believed. We know that he said this, however, in all sincerity and without the shadow of a boast. He spoke with transparent honesty when he acknowledged such an intellectual benefit for himself in his association with youth and with the younger scholars. It was a confession made in fine simplicity by one who was a genuine teacher of men. He rejoiced, as you saw, at the idea especially of keeping three generations in touch with each other in common work, the young, the middle-aged and the old. He was well aware of the risk involved in such an enterprise in education. We realize from his own words, too, that he felt the severity of the youth- ful criticism directed at his particular philosophic beliefs and ideasj but we saw him, too, meeting the criticism with reason and patience and generosity, and it was, in fact, by so doing that he brought several generations so happily together in adven- tures of learning. Here is another classic trait of the philosopher. We all remember Socrates at the same age and doing the same things. No man of his high caliber could live through these last twenty-five years without giving profound thought to the whole plight of humanity in all the nations of the world. He knew what adversity meant close at home. His knowledge of vast periods of history brought multitudes of other instances that could weigh down the spirit with a heavy burden. He was sensitive to the pain and the hopelessness that many have to suffer and must continue to suffer. Yet his vision kept in view the dignity and continuity of man's long struggle forward to a life that befits humanity. Thus he succeeded in attaining sere- ERNST CASSIRER 59 nity himself. Yet he was never aloof and abstracted, for he gave thought and individual sympathy for the small personal trials of everyone whom he knew. It was good for one's soul to be with him. And no one who knew him at all could miss that cheerfulness which was a sort of spiritual radiance that warmed and brightened our fellowship. This is the thing, I believe, we should bear in mind now, as we go on to recall all the other things that Ernst Cassirer has meant to us. CHARLES W. HENDEL DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY YALE UNIVERSITY c Hendrik J. Pos RECOLLECTIONS OF ERNST CASSIRER RECOLLECTIONS OF ERNST CASSIRER* HONORED by the invitation to contribute to the Cassirer volume, I should like to carry out this assignment by saying something about Cassirer, the man, as well as about his philosophical significance. I had the privilege of studying Cas- sirer's works even before I first heard his lectures in Hamburg during the summer semester of 1928. I then met him in the Spring of 1929 at the Second University Congress in Davos; and since 1934 I have been in closer personal relationship with him, which led to my spending a month with him in Goteberg in the summer of 1936, for the purpose of co-operating on a task which, due to unforeseen circumstances, was never brought to completion. The last word I ever had from him was a postcard, dated May 1940, expressing his concern over how I had fared since the invasion. Shortly thereafter I was interned, and when the war was over the news of his death reached me. When I was a young student, Ernest Cassirer's works on the history of the theory of knowledge, Substance and Function, as well as on Einstein's theory, opened up to me the whole world of scientific thought, which was far removed from a student of classical philology. This study became determinative for my philosophical development, insofar as I learned from it the nature of natural science in contrast to cultural (social) science, and how the former has gradually created its own correct path for itself, a path which leads form Galileo through Newton to Einstein and the moderns. If, as a young admirer of the Greeks, one is inclined to take all of Plato's and Aristotle's speculative thought for immutable truth, then nothing is more instructive than to take cognizance of the inexorable course pursued by * Translated by Dr. Robert W. Bretall. 63 64 HENDRIK J. POS science since the Renaissance. To this end Cassirer's Erkenntnis- problem is an excellent guide. Endowed with a wonderfully flexible style, he knows how to transpose himself into every point of view, to present it con amore y and at the same time to trace the great lineage which leads from speculative ontology and abstract verbalism to the rational empiricism of modern natural science. It is most gratifying that the three volumes which carry the treatment up to Hegel, are very soon, through the interest of Professor Hendel of Yale, to be completed with the fourth volume, which Cassirer had left in manuscript. In this major work of its kind Cassirer exhibited an unexcelled mastery, command, and disposition of his material, and in addition, a luminous facility of presentation, which remains unique in German philosophy. It is a history of recent philoso- phy from the standpoint of the progress of the natural sciences. It may be that here and there in the quotations there is some room for improvement: the whole [work] is the expression of an idea, which emerges clearly from the development of the natural sciences in modern times, the idea, namely, of the transi- tion from metaphysical speculation to rational understanding. Here it is shown how, by a gradual process of trial and error, and under the decisive influence of scientific savants, the intellectual and technical mastery over nature has come about; and how, in this process, the basic viewpoints have altered. one cannot claim that any old philosophical position fits into this development equally well: ontologism sees itself compelled to separate the empirical development of science from the philosophical deter- mination of fundamental principles, in order thus to keep the changes of empirical science far away from the philosophical enterprise. Cassirer demonstrated at what cost the a prioristic and established results of philosophy are purchased by this method. He also showed how the historical development has shoved aside this dualism, which amounts to a doctrine of the twofold nature of truth, and how Kant's method of the analysis of basic principles an analysis which proceeds from the very fact of existing science does justice to the progress of science without robbing philosophy of her own task. Further, he showed how the application of Kant's analysis to natural science today RECOLLECTIONS OF ERNST CASSIRER 65 makes it necessary to go beyond the content of Kant's doctrine. Of this the Relativity theory is the classical demonstration, inso- far as it modifies the intuition of space and time, which Kant still was able to lay down as the foundation of physics. This [theory] makes it clear that the advance of knowledge consists not only in the material of new experience being incorporated into the fixed categories, but also in the fact that the basic as- sumptions themselves must be revised from time to time, in order to bring new facts into non-contradictory connection with old. Philosophically considered, Cassirer taught how to extend the idea of the process under which the Marburg school sub- sumed "knowledge," to include the basic categories themselves and their determination thereby going beyond Kant and his orthodox adherents. This was the only way of safeguarding Kantianism against the reproach of dogmatism, and of prevent- ing it from being left behind by the advance of science, as had happened in the case of ontological speculation. Through his "scientism" Cassirer's philosophy has achieved an international reputation which puts him close beside the kindred figure of Leon Brunschvicg. At -Davos I was present at conversations during which the two thinkers made the discovery of their spiritual affinity. Cassirer was so many-sided, that his total work was far from exhausted by his writings in the field of epistemology. To others it may be left to come to closer terms with the abiding merit of his studies in the history of epistemology, in theory of relativity, and in the problem of causality in recent physics. I turn now to his philosophy of culture, set down in the first two volumes of the Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen. In 1923 appeared the volume on language, and in 1925 that on mythical thought. The first is a phenomenology of the formation of our world- view in terms of a philosophy of language; whereas the second volume lays bare the driving force which conditioned the crea- tion of a religion. Cassirer was the first to apply the basic ideas of neo-Kantianism concerning spirit and its creative energy to the pre-scientific world-view. Here, too, he was guided by that historical sense which distinguishes his treatment of the problem of knowledge. With the aid of an intensive study of the struc- 66 HENDRIK J. POS tures of primitive languages for which the Warburg Institute in Hamburg provided him with the jviferials he sought to construct a line of development leadihg from the most ele- mentary categories of the world to the more objective ones, and finally to the cognitive results of the sciences. The primitive languages, taken as witnesses to a very remote stage of the hu- man grasp of the universe, offered him valuable supporting evidence for his notion of the gradually advancing "symbolical" formation of the world-picture, which in the interest of ob- jectivity and of comprehensive unification, gets farther and farther away from the original, primitive intuitions. He showed in a convincing manner how an originally strong, vital, and qualitatively conditioned world-view gives way gradually to an objective and more universal one, this transition attesting itself in the transformations of language as it proceeds from a sensory, qualitative stage to a symbolical-abstract mode of expression. Thus it becomes clear how the requirements of science make it necessary to introduce symbols which in precision and fruitful- ness surpass those of language. one may perhaps harbor some doubt as to whether the cur- rent linguistic structure of a society is, indeed, always so faithful an expression of its manner of thought and feeling whether now and then, let us say, the external structure may not be in- adequate to the thought-content. No damage is thereby done to the methodological principle of Cassirer 's theory of language, and it is to be gratefully acknowledged that through him the researches instigated by Wilhelm von Humboldt and by Wundt have been fruitfully continued and have received their philo- sophical foundation. The basic idea which sustains both the theory of language and the theory of knowledge is the fact that, by introducing symbols, the human consciousness succeeds in ordering and governing the welter of sensations. The cate- gories expressed in languages pave the way for that logical order for which the sciences are striving. Cassirer's philosophy of culture is a philosophy of the logos, not in the narrow sense of "ratio" or of the intellect in the purely theoretical sense, but rather in the sense of that spiritual, form- indudng energy which appears in science, society, and art. As a RECOLLECTIONS OF ERNST CASSIRER 67 critic Cassirer was as ill disposed to metaphysics as toward that irration? 1 ' *n which stirred mightily in Germany between the two world wars. His Kantian rationalism was bound to come into conflict with the intuitionism of the waxing phenome- nology, and especially with the ontological and "philosophy of life" stamp which Heidegger imparted to it. The Kant inter- pretations presented by Cassirer and Heidegger, together with the ensuing discussions, constituted the focal point of the Inter- national Davos University course in 1929. The two standpoints could be mutually clarified, but they could not be brought any closer together. Cassirer [on his part] emphasized the spiritual law, the form, by means of which man liberates himselfs from his immediacy and his anxiety. This is the way in which the finite mind participates in the infinite. Whereas Heidegger expounded his book on Kant and the Prob- lem of Metaphysics, which had just been published. He ex- pressed the opinion that Kant's central problem was not at all that of scientific knowledge, but rather the problem of the metaphysical comprehension of being. Kant's philosophy he de- clared to be a philosophy of finite man, whose access to the In- finite is denied, but whose orientation toward the transcendent confirms his very finitude. The difference was clear. Heidegger persisted in the terminus a quo, in the situation at the point of departure, which for him is the dominating factor in all phi- losophizing, Cassirer [on the other hand] aimed at the terminus ad quern, at liberation through the spiritual form, in science, practical activity, and art. The contrast was not theoreti- cal, but human. Here stood, on the one side, the representative of the best in the universalistic traditions of German culture, a man for whom Idealism was the victorious power which is called to mold and spiritualize human life. This man, the heir of Kant, stood there tall, powerful, and serene. His effect upon his audience lay in his mastery of exposition, in the Apollonian ele- ment. From the beginning he had within him the liberal culture of Central Europe, the product of a long tradition. In both spiritual lineaments and external appearance, this man belonged to the epoch of Kant, of Goethe, and of Kleist, to each of whom he had dedicated some of his literary efforts. And over against 68 HENDRIK J. POS him stood an altogether different type of man, who struggled with Cassirer over the deepest intentions of Kant's writings. This man too had a gigantic intellect. As a man, however, he was completely different. Of $etit bourgeois descent from southwest Germany, he had never lost his accent. In him this was readily forgiven, being taken as a mark of firm-rootedness and peasant genuineness. There was, however, much more that was of inter- est in this man. In his youth he was destined for the priesthood, and was to receive his seminary education at Constance. He ran away, however, and became a renegade. At home as almost no one else in Aristotle and the scholastics, in Kant and Hegel, he constructed for himself a philosophy which, on the side of method, came close to the phenomenology of his teacher, Hus- serl. In point of content, however, this philosophy was of course entirely his own: there lay feelings at the base of it which were concealed by the gigantic intellectual superstructure. But when one listened to his lectures, listened to this gloomy, some- what whining and apprehensive tone of voice, then there flowed forth the feelings which this man harbored or at least which he knew how to awaken. These were feelings of loneliness, of op- pression, and of frustration, such as one has in anxious dreams, but now present in a clear and wakeful state of mind. The bearer of this mood-philosophy had the ear of Germany's academic youth, not on account of his prodigious knowledge of the history of philosophy, but rather because he translated feel- ings which in that youth found a soil already prepared. This man came to be regarded as the great hope. His searching book on Kant had succeeded in showing those dark, melancholy feel- ings as determinative even for the philosophy of the famous sage of Konigsberg. Man is a finite being and cannot escape his finitude this, the book taught, was to have been the deepest meanings of Kant's thought. This carried conviction, from the very first, for the youth of a land where the feeling of frustra- tion had for ten years now been alive in a sense other than the merely metaphysical one. The little man with the sinister wilful speech, who was at home with these morose feelings, who loved to say that philosophy is no fun, the despiser of Goethe [this man] over against the representative of Enlightenment, basking RECOLLECTIONS OF ERNST CASSIRER 69 in spiritual fortune, for whom the philosopher's life was joy and inspiration, and who in Goethe paid homage to the universal man. The whole discussion was the intuitive representation of this profound cleavage between the two men. The one abrupt, nega- tive, his attitude one of protest} the other kindly, gracious, ac- commodating, always concerned to give his partner more honor than he deserved. The two men reached an agreement on the meaning of Kant's Schematism, which represents the original intermingling of sense and understanding. This, however, left the main questions undecided: each one viewed Kant from the standpoint of his own humanity, with the difference, however, that the one admitted that metaphysical expressions are not lacking in the text, whereas the other would in no wise grant that the main concern of the Critique of Pure Reason was aimed at grounding the scientific knowledge of nature philosophically. Long went the discussions back and forth, until finally they terminated. The conclusion was not without human symbolism; the magnanimous man offered his hand to his opponent: but it was not accepted. The Davos conversations were symbolical of the tragic decline toward which German philosophy was hastening. Whoever at that time still did not grasp what was going on, could get a glimpse of it four years later, when fate divided the two Kant interpreters as irreconcilably as had their manners of thought: for Ernst Cassirer there no longer was any room in Germany. He emigrated to Oxford. In the same year his opponent in the Davos discussions was appointed rector of the University of Freiburg, and in his inaugural address professed himself un- reservedly for National Socialism. Germany's spiritual collapse had taken place, and Heidegger placed his philosophy at the service of the self-destruction of the German intelligentsia. When Ernst Cassirer was forced to leave the University of Hamburg in 1933, he stood at the peak of his international reputation. It was primarily because of him and Husserl that German philosophy, at that time, flourished before the world. For the regime, quite naturally, this was no reason whatsoever for making an exception in his case. on the contrary, interna- 70 HENDRIK J. POS tional recognition was then taken as a proof of unreliability, especially if on top of this one was a non-Aryan. Cassirer loved the free-thinking Hamburg, whose newly founded university he had co-operatively helped to build ever since 1919. The leave- taking must have been painful, perhaps even more so than the cutting injustice perpetrated by his dismissal. So magnificent a person was he, however, that no word of bitterness was ever heard from him about the injustice done. With Olympian serenity he departed. A man who for many years had lived in Cassirer's shadow became his successor, and expressed his pleas- ure at the course of events. Cassirer rapidly made friends in Oxford. He learned English and delivered lectures. It was not easy to gain a genuine understanding for neo-Kantianism. It was during his stay in England that Cassirer celebrated his sixtieth birthday. The co-operative volume, Philosophy and History, which was presented to him on this occasion (Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1936) is a living testimonial to the diversity of influence and of inspiration which radiated from him upon philosophers and historians of culture in all countries. The twenty-two essays had been edited by Cassirer's student Kli- bansky and the Oxford Kantian scholar and historian of phi- losophy, H. J. Paton. The contributions came from England, France, Holland, Germany, Switzerland, Italy, Spain, and America. In the preface the editors wrote: "It is our hope that this book may bear witness to that enduring spiritual bond which unites scholars of different countries and different traditions." The name of Cassirer actually symbolized a universalism and internationalism which recognizes every member of mankind for its spiritual contribution to the whole culture pattern, on the presupposition that through such mutual recognition, the unity of mankind will be honored and promoted. The further course of Cassirer's life was to bear still further testimony to this universalism. In 1935 he emigrated to Sweden, where his former student Jacobson vacated for him the chair in philosophy at the University, while he himself accepted the appointment as Governor of the Province of Bohnslau. Here too Cassirer made devoted friends and enthusiastic students. And here in the summer of 1936 I had the privilege of being RECOLLECTIONS OF ERNST CASSIRER 71 allowed to carry on a series of conversations with him in a sub- ject for which we had conceived the plan of a co-operative volume during his stay in Amsterdam: the influence of the Greek language on philosophy. Was Greek from the very first a language well adapted to philosophical thought? Or did the thinkers rather take the instrument at hand in its natural state and adapt it to their particular needs of expression? How far does the unconscious influence of the inner linguistic form of Greek extend to the construction of metaphysical concepts? These and similar questions we discussed intensively} during which process Cassirer unfolded his masterly gift of intellectual sympathy and dialectical skill. After these preparatory conversa- tions we promised each other to work them out during the next summer. It never got that far. Since 1936 I have remained in correspondence with Cassirer, but have never seen him again. A very promising participation in a Hegel conference at Amers- foort had to be declined by him for reasons of health. In Sweden too Cassirer did fruitful work. His stay in the North furnished him the occasion for taking up his Cartesian studies once more and for engaging in documentary research on Descartes' life in Stockholm. The fruits of these years were many an article in the philosophical journal Theoria, edited by Ake Petzall, a book on the development of the concept of causality, and the book on Descartes. In May, 1941, Cassirer came to America with the last ship which was permitted to make the crossing. Of his work at Yale, until 1944, and at Columbia until his death on April 13, 1945, Professor Charles Hendel has given a beautiful account in the Journal of Philosophy and Phenomenological Research (Sept., 1945, 156-159). The quotation there reproduced really consti- tutes the autobiography of Ernst Cassirer. A great man looks back upon the Odyssey of his life, in the course of which he has had to wander from land to land and from continent to conti- nent. He did it modestly, cheerfully, and magnificently. Sub- jectively considered, this man's gratitude to others is perfectly sincere; whereas taken objectively, it is not without irony, since it was not he but the others who had cause to be grateful. But that is the way Ernst Cassirer was; he sought no glory, and yet 72 HENDRIK J. POS he gained it; he esteemed others higher than himself, but actually was their superior. This was the secret of the inspiring and uplifting effect which emanated from his presence. There was nothing in him of professorial vainglory, and yet he was a teacher beyond compare. He did not hesitate to cite the writings of a man who had lived for many years in his shadow and who was openly jealous of him. And I can still hear him speaking, in Davos, to a very young instructor: "You and I have the same philosophical interests, and I am very glad of this." This was his self-giving virtue, the generosite of the Descartes he so greatly admired. one scarcely knows what to marvel at most, this man's gigantic intellect, his consummate form of expression, or his chivalrous humanity. His philosophy reveals his character through its capacity for transposing itself sympathetically into various and sundry phil- osophical viewpoints, without thereby losing the distinctive lines of his own thinking. To the editor of this book I have to express my gratitude for the opportunity of bearing witness, by a short and fleeting sketch, to my grateful admiration for a man to whom German philosophy owes more than to any other of its current representatives (viz.,) that in the time of its shame and its decline, it has been able to maintain its age-old renown in the eyes of the world. HENDRIK J. Pos PHILOSOPHICAL FACULTY UNIVERSITY OF AMSTERDAM I Carl H. Hamburg CASSIRER'S CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY CASSIRER'S CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY IF IT IS the mark of a great thinker that death cannot interrupt the continuity of his intellectual influence, and if, furthermore, an ever growing demand for his published thought may be taken as one way of measuring his greatness, the late Ernst Cassirer must well be accorded this rare title. Within three years after an untimely death cut short his teach- ing career at Columbia University, there have rolled off the presses several printings of his Essay on Man (first published in 1944), Language and Myth (translated in 1946 and already out of print) and Myth of the State (fourth printing since 1946), all of which have simultaneously been translated into Spanish and some of which will soon appear in French, Ger- man, and Dutch. In addition, we may expect in the not too distant future English editions of Determinism and Indeter- minism in Modern Physics? the fourth volume of his famous Erkenntnisproblem? the Philosophy of the Enlightenment? and possibly, the Logic of the Humanities? Spanish transla- tions of Kant's Life and Work? and the Philosophy of Sym- bolic Forms 6 as well as posthumous publication in German of 1 Dcterminlsmus und Indeterminismus in der modernen Physik} Historische und systematische Studien zum Kausalproblem. (Goeteborgs Hoegskolas Arsskrift. Vol. XLIIj 1936) 5 ix, 265 pp. *To be published sometime in 1948, this volume will deal with physical, biological and historical methods. (Approx. 500 pp.) 1 Die Philosophic der Aufklaerung. (Tuebingen, Mohr, 1932)$ 491 pp. * Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaftenj Fuenf Studien. (Der Gegenstand der Kulturwissenschaftj Ding- und Ausdruckswahrnehmung j Naturbegriffe und Kul- turbegriffej Formproblem und Kausalproblem j Die "Tragoedie der Kultur".) (Goeteborgs Hoegskolas Arsskrift $ Vol. XL VII $ 1942)$ 139 pp. * Kant's Leben und Lehre. Vol. XI of . Cassirer's edition of Kant's ScMften (Berlin, Bruno Cassirer, 1918) j viii, 448 pp. * Philosophic der symbolischen Formen (see Bibliography in this Vol.) 75 76 CARL H. HAMBURG his Kleinere Schriften 7 and the collection of essays into a Goethe-book. Now, if these publishing announcements may be taken to reflect a considerable preoccupation with the work of Cassirer, such interest is certainly not properly taken cognizance of in our teaching curricula. It is doubtful whether in any of the many courses, offered on the subject of "Contemporary Philosophy" in American colleges and universities, more than summary if any mention is made of the philosophy of Cassirer. In the case of this thinker, we seem to be facing the rather familiar paradox that a lively 'interest' in his philosophy goes hand in hand with just as lively an ignorance concerning what his philosophy is about. Although there is undoubtedly more than one reason for this circumstance, a decisive one, I believe, must be seen in the fact that, whereas Cassirer achieved early fame with his historical works, his philosophy proper was not de- veloped before the publication of his Philosophie der sym- bolischen Foremen, the latest volume of which appeared in 1929, at a time when in Germany phenomenology and the "lebens- philosophischen" precursors of existentialist philosophies had all but eclipsed the classicism of Cassirer's theme and style. Cassirer's philosophy proper has, accordingly, neither re- ceived the attention that a German intelligentsia gave to lesser intellectual events in the anxious pre-Hitler years nor has an English-speaking audience had the opportunity to satisfy by a closer study of a translated version of the Philosophie der symbolischen Formen the interest in his thought which such books as An Essay on Man and Language and Myth have al- ready provoked. Although it is to be hoped that arrangements for an English translation of Cassirer's magnum of us will soon be made, in the meantime there may be some value in sketching somewhat broadly what may be termed his 'conception of phi- losophy.' To this purpose we shall examine Cassirer's symbolic- form concept, upon the proper understanding of which hinges both his conception of what philosophy has been and what it must be, if it is to give full and impartial attention to the T Containing a number of previously published essays, most of which are out of print by now. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 77 phenomena of the "natural" as well as of the "cultural" sciences, to both the Natur- und Kulturwissenschaften. THE SYMBOLIC FORM CONCEPT a. Terminological distinctions The term "symbolic form" is employed by Cassirer in at least three distinct, though related, senses: (1) It covers what is more frequently referred to as the "symbolic relation," the "symbol-concept," the "symbolic func- tion," or, simply, the "symbolic" (das Symbolische) . (2) It denotes the variety of cultural forms which as myth, art, religion, language, and science exemplify the realms of application for the symbol-concept. (3) It is applied to space, time, cause, number, etc. which as the most pervasive symbol-relations are said to constitute, with characteristic modifications, such domains of objectivity as listed under (2). In correspondence with this division, we shall in the sequel deal first with the "symbol-concept." Indication will be given of both the "cultural" import attributed to it by Cassirer and the essentially Kantian epistemological provisions within which it is developed. We shall attempt an adequate definition of this concept and consider both objections and a possible defense for its maintenance. We shall examine, secondly, how a philosophy thus oriented may be conceived as a transition from a critique of reason to a critique of culture. As such, it would suggest a widening of the scope of philosophic concern by putting the "transcendental question" beyond science to other types of institutionalized activities which, such as art, language, science, etc., actually define the meaning of the term "culture." And, thirdly, we shall view Cassirer's inquiry into symbolic forms as a study of the basic (intuitional and categorial) forms of syn- thesis (space, time, cause, number, etc.) and their characteristi- cally different functioning in a greater variety of contexts than was considered by Kant. If presented thus, one could clarify just what type of metaphysics would be both possible and profitable within Cassirer's philosophy of symbolic forms. 78 CARL H. HAMBURG b. The Symbol-Concept. Efistemological considerations As the most universal concept to be formulated within Cas- sirer's philosophy, the symbol-concept is to cover "the totality of all phenomena which in whatever form exhibit 'sense in the senses' (Sinnerjuellung im Sinnlichen) and in which some- thing 'sensuous' (ein Sinnliches) is represented as a particular embodiment of a 'sense' (Bedeutung y meaning)." 8 Here a definition of the symbol-concept is given by way of the two terms of the "sensuous" on one hand and the "sense" (mean- ing) on the other, and a relation between the two, which is most frequently referred to as one representing the other." The extremely general character of this pronouncement must be noted. Cassirer's claim exceeds by far what has ordinarily been admitted about the "symbolical character" of knowledge. Al- though not all philosophers would subscribe to the idea that all knowledge is of a mediate type, it could perhaps be said that to the extent that knowledge is taken to be mediate, it may also be said to be "symbolical" by virtue of its dependence upon (sets or systems of) signs which determine the discursive (linguistic or mathematical) medium within which it is attained. Whereas the history of ideas discloses a varying emphasis put by different thinkers upon sometimes one, sometimes another of the (symbolic) media to be trusted for the grand tour to the "really real," it also appears to substantiate Cassirer's general formula, according to which all knowledge as mediate is defined as implying (besides an interpretant, mind, Geisi) both: the given-ness of perceptual signs (sensuous vehicles, ein Sinnliches) and something signified (meaning, Sinn). But, al- though Cassirer's above quoted symbol-definition would indeed be wide enough to cover such area of considerable agreement with respect to the symbolically mediate character of knowl- edge, note that it formulates no restrictions with respect to cognitive discourse. The "representative" relation which is asserted to hold between the senses and the sense (mean- ing) is, in other words, not taken to be exhaustively defined by *PMlosopMe der symbolischen Formen, Vol. Ill, 109. To be abbreviated henceforth as: PSF. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 79 grammatical, logical, or mathematical syntax-types, which de- termine the conventional forms of discourse within which knowledge is held to be mediated. Instead, it is to cover "the whole range of all phenomena within which there is sense in the senses," i.e., in all contexts in which (e.g., on the expressive and intuitional levels) experience is had as of "characters" (persons) and "things" in space and time. The issue, therefore, of a confrontation by "signs" of "facts," which would be germane to all those views which consider essentially the dis- cursive dimension of symbol-situations, cannot even come up for a philosophy according to which "facts" cannot be evidence for (or against) "symbols," simply because their very "factu- ality" is not considered meaningful outside of some determinate symbolic context. The objection, therefore, raised by many philosophers against scholasticism, to the effect that the latter replaced the consideration of facts by that of symbols (names), need not invalidate Cassirer's position for which there is no f actuality ... as an absolute . . . immutable datum; but what we call a fact is always theoretically oriented in some way, seen in regard to some . . . context and implicitly determined thereby. Theo- retical elements do not somehow become added to a 'merely factual,' but they enter into the definition of the factual itself. 9 once the "facts," the state of affairs, the objects, which are designated by conventional signs, are realized as themselves partaking of expressive (qualitative) and perceptive (intui- tional) "symbolisms" of their own, the question of the appli- cation of symbols to facts is replaced by the question concerning the "checking"of one symbol-context by another, considered more reliable or more easily institutable. In this connection, a brief consideration of the issue of con- firmation may be to the point. In Carnap's version the scientist describes his own observations concerning a certain planet in a report Oi. Further, he takes into consideration a theory T, con- cerning the movements of planets (also laws assumed for the justifiable application of his instruments. C.H.). From Oi and T the astronomer 9 PSF, Vol. Ill, 475. See also: Substance and Function, 143. 80 CARL H. HAMBURG deduces a prediction; he calculates the apparent position of the planet for the next night. At that time, he will make a new observation and formu- late it in a report Oz. Then he will compare the prediction P with Oa and thereby find it either confirmed or not. 10 A theoretical symbolism, in other words, is confirmed when the phenomena, which the symbolism predicts, are observed. Concededly, however, there is a hypothetical reference to con- text not only in the theory to be confirmed but also in the ob- servations which do the confirming. "All observation involves more or less explicitly the element of hypothesis." 11 on the view proposed by Cassirer, to say that a theory (in combination with statements regarding initial conditions) is confirmed by "observation" would not require recognition of and recourse to any non-symbolic factuality, disclosed to the senses free from all elements of interpretation} but it would, instead, be equiva- lent to saying that hypothetically constructed contexts (theories regarding the orbit of a planet) would be confirmable if from it certain data can be deduced (its position at a certain time) such that, by appropriate co-ordination of a perceptual context, what are defined as light-rays in one context, will be interpreted as the determinate color and shape of a "thing" (planet) in another. Furthermore: we have an "interpretant" with his attendant "perspectives," a sign-signified relation on both the theoretical and the observational levels. To hold that the former stands in need of confirmation by the latter and not vice versa ,to maintain that "the scientific criterion of objec- tivity rests upon the possibility of occurrence of predicted per- ceptions to a society of observers" (ibid., 5), is fully intelligible within the provisions of Cassirer's view which cannot except ob- servation from a symbolic interpretation. Whether as observa- tion of pointer-readings or of "things," the "confirmatory" character of observation does not depend upon its confrontation by non-symbolic facts of symbolic theories, but rather upon the easily (almost immediately) institutable and shareable nature of the perceptual context in which we have "facts" and to 10 Rudolf Carnap, Foundations of Logic and Mathematics, i. 11 Victor Lenzen : Procedures of Empirical Science, 4. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 81 which all other contexts can be co-ordinated in varying degrees of explicitness. We suggest, therefore, that whereas the import of symbolic media for the intelligibility of reality is certainly not a new discovery and has been realized by philosophers from Plato to Dewey, the thesis that a symbolic relation obtains for any possible (culturally encounterable) context in which we per- ceive or observe a "world," expresses what is most distinctive in Cassirer's conception of philosophy. A comparable extension of the philosophical concern beyond the cognitive to other types of signifying and modes of sign- usages has been advocated more recently by positivistic thinkers, who are intent upon establishing a more secure foundation for the discipline of semiotics. Unfortunately, Cassirer himself nowhere explicitly differentiates his own type of inquiry from the kind of sign-analyses carried on by, e.g., Carnap and Morris. 12 We shall, therefore, briefly consider both areas of agreement and points of divergence characteristic of the two schools of thought before proceeding to examine the epistemo- logical orientation within which Cassirer's own philosophy of symbolic forms is developed. Note that Cassirer could well agree with a view according to which "the most effective characterization of a sign is the following: S is a sign of D for I to the degree that I takes account of D by virtue of the presence of S," 18 where I stands for the interpretant of a sign, D for what is designated, and S for the vehicle (mark, sound, or gesture) by means of which D is designated to I. Yet, although the proposal to understand sign-processes as "mediated-taking-accounts of" is also implied in Cassirer's conception of the matter, there would be a charac- teristic shift of terms. Where Morris, e.g., has his "interpre- tant," Cassirer would speak in terms of "Bewusstsein" or "Geist:" "the meaning of spirit (Geist) can be disclosed only in its expression; the ideal form (what is designated) comes to "Rudolf Carnap j Foundations of Logic and Mathematics^ 1939. Charles W. Morris, Foundations of the Theory of Signs, 1938$ and Language , Signs and Behavior, 1946. M Charles W. Morris, foundations of the Theory of Signs, 4. 82 CARL H. HAMBURG be known only in and with the system of sensible signs by means of which it is expressed." 14 Likewise, the distinction be- tween the sign-vehicle (S) and the designation of the sign (D) by Cassirer is put in terms of a correlation alternatively called "the sign and the signified," "the particular and the general," "the sensuous and its sense" (das Sinnliche imd sein Sinn). There is agreement, then, on this basic point: for anything to be a sign does not denote a property characterizing a special class of objects, but speaking in the material mode it indicates that it participates in the sign-process as a whole within which it "stands" to somebody for something, or in the formal mode that it can be defined only in terms of a three-term relation of the form "I-S-D," where "I" designates the "taking- account-of," "S" the mediators of the "taking-account-of," and "D" what is taken account of. In Cassirer J s language: "The act of the conceptual determination of what is designated (ernes Inhalts) goes hand in hand with the act of its fixation by some characteristic sign. Thus, all truly concise and exacting thought is secured in the 'SymboUk* and 'Semiotik* which support it." 15 For a correct understanding of Cassirer's position all depends here upon the interpretation we put upon this metaphor of "the sign and the signified going hand in hand." For Morris, mani- festly, the relationship suggested is one interchangeably alluded to as one of signs "indicating," "announcing," or "suggesting" the presence of whatever they denote, designate, or signify. For Cassirer, on the other hand, HusserPs dictum in the matter holds: "Das Bedeuten ist nicht eine Art des Zeichen-Seins im Sinne der Anzeige" (To signify is not a way of being a sign in the sense of being an indication.) 18 The indicative function of signs, upon the broad basis of which Morris attempts to sketch the foundations of a semiotic, is accordingly of just the kind that Cassirer would have to consider as inadequate for an under- standing of the symbolic function properly speaking. In the formulation of this distinction by Susanne Langer: "The funda- mental difference between signs and symbols is this difference "PSF, Vol. I, 1 8. M PF,Vol. I, 1 8. 16 Edmund Husserl, Logische Untersuchungen, Vol. II, 23. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 83 of association, and consequently of their use by the third party to the meaning function, the subject: signs announce their objects to him, whereas symbols lead him to conceive their objects." 17 Against this establishment of a "fundamental" difference, Morris has advanced the objection that too much is made of what essentially seems to amount to a mere difference of degree. A symbol is on the whole a less reliable sign than is a sign (that is a signal) . . . (the latter) being more closely connected with external relations in the environment is more quickly subject to correction by the environment. . , . But, since signals too have varying degrees of re- liability, the difference remains one of degree. 18 Now, regardless of whether or not one agrees with Morris that environmental correction in the case of signals is in all contexts more reliable than purely symbolic procedures such as provided, e.g., by derivations or calculations, one need not argue that, once the behavioristic approach is taken with regard to both signs and symbols, they may indeed be considered as compara- ble and not fundamentally distinct means through which behavior may be informed in different degrees of reliability. To take signs as related to dispositions of behavior is to be primarily interested in the modes in which they come to inform, incite, appraise, or direct action. To emphasize signs in their symbolic use is to inquire not so much into what they "announce," "ap- praise," etc., but into their "meaning," the "domain of objec- tivity" they appear to condition. An inquiry into the symbolic function of signs, as Cassirer puts it, is not concerned with what we see in a certain perspective, but (with) the perspective itself ... [so that] the special symbolic forms are not imitations, but organs of reality, since it is solely by their agency that anything real becomes an object for intellectual apprehension and as such is made visible to us. The question as to what reality is apart from these forms, and what are its independent attributes, becomes irrelevant here. 19 Cassirer insists, in other words, that the truly symbolic (the 17 Susanne K. Langer, Philosophy in a New Key, 61. 18 Charles W. Morris, Signs, Language and Behavior > 50. 19 Language and Myth, translated by S. Langer, 8. 84 CARL H. HAMBURG properly "significative") meaning of sign- functions cannot be looked for in the indicative office performed by them, but refers to their role as "organs of reality" as which they are said to "bring about" (condition) what is meant by an "object" in the various universes of discourse, intuition, and expression. In accordance with three senses in which the symbolic-form concept is used (see above), to say that "the symbolic forms are . . . organs of reality" would be equivalent to the following three expressions of the thesis: 1 i ) No meaning can be assigned to any object outside the cul- tural (mythical, artistic, common-sensical, scientific) contexts in which it is apprehended, understood, or known. (2) No meaning can be assigned to any object except in refer- ence to the pervasive symbolic-relation types of space, time, cause and number which "constitute" objectivity in all domains, with the modifications characteristic of the media listed under <'> (3) No meaning can be assigned to any object without, in whatever form, assuming a representative relationship ex- pressed in the symbol-concept which, abstractable from any context, would be said to hold between given "sensuous" moments, on the one hand, and a (in principle) non-senuous "sense" moment, on the other. How, we must ask now, is both the pervasiveness and the objectifying office of the symbolic- form concept to be demon- strated? Keeping Cassirer's Kantian orientation in mind, it will follow that his inquiry into the objectifying pervasiveness of symbols cannot properly be expected to point to or to discover facts or activities hitherto unknown or inaccessible to either the sciences or such other culturally extant types of experience- accounting as religion, myths, the arts. Kant, it will be re- membered, set out to clarify his "misunderstood" Kritik by demonstrating in the Prolegomena that neither mathematics nor the physical sciences would be "possible" unless the pure forms of intuition and certain categorial determinations were presupposed as valid for all experience. Analogously, Cassirer maintains that the symbol-concept must be taken as just as pervasive as are, in fact, the sciences, arts, myths, and languages CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 85 of common sense, all of which may be conceived as employing symbols in their respective experience-accountings. To say, furthermore, that symbols "objectify" would, on this interpre- tation, mean nothing else than that these various domains themselves, in their symbolic evaluation of the perceptive data to which they apply, furnish the only contexts within which one can meaningfully speak of any kind of "objectivity." There is, in other words, no point in producing examples to illustrate what exactly Cassirer means when he credits symbols with "bringing about" rather than merely "indicating" objects, simply because all sciences, arts, myths, etc. would have to be taken as illustrating this general contention. We must distin- guish here two aspects of this contention: (i) That all the above-listed "domains of objectivity" do indeed presuppose the employment of symbols, and (2) That there is no objec- tivity outside the contexts established by these various domains. As regards the latter aspect, its acceptance follows from Cassirer's endorsement of what he took to be Kant's trans- cendental method. Could Kant prove the adequacy of this method by the use he made of it with respect to "experience as science?" The answer may be in the affirmative, if one keeps in mind the state of the mathematical and physical disciplines with which he was familiar. As a contemporary writer has put it: "In relation to his information Kant's intuition of Euclid's axioms is unobjectionable. . . . Without the aid of Einstein's conception of a curved physical space, we should not conclude that Kant is altogether wrong." 20 The answer may be in the negative, if one considers that Kant presented his "forms" of intuition and understanding as immutable human faculties, and took them to be as final as Aristotelian logic, Euclidean geometry, and New- tonian physics were thought to be necessary. But, whatever be one's evaluation of Kant's position, this much of it is never questioned by Cassirer, namely that the determinateness with which we experience the "objective" world is never passively received ab extra, but that it is, in principle, analyzable as "conditioned" by acts of synthesizing the manifold given in per- 20 Andrew P. Ushenko, Power and Events, xv. 86 CARL H. HAMBURG ception. What Kant had maintained was that there can be no objectivity in the physical sense without assumption of the synthesizing forms laid down by the Transcendental Analytic. This point is generalized by Cassirer to include other than physical domains, to be accounted for by types of synthesis other than those listed in the first Kritik. That aspect of Cas- sirer's general contention, then, according to which there can be no objectivity outside the contexts established by the sciences, arts, myths, etc., instead of being explicitly demonstrated, constitutes his basic philosophical commitment to Kant's view- point. Regarding the other aspect of his thesis, viz., that all the contexts within which such objectivity is encountered, are to be taken as sign-systems, in so far as all of them imply specific evaluations of the "same" sensory data, on what evidence are we to accept it? Or better: what sort of evidence is possible for this contention within the commitment to Kant's position as indicated? With respect to Kant's inquiry it is maintained by Cassirer that he aimed to develop the epistemological conse- quences from the facts of the sciences with which he was fa- miliar. It was their actual employment of "judgments" both related to experience (synthetic) and yet necessary (a priori) which seemed to Kant to demand a revision of both the empiricist and the rationalist pronouncements with respect to the character of human knowledge. In the stage at which he analyzed it, it could be said that his analysis was adequate for science as he knew it. Kant, in other words, was not concerned with adducing evidence that there are synthetic judgments a priori the evidence for their actual employment being taken to issue from an impartial examination of the sciences them- selves. It was but their "possibility" that Kant felt had to be accounted for by making those necessary presuppositions about human cognition through mediation of which science as a re- sult of the activation of that cognition would become intelligi- ble. Consequently, these presuppositions, the forms of intuition and understanding, are not the evidence from which the syn- thetic a priori judgments of the scientist are thought to be derivable, but the sciences themselves are taken as the evidence CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 87 that justifies and postulates the epistemological characterization of the "mind" with which the first Kritik is concerned. This brief reminder serves to explain Cassirer's analogous conviction that his theory of the symbolically-mediate character of reality, far from standing in need of ingenious philosophical demonstrations, merely formulates, on a level of highest gen- erality, a semiotic function which, in various modifications, is assumed as a matter of fact by all who, within the legitimate contexts of their respective branches of investigation, inquire into the nature of physical, artistic, religious, and perceptual "objects." A re-examination of this evidence in the light of more recent developments in the mathematical, physical, psy- chological, linguistic, religious and anthropological researches considered by Cassirer, would be both surpassing the compe- tency of one inquirer and not be to the immediate purpose. For the remainder of this section, it will be our chief concern to elucidate how the symbol-concept must be understood in order to warrant the universal use and significance which Cassirer attributes to it. Before proceeding to this task, however, note that rightfully or not Cassirer did take for granted its actual employment, not just in the analysis of the various disciplines, but in the very construction of the domains to which these analyses refer. In support of this contention, we point to the following: (i) Early in the first volume of the Philosofhie der sym- bolischen Formen y where Cassirer prepares for the introduction of the symbolic-form concept, he raises the question ". . . whether there is indeed for the manifold directions of the spirit ... a mediating function, and whether, if so, this function has any typical characteristics by means of which it can be known and described." 21 Yet, although it is a foregone con- clusion that such a "mediating function" must be ascribed to the symbol-concept, Cassirer, instead of presenting specific arguments for this core idea, immediately goes on to say: "We go back for an answer to this question to the symbol-concept as Heinrich Herz has postulated and characterized it from the point of view of physical knowledge." (ibid.) As soon as the 11 PSF, Vol. 1, 1 6. 88 CARL H. HAMBURG question is raised, in other words, whether there is a function both more general and flexible than, e.g., the concepts of "spirit" and "reason," elaborated by traditional philosophy, the answer, in the form of the proposed symbol-concept, is not argued for at all but is presented as being actually effective and recognized as such by Herz with respect to physical science, and such other thinkers as Hilbert (mathematical logic), Hum- boldt (comparative linguistics), Helmholtz (physiological optics), and Herder (religion and poetry). (2) In 1936, the Swedish philosopher Konrad Marc-Wogau had commented upon certain difficulties he found inherent in Cassirer's various versions of the symbol-concept. In a re- joinder to these objections, Cassirer makes this very character- istic statement: "In his criticism, Marc-Wogau seems to have overlooked this one point, namely that the reflections to which he objects, are in no way founded upon purely speculative con- siderations but that they are actually related to specific, concrete problems and to concrete matters of fact." 22 It is significant that, here again, where the "logic of the symbol-concept" has been challenged, Cassirer makes no attempt to take up his critic's suggestions on the same analytical level on which they were made, but, instead, goes on to cite a variety of instances (drawn from psychology, linguistics, mathematics, and physics) for which outstanding representatives have emphasized the sym- bolical character of their respective subject-matters. Strange as this attitude may appear to those who would ex- pect an original philosophy to develop and reason from its own axioms, it is only consistent in the light of the above-mentioned transcendental orientation in which Cassirer read and accepted Kant. The thesis, accordingly, that the mind (Bewusstsein, Geist) is symbolically active in the construction of all its uni- verses of perception and discourse is not suggested as a dis- covery to be made by or to be grounded upon specifically philo- sophical arguments. Instead of presupposing insights different from and requiring cognitive powers or techniques superior to those accessible to empirical science, the thesis is developed as iat (Tidskrift for Filosofi och Psykologi.) II, 158. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 89 issuing from an impartial reading of the scientific evidence in all branches of investigation. Certain difficulties about such a position could perhaps be felt from the outset. It may be questioned, for instance, whether scientific situations could be encountered at any time which would give univocal testimony to the symbolically-mediate character of both their methods and their subject-matters. one may also wonder whether the scientific crown-witnesses (on whom Cassirer relies so heavily), when reflecting upon the symbolic nature of their domains, do so qua scientists, or whether, when so reflecting, they must be considered philo- sophical rather than scientific spokesmen for their disciplines. Finally, a philosophy resting its case squarely on the evidence of not just one (especially reliable) science, but of all the sciences including all religious and imaginative sense-making as within the province of what Cassirer calls "Kulturwissen- schajten" seems dangerously committed to generalize upon enterprises notorious for their proneness to scrap both their own theories and attendant philosophical explanations of their theories. Considerations of this type need not be fatal, however, to a philosophy thus far considered. A philosophical reading of the evidence of the sciences will indeed not face "univocal situa- tions." Nor will such situations be encountered within any other inquiry. The cognitive enterprise, whether in the form of large philosophical generalizations, or of the more readily controlled scientific generalizations, is admittedly guided by hypotheses and thus does imply decisions with respect to the data that are considered relevant for their respective generalizations. The further contention that the methodological testimony of the scientists cannot be credited with the same respectability as his methodological effectiveness also need not be damaging to a philosophy whose center of gravity is determined by the scien- tist's findings. Any philosophy, one could say, which is pro- posed as a critique and mediation of symbolisms, must obviously do justice to the most reliably constructed symbol-systems of the sciences and, in doing that, it can hardly afford to disregard the statements on method merely because they come from some- 90 CARL H. HAMBURG body who employs them successfully. At any rate, an adequate interpretation of the scientific symbolisms always requires atten- tion to both the factual and the (methodo-) logical subject- matters, and there does not seem to be any Qrima -facie evidence why the method-conscious scientist is to be trusted less in this connection than the science-versed philosopher. The objection, finally, that any philosophy whose ambition it is to bring into conformity its account of "reality" with the latest results of the sciences is doomed to "eternalize" highly contingent validity-claims, need likewise not endanger the position taken by Cassirer. It would be the alternative to the self-corrective character of the evidence trusted by him that would be fatal to any philosophy. The ambition to make final pronouncements, to issue once-and-for-all "truths/' is certainly not germane to a thought-system which, by Kantian orientation, is not straining to lay hold upon a final reality-structure, but which is advanced frankly as an attempt to discharge the "culture-mission" of mediating the reality-accounts offered by the various cultural disciplines. We must conclude therefore: the thesis that all contexts (in which we objectively have a world, structure, domain of reality) may be analyzed as differently oriented symbolic evalu- ations of the perceptive data, is offered as evidenced by all the inquiries made of these contexts. As such, the thesis is sug- gested as a generalization upon the pervasive features of the artistic, religious, and scientific domains, guided by Kant's transcendental hypothesis that the pervasive features of all experience cannot be prior to and independent of the synthesiz- ing activities of a symbol-minded consciousness which has and reflects upon them. What Cassirer never tires of attributing to Kant is the latter's "Revolution der Denkart y " by which philosophers were freed from having to attain a reality more profound (or more im- mediate) than the only one given in experience, either as en- countered or as reflected upon by the only valid methods of scientific synthesizing. Instead of undertaking in the fashion of ontological metaphysics to determine fixed traits of being, the transcendental method would bid us to examine the types CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 91 of judgments which logically condition whatever may validly be asserted as "objective." The "objectivity," however, with which the first Kritik furnishes us, actually turns out to be an exclusively "physical" one. The transcendental method, as used in the Kritik, has not provided us Cassirer thinks with the clue for "Objektivitat uberhauyt" but specifically with just one type of objectivity, viz., the one that may be formulated within the system of principles constitutive of Newtonian physics. 23 In brief: what Cassirer accepts of Kant is the transcendental method which, instead of revealing immutable structures of Being, inquires into the culturally given "fact" of science and, "being concerned not with objects but with our mode of know- ing objects," 24 makes for a more flexible analysis of experience by allowing for different types of "objectivity," comprehended as corresponding to different "modes of knowing." In Cassirer's version: "The decisive question is always whether we attempt to understand function in terms of structure or vice versa. . , . The basic principle of all critical thinking the principle of the pri- macy of the function before the object assumes a new form in each discipline and requires a new foundation." 28 Cassirer's position implies both an acceptance of Kant's methodological strictures and a demand for a wider application of the "critical method." More specifically: Kant's method was to limit the philosopher's concern to an elucidation of the mode of knowing governing "reality" as scientifically accessible. It was, in conse- quence, to deny him the right of engaging in ontological pur- suits, i.e., to discover or construct "realities," offered as "meta- physical," apprehension of which would involve an employment of cognitive powers superior to those certified by the first Kritik as "constitutive" of (or regulative for) experience, i.e., of science as the only legitimate inquiry through which the permanent structure of this experience may be known. 23 We are concerned here merely with Kant's attempt to formulate his "Grund- satze" in conformity with Newtonian physics, not with the success of this attempt. on this point, see A. Pap: The Afriori in Physical Theory, Pt. II. King's Crown Press, 1946. a< Immanuel Kant, Kritik der reinen Vernunft, "Einleitung," Par. VII. 92 CARL H. HAMBURG If then the philosopher qua cognitor, not qua moralizer was to be restricted to an examination of the source, scope and validity of the "mode of knowing" that makes possible experi- ence as science, or if, in Cassirer's extended version, he is to be restricted to an examination of all the various modes of knowing and comprehending that make possible experience, however structured (as science, or myth, art, religion, or common sense), the issue of highest philosophical universality will logically arise as one of attempting to reduce the variety of such distinguish- able modes to so many comparable instances of one fundamental function. And such a function would at once have to be general enough to characterize all modes of knowing and comprehend- ing through which experience is realized as structured, and yet permit of all the differentiations that specifically modify the various cultural media for which it must account. Now, it is Cassirer's contention that, historically, philosophy both aimed and fell short of elaborating principles of such high generality that would, on the one hand, be valid for all domains and, on the other, be susceptible of modifications characteristic of the specific differences distinguishing these domains. Before turning to a closer examination of the symbol-concept which, Cassirer believes, satisfies the requirements of such a universal yet modifiable function, it is significant to note here that Cassirer conceives of his own efforts as within the general direction of what philosophers, with varying degrees of awareness and suc- cess, have always striven for. In this connection, Cassirer has spoken of both the "culture-mission" of philosophy and the "antinomies of the culture-concept." By the latter, reference is made to the characteristic conflicts that arise as the various cultural media of religion,, art, language, and science tend to set off their special domains by claiming superiority of insight for their respective perspectives. Thus, although the first cosmo- logical and physical scientists everywhere started out from the distinctions and discriminations made by common sense and reflected by language, they soon opposed to this basic fund of accumulated knowledge specifically new principles of division, a new "logos 33 from the vantage-point of which all non-scientific CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 93 knowledge appeared as a mere distortion of "the truth. " Simil- arly, while both art and religion in their early stages developed closely together, if not at times in actual interpenetration, further development of these two cultural media resulted in either of them claiming superior vision and closer approxima- tion to the "really real" as over against the other. Instead of contenting themselves with the specific insights which they afford, the various cultural disciplines tend Cassirer points out to impose the characteristic form of their interpretation upon the totality of being, and it is from this tendency towards the "absolute," inherent in each one of them, that there issue the con- flicts that Cassirer considers "antinominal" within the culture- concept. Yet, although it is in intellectual conflicts of this type that one would expect philosophy, as a reflection on the highest level of universality, to mediate among the various claims, the different "dogmatic systems of metaphysics satisfy this expecta- tion and demand only imperfectly} they themselves are im- mersed in this struggle and do not stand above it." 26 Upon analysis, it is suggested, most philosophical systems turn out to be merely so many hypostatizations of a particular logical, ethical, esthetical, or religious orientation. We have briefly adduced these considerations because it is against their background that one can understand the impor- tance Cassirer attributes to his own "philosophy of symbolic forms," which is presented as having a chance of succeeding where all former "systems" could only failj not in the sense, to be sure, that it holds the key to all the problems that have or will come up, but in the sense, nevertheless, that with the symbol-concept it puts at the philosopher's disposal an intel- lectual instrument of greatest universality and modifiability. As such, it is commended as impartially comprehending all "do- mains of reality" as of a determinable, symbolically-mediate type for which philosophical analysis may indicate their specific modalities of sign-functioning, instead of super-imposing one privileged modality of meaning (logical, esthetic, ethical, etc.) with respect to which all other "visions" are reduced to mere *PSF,VoL I, 13. 94 CARL H. HAMBURG approximations and appearances (at best), or illusions (at worst). c. Exposition of the Symbol-Concept We have considered so far the epistemological setting within which Cassirer's thesis is developed. We have listed what, we believe, represent three essentially distinct senses in which the symbolic-form concept is employed, and we have contrasted it from both the usually agreed upon view, according to which knowledge-as-mediate is indeed taken as "symbolical," and from the more current behavioristic position, according to which the pervasive character of sign-situations is interpretable as in- volving objects which as signs indicate the presence (or the conditions for the realization of the presence) of other objects- as-signified. We have then attempted to render meaningful Cassirer's contradistinction from this position by stressing that his concern is with symbols, taken not as "indications" but as "organs of reality." Interpreting "organs of reality" in a sense termed "transcendental" by Kant, we could say that Cassirer's type of inquiry constitutes a most erudite attempt to provide evidence for the thesis that no empirical "reality" (objectivity, structure) can be meaningfully referred to except under the implicit presupposition of the symbolic (constitutive) "forms" of space, time, cause, number, etc. and the symbolic (cultural) "forms" of myth, common sense (language), art, and science, which furnish the contexts (Sinnzusammenhange) within which alone "reality" is both encounterable and accountable. We must now examine more closely exactly what is asserted when it is said of the constitutive and cultural "forms" which condition "reality," however accounted, that they are "sym- bolical." For this purpose, let us go back to the already stated definition of the symbol-concept, according to which "it is to cover the totality of all those phenomena which exhibit in what- ever form 'sense in the senses' (Sinnerfiillung im Sinnlicheri) and all contexts in which something 'sensuous* by being what it is (in der Art seines Da-Seins und So-Seins} is represented as a particular embodiment as a manifestation and incarnation of a meaning." 27 According to this passage, the symbol-concept "PSF, Vol. Ill, 109. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 95 would apply to all contexts in which a "sensuous" moment may be distinguished from a "sense" moment, with the proviso that a relation holds with respect to these two terms which is most frequently referred to as one representing the other." For Cassirer (as for most other philosophers) the term "senses" covers all perceptual cues which such as colors, sounds, etc. suffice to act as vehicles for any and all meaning, where "mean- ing" covers all the embodiments to which the senses are amen- able as related to an interpreter of these cues, i.e., to the full complexity of perspectives which the term "interpreter" (Gei$t y Bewusstsein) suggests. To realize yet more distinctly what both the "senses" and the "sense" (meaning) connote in this defini- tion, we must attempt further to clarify the relation that is sup- posed to hold between the two terms, if they are to function symbolically. This relation, we suggest, is taken by Cassirer both in a polar and a correlative sense. ( i ) The polarity of "sense" and "senses." Stressing the polarity of this relation, Cassirer states suc- cinctly that "the symbolic function is composed of moments which are different in principle. No genuine meaning (Sinn) as such is simple, but it is one and double and this polarity, which is intrinsic to it, does not tear it asunder and destroy it, but instead represents its proper function." 28 This function, we may say, establishes a relation between the "senses" as signs and the "sense" as signified by them in such a way that these two terms must be conceived as polar, opposite and (potentially, if not actually) distinguishable from each other. This polar distinction of the two symbol-moments, as maintained by Cassirer, can be read from a variety of pro- nouncements made by him apropos the three modal forms, termed respectively: the expression-function (Ausdrucksfank- tiori)\ the intuition-function (Anschauungsjunktion) and the and the conceptual-function (reine Bedeutungsjunktion). Space forbids even a selective reproduction of the illustrative material offered by Cassirer. The gist of the matter will be intelligible, however, if the following points are kept in mind. *PSF, Vol. Ill, 1 10. 96 CARL H. HAMBURG a. If the representative relation between the senses and their sense is of an expressive type (of which myth, art, and the reali- zation of "persons" are taken as instances), "reality" is had as a universe of "characters," with all events in it having physiog- nomic traits and all manifestation of sense through the senses being restricted to what is expressible in terms of man's emotive, affective (evaluational) system. Where the "world," in other words, is taken in its primary expression-values, all of its phe- nomena manifest a specific character which belongs to them in an immediate and spontaneous fashion. Cassirer's description of these "expression-phenomena" as "being inherently sombre or cheerful, exciting or appeasing, frightening or reassuring" 29 parallels Dewey's account, e.g., according to which "empiri- cally, things are poignant, tragic, settled, disturbed . . . are such immediately and in their own right and behalf . . . any quality is at once initial and terminal." 30 It would therefore be a mis- reading of what Cassirer terms the "reine Ausdrucksphaenom- ene" if they were taken to issue from secondary acts of inter- pretation, as products of an act of "empathy." The basic error of such an "explanation" would consist in the fact that it re- verses the order of what is phenomenally given. This interpre- tation "must kill the character of perception, it must reduce it to a mere complex of sensory data of impression in order to then revive the dead matter of impression by an act of empathy." 31 What is overlooked in the empathy-theories is that, in order to get at the sensory data (the hot and cold, the hard and soft, the colors, sounds, etc.), we must already disregard and abstract from the expressive "Urfhaenomene?* in which a "world" is had prior to the working out of the various representative schemes and conceptual frameworks to which it subsequently submits. What typifies an expression-phenomenon, we conclude, is that, whereas it possesses specific (immediate, non-derivative) meanings not realized on the perceptual level as distinct from the sensuous vehicles with which they go "hand in hand," it must still be recognized as an instance of a symbolic function, , Vol. Ill, 85. 30 Experience and Nature, 96. n PSF, Vol. Ill, 85. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 97 in so far as subsequent analysis, on the level of reflection, will make what Cassirer considers a "polar distinction" between its two constitutive moments which, as the sign (senses) and the signified (sense) define that function. b. The polarity between these two moments is encountered in a more developed form in the intuitive mode of the symbolic function, for which a perception is not merely taken as a qualita- tive presence (Praesenz) but as a cue for the representation of something else. The construction of our perceptive world begins with such acts of divid- ing up the ever-flowing series of sensuous phenomena. In the midst of this steady flux of phenomena there are retained certain determinate (perceptive) units which, from now on, serve as fixed centers of orien- tation. The particular phenomenon could not have any characteristic meaning except if thus referred to those centers. All further progress of objective knowledge, all clarification and determination of our percep- tive world depends upon this ever progressing development. 32 The passage from the expression-mode to the intuition-mode of "making sense in the senses" is described by Cassirer as a de- velopment in which progressively an organization of the sensory flux is brought about by singling out certain data, realized as comparatively constant, significant or relevant for action, by operating, in brief, a division of the perceptually given into "presentative" and "representative" moments. 83 Now, the selective and organizing office of sensory perception has been noted by both scientists and philosophers for some time. If a symbolic interpretation is put upon whatever evidence exists for this fact, it is because such "selectivity" entails a distinction of the constant from the variable, of the necessary from the con- tingent, of the general from the particular, distinctions, in brief, which, for Cassirer, "imply the very source of all objecti- fication." 34 And it is to language that we are referred as both the outstanding agency which establishes the basic objectifying distinctions and the medium which reflects the "foci of atten- "PSF,Vol. Ill, 165. 88 This, of course, is a metaphorical, not a genetic account. A "flux" prior to any and all "organization" is a contrary-to-fact abstraction, "PSF, Vol. Ill, 1 80. 98 CARL H. HAMBURG tion," the "perspectives" which condition whatever discrimina- tion is exercised when some (rather than other) perceptions are taken to "represent" the quasi-permanent units as which, on the intuition-mode, we have the world as organized in spatio- temporal "things-with-properties." Skipping at this point further consideration of the evidence adduced by Cassirer for this view, 85 what matters for the present purpose is that the intuition-mode of symbolic representation is conceived as in- volving, besides the sensory data, an "original mode of sight" (eine eigene Weise der Sicht) and that both these moments are said to stand in a polar relationship to each other in so far as the "sight," the "perspective," as something posited (em Seteungs- modus), is not reducible to or constructible from the sensory data which it "sees." Cassirer argues in this connection against both rationalist and empiricist epistemologies which, regardless how differently they provide answers to the question of the "relation of our perceptions to an object," take the same basic course in explaining this relation either in terms of "associa- tions" and "reproductions" or in terms of judgments and "un- conscious inferences." "What is overlooked in either approach is the circumstance that all psychological or logical processes to which one has recourse come rather too late. . . . No associative connection of them can explain that original Setzungsmodus, according to which an impression (taken representatively) stands for something 'objective'." 36 The intuition-mode of the symbol function is proposed therefore as both an original and ultimate mode of sight which, although inseparable from the sensory impressions which it sees y must be distinguished from them as sharply as the dimensions of "meaning" (sense) from the dimension of "signs" (senses). c. The polar relation between the sensuous- and the sense- moments is even more readily realized in Cassirer's discussion of the theoretical mode of the symbol function. Within this 88 In his Die Sprache und der Aufbau der Gegenstandswelt, Jena, 1932 (sec Bibliography for translations) . Also in the Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen, Language and Myth> and "The Concept of Group and the Theory of Perception," (Journal of Philosophy and Phenomenological Research, Vol. V, 1944, 1-35.) 86 PSF, Vol. Ill, 148. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 99 dimension, also referred to as the "level of cognition," there obtains, as within the expression- and the intuition-modes, an organization and determination of sensory data, with this dif- ference, however, that now "the moments which condition the order and structure of the perceptual world are grasped as such and recognized in their specific significance. The relations which, on the former levels, were established implicitly (in der Form blosser Mitgegebenheit) are now explicated." 37 This "explication," proceeding by way of an abstractive iso- lation of the relations which, while applicable to perception, are, in principle, of a non-perceptual character, is evidenced, "writ large" so to speak, in the constructive schemata, the con- ventional systems of conventional signs by mediation of which scientific knowledge is attained. A considerably detailed demon- stration of this thesis was given by Cassirer long before the development of his philosophy of symbolic forms. His con- tention that all scientific concept-formation is definable as an ever more precise application of relational thinking was first presented in his influential Substanzbegriff und Funktionsbe- griff (1910) and reasserted in the concluding sections of his "Phaenomenologie der Erkenntnis" (PSF, Vol. III.) where recent developments (until 1929) of the mathematical and physical sciences are considered in confirmation of this thesis. What is established by the scientific concept is referred to vari- ously as a "function," a "principle," a "law of a series," a "rule" or "form," where all these terms are employed with the same connotation which his early work had given them, i.e., as ex- pressing relations between (terms designating) phenomena. "To 'comprehend conceptually' and to 'establish relations' turn out upon closer logical and epistemological analysis to be always correlative notions." 38 Instead of defining the concept as extensively determining a class, having members, it is main- tained that theoretical concepts always contain reference to an exact serial principle that enables us to connect the manifold of intuition in a definite way, and to run through it "PSF, Vol. Ill, 3 30. "PSF, Vol. Ill, 346. ioo CARL H. HAMBURG according to a prescribed law. . . . (Thus) no insuperable gap can arise between the 'universal' and the 'particular,' because the universal itself has no other meaning and purpose than to represent and to render possible the connection and order of the particular. If we regard the particular as a serial member and the universal as a serial principle, it is at once clear that the two moments, without going over into each other and in any way being confused, still refer throughout in their function to each other. 39 The symbolic function, implied in the theoretical mode, becomes comparable to both the expression- and intuition-modes in that here too we are bidden to distinguish between the "principle of the series" and the "manifold" ordered into the members of the series. Let us put this polarity into the language of symbolic logic. If we are to define the meaning of a concept not extensionally (by specification of the members that are subsumed) but in terms of a prepositional function p(x), we are clearly desig- nating two distinguishable moments. The general form of the functions designated by the letter C 0' is to be sharply contrasted with the values of the variable V which may enter this function as c true' values. The function determines the relation of these values, but it is not itself one of them: the C 0' of C 0(x)' is not homogenous to the xi, X2, Xs, etc. [Both the function and the values of the variables belong to an entirely different conceptual type (Denk- And this formulation only throws into relief the distinctness of the two moments which, as the principle (form) of the series and its members (material) are held to define all theoretical (conceptual) symbolisms. The distinctive trait of theoretical concept-formation must, accordingly, be sought in the elabora- tion of distinctive "points of view" which, as "principles" or "forms" determine the selection of the perceptually given mani- fold into specifically ordered series. In this connection, Cassirer argues against certain empiricist doctrines which regard the "similarity" of the intuitively apprehended phenomena as a 39 Substance and Function (Swabey tr.), 223^ *PSF 9 VoL III, 349-350. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 101 self-evident psychological fact, fit to account for the serial re- lations established by concepts. But, as he points out, the similarity of certain elements can only be spoken of significantly when a certain point of view has been established from which the elements can be designated as like or unlike. The difference between these contents, on the one hand, and the conceptual species by which we unify them, on the other, is an irreducible ]act$ it is categorial and belongs to the form of consciousness. 41 It designates, as we have seen, the polar contrast between the members of a series and the form of the series. (2) The correlativity of "sense" and "senses." Above, we have considered a number of passages indicative of Cassirer's conviction that on all levels on which we, symboli- cally, have a world, be it as organized in qualitative expres- sion-characters, be it as "broken" into spatio-temporally ordered "things-with-properties," be it in the relational order-systems of the sciences, we are always in a position to make a dis- tinctio rationis" between the "sight" (die Sicht; the form of a manifold) and the sensory data that are variously determinable within these different sights. We have treated of this conviction as implying an interpretation of polarity between the two mo- ments of the symbol function. We must now qualify this char- acterization by pointing out that, in another sense (to be specified), both moments are taken as correlative to a degree that makes it inconceivable to refer to or define either moment except under implicit presupposition of the other. If, in agree- ment with Cassirer's actual usage, we call the perceptive mani- fold the "matter" of the symbolic function and the sense- perspective (Sinn-Persfektive) its "form," we are bidden to think of these terms as correlative in such a way that it is not only impossible in any actual context to separate one from the other, but also to assign any meaning to either term without implication of the meaning of the other. Our problem here makes contact with the metaphysical con- troversy about universals. From what has been said so far about 41 Substance and Function, 25. CARL H. HAMBURG the relation between the "form" and "matter" of a series, there can be no doubt that Cassirer could not, without qualifications, have subscribed to either the realist or the nominalist position. Partial agreement is indicated with St. Thomas, 42 whom he credits with having maintained a "strict correlation, a mutual relationship between the general and the particular." 43 What attracts him in this version is the fact that it is free from the various space- and time-metaphorical separations that have traditionally been assumed to characterize the universal as be- ing before or after, within or outside the particular. Cassirer's insistence that no meaning can be given to the universal "form" independently of a "matter" for which it is valid, is reasserted in a number of ways, such as, e.g., the "sight" determining the "how"-character of "what" is seen, or the "principle of a series" exhausting its meaning in the order it establishes among the mem- bers of the series, or the "p" of a prepositional function not be- ing definable independently of the variables for which it holds. 44 Now, it has been suggested that Cassirer's thought here is not free from contradiction on the grounds that the two moments by which he aims to define the symbol-concept cannot both: (a) belong to two entirely different dimensions and (b) yet be tied together in such close correlation that the definition of one could not be given except in terms of the other. These objections were voiced by the Swedish philosopher Marc-Wogau. 45 It is to these objections that we must now give some attention, before considering Cassirer's defense in the sequel. d. The Symbol-Concept. Objections and Defense Marc-Wogau writes: A closer examination seems to me to lead to the result that the positive meaning of Cassirer's "symbolic relation" is of a dialectical character; the symbolic relation, as conceived by Cassirer, covers both the idea of an opposition between the sensuously given (the sign) on the one hand, 48 "Universalia non sunt res subsistentes, sed habent esse solum in singularibus." Contra Gentiles , Lib. I, 165. 48 /W, Vol. Ill, 351. 44 on this point, see also B. Russell, Principles of Mathematics, 85. 48 In: Theoria (Tidskrift for Filosofi och Psykologi, 1936), 279-332, CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 103 and the " Sinner juettunff* (the signified) on the other, and also the idea of an identity between the two. The first idea is clearly asserted by Cassirer, the second issues as a consequence from certain of his definitions and assertions. 46 Now, the second idea concerns the correlativity of the two symbol-moments which, according to Marc-Wogau, entails their identity as a consequence. Let us follow his reasoning: 'Sign' and 'Signified' ... are to be mutually conditioned by each other in their determinate character. one moment has meaning only in re- lation to the other. But that implies that the thought about the one term involves the thought about the other. If the one term is being thought of, the other is thereby being thought of too. The two moments of the relation would, in consequence, coincide. If A and B are to be connected in such a way that A can be determined only with reference to B and B can be determined only in reference to A, it becomes impossible to distinguish A and B : they coincide (zusammen] alien) . 4T With respect to another characterizatioin of the symbol by Cas- sirer, according to which it is said to be "immanence" and "transcendence" in one: in so far as it expresses a meaning non-intuitive in principle in an intuitive form," 48 Marc-Wogau remarks: In this definition, two moments are distinguished which are related in a specific way. When Cassirer characterizes this relation by saying that "the symbol is not 'the one or the other,' but that it represents the 'one in the other' and 'the other in the one,' " the question seems to crop up how, under such circumstances, a possible distinction between the 'one' and the 'other' could even be made. By this definition is there not posited an identity between the two moments of the symbolic relation which would conflict with the insistence upon their polarity? 49 In Cassirer's rejoinder to these objections, 50 at least two different lines of argumentation may be distinguished. For one, considerations are adduced, designed to render questionable 441 Theoria, (1936), 291. 47 Theoria, (1936), 292. 48 PSF, Vol. Ill, 447- * w'**> v*yjw/, 33 1. 60 In Theoria, (1938)1 '45-'75. 104 CARL H. HAMBURG Marc-Wogau's belief that there are logical grounds on which the maintained correlativity of the two symbol-moments could be refuted. Furthermore, illustrations from empirical sciences are reproduced for the purpose of supporting his contention that the two symbol-moments (although correlative) cannot only still be distinguished, but purporting to show that and how such isolation of the two moments has been accomplished. In this connection, Cassirer quotes extensively from contemporary re- search into color and acoustical phenomena which are presented by him as documenting as a fact what Marc-Wogau had denied as a possibility. ( i ) The logical issue. Marc-Wogau's objection that, if two terms of a relation are thought of as "mutually determined," they will, of necessity, also be identical, is countered by Cassirer's reference to the actual employment of "implicit definitions" in modern mathe- matical logic. Now, implicit definitions may be defined as "de- noting anything whatsoever provided that what they denote conforms to the stated relations between themselves," 51 where the stating of the relations is presumably to be given within the axiom-system selected. With the discovery of non-Euclidean geometries, Cassirer remarks, it became increasingly clear to those concerned with their logical foundation, that their ele- ments the points, lines, angles, etc. could not be defined anymore in the explicit way in which Euclid could take them as intuitively evident. "Neither the basic elements, nor the basic relations could have been defined, if by a definition one under- stands the indication of the 'genus *proximmn? and of the 'dif- ferentia specified."* 2 A way out, Cassirer suggests, was opened by Pasch's investigations 53 which were continued and brought to a systematic conclusion with Hilbert's Grundlagen der Geomet- rie.** Hilbert's analyses, of considerable influence upon the development of mathematical logic, may be summarized by saying that, for him, the geometrical elements and relations are 51 Cohen and Nagel, An Introduction to Logic and Scientific Method, 135. K Theoria, 169. 88 See Substance and Function, 101. "ibid., 93 . CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 105 not to be taken as independent entities, intuitively grasped, for which ^xplicit definitions could be given, but as terms whose meaning is specified by the relations which are axiomatically prescribed for them. "The axioms which they satisfy determine and exhaust their essence." 55 Basic geometrical concepts are, accordingly, held to be only implicitly definable, i.e., within a logical system; and it is gratuitous to ask for a determination of their meaning independently of this system. It follows, of course, that, if in Hilbert's geometry the signification of points, lines, the relations of "between-ness," "outside," etc., cannot be formulated except in relation to a selected axiom- group, a variety of other elements and relations, if they satisfy the formal conditions of the same axioms, must be considered as equivalent to it. Against the very possibility of structural isomorphisms, of different (though logically justifiable) inter- pretations of the same basic calculus, the objection could perhaps be raised that they merely prove the impossibility of arriving at completely determined elements by means of implicit def- initions. This apparent limitation, however, also marks the very strength of mathematical, deductive thought, as was stated by Cassirer distinctly in his Substance and Function: Two different types of assertions, of which the one deals with straight lines and planes, the other with cycles and spheres . . . are regarded as equivalent to each other in so far as they provide for the same con- ceptual dependencies. . . . The points with which Euclidean geometry deals can be changed into spheres and circles, into inverse point-pairs of a hyperbolic or elliptical group of spheres . . . without any change being produced in the deductive relations of the individual propositions . . . evolved for these points. . . . Mathematics recognizes (in these points) no other 'being' than that belonging to them by participation in this form. For it is only this 'being' that enters into proof and into the processes of inference and is thus accessible to the full certainty that mathematics gives to its subject-matter. 56 The relevance of these considerations for the problem at hand may perhaps be put thus: Marc-Wogau's contention that, if the terms of a relation are mutually determined, they there- w Theoria, 1 69. M Substance ana Function (Swabey tr.), 93. io6 CARL H. HAMBURG by must also be identical, is refutable, if we maintain the justi- fiability of implicit definitions, respectively of the different mathematical (logical) calculi which they make possible. And vice versa: Marc-Wogau's charge, if taken seriously, would not only refute the "logic" of the symbol-concept (with its two distinct, yet correlative moments, its "sensuous" represen- tation of the "non-sensuous"), but it would also have to refute the "logic" of all those disciplines that could not constitute their respective syntax-forms except by employment of implicit defi- nitions. In consequence, Cassirer is convinced that, if the scien- tist can proceed effectively with elements the meaning of which is indefinable outside the axiom-system within which they occur, the philosopher neither may (nor need) hope for more secure foundations regarding the symbol-concept. Marc-Wogau's charge of a contradiction inherent in this concept is thus countered by Cassirer's reference to scientific syntax whose elements are not considered identical merely because their definition implies mutual determination. (2) The empirical issue. Regardless, however, whether correlativity of the relational terms implies their "identity" or not, is there any other than just formal evidence for the "fact" that, notwithstanding such correlativity, a distinction between the symbol-moments is not only logically permissible but also actually achievable? Before examining the empirical evidence adduced in answer to this question, it will be worth while to consider the issue here raised in its full generality. The symbol-concept, we suggested above, was to result from Kant's epistemology, in so far as it was to cover all the "syn- thesizing acts" which variously condition the many expressive, perceptual, and conceptual forms in which we have the respec- tive worlds of myth, art, common sense, and science. Instead of departing from a taken-for-granted opposition between a statically conceived "self" and a just as statically conceived "world," the philosophy of symbolic forms was proposed to examine the presuppositions upon which that opposition depends and to state the conditions that are to be satisfied if it is to come about. It finds that these conditions are not uniform, that there are rather different CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 107 dimensions of apprehending, comprehending and knowing the phenom- ena and that, relative to this difference, the relationship between 'self and 'world' is capable of characteristically different interpretations. . . . True, all these forms aim at objectification on the level of perception (zielen auj gegenstandliche Anschauung hin)^ but the perceived objects change with the type and direction of such objectification. The phi- losophy of symbolic forms, accordingly, does not intend to establish a special dogmatic theory regarding the essence and properties of these 'objects,' but it aims, instead, to comprehend these types of objectifica- tion which characterize art as well as religion and science. 87 It follows that, if no objectivity is held to be encounterable except within the symbolic forms of myth and religion, of art, common sense, and science, there also can be no chance to break out of the "charmed circle" of these forms. If it is only under the pervasive presupposition of these forms that we can appre- hend, comprehend and know all the objects, however struc- tured, how then will it be possible even to conceive of a polar concept which, such as the "sensuous manifold," is claimed to be distinguishable from the formal moment of the symbol- relation? What answer, in other words, can be given to Marc- Wogau's charge that, to be consistent, Cassirer cannot hope even to make a "distinctio rationis** between the perceptual "matter" and the significant "form" of the symbol-concept? As mentioned earlier, it is typical of Cassirer's procedure that the resolution of this problem is not left to logical or specifically "philo- sophical" considerations as have conventionally been devoted to the "form-matter" issue. The latter is to be evaluated, in- stead, in the light of empirical evidence. Let us be clear once more for just exactly what this empirical reference is to provide evidence. What is under discussion concerns the question whether the "material" moment of the symbol-concept (to which we have variously referred as the "sensuous manifold," the "sensory- or perceptual data") although indeterminable outside any given context ("perspective," "sight," "principle" or "form of a series") can nevertheless be distinguished, i.e., conceived as different in principle from the sense-perspectives within which it becomes manifest. For evidence of the fact that this problem has been realized 87 Theoria (1938), 151. io8 CARL H. HAMBURG by scientists, Cassirer quotes these remarks from Karl Buehler: No theory of perception should forget that already the most simple qualities, such as 'red' and 'warm' usually do not function for them- selves but as signs for something else, i.e., as signs of properties of perceived things and events. The matter looks different only in the comparatively problematic borderline-case where one seeks to determine the 'Ansich* of these qualities in fercepion But it is, of course, exactly this "borderline-case," i.e., whether conditions for the isolation of the "Ansich" of perceptual data can be instituted or not (and how such isolation is to be inter- preted), that is at issue. The question, in other words, is whether perceptual data can be stripped of their various representative functions, and the relevance of having recourse to empirical investigations would concern the technical possibility of operat- ing such a reductive stripping of these data. For evidence of the empirical feasibility of that reduction, Cassirer mentions the German physiologists Helmholtz, Hering and Katz. Katz, e.g., 59 had initiated a procedure involving, a.o., the observation of colors through a punctured screen (ILochschirm) . "It turned out that hereby (the colors) change their phenomenal character and that there takes place a reduction of the color-impression to ... the dimension of plane- (Flaechen-) colors." 60 Hering performs similar reductions by means of a vision-tube (eine irgendwie fixierte Roehre)^ whereas Helmholtz, more ingeni- ously, gets along without any instruments and achieves com- parable effects by "looking from upside down, from under one's legs or under one's arms." Thus, Hering: Place yourself near the window, holding in your hands a piece of white and a piece of grey paper closely together. Now, turn the grey paper towards the window, the white one away from it, so that the retinal image of the grey paper will be more strongly illuminated than the white one 5 but even though one will notice the change in light- intensity, the now "lighter" but really grey paper will still appear as grey, while the now "darker" but really white paper will be seen as white. If now both papers are looked at through a tube, one will soon M Die Krise der Psychologic (1927), 97. 59 In his Der Aufbau der Farbwelt, (ind edition 1930). 90 Grundziige elner Lehre <vom Lichtsinn. Paragraph 4. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 109 see both papers (if held so that one will not shade the other) on one and the same level, and now the grey paper will be seen as the lighter one, the white one as the darker one, corresponding to the difference in the two light-intensities. 60 And Helmholtz: We know that green plains appear at a certain distance in somewhat different color-tones; we get used to abstract from this change and we learn to identify the different 'green' of distant lawns and trees with the corresponding 'green' of these objects, seen at close range. . . . But as soon as we put ourselves into unusual circumstances, when we look, e.g., from under our legs or arms, the landscape appears to us as a flat picture. . . . Colors thereby lose their connection to close or distant objects and now face us purely in their qualitative differences. 61 Similar reductions with respect to other than color-phenomena are also referred to by Cassirer in this connection. 182 Now it seems that, if examples of the above-mentioned type are taken as evidence for the fact that the severing of sensory data from representative contexts is not only possible but actu- ally (technically) achievable, Cassirer would both be proving too much (with respect to what can be maintained within his own strictures) and not enough (with respect to what he pre- sumes to prove). For one, to suggest that Helmholtz's, Her- ing's, and Katz's investigations succeeded in "de facto" isolating the "pure color-phenomena" from their representative office, would be to maintain more than Cassirer could allow for, after taking pains to point out that the sensuous moment can never actually be encountered independently of the sense (context-) moment. To maintain such "isolation" would certainly not be compatible with his contention that "there is nothing in con- sciousness without thereby also positing . . . something other and a series of such 'others.* For each singular content of conscious- ness obtains its very determination from consciousness as a whole which, in some form, is always simultaneously represented and co-posited by it." 83 Nor could, or need, the alluded empirical 61 Hcmdbuch der Physiologischen Oftik, (1896), 607. 62 For haftical phenomena: Katz, Der Aufbau der Tastwelt (1925), 255. For odor phenomena: Henning, Der Geruch (1924.), 275, 278. m PSF, Vol. I, 32. no CARL H. HAMBURG illustration prove that this is not the case. What they may be taken to support is not the view that color- values can be stripped of their representative function, but only that by an appropri- ate shift from a normal perception perspective to a controlled two-dimensional perspective different interpretations hold with respect to color-phenomena. The latter have, in effect, not "really" been stripped of their representative office, but they now "represent" plane instead of surface colors. That the above is a preferable way of stating the matter is suggested by an earlier pronouncement: (After) the complete reduction of the color-impressions, they do not represent ... a particular thing . . . (but) appear as members of a series of light-experiences (Ltchterlebnisse) . But even these 'Lichter- lebnisse* betray a certain structure in so far as they are sharply con- trasted with each other, and in that they are organized in that contrast. Not only do they have different degrees of coherence so that one color appears separated from the other by a larger or smaller distance (where- from issues a determinate principle of their serialization), but there are assumed in this series certain privileged points around which the various elements can be organized. Even when reduced to a mere light-impression, the individual color-nuance is not just 'present' as such but it also is representative. The individual 'red,' given here and now, is given as V red, as a member of a species which it represents. . . . Without this (co-ordination to a series), the impression would not even be determinable as 'this one, 1 as TO$S te in the Aristotelian sense. 64 We must conclude, therefore, that it becomes impossible on Cassirer's own view to conceive of the sensory moment of the symbol-concept as isolable from any serial context. Thus, whereas, under specifically controlled conditions, color-, sound-, and other sensory data may cease to function representatively for esthetic qualities, thing-surfaces and shapes, or for con- ventional language-signs, their reduction will still not go be- yond the physical and physiological contexts within which they are identifiable as of a determinate wave-length, intensity, pitch, etc. Marc-Wogau's charge that the "material" moment of the symbol-concept is not distinguishable from its sense-moment would, accordingly, hold if and only if the symbol-concept , Vol. Ill, 157. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY in allowed of application in one and not more than one sense- context. To be sure, within any one perspective, the "whatness" of a phenomenon is never determinable in separation from its "how-ness," from the respective "sight" in which it is seen. With a variety of symbolic contexts, however, there is also given the possibility of their contrast and of distinguishing them as dif- ferently oriented "modes of sight," of which it can be said that they are "of" sensory data in the sense that a reduction to the physico-descriptive dimension can be performed for all of them. When Cassirer insists, therefore, that "there is always a world of optical, acoustical and haptical phenomena in which and by means of which all 'sense/ all apprehending, compre- hending, intuiting and conceiving alone is manifest," 65 then the conceivability of these sensory phenomena, as distinct from the "sense" they manifest, must be interpreted to mean that a phys- ical context (acoustics, optics, etc.) can be co-ordinated to all other contexts in which the senses represent different types of (expressive, intuitional, theoretical) sense. The "material" moment of the symbol-concept, we could say, as reference of and relevance for the sense-endowing "formal" moment, may not be separately encountered or isol- able within one context, but it is nevertheless distinguishable as one context. To speak of it as "material," would seem to be justified, if one considers the term to stand in the Aristotelian sense for what is taken as that of which manifold determina- tions are possible. What the term also suggests is that we are dealing here with what as matter in space and time, is ac- cessible to physical determination. In this sense, the material moment refers not just to one among other contexts, but to the most reliably controlled and pervasive one to which all other contexts may indeed be "reduced." In support of our belief that this interpretation of the "in- dependent variability" of the two symbol-moments is adequate with respect to what Cassirer aims to maintain, let us turn, in conclusion, to an illustration adduced by him on various oc- casions: 186 Cassirer bids us to think of a black line-drawing, a "Theoria (1939)) *S3- "E.g in: Zeitschrift fur Aesthetik, 1927, (Vol. XXI), 195. PSF, Vol. Ill, 331. Theoria (1938), 154. ii2 CARL H. HAMBURG "Linienzug" distinguished as a simple "perception experience." Yet, while I still follow the various lines of the drawing in their visual relations, their light and dark, their contrast from the background, their up-and-down movements, the lines become, so to speak, alive. The spatial form (das GebUde) becomes an aesthetic form: I grasp in it the character of a certain ornament ... I can remain absorbed in the pure contemplation of this ornament, but I can also apprehend in and through it something else: it represents to me an expressive segment of an artistic language, in which I recognize the language of a certain time, the style of an historical period. Again the 'mode of sight' may change, in so far as, what was manifest as an ornament, is now dis- closed to me as a vehicle of a mythico-religious significance, as a magical . . . sign. By a further shift in perspective, the lines function as a sensuous vehicle for a purely conceptual structure-context. . . . To the mathematician, they become the intuitive representation of a specific functional connection. . . . Where, in the aesthetic sight, one may see them perhaps as Hogarth beauty-lines, they picture to the mathematician a certain trigonometric junction, viz., the picture of a sin-curve, whereas the mathematical physicist may perhaps see in this curve the law of some natural process, such as, e.g., the law for a periodic oscilla- tion. All depends here upon what is taken to remain "identical" in all these modes of sight. When we say that it is the "Linien- zug" which figures as the material moment in all contexts, in what sense can we say that it is the "same" one, since we know that it is seen as so many different things from context to con- text? Cassirer's rather metaphorical pronouncements in this connection can be clarified in the light of our interpretation. In the passage quoted above, he speaks of the simple (schlichte) "perception experience" in which the line-drawing is phenomen- ally given before it "comes to life," i.e., enters into the various perspectives mentioned. But clearly, if experienceable at all, this "simple perception experience" must itself be taken as a mode of sight and not as a moment prior and common to all other sights. This formulation is particularly unhappy in the light of other passages where Cassirer generalizes upon the il- lustration given above by remarking that the material moment is no psychological datum , but rather a liminal CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 113 notion (Grenzbe griff). . . . What we call the 'matter' of perception is not a certain sum-total of impressions, a concrete substratum at the basis of artistic, mythical or theoretical representation. It is rather a line towards which the various formal modes converge. (Erne Linie . . . in der sich die verschiedenen Weisen der Formung schneiden.)* 7 This space-metaphorical version of the issue would be amen- able to the interpretation suggested in so far as the "matter of perception" qua "convergence of the various formal modes" could well be taken as the "reductibility" of all contexts to the physico-physiological one from which Cassirer's actual evidence is concededly derived. (Helmholtz, Hering, Katz, Buehler, etc.) SYMBOL-CONCEPT AND PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS We conclude from the preceding discussion that a consistent meaning may be assigned to Cassirer's theory of the symbol- concept. The extreme generality of this concept is manifest when expressed as a propositional function. We could say that the property (of a "sensuous" representing "sense") limits in no way whatsoever the scope of the particulars which may enter the argument as true values. A symbolic relation, in other words, must hold for all facts, because, as indicated above, no facts are held to be statable without reference to some context; and no context can fall outside the symbol formula, because, as a con- text (Sinnzusammenhang), it must establish some exemplifica- tion of a representative relationship. Now, this "representation of sense through the senses" can take three distinct modal forms: 1 i ) If the referent of the senses is the affective-emotive system of man, the senses are said to make "expressive sense." (2) If the referent of the senses is the volitional-teleological system of man, the senses make "common"-(thing-perceptual) sense. (3 ) If the referent of the senses is a system of theoretical order- signs, the senses make conceptual, i.e., scientific sense. It is to each of these "modi" of the symbolic relation that there correspond the various cultural media. Thus: 67 Theoria (1938), 155-156. ED. NOTE: Cf. infra 330 f. ii4 CARL H. HAMBURG ( i ) The expression-modus is taken to be exemplified in the domains of myth, art, and (the substrata of) language, in all of which media we deal with what Cassirer terms "Ausdrucks- Charaktere" and what are variously referred to by other contemporary philosophers, in related connotations, as "terti- ary qualities," "essences," "prehensions," "significant forms," etc. (2) The common sense or empirical-intuitional- (empirische Anschaulichkeit)-modus is taken to be exemplified in the "nat- ural world-view" which is both constituted and reflected, Cassirer holds, by the "world of language." (3) The conceptual (theoretical) modus is taken to be exem- plified by the order-systems in which we have the "world of science." The philosophy of symbolic forms is, accordingly, a philos- ophy of the cultural forms from which alone we can read the various modalities within which symbolic functioning occurs and of which the symbol-concept furnishes the most general formu- lation. From these cultural exemplifications of the "modi" of the symbol-concept we must distinguish the "qualities" of the most pervasive symbol-relations which, such as space, time, cause, number, etc., are "constitutive" (in the Kantian sense) of any and all objectivity. "The form of the simultaneous consti- tutes a quality distinct from the form of succession." 68 But since each "quality" is never manifest but in one of the three specified modal forms, we may conceive certain spatial forms (e.g. certain lines) as an artistic ornament in one case, as a geometrical draft in another ... so that, in consequence, the quality of a relation can never adequately be given except in reference to the total system from which it is abstracted. If, e.g., we designate the temporal, spatial, casual, etc., relations as Ri, R2, Rs . . ., there belongs to each of these a special 'index of modality' |*i, 1*2, [*s . . . which indicates the context within which they are to be taken. 69 It follows that Cassirer could not consider as adequate any , Vol. I, 29. * PSF, Vol. 1, 3 1. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 115 philosophical analysis of space, time, cause, number, etc., unless, besides mathematical and physical spaces, it also attempted to account for the expressive and intuitional spaces of common sense, art, myth, and religion. In the light of the above, it will now be clear in which sense Cassirer's theory of symbolic forms could be presented both as a "philosophy of culture" and a "metaphysics of experience." There can be little doubt that Cassirer himself preferred to think of his work as providing "Prolegomena" for a philosophy of culture. In this form, the Philosophie der symbolischen For- men is actually developed, starting, as it does, from a philos- ophy of language (Volume I, 1923) and moving on to a philosophy of myth (Volume II, 1925) and to a philosophy of (perceptual and conceptual) knowledge (Volume III, 1929). All that would seem to be required, however, in order to formulate Cassirer's various analyses of language, myth, and the sciences as a "metaphysics of experience," would be to bring together the many penetrating examinations of "expressive space" (in the volumes on Language and Myth), of the "em- pirical space" of common sense (in the volumes on Language and Phenomenology of Knowledge), of mathematical and physical spaces (in the volumes on Phenomenology of Knowl- edge and Substance and Function), and to arrange them within a single scheme of exposition, doing the same for the other "categories." The result would be at least as universal a treat- ment of the pervasive (symbolic) traits of "Being" as is ex- pected of a metaphysical treatise. To develop Cassirer's philosophy of symbolic forms as a "metaphysics of experience" may appear bold, if not outright paradoxical, in view of both Cassirer's frequent polemics against "metaphysical speculations" in his early writings and in con- sideration of the pronounced anti-metaphysical tenor of the entire neo-Kantian movement of which Cassirer was one of the most brilliant exponents. A closer examination of some of the relevant passages, however, will back our contention that the issue is essentially a terminological one. It concerns not so much 10 In accordance with the then ongoing Hegel-Renaissance, Cassirer preferred the title : "Phaenomenologie der Erkenntnis." n6 CARL H. HAMBURG the possibility (or legitimacy) of metaphysics as a significant philosophical enterprise as rather the questionability of what the term "metaphysics" has connoted so far. Take, e.g., this passage from Substance and Function: When empirical science examines its own procedure, it has to recog- nize that there is in the (metaphysical) struggles a false and technical separation of ways of knowing that are both alike indispensable to its very existence. The motive peculiar to all metaphysics of knowledge is here revealed. What appears and acts in the process of knowledge as an inseparable unity of conditions is hypostatized on the metaphysical view into a conflict of things. 71 Now compare this passage with another one, written almost thirty years later: The history of metaphysics is by no means a history of meaningless concepts or empty words ... it establishes a new basis of vision and from it gains a new perspective for knowing the real. 72 What appears on the surface as a complete shift from a rejection to an acceptance of metaphysical thinking must be recognized, however, as a mere shift in emphasis with respect to an essen- tially identical point of view. To be sure, Cassirer's statements in Substance and Function are not as positive with regard to metaphysics as the point he makes in the study on Hagerstrom y where he asserts that "the genuine, the truly metaphysical thoughts have never been empty thoughts, have never been thoughts without concepts" (ibid.). Yet, in this same context he goes on to warn us exactly as he did in his earlier work that the difficulties, dangers and antinomies of metaphysics arise from the fact that its 'intuitions' themselves are not expressed in terms of their true methodological character. None (of the great metaphysical in- sights) is considered as giving insight into only a portion, but all are claimed to generally span the whole of reality. . . . The subsequent contest, resulting from such (partial) claims becomes at once a dialectical conflict. (Ibid.) M Substance and Function (Swabey tr.), 237. " Axel Hagerstromi Eine Studie zur Scfawedischen Philosofhie der Gegewwart, Ch.I. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 117 Cassirer's position is thus a consistent one. He does not side with the positivistic contention that metaphysics is not only "false," but also "meaningless." Instead, he distinguishes the genuine character of the problems with which the great meta- physicians have dealt, from the still imperfect modes in which their findings have been presented. The metaphysical objective is taken to be legitimate, whereas the metaphysical results can- not be accepted without qualification, simply because meta- physicians have offered "partial truths" as "universal" ones and because, in focussing upon one aspect of symbolization (viz. the mathematical, religious, aesthetic, or moral one), they have lost sight of the equal validity of such other aspects as also must be accounted for as legitimate paths to what in any perspective may be referred to as the "real." Now, since this denial of a privileged status for any one form of representation is exactly what Cassirer has claimed for his philosophy of symbolic forms, there does not seem to be any reason why within his own pronouncements his work may not indeed be considered as a kind of metaphysics, oriented around the central notion of the symbol-concept, which charac- terizes all aspects (contexts; Sinnzusammenhange) of the "real," pervading as a common theme, the polyphony of all cultural forms in which reality is perceived, understood, and known. Now, if emphasis is put upon the mjost universal rela- tional forms (space, time, cause, number, etc.) which reappear in characteristic modifications in all of these forms, we would be offered a metaphysics of (cultural) experience. If, on the other hand, our exposition proceeds by way of separate analyses of language, myth, religion, the mathematical and physical sciences, the character of Cassirer's work would be more obvi- ously one of a philosophy of culture. Regardless, however, which form of presentation is chosen, each will center around the idea of the symbol-concept. Cassirer himself, when offered an opportunity to present (in abbreviated form) his thoughts to an English-speaking audience, subtitled his Essay on Man "An Introduction to a Philosophy of Human Culture" Here, the emphasis is on the cultural realities, the languages and rituals, the art-masterpieces n8 CARL H. HAMBURG and scientific procedures. To comprehend them philosophically requires to realize them as so many symbolic manifestations of different types of synthesizing activities. The content of the culture-concept cannot be separated from the basic forms and directions of significant (g^istigen) production; their 'being* is understandable only as a 'doing.* It is only because there is a specific direction of our aesthetic imagination and intuition that we have a realm of aesthetic objects and the same goes for all our other energies by virtue of which there is built up for us the structure of a specific domain of objectivity. 73 An analysis of culture could, correspondingly, proceed along both "material" and "formal" lines. It could either undertake a descriptive classification of the products of the various cultural activities, or it could seek "behind" this great diversity of mani- festations the characteristic types of intuiting, imagining, and conceiving, i.e., the "doings," in terms of which the "works" become intelligible. It is only in focussing on the "doings" that, according to Cassirer, we may hope to find a common de- nominator. "We seek not a unity of effects, but a unity of action; not a unity of products, but a unity of the creative process." 74 But this "unity of the creative process" as is ob- vious by now can be nothing else than the unity and univer- sality of the symbolic function, expressed in the symbol- concept. The "culture-concept" must, accordingly, eclipse the "nature- concept" which, in Substance and Function, still stands for the regulative idea of "lawfulness" 'per se. It does so by reason of the circumstance that, whatever the "nature-concept" connotes at various historical periods, it is intelligible only as a function of what the cultural media of art, religion, and science take it to mean. Whereas "culture" creates, in an uninterrupted flow, ever new linguistic, artistic, religious, and scientific symbols, both "philosophy and science must break up these symbolic languages into their elements. . . . (We must learn) to inter- pret symbols in order to decipher the meaning-content they , Vol. 1, 1 1. 74 Essay on Man, 70. CONCEPTION OF PHILOSOPHY 119 enclose, to make visible again the life from which they orig- inally came forth." 75 Measured against this considerable task, what we have in the three volumes of the Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen can hardly be expected to provide a full answer. Doubtless, a more detailed examination of the various cultural phenomena than offered so far would be required to make good the implied promise. Cassirer himself was aware of the tentative char- acter of his attempts in what he thought was the right direc- tion. The 'Philosophy of Symbolic Forms' cannot and does not try to be a philosophical system in the traditional sense of this word. All it attempted to furnish were the 'Prolegomena' to a future philosophy of culture. . . . only from a continued collaboration between philosophy and the special disciplines of the 'Humanities' (Geisteswissenschafteri) may one hope for a solution of this task. 76 CARL H. HAMBURG TULANE UNIVERSITY 78 Logik der Kulturwissenschaften, 94.$ . 2 William Curtis Swabey CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS E CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 1 RNST CASSIRER is known to students of epistemology 1 and metaphysics as a learned, lucid, and skillful repre- sentative of the neo-Kantian or "critical idealistic" point of viewj no one can deny the competence with which he reviews "the problem of knowledge in the science and philosophy of the modern age," expounding, quoting, and criticizing innumer- able authors, himself always firmly anchored in the critical idealism of the Marburg School. In what follows I undertake, with all becoming diffidence, to make explicit certain difficulties which I find, not so much in Cassirer's writings as such, but in the point of view of idealism itself. The learned material which Cassirer presents, the information concerning mathe- matics and physics from Galileo and Cusanus down to Einstein and the quantum theory, is after all susceptible of more than one interpretation 5 just as scripture supports various systems of theology, so science does not oblige a philosopher to embrace either idealism or realism. Cassirer's assemblage of historical material, which he so eloquently and persuasively interprets in the light of Kantianism, could be interpreted in the light of realism, were there a sufficiently learned and skillful realistic philosopher who was willing to undertake the task. Naturally, in such a wide-spread application of the historico-critical method, Cassirer has had to leave behind most of the scholastic architectonic, which Kant offered to the world as never to be changed 5 the modern disciple merely retains a "point of view," which is, as a matter of fact, extremely difficult to reduce to a few definite assertions. The Kantian "thing-in-itself" has dis- appeared and with it that vestige of realism, which was always 123 124 WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY in the back of Kant's mind: the a priori has become fluid and indefinite. The old opposition to metaphysics, on the one hand, and to empiricism, on the other, remains. Emphasis is placed on relations, especially upon those involved in serial order. The comments which follow will be made in the name of metaphysics. By metaphysics I understand a theory of being in general, a science which would deal with the fundamental types of being and reality. It would take its stand on the in- escapable ontological claims of all our thought and speech. I do not, however, understand by metaphysics a discipline which would deal primarily with those problems which Kant dealt with under the caption Transcendental Dialectic; it may be true that a degree of agnosticism is indeed the proper attitude with regard to the dogmas of the metaphysics of religion; metaphysics, as I understand it, is not to be understood as primarily the science of the meta-empirical (and consequently the un verifiable), but rather as that science which clarifies the fundamental ontological claims of our thought. It is my opinion that metaphysics, in this sense, is led to a standpoint of dualistic realism, a standpoint which is perhaps not final, but which is at any rate the only natural way of thinking. The dualism of Descartes and Locke, although encumbered with many dubious assertions in each case, still seems to me the philosophy which is most clearly suggested by our common ways of talking; it is perhaps in the end the only intelligible system, or, if it too conceals some insoluble problems, it is the least unintelligible system. By dualistic realism I mean a system which posits a world of bodies and minds in continual interaction. Bodies are self-existent entities with spatial attributes; minds are non- spatial beings which continually interact with bodies and fur- thermore know them both by perception and in other more elaborate and indirect ways. Dualistic realism seems to the idealist utterly unworthy of philosophy; for him, it is common- place, if not downright vulgar; he would prefer to leave behind mere things and delve into the mysteries of symbolism and the super-sensuous regions. The realist, although sharing to some extent the aspirations of the idealist, nevertheless puts CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 125 common sense clarity and intelligibility first, in his list of philo- sophic values, and views mathematics as a dubious guide with regard to problems of being and real existence. The idealist of the type of Cassirer does not regard natural science as con- cerned with a self-existent nature. on the contrary, nature is the product of a synthesis of sensations and the history of science is a process in which thought perpetually re-creates its object. The attitude of the criticist is one of reflection } he deals not with things, but with thought about things j he lives in a world of second intentions. Thus, such a philosopher as Cassirer does not offer us a theory of bodies and minds, or of universals, essences, relations and individuals in general j he speaks rather as a scholar writing in a well-stocked library } nature is for him something known only indirectly, primarily through the books of scientists} it is an object postulated and described by a series of authorities. Ultimately it exists only in their minds j it undergoes, in the advance of science, modifications making for greater extensiveness and unity. Cassirer, it is true, has come to recognize points of view other than that of science} namely, the standpoints of language and myth. Never- theless the world exists, for the critical idealist, primarily as an object of consciousness. In the end, I presume, it will be found to exist only in the minds of historians} they, in turn, will exist only in each other's minds. Being is everlastingly dependent upon being known. My thesis is that the attitude of critical idealism cannot consistently be maintained} thought always claims to know an independent reality (or at least be- ing)} and a consistent philosophy can only be reached by following out the ontological claims of our unsophisticated thinking. The sub-title of Cassirer's Substanzbegriff und Funktions- be griff is: Untersuchungen iiber die Grundfragen der Erkennt- niskritik. The phrase Erkenntniskritik, or "critique of knowl- edge," is worthy of our attention. How can knowledge be criticized? If knowledge is knowledge it knows its objects as they sre. The knowledge which can be destroyed by criticism is not true knowledge} it is mere seeming knowledge and 126 WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY nothing can replace such false knowledge save true knowledge. Critique of knowledge must mean a criticism of certain sciences as they actually exist, in which it is shown that they use con- venient fictions and are thus not literally true. Still this is a criticism of historically existing sciences and not of knowledge as such. How can one criticize the sciences without in some way knowing? one would, otherwise, have no way of being aware of the shortcomings of the disciplines he was attempting to criticize. It is characteristic of the critical standpoint which Cassirer consistently occupies that metaphysics is regarded as obsolete. As Cassirer uses the word, metaphysics is merely a name for certain bad habits of thought inherited from a crude and unen- lightened past. In this Cassirer is in agreement with the prag- matists and positivists. But philosophers are not to be left without any employment at all; they may study "critique of knowledge." They may pore over the treatises of mathema- ticians and physicists and note the methods used and the funda- mental trends. Yet it cannot be said that Cassirer, in the chapters he has devoted to mathematics, physics, and chemistry, writes merely as an historian of science. An account of these sciences, taken merely as offered in the works of scientists, would generally be in realistic terms; such an account, made into philosophy, would be what is called materialism or mech- anism. But Cassirer is an idealist; he thinks of the sciences as dealing with "experience." What a strange object is experience! It is neither a body nor a set of bodies, neither a mind nor a set of minds. From the standpoint of dualism experience is the result of the interaction of mind and body; our bodies are affected by external things in various ways and our brains, parts of our bodies, affect, according to certain laws of psycho- physical correspondence, our minds; the result is what we call experience. Experience is not as such the object of knowl- edge; it is better to say that we know material things and minds (including our own) by means of experience. To make "experience" the all-inclusive object is itself a form of meta- physics; it inescapably commits us to idealism. Or, if we sup- pose that the intention is merely to deny the ontological validity CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 127 which science naturally claims for its assertions, still such denial implies that philosophy possesses, at least in general terms, a knowledge of what is, of being. The traditional name of the branch of philosophy which deals with the fundamental types of being is metaphysics. My contention is that every phi- losophy, even that sort which makes a point of repudiating meta- physics, involves some theory, however obscure, of the nature of being as such. The criticist himself deals with metaphysical problems, but in an indirect and inconsistent fashion. If we start from the world as given to us in daily life and common language, we easily distinguish between bodies and minds. We find a world of bodies characterized by size, shape, and state of motion or rest, having a continuous existence in contrast to the coming and going of our perception, and dis- playing regularity of behavior. But there are also minds which have sensations, thoughts, and feelings ; by means of these sensations and thoughts we somehow know bodies and are in continual interaction with them; now it is true that, if we regard knowledge as a matter of being affected from without, we are likely to conclude that we know only our own sensa- tions. But the causal theory of sensation itself presupposes .knowledge of an external world. This world, by acting upon our organisms, engenders an awareness of sense-qualities. The idealist abandons the external material world on the basis of facts drawn from that world itself; the realist feels that the path of true philosophy consists in following the fundamental ontological assumptions. As an historian, Cassirer postulates a common sense world in which such persons as Leibniz, New- ton and Kant really existed as psycho-physical beings. And yet, like Kant, Cassirer is an idealist. Locke had laid the foundations of a dualistic outlook; but, by thinking of the immediate object or idea as "in the mind," he prepared the way for Berkeley, Hume, and Kant. The world of bodies lost its absoluteness and substantiality. Physical nature came to be replaced by experience taken substantively. But what definite conception can we form of experience? We know that neither Kant nor his modern disciple would plead guilty to any simple form of Berkeleyanism (such as that recently outlined by Professor 128 WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY Stace), 1 which would reduce the world to spirits and their sense- data, following one another according to inexplicable laws. Cassirer's discussions of -logic, mathematics, physics, and chemistry, emphasize the importance of judgment in discover- ing relations. In general he is antagonistic to any purely em- pirical account of mathematical or scientific conceptions. The great object of science is relations, especially those giving rise to serial orders. Relations, he holds, are not given to the senses, but are evidence of the comparative and postulational activity of the mind. But it is precisely here that difficulties appear. Kant sharply distinguishes between what "comes in from without" and the mind's own contribution. From the stand- point of realism, however, it is obvious that the mind cannot produce relations between things which are not already related } thus, if two things are correctly judged to be similar or differ- ent, it must be because they are already similar or different, etc. Kant thought of the mind as "receiving" the "raw material of sense" from "outside}" but this is all built upon a dubious metaphor. Let me indicate how, as I suppose, the matter would stand from the standpoint of psycho-physical dualism. We postulate a brain as well as a mind} the latter is really merely a series of thoughts. When the brain is stimulated in certain ways sensa appear or occur} they occur, however, in relation to other sensa which are either actually present or belong to the recent or remote past} we experience sensa as simultaneous or succes- sive, similar or different. When the brain is stimulated probably a considerable area is affected} old "traces" and habits are re- activated and the mind finds itself perceiving a real thing in a world of material things. In all this there is no more occa- sion to think of relations as creatures of pure consciousness or of a transcendental mind than there is to think of the sensa themselves in such a way. What we know is merely that per- ception of things occurs; the categorial interpretation as well as the data are the psychic accompaniments of brain-processes. Thus the brain or the laws of psycho-physical correspondence may take the place of the transcendental ego and its super- natural spontaneity. But, at the same time, we must maintain 1 Stace, W. T., The 'Nature of the World (Princeton University Press, 1940). CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 129 also our essential doctrine that such perception, even though occurring under such psycho-physical laws, is still perception, a revelation of what is. 2 A psychological theory, whether it comes under such transcendental psychology as Kant gives us or such physiological psychology as has just been suggested, nevertheless merely tells us under what conditions we come to know a part of the real world. But the idealist thinks of "synthetic activity" as creating a second world within the mind, which in turn soon becomes the one real world. In the first chapter of Substance and Function Cassirer re- views the theories of ancient and modern logicians concerning the concept; the general trend of his discussion may be de- scribed by saying that he finds the traditional class-concept to be in process of being supplanted by a new form of concept, which is that of serial order. Modern mathematical science no longer views nature as made up of things or substances; it is primarily concerned with relations, and these relations give rise to series of points, numbers, instants, etc. Hence Cassirer holds that the form of the concept which is fruitful for modern mathematical science is no longer the generic concept which merely expresses what a number of pre-existent entities have in common, but rather the "principle of serial order," which, once assumed, "generates" the individuals which conform to it. Against this view, I would suggest the following objections. Cassirer is mistaken if he imagines that such "principles" can ever take the place of class-concepts. For a serial order pre- supposes a group of entities which are ordered, whether real or unreal, such as points, numbers, colors, temperatures, etc. We can only refer to these elements by means of concepts in the traditional sense. Furthermore, a principle of serial order is not a concept at all; it is a proposition. Thus, of a row of soldiers, I may be able to say that each man is taller than the one before him. This is a mere description of given individuals, but it is expressed in a proposition. In mathematics I may grandly postulate a series of unreal entities, such that each one is related to the preceding one in a certain way; still here too 2 Cf. Sellars, R. W., The Philosophy of Physical Realism (New York, Mac- inillan, 1932), 70. 130 WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY the principle of serial order is not what is commonly called a concept. Or, consider such relations as similarity, equality, greater than, etc. How are relations in any sense rivals of class-concepts? Relations are relations, concepts are concepts, but of course there are concepts of relations and relations of concepts. Here I shall venture a definition. Concepts are uni- versals connected with words as their meanings} universals are potentially recurrent features of either real or unreal entities. They are capable of appearing more than once (cf. blue, square, etc.}) while individuals are unique beings which occur once and once only. Individual things may be unreal, e.g., points, in- stants, geometrically perfect bodies, etc.} but all such things have, with reference to concepts, what is called their essence, which consists of those properties which entitle them to belong to a given class. Thus an individual man may be considered merely as a man and must have those properties which warrant us in so considering him. These properties are said to constitute the essence of man. The concept of man has these properties as its connotation. When we take these points into account, it becomes highly doubtful whether there is any justification for replacing the class-concept by a "principle of serial order." Everything to which we can refer has its concept, points, instants, numbers, relations, as well as the types of plant and animal. Thus, if we speak of circles or triangles or of numbers, of variables, or of series, we do so by means of words, which have the traditional type of class-concept as their meanings. It is true that all members of a class are similar to each other in certain respects; nevertheless similarity alone does not define a class (since the members of all classes are similar to other mem- bers of their respective classes) unless we tell wherein the members are similar, and this can be done only by mentioning the feature that all the members of the class have in common. This common element may be either determinate or determi- nable. Thus color is a determinable feature and can occur in actuality only when rendered perfectly specific, namely, as this nuance of this particular color. When the common element is determinable it demands supplementation; nevertheless, we cannot deny that all the things named by a generic term have CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 131 something in common} this is a universal and may belong to the essence of those individuals. This doctrine, however, im- plies nothing which would minimize the importance of rela- tions. Still, it is true that the relations of a thing do not make it what it is, that is, do not belong to its essence. Thus a lamp or a shoe is what it is by virtue of its definitive properties, without regard to when or where it is, by whom manufactured or to what use it is put. It should be remarked, however, that nothing has an essence save with reference to some defining concept. Thus, if a lamp is no longer regarded as a lamp but as a piece of metal it is said to have a different essence. Furthermore, nothing can lose its essence without being annihi- lated; if the lamp is thrown into a furnace and melted, it ceases to exist as a lamp. The properties of water as water do not change when water is frozen or vaporized or made to stand upright in a glass tumbler; its nature includes the facts that it will evaporate when heated, solidify when chilled, stand up- right when enclosed in a glass, etc. Thus the essence of a sub- stance is not affected by its relations to other things; if we con- sider water solely as a liquid, then we know from experience that it continues to exist as a liquid only as long as a certain range of temperatures persists; if these temperatures pass be- yond certain limits, liquid water is annihilated. Thus, whether a thing exists or not depends on its relations, but its essence is not so dependent. There is, therefore, a good meaning in the old doctrine that relations are all extra-essential, the only exceptions being found in those cases in which things are named by the relations in which they stand; husband, captain, servant, etc. The chief point which I wish to make is that the logic of the concept and essence applies to all things, including points, instants, numbers, propositions, and relations; it can by no means be replaced by "functional relations" or "principles of serial order." Thus, beings may stand in serial relations, but they must have their essence prior to and apart from their relations; this is because we are dealing, in our statements about essence, merely with entities as such. Numbers, points, instants and the rest must be entities before they can stand in relations to each other. 132 WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY Cassirer is in general an advocate of a "logical" theory of number; but he rejects the emphasis upon the correspondence of classes characteristic of Frege and Russell. His fundamental aim is to vindicate the priority of serial order as a basis for mathematical science. His theory is therefore the opposite of that which defines number in terms of equivalent classes. Two groups are said, according to Russell, "to belong to the same number" when there is a relation of possible co-ordination be- tween the members of the two groups. Cassirer's opinion that the definition of number as a class of classes by no means corresponds to the meanings of the names of numbers in daily life seems to be sound. "The 'how many' of the elements, in the ordinary sense, can be changed by no logical transformation into a bare assertion concerning 'just as many'." 3 Cassirer him- self advocates an ordinal theory of numbers according to which "the individual number never means anything by itself alone" and "a fixed value is only ascribed to it by its position in a total system." 4 According to the "cardinal" theory, to which Cassirer is opposed, "the members (of the number series) are deter- mined as the common properties of certain classes before any- thing whatever has been established as to their relation of sequence. Yet in truth it is precisely in the element here at first excluded that the peculiar numerical character is rooted." 5 This is Cassirer's statement of his view. The philosophy of number is a matter concerning which a non-mathematician may well be cautious. Perhaps I shall not be wrong, if I call attention to a principle which is rather generally accepted, namely, that we gain insight into the meaning of even the most general propositions only by analysis of particular illustrative cases. In application to the problem of number it is difficult to see how mathematicians or anyone else can understand any- thing whatever save with reference to relations which are actually given in sensuous experience. I can well believe that 1 Cassirer, Ernst, Substance and Function, (Swabey tr., Open Court Publishing- Company, Chicago, 1923), 48. Since most of my quotations from Cassirer's writ- ings will be from this particular volume, I shall hereafter abbreviate it : SF. 4 1 bid. *lbid. CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 133 in the case of ordinary calculation blind symbol-manipulation takes the place of "intuitive" understanding, and there is no reason why it should not; mathematics is, on the whole, a technique for dealing with relations far too complex for us to understand. Nevertheless, the basis of mathematics must be in the relation of small numbers which can easily be grasped. The relations of small numbers may be illustrated by sense- data and those of the larger numbers understood by analogy with the smaller ones. Taking its start from simple sensuous experiences the mind conceives and postulates an infinite system of numbers 5 number is given to sensuous experience as the form-quality of a group of entities. Three-ness is a quality of each and every group of three, etc. Now it is true that numbers form a series, a series stretching to infinity. My point, with regard to Cassirer's theory of number, is that the "principle" or "form" of the series cannot be understood save by reference to its individual members, which must be given before "the principle of the series" can be understood. If we say that a given number can only be understood in its relations to all other numbers, it follows that no number can be understood; for the series of numbers can never be given as a whole. If, therefore, to understand "3" it were necessary to understand all the num- bers, the task would be an impossible one. But knowing what i, 2, and 3, etc., are, as patterns or form-qualities, with refer- ence to small groups, we see that they are capable of being arranged in a series such that each number is equal to the preceding number plus one. But, if I did not know what num- bers were and had no notions of addition, equality, etc., I could form no idea of such a series or its principles. The elementary number-equations seem to be related to a fact of experience, namely, that the same group can always be taken in different ways. Thus six apples can be taken by the mind as one group, or, in various ways, as two or three groups: the fact that these transformations are always possible is so easily verified that it is natural to suppose that the laws of arithmetic are a priori. They may, however, be regarded as well-established generali- zations based on easy and oft-repeated mental experiments. 134 WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY It is quite true that such numbers as zero, fractions, and those which are labelled negative, irrational, and imaginary are not "funded qualities" of given groups; they require a more involved derivation. Fundamentally, however, the point must be insisted upon that these are not numbers in the original sense of the word; they are rather fictions or quasi-numbers, which could never be understood did we not have definite con- cepts of the small integers, y* represents a division which can- not be carried out; the symbol is meaningful only because we are ready to substitute for the abstract concept of pure unity the concept of distance or area or material object. In the same way, to understand -2 we go beyond the notion of number to that of a series having direction. According to Dedekind, irra- tional numbers are "cuts," or divisions in the number-series. "The 'cuts' may be said to be numbers," says Cassirer, "since they form among themselves a strictly ordered manifold in which the relative position of the elements is determined accord- ing to a conceptual rule." 6 But there is here a point which calls for comment. Words may change their meanings, but meanings themselves do not change. A new concept of number is only a new meaning attached to an old word. The point I would make is that, whereas irrational numbers may be in some sense as good as other numbers, i.e., they may conform to certain laws, still they are not numbers in the original sense of the word. Unless we start with what Frege scornfully re- ferred to as "pebbles and gingerbread nuts," i.e., with that con- ception of number, of "how many," which the child applies to his fingers and toes, we cannotjunderstand the new extended sense of the word in which V 2 ma y be said to be a number. The technical kinds of number are not numbers in the primary sense of the word, and they can only be defined in terms of experience in roundabout ways, as, for example, imaginary completions of processes, which cannot in fact be completed. A number is a quality of a finite group; an infinite number is, on the face of it, something inconceivable, or even self-contra- dictory. Cassirer would say that we grasp an infinite series when we know the law by which it is generated. I would say, 9 SF, 61. CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 135 however, that we know that law only in terms of the relations of small whole numbers; these relations seem to me to be simply given in the same elementary way in which the sense- qualities are given; there seems no point in speaking, as Kant did, of a dual origination of sense-qualities "coming in from the outside" and relations having the more noble characteristic of having been generated in the mind. From the standpoint of physiological psychology, both qualities and relations originate within the mind on the occasion of the activation of the brain; from the standpoint of realistic epistemology, relations hold between material things, whether or not these relations are known by any mind. A question of prime importance for the understanding of Cassirer's position is concerned with the meaning to be attached to the phrase a priori. I presume that the meaning which most philosophers would give to the term would be simply the intuitively certain. Thus the multiplication table and the axioms of Euclid are commonly regarded as at least legitimate examples of what was formerly regarded as a priori. The a priori in this sense cannot change; it is capable of becoming intuitively cer- tain to all who understand the meaning of the propositions. Man may be mistaken as to what is self-evident; but the rule holds that once self-evident, always self-evident." If a prin- ciple is at a later time discovered not to be self-evident, this implies that the earlier thinkers were mistaken in regarding the principle as self-evident. Thus, if the "axioms" of geometry are not, in the light of modern thought, self-evident, they were not so in the days of Kant, either, although he falsely thought that they were. The a priori then admits of no variation. Kant claimed this sort of truth not only for the axioms of Euclidean geometry but for his whole transcendental system as well. Mod- ern mathematical science, however, no longer recognizes the unique authority of Euclidean geometry; it recognizes other systems which it offers impartially to physics; this science chooses, for certain purposes, a non-Euclidean system; indeed, no one has given a more lucid account of this whole develop- ment than Cassirer himself in his essay, Einstein's Theory of Relativity. How, then, can one still defend the a priori? The 136 WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY answer is, only by changing the meaning of the term and ascribing this new meaning to Kant as his "deeper meaning." And if this is done it becomes a real question whether rational- ism differs significantly from empiricism. Cassirer emphasizes the "active," "synthetic," and "relating" functions of the mind as opposed to the passive receptivity of sense-perception. The mind exercises its intellectual functions and in this consists its a priori character. Yet it may be questioned whether this doc- trine has a clear meaning. The mind can only distinguish that which is already different } it can rightly regard as similar only that which is already similar, etc. If we assume, as dualistic realism does, a world of independently existent things, these things must have numerical, spatial, and causal relations. The mind cannot create these relations. Or, if we retreat to a Berkeleyan world of bodiless spirits, there will still be relations of one sort or another between these spirits. Our minds are active in shifting their attention from one object to another and, furthermore, in speaking and in writing} using words, we "create worlds," "weave relations," "split asunder," and "re- combine what we have separated," etc. In the use of words, therefore, we are no doubt creative} but it is difficult to see how our "judgmental activity" can actually either affect or create things or relations. However, let us return to the subject of space. Cassirer, in Substance and Functlon y quotes with approval the view of Well- stein that Kant's intuitive theory of mathematics was a "resid- uum of sensualism still attached to the Kantian idealism." 7 The new mathematics, Cassirer believes, brings out the logical rather than the empirical character of pure mathematics. Now this opinion seems to be widespread if not universal among students of modern mathematics. We may sum up the matter by saying that, in so far as mathematics is a logically necessary system of deductions, it is certain but not true} in so far as it is true, it is not certain a priori. It was only Kant's extraordinary invention of an a priori sensibility which was compatible with the supposed character of Euclidean geometry, namely, that it was both a priori and true of real things. It is interesting to recall 1 SF, 1 06. CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 137 here the view of geometry which Hume propounds in his Treatise of Human Nature. He tells us that in geometry "we ought not to look for the utmost precision and exactness. None of its proofs extend so far. It takes the dimensions and propor- tions of figures justly; but roughly, and with some liberty." 8 For Hume the only possible criteria of existential truth were sense-data, and sense-data are often compatible with several geometrical propositions. Modern geometry may well be, as Cassirer says, a purely logical system dealing with postulated relations in an abstract manifold; this, however, is not the ele- mentary geometry of the older thinkers; with regard to that (elementary) system events seem to have shown that Hume, who was no great admirer of mathematics, was more nearly correct than Kant, who earnestly sought to eternalize the mathematical science of his time by giving it a transcendental foundation. Metaphysics deals with problems of an entirely different order. It deals with the nature of being and of real existence, if the two are to be distinguished, with the difference between mind and matter, universal and individual, etc., but without taking anything from the special sciences. But for Cassirer metaphysics is merely a name for certain unfortunate intel- lectual tendencies, which disappear in the light of critical phi- losophy. Let us see what he has to say in the chapter entitled "The Problem of Reality" in Substance and Function. The fundamental vice of metaphysics is, in general, that it sets up, as an opposition of things (Widerstreit der Dinge) what in the process of knowledge is an inseparable unity of conditions. Thus persistence and change, unity and plurality, thought and being are falsely opposed to each other in the metaphysical approach. 9 "If once things and the mind become conceptually separated they fall into separate spatial spheres, into an inner and an outer world, between which there is no intelligible causal connection." (271) But this is a very cavalier way of speaking. It refers to metaphysics in a broad condemnatory way without distinguish- 8 Hume, Treatise of Human Nature, Book I, Part 2, Section 4. (Selby-Bigge ed., p. 45)- ^,237. 138 WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY ing the actual doctrines held by metaphysicians. It is not clear that metaphysicians must fall into the fallacies named. Mind and body may be entirely distinct from each other in essence and yet in constant interaction. If mind is essentially non-spatial, it cannot be spatially separated from bodies, since only what is in space can be spatially remote from anything else. Furthermore, the essential distinction of mind and body does not imply that mind cannot know body. If we consult immediate experience, wHich is free from re- flection, says Cassirer, we find that it is wholly without the distinction between the objective and the subjective. (272) For such experience there is only one level of being which con- tains all content within itself. The intellectual experiment which Cassirer proposes is a difficult one; just what are we to subtract to reach "immediate experience?" Still, without chal- lenging the proposition laid down, we may point out that most of us are familiar with two distinctions, namely, that between the objective and the subjective and that between the mental and the physical. Thus, another person's mind is objective, in the sense of really existent, although wholly mental in charac- ter. The same is true of our own minds. on the other hand, an hallucinatory dragon may be physical in nature and yet unreal, which is, I suppose, what Cassirer means by subjective. Even if we grant that the supposed "immediate experience" does not contain the opposition between the subjective and the objective, it might contain the opposition between the mental and the physical. If we were conscious of any distinctions at all (and otherwise how could we be conscious or how could there be experience?) we might note the difference between sense-data and the thought which plays over them and calls, as Cassirer says, some of them subjective and others objective. In fact, if our words referring to the mind have a bona fide meaning, there must be an immediate experience by the mind of the mind itself, an original form of self-knowledge, an awareness of awareness. At a later stage, our primitive awareness of sense- data becomes a perception of things and our awareness of the activity of thought becomes an explicit knowledge of the mind by itself. CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 139 But let us return to the contemplation of the one plane of immediate experience} at this stage all seems objective, and hence there is no occasion for the "false metaphysical problem" as to how we pass from the subjective to the objective. But, says Cassirer, at the first appearance of reflection a division sets in, according to which, data are not simply accepted but are dis- tinguished in their value. Unique and fleeting observations, he says, are forced into the background while typical experiences which recur under similar conditions are emphasized. Cassirer is here attempting a hypothetical reconstruction of the process by which our belief in an external world arises. The mind sorts out its impressions and there emerges a consciousness of ob- jective things. Along with the loose associative connections of perceptions united only under particular circumstances (as, for example, under definite physio- logical conditions) there are found fixed connections, which are valid for a whole field of objects and belong to this field independently of the differences given in the particular place and time of observation. We find connections which hold their ground through all further experimental testing and through apparently contrary instances and remain steadfast in the flux of experience while others dissolve and perish. It is the former that we call "objective" in a pregnant sense, while we designate the latter by the term "subjective." 10 Now none can doubt that in the pursuit of empirical knowl- edge, it is important to separate trivial and accidental connec- tions from those which are universal and are said to be "essen- tial" and "necessary." But how is this connected with the distinction between the subjective and the objective? It is a fact, let us say, that on Friday the I3th I lost my purse, and it is also a fact that water is essential to life. The first is no more sub- jective than the second. If, however, I permitted myself to generalize from the former occurrence, I would propound a false superstitious law of bad luck. Such a generalization would indeed be false and would be founded on inadequate observa- tion. A law of this type might be called "subject! vej" but the occurrences which cause some men to accept it as true are as HO WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY objective as any other occurrences. It seems that Cassirer is seek- ing to reduce the distinction between the subjective and the ob- jective to that between particular events and universal laws. But the former are as objective as the latter. He says: We finally call objective, those elements of experience which persist through all change in the here and now and on which rests the un- changeable character of experience, while we ascribe to the sphere of subjectivity all that belongs to this change itself and that only expresses a determination of the particular unique here and now. 11 But this sentence is obscure, particularly with reference to the phrase "elements of experience;" it might mean that colors, sounds, tactile qualities, and the like are objective, for they are recurrent elements in all experience; we gather from the con- text, however, that this would be far from what he means. He has in mind laws or connections, but laws or connections are merely propositions supposed to be true descriptions of the way in which events occur; and what occurs universally is no more objective (really existent) than what occurs once and once only. However, perhaps we can make clear what Cassirer means if we refer to the classic instance of the wine which was sweet to Socrates when well, but bitter to Socrates when ill. Should we say that the wine is objectively sweet because it is normally tasted as sweet by Socrates and others; while it is tasted as bitter only by Socrates when he is ill? This would be a way of permitting the feelings of the majority to function as the criterion of objectivity; although this is an attractive and popu- lar answer to the question, it seems scarcely well founded; un- less, perchance, we choose to define objectivity with reference to the majority. There is another way of dealing with this prob- lem which commences by asking us to define our terms. Let us say that those features of bodies are objective which belong to them without reference to observers. Sweetness is merely an effect produced by bodies acting on our psycho-physical organ- isms and belongs to the wine no more than does the bitterness, save in the sense that the wine has the power to produce a certain sensation in the minds of most people. It is merely con- CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 141 venient to name the wine according to the more common re- sponse. But this convenience does not constitute objectivity in the sense of real existence, apart from all onlookers. Cassirer himself goes on to mention the Democritean distinc- tion between the primary and secondary qualities of bodies. For him it is an illustration of the "transformation of objectivity into subjectivity." "The seen color, the heard tone, remains something *realj j only this reality does not subsist in isolation and for itself, but results from the interaction of the physical stimulus and the appropriate organ of sensation." 12 Similar con- siderations apply to the illusions of the senses. The distinction between the subjective and the objective is thus, for Cassirer, not a fixed line of demarcation but a moving and relative barrier, such that the same content of experience can be called subjective and objective, according as it is conceived relative to different logical frames of reference. Sensuous perception, as opposed to the hallucination and the dream, signifies the real type of the objective; while measured by the schema of exact physics, sense perception can become a phenomenon that no longer expresses an independent property of things but only a subjective condition of the observer. 13 Such a view commits us to a boundless relativism in which no definite distinction can be drawn between the mental and the physical. The mental is identified with the subjective and un- real. Erkenntniskritik thus seems to involve an attitude of intellectual nihilism, in which both mind and nature disappear in a bottomless abyss of relativity. The standpoint of dualistic realism, on the other hand, even if not capable of proof, is not self-refuting. At an early stage men, and probably animals too, become conscious of the thing- world of which they themselves are parts ; they find themselves continually interacting with these things. When we consider the way in which sensations originate it becomes probable that colors and tones belong to external things only in the sense that they are produced by them. The seen color may be considered either "W,2 7 4. "^,275. 142 WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY as a predicate of external things or in its own right 5 when taken in its own right, it becomes what some call a sense-datum and others as essence. In any case, the seen color is not mental in the sense of belonging to the inner essence of mind as con- sciousness or knower; on the other hand, it does not belong to nature as an interacting system of bodies. Taken merely as ob- jects by themselves colors, sounds, odors, and the like belong to the non-existent, to the realm of being, which is so much broader than the realm of existence. Thus the change which took place with regard to the secondary qualities need not be described as one in which what was previously thought to be physical comes to be thought of as mental 5 it may be described as a change in which what was previously thought to be an intrinsic property comes to be regarded as a mere relative predicate. Cassirer's approach to the problem of knowledge is that of a reflective historian of philosophy and science; he thus seems to avoid any definite metaphysical position of his own; never- theless, it seems fair to say that a definite ontological platform is involved in so far as we may speak of Cassirer as an idealist. This position is one of phenomenalism. The things which we postulate in daily life are posited to explain, as Hume put it, the constancy and coherence of our perceptions. The senses alone do not show us a world of nature, but our minds have a natural tendency to postulate as much uniformity as they can; sense-perception gives us a fragmentary, incomplete order which we make perfect by the assumption that things exist be- fore and after our actual perceptions. Science carries the process further. The "things" which it posits are "metaphorical expres- sions of permanent connections of phenomena according to law and thus expressions of the constancy and continuity of experi- ence itself." 14 In comment upon this position, which Cassirer maintains in agreement with the views of Hume and Kant, it may be remarked that an account of how we come by a belief need not involve the notion that that belief is itself false. To explain, as John Stuart Mill did, the origin of our belief in an external world does not imply that no external world exists. In fact, we may say that such an explanation starts with an assumption of the validity of that belief in so far as there is talk 14 SF, 276. CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 143 of "sensations" or "perceptions" which are intermittent, a notion which is significant only in contrast to continuously existent things. Does the mind "construct" things? Why should we not say that, on the occasion of the occurrence of sensations, the mind comes to know of things as continuously existent entities which interact with each other and with the mind it- self? But let us seek to discover the proper formulation of Cassirer's idealism. Metaphysical realism, he says, postulates an absolute gap between the immanent and the transcendent, and declares that there is no logical inference by which we can pass from the former to the latter. The realist, he says, finds it necessary to leap the gap by insisting on the transcendent refer- ence of knowledge, Cassirer denies, however, that such con- siderations invalidate his own form of critical idealism. Critical idealism, [he writes,] is distinguished from the realism here advocated, not by denying the intellectual postulate at the basis of these deductions of the concept of objective being, but, conversely, by the fact that it grasps this intellectual postulate more sharply and demands it for every phase of knowledge, even the most primitive. Without logical principles which go beyond the content of given impressions there is as little a consciousness of the ego as there is a consciousness of the object. . . . No content can be known and experienced as "subjective" without being contrasted with another content which appears as objective. 15 The essential thought here is that the subjective and the ob- jective are correlative and that consciousness is not immediately given to itself as such. This doctrine is no doubt derived from the position taken by Kant in his "Refutation of Idealism" in the Critique of Pure Reason, namely, that knowledge of the subject is secondary and is dependent upon knowledge of the object "with regard to its determinations in time." But why cannot the realist welcome considerations of this sort? There is a directness of reference in the mind's knowledge of external things as well as in its knowledge of itself j no doubt the two forms of knowledge develop $ari passu and cannot exist apart from each other. Still, if there is knowledge of things, those things must exist apart from knowledge and prior to it. In a 15 W, 295. 144 WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY word, being must antedate being known; we cannot suppose that things known exist only in our knowledge of them; for, "creative knowledge" is not knowledge at all in the human sense of the word. The thought that being depends on being known brings us to most surprising results. For then the knower would also derive his being from being known either to himself or to another. It is impossible, however, for a thing to depend on itself, and not plausible to suppose that one knower derives his being from being known by another and so on ad infinitum. Surely in the end we must reach a type of being which is self- existent. We have just seen that Cassirer holds that there is no con- sciousness of the ego nor of material things without "logical principles" which "go beyond the content of given impressions." However, this position seems open to question. A man may think of whatever he likes, gods, devils, angels, or atoms. There is, in such thinking, a certain directness; we contemplate our object, whatever it may be, without, however, necessarily af- firming its existence. A man may, therefore, consider his own mind, which he does whenever he speaks of it. Where are the "logical principles" said to be involved? No doubt it is true that the self, however it may be defined, is not among given im- pressions or sense-data. Still, I can mean myself just as I can mean the table. All objects of thought are given as objects; although we are not thereby entitled to regard them as real. The real existence of the self is postulated to explain certain facts just as that of the table is postulated to explain certain others; no doubt this "explanation" does presuppose certain logical principles. Nevertheless, has Cassirer shown that the assertions of the "metaphysical realist," namely, that there are minds and that these minds know things external to themselves, are false? "If we determine the object, not as an absolute substance beyond all knowledge, but as the object shaped in progressing experience, we find that there is no epistemological gap to be laboriously spanned by some authoritative decree of thought, by a 'trans-subjective command'." 16 Naturally the object is not CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 145 "beyond all knowledge," since by definition it is the object of knowledge. How can an object be "shaped in progressing ex- perience?" Do scientists re-make the world? Does Cassirer mean to deny that the thing known is distinct from the knowing mind and existentially independent of that mind? Cassirer him- self goes on to say: This object may be called transcendent from the standpoint of a psycho- logical individual; from the standpoint of logic and its supreme principles, nevertheless, it is to be characterized as purely "immanent." It remains strictly within the sphere which those principles determine and limit, especially the universal principles of mathematical and scientific knowl- edge. This simple thought alone constitutes the kernel of "critical idealism." 17 Here then we have a statement offered as the essence of critical idealism and well worthy of our attention. Cassirer grants that the object is transcendent from the standpoint of the psycho- logical individual. Does he mean that the object is not trans- cendent with reference to the "mind" taken in some other sense? Apparently he does, for he goes on to say that the object is immanent "from the standpoint of logic and its supreme principles." However, we may well ask whether there is any- thing to which logic does not apply. In asserting that the object is immanent in this sense, have we not a meaningless statement, since there is no transcendent realm with regard to which the immanent is a limited sphere? In a word, in so far as Cassirer's idealism merely asserts (if we may cite such laws as non- contradiction and excluded middle as "supreme principles of logic") that "what is" is self-consistent and determinate, we can hardly deny that the doctrine is not in conflict with dualistic realism. Such idealism would be merely a re-affirmation of logic and mathematics and not a recognizable epistemological asser- tion. If Cassirer's idealism contradicts realism at any point it must be because he regards the principles of logic and mathe- matics as inherent in the mind, just as Kant did. Cassirer goes on to assert "the objective validity of certain axioms and norms of scientific knowledge." "Die Wahrheit des Gegenstands dies 17 Cf. SF, 297. 146 WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY allein ist die Meintmg hangt an der Wahrheit dieser Axiome tmd besifat keinen anderen und fester en Grund." 16 But how can an object be true? An object is real or unreal; only a proposition is capable of truth. The fact that certain logical laws are uni- versally presupposed in other propositions does not imply that being is dependent upon being known and is therefore not incompatible with dualistic realism. The assertion of the in- volvement of logical principles in more particular judgments implies a conflict with realism only if logical truths are supposed to represent the necessary thoughts of a universal consciousness; all things may then be said to be within this universal mind. But this universal mind seems to be merely a postulated correlative of universal truths. Cassirer says nothing about a universal mind, and thus seems to leave the conception of idealism indefi- nite. He does, however, conceive of the mind as perpetually en- gaged in a constructive activity. We are left with a protean "thought" which postulates, on the one hand, bodies, and on the other, selves. The thesis which we seek to defend in this criticism is that such "construction" is merely metaphorical. The mind may range through the realm of being, the world of thinkables, in an exploratory fashion, merely considering hypotheses; but, in all this it creates nothing; it merely discovers pre-existent possibilities. When it posits some one of these thinkable objects as really existent it likewise produces nothing; it merely makes an assertion which may be either true or false. But such idealism as that of Kant and Cassirer would lose much of its attractive- ness were it deprived of the picturesque and poetic notion of mind, the supreme magician, endlessly producing and destroy- ing worlds. The concept of thing, according to Cassirer, is merely a su- preme ordering concept of experience. At first we believe that we know things directly; but reflection destroys this naive con- fidence. The impression of the object comes to be separated from the object itself, which becomes an unknowable and elusive thing-5n-itself . But from the standpoint of critical ideal- ism, Cassirer says, the concept of an object or thing is merely 18 Substanzbegriff und Funktionsbegriff (original German edition, 1910), 395. CASSIRER AND METAPHYSICS 147 an instrument of knowledge; this amounts to saying that objects are merely fictions, useful in stating propositions regarded as true. Helmholtz took the position that "Each property or quality of a thing is in reality nothing but its capacity to produce certain effects on other things." on this Cassirer makes the following comment: We do not grasp the relations of absolute things from their interaction, but we concentrate our knowledge of empirical connections into judg- ments, to which we ascribe objective validity. Therefore the relative properties do not signify in a negative sense that residuum of things that we are able to grasp, but they are the first and positive ground of the concept of reality. 19 We see then that, for Cassirer, the great objects of knowledge are relations. Thing-concepts are merely means for stating rela- tions. Now, undoubtedly this view is an attractive one; yet it contains certain difficulties. How can there be relations without relata? The weight of a body can perhaps be defined in terms of its power of influencing other bodies, and the sense-qualities are explained as mere powers, possessed by bodies, of producing sensations. Nevertheless, size, shape, and relative position cannot be taken from bodies without annihilating them. Rela- tivism of this extreme sort constitutes a species of nihilism which forces us to admit that we can form no conception of the real whatsoever. Or, if we are left with truths, what are these truths about? If realism is to be defended, it must be because not all the properties of bodies are relative. Thus the numerical expres- sion of size varies with the unit of measurement, but size is what is measured; it is not the result of measurement. So, too, although a body appears differently when viewed from differ- ent angles, we need not deny that bodies possess determinate shapes. The difficulty which I feel here is concerned with the question whether such a complete relativism can really be in- telligibly stated. At any rate, Cassirer and other idealists must continue to use language which implies the existence of the world of material things. Who are the knowers who "use the thing-concept to organize their experiences?" Are they men? 19 SF, 306. 148 WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY And what is experience? From the standpoint of dualism, ex- perience involves the interaction of minds and things; it is pri- marily a matter of minds being affected by things. Experience is itself not a thing made up of parts, and it is not the primary object of knowledge; "we" do not "deal with" experience, but rather we have experience of things and thus learn their ways. The making of an object out of experience is, of course, the irremovable mark of Kantian idealism. The realist believes that physical things are more than mere ordering concepts. It is true that physical things, whether those dealt with by common sense or those postulated by physical science, are not "given to sense," if we are to understand thereby a wholly passive process. We must distinguish between sensing and perceiving; the latter involves the use of "thing-concepts." In postulating public and continuously existent things we neces- sarily go beyond the sensations of the moment. The very con- cept of really existent things, in contrast to things which are merely thinkable, implies at least some degree of lawfulness of behavior, in other words, some sort of interaction and causality. Cassirer seems to say the same thing but with a different em- phasis; he seems to think that what we must postulate is a creation of our own minds, enjoying no absolute being. We may, however, appeal to the parallel case of the religious man who feels that he must postulate a God; he nevertheless postu- lates this God as an eternal and indestructible being. Must we not postulate nature as (very likely) an everlasting system of things in perpetual interaction: some of their interactions con- stitute the occasions for the occurrence of minds who know them and interact with them in various ways? But for Cassirer there is no self-existent nature of which we have real but imperfect knowledge; hypothesis replaces hypothesis, and "reality" is defined by the law of sequence, by which world-system over- comes world-system; for him, there is progress towards com- prehensiveness and consistency, but no progressive revelation of a reality which is there, whether known or not. WILLIAM CURTIS SWABEY DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY NEW YORK UNIVERSITY 3 I. K. Stephens CASSIRER'S DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 3 CASSIRER'S DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI WHEN Locke cleared the philosophical stage of its "props" in the form of innate ideas, he offered, as a sub- stitute for this particular traditional basis of certainty, our im- mediate perception of the agreement or disagreement of our ideas. Whatever ground this theory might have supplied as a basis for empirical certainty, however, was shattered by Hume when he called attention to the fact that "relations of ideas" dif- fer in principle from "relations of matters of fact." He admitted that there are necessary relations between our ideas, but denied that there are any such relations between "matters of fact." Since, for Hume, knowledge must be based upon ideas, and certainty must be based upon necessary connections, the only field in which the mind can possibly attain certainty is in the field of the "relations of ideas." Since relations of matters of fact lack this character of necessity, our knowledge pertaining to this field of experience is deprived of all logical grounds for a claim to certainty. The problem which Hume raises here is simply that concern- ing the objective validity of the conceptual order of 'the mind. If one desires to defend a claim to certainty in knowledge pertain- ing to "matters of fact," it is incumbent upon him to show how the mind can impose its concepts upon "matters of fact," upon the "given in experience," in such a manner as to guarantee that conceptual necessity will govern the given. He must show how the relation between the ideas of the mind and matters of fact can be so interpreted as to furnish a solid ground on the basis of which the necessity which admittedly holds for rela- tions of ideas can be guaranteed to hold in the mind's conceptual 152 I. K. STEPHENS dealings with matters of fact. This is essentially the problem of the a priori; and every significant doctrine of the a priori which has been formulated in philosophy since Hume raised the prob- lem has been designed as a basis for its solution. Now this bit of skeptical infection, which Hume injected into the thought stream of modern science and philosophy, first took effective hold in the mind of Kant. After a long period of intellectual insomnia and after many mental contortions and gyrations, Kant finally came out of the attack with a new Copernican Revolution in philosophy and with a brand-new conception of the a priori, which he regarded as a sound basis for the defense of the citadel of empirical certainty against Hume's skepticism. Subsequent developments in the fields of science, mathematics, and logic have, however, shaken the Kantian foundation and torn gaping holes in his defenses. As these defenses have disintegrated, under the bombardment of the guns of recent developments in science, mathematics, and logic, however, a long line of "successors to Kant" have appeared on the scene to render valiant service in attempts to secure the foundations and to repair the breaches, through some sort of modification, or reformulation, or regrounding of the Kantian a priori. It should be pointed out, however, that in spite of all these gallant efforts, Hume's denial of certainty in the realm of empirical knowledge still stands. II In that long line of "critical philosophers" who claim a philo- sophical lineage from Kant, possibly no one is more worthy of the distinction than is Cassirer. His penetrating and thorough analysis of Kant's system of philosophy, his precise understand- ing of just what Kant was attempting to do, and his profound and extensive knowledge of the recent developments in science, mathematics and logic, revealed to him many of the funda- mental weaknesses in Kant's position; but, despite these facts, he still seems to me to find more of permanent value in Kant's system of philosophy than do most of those who claim to "stem from Kant." His doctrine of the a priori, however, is not simply DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 153 Kant's doctrine reformulated with its elaborate architectonic omitted; nor is it Kant's doctrine revised and brought up-to- date in the light of recent developments in science, mathematics, and logic. Kant's doctrine of the a priori and the ingenuity with which Kant applied it in his attempt to solve Hume's problem seem to be to Cassirer as they have been to many other Kantians a source of inspiration and a useful guide in the formulation of his own doctrine of the a priori. As he himself puts it, he sees in Kant "not an end, but an ever new and fruit- ful beginning for the criticism of knowledge." 1 With Kant, and with most Kantians, Cassirer is in funda- mental agreement on at least two points with respect to the a priori; (i) that the a priori is of the mind, and (ii) that all certainty is based on logical necessity and that logical necessity is grounded in the a priori. Also like Kant and most Kantians, Cassirer conceives the major task of philosophy to be the critical analysis of knowledge and the explication of the a priori; to the accomplishment of this task he devotes his entire ponderous sys- tem of philosophy. Nowhere in his voluminous writings, so far as I have been able to determine, has Cassirer set forth, in any sort of definite and summary statement, his doctrine of the a priori. It pervades every phase of his philosophy and appears on almost every page of his philosophical writings; but it is a difficult and hazardous task to analyze it out of his system and to pin it down in a definite statement which will do justice to its total meaning and value. This difficulty is further increased by two other factors, (i) His doctrine of the a priori seems to have gone through at least two phases of development, and the detailed results of these two different phases of its formulation are significantly different, (ii) In each of these two formula- tions his doctrine of the a priori is so inextricably bound up with some other special aspect of his philosophical theory that it is extremely difficult to isolate it and evaluate it, without going thoroughly into these intimately associated theories. The first phase of its development, set forth in his Sub- stanzbegriff und Funktionsbegriff (1910), is formulated on the 1 Das Erkenntnisfroblem, Vol. I (1922), 14. 154 I- K. STEPHENS basis of a very thorough critical analysis of the physical sciences and of mathematics, and is thoroughly dominated by what seems to me to be a tremendously exaggerated regard for the position and the value of mathematics and the mathematical concept in the theory of knowledge. Throughout this whole work, as Gerard Heymans remarks, "Cassirer looks steadfastly towards mathematics and insists that what is valid for this is valid also for all the other sciences." 2 Here his doctrine of the a priori is intricately bound up with his "mathematical theory of the concept" and reflects a powerful influence from the mathe- matical interest. Since another essay in this volume deals with Cassirer's "theory of the mathematical concept,"* I shall omit its discussion here and shall confine my discussion to those more basic aspects of this earlier formulation which seem to carry over into the later formulation. This second formulation, which is contained primarily in Cassirer's Philosophie der symbolischen Formen y is based on a critical analysis of the whole of culture and is, in a definite sense, a modification and extension of the earlier formulation to constitute a basis for a "general theory of meaning." Here Cassirer has relinquished, to some extent, his former emphasis upon the place and value of mathematics and the mathematical concept. And, though he still insists that "for such a theory of meaning, mathematics and mathematical natural science will always constitute a weighty and indispensable paradigm," he admits that "it in no wise exhausts its content." 3 In this second formulation, however, his doctrine of the a priori has found a new "love" in the form of his elaborate doctrine of "signs." Since any attempt to extricate it from its many "entangling alliances" with this theory would lead far beyond the intended scope of this paper, I shall feel justified here in avoiding also any discussion of this aspect of his doctrine, except in so far as it seems necessary in order to do justice to his doctrine of the a priori. Cassirer agrees with Kant that the correct approach to the 8 "Zur Cassirerschen Reform der Begriffslehre," Kant-Studien, Vol. 33 (1928), 109-128. * EDITOR'S NOTE : Cf. Professor Harold R. Smart's essay infra on this subject. 3 "Zur Theorie des Begriffs," Kant-Studien. Vol. 33 (1928), 130. DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 155 discovery of the a priori is through the method of a critical analysis of knowledge. He emphasizes, over and over, the futility of the attempts on the part of previous "metaphysical philosophers" to deduce the "fundamental forms of the mind" from some "original fundamental principle." The original diffi- culty in such an attempt always consists in the fact that such philosophers can determine neither the correct "beginning point" nor the correct "end point." If they were granted these two points, "they might succeed in connecting them through the constant application of one and the same methodological principle in a synthetic-deductive process." But since they have neither "point," they are much in the same position as Kant's speculative "dove," which succeeded in generating a tre- mendous amount of action, but was unable to produce any for- ward motion. As Cassirer correctly asserts, such philosophers have always started out from "some definite metaphysically hypostatized logical, or aesthetic, or religious principle," and the results obtained from the process have never been worth the efforts spent. Granted, however, that the critical analysis of knowledge is the only method that will lead to the discovery of the genu- inely a priori elements of knowledge, the question naturally arises, How is one to recognize it, when he comes upon it in the analysis? Unless one has some distinguishing criterion in terms of which to recognize the a priori when he finds it, he would still be in the same position as the "metaphysical philoso- pher" who had no "end point." Cassirer's answer to this ques- tion, in the first formulation of his doctrine of the a priori, would seem to run as follows: Since the a priori is an "element of form," which is necessarily involved in every creative act of mind, and since all knowledge is the product of such creative activity, a critical analysis of knowledge will reveal the a priori as that "element of form" which is always present in every creative act of mind and which remains invariant through all the changing and shifting contents of experience. It is to the end of discovering just such a set of "invariant elements of form" that he devotes that searching and exhaustive critical analysis of science and mathematics set forth in his Substanzbegriff und Funktionsbegriff. 156 I. K. STEPHENS one of the most obvious aspects of science, says Cassirer, is that it is a going concern, "a historically self-developing fact." Kant's failure to recognize this fact becomes, according to Cassirer, one of the chief sources of weakness in Kant's system. Kant developed and formulated his doctrine of the a priori under an undue predilection for Newtonian Mechanics, which he seemed to regard as an example far exellence of pure Reason, and as definitely finished. Scientific knowledge, how- ever, is never static; it is in constant process of development; and the one definite end toward which it seems ever to be directed is the discovery of certain permanent elements in the flux of experience, "that can be used as constants of theoretical construction." Of such nature are the concepts of science: hy- potheses, laws of nature, scientific principles, and the like. In the history of this process, however, we are met with a constant changing and shifting of just such seemingly constant elements. What seems to be secure on one level of development is found inadequate on the next level. one particular system of concepts follows another in constant succession; hypotheses formulated on one level yield their place to other hypotheses on the higher level; scientific principles, which seem to be secure and firmly established on one level of development, are supplanted by other principles on the next level of development; and even "the categories under which we consider the historical process must themselves be regarded as mutable and susceptible to change." But no system of concepts, no single hypothesis or system of hypotheses, no scientific principle, and no category which gives way to a successor is ever entirely annihilated. In each case of substitution the earlier form is taken up into the new form which must contain the answers to all the questions raised under the previous form. This one feature, Cassirer claims, guarantees the logical continuity from stage to stage; establishes a logical connection between the earlier and the latter; and "points to a common forum of judgment to which both are subjected." 4 This "common forum of judgment," at the bar of which 4 Substance and. Function^ 268. DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 157 every concept, hypothesis, principle, and category must justify its relative claim to truth, consists in a set of logically prior "supreme principles of experience in general," which must always be present and effective as an "ultimate constant standard of measurement" in terms of which these relative claims may be measured and established. Since we never compare the system of hypotheses in itself with the naked facts in themselves, but always can only oppose one hypothetical system of principles to another more inclusive, more radical system, we need for this progressive comparison an ultimate constant standard of measure- ment of supreme principles of experience in general. Thought demands the identity of this logical standard of measurement amid all the changes of what is measured. 5 Now, according to Cassirer, the critical analysis of knowledge ends in just such a set of ultimate logical principles, a set of "fundamental relations, upon which the content of all experi- ence rests," and beyond which thought can not go, for only in them is thought itself and an object of thought possible." 6 They are the "universally valid formal functions (Fiwctions- form) of rational and empirical knowledge" and constitute a fixed system of conditions, and only relative to this system do all as- sertions concerning the object as well as those concerning the ego, con- cerning object and subject, gain an intelligible meaning. There is no objectivity outside the frame of number and magnitude, permanence and change, causality and reciprocal action ; all these determinations are only the ultimate invariants of experience itself and therefore of all reality which can be established in it and by it. 7 These forms, then, constitute the genuine a priori elements of knowledge, for they are "those ultimate logical invariants which lie at the foundation of every determination of a con- nection in general according to natural law" and only such ultimate logical invariants can be called a priori."* To this list of ultimate invariants, Cassirer adds "the categories of space and time, magnitude, and the functional dependency of magni- 8 ibid. 8 Substanzbegriff und Funktionsbegriff. (1910), 410. 4 ii. 357. 158 I. K. STEPHENS tudes, etc.," since they, too, are "established as such elements of form, which cannot be lacking in any empirical judgment or system of judgments." 9 This group of "logical invariants" con- stitutes that system of "unchanging elements demanded by all scientific thought" and "fulfill a requirement clearly urged by inductive procedure itself." 10 They also seem to constitute the basic structural form of the mind, and the basic principles of that "transcendental logic" upon which alone a truly universal logic can be developed. For Cassirer insists that "a truly uni- versal logic can be constructed only upon a 'transcendental* logic, i.e., a logic of thought-objects." Such a logic, he insists, is in diametrical opposition to the formal logic, which, as Kant defined it, has as its chief excellence the fact that it "abstracts from all experience of objects and their differences." 11 In this traditional formal logic, the concept is a mere "form emptied of all its objective content and meaning}" whereas, in his "truly universal logic," concepts are "concrete universals" which not only "embrace" but "comprehend" the particular subordinated to them. Now when Cassirer defines the a priori as "those ultimate logical invariants which lie at the foundation of every determi- nation of a connection in general according to natural law," he designates this as "a strictly limited meaning of the a friori" It seems that a more comprehensive meaning of the term would include all those concepts, categories, and interpretive principles which are implicitly contained in this set of "ultimate forms," all arranged in a logical structure of superordination and sub- ordination. The task of science is to discover these concepts, categories, etc.; and the procedure by which it accomplishes this task is the constant comparison of these various concepts, hypotheses, etc., with this "constant standard of measurement of supreme principles of experience in general." And the method followed here, says Cassirer, "shows the same 'rational 7 structure as was found in mathematics." 12 Induction and deduc- 1 Substance and F unction > 269. "Ibid., 268. M "Zur Theorie des Begriffs," Kant-Studien. Vol. 33 (1928), 131. "Substance and Function y 269. DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 159 tion do not differ in their goal, but only in the means of reaching their goal. "The tendency to something unchanging, to something permanent in the coming and going of sensuous phenomena, is thus characteristic of inductive thought no less than of mathe- matical thought." 13 Genuine theoretically guided induction is never satisfied, says Cassirer, short of the establishment of a connection in the given "which can be ... clearly surveyed ac- cording to the principle of its construction." 14 All thought is a process of objectifying. Its function and purpose, both in induc- tion and in deduction, is to establish unity in the flux of sensory experience. This can be done only on the basis of those trans- cendental forms which constitute the structural unity of the mind. In so far, then, as induction, through its method of con- tinually testing its conceptual devices by constant reference to that body of "ultimate invariants" is able to develop concepts, hypotheses, etc., which stem logically from this system of in- variant principles, and to apply them in its conceptual dealings with "matters of fact," it can gain knowledge of empirical objects which possesses the same degree of necessity and cer- tainty as does knowledge of the objects of mathematics. For "we do not know 'objects' as if they were already independently determined and given as objects, but we know objectively, by producing certain limitations and by fixating certain permanent elements and connections within the uniform flow of experi- ence." 15 The superiority of the mathematical concept over the ordinary generic concept, its "greater value for knowledge," its "superior objective meaning and validity," seems to be due to its closer logical affinity for this set of "supreme principles." In the first formulation of his doctrine of the a priori, Cassirer's attempt to solve Hume's problem seems to have turned out to be much the same as the attempt made by Kant, namely, to show how, at least in the realm of mathematics and the exact sciences, synthetic propositions a priori are possible. He seems to have become conscious later, however, that he had 18 Ibid., 249. 14 ibid., 253. 303. 160 I. K. STEPHENS committed the same fallacy of which he accused Kant, i.e., he had confined his critical analysis within too narrow limits. For, if the a priori is the "necessary condition for all meaningful experience/' and its function is to guarantee the unity of all knowledge, then it must be present and effective wherever there is meaningful experience and a claim to knowledge. The world of mathematics and the exact sciences is not the beginning, but the end of this "objectifying process," and its roots reach down into earlier levels of "fashioning." Thus these a priori forms, which come to clearest expression on the level of scien- tific knowledge, must apply no less, mutatis mutandis, to all the fundamental functions of mind on all the lower levels of cul- ture and in all its special "phases." Thus, for Cassirer, in the second attempt to formulate his doctrine of the a priori, The Critique of Reason becomes, therefore, the Critique of Culture. It seeks to show how all the content of culture, in so far as it is more than a mere single content, in so far as it is grounded in a formal prin- ciple, presupposes an original act of the mind. Herein the fundamental thesis of Idealism finds its essential and complete verification. So long as philosophical consideration has reference simply to the analysis of purely formal knowledge and is limited to that task, just so long the force of the naive realistic world view cannot be broken. 1 * An initial clue to Cassirer's position here is revealed in his statement of the demand made upon critical philosophy. The demand is ... to include the various methodological tendencies of knowledge, in all their recognized originality and independence, in a system in which the individual members, in exactly their necessary variety, are reciprocally conditioned and required. The postulate of a kind of pure functional unity now enters in the place of the postulate of the unity of the sub- strate and the unity of origin, by which the ancient concept of being was essentially governed. From this there arises a new task for the phil- osophical criticism of knowledge. It must follow as a whole and survey as a whole the course which the special sciences have traveled individually. It must put the question, whether the intellectual symbols under which the special disciplines consider and describe reality are to be thought as 18 Philosofhie der symbotischen Former*. Vol. I (1923), n. DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 161 a simple juxtaposition or whether they can be understood as different expressions of one and the same basic mental junction. And if this latter presupposition should be verified, then there arises the further task of setting up the universal conditions of this function and of clarifying the principle by which it is governed. 17 In the light of this statement, it would seem that Cassirer's first fundamental assumption is that knowledge, which philoso- phy is to subject to critical analysis, is necessarily a unity; and, furthermore, that this unity must be assured and explained in terms of certain "basic mental functions" and a "rule" which "governs the concrete multiplicity and variety of these knowl- edge functions," integrating the totality of their products into an organic whole. These "basic mental functions" for which all the varieties of intellectual symbols are to be regarded as differ- ent expressions, together with the "rule" which governs these functions, seem now to constitute, for Cassirer, the fundamental a priori elements of knowledge. The categories, which Kant considered as the "original concepts of the understanding," as its basic a priori forms and the necessary conditions for the possi- bility of experience, are here relegated to a subordinate level in the structure of the a priori. Kant's error, both as to the number and nature of these categories, says Cassirer, was due to the fact that he did not know at that time what the subsequent developments in "critical and idealistic logic" have made com- pletely clear on that point, namely, that the forms of judgment mean only unified and living motives of thought, which pervade all the diversity of its special forms and are constantly en- gaged in the creation and formulation of ever new categories. The richer and more plastic these variations prove to be, the more do they testify to the individuality and to the originality of the logical function out of which they arise. 18 In the light of these considerations, critical analysis must, according to Cassirer, be extended to the whole of culture, to all its different "phases" or "provinces," Art, Language, Myth, 17 Ibid., 8-9. Italics are mine. 18 Das Erkenntnisfroblem. Vol. I (1922), 18. 162 I. K. STEPHENS Religion, and Science, and to all the different levels of its de- velopment. For, It is proper not only for Science, but for Language, for Art, and for Religion, that they supply the building materials, from which is con- structed for us not only the world of the "real," but also the world of the "mental," the world of the "ego." We cannot insert them in the given world as simple creations, but must concewe them as functions, by means of which every specific fashioning of Being and every special division and differentiation of the same is carried out. 19 Each of these special "provinces" is determined by a special "point of view" which the mind "freely takes" with respect to the given in experience. This special point of view determines a special function which governs the mind's dealings with the given, in that special province. It determines the formulation of the categories and the concepts by means of which the mind interprets and expresses the real from that specific "point of view." In each of these special provinces, therefore, we get a manifestation of one side of the real." And in all these prov- inces, taken together as a unity, we get a complete picture of the totality of the real. True, the pictures of the real presented from these different "points of view" are very dissimilar. But this is just what we should expect. For, Since the means utilized by these functions in the performance of these acts are different, and since the standards and the criteria which each separate one presupposes and applies are different, the result is different. The scientific conception of truth and of reality is different from that of Religion or of Art thus it is indeed a special and incomparable fundamental relation which is, not so much indicated, as rather estab- lished in them between the "inner" and the "outer," between the Being of the ego and of the world. 20 The results obtained in each of these provinces must, there- fore, be measured and evaluated in terms of its own standards and not in terms of the standards and demands of any other. And only in such manner of dealing with them can the question 10 Philosophic der symbolischen Formen. Vol. I (1923), 24. *lbit. DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 163 be raised "whether and how all these different forms of world- comprehension and I-comprehension can be unified if they do not indeed portray one and the same self-existing 'thing', they at least perfect (ergdnzen) a totality, a unified system of mental performance (Tuns)" 21 Now if, under these conditions, the unity of knowledge, which it is the specific function of the a priori to guarantee, seems to fall apart into several separate provinces of knowledge, each with its own a priori forms, its special categories, standards and criteria, which apply only within its own special field of "construction," Cassirer informs us that it is just as much the function of the a priori to preserve this diversity as it is to guarantee the unity of knowledge. This "unity in diversity'" he says, is an essential demand of consciousness. In spite of this essential diversity, there is still a "unity of meaning" which binds all these provinces together into a "unity of systems" without destroying the separate and distinctive meaning and value of any system. This, he insists, is just what an analysis of culture reveals. For every one of these "connections of meaning" (Bedeutungszusam- menhange), Language as well as scientific knowledge, Art as well as Myth, possesses its own constitutive principle which impresses all the special fashionings in it as if with its seal. ... It belongs to the essence of consciousness itself, that no content can be posited in it without, posit- ing, at the same time, through this simple act of positing, a complex of other contents with it. 22 Myth, Art, Language, and Science are, in this sense, impressions to Being (Pragungen zum Sein): They are not simple portrayals of a present reality, but they exhibit the great lines of direction of mental movement, of the ideal process, in which the real as one and many is constituted for us as a multiplicity of configurations, which are still, ultimately, held together through a unity of meaning. 23 one ground on which Cassirer rejects the single system of the structure of the mind, which speculative philosophers of 21 Ibid. 22 ibid., 3 i. 23 Ibid., 43. Italics mine. 164 I. K. STEPHENS the past have attempted to deduce from a "single original principle" and to arrange in a unique progressive series, is the fact that such a system is inadequate for the explanation of this diversity. Explained in terms of such a system, the diversity gets swallowed up in the unity of the system. Instead of such a system, says Cassirer, critical philosophy demands, and the analysis of culture reveals, a complex system in which Every form is, so to speak, assigned a special plane within which it operates and in which it unfolds, with complete independence, its own specific individuality but just in the totality of these ideal modes of operation appear, at the same time, definite analogies, definite typical modes of relating, which can be singled out and described. 24 Now as a means of explaining how all these various levels and phases of culture are integrated into a logically unified system of systems, Cassirer appeals to that set of "fundamental relations upon which the content of all experience rests." These logical invariants, he claims, permeate all the forms which determine all the fashionings of experience on all the different levels and in all the different phases of culture. From the lowest level of "expression" in terms of mythical concepts, through the level of "Representation" in terms of the concepts of language, to the highest level of "pure Meaning" compre- hended in terms of the "concepts of natural law," he traces the development of culture. In doing so, he offers an incredible array of evidence in support of his claim that the same "motive of construction" and the same basic "structural form of the mind" persist through all these different levels of develop- ment. Although he admits that, in the advancement from stage to stage in the process of development, certain changes and "transformations," certain "characteristic metamorphoses" occur, he still insists that these "supreme principles" remain fundamentally the same, though appearing, on each successive level, under a "new form and covering." With every transition from a lower to a higher level of culture, there occurs a "trans- formation" in the "point of view" which the mind takes. This 29. DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 165 transformation gives rise to new demands and requires new "norms" in terms of which to meet them. As the development proceeds, there is a constant "shifting of mental meaning" and "out of every one of these shiftings there arises a new 'total meaning' of reality." 25 Even on the mythical level of culture, says Cassirer, we find exhibited, in all its various "fashionings," a certain definite "mental tendency," a "fixed direction of thought," which the mind follows in all its expressions of experience on this level. This fixed direction of thought he attributes to the "form of the mythical consciousness," which is "nothing more than the unity of the mental principles by which all its constructions, in all their variety and in all their vast empirical richness, are ultimately governed." 26 Also on this level of "expression," there is a "unity of point of view" under the dominance of which man's "mytho-religious intuition" shapes all the con- ceptual devices by means of which he carries out the organiza- tion of society as well as the organization of the world. And although this "point of view" may be more definitely deter- mined in each particular society by the living conditions under which that society exists and develops, we can clearly detect, as a common element in all of them, certain "general and per- vading motives of construction." 27 The mental principles which the mind employs in carrying out these constructions are, Cassirer claims, the general cate- gories which constitute the fundamental forms of the social consciousness on this level of cultural development. They re- veal, he says, "the lawfulness of consciousness," the unity of a "structural form of the mind," and are just as genuinely a priori as are the fundamental forms of "knowledge" exhibited on the various successive higher levels of cultural development. They are, in fact, the logical ancestors of those forms 5 for all those forms of culture, Art, Law, Science, and all the rest, had their genesis in this mythical consciousness. Not one of them had, in 85 Philosophie der symbolischen Formen. Vol. Ill (1929), 523. 96 Philosophic der symbolischen Formen. Vol. II (1925), 16. *lbid., 220. 1 66 I. K. STEPHENS the beginning, anything like a distinct and clearly defined form. They can all be traced back to a primitive stage in which they all existed together in the immediate and undifferentiated unity of mythical consciousness. And out of this undifferentiated state, all those fundamental forms of knowledge, space, time, number, continuity, property, and the rest, have been de- veloped. They are the most general forms of perception, which constitute the unity of consciousness as such, and, therefore, just as well that of mythi- cal consciousness as that of pure knowledge. In this respect it can be said that each of these forms must have run through a previous mythical stage before receiving its definite logical form and impress. 28 It is obvious that the world picture presented on the level of Myth is quite different from that presented on the scientific level. This difference, Cassirer claims, is not to be explained on the assumption that these world-pictures are constructed on the basis of a difference in the "nature" or the "quality" of the categories used, but on the basis of a difference in the "modality" of the categories. Space, time, number, causality, and all the rest of the basic forms of consciousness are present and effective on the mythical level just as they are on all the higher levels of culture, but with a difference in "modality." By the "quality" of a relation he means "the special manner of connecting, by means of which it creates a series in the whole of consciousness," such as is exemplified in the form of "together" as compared with "successive," the "simultaneous" as con- trasted with "successive connection." By the "modality" of a relation, however, he means its "meaning for the whole" (Sinnganzen) . This character of a relation "possesses its own nature, its own self-contained formal law. Thus, for example, that universal relation which we call time represents equally an element of theoretical scientific knowledge, and also an essential moment for definite structures of aesthetic consciousness." 29 Al- though it may seem that these two senses in which the concept d., 78. P kilo sof hie der symbolischen Formen, Vol. I (19*3), 39. DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 167 time is used, namely, as the uniform measure of all change and as the rhythmical measure of music, have nothing in common except the name} nevertheless, says Cassirer, This unity of naming contains in itself a unity of meaning, at least in so far as there is posited in both that universal and abstract quality which we designate by the expression "succession." But it is obviously a special "manner," indeed a unique "mode" of succession which rules in the consciousness of natural law, as the law of the temporal form of events, and that which rules in the comprehension of the rhythmical measure of a tone structure. 80 Now the transition from a lower to a higher level in the de- velopment of culture is always the result of a "transformation" or a "permutation" in the "modality" of those various funda- mental forms "within which alone thought and its world are possible." This "permutation" in the "meaning for the whole" seems to arise out of a new "point of view" with respect to ex- perience. And experience interpreted from this new point of view gives a new world-picture. In order to express the new relations and meanings which emerge with this transformation in the modality of those fundamental relational forms, the mind is under necessity of creating a new set of concepts. Even the old concepts that are retained on the new level take on an entirely different meaning from that which they express with respect to the lower level. For instance, the concept of "truth" and the concept of "reality" have a meaning for science which is entirely different from that which they express on the level of myth. It is the function of the concepts utilized on each level of culture, however, to express with objective validity the relations and meanings which are characteristic of that particular level, i.e., those relations and meanings logically determined by the specific formal modalities operative on that particular level. The function of thought on all the different levels of culture is to "objectify}" and this is done in each case by "producing certain limitations and fixating certain permanent elements and connections within the uniform flow of experi- 90 ibid. 168 I. K. STEPHENS ence." This task is performed by means of the concepts used. Thus the concepts used on any particular level of culture ex- press the meanings and fixate the relations peculiar to that particular level with a sufficient degree of logical necessity to guarantee their objective validity. But since the concepts uti- lized by the mind on the different levels are different, and express different meanings and relations, the world-picture presented on the different levels will be different. All these dif- ferent world-pictures, however, present different views of the one total reality. And all these different processes of objectifying contribute to one and the same ultimate end, namely, the re- duction of the world of mere impressions to a logically in- tegrated objective world. The different creations of mental culture, Language, Scientific Knowledge, Myth, Art, and Religion, in all their inner variety, become, therefore, members of one great problem of connection manifold tend- encies, all of which are related to the one goal of transforming the passive world of mere impressions . . . into a world of pure mental expression. 81 The problem posed by Hume, however, was not the problem of developing in the mind a system of ideas with their necessary connections, but the problem of finding a logical basis on which to guarantee that these necessary connections of ideas must hold in the mind's dealings with matters of fact. In his first formula- tion of his doctrine of the a priori, Cassirer seems to attempt to solve this problem, at least in part, by an implicit denial that any such problem exists. He seems to think that the problem arose for Hume because he, like Kant in the first part of his Critique of Pure Reason, was assuming an untenable dualism between a "mundus sensibilis'* and a "mundus intelligibilis" In the second formulation, however, he seems to realize more fully that there is some necessity of explaining how and why there must be a necessary harmony between the conceptual order of the mind and the "uniform flow of experience." Here the "symbol" becomes the mediating device which seems to turn the trick. Symbols, he seems to think, are created by "a pure DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 169 activity of the mind" and are specifically and peculiarly de- signed by the mind to perform this feat. "All those symbols appear from the beginning with a definite claim to objective value. They all transcend the circle of the mere phenomena of consciousness and claim, in opposition to them, to represent a universal validity." 32 In fact, their "structure" represents the "essential kernel of the objective, of the real." Every symbolic structure, furthermore, possesses a characteristic "double nature." on the one side, it is essentially bound to the sensuous; but "its subjection to the sensuous contains in itself at the same time a freedom from the sensuous," an essential connection with the mental, with the conceptual order of the mind. "In every linguistic 'sign', in every mythical or artistic 'image' appears a mental content which, in and for itself, tran- scends the sensuous, permuted Into the form of the sensuous, the visible, the audible, the tastable." 33 Cassirer attributes to Pierre Duhem the credit for being the first to show that only within the structure of a definite symbolic world is it possible to approach the world of physical reality. It was his claim that what first appears to us as a purely factual manifold, as a factual variety of sense impressions, gains phys- ical meaning and value only when it is portrayed in the province of numbers. This portrayal, however, is wrongly interpreted, says Cassirer, if we think it simply consists in "sub- stituting for the individual contents given in experience contents of another kind and coinage. To every special class of experi- ence, is co-ordinated a special substrate which is the complete expression of its genuine, its essential 'reality'." 34 Now it is Cassirer's claim that the function of mind in all its objectifying processes is to establish harmony between opposites. This harmony, however, is essentially different from the mere matter of agreement, and requires a genuine synthetic act of the mind. It seems to be the function of the symbol to mediate this synthesis and the function of the concept to "fix" the connec- tions established in the synthesis. For the first work of the con- 88 ibid., 4 i. 34 Philosophic der symbolischen Formen. Vol. Ill (1929), 478. ijo I. K. STEPHENS cept, he asserts, is "to grasp, as such, the moments upon which rests the organization and order of perceptual reality and to recognize them in their specific meaning. The connections which are posited implicitly in perceptual existence in the form of mere 'given-withness' (Mitgegebenheii) are developed from it. . . ," 35 Furthermore, "The logical concept does nothing more than fix the lawful order which already lies in the phenomena them- selves y it follows consciously the rule set up, which experience follows unconsciously." 36 It is the mind itself, guided by the logical demands of its "supreme logical functions" which "sets up" the rule which the concept follows consciously and experi- ence follows unconsciously. Thus those functions seem to de- termine both the conceptual order of the mind and also the "uniform flow of experience," and do it in such a fashion that there must be complete harmony between these two "op- posites." The mind's task is to make a synthesis of the two and it accomplishes this feat by means of the concept. For, Such a "synthesis of opposites" lies concealed in every genuine physical concept and in every physical judgment. For we are always concerned with referring two different forms of the manifold to one another and, in a certain measure, penetrating them with one another. We always proceed from a mere empirical, a "given" plurality; but the goal of the theoretical construction of the concept is directed at changing it into a rationally surveyable, into a "constructive" plurality. 87 on the lower levels of culture, these concepts and symbols are so completely immersed in the sensuous that it is difficult to detect in them any connection with those "fundamental func- tions" of the mind which they express. As the process of objecti- fying advances from the lower to the higher levels, however, the mind gradually succeeds in extricating them from their subjection to and their contamination with the sensuous and in creating concepts and symbols which reveal more and more the genuine nature of those functions. on the lower levels, we see those forms only "as if through a glass darkly," only in their distorted "modalities;" but when the highest level is 85 Ibid.y 330. M I***., 333- 87 Ibid., 480. DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 171 reached, the level of pure mathematics and the pure math- ematical natural sciences, where they have "put off the cor- ruptible and put on incorruption," we shall "see them face to face" and recognize them for what they genuinely are, "pure meanings." This is the ultimate end towards which the whole creative process is directed, the one far-off divine event to which the whole creation moves." For this is the realm in which the bond between "concept" and "reality" is severed with complete consciousness. Above "reality," as the reality of phenomena, is raised a new realm: The realm of pure meaning; and in it henceforth is grounded all certainty and all constancy, all final truth of knowledge. on the other hand, the world of "ideas," of "meanings," although it renounces all "similarity" with the empirical sensuous world, it cannot dispense with its relation to it. 88 Ill This is, admittedly, an inadequate and in some respects, no doubt, an erroneous exposition of Cassirer's doctrine of the a priori. It has omitted many aspects of his doctrine which, if taken into consideration, might effect a "transformation" in the "modality" of those aspects that are considered here. My first reaction to the whole delineation of his doctrine of the a priori is simply to regard it as an extremely thorough, meticu- lously painstaking attempt on the part of another brilliant philosopher to elaborate and defend a theory of the priori which is, from the beginning, palpably indefensible. A careful analysis of his doctrine, however, reveals many points which, if taken in isolation from the rest of his system or if given a slightly different interpretation from that which his whole system demands, would appear perfectly sound and thoroughly defensible. This slight difference in interpretation is, however, to use Whitehead's expression, "just that slight difference which makes all the difference in the world." To his claim that the a priori is of the mind and is the basis of all necessity and of all certainty in knowledge, I readily agree. But I contend that his conception of the essential nature of the a priori is untenable, both in the light of logic and from 18 ibid., 527. 172 I. K. STEPHENS the standpoint of what is revealed in a critical analysis of knowledge. Furthermore, such a conception of the a priori is inadequate as a basis for explaining and guaranteeing that type of necessity which grounds the only type of certainty which the mind can have with respect to matters of fact. An analysis of knowledge does not reveal any set of invariant principles which are necessarily common to all thinking minds and which, by some inherent logical power which they possess, are opera- tive in any of the mind's categories and concepts in such a fashion as to force their character of logical necessity upon the given in experience. The a priori character of any concept or category of the mind is not derived from any logical connection which it may have with any fundamental set of "basic func- tions ;" but from the definitive attitude of the mind which gives rise to this conceptual order and determines the characteristics which the given must exhibit, if it is to be classified under the category or the concept determined by that definitive attitude. The only certainty the mind can have with respect to any sensory datum yet to be given rests upon the mind's certainty with respect to the meaning of its own concepts and categories. This meaning is established and determined by the mind itself, by virtue of the definitive attitudes which it takes, and can be strictly and consistently adhered to regardless of what may be given in experience. This definitive attitude determines the criteria which any given datum must satisfy if it is to be in- terpreted under the concept or under the category which embodies and expresses these criteria. Failing to satisfy these criteria, the given datum is excluded from such classification and interpretation. For every classification which the mind makes is an implicit interpretation. But every interpretation is an implicit prediction with respect to some subsequent datum of experience. The interpretation of any set of sensory data under any definite concept or category implicitly asserts that such a set of data will be followed by certain other definitely specifiable data, namely, those which are implicitly demanded by the definitive criteria which constitute the essential meaning of the concept or the category under which the original data were classified. The only necessity which the mind can impose on the DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 173 given, therefore, is the necessity which the given is under of conforming to certain definitive criteria of the mind or else being excluded from classification and interpretation under the specific concept or category which those definitive criteria es- tablish. The mind can know, then, prior to the experiencing of any particular datum of experience, the character which that particular datum must exhibit if it is to be classified under any definite concept or category. The mind knows this because the mind itself, by its own definitive attitudes, determines those criteria to which the datum must conform, or else y and can make them hold regardless of what the given datum may or may not do. Thus all the necessity which the mind is capable of imposing on the given, through the use of its "conceptual order," is derived (i) from the character of its own legislative acts which determine the essential meaning of its conceptual devices and, (ii) from the alternative which the mind has of excluding from classification under any concept or category any given element of experience which does not conform to the criteria which are established by those legislative acts for the concept or the cate- gory in question. Such necessity, therefore, does not rest upon some logical connection which these concepts and categories have with some "fixed system of conditions," relative to which alone any assertion concerning anything whatsoever can have any meaning. This contention of Cassirer reflects the powerful influence of his undue predilection for mathematics, and also his misconception of the genuine nature of mathematics itself. There is a definite sense in which the a 'priori principles of knowledge may be considered as the "formal structure of the mind," but not the sense in which Cassirer uses the expression. Those initial principles and criteria of interpretation which formulate the mind's definitive attitudes constitute the formal conceptual structure with which the mind meets and interprets the given in experience. It is in this way that the mind organizes and systematizes the chaotic flux of the given into a predictable and intelligible world. This conceptual "structure of the mind," however, is neither an inherent structure of all thinking minds } nor is it by any means invariant. Even those most fundamental categories of the mind, those which formulate the mind's de- 174 I. K. STEPHENS finitive attitudes that determine the different types of the real, are not invariant, at least not in the sense that they must remain the same regardless of any change in the complexity of the given which the mind must encounter} or regardless of any possible change in the dominant interests and purposes of society. In fact, it seems to be carrying the defense of a claim to the point of absurdity to insist that those "rational functions" which Cassirer designates as "the ultimate invariants of ex- perience itself" have remained invariant throughout the history of culture. Furthermore, if the character of invariance be desig- nated as the criterion of the a priori, I doubt that any single "element of form," not even excepting such forms as Space, Time, Number and Magnitude, Permanence and Change, Causality and Reciprocal Interaction would qualify as a priori; for these fundamental forms have certainly undergone rather remarkable change in the process of man's cultural develop- ment from the primitive level to its present state. Cassirer does, of course, allow for certain "shiftings of intellectual accent" and certain "modal transformations" in the process j but I doubt whether the difference between the primitive man's vague sense of time and of space and the modern scientist's conception of a fused space-time can be explained in terms of such "shiftings" and "transformations ;" or whether man's hazy anthropo- morphic conception of a mythical causal agent could be recon- ciled in this way with the purely formal definition of cause as it is used today by the theoretical scientist. If the change be ex- plained in terms of a refinement in definition, it can be said in reply that a relation is what it is by definition, and any refine- ment in definition means a change in the nature of the relation. Even those forms are creations of the mind; and what the mind has created it can change when the demand arises. And the de- mand for such a change is, usually, not merely a logical demand, but a practical one, a demand created by the appearance of some new type of the "given" for the proper interpretation of which the previous forms have proven inadequate. The relative permanence of these forms and also their a priori character I would readily grant; but I would deny that they are invariant and also that invariance is the criterion for DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 175 the determination of the a priori character of any form. It may be that, to paraphrase Wordsworth, "Each hath had elsewhere its origin and commeth from far" and that each does come "trailing clouds of glory." Such clouds of glory may be marks of their ancient origin j but neither the clouds of glory nor its ancient origin is a mark of its a priori character. In, the case of these forms, as in the case of all other forms and "functional re- lations of rational and empirical knowledge," whatever char- acter of the a priori they may possess is due to a definitive and legislative act of the mind itself. Whatever degree of permanence or invariance they may show is explicable, I think, on the grounds of their practical value as instruments for han- dling the given, and not on the grounds that they satisfy some "ideal logical demand." Furthermore, if invariance and an- tiquity of origin be sure marks of the a priori, then I see no grounds on which to exclude the category of substance, against which Cassirer so vigorously inveighs throughout his entire system j for certainly this category has as ancient and as honor- able a history as can be claimed for any of those "functional relations" to which he attributes the a priori character. It is true, as Cassirer claims, that Culture, in all its different forms and on all its different levels, is a creation of the mind. It includes all those devices, both mental and physical, which the mind has created for the purpose of handling the given in experience and of reducing that given to an ordered and in- telligible world. It seems to be the characteristic function of the mind to create just such conceptual tools and to use them to this definite end. The "original motive" which lies behind this "constructive activity," however, is not a "will to logic," but a "will to live," a will to satisfy certain vital and emotional interests of the organism. And it is the "will to live" rather than a "will to logic" which tends to determine those definitive attitudes of the mind and, thus, the nature and meaning of its categories and concepts. Cassirer, it seems, would insist that There's a Logic that shapes our concepts, Rough-hew them how we will. I would insist on substituting for "logic" certain vital and emo- 176 I. K. STEPHENS tional interests of the organism. For the thinking organism, confronted with the chaotic welter of experience, is confronted likewise with a practical necessity of doing something about it. Otherwise I doubt that any tendency to think would ever have arisen. The ability to think is, I take it, an evolutionary product, and has developed in the human species as a result of its sur- vival value. The tendency to regard man as primarily a "think- ing being" rather than as an "acting being" has led to many misinterpretations of the function of mind. Mind's function is not that of "harmonizing thought and Being," but rather that of adjusting the organism to the chaotic flux of experience in ways that will preserve and promote certain vital and emotional interests which the organism has. This function it performs by taking certain definitive attitudes towards the given in experi- ence and in formulating these attitudes into definite categories and concepts which will serve as efficient guides to the organism in its processes of adjustment. Thinking is only one means of solving these problems of adjustment - y and most beings, who have the ability to think, generally use it only when more primitive means prove inadequate. The human mind itself is only man's ability to create and to use conceptual devices as a means to that end. Such conceptual devices are created by the mind, usually, just to serve that end. They may be changed or even discarded when they prove inadequate to serve this purpose or when the mind hits upon other devices which serve the purpose better. The standard against which the mind is constantly checking its categories, concepts, hypotheses, etc., is not a set of invariant logical functions, but usually the practical results derived from their application to the flux of experience and the consonance of those results with experience itself. Cassirer admits that "No number . . . 'is' anything other than it is made in certain conceptual definitions." This is true, of course j but the same can be truly said of all the concepts and categories which the mind uses. The superior value which number and all other mathematical concepts have for deductive purposes rests upon the exactness and precision with which they may be defined. Again, the relations in terms of which math- ematical concepts are defined are quantitative relations and, DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 177 therefore, susceptible to more definite and precise expression and analysis than are those with which ordinary classificatory concepts are defined. The very essence of number is simply a definite position in a purely logical series. Number is not a "concrete universal," but a purely abstract universal, a purely logical entity, the quintessence of abstraction. The relata them- selves are creations of the mind and, for that reason, the mind is able to force them to conform to relations established by its concepts. The given sensory data of experience, however, are not created by the mind and cannot be forced to conform to those relations. They either do, or they do not. If they do not, the mind has the alternative of excluding them from classifica- tion under the concept which established those relations. Upon this ability of the mind to formulate concepts by definition, and to reject from classification and interpretation under those con- cepts any datum which does not conform to the criteria which their definitions establish rests the a priori character of all con- cepts, mathematical as well as the ordinary generic concepts. Mathematics is, in its entirety, a creation of the mind and is the most efficient tool for handling certain types of the given those types in which the quantitative aspects are more important than are the qualitative aspects that the mind has ever created. Mathematics, however, demands nothing more than that, if a certain relation holds among a certain set of entities, be they abstract or be they concrete entities, then certain other sets of relations must also hold among those same entities. But those certain other sets of relations which must hold are implications of the definition which established the meaning of the original relation. If three points in a plane are arranged in the form of a right triangle these are all pure abstractions , then the square on the hypotenuse must be equal to the sum of the squares on the other two sides. The certainty of the statement contained in the "then" clause of this theorem is assured by the implications of the definition of a right triangle. The relations stated in the "then" clause can be known to hold a priori, neces- sarily, only on the ground that the mind is in position to exclude from the class of right triangles all triangles which do not conform to the criteria specifically stated or implied in the 178 I. K. STEPHENS definition of a right triangle. If we substitute for these abstract entities certain concrete entities, a triangular plot of ground for the plane and fence posts for the abstract points, we know that the same relations must hold among these entities also. If we measure accurately the distances between the posts along the shorter sides of the triangle and, upon these measurements, calculate accurately the length of the supposed hypotenuse and, then, upon these calculations, buy the wire to fence the piece of ground, we may come out several rods short. Such a disap- pointing and inconvenient result does not constitute an empirical demonstration of the falsity of the Euclidean theorem, but demonstrates the falsity of the original assumption that the posts were related in the form of a right triangle. It is just this character of mathematical concepts which makes them so useful as means of discovering relations among concrete entities which would likely never be discovered otherwise. But the certainty obtained in this way is of the same type, and rests upon the same basis, as that gained through the mind's application of any of its concepts to the concrete data of experience. For all cer- tainty in empirical knowledge rests upon the mind's ability to formulate definitions of concepts and to make those definitions hold with respect to the given by rejecting all cases which do not conform to the demands established in those definitions. The application of mathematical concepts in the interpretation of the given can, therefore, like the application of any other type of concepts, never be more than hypothetical. And the certainty derived from their application is of the same type as that derived from the application of other types of concepts. Also the a priori character of mathematical concepts is of the same nature as that of any other type of concepts. Whatever superiority they may have over the ordinary classifi.catory con- cept is due to properties which they possess other than their a priori character. The a priori is not some inherent character of logical necessity or "logical priority to the possibility of experience" possessed by any relation or group of relations. Those initial principles and definitive criteria which have the character of a priori necessity and certainty possess it by virtue of the definitive attitude which the mind takes toward them and the alternative which the mind DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 179 has of excluding from classification under them any given case which fails to conform to the definitive attitude formulated in them. The chemist, for instance, may know with absolute certainty the truth of the chemical formula HC1 + NaOH -> NaCl + H 2 Oj but only on the grounds that in the case of any experiment in which these results fail to follow, the chemicals used were either not HC1 or not NaOH or were neither HC1 nor NaOH. In such a case he may demand either a re-labeling or a re-filling of the containers from which the chemicals were obtained. on this same basis, one may assert with absolute certainty that all crows are black. This statement may be ac- cepted as a mere hypothetical principle, susceptible to verifica- tion or refutation by future experience, or it may be taken as a definitive principle and, in that case, it would not be susceptible to refutation at all. It would be an a priori principle. The dif- ference between the two cases is simply a difference in the attitude which the mind takes with respect to the principle. It is just such a definitive attitude of the mind that establishes the a priori character of any principle, not excepting space, time, number, magnitude, permanence, change, causality, reciprocal interaction, or any other relation. The assertion that this particular set of "universal functions," or any other particular set of relations or presuppositions "form a fixed system 5 and only relative to this system do assertions concerning the object, as well as concerning the subject, gain any intelligible meaning" is an assertion which is not only un- warranted but definitely untenable in the light of recent de- velopments in logic and mathematics. These developments have definitely shown that various sets of postulates may serve as a logical basis from which the same deductive system may be de- rived. They have also definitely shown that deductive systems are purely analytical and tautological and that there are no synthetic propositions a priori. As Reichenbach has correctly said, "The evolution of science in the last century may be re- garded as a continuous process of distintegration of the Kantian synthetic a priori" In the light of the combined results of the developments in science, mathematics, and logic during the last * Hans Reichenbach, "Logistic Empiricism in Germany," Journal of Philosophy ', vol. 33 (1936)1 H5- i8o I. K. STEPHENS century, it would be difficult, at least, to justify the claim that any one set of postulates is the only one relative to which ex- perience would be possible} or that any one set of presupposi- tions is the only one in terms of which valid judgments con- cerning the object or the subject of knowledge can have any meaning. It must be admitted that some set of logically prior principles is necessary for the possibility of any knowledge of anything at all. But this logical priority is not the inherent birthright of any particular set of principles. If there has ever been any justification for the Rationalist's claim that any certain set of "first principles" is logically indispensable for the ex- planation of the experienced world of particulars, and that such logical priority is a guarantee for the truth of those principles, the grounds for that justification have been definitely elimi- nated by the revelations of modern logic and mathematics rela- tive to the nature of deductive systems. It is true, of course, that all knowledge is purely relational and that man's whole categorial and conceptual scheme is a purely relational scheme. It is also true that such a relational scheme has meaning only within a more or less definitely fixed set of "reference objects" which constitute a general "frame of reference" somewhat analogous to a set of co-ordinate axes, the points of the compass, meridians of longitudes and parallels of latitude, etc. Those relations which Cassirer designates as the "fixed system" of "supreme principles" may be regarded, in the main, as just such a system of reference objects, and as consti- tuting such a "frame of reference." But such reference objects are neither true nor false, neither right nor wrong. They are only methodological devices which render possible the achieve- ment of some desired end. They may be convenient or incon- venient, adequate or inadequate, for the accomplishment of this end. And although some such set of "reference objects" is neces- sary for the accomplishment of this end, no particular set is necessarily invariant. Nor is any particular set of such relations indispensable. It is true, of course, that no given datum of experience ever comes with its meaning attached, so that it may be read off by the mind in some sort of mtellectuelle Anschauung or some DOCTRINE OF THE A PRIORI 181 Wordsworthian state of "wise passiveness." Each given datum receives meaning only through some interpretive construction being put upon it. And interpretation always involves the ap- plication of some set of distinguishing and definitive criteria and interpretive principles, some set of "reference objects," in terms of which interpretation gives meaning to the given datum of experience. Some such set of "elements of form" must, there- fore, be logically prior to any knowledge at all. Such elements are creations of the mind and are a priori. Even the most primi- tive judgment involves the implicit application of such elements to the object of the judgment. This certainly does not imply, however, that any particular set of such a 'priori elements can be legitimately singled out and designated as the only set in terms of which even a meaningful experience is possible. If one desires, therefore, to seek for the a priori either in the intellectual creations of the childhood of the individual or in those of the childhood of the race, he will likely find it there. For the a priori always serves as a means for the conceptual handling of "matters of fact," and wherever man is engaged in this sort of enterprise he will be using it. It is also true that any adequate conception of the a priori must be one that is applicable anywhere, on any level and in any phase of human experience where the work of an interpretive mind is recognizable. on this ground, there is certainly justification for Cassirer's insistence that certain a priori "elements of f orm" may be found on every level and in every phase of human experience. But I see no justification for his extension of the Critique of Reason into a Critique of Culture for the purpose of discovering the nature of the a priori. If his purpose was to show that the a priori consists of a set of invariant principles, then it seems to me that his mon- umental efforts have turned out to be a case of "Love's Labor's Lost." I. K. STEPHENS DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY SOUTHERN METHODIST UNIVERSITY 4 Felix Kaufmann CASSIRER'S THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE CASSIRER'S THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE I FUTURE writers of textbooks on the history of philosophy will have little difficulty in assigning Ernst Cassirer a place within their neat schemes of philosophical doctrines. He will be classified as a neo-Kantian, and, more specifically, as an out- standing member of the Marburg school of neo-Kantians, alongside of Hermann Cohen and Paul Natorp. Cassirer him- self frequently professed his close affiliation with this group of thinkers 1 and was profoundly influenced by Cohen's interpreta- tion of Kant's philosophy. It is one of Cohen's lasting accomplishments to have shown that Kant's intuitionistic theory of mathematics, as exhibited in some of the arguments in his Transcendental Aesthetics, repre- sents only a transitory, pre-critical, stage in his philosophical development, which led to the transcendental method in the strict sense. This can be seen from Kant's diary, as well as from a comparison of the first edition of the Critique of Pure Reason, with the Prolegomena and with the second edition of the Crit- ique. Cohen submits that this trend in Kant's thought represents genuine philosophical progress, the full implications of which were grasped neither by Kant himself nor by the idealistic schools which emerged after him. Accordingly, he assigns the task to his own generation of philosophers of understanding Kant better than he understood himself, 2 just as Kant had de- manded that we understand Plato better than he understood *See e.g., Cassirer's Preface to Determinismus und Indeterminismus in der modemen Physik t viii. 2 See Preface to the ist ed. of Hermann Cohen's Logik der Reinen Erkenntnis, xi, xii. 185 1 86 FELIX KAUFMANN himself. A substantial part of Cassirer's life-work is an execution of this program. It will, therefore, be appropriate to start our analysis of his theory of knowledge with a brief outline of his interpretation of Kant's epistemological doctrine. II In a famous passage of the preface to the second edition of the Critique of Pure Reason Kant has drawn an analogy between his work and the work of Copernicus. The experiment . . . ought to be made, whether we should not succeed better with the problems of metaphysic, by assuming that the objects must conform to our mode of cognition, for this would better agree with the demanded possibility of a priori knowledge of them, which is to settle something about objects, before they are given us. We have here the same case as with the first thought of Copernicus who, not being able to get on in the explanation of the movements of the heavenly bodies, as long as he assumed that all the stars turned round the spectator, tried, whether he could not succeed better, by assuming the spectator to be turning round, and the stars to be at rest. (F. Max Miiller trans- lation [1896:1922], 693.) This analogy suggested the facile interpretation of Kant's philosophy, of his "Copernican Revolution," as a subjectivistic, anthropocentric doctrine. But more penetrating students of Kant as were the members of the Marburg school realized that this interpretation is apt to conceal the core of Kant's trans- cendental method. They realized that his approach was far more "revolutionary." He did not try to offer a new solution to the time-honored problem of the origin of knowledge by proposing a transformation which makes the subject the initial system, the "center of the universe." Kant rather disposed of the whole problem in its traditional formulation by refuting all attempts toward explaining pre-scientific and scientific experience in terms of the dogmatic assumption of things-in-themselves. This point is emphasized by Cassirer time and again, perhaps most forcefully in his analysis of Kant's philosophy in the eighth book of the Erkenntnisproblem. Kantian philosophy is not primarily concerned with the ego, nor with its relations to external objects, but with the principles and the logical THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 187 structure of experience. Neither "internal" nor "external" objects exist in- and for- themselves j they are given under the conditions of experi- ence. Accordingly, we have to develop the norms and rules of experi- ence before we make statements about the nature of things. Hitherto things and the ego had to be projected on a metaphysical background, to be derived from a common substantial origin in order to be grasped in their context; but now the question takes a new turn. What is now sought is the fundamental logical form of experience as such, which must apply to "internal" as well as "external" experience. Knowledge with respect to objects cannot be entirely different from knowledge with respect to our ego; both kinds of knowledge should be united by an all-embracing principle. In this principle we have the genuine, true unity of "origin," and we need only go back to this unity to dispose of the "absolute contrasts" presupposed by traditional ontology. These observations amount to a clear delineation of Kant's method; judgments about things rather than things are its theme. A problem of logic is posed, but this logical problem is exclusively related to and aimed at that peculiar and specific form of judgment by which we claim to know empirical objects. 8 Kant's transcendental method starts from the fact of (scien- tific) experience and seeks to determine how this fact is possible. In other words, he clarifies the meaning of "objective experi- ence." In making explicit the elements of experience and the different types and levels of synthesis involved, we arrive at synthetic propositions a priori. These propositions are a priori for experience inasmuch as they contain constitutive principles of experience, but they are not independent of experience in the sense of being valid beyond the realm of (possible) experience. The time-honored ontological principles are found to be pseudo-principles and the related ontological problems to be pseudo-problems, as soon as it is recognized that the "transcend- ent use" of the categories implied in their formulations is ille- gitimate. Yet this "extermination" of ontological principles does not amount to their complete annihilation} they are re- interpreted as regulative principles of scientific inquiry. The unity of empirical knowledge is not "given" (gegeberi) but "set as a task" (auj 'gegeberi) ; in other words, it is not pre- established by things-in-themselves, but conceived as an ideal, * Erkenntnisfroblem, Vol. II, 662 f. Cf. also Vol. Ill, 3 ff. 1 88 FELIX KAUFMANN a guiding principle, for scientific inquiry. Critical philosophy seeks to grasp the nature of this unity by analyzing it into its elements and determining the place of each element within the whole, in teleological terms, by determining its function in the constitution of the whole. Ill In referring to Ms meaning of the term "function" in Cas- sirer's philosophy, we are led to another strong influence in shaping his thought, the influence of Hegel. Broadly speaking and making allowance for the unavoidable inaccuracy of such a formula we may say that Cassirer used a somewhat modified Kantian method in promoting a goal set by HegeL Although he is well aware of the basic defects of HegePs metaphysical system, 4 he accepts as leitmotif of his own analysis HegePs principle that truth as the "whole" is not given all at once but must be progressively unfolded by thought in its movement. The unity of knowledge must be discovered in the progress of knowledge from its primary and primitive stages to "pure" knowledge; it reveals itself in the form of this process. None of the phases of this process must be disregarded if we are to grasp the form of the process. 5 Accordingly, Cassirer sets himself the task of determining what particular type of unity is sought and (temporarily) found in the different domains and at the different stages of human thought, and he seeks to disclose how the transition from one stage to another is necessitated by the inner dialetic of the move- ment of thought. In his first systematic work, Substanzbegriff und Funktions- begn-jfy Cassirer was guided by the idea that the structure and basic principles of knowledge could be most clearly discerned in mathematics and mathematical physics, where knowledge had reached its highest level. His chief aim was to corroborate his thesis that the progressive emancipation of thought from the so-called data of immediate experience manifests itself in the development of these sciences. This process of emancipation, 4 See Erkenntnis'problem, Vol. Ill, 362-377. 9 See e.g., Preface to Vol. Ill of Philosophic der symbolischen Formen, vi fl. THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 189 which can never be completed, is most conspicuous in the re- placement of the thing-concept by the concept of law. Even the thing-concept is an intellectual construct of a highly complex structure, yet it shows a close affinity to the (allegedly) pure data of immediate perceptual experience. As long as it is made not only the starting-point but also the pivot of philosophical analysis, a certain kind of interpretation of mental activity in general and of the formation of scientific concepts in particular is suggested, an interpretation which has, indeed, prevailed in philosophical thought from the very outset. According to this view the activity of the mind consists exclusively in determining and isolating common qualitative elements within the vast variety of existing things, uniting them into classes, and repeat- ing this procedure as long as possible. By comparing and dis- tinguishing actually present objects of thought mathematical objects as well as empirical objects we arrive at an ever more embracing hierarchy of beings. The proposed interpretation seems to be in harmony with common sense and to save us from a dualism between percept and concept. The universals are taken to be "in re" to be part of the perceptible world. However, this traditional view does not bear closer exami- nation. In the first place, it fails to account for the fact that scientific (and even pre-scientific) concepts are not random ag- gregates of qualities, but are established with a purpose. We do not as Lotze remarked form a class of reddish, juicy, edible things, under which cherries and meat might be subsumed 5 and the reason why we don't do it is that we consider such a notion quite irrelevant for theoretical as well as practical ends. Ref- erence to it is not supposed to be productive of any new results. Thus we are led to the conclusion that qualitative similarity is not the only basis in all instances for the formation of concepts. Realizing that this process involves judgments concerning the relevance of a concept for the promotion of given ends, we can no longer maintain that the mental activity involved is confined to the recognition of qualitative similarities or differences and to selections on this basis. But this is only half the story. It might still be suggested that such a similarity is a necessary condition for the formation of 190 FELIX KAUFMANN concepts. But even this view is untenable. What is required is rather a relation in terms of which the variety of (actually or potentially) given objects may be ordered. Such a relation does not dispose of the qualities of the individual objects con- cerned if it did, it would not be of any aid in investigating specific objects ; but it replaces fixed qualities by general rules which enable us to grasp uno actu a total series of possible, qualitative determinations. This is of decisive theoretical and practical import. As inquiry proceeds, thing-concepts are gradu- ally replaced by relation-concepts, and a hierarchy of laws, stating invariant relations in terms of mathematical functions, occupies the place formerly held by a hierarchy of intrinsic qualities. The transition from Aristotle's physics to Galileo's and Newton's physics is marked by this change in the conceptual framework of science. Cassirer insists that there are guiding principles in arranging perceptual material, even on the pre-scientific level, principles which cannot be considered as inherent in the material j but this autonomy of form, this spontaneity of the mind, becomes ever more conspicuous and extensive as science advances. The totality of experience as it represents itself on any given stage of knowledge is not a mere aggregate of data of perception} it has a complex and intricate structure which constitutes its unity. But this coherence of the body of knowledge established at a given time does not exhaust what we mean by "unity of science." There is, moreover, a "dynamic unity" of scientific procedure. The dynamic unity becomes manifest in the very process of the reconstruction of scientific systems. Even if we change most general principles like those of Newton's mechanics , which we avoid as long as less incisive changes in the theory can restore its agreement with the results of observation, we do not alter the fundamental form of experience, nor break the con- tinuity of inquiry. This is seen when we consider that the new system is supposed to yield solutions of problems that emerged within the frame of the old system, but could not be solved there. It would indeed be impossible to demonstrate the ad- vantage of the new system, unless there were invariant stand- ards of comparability. These standards are the fundamental THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 191 invariants of experience; to make them explicit is the main ob- jective of critical (transcendental) philosophy, which, accord- ingly, may be regarded as the general theory of the invariants of experience. If we say that knowledge of these "logical invariants" is knowledge a priori y this should not be taken to mean that it is prior (in time) to experience. It only means that these "logical invariants" are implicitly presupposed in any valid statement about facts. That is why the notion of space, but not that of color, is considered a priori in Kant's theory of knowledge; space is indeed an invariant for every physical construction; color is not. IV When Cassirer laid down these views in Substance and Function and supported them by a thorough analysis of mathe- matical and physical terms, as they emerged in the historical development of these sciences, Einstein's Special Theory of Relativity had only recently been developed and the General Theory had not yet been formulated. Cassirer's analysis of physical concepts in this work is therefore confined to classical physics in the strict sense. But soon after the General Theory of Relativity had been well established, Cassirer extended his analysis to both the Special and the General Theory. 6 The geometry underlying Einstein's General Theory of Relativity is Riemannian geometry, which is a "Non-Euclid- ean" geometry. The Euclidean parallel postulate is replaced in it by the postulate that no "straight line" (geodesic) can be drawn through a given "point" which is "parallel" to a given "straight line." Still Euclidean geometry remains applicable in the "limiting case" of weak gravitational fields, like that of the earth, where the "curvature of space," determined by the strength of the gravitational field, comes close to zero. (Eu- clidean space is then interpreted as the space of zero-curvature.) The establishment of Einstein's theory had been considered by empiricist philosophers as a death-blow to Kant's doctrine. * Cf. Einstein's Theory of Relativity. (The authorized English translation of this work from the pen of Cassirer is printed as a "Supplement" pp. 347-45 6 in the Swabeys' English rendition of Substance and Function; Open Court, 1923.) 192 FELIX KAUFMANN They claimed that his whole system breaks down with the col- lapse of one of its chief pillars, the aprioricity of Euclidean geometry. Is this claim well founded? Even when Gauss, Lobachevski, Bolyai, and Riemann first constructed systems of non-Euclidean geometries without, how- ever, applying them to physical science, it had been maintained that such systems are in conflict with Kant's philosophy. Yet this view was certainly wrong. What had been demonstrated by the non-Euclidean geometries provided it could be shown that they were free from contradictions was only that the Euclidean postulate is not an analytical consequence of the other postulates; but Kant had never maintained that a system of geometry different from Euclidean geometry is self-contra- dictory. Rather he had, in distinguishing the synthetic a priori from the analytical a priori, precluded such a view. Kant did maintain that Euclidean geometry is a priori for physics; and this statement cannot be squared with Einstein's General Theory of Relativity. But it is another question whether this fact and the fact that space and time cannot be isolated in Einstein's theory so that they apparently lose their physical objectivity undermines the roots of Kant's doctrine. Cassirer submits that either of these facts leaves the funda- mentals of critical philosophy untouched. In support of this view he offers a penetrating analysis of the meaning of "physi- cal objectivity," which he prefaces by a declaration of the partial independence of the epistemologist from the scientist. The epistemologist is bound to accept scientifically established facts and laws, and these delimit indeed his universe of discourse; but he is not bound to accept the scientist's interpretation of these facts and laws in general philosophical terms, such as the term "objectivity." The main reason why the epistemologist is not bound to accept the scientist's interpretation is that analy- sis made by the former reaches beyond that of the scientist. Each answer, which physics imparts concerning the character and the peculiar nature of its fundamental concepts, assumes inevitably for epistemology the form of a question. When, for example, Einstein gives as the essential result of his theory that by it "the last remainder of physical objectivity" is taken from space and time . . ., this answer of the THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 193 physicist contains for the epistemologist the precise formulation of his real problem. What are we to understand by the physical objectivity, which is here denied to the concepts of space and time? To the physicist physical objectivity may appear as a fixed and sure starting-point and as an entirely definite standard of comparison; epistemology must ask that its meaning ... be exactly defined/ We arrive at such a definition by clarifying the function of the notion of objectivity in physical inquiry. Similar considerations apply to Kant's doctrine that Euclidean geometry is the one a priori true geometry. We are no longer concerned with what space "is" and with whether any definite character, whether Euclidean, Lobatschefskian or Rieman- nian, is to be ascribed to it, but rather with what use is to be made of the different systems of geometrical presuppositions in the interpretation of the phenomena of nature and their dependencies according to law. 8 We could say that Euclidean space was indeed a priori for Newtonian physics, since Euclidean geometry is presupposed in it, whereas, by this very token, Riemannian space is a priori for the General Theory of Relativity. This interpretation seems to be in harmony with Einstein's view, lucidly expressed in his lecture on Geometrie umd Erfahrung? Kant, on the other hand, held undoubtedly that Euclidean geometry would have to underly physical science at any stage of its development, and this view was mistaken. But to concede this is not to admit that Einstein's General Theory has refuted the fundamentals of Kant's transcendental method. This method can be upheld after it has been freed from some time-bound limitations. Commenting upon Cassirer's argument I would suggest that aprioricity in a more incisive sense could be claimed for some topological properties of space. Hermann Weyl has made the point (in his remarkable Philosophie der Mathematik und Naturwissenschajt [Munchen, 1927], 97) that the number four of the dimensions of the space-time continuum is a priori 7 Einstein* 's Theory of Relativity, (Swabey tr.) 356. 8 /^.,439. 'Berlin, (1921.) 194 FELIX KAUFMANN in Kant's sense. This would imply, it seems to me, that the four-dimensionality of space-time is implicitly presupposed in perceptual experience perceptual experiences being located in four-dimensional space-time so that it could never be refuted by perceptual experience. This interpretation is in harmony with Kant's general conception of synthetic a priori as per- taining to the form of experience; and it is, moreover, sup- ported by modern psychological analysis of the structure of perception. When Einstein's Special and General Theories had been firmly established, they were first regarded as a revolution in physics, rendering the fundamental notions and principles of classical physics obsolete. But Einstein himself has always stressed the continuity of the process of inquiry leading to this theory; and nowadays his theory is considered the perfection of classical physics rather than its destruction. But the second great event in twentieth century physics, the emergence of quantum physics, is taken to be more truly revolutionary, and to impose on us a revision not only of fundamental physical notions, but also of philosophical categories, particularly of the category of causality. Here, then, seems to exist an even deeper cleavage between the Kantian theory for which Newton's magnum of us represented the "fact of science" and a theory of knowledge which is in conformity with modern physics. But even in this case we are cautioned by Cassirer against assuming that the transcendental method has been rendered obsolete by recent developments in physics. He discusses quan- tum physics in his Determinisnws und Indeterminismus in der modernen Physik a work which offers perhaps the most accomplished elaboration of his theory of science. It is essential for the transcendental method, Cassirer points out, that it deals not directly with things but rather with our empirical knowl- edge of things, more precisely with the form of experience. Kant agrees with Hume's critique of the notion of causality 10 Determinismus und Indeterminismus in der modernen Physik. (Sub-title: Historische und systematische Studien zum Kausalproblem.) Goteburg (1936). THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 195 inasmuch as it established that there is no innate, self-evident idea of causality, no subjective necessity rooted in our mental organization which compels us to acknowledge a rigid causal nexus among phenomena. But Kant's epistemological analysis does not stop at this point, as did Hume's. Whereas he admits that the principle of causality does not enable us to state any specific physical law, he vindicates this principle as a "postulate," as a "regulative principle" of science. It is a statement of the resolution not to give up the search for causes and to strive to- ward an ever more comprehensive system of knowledge, a resolution which is basic for scientific inquiry. Cassirer is, of course, fully aware of the fact that Kant had not been quite consistent in the development of this idea, that he had, in the "Analogies of Experience," offered a "deduc- tion" of the principle of causality. But this, Cassirer declares, is one more point where we have to understand Kant better than he understood himself, if we are to be true Kantians. We have to follow him only so long as he does not part with his own professed principles, the principles of the transcendental method. The preceding remarks should not create the impression that Determinism and Indeterminism in Modern Physics is pri- marily concerned with a defense of Kant's transcendental method. This is by no means the case. The object of this book is rather a reconsideration of the structure of physical science in the light of the development of quantum physics. one of Cassirer's most important points is the distinction between three types of statements in physics, viz., a) statements of the results of measurements (Massaussagen), b) laws, c) prin- ciples. This distinction was suggested by Russell's theory of types which had been established for the purpose of pre- cluding the emergence of antinomies in logic and Cantorian set theory. The theory of types is governed by the so-called Vicious Circle Principle: "Whatever includes all of a collection must not be one of the collection," which "enables us to avoid the vicious circles involved in the assumption of illegitimate totali- ties." 11 Cassirer's hierarchy of types of physical statements is u Whitehead-Russell, Prmcipia Mathematka, Vol. I, 40. 196 FELIX KAUFMANN meant to preclude similar predicaments in the analysis of em- pirical science. Concerning (a): Statements of the results of measurement are attained by transposing reports of sensory experiences into determinations in terms of numerical relations. These "state- ments of the first order" are singular propositions. They relate to definite space-time points. Concerning (b) : Realization that physical laws are a distinct type of physical statements implies rejection of the sensation- alists' view most vigorously defended by J. S. Mill that a physical law is but an aggregate of particular truths, and that "all inference is from particulars to particulars." This view has always been one of the chief targets of Cassirer's criticism. Time and again he has pointed out that it is not in accordance with actual scientific procedure and that the great scientists of the modern age, from Galileo on, were fully aware of the hetero- geneity of fact-statements and laws. A law is a hypothetical judgment of the form: "If x then y;" it does not connect single magnitudes with definite space-time points; rather it refers to classes of magnitudes, classes which have an infinite number of elements and are thus inexhaustible by simple enumera- tion. 12 Concerning (c) : The distinction between fact-statements and laws had been widely recognized before; but the difference be- tween laws and principles had remained almost unnoticed. Whereas facts are brought into a definite order by laws, the laws themselves are integrated into a higher unity by principles, such as the principle of the conservation of energy or the prin- ciple of least action (which is the most general of all physical principles). The three types of statements may be differentiated in a formal way by calling them, respectively, "individual," "gen- eral," and "universal." In defending the tripartition against the tendencies (repre- sented by Mill) toward levelling down these distinctions, Cas- sirer makes an interesting remark which indicates his attitude M Determinismus . . ., 5 iff. THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 197 toward "dogmatic empiricism." "The defect of dogmatic em- piricism," he points out, does not consist in its attempt to link all knowledge to experience and to recognize nothing but experience as a criterion of truth, but rather in its failure to go far enough in the analysis of experience, in its stopping short of a clarified notion of it. It is not infrequently a vague assumption of continuity that leads to this attitude; empiricism refrains from strictly separating the various stages of knowledge in order to be able to develop them from each other. But this development is deceptive, if one seeks to understand it as a mere reproduction of similarity. Somewhere in the process of knowledge we must acknowledge a genuine "mutation" which leads to something new and independent. 13 The failure of dogmatic empiricism to give a proper account of the practice of physical inquiry becomes most obvious in an analysis of statistical laws which latter have gained an ever higher significance since Gibbs' and Boltzmann's foundation of statistical mechanics. Boltzmann's kinetical theory of gases interprets the physical properties of a gas, such as its density, its pressure, its specific heat, as resultants of the movements of its molecules} but it does not attempt to determine the move- ments of each single molecule. Some hypothetical assumptions concerning statistical averages, for instance average velocity, are made, and the behavior of the gas is explained in terms of these hypotheses. It is clear that such a procedure cannot be interpreted as an inference from particulars to particulars, as Mill and his disciples would have it. There is one more methodological conclusion which we may draw from Boltzmann's theory, a conclusion which provides a cue to the philosophical interpretation of quantum physics, namely that physics does not attempt to answer every "Why- question" 14 which may possibly be asked, and that its success is largely due to this self-restraint, and to a selection of problems in accordance with certain regulative principles of inquiry. Having realized this, we shall no longer maintain that Hei- senberg's principle of indeterminacy, which occupies a central "Ibid., 132. 198 FELIX KAUFMANN place in quantum physics, means a complete break with the fundamental ideas of classical physics. Heisenberg's principle states that the precision in determining simultaneously two "conjugate magnitudes," such as the position and the velocity of an electron, is limited by Planck's constant h. In the older (un- critical) view, which interpreted electrons as "material points," pre-established thing-like entities, this principle seemed to in- volve sceptical resignation, the acknowledgment that the finite human mind cannot trespass certain boundaries. Critical analysis, however, reveals that the traditional formulation of these "insoluble problems" is inadequate, and that the pertinent arguments of the sceptics lose their point as soon as we formu- late the problems adequately. We have to dispose of the idea that a material point is a pre-established entity, existing inde- pendently of the relations into which it may enter, and to realize that "material point" is defined in terms of the system of these relations. Cassirer points out that there is no basic difference in this respect between the notion of a "material" physical point and the notion of an "ideal" mathematical point. In the so-called axioms of geometry, a mathematical point is "implicitly defined" in terms of a system of formal relations. "Material point," on the other hand, is implicitly defined in terms of a system of relations which we call a physical theory. Hence "material" points are intellectual constructs, as are "ideal" geometrical points j and the demand that "absolute" locations should be assigned to them is as illegitimate as would be the corresponding demand for geometrical points. VI We have already mentioned that Cassirer's analysis of physi- cal theories is performed with the purpose of corroborating his thesis that the decisive stages in the advancement of science are marked by a progressive emancipation from "naive" realism, which starts from a conception of things-in-themselves and interprets knowledge as a conformity of our thoughts with those pre-established "objects." Each new stage in scientific progress is characterized by a specific type of "objectification," by the creation of new scientific objects, represented in the symbols of the language of science. All of Cassirer's elaborate and en- THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 199 lightening interpretations of scientific theories are but so many variations of this central theme. The same is true of his analysis of mathematical concepts. A substantial part of Substance and Function is devoted to this analysis. Russell's Principles of Mathematics had, at the time, been published only a few years before, and Whitehead- RusselPs Principa Mathematica had not yet appeared. The number of mathematicians and philosophers engaged in work- ing on problems of the "foundations of mathematics" was still small. This situation changed rapidly during the following two decades. Principa Mathematica demonstrated what can be achieved in the way of a unification of logic and mathematics j Hilbert took the final step in the "formalization" of mathe- matics, and Brouwer advanced his criticism of the application of the principle of excluded middle, a criticism which seemed to affect not only Cantor's set theory, but large sections of classical mathematics. Spirited controversies between logicists (Russell), formalists (Hilbert), and intuitionists (Brouwer) ensued and attracted wide attention j and it was generally assumed that basic philosophical issues were at stake. However, there were only a small number of philosophers who were prepared to face the difficulties in studying the rather "technical" books and papers in the field. Cassirer was one of those few. In chapter IV of Part III of the third volume of his Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen (1929) he offers a well-considered interpretation of some of the major pertinent problems, an accomplishment which de- served more attention than it has actually received. Philosophers should be grateful to him for his placing these problems in their proper historical setting. And they should, moreover, find some of his critical remarks apt and incisive. I, for one, have no doubt that he is right in rejecting i) Russell's reduction of the number concept to the class concept, 2) Brouwer's (and Becker's) interpretation of the role of time in mathematics, and 3) Hilbert's philosophical interpretation of his formaliza- tion of mathematics, according to which the visible marks as such would be the object of mathematics. 15 Each of these points 18 The present writer came to similar conclusions, in a book, Das Unendliche in 200 FELIX KAUFMANN is of major philosophical significance. Russell's way of relating the class concept to the number concept is closely linked with his sensationalist and nominalist view concerning universals. Brouwer's emphasis on the time factor in mathematics (and his demand for actual construction in mathematics) raises the basic issue of the meaning of possibility (which is indeed the prob- lem of universals seen from another angle). And Hilbert's interpretation of his formalization involves the same problem. Cassirer never tires of stressing that we have to interpret "reality" and "experience" in terms of "possibility", though there is no "realm of possibilities" beyond experience. He analyzes mathematical systems, for instance those of different types of geometry, in order to make it clear that they do not contain any assertions about "real" things or facts, but deal with pure possibilities. These possibilities cannot be derived from sense perception. "Experience as such does not contain in itself a principle for the production of such possibilities, its role is confined to a selection among them in the application to given concrete cases. Its real accomplishment consists in determina- tion rather than in constitution." 16 one could say, using a metaphor taken from the language of chemistry, that sense experience has essentially a 'catalytic' function in the develop- ment of the theories of the natural sciences." 17 Sense experience is indispensable for the process of forming exact concepts, but it is no longer contained as an independent ingredient in the product emerging from this process, in the scientific concept. And the process of establishing scientific concepts, which is a process of objectification, has its own immanent principle of development. Each subsequent (higher) stage of development terminates the earlier stage, but it assimilates rather than ex- terminates that earlier stage. 18 A striking example is the prog- ress from Newton's system to Einstein's Special Theory and General Theory of Relativity. der Mathematik und seine Ausschaltung, which appeared shortly after the publica- tion of Cassirer's work. * Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen, Vol. Ill, 487. "Ibid., 485. 18 Hegel expresses this view by using the word "aufgehoben," which may mean cancelled (abrogated) or "preserved." THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 201 VII Each stage of obj edification is represented by a specific sys- tem of linguistic symbols. But this fact must not be interpreted as a creation of concepts (meanings) by words, as radical nom- inalists would have it. The meaning is the nuclear point, the true wpd-rcpov <pucret. However we should not regard the word as a mere appendix to the concept, it is rather one of the most important means for the actualization of the concept, for its separation from the "immediately given." Hence linguistic signs are indispensable in the process of objectification,'and it is proper to approach the theory of knowledge from the angle of an analysis of scientific language. But in doing this we should bear in mind that the theory of knowledge is not the whole of philosophy, and that the activity of the scientist is not the only nor the first attempt of man to transform a chaos of immediate experiences into a cosmos. The symbolism of scien- tific language is therefore not the only symbolism a study of which is required for an understanding of the nature of man, who should be defined as an animal symboUcum rather than as an animal rationale It is the task of systematic philosophy ... to grasp the whole system of symbolic forms, the application of which produces for us the concept of an ordered reality, and by virtue of which subject and object, ego and world are separated and opposed to each other in definite form, and it must refer each individual in this totality to its fixed place. If we assume this problem solved, then the rights would be assured, and the limits fixed, of each of the particular forms of the concept and of knowledge as well as of the general forms of the theoretical, ethical, aesthetic and religious understanding of the world. Each particular form would be "relativized" with regard to the others, but since this "relativization" is throughout reciprocal and since no single form but only the systematic totality can serve as the expression of "truth" and "reality," the limit that results appears as a thoroughly immanent limit, as one that is re- moved as soon as we again relate the individual to the system of the whole. 20 The three volumes of Cassirer's Philosophic der symbolischen 19 An Essay on Man (1944), 26. w Einstein's Theory of Relativity, (Swabey translation), 447. 202 FELIX KAUFMANN Formen (summarized in his Essay on Man) represent a re- markable contribution towards this goal. The chief critical outcome of this approach is a refutation of sensationalism as well as of dogmatic realism. Cassirer realized that such a refuta- tion, in order to be fully convincing, must start at the level of sense-perception. We shall conclude our brief outline of Cassirer's epistemology by referring to his important study "The Concept of Group and the Theory of Perception," 21 which suggests a mathematical interpretation of some of the results of Gestalt psychology, and contains a devastating criticism of the traditional sensationalist theory of perception, according to which perception is merely a bundle of sense-impressions. This doctrine, Cassirer points out, has been definitely shat- tered by physiological and psychological research initiated by Helmholtz's and Hering's investigations. There is first of all the established fact of perceptual constancy involving both color constancy and constancy of spatial shape and size. A sheet of paper which appears white in ordinary daylight is recognized as white in very dim light as well ; a piece of velvet which looks black to us under a cloudy sky looks also black to us in full sunshine} a piece of paper which looks blue to us in daylight looks blue also in the reddish-yellow light of a gasflame. Con- sidering that every change of illumination is accompanied by a modification in the stimulation of the retina, we realize that these facts cannot be squared with the sensationalist's theory of perception, which claims that the stimuli are simply "copied" in perception. We have to admit, on the basis of this evidence, that the stimuli are transformed in a certain direction. Experiments concerning perceptions of shape and size lead to similar conclusions. When an object is moved away from our eyes, the images on the retinae become smaller and smaller. Nonetheless, within certain distances, the perceptual size of the object is constant. Variations of shape, which result from the fact that a figure is turned out of the frontal-parallel position, 21 This article appeared first in French in the Journal de Psychologle (1938), 368-414. It was recently translated into English by Dr. A. Gurwitch and published in Philosophy and Phenomenological Research, Vol. V (1944-45), 1-35. THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 203 are also "counterbalanced" by the eye to a high degree, so that we perceive the figure in its "true" shape. What is meant by this "truth" a kind of truth which seems to contradict the objective facts, the real conditions of physical stimulation? In raising this question, psychological inquiry comes close to the fundamental epistemological problems of the theory of perception, even though it may try to confine itself strictly to empirical observation. 22 The theory of knowledge has to take account of the fact that "we do not merely re-ac? to the stimulus, but in a certain sense act 'against' it," and thereby accomplish a "transforma- tion." This fact gives rise to the question whether the group concept, the nuclear concept in the mathematical theory of transformations, can offer a clue for an interpretation of the phenomena of perception. Group theory, which has developed in the last hundred years into one of the most important mathematical disciplines, has also substantially contributed to a deeper understanding of the nature of mathematics, and particularly of geometry. A group (as defined by Lie and Klein) is a system of unique operations A, B, C, . . . so that from the combination of any two operations A and B there results an operation C which also belongs to the totality: A B = C. The system must contain the Identity Element which, when combined with any other element, leaves this other element unchanged. Furthermore, there must be an inverse operation S" 1 established for any given operation S, such that S" 1 cancels out (reverses) Sj and finally, the associa- tive law A (BC) = (AB) C must hold. Now it has been defi- nitely established in F. Klein's famous "Erlanger Program of 1872" that the geometrical properties of any figures are com- pletely describable in terms of group theory. Our familiar metrical Euclidean geometry is a member of a family of geom- etries, each of which investigates the invariant properties of a particular group. The groups may be classified in an order of increasing generality. We arrive from metrical geometry successively at affinitive geometry, projective geometry, and topology (analysis situs} by considering movements with re- 204 FELIX KAUFMANN spect to ever wider "principal groups of transformations." With every extension of the "principal group" some distinctions which could be made in a geometry corresponding to the nar- rower principal group disappear. Thus the distinction between circles and ellipses disappears in affinitive geometry} all kinds of conic sections (circles, ellipses, hyperbolae, parabolae) be- come indistinguishable in projective geometry, and as we come to topology we can no longer differentiate between any figures that may be derived from each other by continuous reversibly unique distortions. Helmholtz was the first to attempt an application of group theory to an investigation of the phenomena of perception. But this approach could not stand up under experimental tests. Since that time the psychology of perception has made great strides, particularly through the work of the Gestalt psycholo- gists (Wertheimer, Kohler, Koffka, Katz, and many others) who followed a trend of thought suggested by Ehrenfels. Gestalt psychologists have performed systematic studies of in- variances of perceptual experiences with respect to certain kinds of variations in the stimuli. It is characteristic of phenomenal forms ($haenomenale Gestalten) that their specific properties remain unchanged when the absolute data upon which they rest undergo certain modifications. Thus a melody is not sub- stantially altered when all of its notes are subjected to the same relative displacement j an optical spatial figure remains approximately the same when it is presented in a different place or on a different scale, but in the same proportions. 23 These phenomena, Cassirer submits, are closely related to group theory. What we find in both cases are invariances with respect to variations undergone by the primitive elements out of which a form is constructed. The peculiar kind of "identity" that is attributed to apparently altogether heterogeneous figures in virtue of their being transformable into one another by means of certain operations defining a group, is thus seen to exist also in the domain of perception. This identity permits us not only to single out elements, but also to grasp "structures" in perception. To 28 W. Kohler, Die fhysischen Gestalten in Ruhe ttnd im stationary Zustand, (1920), 37, quoted by Cassirer in Ibid., 25. THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 205 the mathematical concept of "transformability" there corresponds, in the domain of perception, the concept of "transposability." 24 However, we must not interpret this correspondence as an identity. There is no complete invariance of phenomena of perception with respect to such variations as mentioned above. Gestalt psychologists have fully recognized that we should speak of more or less effective tendencies toward invariance, the degree of effectiveness depending on various factors of which we have to take account in describing a perceptual field. Wert- heimer has, accordingly, introduced the concept of "Gestalt dispositions," by which he understands tendencies toward "laws of organization" of the perceptual material. It could not escape Cassirer's attention that these results of modern psychology square well with Plato's conception of the relation between perception and thought. Moreover, he em- phasized that they vindicate some basic ideas of Kant's concern- ing the function of imagination which Kant had laid down in the Critique of Pure Reason (chapter on Schematism) and in the Critique of Judgment. But the most obvious philosophical conclusions to be drawn from these psychological results is the untenability of the sensationalist's interpretation of percep- tion as a process of mere reproduction. Considering that this interpretation is at the very heart of the sensationalist doctrine, it is difficult to understand how this doctrine should be able to continue to have any influence after its lifeline has been cut. VIII Brief and fragmentary as our presentation of Cassirer's con- tributions to the theory of knowledge had to be, it has, I hope, brought into sharp focus the guiding principles of his analysis of cognition. This should enable us to determine in a broad way the relation of his teachings to other contemporary philosophi- cal doctrines. Although he is inclined to stress points of agreement rather than points of disagreement, and generously acknowledges merits even where he disapproves, Cassirer makes it unmistak- ably clear that he is strongly opposed to uncritical realism and 25. 206 FELIX KAUFMANN sensationalism. Moreover, he rejects all varieties of transem- pirical metaphysics j philosophy is, to him, as it was to Kant, analysis of experience. He combats "atomism" wherever he finds it and endorses a coherence theory of truth which bears some resemblance to HegePs pertinent views ; but he would not accept the chief tenets of the doctrines of Bradley and other neo-Hegelians, who claim that the real subject of a judgment is the Absolute, and that our particular judgments are inconsistent. Can it then be said that Cassirer is a "positivist" who dis- poses of metaphysical sentences as meaningless pseudo-state- ments? We should hardly expect a historian of philosophy, who has taken so much pains in interpreting the teachings of the great "metaphysicians" of the past, to endorse this view without qualifications. Although he concedes that metaphysical sentences are not meaningful at face value, he insists that they can be transformed into meaningful sentences by interpreting onto- logical principles as regulative principles of cognition. "What metaphysics ascribes as a 'property to things in themselves now proves to be a necessary element in the process of obj edifica- tion." 25 This way of dealing with metaphysical doctrines had been established in Kant's "Transcendental Dialectics," and the philosophers of the Marburg school have consistently followed this clue. It would be a good thing for the more uncompromis- ing anti-metaphysicians to give this Kantian and neo-Kantian approach a second thought. Desirable as it is to get rid of pseudo-problems, we should, in disposing of them, be careful lest we pour out the baby with the bath. Cassirer took issue with this cavalier way of treating meta- physical doctrines in one of his later works. 26 There he quotes with approval a statement made half a century ago by the great physicist Heinrich Hertz, which was aimed at the anti- metaphysicians among his fellow-scientists. "No consideration which makes any impression on our mind can be disposed of by labeling it as 'metaphysical j' every thinking mind has needs 88 Substance and Function. 303^ 26 Axel Hagerstrom: Eine Studie zur schwedischen Philosofhie der Gegenwart THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 207 which the natural scientist is wont to call 'metaphysical'." Heinrich Hertz was anything but a metaphysician j his great work, Die Prinzfyien der Mechanik, from which the sentence quoted above is taken, has indeed more definitely disposed of the "metaphysical" concept of force than any preceding treatise on physics. But he realized that the attempts of scientists to- wards making their fundamental notions clear frequently stop short of the level of clarity that can be reached if clarification of meaning is made the primary objective of inquiry. That's where the philosopher steps in, but in doing this he has to be constantly on his guard against hasty interpretations of scien- tific findings which seem to lend support to his specific doctrine. It is shown by the record that scientists who become philoso- phers in their leisure hours are hardly less exposed to this danger than professional philosophers, though in a slightly different form. Whereas their accounts of the work accomp- lished in their own field are usually accurate, they are prone to exaggerate the range of applicability of their methods to other domains of inquiry and, consequently, to underrate the significance of other methods. But we should gratefully ac- knowledge the fact that a number of prominent scientists like Helmholtz, Mach, and Poincare who discussed the "founda- tions" of their sciences, have offered most valuable aid to phi- losophers in their attempts to grasp thoroughly the methods of science. Ernst Cassirer used this help to the best advantage. There is one more point to be made in this context. The fact that the process of clarification is carried farther by philosophers than by scientists, qua scientists, may be stressed by saying that philosophical analysis penetrates deeper than scientific analysis. Understood in this sense, the statement is legitimate. But it should not be taken to imply that the "realm" of scientific knowledge is strictly separated from the "deeper realm" of philosophical knowledge, and that the scientist qua scientist and the philosopher qua philosopher have to refrain from crossing the borderlines. This view, which may be historically linked to the medieval doctrine of the twofold truth, has been defended more or less explicitly by prominent contemporary philoso- phers and scientists, such as Whitehead, Eddington, and Jeans, 208 FELIX KAUFMANN but it is certainly not endorsed by Cassirer. He holds that the scientist can in principle never go too far in the process of clarification of his terms and methods, and that the philosophers can never come too close to the scientist's work. Cassirer's "scientific attitude" and his familiarity with mod- ern mathematics and physics represents no minor link between his teaching and the doctrine of logical positivism, which has so emphatically stressed this attitude and so thoroughly ana- lyzed the principles of mathematics and natural science. 27 This affinity became even greater as logical positivism gradually freed itself from vestiges of sensationalism, which were largely due to the influence of Mach and Russell. But there are im- portant doctrinal differences which should not be overlooked. The logical positivists are radical anti-metaphysicians in the sense described above. They regard ontological statements as altogether meaningless and seek to eliminate them by a logical analysis of language} whereas Cassirer transforms them into regulative principles of inquiry. Another point of difference is Cassirer's rejection of "physicalism," (radical behaviorism), which has for some time prevailed among logical positivists. But it should be noted that the leading philosopher of the group, Rudolf Carnap, has, in the last decade, modified his physicalistn to an extent which comes close to its complete abandonment. 28 There is, moreover, the issue of the universals which divides the two doctrines. Cassirer is clearly opposed to nominalism, whereas the logical positivists are among the staunchest nomi- nalists in contemporary philosophy. Cassirer's "conceptualistic" view is well expressed in the following sentence: 29 That the general birch-tree "exists" can only mean that what is to be 27 Philipp Frank, one of the leading members of this group, is basically in agreement with Cassirer's interpretation of quantum physics and considers his philosophical work as a whole as a (highly welcome) symptom of a "disintegrating process inside of school philosophy." See his discussion of Cassirer's Determinismus und Indeterminismtts in der modernen Physik in his volume, Between Physics and Philosophy (Cambridge, 194.1), 191-210. 88 1 have discussed this change in Carnap's view in Ch. XI of my Methodology of the Social Sciences, New York, (i 944) . * Axel Hagerstrb'm, 5 1 . THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 209 stated by it is not a mere name, not simply a flatus vocis; the statement is meant to refer to relations of the real. We express by the notion "general birch-tree" merely the fact that there are judgments which do not refer to this or that here and now given birch-tree, but claim to apply to "all" birch-trees. I can uphold this logical participation, this [XTet of the particular in the general, without transforming it into an ontological statement in which two fundamental forms of reality are posited. In the paper mentioned above, Philipp Frank quotes Jacques Maritain as saying "that the aim of the Vienna circle and of the whole movement of logical empiricism was to 'disontologize science'." 30 We might say with equal right that one of the aims of Cassirer's theory of knowledge is to disontologize philosophy without destroying it. IX The relation of Cassirer's philosophy to pragmatism in gen- eral, and to Dewey's instrumentalism in particular, might, at first glance, seem to be more remote than its relation to logical positivism, and to imply a larger number of conflicting tenets. But this cannot be unreservedly maintained. The neo-Kantian- ism of the Marburg school is, indeed, in some important re- spects closer to pragmatism than to logical positivism. We shall confine ourselves to a brief comparison between Cassirer's and Dewey's theories of knowledge and make the point that some striking differences between their doctrines are less funda- mental than one might suppose them to be. Dewey's philosophy, it might be suggested, is through and through naturalistic; Cassirer's philosophy, on the other hand, is through and through idealistic. We are thus confronted with two diametrically op- posed philosophical approaches. But such an interpretation is all too facile, and cannot bear closer examination. We should be aided in a more thorough appraisal of the relation between the two philosophies by con- sidering their historical settings. Dewey, as well as Cassirer, was profoundly influenced (though in a different way) by Kantian and Hegelian teachings} and both were also under the impact 90 Between Physics and Philosophy, 195. 210 FELIX KAUFMANN of the naturalist-empiricist reaction to these teachings. Each of the two men was too penetrating a thinker to ignore the strong points in either of the conflicting philosophical trends. It is, of course, undeniable that Dewey broke determinedly away from the Hegelian tradition and rejected in unambiguous terms Kant's apriorism and dualism (as he saw them) j whereas Cassirer considers himself as a faithful, though not orthodox, follower of Kant, and to some extent, even of Hegel. Quite a number of doctrinal differences, which should by no means be minimized, can be historically interpreted in terms of this split. But we have to ask whether the split goes to the roots, whether it leads to opposite theoretical or practical conclusions. We might look for a clue to an answer to this question by considering the manner in which our two philosophers deal with the notions of "development" and "progress." When Cas- sirer uses these terms, we are reminded of Aristotle's entelechy and self-perfection, of Leibniz' monads, and of Hegel's dia- lectical movement of the objective mind. When Dewey uses these terms, one is under the spell of Darwin's Origin of Species. We know that the effect of this shift in meaning from spiritual development to biological evolution can be tremen- dous. It is apt to lend support to a transvaluation of traditional values and to the irrationalism of a Nietzsche, Pareto, Sorel. But we know as well that Dewey is most vigorously opposed to these irrationalist tendencies, and shall therefore not conclude that an irreconcilable conflict between the two doctrines is proved by a pragmatic test. Since we cannot thoroughly under- stand diversities unless we are able to grasp the underlying identities, we shall start by referring to the common features of the two doctrines. First of all, they are close to each other in the professed aim of their theories of knowledge, which is to clarify the basic principles of scientific inquiry. Consequently, they are opposed to any interpretation of philosophy, according to which philoso- phy could and should "legislate" to science. Moreover, they agree that one should rather define "(factual) truth" in terms of knowledge, as outcome of inquiry, than knowledge in terms of "truth." Both philosophers reject the correspondence theories THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 211 of truth as proposed by realists and by sensationalists, e.g., Bertrand Russell. They endorse a coherence theory of truth, where "coherence" is not understood as mere consistency of the body of established knowledge, but interpreted in terms of the principles of empirical procedure. Linked with this point is the conception of inquiry as a process which is guided by a set of "postulates." Kant's regulative principles as interpreted by the Marburg school, are not very different in function from Peirce's and Dewey's leading principles though the latter are more flexible and the resemblance between Cassirer's and Dewey's reinterpretations of traditional epistemological contro- versies in terms of such methodological principles is sometimes striking. These considerations should suffice for a rejection of the view that Cassirer's decidedly idealistic approach is diametric- ally opposed to Dewey's decidedly naturalistic approach. As a matter of fact, we need not go very far in the study of Dewey's work to discover that his naturalism is heavens apart from those crude types of naturalism which would "reduce" human ac- tivity to behavior of inanimate bodies. I do not see why Cassirer should have had to take issue with a naturalism which is characterized as follows: The term "naturalistic" has many meanings. As it is here employed it means, on one side, that there is no breach of continuity between operations of inquiry and biological operations and physical operations. "Continuity," on the other side, means that rational operations grow out of organic activities, without being identical with that from which they emerge. 81 Nor was he bound to have any substantial objections to Dewey's outline of the "cultural matrix of inquiry" in the third chapter of the Logic (and in earlier works), which might well have led to the definition of man as a symbol-making animal, as sug- gested by Cassirer. Yet there are indeed incisive differences between the two doctrines which have direct bearing upon methodological is- sues. We shall briefly examine two of them. The first relates "Dewey, Logic: The Theory of Inquiry^ i8f. 212 FELIX KAUFMANN to the problem of the nature of meanings. While Dewey is not an extreme nominalist, he is much closer to nominalism than Cassirer, even though Cassirer is as little a conceptual realist as was Kant. 32 Dewey treats comprehension of meaning and sensation on an almost equal footing. Immediate experience of both types is taken to be preliminary} it indicates a problem, but it cannot by itself establish knowledge. only in its proper setting within the context of empirical inquiry is such experi- ence conducive to knowledge. Cassirer would endorse this view as far as sensation is concerned. This tenet is indeed as essential in his philosophy as it is in Dewey's. But he would not accept the view that comprehension of meaning is in a similar sense controlled by empirical inquiry as is sensation. He would, moreover, insist upon a sharp differentiation between verifies de raison and verites de fait, and, accordingly, upon the autonomy of pure logic and pure mathematics. Although I am in agreement with Cassirer on this issue, I think that in another respect Dewey's theory of inquiry is su- perior to Cassirer'sj namely, in its analysis of scientific testing. one might be tempted to emphasize this point by declaring that Cassirer's interpretation of science is static, whereas Dew- ey's approach is dynamic. These terms are indeed suggestive of an important difference between the two approaches, but they should not mislead us into conceiving of Cassirer as an orthodox disciple of Parmenides. He realizes as well as any pragmatist that scientific inquiry is a potentially endless self-correcting process 5 but (like the classical economist) he focuses his atten- tion upon states of equilibrium, where the material of avail- able perceptual experience is "absorbed" by theoretical systems. Dewey, on the other hand, concentrates upon the processes that emerge from (particular) states of disequilibrium indeter- minate situations and lead to the attainment of new equilib- ria (determinate situations). And he deals more thoroughly with the conditions of "warranted assertability," with the criteria for the distinction between warranted and unwarranted asser- tions. The analysis of warranted assertability is intimately con- 18 See $ufra, i89f, 208 f. THEORY OF SCIENTIFIC KNOWLEDGE 213 nected with the problem of determining the relation between propositional meaning and the criteria of verification of propo- sitions (the so-called truth-conditions). Cassirer's discussion, in his Erkenntnisproblem, of Kant's criticism of the ontological argument gives some hints as to where he stands on this issue; but I do not think that it suffices for a full understanding of his position. This problem is as actual in contemporary theory of knowledge as was the problem of the relation between essence and existence in Greek and medieval philosophy j and I would even submit that it is a "modern" version of this time-honored metaphysical issue. As such it is closely linked with the peren- nial problems of matter and form, which are a leitmotif throughout Cassirer's work. It would be a rewarding task to compare Cassirer's general treatment of these problems with their treatment in HusserPs phenomenology. But in making such an attempt I should have to overstep the boundaries of space allotted to me and the limits of my assignment, and I am too well aware of Heraclitus' warning to venture this. I shall therefore confine myself to the remark that HusserPs approach to the problems of matter and form 33 is rather different from Cassirer's approach, which is more in line with the classical interpretation of matter as both a challenge and an obstacle to the 'forming' activity of the mind. In the General Introduction to The Library of Living Phi- losophers y the editor resumes F. C. S. Schiller's question: "Must philosophers disagree?" When one studies Ernst Cassirer's work, which sheds a flood of light on different philosophical aspects with a view towards synthesizing them, one feels that disagreement among philosophers need not persist unabated. FELIX KAUFMANN GRADUATE FACULTY NEW SCHOOL FOR SOCIAL RESEARCH 88 In the sth and 6th of his Logische Untersuchungen, in the Ideen, in Formale und transcendental* Logik, and in Erfahrung und Urteil. 5 Dmitry Gawronsky CASSIRER'S CONTRIBUTION TO THE EPISTEMOLOGY OF PHYSICS CASSIRER'S CONTRIBUTION TO THE EPISTEMOLOGY OF PHYSICS MO OTHER epistemological problem has caused philoso- phers and scientists as great a headache as the application of mathematics to the cognition of real things. Mathematics and material things seem to belong to two quite different worlds mathematical concepts, relations, and laws reveal such an absolute precision and necessity, two qualities, these latter, which do not exist in the same form in the world of reality. The geometrical straight line, for instance, is physically a quite im- possible concept: first, because this line consists exclusively of one dimension and, not having any thickness, could not be represented by any really existing thing; and, secondly, it is conceived as a form which has absolutely no curbs or bends, and this, again, is a physical impossibility. one could argue that the concept of straight line is given us even if not in a perfect, then at least in an approximative form by real things, for instance by a straight slender stick. Yet, this argument is hardly sound; first of all, this slender stick is not just a gift of nature, but had been manufactured by man who was guided in this job by his idea of a straight line; and, secondly, even if by some miracle such a rod could be found in nature, even then it could be transformed into an exact mathematical concept only through an infinite process of attenuation and straightening, whereby the straight line itself, as the limit of this infinite proc- ess, would always be present in our mind as a directing and controlling prototype. The more obvious it becomes that mathematical concepts and real things belong to two different spheres, the more diffi- cult grows the question: how is it possible that even the subtlest and most complicated mathematical relations and laws find 217 218 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY their successful application to the world of reality? only two directly opposite philosophical tendencies naive empiricism and absolute idealism avoid with ease this epistemological difficulty; but they both do it at the cost of even greater diffi- culties. Empiricism locates the source of mathematical notions and conceptions in the sphere of real things, without being able to explain satisfactorily their absolute validity and necessity, the infinite character of their methods of construction and cal- culation. And absolute idealism does exactly the opposite: in its mystical belief in the infinite power of human reason, it regards all real things as derived in all their qualities and func- tions from this reason; it disregards the simple fact that reason may be largely instrumental in the understanding of the uni- verse. At the same time, the conception that reason "creates" the universe is overbearing and ridiculously false. Plato's idealism reveals its close connection with Orphism in its conception of the Idea as a prototype of which real things endeavor to partake; and it discloses the same exaggerated be- lief in the power of the human mind in its ethical teaching of virtue as the knowledge of good. Yet the revival of Platonism in modern times struck deep roots in the realm of exact knowl- edge and influenced decisively the founders of exact science: Copernicus, Kepler, and Galileo. The problem of knowledge ceased to be the concern of pure philosophy only the great men of science felt keenly the desire to elucidate this problem and to understand the very nature the principles, the methods, the attainable goals of the creative work they were doing. Exact science, this rewriting of nature in mathematical letters, became now a crucial test of man's successful mental conquest of nature, and this fact induced Ernst Cassirer to devote a large part of his research to this field of human knowledge: only in exact science in its progress which, despite all vacillation, is continuous does the harmonious concept of knowledge ob- tain its true accomplishment and verification; everywhere else this concept still remains only a demand." 1 To this problem the contribution of exact science to epis- 1 Ernst Cassirer, Das Erkenntnisproblem in der Philosofhie und Wissenschaft der neueren Zeit. Vol. I., p. 1 1 . EPISTEMOLOGY OF PHYSICS 219 temology Cassirer devoted constant and assiduous study throughout his entire life. He first approached the problem from the historical point of view he showed how slowly and painfully the scientific notion of nature detached itself from purely mystical and metaphysical conceptions. Even Coperni- cus, who methodically controlled and reversed immediate sen- sory impressions by mathematical reasoning and proceeded upon the principle "Mathemata mathematicis scribuntur? introduced aesthetic motives into his demonstrations and regarded, for in- stance, our sun as the center of the entire universe, since no other place would be more suitable to its dignity and majestic brilliancy. It was Leonardo da Vinci who freed exact science from all arbitrary elements and waged a systematic battle against all attempts to introduce spiritual causes into the explanation of physical phenomena. (Only mathematics, every concept and law of which is permeated by the spirit of absolute necessity, is able to provide us with an adequate basis upon which to build our knowledge of nature.) Kepler already had gone so far as not only to recognize clearly both sense impressions and intel- lectual concepts as fundamental sources of our knowledge of nature, but also to emphasize their thorough and organic in- terrelation. According to him, perception incites and controls our reasoning and is a genuine and reliable beginning of our knowledge; but all this only because it contains though in a hidden and obscure form elements of intellectual concepts and mathematical relations. All these basic tendencies were decisively deepened and en- larged by Galileo. He, too, recognized sense impressions as a fundamental source of our knowledge; yet for him these im- pressions did not remain in the realm of individual perceptions rather they acquired the form of organically unified experi- ence, founded upon and formed by mathematical concepts and laws of absolute necessity. Truth is what is organically con- nected with the whole of experience, what belongs to this whole as a consistent part of it; and the knowledge of any single fact is only possible by way of studying its relations to the totality of known and established facts. 220 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY The second generation of great scientists Huyghens, Boyle, and Newton showed much less interest in general episte- mological problems and tried primarily to purify and clarify their experimental methods. They tried to avoid all general concepts and theories and they went so far in this direction that as Goethe put it "they expressed the clear intention to observe natural phenomena as well as their own experiments separately, placing them side by side and without making any attempt to connect them somehow artificially with one another." Yet, continued Goethe, they put a firm trust in mathematics and stood in awe before the usefulness of its application to physics and thus, "while they tried to be on their guard with ideality, they admitted and kept the highest ideality." Those great scientists and especially the greatest of them, Newton de- veloped their mathematical methods to an amazing degree, methods which enabled them meticulously to control their experiments and to deduce from them exact and fundamental knowledge. Newton's purely mathematical and seemingly quite abstract concepts of "absolute" space and time, of force and movement, soon became the very foundation of all physical science. The basic epistemological problem the application of ideal concepts to reality attained, through Newton's pro- cedure, such a degree of precision that it soon became the focal point of an impassioned and prolonged controversy in which Clarke, Leibniz, and Euler played the leading part, and which so decisively influenced the young Kant that not only did New- ton's system become the very object of his theoretical philoso- phy, but Kant even tried to introduce Newton's methods into philosophy. In the first two volumes of his Erkenntnisproblem in der Philosophie und Wissenschaft der neueren Zeit Cassirer de- scribed and analyzed, step by step, the historical development of the struggle of human thought with this basic epistemologi- cal question} the same question lies at the core of his extended work, Substanzbegrif und Funktionsbegriff. In this book, how- ever, Cassirer's approach to the problem is different here he seeks the solution by a subtle analysis and systematic recon- struction of the whole complex of epistemological principles EPISTEMOLOGY OF PHYSICS 221 and methods. His first step is to show that a logical concept is never a simple summing up of qualities common to a certain group of similar things} before this summing up can take place the human mind must have the ability to establish in its con- sciousness such a grouping of similar things. This is done by a special mental process of identification which establishes a criterion. This process of identification, using any one particular as an instance which satisfi.es the conditions set forth by the criterion, collects a group of similar particulars, related to one another, and bound together by the criterion common to them all. The material of our perceptions can be formed and ordered in many different ways according to the criterion which is used in any single case; every given criterion forms a special series of perceptions in which a certain relation among the single ele- ments of this series prevails. This relation can be determined by the degree of similarity or difference among the successive terms of the given series, but it also can be determined by num- ber or size, by dimensions of space or time. This structure of concept as a succession of terms connected with one another by a certain criterion Cassirer named "func- tional" concept. Mathematical concepts are all of this kind what an integral number is can be understood only if this num- ber is regarded as a term within an infinite series where the relation of any two contiguous terms is that of n to n + 1 } negative, fractional, irrational and even transcendent numbers can be defined only as terms of infinite series whose structure is determined by certain rules, according to which all terms of these series are connected with one another and derived from one another. This holds true of all fields of mathematical science geometry and algebra, the infinitesimal calculus, quantum theory, and so forth. As Georg Cantor once said, mathematics is a free science, free in the sense that its concepts are neither de- rived from nor limited by the world of real things. Infinity is the very soul of mathematical concepts} and the law which determines the relation between single terms spreads endlessly in all directions and forms a perfectly harmonious system whose every term is bound by infinite relations to all other terms of the same system. 222 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY The concepts of mechanics reveal the same nature, the same inward structure as the mathematical concepts. Take as ex- amples the concepts of velocity as uniform and rectilinear motion, of uniform acceleration, of continuous space and of mass reduced to a point they all represent ideal constructions and criteria determining an infinite succession of forms, which can be derived from one another according to a constant rule. Yet, all these sharply and exactly formed ideal concepts not only help and further our knowledge of real things, but they actually constitute the very foundation of this knowledge. In order to understand this paradox one must ask himself the following question: what exactly is it to which we apply these ideal notions? Is it sensations, perceptions, or objects of the external world? The philosophy of critical idealism, whose basic tendencies Cassirer faithfully espoused and strongly developed throughout his life, gives the following answer: the primary stuff of our consciousness consists of disconnected, fluctuating, chaotic sensations, into which the human mind slowly and steadily brings regularity and order by connecting (and bind- ing) dispersed sensations and forming them into objects. It would be quite wrong to think that there exist two sharply separated realms the realm of sensations and the realm of objects and that the true goal of our knowledge consists in an unequivocal connection of sensations with the corresponding objects. The truth is that in the given form these two separated realms do not exist at all and that the actual process of our knowledge consists in something quite different. Take the simplest sensation, and you will find present in it already a considerable amount of objective elements. Modern psychology teaches us that an infant of six months, not yet able to distin- guish separate sensations from one another, is, none the less, already able to comprehend the expressions of his mother's face correctly, and consequently feels whether his mother is pleased with him or not. on the other hand, take any object, even a highly complex and well known one, and you will always find that some subjective impressions doggedly stick to it. What really and truly is going on in our consciousness is not a grasp- ing at objects but a continuous process of objectification the EPISTEMOLOGY OF PHYSICS 223 raw material of our sensations is gradually and systematically being worked over by the concepts and methods of our mind, is being formed and objectified; what we name "objects" are in reality nothing else but more or less advanced stages of this infinite process of obj edification. A completely finished object, one freed of all elements of uncertainty and subjectivity, can be given only as the ultimate result of the development of science, it is the infinite and final goal of human knowledge. And, conversely, our sensations are always, to a greater or smaller degree, imbued with elements of objectivity an abso- lutely pure sensation is only thinkable as the ultimate result of an endless process of subjectification. These considerations open the way toward the solution of our epistemological problem: the profuse and fruitful application of the ideal concepts of mathematics and mechanics to the world of real things. Now we can see just what made this problem so difficult: the primary separation into two different and inde- pendent worlds the world of ideal concepts and the world of real things is nothing more than a wrong presumption. Take, for instance, sudh a "real thing" as matter which sur- rounds us everywhere in such impressive quantities. Greek science first thought that matter was continuous substance; then it surmised that matter was of atomic structure. And now we know that matter is nothing but condensed energy and that this energy has miraculously enough an atomic structure! Our knowledge of the atomic bomb no matter how real and potent its destructive power may be is still only one, and by no means the final, stage within the infinite process of objectification; and our ideal concepts of mathematics and mechanics are the driving forces, which mold and regulate this process, which transform our sensations into more and more advanced stages of objectifi- cation. The intellect and its ideal concepts from the outset perform an organic and absolutely necessary function within this process no knowledge of real things would be possible without them. Guided by this conviction, Cassirer, in his book, Substanz- begrif und Funktionsbegrifi, unfolded step by step the syste- matic work of objectification performed by natural science and 224 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY showed the basic importance of some very complicated branches of mathematics, including the quantum theory. However, strangely enough, not once in this book did he mention the theory of relativity, although Einstein's first fundamental publication concerning this subject had appeared five years earlier and had aroused a truly sensational interest. In 1921, two years after Einstein's concept of the curvature of light (when it passes through a field of gravitation) was brilliantly proved by astronomical observations, Cassirer published a book- let on the theory of relativity. Yet even in 1910 Einstein's theory was already very much talked of, and that not merely in scientific circles, but everywhere and by everyone. Thus, there must have been some reasons for Cassirer's silence on relativity at that time, which should prove to be of great inter- est, if it could be discovered what "precisely" the reasons were. In his first publication on the theory of relativity, the famous "Elektrodynamik bewegter Systeme," (1905), Einstein, for the first time in the history of human thought, put the following question in so many words: We all know Newton's definition of "absolute, true, and mathematical time;" but in what way can this concept be applied to the world of real occurrences? Sup- pose, for some special purpose, we have to synchronize three watches one in New York, another in San Francisco, and the third halfway between them, say in Norfolk, Nebraska. The only correct way to do that would be to send, let us say at 12:00 P.M. sharp, a light signal from Norfolk to the two other cities, and when this signal would arrive in each of the two cities, the time on their watches should be put at 12:00 P.M. plus one hundredth of a second, since it would take the light signal that much time to reach those cities. This procedure seems to be quite correct and even matter-of-course; yet Einstein proved that it was incorrect, since it did not allow for the rotation of the earth. In our example the light signal would reach New York earlier than San Francisco, since New York would, so to speak, move to meet this signal, whereas San Francisco would, as it were, run away from it. Thus, concluded Einstein, time, within a given system, depends on whether this system is moving or not and if it is on the velocity of its movement. EPISTEMOLOGY OF PHYSICS 225 In a second example Einstein showed that there is only one way to measure the length of a moving object, namely, to use light signals and synchronized watches; but, inasmuch as syn- chronization of watches depends upon the movement of a given system, the length of an object must also depend on this move- ment. These two examples given by Einstein were so surprisingly novel, so impressive, so convincingly true that the attention of the scientific world was immediately focused on him. However, this was only the beginning $ he also discovered other most in- genious and important physical laws, as, for instance, the exact correlation between electric and magnetic fields, and, in particu- lar, the relation between mass and energy: E = mc 2 ; this formula was made so popular by the atomic bomb that one can now find it even in newspaper advertisements. The great authority of Einstein as a true genius of natural science was, thus, firmly and indisputably established. And yet: an objective study of the whole complex of Ein- stein's theories shows clearly that there is also another side to them and that Einstein's case at certain points repeats a phe- nomenon which is sometimes met in the history of natural science, namely, that a well recognized authority advances a theory which is obviously inconsistent and later may even be proved wrong. Yet such a theory may nevertheless be immedi- ately accepted and, supported as it is by the weighty name of its famous originator, it is likely to become a part of accepted science. The most striking example of this kind is provided by the physics of Aristotle: as late as in the seventeenth century the official doctrine in physics accepted Aristotle's thesis that the velocity of a falling object is proportional to its weight; viz., ten bricks tied together fall ten times faster to the earth than a single brick; or that a stone dropped on a moving ship from the top of a mast falls not to the base of this mast but into the water, an experiment Aristotle allegedly performed many times. So great was Aristotle's authority that the physi- cians among his followers implicitly believed his assertion that the heart is the center of the nervous system. Galileo tells us that ^t one time a human body was dissected in the presence 226 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY of a large group of Aristotelians and the dissection incontro- vertibly proved that it is the brain which is the center of the nervous system. Thereupon the spokesman of the Aristotelians declared: "You gave us such clear and evident proof, that, were it not asserted by Aristotle that the nerve-center lies in the heart, we would be forced to the admission that you are right." Yet, Aristotle is not the only great authority of whom this sort of thing is true. Other instances could easily be cited. But this is not the place for such however interesting stories. Something akin to it we find in some elements of Einstein's theory of relativity. Having proved that the necessity of using light signals for the measurement of time and space in moving systems is bound to influence the results of this measurement, Einstein, without reason or explanation, stops following up this absolutely correct and revolutionary idea and supersedes it by another explanation which is quite wrong: in a moving system the time and the length of objects change because the movement of a system influences the motion of watch mecha- nisms by slowing them down and influences the length of ma- terial objects by physically contracting them. This sounds so incredible that we must quote Einstein himself. "A balanced watch placed on the equator moves by a very small amount slower than an exactly identical watch would move under other- wise quite identical conditions except that it is placed at the pole." 2 In this quotation Einstein does not speak of the watch in general, but rather he stresses that it has to be a balanced watch. Why? Because, according to Einstein and his most famous followers, like, for instance, Max von Laue, only the balance wheel (this regulating gear of a watch), is slowed down by the velocity of the moving system to which this watch belongs. At once the question arises: And how about other kinds of timepieces which work without coiling spring and balance wheel, for instance, clepsydra or hourglass? Einstein did not think of them; yet he did think of the pendulum-clock, and therefore added the following words: a balance-watch "in * Einstein's "Elektrodynamik bewegter Systeme," reprinted in the Fortschritte der mathematmhen Wissenschaften, No. 2, p. 38. (Translation by the present writer.) EPISTEMOLOGY OF PHYSICS 227 opposition to a balance-clock which represents from the point of view of physics the same system as the terrestrial globe; this case has to be excluded," If what Einstein says here is true, then there is nothing easier than to avoid all complications by simply using pendulum-clocks exclusively, never the balance- watches j then the theory of relativity would not be a novel and revolutionary conception of time and space, but merely a ques- tion of using incorrect or correct technical instruments. Yet Einstein's attempt to make his theory dependent on the kind of timepieces used is just as strange and contains just as much truth as, for instance, the assertion that the validity of non- Euclidean geometry depends on the type of glasses a mathema- tician wears. Einstein's so-called special theory of relativity, the only one to which we are here referring, did not introduce any new mathematical formula; it was rather an attempt to give a new interpretation to the Lorentz-transformation, and the fallacy of Einstein's interpretation could not in any way invalidate the importance and fruitfulness of the Lorentz-transformation. Yet this fallacy of interpretation is the source of all the para- doxes and inconsistencies of Einstein's theory. Take, for instance, the so-called and very famous at that "paradox of the watch" which Einstein later expressed in the following drastic form: If we could put a living organism into a box and compel it to perform the same regular movements as a balance-watch does, then it would be possible to achieve that this organism would return to its starting place after as long a flight as you like and would not show any changes what- soever, whereas quite similar organisms which all this time stayed quietly in their place would be superseded by several consecutive generations. The long time which this journey lasted was for the moving organism not more than one single moment, provided only that it moved approxi- mately with the velocity of light. This is an inevitable consequence of our fundamental principles imposed upon us by experimental knowledge. 8 In reading these words one involuntarily thinks of what 'Einstein, "Die Relativitatstheorie." Vierteljahnschrift der naturforsckenden Gesellschaft, Zurich, Vol. 56, p. 12. (Translation by the present writer.) 228 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY Aristotle said after asserting that a stone, dropped on a moving ship from the top of the mast, falls into the water: "This experi- ment I performed several times." First of all, Einstein's allega- tion completely contradicts Einstein's own "fundamental princi- ple" of relativity. According to this principle, movement is always relative to some other system, and there is no way of ascertaining which of these two systems really moves and which is in the state of immobility, or which part of this relative move- ment is performed by either of these systems. Yet Einstein's example of a moving organism brings back the idea of absolute movement: the surviving organism was really in a state of motion, whereas the extinct generations were in a state of im- mobility. Furthermore, the assertion that time slows down under the influence of movement is quite wrong. If one follows up Einstein's brilliant example of the synchronization of three watches in three different cities, one finds the following phe- nomenon: so long as a watch recedes from the observer, the time on this watch appears to him as retarded; but the moment this watch begins approaching the observer, the time on it appears as accelerated in the same degree, and as an ultimate result there is absolutely no loss or gain of time. 4 Truth is always simple, understandable, impressive. This is the case with all elements of Einstein's theory which are veri- fiably correct. only those elements of Einstein's theory are difficult which are basically wrong. The famous originator of the quantum theory, Max Planck, once said of the theory of relativity: "It is hardly necessary to emphasize that this novel conception of time puts the highest demands upon the power of imagination of a physicist and upon his ability of abstraction. Its boldness surpasses everything which previously had been accomplished in the speculative philosophy of nature and even in philosophical epistemologyj compared to it, non-Euclidean geometry is mere child's play." 5 It certainly was not Einstein's intention to enrich the "speculative philosophy of nature" with 4 See my booklet, "Der fkysikalische Gehalt der speziellen Relattvitatstheorie," Stuttgart, Engelhorns. 8 Max Planck, Acht Vorlesungen iiber theoretische Phy$ik t 1910, p. 117. (Translation by the present writer.) EPISTEMOLOGY OF PHYSICS 229 his theory ; he is a great physicist, and some parts of his theory will probably live forever in the science of men; but the in- correct parts of his theory belong nowhere, not even to specula- tive philosophy. It is most interesting to observe in what manner Cassirer, in his booklet, 7,wr Einstein* schen Relativitatstheorie, deals with the theory of relativity, this amazing combination of profound truths and striking inconsistencies. Cassirer knew Einstein per- sonally and, as he tells in the preface to his booklet, showed the manuscript to Einstein before having it printed. In the whole booklet one does not find one single word of criticism or doubt; at the same time, only those elements of Einstein's theory are discussed which are undoubtedly fruitful and true. Cassirer regards the theory of relativity as one link in the long chain of scientific and philosophical development, as an important con- stituent in the whole structure of epistemology. He starts with the general problem of measuring and shows that it is the first step to the objectification of our sensations, their transformation into elements of scientific experience. Our methods of measuring are always based upon some principles and axioms. one of these axioms always was that units of time, length, mass, are quite independent of whether they are applied in a moving or a motionless system. Einstein showed the incorrectness of this axiom by proving that these units themselves depend on the velocity of a given system. Cassirer does not at all discuss the question: What is the cause of this change? He does not even mention Einstein's explanation according to which even uniform and rectilinear motion physically affects the mechanism of a watch, an explanation which, by the way, directly contradicts Galileo's and Newton's principle of inertia. In order to explain the crisis into which science was thrown by the negative result of Michelson's experiment, let me use the following imaginary example: an observer on a highway sees an automobile moving with the velocity of a hundred miles per hour; at the same time he sees a plane flying in the same direction with the velocity of three hundred miles per hour; the observer does not doubt for a moment that if the passen- gers of the car compared their velocity with the velocity of the 230 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY plane they would find a difference of two hundred miles. How greatly amazed one would be, if he were told that in relation to him the plane still flies at the velocity of three hundred miles! Einstein's method of solving this difficulty was the following: he showed on the examples of synchronization of watches and measuring of length within a moving system that both operations could be performed only with the help of light signals; and then he said (not literally, to be sure): You see, our units of time and length are not at all as matter- of-course as we used to think of them; they are rather uncertain, they change along with the velocity of a given system, and, since this is the case, why should we not presuppose that the changes these units undergo are just big enough to explain the fact that our plane flies relatively both to the highway and to the speeding car with the same velocity of three hundred miles? one can hardly regard this as a solution to our problem, in- asmuch as the problem itself is simply transformed into a sup- position. At the same time Einstein's analysis of the problem of synchronization contains all the elements of the correct solu- tion. Yet, amazingly enough, he did not follow up the novel and most promising road he had himself discovered. But this method to transform the problem into a supposition Ein- stein used once more, when he replaced Newton's law of gravi- tation with a slightly different law of a very complicated mathe- matical structure. Newton derived his law of gravitation from Kepler's third law of planetary motion; this was a simple and most convincing demonstration of Newton's law. Einstein's procedure was different; he tried to construct a mathematical formula which had to satisfy the following conditions: to con- tain Newton's formula as first approximation and to produce the amount of the perihelion movement of the planet Mercury; it was an ad hoc formula, a transformation of a problem into a supposition. Cassirer does not criticize or reject this procedure; he gives a quite adequate description of it and introduces his own analysis with the following spirited words of Goethe: "The highest art in science and life consists in transforming a problem into a postulate; one gets through this way." But Cassirer does not EPISTEMOLOGY OF PHYSICS 231 dwell on this subject} whereas Einstein's conception of matter as condensed energy, this daring and practically most important of his theories, is discussed at great length. Cassirer shows that the entire history of physics had been dominated by a peculiar dualism in the apprehension of nature. Democritus introduced the concepts of the atom and of empty space as the only sources of physical reality. In the subsequent centuries this dualism transformed itself into the acceptance of pure form concepts (like space and time), on the one hand, and of substance con- cepts (like matter), on the other. Descartes was the first to attempt a unification of these two concept groups} by levelling any distinction between them he dissolved, as it were, the sub- stance of a physical object into a system of purely geometrical relations. Yet Cartesian physics proved to be ineffectual, and Newton refuted Descartes 1 physical theories and went back to the old dualism of space as a kind of a vessel and of matter as substance contained in it. Faraday was the first to bring about a new conception of matter, by advancing the theory that matter consists of lines of force, that it is nothing but a spot within a field of force. This theory stirred up a strong development of the so-called "field-physics," which did not accept the existence of matter and space as two separate factors, but regarded matter as an "offspring of field." Einstein's theory of relativity repre- sents the last link within this development} it does not accept space, time, matter, and force as independent factors, but re- gards the physical world as a four-dimensional multiplicity. Along with this new conception of the world another historical development has been brought to its conclusion. Leibniz already had completely dissolved matter into force, yet he retained a distinction between two kinds of forces, "active" and "passive" forces. Einstein's theory brings about the ultimate fusion be- tween the two fundamental principles of modern physics the principle of the conservation of mass and the principle of the conservation of energy. The qualitative difference between matter and energy disappears entirely. This method is typical of Cassirer's treatment of Einstein's theory the historical continuity of scientific thought appears clearly and convincingly in Cassirer's argumentation. The prin- 232 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY ciples of physics introduced by Galileo and further developed by Newton are only confirmed and enlarged in the theory of relativity. And since Cassirer, with his keen sense of con- sistency and exactness of scientific truth, concentrated his atten- tion only on those elements of Einstein's theory which are correct and fruitful, Cassirer acquitted himself of this task most brilliantly. He does not mention with even one single word Einstein's assertion that uniform and rectilinear movement influences a watch mechanism and slows it down, or that this movement keeps a living organism indefinitely alive, or that there is a basic difference between a balance-watch and pendu- lum-clock. only one of Einstein's assertions is casually men- tioned by Cassirer, despite the fact that it definitely belongs to the group of erroneous elements within Einstein's theory. I am referring to Einstein's assertion (repeated several times by himself, and many thousands of times by his followers) that Euclidean geometry loses its validity within a system which is in a state of motion, even of uniform and rectilinear motion. Take, for instance, the ratio of the circumference of a circle to its diameter (pi); it changes its value within such a moving system, it becomes smaller, according to Einstein. Why? The reason, says Einstein, is quite simple. If you have a rotating disk, then, since all moving objects become shorter in the di- rection of their movement, the circumference of this disk will be smaller than the circumference of the same disk in the state of immobility, and the corresponding ratio will drop below pi. This whole argument is entirely wrong $ and the fact that so many earnest scientists willingly accepted it is very strange indeed. This is such a striking example of mass-suggestion (not to say gullibility) in the field of "exact" ( ! ) science that it is worth while to dwell a bit more upon this subject. In order to prove that moving objects become shorter in the direction of their movement, Einstein invented a very ingenious example which, when adapted to American geography, might take the following form: suppose that an immensely long air- ship of approximately 3000 miles in length is flying in west- east direction over American territory, with one end over San Francisco and the other end over New York, just at the moment EPISTEMOLOGY OF PHYSICS 233 when we are trying to find out the precise length of this air- ship. There is only one way to do that, namely, to notice, at precisely the same moment, both ends of the airship, one in San Francisco and the other in New York, and then figure out the distance between these markings. For this purpose we must have perfectly synchronized watches placed in both cities. Yet this is impossible, as we have already seen the watch in San Francisco will be slower than the watch in New York; there- fore we shall be marking the rear end of the airship later than the front end, and the airship will consequently appear to us to be shortened. Very well. But now suppose that two airships move simultaneously, but in opposite directions is it not abso- lutely clear that in this case the second ship will appear longer in exact proportion as the first ship will appear shorter? Thus, if you take a rotating disk, you will have to admit by the same reasoning that, since the two halves of its circumference always move in opposite direction, one half shortens in exactly the same proportion in which the other half lengthens 5 the effect of rotation is neutralized, pi remains absolutely unchanged, and there is no reason whatsoever to dethrone Euclidean geometry on this illusory ground. During the last years of his stay in Germany Cassirer devoted increasingly more time to the study of the quantum theory, and when, in the spring of 1933, he decided to leave Germany, he went to Switzerland and there he wrote the first draft of his Determinismus und Indeterminismus in der modernen Phystk. This book was his last major contribution to epistemology and to the philosophy of natural science. The subsequent years of his life, with their frequent peregrinations and changes of place of activity, deprived him to some degree of the steady tran- quillity which was so favorable to his assiduous work. Besides, the new social phenomenon which suddenly appeared on the stage of history and at once began threatening the future of mankind totalitarianism based upon and supported by the fanaticism of deceived masses moved Cassirer to transfer the center of gravity of his studies to the problems of social science. Quantum theory and the theory of relativity are the two outstanding: achievements of theoretical phvsics in the last half- 234 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY century. Yet, how different was their ultimate fate! Max Planck was compelled to advance his incredible and almost incompre- hensible conception that energy has a discontinuous structure and consists of elementary quanta, of which all other amounts of energy are multiples, since otherwise it was impossible to ex- plain the peculiar and quite "unclassical" manner in which energy is radiated by a black body. From the outset it was obvious that here a perfectly new and truly revolutionary principle was being introduced into physics. Yet Planck tried by every means to retain the continuity of scientific thought and was only willing to admit the quite "inevitable deviation from the laws of electrodynamics in the smallest possible degree. Therefore, as far as it concerns the influence of a radiation field upon an oscillator, we go hand in hand with the classical theory." 6 Which means that Planck, although accepting energy quanta for the radiation, still retained the point of view of classical physics upon the absorption of energy by an oscillator. From the very beginning Planck based his theory strictly upon experience and experiment, and his hypothesis, despite its breath-taking character, advanced therefore from one great triumph to another, never meeting with any serious opposition. The road of the theory of relativity was quite different. Ein- stein made a great discovery by recognizing the decisive role the light signals play in the measuring of time and space ; this discovery was in perfect harmony with the Galileo-Newtonian mechanics} it was a correct and most important materialization of their general concepts of time and space. Yet, instead of con- tinuing this line of development, he made a quite inconsistent and "anti-classical" supposition to the effect that uniform and rectilinear motion influence the mechanism of a balance-watch. This was a violent and quite unwarranted break with classical mechanics. And the paradoxes involved in the suppositions of a living organism surviving in a fraction of a second several consecutive generations of its kind, or of a rotating disk invali- dating Euclidean geometry, helped to create such an unsound 9 Max Planck, Vorlesungen iiber die Theorie der W armestrahlung y 3rd Ed. p. 148. Quotation taken from Cassirer's book, p. 136 (Translation by the present writer) . EPISTEMOLOGY OF PHYSICS 235 sensation around this theory that it slowly became even a political issue the reactionaries were against it because of Ein- stein's Jewish lineage, and the communists were for it because of the "revolutionary spirit" of this theory. A line of cleavage in the field of science which is nothing short of scandalous. But now back to Cassirer's book, Determinismus und Indeter- minismus. Cassirer's first step consists in the analyzing of the factual procedure of physics, of the concrete way in which it achieves its knowledge of nature. He distinguishes three different forms of assertion within the physical sciences, three basically differ- ent stages on the way towards the obj edification of our "world of sense" into the "world of physics." The first form of physi- cal assertions Cassirer calls "judgments concerning measure- ment" the data of our perceptions are gradually transformed, with the aid of concepts of measurement and of number, into more and more objectified assertions. The sensibility of our organs of perception is superseded by the sensibility of our physical instruments. In this way the material of our knowl- edge has increased tremendously and the horizon of reality has been widened in all directions. This enriched material of our experience becomes the basis for the next step, for its unifica- tion and systematization with the help of natural laws; Cassirer called this stage of objectification "assertions about laws." These laws combine smaller or larger groups of facts into one single formula. Yet our science does not stop here} it is not satisfied with unification of innumerable facts through a limited system of lawsj it constantly explores the possibility of unifying these laws, of connecting them with one another and sometimes de- riving them from one another. This endeavor characterizes the third stage of objectification which Cassirer calls "assertions of principles." Thus, D'Alembert's "principle of virtual displace- ment" made possible the unification of statics and dynamics under one and the same system of mechanical laws; and the principle of conservation of energy builds bridges connecting all branches of physics. Yet human thought does not confine itself to these three stages of physical knowledge it belongs to the very essence of 236 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY the human mind to continue the search for ever more and more general laws and principles, and it finds such in the systems of mathematical, logical, and epistemological concepts. The law of causation belongs to the system of epistemological concepts; it does not contain any assertion about this or that special occur- rence in nature; it only asserts the thorough and consistent uni- formity of all natural events and of nature as a whole. Every single law of nature may some day turn out to be incorrect, even the sunrise in the morning; yet, even if this event should occur, one thing will be absolutely certain: there will be some cause for that event. Without this law of causation no natural laws, and, therefore, no human knowledge is possible. The law of causation was always regarded as the main pillar of the classical physics. But when the development of the quantum theory convincingly revealed its fundamental differ- ence from the classical physics, there appeared a tendency within this theory to break even with causality and to replace the classi- cal determinism with a modernized form of indeterminism. This attack upon the law of causation has been launched by some physicists mainly from the following point of view: the first point of view is based upon a statistical interpretation of quantum theory it operates only with immense numbers of elementary particles of electricity and denies the possibility of a precise description of the conditions of single elements within a given system; only laws of probability can be applied to such systems, only statistical results can be obtained by these laws there remains, therefore, no place for causation within these systems. It is with ease that Cassirer uncovers the fallacy of this point of view. Statistical results, he points out, very often have the character of strict necessity; the only condition being that they must not be arbitrary or incoherent, but based upon laws. The kinetic theory of gases is the best example of how statistical methods and laws of probability lead to strict uniformity and, therefore, to a complete vindication of the law of causation. The second point of view which has led to the denial of causality is more radical, even if not so well founded. This attack is led by the well-known physicist and Nobel prize- winner Heisenberg and is based upon his principle of "uncer- EPISTEMOLOGY OF PHYSICS 237 tainty" or "indeterminacy." All elements of physical observa- tion and experiment are given to us, says Heisenberg, not in the form of absolutely exact knowledge, not as Kantian trans- cendent "things-in-themselves" rather they are the results of our instruments of measurement and depend strictly on the delicacy of these instruments. But this quite matter-of-course fact leads us within the quantum theory to the following 'pe- culiar paradox: suppose that an observer has the task of deter- mining exactly the position and the velocity of an electron; in order to do that he must irradiate this electron and put it under a microscope 5 the experiment shows that the shorter the waves of light are which we use for this irradiation the more exactly can the position of this electron be determined ; but at the same time the electron, as a result of the "Compton-effect," changes its velocity, and this change is the greater the shorter are the waves of the irradiating light. Thus, concludes Heisenberg, it is quite impossible simultaneously to perform an exact measure- ment of both the position and the velocity of an electron, since the more exact one measurement is the more uncertain the other one becomes. Heisenberg's conclusion is: "Thus quantum me- chanics has definitely established the worthlessness of the law of causation." It is almost incredible how many serious scientists have been influenced by this conception of Heisenberg's. A new wave of mass-suggestion was on the verge of submerging a large num- ber of physicists people who by the very virtue of their pro- fession should be fairly rational. Cassirer's attempt to combat this contemporary aberration in science was quite timely, there- fore. His method of demonstrating the erroneousness of Hei- senberg's deduction was as simple as it was convincing. He showed that Heisenberg, in order to demonstrate his "principle of indeterminacy," at every step applied the very same law of causation which he tried to disprove with the help of these "uncertainty relations." Take, for example, the "Compton- effect," upon which Heisenberg's demonstration rests; the im- pact between light quanta and electrons makes an application of the law of causation and yields experimental results strictly in accordance with this law. 238 DIMITRY GAWRONSKY Cassirer died less than four months before the first explosion of the atomic bomb proved to the entire civilized world the great danger which lies in the mere development of exact science: it releases forces too powerful to be controlled j it makes man so powerful that the very existence of mankind appears to be endangered. This dark prospect reminds us of the philo- sophical thesis Cassirer defended and developed all his life that scientific progress is only beneficial for man in so far as it is supported and guided by equally as vigorous progress of man's ethical, spiritual, cultural, and social life. DIMITRY GAWRONSKY NEW YORK CITY 6 Harold R. Smart CASSIRER'S THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS CASSIRER'S THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS IN AN important article in Kantstudien (XII, 1907), en- titled "Kant und die moderne Mathematik," Cassirer makes an assertion which throws much light on his theory of mathematical concepts. He declares that "it cannot be denied that c Logistik' [i.e., symbolic or mathematical logic] has revivi- fied formal logic, and . . . nourished it anew with the life blood of science." And this development, he continues, is of great sig- nificance with respect to Kantian doctrines. Although it is cer- tainly true that symbolic logic "can never supplant or replace 'transcendental' logic," it is equally certain that formal logic as thus rejuvenated "offers more pregnant suggestions and affords more trustworthy 'guiding threads' than Kant possessed in the traditional logic of his time." This statement clearly foreshadows one of the principal tasks Cassirer set himself early in his career, which he has attempted to carry through by means of his profound and criti- cal study of the history of mathematics in its relations both with philosophy and with the other sciences, from the earliest times down to the immediate present. That it is a truly formidable undertaking thus to seek to preserve and reinterpret the tran- scendental logic of Kant in such a way as finally to bring it into good and fruitful accord with recent tendencies in formal sym- bolic logic and mathematics, will readily be admitted. Indeed, it is not going too far to say that most authorities would at the very outset declare that purpose to be one which could not possibly be realized 5 so far apart are Kantian doctrines at least as usually presented and those of most contemporary logicians and mathematicians, that, like oil and water, they simply cannot be made to mix. 241 242 HAROLD R. SMART Did not Kant firmly declare that concepts without percepts are empty ; was it not his settled doctrine that mathematical judgments are synthetic a priori; did he not maintain, at least in the "transcendental aesthetic," that mathematics is possible as a science only because space and time are pure forms of intui- tion or pure intuitions} was it not in particular his thesis that mathematical inference proceeds by means of Constructions' which must be either directly intuitable in actual space, or clearly imaginable? Taking these and kindred doctrines into account, is it not the consensus of authoritative commentators that Kant deceived himself both in underestimating the revo- lutionary character of his contributions to logic, and in cherish- ing the belief that the validity of the main tenets of formal logic was unimpaired thereby? And finally, do not contempo- rary symbolic logicians and mathematicians, with one unani- mous voice, sharply oppose every one of those typical Kantian doctrines and assertions? Initially improbable though success in such a venture might seem, however, Cassirer does not shrink from facing coura- geously all of the tremendous difficulties it involves; and what- ever may be one's final judgment in the matter, all hands will readily agree that, quite apart from his success or failure in this particular regard, his own positive doctrines stand forth as of intrinsic worth on their own account. It soon becomes clear, indeed, to Cassirer's readers, that one has to do with no slavish disciple of any of the traditional lines of thought. The historical and critical studies so assiduously pursued are by no means ends in themselves, but serve rather as most carefully selected source material for constructive philosophical undertakings of the most significant and original sort. Such being the case, it is to be expected that the materials supplied in this way will be handled with the greatest freedom and boldness, and that, as finally presented, Cassirer's doctrines will frequently diverge more or less widely from their anterior sources of inspiration. Take, for example, the concept of number the concept which Cassirer significantly declares to be not merely basic to the special science of mathematics but "the first and truest THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 243 expression of rational method in general." 1 Although critics frequently charge Kant with basing this concept upon the pure intuition of time, this is true, so Cassirer avers, only in so far as time appears as "the type of ordered sequence" as such. In Kant's own words, the pure image ... of all objects of the senses in general is time. But the pure schema of quantity, in so far as it is a concept of the understanding, is number, a representation which combines the successive addition of one to one (homogeneous). Thus number is nothing but the unity of the synthesis of the manifold of a homogeneous intuition in general a unity due to the fact that I generate time itself in the apprehension of the intuition. 2 As Cassirer sees it, however, further development of this doctrine has followed two very different directions, the one emphasizing the active 'understanding' and the process of creative synthesis, the other stressing the passive 'sensibility' and irrational intuition. The latter alternative is that adopted, for example, by most varieties of empiricism, and by intuitionism, and it naturally conforms best to the traditional formal logic of the generic concept i.e., the logic which regards the concept as a common element abstracted from a class of particulars. 8 Against all three of these lines of thought empiricism, intuitionism, and the subject-predicate logic Cassirer brings to bear a devastating criticism, supported by profuse historical evidence. These his- torical and epistemological studies demonstrate convincingly that in terms of no one, nor of any combination of the three, can Kant's question as to the 'possibility' of the science of pure mathematics be answered at all satisfactorily. There remains, then, for further consideration, what Cassirer regards as the only other genuine alternative, namely the postulation of the creative synthesis of the pure understanding 1 Substance and Function, Eng. transl., 26. 8 Translation quoted from N. Kemp Smith's Commentary to Kant's Critique of Pure Reason^ 2nd ed., 129. Cassirer makes a similar gloss on Kant's notion of space with reference to geometry. 3 Philosophie der symbolischen Formen, Ch. Ill, 402!. 244 HAROLD R. SMART as the absolutely essential epistemological and logical prius, upon which the possibility of number in particular and of mathematics in general must depend. In Kantian language, the synthetic activity of knowing is a process of generating relations i.e., to know is to relate} and to relate, so Cassirer continues, is to introduce order into a 'manifold' or series; and serial order, in this precise sense of the word, finds its first and fundamental expression in the series of ordinal numbers. Logical or critical idealism maintains, in short, that there is nothing more ultimate for thought than thinking itself, and thinking consists essen- tially in the positing of relations (das Beziehungssetzen). From this point of view, Cassirer declares, "number appears not merely as a production of pure thought, but actually as its prototype and origin ... as the primary and original act of thought, " which all further scientific and logical thinking presupposes. 4 In this pregnant sense of the word, number is, indeed, the "schema" of serial order in general, the "ideal axis," so to speak, about which thought organizes its world. Pythagoreanism erred only in its too enthusiastic identification of number with the whole truth, with the entire system of ideal relations constitutive of reality. only "after we have conceived the plan of this system in a general logical theory of rela- tions," whereby the members of a series may be variously ordered for example, "according to equality and inequality, number and magnitude, spatial and temporal relations, . . . causal dependence," and the like can we ascribe to the several sciences their true epistemological import as so many progres- sively successful applications of this logical theory to the data of experience. 5 In further elucidation and development of this thesis which is perhaps more accurately and directly anticipated by the Cartesian-Leibnizian theory of a mathesls universalis than it is by the Kantian transcendental logic Cassirer refers, on the one hand, to the so-called calculus of relations as recently worked out by the symbolic logicians, and, on the other hand, to the relevant stages in the origination and subsequent history THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 245 of such basic mathematical concepts as those of number and space. The main purpose of the critical study of the history of mathematics is to illustrate and confirm the special thesis that ordinal number is logically prior to cardinal number, and, more generally, that mathematics may be defined, in Leibnizian fashion, as the science of order, Cassirer's readers do not need to be told how impressive in both amount and quality is the historical evidence he adduces in support of these tenets, nor how great is the skill with which he marshalls his interpretative expositions to the same end. As Cassirer is no doubt well aware, however, other authori- ties, among them some as critical of mere empiricism as he him- self is, differ sharply with this interpretation of the same historical data, and at least two other plausible alternatives have been ably presented, namely the exactly opposite thesis that cardinal number is logically prior to ordinals, and the perhaps even more inviting thesis that cardinal and ordinal are strictly complementary aspects of number, neither of which can claim priority over the other. Thus it seems rather unwise to place too much confidence in any one interpretation, unless indeed weighty evidence of another sort can be marshalled in support of one of the three, which cannot be matched in favor of either or both of the others. And of what sort can such evidence be? Not of any epistemo- logical variety, it would seemj for to ground an historical interpretation on an epistemological theory, and then to claim that the interpretation confirms the theory, is hardly justifiable at the bar of logic. As for the logical evidence, Cassirer himself concedes that order "does not exhaust the whole content of the concept of number. )>tt A "new aspect," he declares, "appears as soon as number, which has hitherto been deduced as a purely logical sequence of intellectual constructs, is understood and applied as an expression of flwratity" But when the question almost asks itself is it not so understood and applied? Certainly many unbiassed witnesses are prepared to answer, in no uncertain voice, that it functions 6 Substance and Function, 41. 246 HAROLD R. SMART in this sense from the very beginning. Nay, testimony on this point is well-nigh universal to the effect that 'in the beginning' was simple counting, a process resting directly on the concept of cardinal number. And, as far as contemporary logic is con- cerned, an able expositor of the doctrines of Principa Mathe- matica explains, in terms exactly matching those used by Cassirer, but having a precisely opposite import, that "two important concepts" essential to the formation of the series of ordinal numbers, namely 'o 5 and 'successor,' "introduce a new idea not used in the definition of cardinal number, namely the idea that the cardinal numbers form a discrete series of next successors beginning with o." 7 These comments are not offered, however, as by any means indicating a complete refutation of Cassirer's doctrines, but rather merely to reveal the diversity of views prevailing on this matter. Epistemological theories apart, it is tacitly admitted by all hands that cardinal and ordinal actually function, mathe- matically, as complementary to each other. In any event, Cassirer relies more heavily upon the aforementioned calculus of relations, than he does upon the historical evidence, in direct and positive support of his theory of the formation of mathe- matical concepts. For it is by means of this calculus, so he avers, that number can indeed be "deduced as a purely logical se- quence of intellectual constructs." More specifically, in the classification of relations into transitive, intransitive, symmetri- cal, asymmetrical, and so on, Cassirer sees, ready to hand as it were, the perfect instrumentality whereby "the more exact definition of what we are to understand as the order of a given whole" is to be attained. Prior to this development the basic thesis of critical idealism, namely that thinking consists in the positing or generating of relations, appeared as a bare epistemo- logical postulate, illustrated, and even, if you please, in a sense confirmed by the history of scientific thought, but all the while lacking its fundamental logical articulation, its systematic expo- sition and confirmation. In particular, to Bertrand Russell and his colleagues Cassirer gratefully attributes the epochal dis- T Eaton, General Logic, 468. THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 247 covery "that it is always some transitive and asymmetrical rela- tion that is necessary to imprint on the members of a whole a determinate order." 8 From this point of view, numbers ordinal numbers, that is stand forth as "a system of ideal objects whose whole content is exhausted in their mutual relations." In such a system, Cassirer maintains, the 'what' of the elements is disregarded, and merely the 'how' of a certain progressive connection is taken into account. Here, in short, is a general procedure which is of decisive significance for the whole for- mation of mathematical concepts. For whenever a system of conditions is given that can be realized in different contents, then we can hold to the form of the system itself as invariant, undisturbed by the difference of contents, and develop its laws deductively. 9 This state of affairs is as clearly evident in geometry as it is in the science of number. Mathematical space may be defined, in Leibnizian terminology, as an "order of coexistence." Geo- metricians may still talk of points, straight lines, and planes 5 but in the course of time these familiar objects have become divested of all intuitive content, and all connection between these elements is developed deductively from purely con- ceptual definitions. The relation expressed by the word 'be- tween,' for example, though seemingly possessing an irreducible sensuous connotation, has nevertheless been freed from this narrow restriction, and is now determined, mathematically, solely by means of definite logical prescriptions, which alone endow it with the meaning it possesses in the deductive pro- cedure of mathematics. In other words, according to Cassirer, it is always and everywhere "the relational structure as such," rather than any absolute properties of the elements entering into the structure, which constitutes the real 'object' of mathe- matical investigation. The particular elements entering into any deductive complex of relations, are not viewed according to what they are in and for themselves, but * Substance and Function, 38. 9 248 HAROLD R. SMART simply as examples of a certain universal form of order and connection; mathematics . . . recognizes in them no other 'being' than that belonging to them by participation in this form. For it is only this being that enters into proof, into the process of inference, and is thus accessible to the full certainty, that mathematics gives its objects. 10 Thus the fundamental work of the science does not con- sist, for example, in comparing, dividing, and compounding specific given magnitudes, but rather "in isolating the generat- ing relations themselves, upon which all possible determination of magnitude rests, and in determining the mutual connection of these relations." Although it may be true, psychologically speaking, that the meaning of a relation can only be grasped by means of some given terms which thus serve as its material basis, still (Cassirer insists) the logical import of the relation is wholly independent of any such origin, and is the resultant of a purely rational and deductive procedure. To put the point in terminology long since familiar to British and American philosophers, Cassirer apparently concurs in the doctrine that relations are prior to, and independent of, or 'external* to their terms. on the logical plane, therefore, it seems that Cassirer simply appropriates for his own purposes and construes in his own fashion that special portion of formal symbolic logic having to do with relations, in abstraction from other branches of the subject, towards which, indeed, he manifests, on occasion, considerable opposition. With respect to this state of affairs the following points naturally suggest themselves for discussion. The first of these points, put in the form of a question, is: What becomes of Kant's doctrine of the categories, in the light of the significance Cassirer attaches to the calculus of relations? Partly by explicit statement, partly by plain implication, the answer is that that doctrine is completely nullified. For, as a little reflection will suffice to show, it is quite impossible to reconcile the basic thesis of Kant's transcendental logic that the categories are functional forms of relationship immanent in scientific knowledge as embodied in synthetic judgments, with THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 249 the thesis advanced by Cassirer that the "generating relations" productive of "serial order" are logically prior to, and inde- pendent of their terms, and purely ideal in nature. This is, in short, entirely to abandon the Kantian conception of the a priori, and to revert, instead, to that of Leibniz. Now it would be a natural though a serious error to assume that this point concerns only students of Kant and Leibniz, and that it is without intrinsic importance for anyone who is simply trying to understand contemporary mathematics. For to follow Cassirer in this respect is definitely to play into the hands of those formalists who see in mathematics not a genuine science among others, but a mere extension and elaboration of formal logic is to rededicate oneself to that very abstract rationalism which Kant did so much to overthrow. In fact, it almost seems as if preoccupation with the sins and omissions of a one-sided empiricism had induced Cassirer, against his own better judg- ment, to adopt the opposite extreme, even in the face of Kant's convincing demonstration that such a one-sided rationalism is just as untenable. This interpretation of Cassirer's position gains further con- firmation by a closer examination of his attitude of acceptance towards the calculus of relations. In view of his just and pene- trating criticism of other parts and aspects of the doctrines of the symbolic logicians (to be touched upon later in this essay), his exemption of this particular calculus from the force of those criticisms can only be explained as due to certain inherently formalistic tendencies in his own thought. That is to say, it is not, in the last analysis, with abstract formalism in logic and mathematics as such, but rather merely with certain specific features and portions of that formalism, that Cassirer finds him- self in disagreement. Otherwise he would readily perceive, for example, that, since the calculus of relations is in many essential respects strictly analogous to the calculus of classes a fact to which attention is explicitly called by the highest authorities the charge of circularity which he so acutely brings against this latter calculus also applies, mutatis mutandis^ to the former. If the derivation of cardinal numbers from classes be condemned as circular reasoning, then, for strictly analogous reasons, the 250 HAROLD R. SMART derivation of ordinal numbers from relations must be circular also; and if, on the contrary, the latter can be successfully de- fended against such a charge, then, again for strictly analogous reasons, so can the former. 11 Since, however, Cassirer simply contents himself with laying down the general thesis, and no- where undertakes such an explicit derivation on his own account, it is impossible to justify this contention further by a critical study of details. What still further complicates matters here, and beclouds the specific issue in question, is the fact that Cassirer envisages the issue as one ultimately involving a conflict between "the logic of the generic (or class) concept" and "the logic of the relational concept." As he sees it, "if the attempt to derive the concept of number from that of a class were successful, the traditional form of logic would gain a new source of confirma- tion. The ordering of individuals into the hierarchy of species would be, now as before, the true goal of all knowledge. . . ," 12 But surely this antithesis between the two species of concepts is not as definitive as the preceding statement implies. As good a historian of science as Cassirer does not need to be told of the inherently important, if largely subsidiary, role which classifi- cation as a matter of fact does play, even in such an abstract science as mathematics. Granting that "the ordering of indi- viduals into the hierarchy of species" is not the "true goal" of any science, still it is quite impossible to deny that classification does represent a most useful and perfectly legitimate scientific procedure, or that it is explicitly recognized as such by scientists and logicians. If 'to relate/ in the widest possible sense of the word, be taken to mean what Kant meant by it, namely, not merely to establish order in a series, but, more generally, 'to organize into a system,' then may not a class be construed as a rudimentary kind of a system, and may not classification itself be looked upon as a kind of relating? For that matter, no small part of the business of the very calculus of relations itself con- sists in classifying relations into a hierarchy, and determining 11 See, on this whole question, the illuminating discussion, in Ch. V, of Lewis and Langford's Symbolic Logic. 12 Substance and Function^ 53. THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 251 the differentiae of the various species and sub-species of re- lations. Thus little indeed would be left of the calculus, if the 'logic of the generic concept' were to be rejected as entirely unsound. In view of such considerations, Cassirer will find many sup- porters for his strictures on the logic of the generic concept who will yet not feel inclined to follow him all the way in denying to it any epistemological value whatsoever and thus leaving the logic of the relational concept in sole possession of the field. But for students of Kant there is a still more fundamental con- sideration which may appropriately be emphasized here. From a strictly Kantian point of view, as Norman Kemp Smith well points out, 18 generic and relational concepts, as here defined, both refer to a distinction, not in the form, but in the specific content of knowledge. Just as a generic concept (or universal) expresses a common quality or qualities to be ascribed to each distinguishable element of a nexus of complex contents, so a relational concept (or universal) expresses relationships specified as holding amongst the elements severally. A category, on the other hand, is not a content of any sort, or any aspect of a content, but a general form of organization, a "function of unity," whereby contents are related in the judgment. No superficial verbal similarity turning upon the common use of the term 'relation' should be allowed to conceal the fact that Kant and the symbolic logicians are concerned with two vastly dif- ferent matters, nor that their basic logical doctrines are ftinda- mentally opposed in principle. The problems Kant wrestled with in his transcendental logic are in large part simply ignored by the symbolic logicians, or handed over to epistemology} whereas what the symbolic logicians regard as basic logical problems could scarcely have appeared in that light to Kant. Precisely in this connection, however, a fundamental episte- mological antithesis or antinomy appears between the doctrines of orthodox symbolic logicians and Cassirer's critical idealism. For precisely at this point certain other Kantian influences make themselves most strongly felt and give rise both to a criticism of epistemological theories of the Russellian type, as well as to the ** Commentary to Kant's Critique of Pure Reason, 38, 178. 252 HAROLD R. SMART application and development of an epistemology on Leibnizian and Kantian lines. Not only does Cassirer call attention to the circularity inevitably involved in the attempt to derive cardinal number from the concept of a class, 14 but he also stoutly insists quite in the spirit of Kant, and in complete opposition to more fashionable contemporary tenets on the synthetic character of mathematical propositions or judgments. In the article already drawn upon, "Kant und die moderne Mathematik," Cassirer explains that by synthetic he means, (a) not reducible to that species of subject-predicate propositions, in which the predicate merely explicates the meaning of the subject term; (b) not deducible from the mere formal laws of thought; and (c) the functional relationship in which mathematical propositions stand to empirical phenomena, and, lacking which, mathematical concepts would be nothing better than hollow fictions. Since points (a) and (b) are now conceded by everyone, their mere mention seems sufficient here; but point (c) is a different matter. After the most elaborate epistemological tour de force by which Russell and his collaborators seek to convince them- selves and others that, although their absolutely basic "atomic propositions" admittedly stem directly from sense experience, nevertheless the world of logic and mathematics, as such, in its unsullied purity, is a transcendent realm, they can only account it a "lucky accident," which might just as well have been other- wise, that the propositions of logic and mathematics apply to the realm of physical phenomena. In other words, the two realms having been severed so completely by those thinkers, Cassirer points out that it is actually an epistemological and logical im- possibility to establish any real connection between them. As Cassirer sees it, on the other hand, the objectivity of scientific knowledge of phenomena is guaranteed precisely by virtue of the "synthetic unity of the concept" to use an appropriate Kantian phrase whose sole function is to introduce order into the ideal 'manifolds' of mathematics, and, through them, in turn, into the experiential manifolds of the spatio-temporal world of physics. * Substance and Function, Ch. II, sec. iiij see also Smart, The Philosophical Presuppositions of Mathematical Logic, Ch. VI. THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 253 Thus, to take a simple example, Cassirer maintains that thought follows a straight, undeviating path, in proceeding from the logical calculus of relations, to such a special type of generating relation as is compactly symbolized by the general algebraic equation of the second degree, from which, in turn, every species of conic section circle, ellipse, parabola, etc. may be deductively derived. And this same mathematical con- cept of the conic section it is which alone enables the natural scientist to introduce order or synthetic unity into the manifold of astronomical phenomena, thus making possible knowledge of those phenomena which is at once objective and systematic. only in this wise, so Cassirer declares in a pregnant passage, only when we clearly understand that the same basic syntheses upon which logic and mathematics depend, also control the formation of ex- periential knowledge, thereby for the first time making it possible to speak of the ordering of phenomena according to scientific laws and thus to ascribe objective meaning to these phenomena, is the true justifica- tion of those principles attained. 15 Nor is this by any means the end of the matter. Not only are single concepts and judgments thus synthetic, but the whole process of deduction, characteristic of mathematical inference, is itself progressive, productive of new knowledge. In this re- spect also Cassirer opposes the essentially static ideal of logic and mathematics fostered by the symbolic logicians, in their thesis that the propositions of these sciences are analytic or tautological, and also in their complementary doctrine that deduction is a mere re-arranging of the elements of discourse in accordance with fixed rules of procedure. Epistemologically speaking, this doctrine becomes the thesis that thought merely 'discovers' relationships eternally 'there,' subsisting in that transcendent realm which reveals itself to a critical inspection to be nothing but the naive hypostatization of certain logical and mathematical concepts, and their consequent deprivation of any objective meaning or truth. Now according to Cassirer this ideal of mathematical knowl- edge is not only self -contradictory j it directly conflicts with the 15 "Kant und die moderne Mathematik," Kantstudien, vol. XII, 45 (1907). 254 HAROLD R. SMART plainest possible evidence, namely, the progressive character which the long history of that science reveals as its most out- standing feature. Every important advance in mathematics, from the earliest times down to the immediate present, involves both an extension and a deepening or enrichment of funda- mental concepts, and their progressive liberation from what have conclusively shown themselves to be extraneous sensuous connotations. "Just as the field of rational numbers is broadened by gradual steps of thought into the continuous totality of real numbers, so, by a series of intellectual transformations, does the space of sense pass into the infinite, continuous, homogeneous and conceptual space of geometry . . ," 16 illustrative examples which could be repeated ad nauseam in confirmation of this view of the continuing 'creative advance' of mathematical thought. Hence arises for Cassirer a question which the symbolic logi- cians, in their blindness, blandly ignore, namely how is this creative advance possible j how, in epistemological terms, can it be justified to reason, and how, more precisely, is it to be described? In the case of the physical sciences answers to such questions are comparatively easy to come by, the only difficult logical problem being that of the closer determination of the nature of induction. But in common with many, perhaps most contempo- rary logicians, Cassirer denies a role to induction in the mathe- matical sciences. True, he apparently does not share the vulgar prejudice or presupposition dominating the thinking of so many authorities on this matter, namely, that there is some necessary connection between induction and specific experimental tech- niques confined to certain natural sciences, so that it is dog- matically and arbitrarily settled beforehand that where there is no experimentation of the sort in question, neither can there be any induction. Rather Cassirer excludes induction (and an- alogy!) from mathematical inference, on the ground that, whereas the former "proceeds from the particular to the uni- versal . . . [and] attempts to unite hypothetically into a whole a plurality of individual facts observed as particulars without " Substance and Function, p. 106. THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 255 necessary connection," the latter proceeds always from "the law of connection," which serves as "the original basis by virtue of which the individual case can be determined in its meaning." In other words, "the conditions of the whole system are pre- determined, and all specialization can only be reached by adding a new factor as a limiting determination while maintaining these conditions." 17 In sum, mathematical inference always "proceeds from the properties of the connection to those of the objects connected, from the serial principle to the members of the series," and never in the reverse order. one minor but nevertheless interesting point included in the preceding general statement may appropriately be mentioned here before proceeding to a more detailed study of this concep- tion of mathematical inference. The symbolic logicians never tire of proclaiming it as an ideal of their procedure that "all of pure mathematics" can (or should) be shown to follow de- ductively from a certain set of primitives primitive or un- defined ideas, primitive propositions or postulates, and the like. Nothing not explicitly included or provided for in this founda- tional nexus is to be permitted entry into the subsequent un- foldment or 'development' of the series of logico-mathematical propositions. Otherwise the purely analytical or tautological nature of those propositions might easily become infected with a 'synthetic' impurity! Cassirer, on the other hand, realistically points to the actual practice of mathematicians, and shows con- clusively that their practice never conforms to any such extrane- ously imposed ideal. In fact, quite the contrary is the case. only by and in so far as modifications and specifications not explicitly provided for or foreseen in the formulation of the foundational nexus, but deliberately introduced at certain stages as new facts or limiting determinations, as the deduction proceeds, can the special cases or conclusions, in which the procedure character- istically issues, be derived. To employ the same simple example utilized earlier in this exposition: from the general equation of the second degree, the equations of such conies as the ellipse, the parabola, etc., could never be derived simply by the ana- lytical 'development' of that equation. on the contrary, such *lbid. 81, 82. 256 HAROLD R. SMART special cases can be derived from the general equation only by introducing limitations not explicitly contemplated in the for- mulation of that equation, and not formally connected with it in any way. In this sense they are added from without, somewhat as the minor premise is added to the major premise in the tra- ditional syllogism; the only restrictions on this typical deductive procedure being such as are prescribed by the basic laws of thought themselves. This is not, however, the major factor in mathematical de- duction. It will be recalled that one main epistemological thesis of Cassirer's critical idealism is that the creative, synthetic ac- tivity of thought displays itself in the positing or generating of relations; and, as was indicated above, it is in terms of this thesis that he construes all scientific reasoning. Thus the prob- lem of the 'possibility' of mathematics, as one progressive science among others, may be more definitely characterized as the problem of determining the rationale, the logical 'go,' so to speak, of that process in the special field in question. At this point the Kantian doctrine that mathematical reason- ing proceeds by means of the 'construction' of its objects, either in intuition or imagination, reveals its positive significance for Cassirer. Not that he views the reference to intuition or imagi- nation as the important factor in that conception; for what mathematician does not realize that such limitations on his creative activity have long since been transcended; and does not Cassirer himself, on every appropriate occasion, proclaim the liberation of mathematics from reliance on sensuous or per- ceptual guides as one of the greatest intellectual triumphs of recent times? Rather what on this view is of permanent worth in the Kantian doctrine is the emphasis upon construction as a typi- cal mode of procedure; only the construction must be under- stood in a purely ideal sense, and as carried out by pure thought, independently of experience. And here again, as so frequently happens, Cassirer turns to Leibniz, rather than to Kant, for further insight, for more positive guidance, in developing his own ideas. To put it very briefly, it is by means of what Leibniz called real, causal, or genetic definitions, that, according to Cas- sirer, the ideal constructions characteristic of mathematical de- THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 257 duction are carried through. Such definitions, which Cassirer regards as perhaps the most striking exemplification of the pro- ductivity of thought, serve in effect as rules or laws for the construction of specific mathematical objects, or complexes of such objects. For the traditional definition of a circle, for ex- ample, in terms of genus, species, and differentia, Leibniz would substitute a definition revealing its "mode of generation," and similarly for the definition of parallel lines and of all such mathematical constructs. No doubt these and the other specimens Leibniz offers of this type of definition are rather too elementary, too empirical, to be wholly convincing as samples of purely ideal construc- tions ; but Cassirer maintains that the principle involved can easily be generalized in such a way as to bring out its full sig- nificance. 18 At all events, in presenting his proposed new type of definition, Cassirer points out that Leibniz envisaged it as an instrumentality for combatting two erroneous tendencies preva- lent in the logical theories of his time, tendencies, which, as Cassirer maintains, still confuse fundamental issues in con- temporary logic. The first of these tendencies is nominalism the Hobbesian doctrine that all definitions are merely nominal. It needs no citing of names to confirm the fact that this doctrine is enthu- siastically fostered by many logicians of the present time. And nominalism in this respect inevitably leads on to the sweeping conclusion that mathematics in its entirety is nothing but a sym- bolic technique, a manipulation of conventional symbols, which as such is devoid of objective import, and in respect to which it is nonsense to talk of truth. The "freedom" of mathematics is hereby purchased at the heavy expense of its renunciation of all claims to yielding knowledge of the real world. Consistency in the formulation and application of conventional rules of an empty symbolism is all that remains. The second erroneous tendency is in a sense antithetical to the preceding, in that it hypostatizes ideas, endows them with a lf See the article, "Kant und die moderne Mathematik," and also Leibniz* System in semen wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen y 108 ff., and Pkilosofhie der symbolischen Formen, Pt. HI, Ch. IV. 258 HAROLD R. SMART quasi-ontological status, and attributes to them 'being' in a transcendent realm quite apart from human experience. on this view, the sole test of the reality of an idea is its abstract possi- bility of being thought in complete abstraction from any ques- tion as to its actual realization in experience, its epistemological functioning. Adoption of this doctrine commits one to the 'copy' theory of truth, reduces thought to the role of a passive spec- tator, and sets up an impassable barrier, a dualism, between the world of ideas and the factual world between truths of reason and truths of matter of fact. Finally it should be emphasized that neither of these tendencies has anything to do with the actual science of mathematics as such, but is instead the product, pure and simple, of abstract, gratuitously a priori theorizing. Thus, according to Leibniz's distinguished commentator and disciple, these two equally untenable lines of thought, far from providing a satisfactory foundation for the formation of mathe- matical concepts, succeed only in setting up an empty scaffolding of formal consistency and abstract possibility. Through the instrumentality of the causal or genetic definition, on the other hand, thought can produce out of its own creative, synthetic resources, all that is so conspicuously lacking in the rejected doctrines such at least is Cassirer's profound conviction. To define the circle to revert to this simple example as a plain curve, so constituted that it encloses a maximum area within a given perimeter, is merely a matter of words, which leaves it doubtful whether there actually be such a curve; and, even in case this question can be answered affirmatively, it still remains open to doubt whether the prescribed condition be fulfilled by just the one sort of curve. Such doubts can be stilled if and only if a fully determinate "mode of generation" can be specified, and if the desired characteristics can be shown to be actually produced by this mode of generation by a rigorous deductive proof. In this wise, according to Cassirer, the definition may truly be said to generate the object in question out of its con- stituent elements. And what is true in this simple case holds true (so Cassirer maintains) of mathematics generally. Always and everywhere the necessary and sufficient prerequisite to the formation of mathematical concepts, and to the ascription to THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 259 them of definite contents, shows itself to be the same. What Cassirer calls a genetic definition may on occasion (he points out) find more detailed embodiment in a set of axioms or postulates, especially where not a specific object but a whole branch of mathematics multi-dimensional geometry, the theory of groups is in question. But in any case, the creative synthesis, involving one or more elementary structural ele- ments, and producing out of these elements, by means of the generating relations embodied in the definitional nexus, the whole contextual content of the field in question, is what char- acterizes the differentia of mathematical inference as such. Now it can hardly be denied that Cassirer's criticisms of fashionable tendencies in contemporary logic such as the nom- inalistic theory of definitions, the thesis that mathematical pro- positions are analytical or tautological, and the static concepion of deduction are well-founded and that his own contrasting views on these matters are much nearer the truth. His basic contention, moreover, that mathematics is a progressive science, sharing with the other sciences the common search for, and at- tainment of objective knowledge, is one of those truisms which too many contemporaries, in their over-zealous preoccupation with symbolic techniques as such, have seemingly lost from view. The question remains, however, whether, on the basis of Cassirer's own theory of the formation of mathematical con- cepts, the 'possibility' of mathematics, in the sense just de- scribed, can be fully accounted for. As already pointed out, in spite of his opposition to abstract formalism in certain important respects, Cassirer nevertheless concurs with such a line of thought in other equally decisive respects. He concurs, for ex- ample, in holding that mathematics is nothing but a prolonga- tion of formal logic, differing only in the somewhat more restricted range of its assertions $ and also in the widely preva- lent view that mathematical inference, unlike inference in other fields, is purely deductive in character. And these two doctrines imply the strictly a priori character of the propositions in both logic and mathematics, in the anti-Kantian, rationalistic sense of that word. Nevertheless a close study of such a work as Substance and 260 HAROLD R. SMART Function will reveal highly significant evidence pointing in an- other direction. So sincere is the author's desire to let the historical record speak for itself, uncolored by his personal pre- dilections, that he actually succeeds, to a remarkable degree, in allowing that record to bear witness directly opposed to all of those formalistic tenets. Both arithmetic and geometry, he is at pains to emphasize, developed from humble beginnings in com- mon sense experience, and both numerical and spatial concepts were for long encumbered with all sorts of sensuous connota- tions. In mathematics, quite as in the other sciences, more general principles had to wait upon the acquisition and analysis of particular facts; and the more general principles, in turn, led to the discovery of other particular facts, which, again in turn, led to the formation of still more general principles such is the plain historical record, as faithfully presented by Cassirer himself, there for all who have eyes to read. Yet in every other science this doubly reciprocal relationship between particulars and universals is held to exemplify and to depend upon the co- operative procedures of induction and deduction; and no one more persuasively than Cassirer himself insists upon the in- separability of these two aspects of scientific inference in every other science except mathematics! Why the exception? Why refuse to designate by the same name a procedure so obviously the same in every significant respect; why refuse the name of induction to a procedure in mathematics which would undoubtedly be called by that name, if pursued in any other department of human knowledge? Or why, save for some extraordinarily compelling reason, adhere to or postulate a theory of mathematical inference which not only runs counter to the whole history of that special science, but renders impossible a consistent logical theory of scientific inference in general? This is surely a question definitely de- manding an answer; a question that only stares one the more fully in the face the more persistently it is ignored by the vast majority of logicians. Every logician construes reasoning by analogy as an essential and characteristic instrument of inductive generalization; histories of mathematics are full of examples of reasoning by analogy; yet the obvious conclusion is not THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 261 drawn. New mathematical theories are evolved to embrace and systematize under a set of common principles various particular theorems and topics hitherto regarded as unrelated or inde- pendent so Cassirer, like every other historian, repeatedly points out. Precisely the same result attained in any other science would be held up as a typical product of inductive reasoning} yet in the special case of mathematics no one seems to be willing to conceive that it could possibly call for a modification of the hallowed doctrine that mathematical inference is purely deduc- tive. Could any more conspicuous example of Bacon's "Idols of the Tribe" easily be found? And observe well! it is, in the last analysis, precisely and solely because of the uncritical ac- ceptance of this doctrine that certain puzzling (not to say in- soluble) epistemological problems with regard to the nature and import of mathematical knowledge rise up to plague so many contemporary logicians. It would be grossly unfair, of course, to criticize Cassirer alone in this connection; the point is, rather, that by his clear presentation of the historical evidence he supplies all the requi- site material to overthrow that prevalent but one-sided theory of mathematical inference, which is actually merely the conse- quence of unjustified epistemological presuppositions, and which so blindly ignores such abundant and conclusive evidence to the contrary. What these presuppositions are, and that they are indeed un- justifiedj it will not, perhaps, be too difficult to discover, once attention is turned in their direction. At bottom, it will be found, there is little save verbal terminology, and sometimes scarcely even that, to distinguish Cassirer's critical idealism from lines of thought he vigorously opposes, so far as this important matter is concerned. Who, for example, is the author of the assertion that "the mathematician need not concern himself with the particular being or intrinsic nature of his points, lines, and planes, ... ;" on the contrary, a 'point' merely "has to be something that satis- fies our axioms?" Not Cassirer, though (as noted above) he says the same thing in other words, but Bertrand Russell. 19 And who 19 Introduction to Mathematical Philosophy -, 59. 262 HAROLD R. SMART declares that in mathematics "a field of free and universal activity is disclosed, in which thought transcends all limits of the 'given'," in that "the objects which we consider . . . have only an ideal being?" Not Bertrand Russell, but Cassirer. 20 True, according to Russell thought merely discovers the sub- sisting essences of this ideal, trans-empirical realm $ whereas according to Cassirer thought actively creates those universals, thus generating its own world out of its own internal resources. Nevertheless both thinkers emphasize equally the complete "liberation" of thought from all experientially imposed limita- tions. 21 The fact that Cassirer presents such a telling criticism of Russellian epistemology, in this regard, cannot be allowed to obscure the complementary fact that precisely analogous ob- jections may be urged against his own epistemology. Surely 'discovery' is no more a pure metaphor, as applied to the role of thought in knowledge, than is 'creation.' 22 In plain language, the relation of mathematics to logic is equally close, and the separation of mathematical concepts from experience is equally complete, whichever metaphor may be used to characterize the actual functioning of thought. on no other grounds can it be explained why Cassirer explicitly recognizes that he as well as Russell has to show how mathematical concepts, originally con- strued as non-experiential and purely logical in origin, can yet be 'applied' so directly and effectively to the solution of em- pirical problems. To insist upon the inseparability of mathemat- ics and formal logic is ipso facto to cut mathematics off from all essential connection with experience} and to insist, with Cassirer, that nevertheless mathematical knowledge is as ob- jective as all other scientific knowledge, because, forsooth, all truth is literally created by thinking, is if so jacto to reduce scientific truth as such to formal consistency within a closed 80 Substance and Function, 112. 81 The hostile critic would be tempted to express the same idea in rather different terms, to the effect that the "liberation" in question actually amounts to a confine- ment of thought within the four walls of an a priori formalism. M Cf. the present writer's The Philosophical Presuppositions of Mathematical Logic Chs. Ill VI, on this point, and also for a remarkable similarity between the views of Josiah Royce and Cassirer on such matters. THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 263 circle of ideas the whole world, in Schopenhauerian language, is my idea and objectivity (as Russell has somewhere justly observed) must be construed, in the last analysis, as merely a species of subjectivity. There is, however, here as in other contexts, another tend- ency, or another phase of Cassirer's thought, which sharply conflicts with such abstract rationalism. For above everything else he insists on the essential continuity of scientific thought in general, and of mathematical thought in particular. And, although carrying on a persistent warfare against all species of empiricism and positivism, he at the same time emphatically maintains that it is the prime function of scientific laws and general mathematical formulas alike to render the 'particulars' particular scientific facts, or specific mathematical truths intelligible, by incorporating them in a concrete systematic nexus. Apart from such a nexus, he insists, neither particulars nor universals have any meaning. Even in the case of mathe- matics, he seems to argue, the construction of concepts does not take place in complete abstraction from perceptually given and intuitively apprehended data, though it does of course involve, from the very beginning, an attempt to free those concepts more and more, not from their roots in experience as such, but rather simply from irrelevant, transitory, and merely sensuous con- notations. 23 The historical accuracy of this contention cannot be denied, and neither can its epistemological significance be over- emphasized. The point is that in mathematics, just as in all other sciences, new concepts and new theories are evolved in the process of seeking a solution to some hitherto recalcitrant problem in- herited from an earlier stage in the development of the science. These new concepts and theories usually represent the end product of a long and arduous labor of preparation, of trial and error; and their significance is measured, not merely by reference to the particular problem or problems they solve, but also in terms of the enrichment of meaning they bestow upon previously accepted concepts and theories. As Cassirer so well says, " Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen y III, 45 iff., esp. 468f. 264 HAROLD R. SMART the unity and self-sufficiency of the mathematical method depends upon the fact that the creative, generative procedure to which the science owes its origin, never comes to an end at any given point, but displays itself in ever new forms, and in this wise maintains itself forever as one and the same, as an indestructible totality. 24 What is of decisive significance here is that within the science of mathematics itself (quite as in every other science) there is, on such a view, what may be called an immanent logic, which carries the science forward on its own momentum. The history of mathematics in its entirety is nothing less than a standing repudiation of any and all attempts to 'deduce' its fundamental concepts and theories from any fixed and arbitrary set of formal postulates and definitions. For that matter logical principles, as such, differ absolutely, both in nature and function, from the premises or other foundations of any given science such at least is one lesson plainly taught by the transcendental logic of Kant. And on the other hand, the only logic mathematics (or any other science) needs or uses, in the course of its own pro- gressive development, resides in those logical principles accord- ing to which, but not from which, mathematical reasoning pro- ceeds. In the very nature of the case, the foundations of no science are properly to be described as logical} for the good and sufficient reason that it is their proper function to define or determine (and this means progressively to redefine), not the method, but the general nature of the content, the subject- matter, of the science in question. If it be true, as everyone acknowledges it to be, that the elementary content of mathe- matics was supplied by, or taken from crude experience, then it is equally true and undeniable that the whole history of the science must logically be regarded as an account of the precise way in which that first crude material has been (as Cassirer is fond of repeating) elaborated, refined, enriched in meaning, and increased in extent. It cannot be too strongly emphasized that an enormous burden of proof rests upon the shoulders of anyone trying to maintain any other thesis proof which would not only have to disregard all the historical evidence, but run directly counter to it. * Of. cit., 469. THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 265 Thus it is only as an inevitable consequence of the quixotic endeavor to base mathematics on formal logic, that the self- stultifying thesis that the science has absolutely no content can be understood, and that the insoluble problem of the 'applica- tion' of mathematical concepts rises up to plague both scientists and philosophers. on the view clearly implicit in Cassirer's emphasis on the continuity and progressive character of mathe- matical knowledge, on the other hand, no such artificial prob- lems can arise, for the good and sufficient reason that on that view mathematics has never entirely lost contact with experi- ence. What, then, it may be asked, is the true import of the dictum proclaimed by Cassirer himself, along with so many other authorities, that no other meaning is to be ascribed to any mathematical concept (even to such as seem most empirical, such as the solids of geometry), than that contained in and pre- scribed by the basic postulates and definitions? Does not this fundamental methodological principle render any reference to experience logically inoperative and purely incidental? No matter what the whole previous history of mathematics says or implies, who can deny that such is the state of affairs at the present time? But surely the answers to these questions are not far to seek. The phrase 'no other meaning than that prescribed by the basic postulates' means just what it says; and it does not say that no meaning whatsoever is to be ascribed to such basic concepts and propositions. For that matter, precisely the same assertion, mu- tatis mutandis, may be made concerning the basic concepts and definitions of any science biology, for example 5 for pre- cisely herein lies the only justification for calling them 'basic.' That such an assertion lends itself to misinterpretation to the effect that 'no other meaning' means 'no meaning at all' has, however, unfortunately revealed itself to be the case. It is true, of course, that the only experience immediately and directly relevant to mathematics at any given stage is the highly ab- stract experience represented, in the main, by what the next preceding stage of the science has made of space, number, and the like; just as, in physics, the only directly relevant experience 266 HAROLD R. SMART is what the next preceding stage of that science has made of space-time, the constitution of the atom, and the like. No de- veloped science ever falls back upon the crude experience of the c plain man/ for the purpose of verifying or testing its concepts and theories} comparatively rarely does it do so, indeed, even in the most elementary laboratory work of the undergraduate. In all cases the experience really in question is that which both insures the continuity of scientific knowledge and provides the material essential for further progress. It goes without saying that experience, in such contexts, is restricted to what is relevant to the science in question j and, just as the mathematician ab- stracts from all or most of the physical properties, attributes, and relations of things, so the physicist abstracts from all of the properties, attributes, and relations of things, other than such as logically come within his purview as a physicist. 25 But just as physics yields genuine knowledge of the real world only because it does not abstract from all properties, attributes, and relations, precisely the same is true, mutatis mutandis, of mathematics a fact which disposes of all those problems concerning the appli- cation of mathematics to experience, as neither the theories of Russell nor even those of Cassirer himself are able to do. More- over, it is only because, and to the extent that this is so, as Kant plainly intimated, that its 'possibility' as a science can be under- stood. What Cassirer says so well of mathematical symbols, namely that they are neither meaningless signs, as some would argue, no mundane instrumentalities for communication with a transcendent realm of hypostatized ideas, as others suggest, but are rather explicative of meanings immanent in mathematical thought, is directly to the point in this connection. And for this very reason, if for no others, a calculus of relations, conceived as a branch of formal symbolic logic, is just as impotent, and for strictly analogous reasons, as the so-called subject-predicate logic, with respect to the generation of the synthetic concepts and judgments of mathematics. In the light of the preceding discussion it would seem that much the same observation applies to Cassirer's theory of math- * See the present writer's article entitled "Cassirer versus Russell," in Philosophy of Science, Vol. X., no. 3 (July, 1943), 174. THEORY OF MATHEMATICAL CONCEPTS 267 ematical concepts, with respect to its relation to contemporary symbolic logic, that commentators apply to Kant's transcen- dental logic, with respect to its relation to traditional formal logic. That is to say, it is rather in spite of misleading associa- tions and entanglements with abstract formalism than because of any positive guidance accruing from such a source, that Cas- sirer, like Kant before him, has accomplished so much of solid and enduring worth. HAROLD R. SMART SAGE SCHOOL OF PHILOSOPHY CORNELL UNIVERSITY 7 Kurt Lemn CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES following remarks 1 on the relation between Cassirer's JJL views on the development of science and the recent history of psychology are the expression of a person who has always felt the deep gratitude of a student to his teacher. During the period from 1910, when, as a graduate student, I listened to the lectures of the then "Privatdocent" Cassirer, to 1946, psychology has undergone a series of major changes related to basic issues of Behaviorism, Gestalt psychology, Psy- choanalysis, Field Theory and the present problem of an in- tegrated social science. The experiment has reached out from "psycho-physics" into any number of areas including motiva- tion, personality > and social psychology. The mathematical problems of representing psychological fields and treating data statistically have proceeded step by step to new levels. Tech- niques of interviewing, observation, and other forms of fact- finding have grown into a rich and well-established method- ology. The scientific infant of 1910, which had hardly cut his cord to mother philosophy and was looking with astonished eyes and an uneasy heart to the grown-up sciences, not knowing whether he should try to copy them or whether he ought to follow his own line this scientific infant has perhaps not yet fully developed into maturity, but has certainly reached a stage of strength and progress which makes the psychologies of 1910 and 1946 rather different entities. Still, throughout this period, scarcely a year passed when I did not have specific reason to 1 Some sections of this paper are also published in Lewin, Kurt, "Problems of Group Dynamics and the Integration of the Social Sciences: I. Social Equilibria." Human Relations (1947) Vol. I. 271 272 KURT LEWIN acknowledge the help which Cassirer's views on the nature of science and research offered. The value of Cassirer's philosophy for psychology lies, I feel, less in his treatment of specific problems of psychology al- though his contribution in this field and particularly his recent contributions are of great interest than in his analysis of the methodology and concept-formation of the natural sciences. To me these decades of rapid scientific growth of psychology and of the social sciences in general have provided test after test for the correctness of most of the ideas on science and scien- tific development expressed in his Substanzbegrif und Funk- tionsbegriff. Since the primitive discussions of the psychologists of 1910 about whether or not psychology ought to try to include not only qualitative but also quantitative data, and Cassirer's general discussions of the problem of quality and quantity up to the present problems of research in personality, such as the treatment of biographical data, and Cassirer's discussion of the interdependence of "historical" and "systematic" problems , I have felt with increasing strength the power and productivity of his basic approach to science. It is not easy to point in Cassirer's work to a specific concept or any specific statement which provides a striking new insight and solves a previously insoluble problem. Still, as "participant observer" of the recent history of psychology, I may be per- mitted to state that Cassirer's approach seems to me a most illuminating and constructive help for making those decisions about methods and about the direction of the next step, upon which it depends whether a concrete piece of research will be a substantial contribution to a living science or a well polished container of nothing. i. THEORY OF SCIENCE AND EMPIRICAL RESEARCH The relation between logic and theory of science on the one hand and the progress of empirical science on the other is not a simple one and is not easily transformed into a mutually pro- ductive state of affairs. Since Kant philosophers have tried more or less successfully to avoid telling the empirical scientist what he "ought" to do or SCIENCE AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 273 not to do. They have learned, with a few exceptions, to regard science as an object they should study rather than rule. This laudable and necessary removal of philosophy from the authori- tarian place of the boss or the judge over science has led to a tendency of eliminating all "practical" relations between phi- losophy and the empirical sciences, including the perhaps pos- sible and fruitful position of philosophy as a consultant to science. As the scientist tries to progress into the eternal frontier of the unknown, he faces highly complex and intricate problems of methods, concepts, and theory formation. It would seem natural that he should turn to the philosophical study of the nature of science for information and help on the method- ological and conceptual aspects of the pressing problems he is trying to solve. There are certain lines along which such help might be forth- coming and certain dangers involved in the all around co- operation of scientists and philosophers on the theory and prac- tice of such an "applied theory of science." To start with the latter: as a rule, the philosopher can hardly be expected to have the detailed knowledge of an active research worker in a specific branch of an empirical science. As a rule, therefore, he should not be expected to make direct contributions to empirical theories. The tragi-comic happening of half a decade ago, when a certain group of philosophers tried to revive good old classical behaviorism just after it had fulfilled its usefulness for psy- chology and was happily dying, should be a warning against such inappropriate overstepping of boundaries. on the other hand, such danger should not minimize the essential advantages which a closer cooperation between the philosopher and the scientist should offer to both. As far as I can see, there are two main lines along which valuable and more than accidental help for the empirical and particularly the social sciences may emerge from a closer rela- tion to philosophy. one has to do with mathematical logic, the other with comparative theory of science. The development of mathematical logic has proceeded con- siderably beyond what Cassirer had to offer. Mathematical logic seems to provide a fruitful possibility of assistance for specific 274 KURT LEWIN problems of measurement for basic mathematical questions re- garding qualitative and quantitative data, for general mathema- tical problems of representing social and psychological fields, and so on. The insight provided by mathematical logic could probably have avoided some of the past headaches and should be of considerable potential assistance to the social scientist in the coming period of the quantitative measurement of social forces. Mathematical logic has, however, not been of much avail and, in my judgment, is not likely to be of much avail for guiding the psychologist or social scientist through certain other major methodological perplexities. The logician is accustomed to deal with problems of correct conclusions or other aspects of science and concepts which are "timeless," which hold as much for the physics of Copernicus as for modern physics. These problems are doubtless of great interest to the research-worker. They make up, however, only a small section of the problems of scientific strategy which are the concern of the daily struggle of progressing into the un- known. The main problems, which the scientist has to face and for which he has to find a solution, are inevitably bound to the particular state of development of his science, even if they are problems of method rather than content. It is unrealistic and unproductive for an empirical scientist to approach problems of scientific method and procedure in a way which does not take cognizance of the basic fact that, to be effective, scientific methods have to be adjusted to the specific state of affairs at a given time. This holds for the techniques of fact-finding, for the process of conceptualization and theoriz- ing, in short, for more or less all aspects of research. Research is the art of taking the next step. Methods and concepts, which may represent a revolutionary progress today, may be outmoded tomorrow. Can the philosopher gain insight into the develop- ment of science in a way useful for these vital time-bound aspects of scientific labor? The logician may be inclined to place these problems outside the realm of a theory of science. He may be inclined to view them not as philosophical problems but as questions which should be dealt with by historians. Doubtless the researcher is SCIENCE AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 275 deeply influenced by the culture in which he lives and by its technical and economic facilities. Not these problems of cultural history, however, are in question when the social psychologist has to make up his mind whether or not "experiments with groups" are scientifically meaningful, or what procedure he may follow for developing better concepts of personality, of leader- ship, or of other aspects of group life. Not historical, but con- ceptual and methodological problems are to be answered, ques- tions about what is scientifically right or wrong, adequate or inadequate 5 although this correctness may be specific to a special developmental stage of a science and may not hold for a pre- vious or a later stage. In other words, the term "scientific de- velopment" refers to levels of scientific maturity, to levels of concepts and theories in the sense of philosophy rather than of human history or psychology. It is this approach to science as emerging systems of theorems and concepts to which Cassirer has contributed so much. When- ever Cassirer discusses science, he seems to perceive both the permanent characteristics of scientific systems and procedures and the specific conceptual form. Philosophy of science can come to an insight into the nature of science only by studying science. It is, therefore, in permanent danger of making the science of the past a prototype for all science and of making past methodology the standard by which to measure what scientific methods "ought" to be used or not to be used. Cassirer has in most cases successfully avoided this danger by looking at the scientific mehods of the past in the way in which the research-worker at that time would perceive them. He discloses the basic character of science as the eternal attempt to go beyond what is regarded scientifically accessible at any specific time. To proceed beyond the limitations of a given level of knowledge the researcher, as a rule, has to break down methodological taboos which condemn as "unscientific" or "il- logical" the very methods or concepts which later on prove to be basic for the next major progress. Cassirer has shown how this step by step revolution of what is "scientifically permis- sible" dominates the development of mathematics, physics, and chemistry throughout their history. 276 KURT LEWIN A second reason why I feel Cassirer's approach is so valuable to the social scientist is his comparative procedure. Although Cassirer has not fully developed what might be called a system- atic comparative theory of the sciences, he took important steps in this direction. His treatment of mathematics, physics, and chemistry, of historical and systematic disciplines is essentially of a comparative nature. Cassirer shows an unusual ability to blend the analysis of general characteristics of scientific method- ology with the analysis of a specific branch of science. It is this ability to reveal the general rule in an example, without de- stroying the specific characteristics of a particular discipline at a given stage of development, which makes the comparative treat- ment of some branches of mathematics and of the natural sciences so illuminating for research in the social sciences. This comparative approach opens the way to a perception of similari- ties between different sciences and between apparently un- related questions within the same science. We shall discuss here only one type of problem as an example of the structural similarities between the conceptual problems of the present social sciences and problems of mathematics and the physical sciences at certain stages of development, namely that of "existence." 2. THE PROBLEM OF "EXISTENCE" IN AN EMPIRICAL SCIENCE Arguments about "existence" may seem metaphysical in nature and may therefore not be expected to be raised in empirical sciences. Actually, however, opinions about existence or non-existence are quite common in the empirical sciences and have greatly influenced scientific development in both a positive and a negative way. Labelling something as "non-existing" is equivalent to declaring it "out of bounds" for the scientist. Attributing "existence" to an item automatically makes it a duty of the scientist to consider this item as an object of research; it includes the necessity of considering its properties as "facts," which cannot be neglected in the total system of theories j finally, it implies that the terms by which one refers to the item are accepted as scientific "concepts" (rather than regarded as "mere words"). SCIENCE AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 277 The problem of "existence" is, therefore, one of the most illuminating examples for the way in which facts, concepts, and methods are closely interdependent aspects of an empirical science. To demonstrate the way in which this interdependence is functioning in every phase of science is the central theme of this aspect of Cassirer's philosophy. Cassirer follows the steps by which mathematics is gradually transformed. Geometry and the theory of numbers, for instance, changes from a study of separate forms or entities, which are to be described and analysed one by one with the objective of finding "permanent properties" into a discipline which deals with problems of interrelations and transformations. 2 Geometry, as the theory of invariants, treats certain unchangeable rela- tions; but this unchangeableness cannot be defined unless we understand, as its conceptual background, certain fundamental changes relative to which they hold. The unchanging geometrical properties are not such in and for themselves, but only in relation to a system of possible trans- formations that we implicitly assume. Constancy and change thus appear as thoroughly correlative moments, definable only through each other. 3 In physics an equivalent change occurs on the basis of an increasingly close interdependence of fact finding and theory. It has been shown, in opposition to the traditional logical doctrine, that the course of the mathematical construction of concepts is defined by the procedures of the construction of series. We have not been concerned with separating out the common element from a plurality of similar im- pressions but with establishing a principle by which their diversity should appear. The unity of the concept has not been found in a fixed group of properties, but in the rule, which represents the mere diversity as a sequence of elements according to law. 4 In truth, no physicist experiments and measures with the particular instrument that he has sensibly before his eyes; but he substitutes for it an ideal instrument in thought, from which all accidental defects, such as necessarily belong to the particular instrument, are excluded. For example, if we measure the intensity of an electric current by a tangent- compass, then the observations, which we make first with a concrete a Substance and Function (Swabcy tr.) , 68. * Ibid., 90$ wording changed by K. Lewin, in line with German original. 4 Ibid., 148. 278 KURT LEWIN apparatus, must be related and carried over to a- general geometrical model, before they are physically applicable. We substitute for a coppei wire of a definite strength a strictly geometrical circle without breadth ; in place of the steel of the magnetic needle, which has a certain magni- tude and form, we substitute an infinitely small, horizontal magnetic axis, which can be moved without friction around a vertical axis; and it is the totality of these transformations, which permits us to carry the observed deflection of the magnetic needle into the general theoretical formula of the strength of the current, and thus to determine the value of the latter. The corrections, which we make and must necessarily make with the use of every physical instrument, are themselves a work of mathematical theory; to exclude these latter, is to deprive the observation itself of its meaning and value. 5 Until relatively recently psychology, sociology, and anthro- pology were dominated by a methodology which regarded science as a process of "collecting facts." This methodology showed all the earmarks of early Greek mathematics and pre- Galilean physics. During the last ten years the hostility to theorizing has greatly diminished. It has been replaced by a relatively wide-spread recognition of the necessity for develop- ing better concepts and higher levels of theory. This change has its corollary in certain changes regarding what is considered "existing." Beliefs regarding "existence" in social science have changed in regard to the degree to which "full reality" is attributed to psychological and social phenom- ena, and in regard to the reality of their "deeper," dynamic properties. At the beginning of this century, for instance, the experi- mental psychology of "will and emotion" had to fight for rec- ognition against a prevalent attitude which placed volition, emotion, and sentiments in the "poetic realm" of beautiful words, a realm to which nothing corresponds which could be regarded as "existing" in the sense in which the scientist uses the term. Although every psychologist had to deal with these facts realistically in his private life, they were banned from the realm of "facts" in the scientific sense. Emotions were declared '/*., 144. SCIENCE AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 279 to be something too "fluid" and "intangible" to be pinned down by scientific analysis or by experimental procedures. Such a methodological argument does not deny existence to the phe- nomenon, but it has the effect of keeping the topic outside the realm of empirical science. Like social taboos, a scientific taboo is kept up not so much by a rational argument as by a common attitude among scientists: any member of the scientific guild who does not strictly adhere to the taboo is looked upon as queer j he is suspected of not adhering to the scientific standards of critical thinking. 3. THE REALITY OF SOCIAL PHENOMENA Before the invention of the atom bomb the average physical scientist was hardly ready to concede to social phenomena the same degree of "reality" as to a physical object. Hiroshima and Nagasaki seem to have caused many physical scientists to change their minds. This change was hardly based on philosophical con- siderations. The bomb has driven home with dramatic intensity the degree to which social happenings are both the result of and the conditions for the occurrence of physical events. The period during which the natural scientist thought of the social scientist as someone interested in dreams and words (rather than as an investigator of facts which are not less real than physical facts and which can be studied no less objectively) has gradually been coming to an end. The social scientists themselves, of course, have had a stronger belief in the "reality" of the entities they were study- ing. Still this belief was frequently limited to the specific narrow section with which they happened to be familiar. The economist, for instance, finds it a bit difficult to concede to psychological, to anthropological, or to legal data that degree of reality which he gives to prices and other economic data. Some psychologists still view with suspicion the reality of those cultural facts with which the anthropologist is concerned. They tend to regard only individuals as real and they are not inclined to consider a "group atmosphere" as something which is as real and measur- able as, let us say, a physical field of gravity. Concepts like that a8o KURT LEWIN of "leadership" retained a halo of mysticism even after it had been demonstrated that it is quite possible to measure and not only to "judge" leadership performance. The denial of existence of a group or of certain aspects of group life is based on arguments which grant existence only to units of certain size, or which concern methodologic-technical problems, or conceptual problems. 4. REALITY AND SIZE Cassirer 6 discusses how, periodically throughout the history of physics, vivid discussions have occurred about the reality of the atom, the electron, or whatever else was considered at that time to be the smallest particle of physical material. In the social sciences it has usually been not the part but the whole whose existence has been doubted. Logically, there is no reason for distinguishing between the reality of a molecule, an atom, or an ion, or more generally between the reality of a whole or its parts. There is no more magic behind the fact that groups have properties of their own, which are different from the properties of their subgroups or their individuals members, than behind the fact that molecules have properties, which are different from the properties of the atoms or ions of which they are composed. In the social as in the physical field the structural properties of a dynamic whole are different from the structural properties of their subparts. Both sets of properties have to be investigated. When one and when the other is most important, depends upon the question to be answered. But there is no difference of reality between them. If this basic statement is accepted, the problem of existence of a group loses its metaphysical flavor. Instead we face a series of empirical problems. They are equivalent to the chemical question of whether a given aggregate is a mixture of different types of atoms, or whether these atoms have formed molecules of a certain type. The answer to such a question has to be given in chemistry, as in the social sciences, on the basis of an f Ibid., 151-170. SCIENCE AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 281 empirical probing into certain testable properties of the case in hand. For instance, it may be wrong to state that the blond women living in a town "exist as a group" in the sense of being a dy- namic whole that is characterized by a close interdependence of their members. They are merely a number of individuals who are "classified under one concept" according to the similarity of one of their properties. If, however, the blond members of a workshop are made an "artificial minority" and are discrim- inated against by their colleagues, they may well become a group with specific structural properties. Structural properties are characterized by relations between parts rather than by the parts or elements themselves. Cassirer emphasizes that, throughout the history of mathematics and physics, from Anaxagoras and Aristotle to Bacon, Boscovich, Boltzman and the present day, problems of constancy of rela- tions rather than of constancy of elements have gained im- portance and have gradually changed the picture of what is considered essential. The meaning of the mathematical concept cannot be comprehended, as long as we seek any sort of presentational correlate for it in the given ; the meaning only appears when we recognize the concept as the expres- sion of a $ure relation, upon which rests the unity and continuous con- nection of the members of a manifold. The function of the physical concept also is first evident in this interpretation. The more it disclaims every independent perceptible content and everything pictorial, the more clearly its logical and systematic function is shown. . . . All that the "thing" of the popular view of the world loses in properties, it gains in relations; for it no longer remains isolated and dependent on itself alone, but is connected inseparably by logical threads with the totality of experience. Each particular concept is, as it were, one of these threads, on which we string real experiences and connect them with future possi- ble experiences. The objects of physics: matter and force, atom and ether, can no longer be misunderstood as so many new realities for in- vestigation, and realities whose inner essence is to be penetrated when once they are recognized as instruments produced by thought for the purpose of comprehending the confusion of phenomena as an ordered and measurable whole/ 'Ibid., 1 66. 282 KURT LEWIN 5. REALITY, METHODS, AND EXPERIENCE If recognition o the existence of an entity depends upon this entity's showing properties or constancies of its own, the judgment about what is real or unreal should be affected by changes in the possibility of demonstrating social properties. The social sciences have considerably improved their tech- niques for reliably recording the structure of small or large groups and of registering the various aspects of group life. Sociometric techniques, group observation, interview techniques, and others are enabling the social scientist more and more to gather reliable data on the structural properties of groups, on the relations between groups or subgroups, and on the relation between a group and the life of its individual members. The taboo against believing in the existence of a social entity is probably most effectively broken by handling this entity experimentally. As long as the scientist merely describes a lead- ership form, he is open to the criticism that the categories used reflect merely his "subjective views" and do not correspond to the "real" properties of the phenomena under consideration. If the scientist experiments with leadership and varies its form, he relies on an "operational definition" which links the concept of a leadership form to concrete procedures of creating such a leadership form or to the procedures for testing its existence. The "reality" of that to which the concept refers is established by "doing with" rather than "looking at," and this reality is independent of certain "subjective" elements of classification. The progress of physics from Archimedes to Einstein shows consecutive steps, by v^hich the "practical" aspect of the ex- perimental procedure has modified and sometimes revolution- ized the scientific concepts regarding the physical world by changing the beliefs of the scientists about what is and what is not real. To vary a social phenomenon experimentally the experi- menter has to take hold of all essential factors, even if he is not yet able to analyze them satisfactorily. A major omission or misjudgment on this point makes the experiment fail. In social research the experimenter has to take into consideration such factors as the personality of individual members, the group SCIENCE AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 283 structure, ideology and cultural values, and economic factors. Group experimentation is a form of social management. To be successful it, like social management, has to take into account all of the various factors that happen to be important for the case in hand. Experimentation with groups will therefore lead to a natural integration of the social sciences, and it will force the social scientist to recognize as reality the totality of factors which determine group life. 6. SOCIAL REALITY AND CONCEPTS It seems that the social scientist has a better chance of accom- plishing such a realistic integration than the social practitioner. For thousands of years kings, priests, politicians, educators, pro- ducers, fathers and mothers in fact, all individuals have been trying day by day to influence smaller or larger groups. one might assume that this would have led to accumulated wisdom of a well integrated nature. Unfortunately nothing is farther from the truth. We know that our average diplomat thinks in very one-sided terms, perhaps those of law, or eco- nomics, or military strategy. We know that the average manu- facturer holds highly distorted views about what makes a work-team tick. We know that no one can answer today even such relatively simple questions as what determines the pro- ductivity of a committee meeting. Several factors have come together to prevent practical ex- perience from leading to clear insight. Certainly, the man of affairs is convinced of the reality of group life, but he is usually opposed to a conceptual analysis. He prefers to think in terms of "intuition" and "intangibles." The able practitioner fre- quently insists that it is impossible to formulate simple, clear rules about how to reach a social objective. He insists that different actions have to be taken according to the various situa- tions, that plans have to be highly flexible and sensitive to the changing scene. If one tries to transform these sentiments into scientific lan- guage, they amount to the following statements, a) Social events depend on the social field as a whole, rather than on a few selected items. This is the basic insight behind the field 284 KURT LEWIN theoretical method which has been successful in physics, which has steadily grown in psychology and, in my opinion, is bound to be equally fundamental for the study of social fields, simply because it expresses certain basic general characteristics of inter- dependence, b) The denial of "simple rules" is partly identical with the following important principle of scientific analysis. Science tries to link certain observable (phenotypical) data with other observable data. It is crucial for all problems of inter- dependence, however, that for reasons which we do not need to discuss here it is, as a rule, impracticable to link one set of phenotypical data directly to other phenotypical data. Instead, it is necessary to insert "intervening variables." 8 To use a more common language: the practitioner as well as the scientist views the observable data as mere "symptoms." They are "surface" indications of some "deeper-lying" facts. He has learned to "read" the symptoms, like a physicist reads his instruments. The equations which express physical laws refer to such deeper- lying dynamic entities as pressure, energy, or temperature rather than to the directly observable symptoms such as the movements of the pointer of an instrument. The underlying methodological principle is but one expres- sion of the nature of the relation between concepts, scientific facts and scientific fact finding. In the words of Cassirer, Strictly speaking, the experiment never concerns the real case, as it lies before us here and now in all the wealth of its particular determinations, but the experiment rather concerns an ideal case, which we substitute for it. The real beginnings of scientific induction furnish the classical example of this. Galileo did not discover the law of falling bodies by collecting arbitrary observations of sensuously real bodies, but by de- fining hypothetically the concept of uniform acceleration and taking it as a conceptual measure of the facts. This concept provides for the given time-values a series of space-values, such as proceed according to a fixed rule, that can be grasped once for all. Henceforth we must at- tempt to advance to the actual process of reality by a progressive con- sideration of the complex determinations, that were originally excluded: as, for example, the variation of acceleration according to the distance from the centre of the earth, retardation by the resistance of the air, etc. 9 'Tolman, E. C, "The Determiners of Behavior at a Choice Point," Psycho- logical Review, (1938), Vol. 45, 1-41. * Substance and Function fEnp-1. tr.V * CA SCIENCE AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 285 If we consider the factors involved in the measurement of motion, . . . it is evident that the physical definition of motion cannot be established without substituting the geometrical body for the sensuous body, without substituting the "intelligible" continuous extension of the mathematician for sensuous extension. Before we can speak of motion and its exact measurement in the strict sense, we must go from the contents of per- ception to their conceptual limits. ... It is no less a pure conceptual con- struction, when we ascribe a determinate velocity to a non-uniformly moving body at each point of its path; such a construction presupposes for its explanation nothing less than the whole logical theory of in- finitesimal analysis. But even where we seem to stand closer to direct sensation, where we seem guided by no other interest than to arrange its differences as presented us, into a fixed scale, even here theoretical elements are requisite and clearly appear. It is a long way from the immediate sensation of heat to the exact concept of temperature. 10 The dynamics of social events provides no exception to this general characteristic of dynamics. If it were possible to link a directly observable group behavior, B, with another behavior, B 1 , B = F (B 1 ) where F means a simple function then simple rules of procedure for the social practitioner would be possible. When the practitioner denies that such rules can be more than poor approximations he seems to imply that the function, F, is complicated. I am inclined to interpret his statement actually to mean that in group life, too, "appearance" should be distinguished from the "underlying facts," that simi- larity of appearance may go together with dissimilarity of the essential properties and vice versa, and that laws can be formu- lated only in regard to these underlying dynamic entities k = F (n,m) where k,n,m refer not to behavioral symptoms but to intervening variables. 11 For the social scientist this means that he should give up thinking about such items as group structure, group tension, or social forces as nothing more than a popular metaphor or analogy, which should be eliminated from science as much as possible. Although there is no need for social science to copy the specific concepts of the physical sciences, the social scientist should be clear that he, too, needs intervening variables and 142., 11 Cf . Lewin, Kurt, A Dynamic Theory of Personality (tr. by D. Adams and K. Zener), New York: McGraw-Hill (1935). 286 KURT LEWIN that these dynamic facts rather than the symptoms and appear- ances are the important points of reference for him and the social practitioner alike. 7. MATHEMATIZATION AND INTEGRATION OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES The relation between theory formation, fact finding and mathematization, which Cassirer has described in regard to the physical sciences, has come much to the fore in the psy- chology of the last decade. Different psychological trends have led from different sides and with partly different objectives to a strong emphasis on mathematization. This need springs partly from a desire of a more exact scientific representation of the results of tests or other fact findings and has led to an elaborate development of statistical procedures. In part the emphasis on mathematization springs from the desire of a deeper theoretical insight. 12 Both geometrical and algebraic concepts are employed to this end. Mathematical economics since Pareto (1909) is another ex- ample of the development of a social science which shows many of the characteristics discussed by Cassirer. one of the most striking illustrations of the function of theorems, concepts, and methods in the development of science is their role in the integration of the social sciences which is just beginning to take place. It may be appropriate to mention this problem and to refer briefly to considerations I have pre- sented elsewhere. 13 Many aspects of social life can be viewed as quasi-stationary processes. They can be regarded as states of quasi-stationary equilibrium in the precise meaning of a constellation of forces the structure of which can be well defined. The scientific treat- 18 Hull, C. L., Principles of Bettavior, New York: Appleton Century (1943)$ Kohler, W., The Place of Value in a World of Facts. New York: Liveright (1938) j Lewin, Kurt, "The Conceptual Representation and the Measurement of Psycho- logical Forces," Contributions to Psychological Theory, Vol. I, No. 4, Duke Uni- versity Press (1938)5 Lewin, Kurt, "Constructs in Psychology and Psychological Ecology," Studies in Tofological and Vector Psychology, III, University of Iowa. 11 Lewin, Kurt, "Problems of Group Dynamics and the Integration of the Social Sciences: I. Social Equilibria," Human Relations (1947), Vol. I. SCIENCE AND THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 287 ment of social forces presupposes analytic devices which are adequate to the nature of social processes and which are tech- nically fitted to serve as a bridge to a mathematical treatment. The basic means to this end is the representation of social situations as "social fields." This technical analysis makes it possible to formulate in a more exact way problems of planned social changes and of re- sistance to change. It permits general statements concerning some aspects of the problem of selecting specific objectives in bringing about change, concerning different methods of bring- ing about the same amount of change, and concerning differences in the secondary effects of these methods. The analytic tools used are equally applicable to cultural, economic, sociological, and psychological aspects of group life. They fit a great variety of processes, such as production levels of a factory, a work- team and an individual worker; changes of abilities of an indi- vidual and of capacities of a country; group standards with and without cultural value; activities of one group and the interac- tion between groups, between individuals, and between indi- viduals and groups. The analysis concedes equal reality to all aspects of group life and to social units of all sizes. The applica- tion depends upon the structural properties of the process and of the total situation in which it takes place. How is it possible, one may ask, to bring together under one heading and procedure such diversified data? Does that not necessarily mean losing in concreteness what one might gain in scientific generality? In the same way as the natural sciences, the social sciences have to face the problem of how to get hold conceptually of the disturbing qualitative richness of psychological and cul- tural events, how to find "general" laws without giving up reaching the individual case. Cassirer describes how the mathe- matical constructive procedure solves this problem by changing, as it were, the very meaning of equality and scientific abstrac- tion. Speaking of equalities of mathematical sets he says, "This similarity, however, means nothing more than that they are connected by a definite rule, such as permits us to proceed from one manifold to another by continued identical application of a88 KURT LEWIN the same fundamental relation}" 14 "The genuine concept does not disregard the peculiarities and particularities which it holds under it, but seeks to show the necessity of the occurrence and connection of just these particularities." 15 The individual case is not excluded from consideration, but is fixed and retained as a perfectly determinate step in a general process of change. It is evident anew that the characteristic feature of the concept is not the "universality" of a presentation, but the universal validity of a principle of serial order. We do not isolate any abstract part whatever from the manifold before us, but we create for its members a definite relation by thinking of them as bound together by an inclusive law. And the further we proceed in this and the more firmly this connection ac- cording to laws is established, so much the clearer does the unambiguous determination of the particular stand forth. 16 The consideration of quasi-stationary equilibria is based on analytic concepts which, within the realm of the social sciences, have emerged first in psychology. The concepts of a psycho- logical force, of tension, of conflicts as equilibria of forces, of force fields and of inducing fields, have slowly widened their range of application from the realm of individual psychology into the realm of processes and events which had been the domain of sociology and cultural anthropology. It seems that the treatment of economic equilibria by mathematical economics, although having a different origin, is fully compatible with this development. The fusion of the social sciences will make accessible to economics the vast advantages which the experimental pro- cedure offers for testing theories and for developing new in- sight. The combination of experimental and mathematical pro- cedures which Cassirer describes has been the main vehicle for the integration of the study of light, of electricity, and of the other branches of physical science. The same combination seems to be destined to make the integration of the social sciences a reality. KURT LEWIN MASSACHUSETTS INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 14 Substance and Function (Engl. tr.), 31. "/Ml., 19. "Ibid., 20. 8 Robert S. Hartman CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS I DWELT on the birth of the ego out of the mythical collective. . . . [The] ego detaches itself from the collec- tive in the same way that certain figures of Rodin wrest them- selves out of the stone and awaken from it." Thus, in a speech at the Library of Congress, 1 Thomas Mann described his creation of the Joseph figures. In a similar way Cassirer could have described and did describe 2 the birth of modern self- consciousness from the matrix of pre-historic myth and medi- eval metaphysics, the creation of its symbolic forms out of the raw material of rites and gestures, the emergence of logical functions from natural material, their gradual liberation and therewith the self-liberation of consciousness from sensuous encumbrances. Symbolic forms are progressive states of the self-emergence of consciousness. That emergence may be followed in the grad- ual unfolding of metaphysical thought into modern science as Cassirer has shown in the first three volumes of the Erkenntnis- problem or it may be demonstrated in the gradual unfolding of the raw material and mirroring produce of the self -evolving consciousness as Cassirer has done in his Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen? Both forms of presentation demonstrate one and the same process of creative thought: in the first case with the emphasis on the creating mind, in the second with the emphasis on the created form. As the form, in its successive elaboration, mirrors 1 The Atlantic Monthly, February 1943, 97 ff. * Cf. Erkenntnisfroblem I, 1 1 f. 1 All references in this essay are to that work, and will be referred to by PSF, unless otherwise stated. The translations are my own. 291 292 ROBERT S. HARTMAN the laboring mind, so the mind, in its successive effort, reflects the form wrought. In the Erkenntnisfroblem Cassirer has shown the work of the objective spirit in its course; in the Philosophic der symbolischen Formen he has shown, in the evolution of its work, the course of the objective spirit. In both cases he stands at the end of the development, surveying it and focusing it within his own mind, thus re-creating the energy of cultural development and sculpturing its forms before our own eyes, a philosophical seer, whose visual, "synoptic" 4 view of philosophy both in its historical and conceptual dimension has rendered to us in ontogeny what the objective spirit has wrought throughout generations in phylogenic labor. Thus he has created a new symbolic form, which points beyond itself toward still higher formations. His work for us, represents what he calls "a new Composition* of the world, which proceeds according to specific standards, valid only for itself." 5 Such a form "must be measured with its own measure. The points of view, according to which it is to be judged . . . must not be brought to it from outside, but must be deduced from the fundamental principle of its own formation." 8 No rigid meta- physical category must interfere with such "a purely immanent beginning." Let us then measure Cassirer with his own measure. We shall be unable, within the limits of this essay, to extend our measurements into all the ramifications of the philosophy of symbolic forms. But we shall be able to follow its formative principle. From it we shall deduce, and by it justify, our own procedure. Thus we may hope to catch the spirit of that great work the spirit of creation itself. The philosophy of symbolic forms is a philosophy of creation. The category of creativity is the one we shall apply to and deduce from his system. In order to do so we must first clear the way and determine his philosophy negatively against its two poles, the raw-material of creation and the source of the creating act. The symbolic form is neither the one nor the 4 PSF, III, viii. /W,I,iaa. 'I but. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 293 other, but represents the process of creation itself. Confinement to the raw-material would lead to metaphysics, confinement to the source of the creative act to psychology. Cassirer's philoso- phy is neither metaphysics nor psychology} it is neither con- cerned with pure Being nor with pure Consciousness, but with the context and interaction of both. The characteristic and peculiar achievement of each symbolic form the form of language as well as that of myth or of theoretical cognition is not simply to receive 7 a given material of impressions possessing already a certain determination, quality and structure, in order to graft on it, from the outside, so to speak, another form out of the energy of con- sciousness itself. The characteristic action of the spirit begins much earlier. Also, the apparently "given" is seen, on closer analysis, to be already processed by certain acts of either the linguistic, the mythical, or the logico-theoretical "apperception." It "is" only that which it has been made into by those acts. Already in its apparently simple and im- mediate states it shows itself conditioned and determined by some primary function which gives it significance. In this primary formation, and not in the secondary one, lies the peculiar secret of each symbolic form. 8 Thus there is no "primary datum" underlying the creative activity of consciousness. Every primary datum is already spiritually 9 imbued, even the simplest spatial perceptions, like left and right, high and low. 10 The same is true of the original sensuous perceptions of time, number, and causality. If these categories were substantial elements, they could point to an absolute Being} but such a Being, presupposed by dogmatic metaphysics, does not exist. Our consciousness cannot posit any content without, by that very act of positing, setting a whole complex of other contents. This fact cannot be explained by dogmatic metaphysics from the presupposition of an absolute Being j on the contrary, the existence of such a being is contra- dicted by that very activity of consciousness. 11 An "immediate T In the sense of the Platonic "receptacle." *PSF,ll 9 120. The adjective "spiritual" is used in the sense of the German "geistig." 10 PSF, II, 120. " PSF 9 I, 31 f., with reference to Kant's Versuch die negatwen Grossen in die Weltweisheit rimuf&hren. 294 ROBERT S. HARTMAN datum" is already a material-spiritual context, it is a creatum: the germ of a symbolic form. It is obvious, on the other hand, that we cannot understand the form through insight into the natural causes of its origina- tion, by the method of psychology rather than that of meta- physics. What consciousness contributes to the form is as im- portant as are the contributions of the schemata of space, time, and number; but it is as little real by itself as are the latter. There is a third "formative determination," which explains the world of symbolic forms neither from the nature of the abso- lute nor from the play of empirico-psychological forces. Al- though that determination may agree with the method of psy- chology in acknowledging the fact that the subjectum agens of the symbolic forms is to be found nowhere else than in the human consciousness, it does not necessarily have to take consciousness in either its metaphysical or in its psychological determination but in a critical analysis which goes beyond both. "The modern critique of cognition, the analysis of the laws and principles of knowledge, has freed itself more and more determinedly from the presuppositions both of meta- physics and of psychologism." 12 Neither from the side of an absolute being nor from that of consciousness alone can reality be comprehended. only in the combination of both, in the symbolic form as constituted by the creative activity of the spirit, in the produce, the autonomous creation of the spirit do we have reality and therewith truth ; for the highest truth which opens itself to the spirit is finally the form of its own activity. In the totality of its own accomplishments and the cognition of the specific rules by which each of them is being determined, as well as in the consciousness of the connection which combines all these rules into the unity of one task and one solution: in all this the spirit possesses the knowledge of itself and of reality. 13 And that knowable reality alone is real. To the question what absolute reality should be outside of that totality of spiritual functions, what the "thing in itself" might be in this sense to this question there is no further answer. It must be understood more "PSF, II, I5 . 11 WF, PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 295 and more as a falsely put problem, a phantom of thought. The true concept of reality cannot be pressed into the abstract form of Being, but becomes merged in the variety and abundance of the forms of spiritual life a life on which is imprinted the stamp of inner necessity, and there- with the stamp of objectivity. In this sense each new "symbolic form," not only the conceptual world of cognition but also the plastic world of art, as well as that of myth and of language, signifies, in the words of Goethe, a revelation from the inner to the outer, a "synthesis of world and spirit," which alone truly assures us of the original unity of both. 14 The world of symbolic forms is the world of life itself. Neither in the primitive intuition of the spirit 15 nor in the primitive perception of natural being can life be comprehended. Life has left both these states behind, it has transformed itself into the form of the spirit. 16 "The negation of the symbolic forms would therefore, instead of apprehending the fullness of life, on the contrary destroy the spiritual form, to which that fullness necessarily is bound." 17 We must not passively contemplate these spiritual realities, but put ourselves right into the midst of their restless activity; only thus shall we comprehend these realities not as static con- templations of a metaphysical Being but as formative functions and energies. In doing so we shall discover in them, however different the "Gestalten" they produce, certain universal and typical principles, 18 the principles of creation itself. Recognizing creation we become creative ourselves: not as dogmatic meta- physicians but as artists vitalized by and vitalizing our ma- terial. Thus, in our interpretation, Cassirer's philosophy is meta- physics as little as Rodin's figures are stone: if no creative hand had ever touched the stone it might have remained stone. The creative touch proved that mere "stone" it never was. If no creative philosophy had ever liberated the spirit from the mould of the scholastic system into which it had been "melted down," 19 then metaphyiscs might have remained metaphysics. " PSF, 1, 4 8 f. M /W,I,5i. 17 Ibid. "F,I, 5 i. a * Erkenntnisfroblem, I, 1 1 . 296 ROBERT S. HARTMAN only slowly the individual moments of thought, which in that system were held together as if by a dogmatic force, step forth in freer movement." 20 From the intellectual struggles of the Renaissance, to the liberating strike of Kant's Critique of Reason, to Cassirer's "Critique of Culture," 21 the life-giving touch works on and transforms metaphysics, until it culminates in the Philosophy of Symbolic Forms. But being capable of such transformation it shows itself never to have been mere "meta- physics." Critical philosophers, and Cassirer in particular, could vitalize metaphysics as Rodin could the stone. It may be instruc- tive to compare the nature of Cassirer's material with that of Rodin's. Rodin's "stone" never was just stone. Rodin only knew living surfaces. These surfaces consisted of infinitely many movements. The play of light upon them made manifest that each of these move- ments was different and significant. At this point they seemed to flow into one another; at that to greet each other hesitatingly; at a third to pass by each other without recognition, like strangers. There were undulations without end. There was no point at which there was not life and movement. ... He saw only innumerable living surfaces, only life. 22 Cassirer's philosophy never was just metaphysics. 23 Meta- physics, as ontology, is the discipline of pure Being, but there never was pure Being. In the interaction of the thinker's mind with the raw material of his thought arises a new reality: Reality proper. That reality appears in "symbolic forms" forms which rise under the dynamic movement of thought like Rodin's figures under the magic of his hands. Like on Rodin's surfaces, the light of reality plays on these forms, which refract it in a thousand manifestations. When one characterizes language, myth, art, as "symbolic forms," M Rilke, Rainer Maria, Rodin, New York: The Fine Editions Press, 1945, n f. 9 Somewhat doubtful in this respect is W. C. Swabey in his book-report on the PMlosophie der symbolise/ten Formen, Philosophical Review, vol. XXXIII, No. 2, 1924, 195. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 297 then there seems to lie in that expression the presupposition that all of them, as definite formative modes of the spirit, point back to a last primary layer of reality, 24 which is seen through them only, like through a strange medium. Reality seems to become comprehensible for us only in the particular state of those forms; in them it both conceals and re- veals itself. The same fundamental functions which give the world of the spirit its determination, its imprint and character, appear on the other hand as just so many refractions which Reality, uniform and unique in itself, experiences as soon as it is being apperceived and ap- propriated by the "subject." The philosophy of symbolic 'forms is, seen under this point of view, nothing but the attempt to indicate for each of them, as it were, the definite index of refraction. It wants to recognize the particular nature of the different refracting media. 25 Those indices determine the activity of the spirit, defining it in terms of the "modalities" 26 which the spirit assumes in each particular medium. The life of the spirit thus is "multi- dimensional j" 27 there are undulations without end, movements, dynamic processes. Like Rodin's statues they grow out of the undifferentiated sensuous matrix into the determinacy of ob- jective thought indeed, like Rodin's own "Thought," a head growing out of the stone, or his "Thinker," shaped from him- self, pondering the abundance of forms crowding "The Gate of Hell," in deep symbolism. The process of differentiation is a process of objectivation. As Rodin followed religiously the laws of nature, the way he him- self successively discovered them, 28 so Cassirer follows the laws of the spirit as he uncovers them. There are two main laws, The Law of Continuity each phase is the fulfilment of the preced- ing one and The Law of New Emphasis each phase de- velops the preceding one. 29 These, of course, are nothing but the laws of growth itself. As the forms grow their "moments" change, their "accents" shift. The three stages or "dimensions" " Cf. II, 50. * PSF, III, 3. II, i6il, 9 ff,2 9 ff. 38 Story, Sommerville, "Auguste Rodin and His Work," in Rodin, New York: Phaidon Edition, Oxford University Press, 1939, n. 298 ROBERT S. HARTMAN of shift are expression, Presentation, Meaning (Ausdruck, Darstellung, Bedeutung). These stages are not isolated from one another but contain "points" at which the forms flow into one another, greet each other hesitatingly or pass each other without recognition, like strangers. In the first stage, Expres- sion, the subject "possesses" the environment as a variety of physiognomic experiences. 30 Long before there are "things" there is such structurization of experience. "Existence," "re- ality," are at that stage physiognomically manifest. The ab- straction of "pure" perception, which is the starting point of dogmatic sensualism, is here already transcended. The datum which the subject experiences as being "opposite" to him is here transparent with inner life, not exterior or dumb. This is the stage at which myth and art originate, and where, with hesitat- ing greeting, they meet language, which, in the Sentence, takes up 31 and transcends that stage, setting the new dimension, Presentation. The sentence, however, only very gradually swings itself upward into the new dimension. It remains bound to the physiognomic realm, substituting logical determination for spatial demonstration. only gradually it expands from per- ceptual and emotional perspectives to full objectivation, in three steps again: the mimic, where it remains in the plastic world, in the spatial meanings of the copula, the demonstrative pro- nouns, the definite article, onomatopoetic formations, and the rendering of the physiognomic characters through voiced or voiceless consonants, higher or lower vowels j the analogic, where in the relation of sounds the relations of the objects are expressed , and, finally, the symbolic, where all similarity be- tween the world of language and that of objects has dis- appeared. only in this last form, in the distance from the lower stages, language comes entirely into its own. 32 The three stages of language are thus, as it were, steps by which the spirit passes from the physiognomic to the presentative dimension, and beyond it into that of meaning. Whereas language and mythos partly flow into, partly greet " PSF, III, 5245 71. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 299 each other, mythos and logos pass by each other without recog- nition, like strangers. The scientific concept is past the physio- gnomic level. 83 "Cognition" implies distance from the world, a "cut" between "nature" and the world of feeling. The concept starts its career on the level of perception, where it meets language, to ascend in harmony with it, in order, finally, to transcend it through three stages again, corresponding to the three stages of language} the mimic, in the platonic *pwww from things to ideas, 34 with its correspondence between both; the analogic, in Kepler-Galileo-Newtonian science, where the correspondence between the world of objects and that of con- cepts has disappeared in detail but still persists in the corre- spondence of structures, especially in the model of a given space j and the symbolic, in the modern scientific concept with its purely symbolic "space" without any correspondence to the perceptual world. In this last stage the process of objectiva- tion is completed, the symbols stand freely and in full self- consistent significance above the raw material of the world. Yet, they point to it and give it its final and culminating mean- ing, fulfilling in their lofty sweep the grunt, the first gesture of the man of primal times. Rodin's "Man of Primal Times" 35 shows precisely this: the unlimited promise of that first gesture, the unfolding of thought from hand. It indicates in the work of Rodin the birth of gesture. That gesture which grew and developed to such greatness and power, here bursts forth like a spring that softly ripples over this body. It awakens in the darkness of primal times and in its growth seems to flow through the breadth of this work as though reaching out from bygone centuries to those that are to come. Hesitatingly it unfolds itself in the lifted arms. These arms are still so heavy that the hand of one rests upon the top of the head. But this hand is roused from its sleep, it concentrates itself quite high on the top of the brain where it lies solitary. It prepares for the work of centuries, a work that has no measure and no end. 8e "PSF,!!!, 526. M Alsowcalled "The Age of Bronze." * Rilke, op. cit tj 24. 300 ROBERT S. HARTMAN Gesture is the first awkward manifestation of the spontaneity of spirit which flowers forth in the full bloom of the symbolic forms. In its beginning even the primal forms of the synthetiz- ing function of consciousness, 87 space, time, and number, are nothing but corporeal motions "that softly ripple over the body." Space arises from the demonstrative gestures of Here and There, I and Thou, and expands in concentric circles around the speaker, whose body is the first system of spatial coordina- tion. 88 Thomas Mann's Joseph is still a mythical but also already an individual figure, as he describes his own and his Ishmaelite fellow travelers' universes: The world hath many centres, one for each created being, and about each one it lieth in its own circle. Thou standest but half an ell from me, yet about thee lieth a universe whose centre I am not but thou art. . . . And I, on the other hand, stand in the centre of mine. For our universes are not far from each other so that they do not touch; rather hath God pushed them and interwoven them deep into each other. 89 That body-space finally becomes the pure-brain-space of mod- ern relativity theory. Time, originally woven into the spatial determination of Here and There as Now and Then, 40 becomes the purely mental symbol of our physical science. And number itself, "originally a hand concept, not a thought concept," 41 develops out of its bodily encumbrance into the lofty realm it has so elaborately carved out today; now not only a content of thought but even a way of thinking, 42 a means of sharper and sharper determination of the indeterminate. 43 Thus, like filigree work chiseled out from heavy walls, the final Gestalten of the symbolic forms stand out in relief against the background of metaphysics. The vertical "schemata" of the structure, reaching throughout the whole dis-cursus of con- sciousness, 44 are the formative principles: space, time, and "PSF,!!!, 1 6. M PSF,I, 156. 89 Mann, Thomas, Joseph in Egyft, New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1 939, Vol. 1, 4. *PF,I, i6 7 ff. 41 /W, III, 397- *PSF, III, 468. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 301 number. The horizontal "dimensions" are the forms of expres- sion, presentation, and meaning. These latter are principles of differentiation, carrying forward the relief into ever finer ramifications. Thus the creative activity of the spirit resembles that of sculpture even in the method, "the process of removal," 45 to use the words of Michelangelo. The combination of both the horizontal and the vertical principles of formation are the sym- bolic forms, myth, language, art, religion, theoretical cognition: peculiar energies of the spirit, 46 with their own "modalities" and their own particular "planes of reality" (Seinsebenen)* 1 their own position and Gestalt on the metaphysical background. Their ultimate refinement has lost all semblance to its meta- physical matrix, just as filigree on a wall, or a sculptured hand by Rodin, have lost all semblance to their own concrete ma- terial. It has lost almost even the texture of the background. It is pure symbol either script, as the filigree on the walls of the Alhambra of Granada, or something sui generis, as a mem- ber sculptured by Rodin. "A hand laid on another's shoulder or thigh does not any more belong to the body from which it came from this body and from the object which it touches or seizes something new originates, a new thing that has no name and belongs to no one." 48 It is a symbol. The symbol, though of sensuous material, yet transcends that materiality and points toward a content in the higher forms of Meaning. Its materiality is completely absorbed, in that function of meaning, 49 its "symbolic pragnanz." It is subjected under the sensuous; yet that subjection is at the same time freedom from the sensuous. 51 The capacity of the sen- suous material to point toward a world of meanings, to symbolize it without co-inciding with it this clothing of the sensuous with ideal meaning is indeed "das Mysterium des 45 Cf. II, 2 89* Erkenntnisfroblem I, 5 f. ,, *PSF,l, 28 f. 48 Rilke, op. /., 30. "PSF, III, 234. The similarity of Cassirer's terminology with that of Gestalt psychology is a conscious one. Symbolic forms are "Gestaltcn." , 41. 302 ROBERT S. HARTMAN Wirkens schlechthin"** the mystery of creative activity far excellence. It cannot suddenly accrete to the sensitive faculty out of nothing, but must be part of the very nature of that faculty from its first beginnings. There is, in the sensuous itself, to use an expression of Goethe, an' "exact sensuous imagination," which appears active in the most diverse realms of spiritual and mental creativity. Each of these realms gives rise, as the true vehicle of its own immanent process, beside and above the world of perception, to a free world of images, a world which in its immediate quality still bears the hue of the sensuous, but that sensuousness is formed and therewith spiritually dominated. We do not encounter the sensuous as a simple datum, but as a system of sensuous varieties, which are being produced in all kinds of free creation. 53 In other words, not only is there no absolute metaphysical Be- ing, there is, on the other hand, not even an absolutely given sensuous perception. The network of meanings is present in germ, in f>otentia y in the first ripples of expression. Already then there is not only the substance of the material, but also the function of meaning in it. "The fundamental function of mean- ing is there before the positing of the individual sign, so that in that positing that function is not created but only fixated, only applied to an individual case." 54 Substance and function, material and meaning, the sensuous and the "intelligible" are originally fused in the unity of primary symbols. As the process of objectivation, of spiritualization continues, the sub- stantial is gradually chiseled off, "in a process of removal," and the functional appears in greater and greater purity. But substance and function never lose their mutual interdependence the filigree of the Alhambra is still on the wall, and Rodin's sculptured hand is still of bronze. That primary fusion in the symbolic, this primacy of the symbolic junction, is the secret of all symbolic forms and all spiritual activity. There is no Out- side or Inside here, no Before or After, nothing Active or Pas- sive. Here we have a union of elements, which did not have 11 POT, m, 119. "POT, I, 19 f. " POT, I, 41. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 303 to be constructed, but was a primary meaningful whole which belongs only to itself and interprets itself alone. In the fusion of body and soul we have the paradigm and prototype of such a relation. 55 The moments of succession, as we find them in space and time, the connections of conditions such that the one appears as "thing," the other as "quality," the connection of successive events such that the one appears as cause, the other as effect: all these are examples of how the original fusion is gradually loosened and ramified. At the end of the development stands modern man, his intellect almost disengaged from his sensuous and social 86 background. Not without reason Cassirer's last published work had to be An Essay on Man. The principles of formation, present in the gestures of the man of primal times, brought about the intellect of the man of modern times. The hand resting on the brain of Rodin's figure symbolizes the entire power of that primal gesture. That hand does not rest there any more it has emancipated itself in the actions of that brain, 87 from which proceeded both modern science and technology, more like Ares than Athene. In the Critical philosophy the threads had been laid bare by which intellect is knitted to perception. For Kant "the intellect is the simple transcendental expression for the fundamental phenomenon that all perception, as conscious, always and neces- sarily must be jormed perception." 58 In Cassirer's philosophy the threads are traced back to their very origin in the original skein of cultural life: the critique of reason is expanded and empirically substantiated in Cassirer's critique of culture. But, after showing the entire many-branched labyrinth of man's development to modernity, Cassirer focuses on the hero him- self, a modern Theseus, who has left the guiding hand of nature and, at the end of his course, encounters a monster, the master of the maze, the Minotaur of Machinery, ready to de- vour him. Will man slay it or will he be slain? 55 PSF, in, 117. M Originally spatial. OT PSF, II, 266: Technology as "organ projection." " PSF, III, 2124. 304 ROBERT S. HARTMAN It all depends on whether the original power of symboliza- tion is still living in him. For symbolization is power. Rodin's sculptured limbs are creations of a powerful energy which has appropriated the material and bent it to its will. The power of symbolization is a power of concentration and condensation, a Kraft der Verdichtung active in all symbolic forms. "It is as if through the creation of the new symbol, a tremendous energy of thought is being transformed from a relatively diffuse into more concentrated form." 80 That energy is the spontaneity, the creative freedom of the spirit, a freedom not arbitrary, but producing within the modalities of the symbolic forms. 161 It is a power which contains within itself the entire force of cultural evolution the symbol concentrates in one intense moment the entire cultural energy, diffuse in its manifold forms from past to future: a "revelation in the material." 62 Man will slay the monster, if he has the power of the symbol: to find his way back to nature and at the same time to look forward into the future, if he is able to concentrate and symbolically to divine past and future in the present. He must become a prophet: a symbol himself of his own origin and destination. 63 For us Cassirer was such a "symbolic man," and so was Rodin. Both knew the nature and power of the symbol. Rodin saw man himself as a symbol. "When I have a beautiful wom- an's body as a model, the drawings I make of it also give me pictures of insects, birds, and fishes. That seems incredible and I did not know it myself until I found out." 84 Cassirer found a similarly incredible content in the "symbolic forms" of the spirit. Each of them symbolizes the totality of cultural evolu- tion. Consciousness cannot posit anything without positing every thing j in the Goethean words, often quoted by Cassirer, Truly the mental fleece Resembles a weaver's masterpiece, **PSF, III, 466. 60 Ibid. "PSF,e.g. I, 20. "PSF, I, 46. M Cf. Essay on Man y 55, 61. ** Story, op. tit., 14 f. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 305 Where a thousand threads one treadle throws, Where fly the shuttles hither and thither Unseen the threads are knit together, And an infinite combination grows. The symbol, the material content clothed with the ideal mean- ing of the whole infinite composition, is therefore the "natural" product of consciousness, the symbolic function its natural func- tion. A healthy consciousness must in every act, to the degree and extent of that act, shuttle back and forth throughout the aeons of cultural development and knit all of them into the act. To the degree that it achieves this it is free from its sensuous origins: it is human. The essence of humanity is a free con- sciousness, roaming widely over cultural space and time. "Hu- man culture taken as a whole may be described as the process of man's progressive self-liberation.'* 65 The more symbolic an act, therefore, the more it is a truly human act. The more it presents a cultural content, the more it must represent all culture. Ethically as well as epistemologically, the develop- ment of presentation is progressive representation. Man's self- liberation proceeds proportionately to his capacity for symbolic representation. Representation is the act of manifesting spiritual energy in sensuous material. It is the fundamental function of consciousness, exhibited in the primal gesture of the savage as well as in the mathematical analysis of the man of advanced studies. Between both activities is a difference of degree, but not of kind. In all intellectual activity this function is being applied, or rather, all intellectual activity is this function. only in human behavior it is not yet manifest} only man himself has not yet become a symbol unto himself. In the social sphere the relationship between symbol and reality has not yet been found. It must be found} social reality must be filled with symbolic meaning. Thus the tension between symbol and reality 66 would be consummated. The other alternative of con- summation would be the effacement of man, the flattening out of the spirited ripple that rose as form over the faceless deep. The differentiation of the formless, similar to the structuriza- 85 Essay on Man, 228. 306 ROBERT S. HARTMAN tion of the Awpov by the 9<*S or the articulation of 5Xi) by \MW this is the function of Form in Cassirer's philosophy (even though limited to the field of human culture and on the level of transcendental correlation rather than that of metaphysical opposition, as it was in the philosophies of Plato and Aristotle and later in that of Hegel). 67 Form is not a static thing, a shape, but a dynamic principle, the totality of characters that transform sensuous impressions into intellectual and spiritual expressions." In its totality alone the form finds truth} truth is the whole herein Cassirer agrees with Hegel, calling part of his own philosophy a "Phenomenology of Cognition." 09 The end, the "telos" of the spirit cannot be comprehended or pro- nounced, if one takes it by itself, severed from its beginning and middle. Philosophical reflection does not in this way set off the end against middle and beginning, but takes all three as integral moments of one unique total movement. 70 In this total context, then, every element of the form, every one of its "differentials" 71 is representative of the whole. As for Rodin the beauty of the woman is representative of all creation, so for Cassirer the characteristic of one cultural unit, whether a vowel in language, a ritual in religion or an algorithm in mathematics, mirrors monadlike 72 the whole universe of forms. As Rodin's model is an end product of evolution, but as such again a middle term between the universal premise of evolution and the conclusion drawn by Rodin's pencil, so the symbolic unit is an end of the formative development preceding it, but also a mediator between that development and Cassirer's con- ception of it. At the same time these units are mediators be- tween the preceding and successive stages, and focal points of the entire development. The form of sensuous reality is based on the fact that the individual moments of which it is built up do not stand by themselves, but that OT Cf. PSF, III, 13, 230, and infra 312 ff., 322. , 12. , I, 40} III, 235- , 102. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 307 between them takes place a peculiar relation of "corn-positing" (Mit- setzung). Nowhere is here anything isolated and detached. Even that which seems to belong to a certain single spatial point or temporal moment, does not remain immersed in the mere Here and There. It reaches beyond itself into the totality of all empirical contents. 73 The higher reality unfolds itself, the richer its pattern be- comes and the fuller of symbolic functions will be the contents that offer themselves to consciousness. The farther that process continues, the wider a circle consciousness is able to span in a single moment. Each of its elements is now saturated, as it were, with such functions. It stands in varied meaningful contexts, which again are connected and which, by virtue of that connection, constitute a whole, which we denote as the world of our "experience." Whatever contexts one may isolate from this totality of "experience" . . . always their orders will show a definite structure and a common fundamental character. They are of such a nature, that from everyone of their moments a transition is possible to the whole, just as the con- stitution of the whole is presentable and presented in every moment. 74 Every phenomenon is now only a letter within the script of total reality. 75 Thus it is possible to span the whole world in a moment. Physical science is doing that, comprehending the totality of events by representing each event through its four space-time coordinates and reducing the variation of these coordinates to (more or less) final invariant laws/ 8 It thus obtains what science calls the "truth" of the phenomena, which is nothing else but their totality, "taken not in their concrete state but in the form of an ideal coordination" That coordination is based both on logical connections and logical distinctions, on synthesis as well as analysis. The higher a symbol, that is to say the more numerous and the more complex the phenomena it refers to, the more different will be its own form, its shape, from that of the phenomena themselves, and the greater the "distance" l, 80. "Ibid. 308 ROBERT S. HARTMAN between the sensuous and the symbolic content of consciousness but the greater that "distance" the greater, because the more comprehensive, the more "universal," will be the "truth." Fi- nally the symbol contains nothing but the 'principle of the forms it represents, the constitutive law of their structure, the genetic essence of their formation. It thus refers not to the similarity of the forms, but to their inner connective law, which may or may not express itself in similarities of form. 78 Thus the common constructive principle of the conic sections is not betrayed in any similarity of shape. Again we are reminded of Rodin, who in all his work looked for the latent principles of natural move- ment. "Such was the basis of what is called my Symbolism. I do not mind being called a Symbolist, if that will define the essential principle of sculpture." 79 It was not enough for Rodin to study nature and follow it so closely that "The Man of Primal Times" was suspected to be cast from the living model. He tried to find the principle of movement by what he called a method of "logical exaggeration." "My aim was then, after the 'Burghers of Calais,' to find ways of exaggerating logi- cally." 80 Indeed, what could be sensuously as well as significantly more expressive than calling ellipse, parabola and hyperbola "logical exaggerations" of the circle! Logical exaggeration consists, among other things, in the "constant reduction of the face to a geometrical figure, and the resolve to sacrifice every part of the face to the synthesis of its aspect," 81 that is to say, the totality of its features. That totality is sometimes enhanced by subtraction. Take the Cathedral of Chartres as an example: one of its towers is massive and without ornamentation, having been neglected in order that the exquisite delicacy of the other could be better seen. In sculpture the projection of the sheaths of muscles must be accentuated, the shorten- ings heightened, the holes made deeper. Scultpure is the art of the hole and the lump. 82 I, 88. 70 Story, op. cit., 14. * J bid. "Ibid. "Ibid. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 309 The "process of removal" thus is a succession of dialectic steps in the totality of the form's movement. Not in continuous quantitative accretion, but in the sharpest dialectic contradiction the various fundamental ideas oppose each other in the truly critical epochs of cognition. . . , 88 The myth [e.g.,] would not be a truly spiritual form, if its unity were nothing but oppositionless sim- plicity. . . , The individual stages of its development do not simply join themselves one to the other, but often oppose each other in sharp contrast. The process consists in the fact that certain fundamental traits, certain spiritual determinations of the preceding stages are not only elaborated and supplemented, but are also being negated, indeed an- nihilated. 84 Whatever obstructs the law of process of the total form is being eliminated. The symbol itself cannot contain anything that is not part of the totality: it shows "hole and lump." It is not similar to the symbolized content, but somehow in its shape is found the principle of the totality of the represented forms, visible to the eye of the synoptic seer, whether he be of plastic imagination like Rodin or of philosophical imagination like Cassirer. Some day, perhaps, a logic of symbolic forms will be written, based on the combined insight of both philosopher and artist. That logic would have to be symbolic of the entire fullness of life, its symbolism saturated with live meanings and not "sick- lied o'er with the pale cast" of positivism. Cassirer's philosophy of symbolic forms is such a truly symbolic logic, culminating, as it does, in the symbols of mathematics, the "logic of inven- tion," as it was called both by Galileo and Leibniz. But Cas- sirer's "Ansatz" the method and tendency of his work, points further: to an expansion of his method into the very field of the arts, into a logical symbolism or symbolic logic of painting and sculpture as well as of music, thus, in due time, to a method which will make these forms of consciousness as definitely and determinedly symbolic of life's fullness maybe even in the form of communication 85 as now are the "rational" signs of 88 Erkenntnisproblem, I, 5. M PF, II, 289. Cf. infra 879 f. 85 Cf . Langer, Susanne K., Philosophy in a New Key, Cambridge, Mass. : Har- vard University Press, 1942, 2i8fL, and passim. 3io ROBERT S. HARTMAN language and mathematics. Seen under this view, not of eternity but of long term development, Cassirer's "phenomenology of cognition" is as much a precursor of a new logic as was HegePs phenomenology only in a much wider sense, comparable, per- haps, to Leibniz' divined rather than elaborated scientia gener- alis as a precursor of modern mathematical science. Indeed, in its emphasis on the totality of the formative process Cassirer's philosophy agrees with HegePs phenome- nology; in its emphasis on the fullness of life it draws inspiration from Leibniz' scientia generalis. With Hegel he has only the "Ansatz" 9 * in common; HegePs phenomenology "finally, so to speak, sharpens itself into a highest logical point. . . . How rich and varied ever its content, its structure is subject to a single and in a way uniform law." 87 The logic to which Cassirer points is a logic of creation, a logic of invention in a sense much wider even than that divined by Galileo and Leibniz as wide and varied, in fact, as life itself. The structure of his work does not suffer from HegePs shortcomings, from compression into a too narrow scheme. on the contrary, if criticism is in order, Cassirer's work seems almost too little inhibited, too artfully rambling at times in the fascinating regions it discloses, the style too ornamental sometimes to be fully effectful. 88 It is a work of art, full of life, showing, as does Rodin's work, "life in movement." 89 For Rodin it is the life of natural forms, for Cassirer the life of cultural forms. Rodin had nude models moving about in his studio, to supply him constantly with the picture of nudity in various attitudes and with all the liberty of ordinary life. He was constantly looking at them, and thus was always familiar with the spectacle of muscles in 88 In contrast, for example, to the condensed imagery of Bergson. HegePs often atrocious German cannot be compared to the elegance of Cassirer's style. Although Cassirer was not as electrifying a personality as was Bergson, he was an absorbingly interesting lecturer. His classrooms, as one of his students expressed it, "seemed to be the halls where there was no life but the life of thought. In his lectures the spirit itself seemed to speak to the brains of men." This is a far cry from the utter dryness of HegePs presentation, the effect of which seems to have been one of the riddles of his time (not only to Schopenhauer). w Story, of cit. t 9. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 311 movement. Thus the nude, which today people rarely see, and which even sculptors only see during the short period of the pose, was for Rodin an ordinary spectacle. . . . The face is usually regarded as the only mirror of the soul, and mobility of features is supposed to be the only exteriorization of spiritual life. But in reality there is not a muscle of the body which does not reveal thoughts and feelings. 90 only the highest functions of the human mind seem to express the creativity of the spirit} Kant, and in a way even Hegel, as well as most of the post-Kantian philosophers before Cassirer, were interested in them mainly. Even Cassirer demonstrated the creativeness of thought first in its highest functions, in the field of abstract science. 91 only gradually he worked down from the brain to the lower and lowlier parts of the body, finally to the gestures of the members, the movement of the muscles, until the entire body of man stood before his eyes vibrating with spiritual life. All the forms of that life were then con- stantly before his view; for over thirty years he constantly looked at them. He seemed, like Rodin, "obsessed by a sort of divine intoxication for form." 92 "The living motion of the spirit must be apprehended in its actuality, in the very energy of its movement." 93 "Procedere" is only apprehensible through proc- ess, in its Fortgang. only by constantly following the forms of the spirit and sculpturing them in their process can one appre- hend them. The true, the concrete totality of the spirit must not be denoted in a simple formula at the beginning and so to speak presented ready made, but it develops, it finds itself only in the constantly advancing process 94 of critical analysis itself. 95 Just as the eyes of the sculptor must follow his models' mo- tions constantly and apprehend them in motor empathy, so the spirit itself, as analysis, must follow the "stetig weiterschrei- 90 Story, op. cit.y 13. 91 In Substance and Function. "Story, of. cit. t 26. ""Im stetig weiterschreitenden Fortgang." The translation cannot render the plastic expressiveness of Cassirer's style. "PSFJy 10. 312 ROBERT S. HARTMAN tenden Fortgang? "the steadily further striding onwalking," of the symbolic forms parading before the philosopher's eyes like models before the artist. "The perimeter of spiritual reality can be designated, defined and determined only by pacing it .off in the process." 96 The whole of the objective spirit thus reveals itself gradually as an organic unity, steadily growing and developing in a "definite systematic scale, an ideal progress, as the end of which may be stated that the spirit in its own formations and self-created symbols not only is and lives, but that it comprehends them as they are." 07 In this respect again the philosophy of symbolic forms connects with HegePs phe- nomenology: "the end of development consists in the com- prehension and expression of spiritual reality not only as sub- stance, but 'just as much as subject'." 98 But there is an important difference between HegePs and Cassirer's phenomenology, which can be illustrated by Cassirer's attitude toward HegePs historical theory. The concept of a history of science contains the idea of the conservation of a universal logical structure in the succession of particular conceptual systems. Indeed: if the earlier content of thought would not be con- nected with the succeeding one by some identity, there would be nothing to justify our comprising the scattered logical fragments then at hand, in a series of becoming events. Each historical series of evolution needs a "subject" as a substratum in which to present and exteriorize itself. The mistake of the metaphysical theory of history lies not in the fact that it demands such a subject, but in the fact that it reifies it, by speak- ing of the self-development of an "Idea," a progress of the "World Spirit," and so on. We must renounce such reified carrier standing behind the historical movement; the metaphysical formula must be changed into a methodological formula. Instead of a common sub- stratum we only demand an intellectual continuity in the individual phases of development." That is to say, just as the sculptor is not interested in the per- sonality of his models as such, but in their symbolic significance for the laws of nature, so the philosopher of symbolic forms "ibid. "Ibid. * Erkenntnisfroblem, I, 16. Italics mine. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 313 is not interested in the subject matter of the forms as such, but only their significance for the whole context in which they appear. "It is the task of philosophy . . . again and again, from a concrete historical aggregate of certain scientific concepts and principles to set forth the universal logical functions of cogni- tion in general." 100 In this respect the histories of science and of philosophy are two aspects of one and the same intellectual process, for which Galileo and Kepler, Newton and Euler are just as valid witnesses as Descartes or Leibniz. 101 The process is an empirical logical, not a metaphysical logical process. It is the historical process by which the cultural realities have evolved. From the sphere of sensation to that of perception, from perception to conceptual thinking, and from that again to logical judgment there leads, for critical epistemology, one steady road. Each later moment comprises the earlier, each earlier prepares the later. All the elements constituting cognition refer both to themselves and the "object." Sen- sation, perception, are in germ already comprehension, judgment, con- clusion. 102 Neither in the treatment of the philosophical systems nor in that of the cultural forms is Cassirer concerned with estab- lishing a metaphysical subjective idealism. He is not dogmatic in any way 5 the dogmatic systems of metaphysics are in most cases nothing but hypostases of certain logical, aesthetical, or religious principles. The more they seclude themselves into the abstract generality of principle, the more they preclude themselves from other sides of spiritual culture and the concrete totality of its forms. 103 With that totality Cassirer is concerned, in it he finds intellec- tual creativity active. The existence of such creativeness thus becomes for him not a matter of principle even though orig- inally it was a postulate 104 but a question of fact. In the rich- ness of that concrete totality he finds, through the ingenious 100 ibid. 101 Erkenntnisproblem, I, i o. * Erkenntnisfroblem, 1, 1 8. 314 ROBERT S. HARTMAN interpretation of the symbolic function, a whole systematic of the spirit, where each particular form receives its meaning pure- ly by the position it has within the system, a kind of periodic system of cultural forms. only that system is never closed, but ever active, ever in process, 105 reality thus never being but ever becoming, the ideal goal of the process rather than the process itself. Being concerned with the universal meaning in concrete re- ality rather than in an abstract principle, which would only detract from that meaning, and in the sifting of that meaning from all the forms of reality itself, Cassirer is not interested only in completed philosophical systems, nor in fully grown cultural forms. Similar or even identical concepts might conceal differ- ent, even contrasting meanings, 106 and most significant features might be found in byroads hitherto overlooked. The manifold attempts and beginnings of research in all cultural forms are the trickles from which the formula of universal cultural prog- ress must be distilled. 107 In the frozen shapes of these forms the original dynamics of their movement must be detected. Cassirer inquired into all these forms, torsos, trunks of forms, with never resting zeal, presenting not only full grown treatises like the three great master works, but a host of monographs on particular questions. In all this his reasoning was profound; he aimed to crystallize the leading idea of cultural movement, its dynamic soul. Similarly Rodin in an unheard of procedure for a sculptor, exhibited human figures deprived of a head, legs or arms, which at first shock the beholder, but on examination are found to be so well balanced and so perfectly harmonized that one can only find beauty in them. His reason for this is artistically profound. ... In the development of a leading idea of thought, of meditation, of the action of walking, his desire was to eliminate all that might counteract or draw attention from this central thought. "As to polishing nails or ringlets of hair, that has no interest for me," he said; "it detracts attention from the leading line and the soul which I wish to interpret." 108 1M Perhaps, in the light of the newest atomic achievements, this is also true for the periodic system of elements. 108 Cf. Erkenntnlsfroblem^ I, 10. 10T Cf. Erkenntnis'problem, I, 9. 108 Story, op.cit., 13. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 315 Just as little did Cassirer have time for the trimmings of the cultural process. His painstaking search for phenomena was the search for the essential, the symbolic in them. But, since the symbolic is never found in purity 109 but only fulfilled in the totality of the process, and the process is never finished but al- ways proceeding, the search for the symbol itself is never ending but always asymptotic. Just as for Rodin and for every great master it was never Cassirer's habit "to undertake a work, complete it and have done with it. He always had by him a number of ideas and thoughts on which he meditated patiently for years as they ripened in his mind." 110 By the time he wrote the Essay on Man Cassirer saw the problems of the Philosophy of the Symbolic Forms from a different angle and in a new light. 111 Now it was no longer so much the totality of the process that interested him, but one moment of its concrete fullness: the reference to man. The asymptotic openness of the process, the lofty culmination in merely intellectual symbols now has given place to a fuller harmony: a human universe. Now the sym- bolic forms were to help man to slay the monster and continue the process of life itself. Now it is no longer science which is the great culmination, but art Cassirer has moved toward the new logic towards which we see his work tending. on the last page of the Essay we read the famous words of Kant, that we can learn all about Newton's principles of natural philosophy, however great a mind may have been required to discover them; but we cannot learn to write spirited poetry, however explicit may be the precepts of the art and however excellent its models. We learn that the highest of forms is not an abstract "logical function," but that it is genius himself, homo creator. Now the whole of science is a flat dimension as compared with the di- mension of man himself. Not only "ex analogia universi" but, even more, "ex analogia hominis" we must understand the world. And it is on a note of musical harmony that this last great work of Cassirer ends: All these functions complete and complement one another. Each one " PSF, III, 142. 110 Story, op. cit., 13. ** Essay on Man, vii. 316 ROBERT S. HARTMAN opens a new horizon and shows us a new aspect of humanity. The dis- sonant is in harmony with itself; the contraries are not mutually exclu- sive, but interdependent: "harmony in contrariety, as in the case of the bow and the lyre." 112 The spirit of Leibniz, in the new form of warm human concern, has conquered the Hegelian aloofness in Cassirer's mind. Now spontaneity and productivity are no more prerogatives of "the objective spirit" or "the symbolic function," but are "the very center of all human activities." 113 The philosophy of symbolic forms has become the philosophy of man. Man himself now is the central symbolic form. The symbolic process is now no longer so much one of "dematerialization," 114 "a process of removal," but of spiritualization, a process of strengthening the differentiation of matter by a new energy: the spiritual energy of harmonization. That energy combines the human world into a symphony of meanings. It strengthens itself through its wedlock with matter. Has it been an original partner of matter from the beginning? Has the harmony between it and matter been pre-established from the beginning and is the whole development of the forms nothing but the elaboration of that pre-established harmony? And is the appearance of that har- mony in the logic of symbols nothing but that harmony's revelation in matter? Cassirer never answers these Leibnizian questions} although, with unconcerned assurance, he makes positive statements in all these respects covering up meta- physical concern with reference to "miracles" and "ultimate mysteria." But he seems to be in profound agreement with Leibniz. "Leibniz was the first great modern thinker to have a clear insight into the true character of mathematical sym- bolism," 115 and into the nature of symbolism in general. For him [Leibniz] the problem of the "logic of things" is insolubly connected with the problem of the "logic of signs." The "Sctentia gen- erdu" needs the "Characteristica general**" as its tool and vehicle. The 112 Essay on Man, 228. 118 Essay on Man, 220. 114 PSF, III, 387. 118 Essay on Man, 217 j cf. Erkenntnisfroblem, II, 1425. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 317 latter does not refer to the things, but their representations: it does not deal with the res but the "notae rerum" But this does not prejudice their objective content. For that "pre-established harmony" which, in ac- cordance with the fundamental thought of Leibniz' philosophy, rules between the world of the ideal and the real: it also connects the world of signs with that of objective "meanings." The real is subject, without any limitation, to the ideal. 116 There is no such division between ideal and real world in the philosophy of Cassirer. Critical philosophy welds the two worlds into transcendental unity. But the seam appears in the notion of the symbol. Cassirer cannot help using Leibnizian language. In that way he slides over the metaphysical problem which has been put and answered by Leibniz. With Leibniz the analysis of the real leads to the analysis of the ideas, the analysis of the ideas to that of the signs. With one stroke therewith the concept of the symbol has become the spiritual focus, the true center of the intellectual world. In it the principles of metaphysics and cognition run together. 117 This very same characteristic can be given of Cassirer's philoso- phy of symbolic forms; only that the form's metaphysical in- gredients, by definition, are as metaphysical unknowable. His philosophy is thus in a way frustrating; one would like to say, it is so by definition. The quest for a metaphysics "behind" the symbolic form is invalid. But the question concerning the nature of that energy, which welds phenomena into structural totality and thus brings about symbols, is still valid. Its answer would lead into metaphysics a metaphysics of Leibnizian har- mony with humanistic emphasis: "the highest, indeed the only task of all these forms is to unite men!" 11 * What a new key is sounded here! How much has totality become harmony and harmony humanism! Human harmony all over the world presupposes universal symbols. Leibniz was right: without a Characteristica generalis we shall never find a Scientia generalis. Modern symbolic logic follows the same '"/ 118 Essay on Man, 129. Italics mine. Whether these forms actually do unite men is another question. See below notes 132, 133. 3i 8 ROBERT S. HARTMAN tendency. 119 But therewith the problem of human harmony is not solved. "In an analysis of human culture we must accept the facts in their concrete shape, in all their diversity and divergence." 120 The diversity of produced languages divide menj the unity of linguistic functions may unite them. Even more, however, may they become united by a universal logic of artistic imagination, an aesthetic logic, which is not inferior to intellectual logic, as was the one constructed by Baum- garten, 121 but superior to it, extending not only over the whole surface of things but also sounding the depths of the under- standing consciousness. only then will it truly be possible to "comprehend the world in a moment," to make actual the brotherhood of man. Science, following the Leibnizian "Ansatz" has conquered the totality of things. Exact science is completely under Leibniz's spell. 122 But science has diluted the metaphysical richness of his method. "For Leibniz the concept of symbol was so to speak the 'vinculum substantiate? between his metaphysics and his logic. For modern science it is the 'vmculum substantiate* between logic and mathematics and be- tween logic and exact natural science." 123 For the author of the Philosophy of Symbolic Forms this fact implied a distinct prog- ress and advantage. It was a fascinating discovery to find the intermediate function between the logical universal and the concrete individual, 124 the common denominator between ex- tension and intension, to discover the world of things as a world of symbols, as representations rather than as objects, 125 and to rise, in the process of dematerialization, to the pure "conceptual sign" without any Nebensinn that is to say without any material appendage, in spite of the necessity of meaning to find a sensuous substratum for its actualization. 127 But for the author " 1 ML lbid. 181 Essay on Man, 136. , III, 55. '"PSF, I, tfif. m PSF, 111,373- PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 319 of An Essay on Man it is different. The fascination of intellec- tual discovery now seems to have given way to an endeavor of moral persuasion a development similar to Kant's, although, in my opinion, less consciously planned for. In the Philosophy of Symbolic Forms it is the fascinating function of the concept to refer from the very beginning to the totality of thought, to the whole of all possible thought formations. 128 Precisely that which has not happened here or anywhere else is posited as norm 129 by the concept and is pre-formed in anticipation by the symbol. 130 The fascination of the Essay on Man is no more the all comprehensive potentiality of thought but that of man him- self. The kingdom of the possible must now be actualized by man. He must make true what has never been true before, his own total harmonic life. Now a new miracle has to happen: not the miracle of the concept, "that the simple sensuous material, by the way in which it is considered, gains a new and manifold spiritual life}" 131 but a miracle of social life: that the human material, by the way in which it is considered, gains a new and manifold spiritual life. Now the question arises, how man's spiritual creations can reactively ennoble their creator himself. This is only possible, obviously, if they do not remain merely intellectual achievements, but take hold of the whole of man's nature} if culture is integrated by the symbol not only, so to speak, horizontally, in the totality of its forms, but also in the person of its creator, vertically, so to speak, to the very founda- tions of his soul in a word, if man himself is integrated into his culture. For such an achievement the intellectual logic is not sufficient. The author of the Essay on Man does no longer seem to find it so important that the symbolic function is the vinculum substantiate between logic and mathematics and be- tween logic and exact natural science. For him it seems now to be all important that it be the vinculum substantiate between logic and morality. It is one of the peculiarities of creation that the works created 128 PSF, m, 39 i. , 111,370. PSF, III, i 97 f., 21 if, 234- m PSF, 1, 27. 320 ROBERT S. HARTMAN appear as strangers to the creator. Since the essential act of creation is a subconscious one, the miracle of encompassing the spiritual in the material takes place in the very depths of the creating soulj the memory of it is faint, indeed, non-existing, and the re-cognition of the created as created almost impossible. Herein lies the fascination of the work for the creator 5 but herein also the danger of abstracting himself from his creations, of disintegration between man and culture instead of integra- tion. The very variety and differentiation of cultural forms, in which lies the progress of the spirit and in the totality of which lies its harmony, also makes for differences and separations. "Thus what was intended to secure the harmony of culture be- comes the source of the deepest discords and dissensions." 182 This is the great antinomy, the dialectic, not only of the religious life 133 but of all cultural life. The "process of removal" some- times "iiberschlagt sich" gets out of hand, and degenerates into an urge of destruction. The great problem then is how to main- tain the continuity between the soul of man and his creations, how to weave him and the symbolic forms into one cultural pattern, a pattern of morality. When man is identified with his works, he is moral; for then he is identified with the works of all mankind. How can that integration be achieved? Again let us glance at the artist. Rodin and his works were one. It was impossible to separate him from his work. His statues were the states of his soul. Just as Rodin seemed to break the fragments around the statue away from the block in which it had been concealed, so he himself seemed to be a sort of rock hiding various forms and crystallized growths. 184 The symbolic forms are the states of man's soul. "The contents of culture cannot be separated from the fundamental forms and directions of spiritual creation: their 'being' cannot be appre- hended otherwise but as 'doing'." 135 As the sculpture is "con- cealed" in the block, "pre-existent" in its shape, grain, texture, *** Essay on Man, 130. 138 Ibid, and Chap. VII. ** Story, op. cit.f n. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 321 "like the chicken in the egg," 136 and the sculptor must "col- laborate" with the stone to free the figure concealed in it, so man must "collaborate" with himself to free the symbolic forms within him and create culture out of himself. Culture is indeed the process of man's progressive self-liberation. "Language, art, religion, science, are various phases in this process." 137 Man is his own "matter" and his own "form." Cassirer's philosophy here completes and substantiates empirically Kant's "Coperni- can revolution." Matter and form are now no more absolute powers of Eemg y but they serve the designa- tion of certain differences and structures of meaning. The "matter" of perception, as it was understood by Kant originally, could still appear as a kind of epistemological counterpart to Aristotle's WP<OTYJ uXiq. Like it, it is taken as the merely indeterminate before all determination, which must expect all determination from the form which accrues to it and imprints itself on it. The situation changes after Kant's own de- velopment of the "transcendental topic" and his designation, within that topic, of a definite position to the opposition of "matter" and "form." Now they are no more primal determinations of Being, ontic entities, but pure concepts of reflection, which in the section on the "Amphiboly of the Concepts of Reflection" are being treated on the same line with Agreement and Opposition, and Identity and Difference. They are no more two poles of Being in insoluble "real" opposition, 138 but concepts of transcendental comparisons referring to states of consciousness. They are "states of man's soul." "From the point of view of phenomenology there is as little a 'matter in itselP as a 'form in itself there are only total experiences, which can be compared under the point of view of matter and form, and determined and articulated accordingly." 139 In the Essay on Man the transcendental "relativization" 140 of the contrast between matter and form has been applied to man 5 man is the sculptor of the symbolic forms forms of his own consciousness. But the relationship already appears clearly in the Philosophy of Symbolic Forms. Indeed, it is the differ- 136 In words of the Spanish sculptor Jose* de Creeft. 187 Essay on Man, 228. 138 m 1 , III, 13. 189 PSF, III, 230. 322 ROBERT S. HARTMAN entiation of man's "space" by which man actually carves out the symbolic forms, pre-existent in it. Space is the universal matrix of these forms and it is a state of man's own con- sciousness. Plato's rcp&Tov SeKTixdVj space as common matrix of all determinations, is actually being confirmed by the philoso- phy of symbolic forms, 141 even though its "space," like Kant's, is very different from Plato's metaphysical "receptacle." It is a formative, dynamic principle, indeed, the formative principle of consciousness itself in its relation to the world the form of our "outer experience." It is a living "material," living in and through the life of its shaper, just as is the "stone" of Rodin. All the symbolic forms have their particular "spati- ality," 142 their particular form of correlation 148 according to their particular modality. From empirical perceptual space develops conceptual space. 144 Perceptual space is already filled with sym- bolic forms and interpenetrated by them. Language forms the first space-words. In abstract geometry space is a system of topological determinations: proximity of points, distance, inter- section of lines, incidence of planes and spaces. From topologi- cal develops metric and projective space. The development of space is at the same time the development of relational thought, the gradual awakening of consciousness and its world-aware- ness. 145 There is no power of the spirit which has not co-operated in this gigantic process of formation. Sensation, intuition, feeling, phantasy, creative imagination, 146 constructive [!] conceptual thought and the manner of their interpenetration create each time a new spatial Gestalt. At the same time there is a definitive direction of the process: "the ' Auseinanderseteung* between world and ^o" 148 the 1 PSF, m, 49 i. 148 ibid. 144 PSF, m, 49*. 148 Cassirer refers in this connection to Carnap, Rudolf, Der Raum, tin Beitrag zur Wissenschaftslehre, Berlin, 1922. 14 *The German word "Einbildungskraft" '-"power of in-forming," gives the spatial implication. "PSF, III, 493. 148 Italics mine. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 323 progressive "ex-position" and "ex-secution" of the separateness of man and world, their gradual differentiation. Gradually man releases space and its forms from and out of himself, until finally it seems to be an independent Gestalt y standing opposed to and as counter-pole of him. The mythical consciousness of space is still entirely woven within the sphere of subjective feel- ing, but already there appears an opposition of cosmic powers, as in the Platonic Timaeus, the Chinese Yin and Yang, and the innumerable forms of "cosmic bisexuality." 149 Language con- tinues the separation and deepens it: the mythical physiog- nomic space becomes presentative space. Conceptual mathe- matical, geometrical, and physical thought complete the proc- ess: the anthropomorphic conditions are being pushed back in favor of "objective" determinations which result from the meth- ods of counting and measuring. Now we have the space of pure meaning or signification. 150 A similar process of differentiation takes place within the elemental units of the symbolic forms. The flux of perceptual impressions is being subdivided into centers around which the undifferentiated variety clusters, like the diffuse matter in space, which gradually clustered into nebu- lae, and continues to concentrate its diffuse matter into condensed energy "through millions and mountains of millions of cen- turies." 151 Similarly the process of symbolic formation continues to concentrate diffuse energies as long as there is man. The diffuse matter in space is being organized by being referred to a natural center. Ever new worlds are in formation and "gain a general relation to the center, the first formative point of crea- tion." 152 Similarly in the world of symbolic forms centers are formed as points of reference. Thus the name becomes name only through reference to such centers. The names "red" or "blue," for instance, 153 do not mean certain blue or red nuances, but express the specific manner, in which an undetermined variety of such nuances is seen as one and conceptually set as ** Treated symbolically in Mann's Joseph novels. Cf. Slochower, Harry, No Voice is Wholly Lost, New York 1945, 350 n. PSF, III, 493 f. "* Kant, Natural History and Theory of the Heavens, 2. Teil, 7tes Hauptstuck. PSF, 111,497- 324 ROBERT S. HARTMAN one. 154 In physical-geometrical thought the given is not only being divided and assembled around fixed centers, but "cast into form," 155 the harmonious form of mathematical symbols, which is as opposed to the original diffusion of formative ener- gies as the well ordered system of planets is to the primal diffusion of matter. For Laplace Kant's theory of the heavens was the inspiration for a mathematical theory of the creation of the world. 156 For Cassirer Kant's theory of knowledge was the inspiration for a theory of the creation of the cultural world, one of whose culminations is mathematics. In both cases the world is modelled in space a work of plastic imagination. 157 If all activity of thought expresses itself in spatial forms, then its creative activity must needs be a kind of plastic sculpturing. Cassirer himself has never, to my knowledge, drawn this con- clusion, but it deduces itself logically from his philosophy. In sculpturing the world of symbolic forms, man sculptures and forms his own soul. What he looks at in the variety of forms is his own inner life. Rodin "used to contemplate his creations lovingly, and sometimes even seemed to be astonished and contemplative at the idea of having created them, speaking as if they existed apart from himself." 158 Thus man stands wonderingly before his creations, astounded at the world, which he has created created so unconsciously that it took several thousand years of contemplative thought until, in the mind of Kant, he recognized in it himself. This same difficulty veiled the world of symbolic forms before man's mind in a world of metaphysics. Again and again man tried to lift the veil, but the attempt was doomed to pathetic failure. As for Schiller's "Young Man of Sai's," curiosity could only yield horror: the look into the abyss of nothing or the abyss of his own self. In 184 "In-eins-gesefon und in-eins-gesetzt." "Einsicht" becomes "Eins-sicW "In- sight" becomes one-sight." ** PSF, III, 498. lw Or might have been, if he knew Kant's treatise. Whether or not he actually did is unknown. m Cf . Rodin : "If we can imagine the thought of God in creating the world, we shall find that He first thought of the modelling, which is the unique principle in Nature and perhaps of the * planets." Story, of. cit.> 14. w Story, of, c*t. t n. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 325 a very real sense we are all thinkers pondering "The Gate of Hell." Thinking is fraught with shocking surprises, shocks which are dialectic hiatuses in the process of the souPs self- discovery. That process leads to successive "crises" "separa- tions" of existence, in which the unconscious and uncontem- plated process of spiritual development becomes a problem to itself, in which "Ausserung* becomes "Ausserliches" self-ex- pression becomes the exterior world. 159 This estrangement of the symbolic forms from their creator arises from the very fundamental principle of their creation. The acts of expression, presentation, and meaning are not immediately present to themselves, but become apparent only in the totality of their accomplishment. They are only by confirming themselves, and giving notice of themselves through their action. They do not originally reflect on themselves, but they look at the work which they are to execute, to the reality the valid form of which they are to build up. 160 Hence these forms can only be described within their works and in the language of these works. Language, myth, art: each of these exteriorizes its own individual world of creations, which latter cannot be understood otherwise than as expressions of the self- activity, the "spontaneity" of the spirit. But this self-activity does not proceed in the form of free reflection, and therefore remains hidden to itself. The spirit creates the series of linguistic, mythical and artistic Gestalten, without in them recognizing itself as creative principle. Thus each of these series becomes for it an "exterior" world. 161 The free creations of the spirit are then regarded as "things" and the power and independence of the spirit compelled into systems of dogmatic concepts. 182 only the Critical philosophy succeeds in prying open this dogmatism. The thing, far from being a self-sufficient being, is for it only "an intellectual partial condition of being, a single conceptual moment, which only in the complete system of our knowledge comes to full effect." 168 It is now nothing but the general principle of the series, so to 160 PSF y III, 1 1 8. m PSF, II, 267. Cf. Erkenntnisfroblem I, 7. 1W Erkenntnisfroblem I, vf. "/*. 326 ROBERT S. HARTMAN speak, its general term. 184 The whole of reality is process, and the things are condensations of that process, much as matter is in physical field theory. 165 There is now no more metaphysical absolute, but only becoming. "By regarding the conditions of science as 'become,' we recognize them precisely thereby as creations of thought." 166 In doing so we recognize the opposition of subject and object as a metaphysical artifice, "the charac- teristic procedure of metaphysics." 167 Thus metaphysics es- tranges man from his creations} it must be overcome if man is to become responsible for his culture. It is no wonder, there- fore, that the most metaphysical people has also fallen victim to the most tremendous "crisis," the most barbaric separation of man and culture: what the German scientists of extermina- tion strove to annihilate was the man-of-culture, 168 termed by them "the beast of intelligence" "die Intelligenzbestie" In their scientific one-sidedness they were both "metaphysical" and barbaric. 169 To overcome this metaphysical crisis man must "collaborate" with himself as the sculptor does with his material. He must fuse his own form with his own matter. The metaphysical crisis must be transformed, through cultural critique, into harmonic responsibility of man for his world. This is only possible by man's recognizing in the cultural forms his own consciousness, by comprehending these forms as symbolic for the unity of , ill, 3 73 . 165 That theory should, theoretically, be deducible from Kant's Critique of Pure Reason. ie * Erkenntnis'problem I, vi. Substance and Function, 271$ Cf. PSF, I, 24. ""Cf. Kerenyi, Karl, Romandlchtung und Mythologle, Bin Briefwechsel mit Thomas Mann, Zurich: Rhein Verlag, 1945* 4 2 169 Cf. Bluhm, Heinz, "Ernst Cassirer und die deutsche Philologie," Monats- hefte filr Dcutsdten Unterrlcht, Vol. XXXVII, No. 7, November 1945, 471. Ilya Ehrenburg, The Tempering of Russia, New York: Alfred A. Knopf, i944> 276, on examining the diary of a dead German who at the front continued read- ing philosophy and whose notebook related the philosophy and practice of exter- mination interspersed with quotations from Plato, Schopenhauer, and Nietzsche, wrote: "In perusing the brown notebook one is amazed at the mental poverty of these scholarly cannibals. To torture people they need philosophical quotations. . . . one feels like killing Fritz-the-philosopher twice: one bullet because he tor- tured Russian children 5 another because after murdering a baby, he read Plato." PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 327 man <md his world. Symbolism is to be the vehicle of man's morality. How else should man be able to sound the depths of his own consciousness and at the same time roam over the width of the world? The variety of forms would be too manifold for com- prehension, if there were not the principle of the symbolic function to organize them. The consciousness would be too fleetingly incomprehensible, if there were not the material em- bodiments of its energies. How else should we be able to penetrate to this purely inner world of consciousness as last concen- tration of the spiritual, if for its demonstration and description we have to renounce all the concepts and points of view, which have been created for the presentation of the concrete reality of things. Where would there be a means to comprehend the incomprehensible, to express in any way that which itself has not yet assumed any concrete form either of the perceptual space and time order, or of an intellectual, ethical or aesthetic order? If the consciousness is nothing but the pure potentiality of all the "objective" forms, so to speak the pure receptivity and preparedness for them, then it cannot be seen how precisely this potentiality itself can be treated as a fact, indeed, as the primary fact of all spirituality itself. ... It is obvious that this paradoxical demand can only be satisfied, if at all, mediately. We can never uncover the immediate being and life of consciousness purely as such, 170 but it is a meaningful task to understand the process of objectivation 171 by treating it from a double perspective, shuttling back and forth between the terminus a quo and the terminus ad quem y thus truly following the method of that weaver's masterpiece or, even better, instead of treating the objectivity of the law rather find the Gestalt 172 of cognition, thus transforming the method of psychology into that of the symbolic forms. We start from the problems of the "objective spirit," the Gestalten of which it consists and in which it exists; but we do not rest there as a mere fact, but try, through a reconstructive analysis, to penetrate to their elementary conditions, the "conditions of their possibility." 173 170 In this connection Cassirer's criticism of Berg-son's method is of importance, PSF, III, 4 2ff. m PSF, III, 6zf. m PSF, III, 66. 111 /W, III, 67. 328 ROBERT S. HARTMAN In other words, we look for the "various forms and crystal- lized growths" within the rock that is man, and then proceed to carve them out, helped by our knowledge of the grain and texture, the geology and palaeontology of those forms. Thus we would find the correspondence between the manifold of objective formations and subjective states of consciousness, a "truly concrete view of the c full objectivity' of the spirit on the one hand and its 'full subjectivity' on the other." 174 To do so we must delve down deeply into the roots of consciousness: We must consider not only the three dimensions of the logical, the ethical and the aesthetic, but in particular the "form'' of language and the "form" of mythos, if we want to penetrate down to the primary be- havioral and formative conditions of consciousness. 175 In this way, then, the vertical integration of man will be joined to the horizontal integration of his culture. Man must live on all the levels of his consciousness, on the deepest of myth as well as on the highest of mathematics, music, 178 and mysticism. This vertical task has only just begun, but the great minds of our age are preparing the synthesis. Bergson joins "mechanics and mysticism," 177 Thomas Mann joins mythos and language, 178 and asks for a chair in "mythology" to join mythos and logos. 179 Cassirer joins all spiritual forms in the synthesis of cultural symbolism. 174 Ibid. 17 ' 1 bid. 178 See above note 85. 177 The Two Sources of Morality and Religion, New York: Henry Holt and Company, 1935, chapter IV. Bergson's philosophy is based on the form of our inner experience, time; Cassirer's is based on that of our outer experience, space. Therefore the latter is led to the central notion of the symbol, which the former rejects, the former to that of metaphysical intuition which the latter rejects. Cas- sirer's philosophy can be understood in terms of the plastic arts, Bergson's in terms of music. A synthesis of both philosophies would be the true philosophy of sym- bolism. ""Kerenyi, of. '/., 50. According to Cassirer, PSF, I, 268, language as a form is between mythos and logos. 179 Kerenyi, op. cit. t 84, 82. The separation of the myth from logos is the immediate cause of the latest world catastrophe. The combination of both, in particular of mythos with the science of psychology, is one of the guarantees of the future. "I have long been a passionate friend of this combination j for indeed, psychology is the means to take the myth out of the hands of the fascist obscurants PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 329 In this way he has given us a tool, a "grammar of the sym- bolic function," 180 a key with which to open the treasure house of our own culture. But simply to open it and wander around in it as in a museum will not solve the crisis. We must appropri- ate all the symbolic forms as our own creations. The symbols must not remain mute and dumb signs for us, but be charged with all the meaning of life. We must enter into their own lives and live on their level. Our survival depends on our ca- pacity to handle symbols in communication, discussion, and agreement in settling conflicts by handling symbols rather than the powers they stand for. We must "do away with pres- ence in order to penetrate to representation. . . . The regress into the world of signs is the preparation for that decisive break- through in which the spirit will conquer its own world, the world of idea." 1 * 1 We are standing before that decisive event. We must either live through symbols or die in the flesh. The symbols will be filled with life if they reach through our entire self, far above and below the merely intellectual level. We must recognize the states of our soul in them, as did Rodin in his creations j "he was the companion of these white mute creatures of his, he loved them and entered into their abstract lives." 182 So we must enter the life of human culture and lovingly develop it and us in it. In this sense the philosophy of symbolic forms may be said to be a comprehensive aesthetics, the work of an artist for artists: the vision of man as creator of all his works, the vision of culture as human creation. Indeed, it seems that Cassirer himself has had that vision very consciously 5 the volume on Aesthetics was to be the crowning volume of the Philosophy of Symbolic Forms It is the crisis itself that has separated Cassirer from and to 'transfunction* it into the humane. That combination actually represents to me the world of the future, a humanity, that is blessed from on high, through the spirit, and *f rom the depths that lie below'." Thomas Mann, Kerenyi j op. cit., 82. Cf. Buxton, Charles Roden, Prophets of Heaven and Hell, Virgil, Dante, Mil- ton, Goethe, Cambridge: At the University Press, 1945, 2$L + ** pg p T _ a 181 PSF, III, 3*561 54- Cf. Ill, 330. 182 Story, op. cit., n. 183 Bluhm, op. cit., 468. PSF, I, 120. 330 ROBERT S. HARTMAN the symbolic forms of the arts 5 his book could not be written "due to the unfavorable political conditions." Otherwise he himself might have performed that vertical synthesis of man and cast man's inner life into the forms of the new logic. Maybe he would have called that new form the form of man's "sym- bolic Pr'dgnanz" man's existence as symbol of his own uni- versal thought: transcending his material confinement in uni- versal meaning. How Cassirer would have integrated man himself into his culture we can only guess. He has given us one lowly example for symbolic Pragnanz: he integrates the life of a wavy line in all fields of meaning. Let us quote that passage, not only as a symbolic review of the whole philosophy of symbolic forms, its artistic empathy and the sweep of its meaning, but also as a pre- view into realms to which Cassirer's philosophy points. In the purely spatial determination there is a peculiar "mood," the up and down of lines in space contains an inner motion, a dynamic rise and fall, a psychic being and life. It is not we who feel our own inner states in a subjective way in the spatial form: but that form presents itself to us as a spirited whole, an independent manifestation of life. Its steady and calm flow or its sudden break, its roundness and whole- ness or its brokenness, its hardness or softness : all this appears as character of its own being, its objective "nature." But all this recedes and seems as if it were annihilated and extinguished as soon as the line is taken in another meaning as a mathematical design, a geometrical figure. Now it becomes a mere scheme, the means of presenting a universal geometric law. Where before we had the up and down of a wavy line and in it the harmony of an inner mood there now we find the graphic pres- entation of a trigonometric function, a curve the whole content of which is absorbed in its analytic formula. The spatial Gestalt is nothing else now than the paradigm of that formula; it is only the hull into which a mathematical thought, imperceptible in itself, is clothed. And the latter does not stand by itself, but in it a universal law presents itself, the order of space in general. Every single geometric form is by virtue of that order connected with the totality of all other spatial forms. It belongs to a certain system an aggregate of "truths" and "theorems," of "reasons" and "consequences" and that system denotes the universal form by which each individual geometric figure is alone possible, that is to say, constructable and "understandable." And again the situation is PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 331 different, when we consider the line as mythical sign or as aesthetic ornament. The mythical sign expresses the fundamental mythical con- trast between the "holy" and the "profane." It is established in order to separate these two realms from each other, to warn and to terrify and to bar the uninitiated from approaching or entering the holy. And thereby it does not function only as a mere sign, as a mark by which the holy is being recognized; but it possesses a magically compelling and re- pelling power, which resides in it objectively. Of such a compulsion the aesthetic world knows nothing. Contemplated as an ornament the line is removed both from the sphere of "meaning" in the logico-conceptual sense as that of magico-mythical significance and warning. It now possesses its import in itself, which uncovers itself only in the purely artistic contemplation, the aesthetic intuition as such. Here again the experience of the spatial form completes itself only through belonging to a total horizon and opening that horizon up for us, ... by standing in a certain atmosphere, in which it not only simply "is," but in which it so to speak lives and breathes. 184 Imagine the hero of this tale to be man rather than a wavy line! How he would be seen in all realms of meaning, all forms of culture a symbol himself of his own striving and achieve- ment, the central system of co-ordination of all life activities. "The symbolic process is like a unique life and thought current which flows through consciousness and which in its flowing motion alone brings about the variety and continuity of con- sciousness in all its fullness." 185 In the unity of that flow man would become integrated, from the mythical depth of con- sciousness the well of the past from which Thomas Mann brought forth his Joseph figures 186 to the highest height of mathematics, music, and mysticism. 187 181 PSF, III, 231 j Cf. Cassirer "Das Symbolproblem und seine Stellung im Sys- tem der Philosophic," Zeitschrift fur Asthettk und, allgemeine Kumtwissenschajt, Bd. XXI, 191 ff. Cf. supra 112 f. 185 PSF, III, 234- 188 Cf . Thomas Mann on the combination of psychology and myth in Kerenyi, op. cit., 82$ also "Freud and the Future," in Freud, Goethe, Wagner, New York: Alfred A. Knopf, 1942, 298. ** For then the process of objectivation would not be completed in the mathe- matical symbols symbols for nature rather than for human nature. It may be that those symbols will also aid in the objectivation of man toward himself, the objectivation of his own psyche: his emotions and desires. Perhaps Spinoza was 332 ROBERT S. HARTMAN So far the highest realms of the vertical synthesis have not been reached. Cassirer's work is unfinished and waits for com- pletion. The mysticism of the artist, the musicality of the mathe- matician, all these are symbolic forms and elaborations of lower forms as truly as mathematics is the elaboration of the lower symbolic forms of myth and language. Perhaps Cassirer had intended to show us these connections in his projected volume on the symbolic forms of Aesthetics. As it is, the work must be completed by us, the epigones. But we too shall only be precursors, preparers of the day "when the human intelligence, elevated to its perfect type, shall shine forth glorified in some future Mozart-Dirichlet or Beethoven-Gauss." 188 Cassirer's work points toward a future of symbolic forms so rich that man's present culture appears very primitive indeed. In 1910, at about the time when Cassirer's first great work appeared, another great mind was concerned with the future. Leo Tolstoy, shortly before his death, dictated to his daughter Anastasia a strange prophecy. He predicted the coming of world wars, the sway of a strange figure from the North, "a new Napoleon," and finally, a "federation of the United States of nations." After that I see a change in religious sentiment. . . . The ethical idea has almost vanished. Humanity is without the moral feeling. But then a great re- former arises. ... I see the peaceful beginning of an ethical era. . . . In the middle of this century I see a hero of literature and art rising . . . and purging the world of the tedious stuff of the obvious. It is the light of symbolism that shall outshine the torch of commercialism* Cassirer's life was dedicated to the self-liberation of man through symbolism. Everything for him, like for Rodin, 190 on the right road with his geometric ethics. But the "grammar of emotions" may have to be written, ultimately in a more fitting script: that of musical and mysti- cal symbolism. To the latter point see Essay on Man, 102. Concerning the in- sufficiency of mathematical symbolism even for the comprehension of nature cf. Cassirer, "Goethe and Kantian Philosophy" in Rousseau, Kant, Goethe, 64.8., 8 if. 388 James Joseph Sylvester in a paper on Newton's rule for the discovery of imaginery roots of algebraic equations, quoted from . T. Bell, Men of Mathe- matics, New York: Simon and Schuster, 1937, 4O4f. 1S9 Forman, Henry James, The Story of Prophecy, New York: Tudor Publish- ing Company: 1939, 25 3 f. 190 Story, of. cit., 17. PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 333 was "idea and symbol j" like Rodin "he sought in the energy of the human body and its symbolism for the origins of all re- ligions, all philosophy and poetry." 191 The ethical era to come must be built to a large extent on his work. His morality was, like Rodin's, 192 the comprehensive love of life and of all its forms. Rodin "opened a vast window in the pale house of modern statuary, and made of sculpture, which had been a timid, compromised art, one that was audacious and full of life." 193 So Cassirer opened a large window in the pale house of modern critical philosophy and made of epistemology, which had been a timid, compromised discipline, one that was auda- cious and full of life. He prepared the horizontal-vertical integration of man's soul and culture a symbolic cross, to which man will not be fixed in agony, but in which he will live. ROBERT S. HARTMAN DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY OHIO STATE UNIVERSITY 2 Story, op. cit., n. 9 Folke Leander FURTHER PROBLEMS SUGGESTED BY THE PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS FURTHER PROBLEMS SUGGESTED BY THE PHILOSOPHY OF SYMBOLIC FORMS onE should take everything for what it is, not criticize it for not being what it is not" such was the critical maxim of the Swedish poet-philosopher Thomas Thorild (1759-1806), on whom, incidentally, Cassirer has written an excellent book. It is, however, exceedingly difficult to criticize Cassirer for what he does say, and much easier to point to the unsolved problems which he never set out to solve. Cassirer's method in The Philosophy of Symbolic Forms is that of concentrating his attention on a very limited number of major problems, treating them exhaustively, adducing a great wealth of linguistic, mytho- logical, and psychological material to prove his point. The numerous and widespread errors he refutes are disproved very thoroughly. He rarely "sticks his neck out," as the Americans say. There is a certain finality about all this and little tempta- tion for the student to quote a passage and disagree with it. In fact, if you accept the view that all thought, in so far as it is really thought, must necessarily be true, all criticism must con- sist in drawing attention to omissions. only, in Cassirer's case you rarely find the omissions mixed up with and vitiating what he does say, which latter will generally be found to be unim- peachable, as far as it goes. These introductory remarks may serve to explain the nature of the following pages, which are intended primarily to point to further problems suggested by Cassirer's philosophy. The problems suggested are: i) the uni- fication of the pre-scientific symbolic forms; 2) a more careful distinction between form and material j 3) an analysis of the logic of history and the logic of philosophy. I will try to show how these desiderata grew out of Cassirer's own philosophy. 337 338 FOLKE LEANDER I The Unification of the Pre-Scientific Symbolic Forms As Theodor Litt 1 has remarked, the whole of Cassirer's philosophy of symbolic forms may be regarded as a synthesis of Kant and Herder, or as an adoption into the former's phi- losophy of the wider sphere of interest represented by the latter. Kant's epistemology, devised to explain the possibility of New- tonian physics, must be broadened so as to include aesthetics, the theory of language, and the philosophy of mythology. It is high time for epistemologists to rid themselves of the superior attitude often taken towards language, myth, and especially art, as if these things did not concern them. As Cassirer shows they are the basis of our knowing life, the basis upon which even science rests. Cassirer has admirably instructive studies of two of the pre-scientific symbolic forms, language and myth. There is, however, no volume on art, and this fact is seldom mentioned. So far so good. We have every reason to be grateful for these excellent books. Yet one should like to know more about the way these pre-scientific symbolic forms are related to one another. How does Cassirer know there are three of them? How does he arrive at them? He simply takes over the popu- lar delimitations without caring about the objections that myth may be a mixture of artistic imagination and practical emo- tion of a certain kind, and language a crudely delimited type of art or, alternatively, art a crudely delimited type of language. He projects the idea that aesthetics is the general science of pre-scientific symbolism ; but he rejected it without anything re- sembling real disproof. 2 In Sfrache und Mythos (Leipzig 1925), pp. 65!?., he dis- cusses at length the relations of language, myth and art. He begins by pointing out that language and myth have "a com- mon root" and are the products of an ultimately identical mental function (eine lefote Gemeinsamkeit in der Fwnktion des Gestaltens). They are both the products of "metaphorical thinking." He quotes from Max Muller: "Whether he wanted 1 Kant und Herder als Deuter der geistigen Welt, Leipzig (1930), 285 f. * Die Sfrache, Berlin (1923), 12 of. FURTHER PROBLEMS OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 339 to or not, man had to speak in metaphors, not because he could not restrain his poetic imagination, but rather because he had to use it to the utmost in order to find expressions for the ever- growing needs of his mind." The growth of intuition, accord- ingly, is correlative to the growth of poetic symbolism. The common root of language and myth turns out also to be the root of poetryj in fact, we are told, they are originally one, and the distinctions between them were gradually introduced. "Myth, language and art begin as a concrete, undivided unity, which is only gradually resolved into a triad of independent modes of spiritual creativity." 3 The critic will remark that there are distinctions and dis- tinctions they need not all be of the same kind. Some may be fundamental and "real," whereas others are "merely empirical," more or less arbitrary cuts in a flowing continuum. Cassirer's Kantianism will scarcely allow him to put the distinctions be- tween abstract and concrete, or theoretical and practical, moral good and sensuous satisfaction on a level with the arbitrary dis- tinction between, say, a chair and a sofa, where all sorts of intermediary forms are conceivable. It is a question of logic whether you accept "real" distinctions as ultimately different from "merely empirical" or "pragmatic" ones. But whatever your ultimate decision on this point of logic will be, you will certainly have to admit a difference of status. Now the critic may maintain that the distinctions gradually emerging between language, myth, and art are of the "merely empirical" variety and that pre-scientifi.c symbolism is "really" the same activity everywhere. Cassirer describes the creation of myth and language in the very terms in which others describe the process of artistic crea- tion. Myth arises from an emotional tension between man and his environment: then the spark jumps somehow across, the tension finds release, as the subjective excitement becomes objectified, and confronts the mind as a god or a daemon. . . . 4 As soon as the spark has jumped across, as soon as the tension and emotion of the moment has found its discharge in 9 Language and Myth (S. Langer translation, 1945), 98. 33- 340 FOLKE LEANDER the word as the mythical image, a sort of turning point has occurred in human mentality: the inner excitement which was a mere subjective state has vanished, and has been resolved into the objective form of myth or of speech. 5 If anything can be objected to in this statement, it is that the additional practical emotion characteristic of myth is here over- looked in favour of a complete identification with art. The subjective practical emotion is never completely expressed in the mythical image, as is the case in pure art, but remains as terror and awe; and to this is added the practical act of "belief." There is a profound difference between scientific symbolism on the one hand, and pre-scientific symbolism on the other. The function of the latter, according to Cassirer, is intuitive elaboration of experience (Intensivierung is his own term), whereas the former aims at discursive mastery, by means of rules and procedures, of a world already intuitively appre- hended. Science moves on the discursive level, the level of gen- eral concepts (Allgemeinbegriffe} and laws. But this level of rationality could not exist by itself and must everywhere attach itself to something more basic. The intuitive level of experience is experience elaborated by means of linguistic, mythical, and artistic symbolism. 6 *., 3 6. 8 In myth, says Cassirer, "thought does not dispose freely over the data of intuition, in order to relate and compare them to each other, but is captivated and enthralled by the intuition which suddenly confronts it. It comes to rest in the immediate experience j the sensible present is so great that everything else dwindles before it." (Ibid. y 32.) ". . . the immediate content, whatever it be, that commands his religious interest so completely fills his consciousness that nothing else can exist beside and apart from it. The ego is spending all its energy on this single object, lives in it, loses itself in it." (Ibid., 33.) This would also be an excellent description of the aesthetic attitude, the common element being intuitive elaboration, or "Intensivierung," of experience. "Language and myth stand in an original and indissoluble correlation with one another, from which they both emerge but gradually as independent elements. They are two diverse shoots from the same parent stem, the same impulse of symbolic formulation, springing from the same basic mental activity, a concentration and heightening of simple sensory experience. In the vocables of speech and in primitive mythic figurations, the same inner process finds its consummation: they are both resolutions of an inner tension, the representation of subjective impulses and excitations in definite objective forms and figures." (Ibid., 88.) Can anyone fail FURTHER PROBLEMS OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 341 The sharp distinction between the two levels of experience discursive and intuitive does not imply, of course, that mean- ings belong merely to the discursive level. There are also mean- ings on the intuitive level, though of a different kind. They may be termed "felt identities/' "affinities," "qualia," "char- acters}" as caught and held in symbols, Cassirer terms them "Sfrachbegriffe," "mythische Begriffe," etc. It appears, then, that language, myth, and art have a common task in the theoretical life of man, namely, the intuitive mastery of experience. This would seem to make it imperative to dis- criminate between the theoretical and the practical-emotional aspects of myth, in which case the former could hardly fail to be identified with art. A similar failure to distinguish between the theoretical and the practical vitiates Cassirer's use of the term "expressional phenomenon," by which he means the emo- tional qualities of phenomena. In so far as emotion is subservient to intuition, it is aesthetic} but it may also obstruct the intuitive elaboration of experience and may then be called practical. Practical emotional qualities are stimuli to immediate practical reaction: we give up the attitude of contemplation, of intuitive elaboration. Thus sudden fear, if detrimental to intuition, is practical, whereas the grandiose, the sublime and even the ter- rible may be aesthetic qualities. The distinction is blurred by the use of the term "expressional qualities" no less than in the phrases current among English-speaking philosophers: "terti- ary qualities" and the like. one should also note that the function Cassirer ascribes to language is intuitive mastery of experience. For one of the things that have evidently puzzled him most, is the "logical" element of language. But, when raising this problem, he in- variably makes a metabasis eis allo genos and passes from pre- to see that this is a perfect description of the process of artistic creation? Could there be a better proof that myth and language are aesthetic products? If discursive thinking "tends toward expansion, implication, and systematic connection, the verbal and mythical conception tends toward concentration, tele- scoping, separate characterization." (Ibid., 56.) "Here thought does not confront its data in an attitude of free contemplation, seeking to understand their structure and their systematic connections, and analyzing them according to their parts and functions, but is simply captivated by a total impression." (Ibid., 57.) 342 FOLKE LEANDER scientific to scientific symbolism, asserting that the same "Logos" that is operative in scientific symbolism, is also at work in pre-scientific symbolism. If we ask what is here meant by Logos, we find that several different meanings are crowded together into one term. "Logos" may mean spiritual synthesis in general: and in this case it is, of course, true that Logos is operative in pre-scientific symbolism. But Logos may also mean the thinking of scientific and general concepts: and in this case it can be shown, I think, that Logos is altogether outside of in- tuition and of pre-scientific symbolism, although it may leave results that may be absorbed in the latter. (I shall explain pres- ently what is meant by the last clause.) As we have seen, meanings, according to Cassirer, are found also on the intuitive level; as caught and held in linguistic symbols they are "Sfrachbegriffe" not to be confused with general or scientific concepts. When he asserts that the same Logos is operative in the creation of "S-prachbe griff eP which on a higher level is operative in the creation of scientific con- cepts, this assertion is only acceptable if Logos means Geist in general. But Cassirer also means that "Sprachbegriffe" are a confused and preliminary creation of Logos in the sense of scientific intellect. This latter assertion seems to me untenable. The confusion is made possible by the fact that general and scientific concepts may be "absorbed" into intuition. An electric charge is one thing for the engineer in his capacity of scientific specialist 5 it is a different thing for the layman and even for the engineer himself qua non-specialist. What was originally a mere formula, a rule of procedure, may through practice and experience of its effects be transformed into an intuitive affinity, a quale, a Gestalt, a characteristic physiognomy. As John Dewey puts it: In the situation which follows upon reflection, meanings are intrinsic; they have no instrumental or subservient office, because they have no office at all. They are as much qualities of the objects in the situation as are red and black, hard and soft, square and round. And every re- flective experience adds new shades of such intrinsic qualifications. 7 1 Essays in Experimental Logic, (1916) 17. Cf. also How We Think, (1933), 135 ff. ("Things and Meanings")* and Logic, (1938) ch. VIII ("Immediate Knowledge"). FURTHER PROBLEMS OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 343 Perhaps Dewey's term "intrinsic qualifications" is better than any of those I have so far used (affinity, physiognomy, quale, etc.). Discursive procedures, then, may grow intuitive, ideas may lose their intellectual quality by habitual use. And, as a parallel process, general and scientific concepts may be trans- formed into "Sfrachbegriffe" Dewey distinguishes between two types of grasp of meaning: the strictly logical type and the "aesthetic" perception of intrinsic qualifications, which is some- times called acquaintance-knowledge. We apprehend chairs, tables, books, trees, horses, stars, rain, etc., promptly and di- rectly $ we need not think about these things in order to identify them; we cannot help seeing them as chairs, tables, etc. Certainly logical thought-processes leave results in intuition j the starry heavens, for instance, look different to us from what they did to a contemporary of Dante. But there is also a move- ment in the opposite direction. "Red" meant originally an in- tuitively felt affinity j but when definite procedures have been developed, e.g. y the colour-pyramid, it may mean a loom within the system. In spite of all this give and take, however, the intuitive and the discursive levels remain different. Since the aim and func- tion of "Sfrachbegriffe?* is altogether different from that of general and scientific concepts, the former cannot be viewed as an inferior and undeveloped variety of the latter. Yet the inter- play between the levels is certainly misleading. on the intuitive level, Cassirer says, meanings are "fused" (eingeschmolzen) with the concrete. 8 And he paints a picture of the poor Logos like a butterfly grovelling in the dust, until in science it dis- engages itself from the many-coloured intuition, rises into the air, and starts out on a proud flight in its own proper element. 9 1 Phanomenologie der Erkenntiris, (1929), 327. 9 Phanomenologie der Erkenntms, 395!. "It is true that an abyss appears to yawn between the scientific concept and the verbal concept however, looked at more closely this abyss is exactly the same gulf which thinking had to bridge earlier before it could become verbal thought. . . . Now thought has to tear loose not merely from the here and now, from the respective location and moment, but it has to reach beyond the totality of space and time, beyond the limits of perceptual description, and of description and describability in general. . . . The Vehicle* of word-language which served for so long a time, will now bear him no farther- but he feels himself strong and powerful enough to risk the flight which is to carry him to a new goal." 344 FOLKE LEANDER But this metaphor is objectionable. The Logos flying discur- sively in the air is different from that working intuitively within experience. Both are needed $ but the intuitive Logos is no preliminary variety of the scientific Logos. This panlogistic tendency is incompatible with the main body of Cassirer's thought. For he teaches that language is in essence intuitive elaboration (Intensvolerung) of experience. And he also teaches that the "logical" element of language, in so far as "Sprachbegriffe" are concerned, should not be called logical at all, if we distinguish between an intuitive and a dis- cursive, logical level of experience. Language is correlative to intrinsic qualifications, characters, physiognomies, qualia, affini- ties, or whatever term may be used for the meanings belonging to the intuitive level. All this, the critic will add, proves that language is essentially an aesthetic activity. Of course, in reasoning language is the bearer of logical meanings; yet even pure mathematics has an aesthetic side, since it is an existential thought-process. The mathematical concepts are embodied in aesthetically meaningful concrete processes. Words, says Cassirer, are mere "signs" or "vehicles" of logical meanings. 10 The relation between intuitive meanings and language is that of vital incarnation. Words ex- press intuitive meanings but state y or are mere signs of, logical meanings. on the intuitive level, says Cassirer, "the word which denotes that thought content is not a mere conventional symbol, but is merged with its object in an indissoluble unity." 11 If the lightning is seen as a snake, it will also be called "the snake of "For it is precisely the 'Logos/ which was at work from the beginning in the creation of language, which, in the progress to scientific knowledge, frees itself from the limiting conditions which originally clung to it which proceeds from its implicit form into its explicit form." (Ibid. y 388) 10 "For theoretical thinking, a word is essentially a vehicle serving the funda- mental aim of such ideation: the establishment of relationships between the given phenomenon and others which are "like" it or otherwise connected with it according to some co-ordinating law. . . . The word stands, so to speak, between actual particular impressions, as a phenomenon of a different order, a new intellectual dimension) and to this mediating position, this remoteness from the sphere of immediate data, it owes the freedom and ease with which it moves among specific objects and connects one with another." Language and Myth, (Langer tr.) 56f. 11 Language and Myth, 58. FURTHER PROBLEMS OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 345 the sky:" intuitive elaboration and linguistic naming is here one and the same activity. "The spiritual excitement caused by some object which presents itself in the outer world furnishes both the occasion and the means of its denomination. Sense impres- sions . . . naturally strive for vocal expression." 12 Language and intuition are correlative and develop together. Intuitive mean- ings are vitally fused with intuition, and so they are fused with language. Scientific and general concepts, on the other hand, are externally related to intuition and have a corresponding status in its correlative, language. Since this is Cassirer's own view, why does he reject the aesthetic theory of language? He not only rejects it but misrepresents it as wanting to reduce language to mere animal expression, to mere "naturliche Sym- bolik" mere "Laut der Emfindung." But surely nothing of the sort has been meant by those who have held the theory in question. A significant omission is Cassirer's failure to mention Baum- garten in his survey of the history of the philosophy of lan- guage. Certainly his view of oratio sensitive as correlative to cognitio sensitiva t or intuition, is worthy of close attention. The "distinct" concepts, Leibniz had said, are exemplified in our conceptual methods of recognizing objects as belonging to a class; but there is also an intuitive way of recognizing them. We immediately see chairs as chairs and feel no need of pro- ceeding by rule. This is the level of "clear but confused" cate- gories, i.e. y of everyday intuition and, as Baumgarten pointed out, in its most intense form the level of art. For art is perfectio cognition/is semitivae y qua talis. In the same way, ordinary speech is inherently aesthetic, oratio sensitiva, although the word poetry is reserved for its more intense form, oratio sensi- tiva ferfecta. What Baumgarten means by "sensitive" speech might be freely expressed as follows. The nature of speech is that of "painting a picture" of something, e.g., of something I want you to do, or of the field where the point is localized on which I want you to give me information. Of course, the analogy with painting must not be pressed: it only lays hold of 18 Ibid.) 89. H. Usener, as quoted by Cassirer. 18 Ibid., 3 of. Cf. also Zur Logik der Kulturwtsstnscfaften, 37^ ' 346 FOLKE LEANDER the fact that the function of speech is that of conjuring up some- thing concrete, however "thin," schematic, and bare of details it may be. Even a newspaper headline is oratio sensitiva, al- though ordinarily very far from ferfecta. It is strange that Cassirer, the distinguished Leibnizian scholar, should have made no use of the philosophy of lan- guage proposed by Baumgarten, the founder of aesthetics. Here is a perfect distinction between the conceptual and the intuitive levels of experience. The "affinities" or general "characters" belonging to the latter level are accounted for as "confused concepts." And language is seen to be the correlative of intui- tion. All this returns in Cassirer's own philosophy, even the doubtful part of Leibniz-Baumgarten, namely, the view of intuitive reason as an imperfect and preliminary form of scien- tific reason. only Baumgarten's insight into the fundamentally aesthetic nature of intuition and language has fallen out of the picture. I believe it will have to be re-introduced. II A More Careful Distinction between Form and Material one may note in Cassirer a certain attachment to what Dewey has termed "the museum conception of art." Dewey holds the view that any experience to the extent to which it is an experi- ence, is aesthetic 14 an idea that goes back to Baumgarten, Herder, and the romantics. From this point of view a "tran- scendental aesthetics" would not be the doctrine of mathemati- cal time and space but simply aesthetics. The subjects dealt with by Kant at the end of his system, in the Critique of Judgment, would be placed at the very beginning of the system. Or rather, since all rationality is "absorbed" and all practical emotion is expressed in intuition, the doctrine of intuition would be at once at the end and at the beginning of the system, which would accordingly be as circular as experience itself: Theodor Litt says that if Kant had ever discovered real intuition as some- thing very different from mathematical tiipe and space, he would hardly have failed to place art on this level ; and further, 14 Art at Experience, (x 934) . FURTHER PROBLEMS OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 347 "he could not have been able to escape the insight which dominated a Herder, namely that aesthetic experiences stand by no means alone in this regard, but rather constitute the highest intensification of the spiritual situation which runs through all and every sensory world view." 16 In short, the true "transcendental aesthetics" is simply aesthetics; intuition and its correlative, the pre-scientific symbolism, may be divided and subdivided in many ways by means of "merely empirical" dis- tinctions, but "really" it is one identical activity everywhere an activity, which in its more intense form is recognized as aesthetic. A division of our intuitive acts into "more intense" and "less intense" would itself be merely empirical. "We all take some pleasure," says Dr. Barnes, "in seeing how things look, in observing their colour, their contour, their movement, whether they are moving in our direction or not. In so far as we are successful in finding what is characteristic, appealing, or significant in the world about us, we are, in a small im- promptu way, ourselves artists." 16 He adds that "the artist differs from the ordinary person partly by his ability to make what he sees a public object, but chiefly in the range and depth of his vision itself." 17 A novelist spending weeks and months on working out a "great" intuition, merely intensifies an activity in which we are all engaged. We all want clarity of vision and imaginative interpretation of experience. As Cassirer points out, the poet does not "know" what he wants to say, until he has said it; he obscurely feels something working within him, but he does not know what, until he has defined it in a work of art. 18 Similarly, it might be added, workmen had no "class- consciousness" until Marx and others created their "myths" (as Sorel would say) ; surely there were all sorts of obscure feelings among the workmen, but they were not articulated. In the same way, we are all dependent upon poets, prophets and artists for our imaginative interpretation of experience. There is no difference of kind between our everyday intuitive activities v Kant und Herder, 61 . M Albert C. Barnes: The Art in Painting, 3rd ed. (1937) 12. "Ibid., 13. * Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften, 1 30. 348 FOLKE LEANDER and those of the great "seers," merely a difference of intensity and degree. Just as the science of biology deals with cells as well as elephants, so the science of intuition deals with everyday intuitive awareness, however insignificant, as well as with those greater intuitions recognized as aesthetic. Anyone who takes such a broad view of aesthetics will almost inevitably be led to look upon the division of Art into various arts and genres as "merely empirical" distinctions. Surely the distinction between art and science is "real" in a sense in which the distinctions between various arts are superficial and "prag- matic." Cassirer on the other hand, not having freed himself entirely from the "museum" idea of art, believes that the main arts and genres are a priori, inherent in the very idea, the "cate- gory" of art. I do not know whether or not Cassirer would nowadays accept the "panaesthetic" conception of experience. But, even if he does, he will certainly cling to his view of cer- tain major arts as a priori, categorically (not merely em- pirically) distinct. The objections to such a view seem to me very strong. After all, a human race may be conceived having neither eyes nor ears and yet endowed with a type of experience resembling our own in certain general traits. Their art would be very different from ours. Further, new arts constantly arise in the course of his- tory. Painting grew out of Byzantine mosaics j sculpture was originally an integral part of architecture both may be an integral part of town-planning; music had no existence apart from song, etc. Recent arts are the movies and the radio drama. Art is the activity of organizing a material so as to be pleasing in perception so as to give the perceiver an integral, rounded "experience." Since any material or combination of materials may be shaped into beauty, the number of artistic media is in principle unlimited. To what art belong good manners, a per- sonal style of dressing and talking, pleasant conversation the sort of aesthetic shaping that we all practice daily? Are they one art or several arts? It might seem as if all the means used to give a total unified impression ought to be considered one art. Song is not a combination of two arts, poetry plus music, like one cake put upon another. In dancing to music, the move- FURTHER PROBLEMS OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 349 ments and the music are fused into one organic whole $ the division into two arts is "merely empirical," whereas the aesthetic reality is an integral whole. When the Greeks painted their statues, this was not a simple addition of two arts. A church service, in so far as it is an aesthetic experience, is a whole, although numerous media may be empirically distin- guished. Man, says Schiller, "soil alles Inner veraussern und alles Aussere formen" The emphasis should be put upon "alles Aussere" all materials can be shaped into beauty, the possible media are infinite in number. Historical traditions arise, certain media become traditional like colours on canvas or theat- rical representation. But there are always numerous media which do not fit into the classifications based upon the more important traditions. Dewey asks: What can such classifications make out of sculpture in relief, high and low, of marble figures on tombs, carved on wooden doors and cast in bronze doors? What about carvings on capitals, friezes, cornices, cano- pies, brackets? How do the minor arts fit in, workings in ivory, alabaster, plaster-paris, terra-cotta, silver and gold, ornamental iron work in brack, ets, signs, hinges, screens and grills? 19 All classifications can here be made, since the materials are a continuum with all sorts of intermediary forms and endless overlappings and combinations. If we distinguish between aes- thetic "form" and the "material" formed, it seems evident that the differences between the various arts and genres belong altogether to the material side and leave aesthetic form un- affected. If one were to accept such a theory, Cassirer objects, one would, by so doing, be led to the strange conclusion that, by calling Beethoven a great musician, Rembrandt a great painter, Homer a great epic poet, Shakespeare a great dramatist, only inconsequential empirical marginal conditions were expressed by such assertions, con- ditions aesthetically quite unimportant and for their characteristics as artists entirely superfluous. 20 In the same way, one might argue, it is no indifferent matter w Art as Experience, p. 223. 20 Zw Logik der Kulturwissensckaften, p. 130. 350 FOLKE LEANDER that Ariosto wrote a romance and Virgil an epic, or that D. G. Rossetti wrote sonnets and Wordsworth long poems as well as short. No such things are indifferent or rather, the one important thing, to which everything adds up, is that Wordsworth was Wordsworth and Rossetti was Rossetti. Of course, it is no matter of indifference that Shakespeare wrote for the stage, or, in brief, all such circumstances added together, that Shakespeare was Shakespeare. Yet aesthetically the essen- tial point is that the stage as a traditional medium belonged to the "material" side of his works of art, not to their "formal" side. And on the material side there are no barriers between media they may merge by insensible gradations. Cassirer is quite right in saying: "Beethoven's intuition is in the realm of music. Phidias' intuition is in that of sculpture, Milton's in epic poetry, and Goethe's in lyric poetry. All of this concerns not merely the external husk, but the core of their creative work." 21 But this only means that the imagination of an artist works within some medium. Perhaps it was a mere coincidence that originally presented this medium to his imagi- nation. Perhaps he has to change and develop the medium in order to make it a vehicle for what he wants to say. Perhaps, having had an initial experience of various media, he chooses the one which for some reason or other suits him best a deaf man, for instance, is not likely to choose music, nor a colour- blind man painting. one puts a false interpretation upon these facts, if one infers that the types of intuition enumerated by Cassirer are categorial and a priori divisions. one may very well, it may be added, recognize the non- categorial and merely empirical status of the arts and at the same time dislike the romantic confusions, rooted in a love of suggestion for its own sake. Irving Babbitt was thoroughly right in The New Laokoon, An Essay on the Confusion of the Arts (1910). These romantics want to put us in a state of sensuous, even voluptuous dreaming, they want to thrill us with strange and surprising effects. There is no contradiction between clear insight in the non-aesthetic character of such endeavours and recognition of the merely empirical status of the arts and genres. "ibid., 131. FURTHER PROBLEMS OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 351 A similar tendency to apriorize merely empirical distinctions can be noticed in Cassirer's philosophy of language. When he speaks of "the form of a language," it is clear that the word "form" does not merely denote the nature of essence of lan- guage in general but also the fundamental and enduring lin- guistic habits of a particular people. Cassirer here uses the word "form" in the same way as Humboldt did when speaking of the innere Sprachform of a particular language. There is no objection to such a terminology, unless it leads to confusion between enduring linguistic habits (or even among these only the habits denominated grammatical) and linguistic form per se. For such a confusion would mean that "empirically" distin- guished, historically conditioned habit-systems are apriorized into eternal subdivisions of speech as a universal form of ac- tivity. Suppose we distinguish carefully between linguistic and ar- tistic "form," on the one hand, and habits and traditions on the other. Suppose further that we call the "merely empirical" distinctions made among the latter: Stilbegriffe. Then we would have adopted a term introduced by Cassirer in Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschajten y using it in approximately the same sense as he does. In order to write the history of language and of art thus Cassirer begins his exposition of what he means by Stilbegriffe we need a great variety of terms describing the structure of artistic and linguistic phenomena. Open any gram- mar or any history of art or literature, and you will be able to grab them with both hands. Thus Wolfflin distinguishes be- tween a "picturesque" and a "linear" style, and Humboldt in- troduces the notion of "polysynthetic" languages. These types of concepts, Cassirer goes on to say, differ both from those of natural science and from the concepts of value (Wertbegriffe). So far no objection can be raised. Certainly history and the enquiry into general terms must keep pacej a theory of language and a theory of art are indispensable in writing the history of these activities. 22 But are the basic concepts in these theories M on the one hand it is clear that the creation of a theory of language is not possible without constant reference to the results achieved in the history of language and in psychology of language. Such a theory can not be erected in the empty space of [mere] abstraction or speculation. But it is equally clear that empirical research in the realm of linguistics as in that of the psychology of language must constantly 352 FOLKE LEANDER the concepts of "language" and "art" also Stilbegriffe? Cas- sirer says nothing about "art" in this context; but "language" evidently is included among the "concepts of style." 23 He says nothing about the relation of "concepts of style" to "concepts of value" and seems to have altogether forgotten that the latter have also a function in the theories of art and language. "Art" is obviously a value term, since a work of art is the better, the more it is art; on the other hand, no "picturesque" or "linear" work of art is the better, the more picturesque or linear it is. Similarly, "polysynthetic" is no value term, but "speech" is: only in so far as a person manages to express what he wants to express and this is a question of degrees has he achieved articulate speech. Thus Wertbegriffe are seen to denote the "form" or eternal nature of art and language, whereas Stilbegriffe denote em- pirically demarcated tendencies and habits. But no such sharp distinction is to be found in Cassirer's book. The student of his thought is left with the task of working it out for himself. Ill An Analysis of the Logic of History and the Logic of Philosophy As we have seen, "Logos" in its highest, purest and most intense form is supposed to be identical with mathematical science. In The Philosophy of Symbolic Forms Cassirer always means mathematical science, when speaking of Wissenschaft. presuppose concepts which can only be taken from the linguistic 'theory of forms.' If investigations are to be initiated to ascertain in which order the various classes of words occur in the linguistic development of the child, or to ascertain in which phase the child moves from the use of the 'single word sentence* to the 'paratacticaP sentence, and from this latter to the 'hypotacticaP sentence, it must be clear that in such procedure [of investigation] the meaning of quite definite basic categories of the 'theory of forms,' of grammar and of syntax, are laid down as basic. Else- where also it is shown again and again that empirical research loses itself in 'Schemfrobleme' and gets entangled in insoluble antinomies, if careful conceptual reflection concerning what precisely language 'is* does not come to the aid of such research and accompanies it constantly in the putting of its questions." Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschajten, 75. *Ibid., 75 f. FURTHER PROBLEMS OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 353 History and philosophy are silently allowed to drop out of the picture. Modern philosophers since Descartes have been chiefly in- terested in the thought-processes of mathematicians and scien- tists. They have until recently evinced little interest in those of the historians. And very few have even today discovered that their own philosophical activities might be as interesting logically as those of scientists and mathematicians. The logic of philosophical thought is a field which has not been discovered at all by the majority of philosophers. Yet it is difficult to see why general statements should not be made about the activity of philosophizing. When exalting mathematical science to the highest place in our knowledge-getting life, Cassirer seems to have forgotten the claims of his own subject, philosophy. He has said excellent things on the activities of mathematicians and scientists, and also some good things on history. on the activity of philosophiz- ing there is little more than a chapter on "Subjective and Objective Analysis" in The Philosophy of Symbolic Forms. And this chapter does not take us very far. A brief criticism of other thinkers may be helpful. Dewey touches upon the logic of philosophy, or more specifically the logic of logical enquiry, in the Introduction to his Logic. 2 * He believes that the philosopher's thought-processes can be ac- counted for by a pragmatic logic 5 they present no special diffi- culties. Similarly, logical positivists, when occasionally con- fronted with the problem, affirm that their own philosophy is a hypothesis of the same sort as any other scientific hypothesis. Their own philosophy, in other words, is only probable and must be verified by experience. But anyone who says: "Our philosophy is only a hypothesis," is surely talking nonsense; for in this statement is implicitly contained another one: "The criterion of verification is the ultimate court of appeal deciding the fate of each and every philosophy." An absolute, unhypo- thetical statement has been made. To put it in other words: anyone who asserts that "'philosophies are hypotheses" thereby affirms hypothesis-verification as the ultimate truth about our * Logic: The Theory of Inquiry, by John Dewey (New York, 1938). 354 FOLKE LEANDER knowledge-getting life. To put it in a third manner: when we are supposed to be choosing between various systems of philo- sophical axioms by testing their applicability to experience, we are also supposed already to have a philosophical system, of which the idea of "applicability to experience" forms a part. This shows that the logic of philosophy does present special difficulties and does not fit into pragmatic logic. What, then, is the logic of philosophical thinking? If phi- losophy is self-knowledge, the logic of philosophy is an account of what happens in self-knowledge. That self-knowledge does not fit into pragmatic logic can easily be shown. It is often affirmed that all a priori truth is analytic and all empirical state- ments merely probable. But if one can be sure of an analytic truth, one can certainly also be sure of the existence of the thought-process in which the analytic truth is being sought; and one can also affirm with certainty that the existential thought- process in question belongs to a certain kind of thought-processes, those which the theory calls analytic. Here is an element of self-knowledge which is at once a priori and empirical. Further, no verification of a hypothesis can take place, unless we can know with certainty that we are verifying a hypothesis; an infinite regress of verifying that we are verifying provides no escape from nihilism it is like lifting oneself by one's boot- straps. Without an assertion somewhere there can be no proba- bility, only a mass of hypothetical sentences; even an infinite amount of "if-then"-sentences does not provide us with a single probability. Self-knowledge that we are verifying is accordingly indispensable. Similarly, the philosophical method of analyzing linguistic statements presupposes the absolute knowledge (at once empirical and a priori) that "this is a lin- guistic statement" and this is a piece of self-knowledge, knowledge of our own activity of speaking and of reconstruct- ing other people's expressions. In short, knowledge of our own activities and attitudes verifying analytic thinking, expressing oneself (speaking), re- constructing expressions (listening, reading), imagining, ob- serving, philosophizing, etc., must in a sense be immediate and direct, for otherwise the whole structure of knowledge FURTHER PROBLEMS OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 355 would break down. Self-knowledge is the basis of all other knowledge. Now self-knowledge is in one respect historical (knowledge of individual processes) and in another respect philosophical (knowledge of the general categories of activity, like those just mentioned). The history of philosophy is the history of a growing insight into the nature of our own ac- tivities. And the method of philosophy has been a sort of direct inspection of our activities, often called "reflection" upon them. Now what has just been advanced as a criticism of prag- matism and logical positivism indicates the way I believe mod- ern philosophy will develop. 25 And it also indicates a realm which Cassirer has left unexplored. The logical analysis of what philosophers are doing and how they do it the logic of think- ing the Idea, as Hegel would say has become a problem to modern neo-Hegelians like Emil Lask, Theodor Litt, Richard Kroner and Benedetto Croce. 26 But Cassirer remains a neo- Kantian and refuses to venture into these problems. Abstract mathematics and unreal scientific constructions are to him the true nature of Logos. We go beyond him by identifying Logos with the Idea and interpreting philosophy as the self-conscious- ness of Logos. The subject may also be approached from another angle, by a detour over the subject of "freedom and form." This was the theme of a volume of essays which Cassirer published dur- ing the first world war: Freiheit und Form (Berlin, 1916). The basic idea is that freely developing life finds its own law within itself, that "form" is no restriction on freedom, unless it be merely external, pseudo-classical, conventional, based upon * Those interested in a fuller development of this criticism may read my article, "Analyse des Wirklichkeitsbegriffs," in Theoria, vol. IX, (1943). *E. Lask: Die Logik der Philosofhie und die Kategorienlefare, Ges. Schr. II, Tubingen, 1923. Th.Litt: Einleitung in die Philosophic, 1933, p. 1-33$ Kant und Herder , 1930, ch. 3 j Das Allgemeine im Aufbau der geisteswissenschaftlichen Erkenntnis, Leipzig* 1941 (a brief summary). R. Kroner: Von Kant bis Hegel, MI, Tubingen, 1921-1924, esp. vol. I, pp. 103$, 2895. Croce anticipated the Germans by several years. See his Logica come scienza del concetto furo, Bar. 1908. 356 FOLKE LEANDER outer pressure. In the volume mentioned Cassirer applied this idea to the fields of aesthetics, ethics, and politics. As Cassirer himself points out, the problem of The Philoso- phy of Symbolic Forms is also at bottom a question of freedom and form. It might seem as if myth and language cut us off from reality, covering it with a many-coloured veil of "subjective" il- lusions. The free expansion of individuality might seem detri- mental to our knowledge of reality. But Cassirer shows that this is not really the case. Pre-scientific symbolism is really a method of exploring reality, having its own type of objectivity, its own "form," in which the expansion of individuality issues. What, according to Cassirer, is the "objectivity" or truth of myth? His answer is that the truth of myth is what myth does in the intuitive elaboration of experience. This view may be elucidated by a quotation from an American writer on art: Science may seem dry and trivial or mechanical to those who have no desire to understand the world intellectually; and poetry seem tedious, futile, or trifling to those who care nothing for imaginative under- standing. Each is right in his own sphere, and wrong only in supposing that his sphere leaves room for no other. 27 The artist, he adds, is primarily the discoverer, just as the scientist is; the scientist invents abstract laws which may be used for the purposes of calculation and prediction; the artist explores reality in a different way. We see only by utilizing the vision of others, and this vision is embodied in the traditions of art. Pre-scientific symbolism, according to Cassirer, serves the purpose of imaginative, intuitive understanding. The pas- sage just quoted corresponds to Cassirer's thought (and to the general trend of contemporary philosophy) also in another respect: in its tendency to leave out history and philosophy altogether. Failure to analyze the last-mentioned activities is indeed the weakness of contemporary thought. When this analysis has been performed, it will be clear, I believe, that individuality plays no less a role in history and philosophy than in art, myth, and language, and that here too the expansion of individuality is compatible with "form" and objectivity. * A. Barnes: The Art in Painting, 37. FURTHER PROBLEMS OF SYMBOLIC FORMS 357 only science is in substance impersonal. Of course, it takes indi- viduals to create it, but individuality is no part of the results, which are strictly impersonal. "Freedom and form" as the Leitmotiv of Cassirer's philosophy cannot come into its own as long as mathematical science is taken to be the apex of our knowing life. As a system of practical procedures science is our way of controlling the forces of nature. Yet, if nature be some- thing of the kind pictured by Alfred N. Whitehead, practical control is surely something very different from real understand- ing in the sense of Verstehen. Maybe natural history can only be dead history to us, a mere chronicle; at all events real under- standing, where it is possible, i. e., in the human world, touches the rock-bottom of reality in a way that cannot be rivalled by the merely external approach of science. The apex of knowledge cannot therefore be sought in the latter; it is the self-knowledge of the mind. If there is any truth in what has just been said, the problem of "freedom and form" is the fundamental problem of logic and epistemology. The compatibility of individuality of vision with objective truth must be established not only on the level of artistic, mythical, and linguistic symbolism but also on the level of historical and philosophical knowledge. Every philoso- pher has his own truths to reveal, and these truths are not mutually incompatible; only by being intensely himself, by working out his own deepest inspiration, will he bring a unique contribution to the progress of thought. Even if Cassirer has not worked out the theory of freedom and form in philosophi- cal progress, he has, by his whole work, given us a brilliant illustration of it. FOLKE LEANDER HOGS KOLA GOTEBORC, SWEDEN 10 M. F. Ashley Montagu CASSIRER on MYTHOLOGICAL THINKING IO CASSIRER on MYTHOLOGICAL THINKING IN SUBSTANZBEGRIFF UND FUNKTIONSBE- GRIFF (1910) we learn that the study arose out of the attempt to comprehend the fundamental conceptions of mathematics from the point of view of logic. Cassirer found that it became necessary to analyze and trace back the funda- mental presuppositions of the nature of a concept itself. This led to a renewed analysis of the principles of concepts in general. In the course of his analysis of the special sciences it became evident that the systematic structure of the exact sciences assumes different forms according to the different logical per- spectives in which they are regarded. Hence the necessity of the analysis of the forms of conceptual construction and of the general function of concepts 5 for it is obvious that the con- ception which is formed of the fundamental nature of the concept is directly significant in judging the questions of fact in any criticism of knowledge or metaphysics. From such considerations with respect to the processes of knowing, and the conceptual formalization of that knowing as related to the pure sciences, Cassirer was led to a consideration of the more fundamental problem of the primitive origins of these processes and their development. The first fruits of his studies in this field he published in 1923, as the first instalment of a large work entitled Philosofhie der symboUschen Formen (Bruno Cassirer Verlag, Berlin) j this first volume was devoted to "Die Syrache" in which the nature and function of language was considered. A second volume devoted to "Das mythische Denizen" which is discussed in the present chapter was pub- lished in 19255 and the third and last volume, entitled "Pha- nomenologie der Erkenntnis" made its appearance in 1929. 362 M. F. ASHLEY MONTAGU Of these volumes I think it is no exaggeration to say that they constitute perhaps the most important and certainly the most brilliant work in this field which has yet been published. Before entering upon a presentation of Cassirer's treatment of the nature of mythological thinking it is necessary to present something of his views with respect to the nature of language as propaedeutic to the former. Cassirer insists on the fact that in consciousness, whether theoretical, artistic, or linguistic, we see a kind of mirror, the image falling upon which reflects not only the nature of the object existing externally but also the nature of consciousness it- self. All forms brought into being by the mind are due to a creative force, to a spontaneous act in the Kantian sense, thanks to which that which is realized is something quite other than a simple reception or registration of facts exterior or foreign to the mind. We are now dealing not only with an entering into the possession of facts, but with the lending to them of a certain character, with an integration of them in a determinate physical order. Thus, the act of consciousness which gives birth to one or the other of these forms, to science, to art, and to language, does not simply discover and reproduce an ensemble of pre-existent objects. This act, the processes which give birth to it, lead rather to this objective universe, and contribute towards constituting its being and structure. The essential function of language is not arbitrarily to assign designations to objects al- ready formed and achieved j language is rather a means indis- pensable to that formation, even of objects. Similarly, in the plastic arts, the creative act consists in the construction of space, in conquering it, in opening a path of access to it, which each of these arts makes according to the manner that is specific to it. Similarly, in respect of language it is necessary to return to the theory of Wilhelm von Humboldt according to which the diversity of languages expresses the diversity of aspects from which the world is seen and conceived by the different linguistic groups, and which consequently contribute to the formation of the different representations of the world. But one cannot ob- serve the intimate operations of the mind which are at work in the formation of language. Psychology, even after having MYTHOLOGICAL THINKING 363 abandoned the concepts of apperception and of association con- cepts which during the nineteenth century stood in the way of the realization of Humboldt's ideas -does not provide a method which permits direct access to the specific process of the mind which ends by leading to the production of the ver- bal. What experimentation and introspection renders percepti- ble are the facts impregnated by language and by them, not the manner of formation, but the achieved state. If one wishes to go back to the origin of language and, in- stead of being content with the linguistic facts and findings, one seeks to discover the creative principle, one can be satisfied only with those regions in which the formation of the language is known, in all its particulars, and to attempt by an analysis of the structure of the languages of these regions, by a regressive method, to arrive at the genetic factors of language. Cassirer's study deals with the languages of a number of regions of this kind, inquiring into their mode of arriving at an objective representation of the world. According to Cassirer the lower animals are incapable of such objective representa- tions; they find themselves enclosed in an environment, in which they live, move, and have their being, but which they are unable to oppose, and which they are incapable of viewing objectively, since they cannot transcend it, consider or conceive it. The impressions they receive do not pass beyond the level of urges to action, and between these they fail to develop those specific relations which result in a true notion of that objectivity which is essentially defined by the constancy and identity of the object. This transition from a world of action and effectiveness to the world of objective representation only begins to manifest itself, in mankind, at a stage which coincides with a certain phase in the development of language; viz., at that stage which the child exhibits when it grows to understand that a whole thing corresponds to a particular value or denomination, and at which it is constantly demanding of those about it the names of things. But it does not occur to the child to attach these designations to the representation of things already stabilized and consolidated. The child's questions bear rather more on the things themselves. For in the eyes of the child, as in the eyes 364 M. F. ASHLEY MONTAGU of primitive peoples, the name is not an extrinsic denomination of the thing which one arbitrarily attaches to it, but it is rather an essential quality of the object of which it forms an integral part. The principal value of this denominative phase is that it tends to stabilize and to consolidate the objective representation of things and permits the child to conquer the objective world in which it is henceforth to live. For this task he needs some name. If, for a multiplicity of impressions one sets apart the same name, these different impressions will no longer remain strange to one another 5 in this way they will come to represent simply aspects of the modes of appearance of the same thing. The loss of this conceptual and symbolic function of the word leads to such effects as one may observe in those suffering from aphasia. That which language renders possible on the plane of objects, viz., a separation or distinction between subjects and thingSy it permits equally in the domain of sentiment and voli- tion. In this domain also language is more than a simple means of expression and of communication} this it is only at the begin- ning of human life, when the infant gives expression without any reserve to the states of pleasure and of pain which it experi- ences y and it is language which provides the infant with a means of getting into contact with the outside world. Language prolongs these affective states, but it does not in any way alter them. Things, however, present another aspect as soon as the child acquires representational language. Henceforth, his vocal expressions will no longer be simple exclamations, nor of pure expansiveness apart from these emotional states. That which the child expresses is now informed by the fact that his expressions have taken the form of intelligible words, the child hears and understands what he himself says. He thus becomes capable of knowing his own states in a representative and objective man- ner, of apperceiving and looking at them as he does at external things. He thus becomes capable of reflecting upon his own affective life, and of adopting in relation to that life an attitude of contemplation. In this way his affective energies gradually lose that power of brutal constraint which it exercises, during early infancy, upon the "self." The fact that emotion attains to a consciousness of itself, renders man to some extent free of MYTHOLOGICAL THINKING 365 it. To the pure emotion are henceforth opposed those intellec- tual forces which support representational language. Emotion will now be held in constraint by these forces, it will no longer obtain an immediate and direct expression, but will have to justify itself before language, which now assumes the position of an instrument of the mind. In this connection we may recall the Greek idea that man must not abandon his passions, that these rather must be submitted to the judgment of the Logos, to that reason which is incorporated in language. Thanks to its regulative powers, language transforms senti- ments .and volitions, and organizes them into a conscious will, and thus contributes to the constitution of the moral self. There is still another domain into which one can gain entry only through the medium of language, it is the social world. Up to a certain point in the moral evolution of humanity, all moral and intellectual community is bound to the linguistic community, in much the same way as men speaking a foreign language are excluded from the protection and advantages which are alone enjoyed by members of the community considered as equals. And in the development of the individual, language constitutes for the child, who is beginning to learn, a more important and a more direct experience than that of the social and normative bond. But when for his characteristic infantile state he com- mences to substitute representational language, and experiences the need of being understood by his environment, he discovers the necessity of adapting his own efforts without reservation to the customs characteristic of the community to which he belongs. Without losing anything of his own individuality, he must adapt himself to those among whom he is destined to live. It is thus through the medium of a particular language that the child becomes aware of the bond which ties it to a particular community. This social bond becomes closer and more spiritual- ized during the course of its development. When the child commences to pose the questions What is it? and Why? not only is he going to penetrate into the world of knowledge, but also into a conquest of that world and a collective possession of it. Not only does the tendency to possess a thing begin to give way before the desire to acquire knowledge, but what is 366 M. F. ASHLEY MONTAGU still more important, the relations which hold him to his en- vironment are going to be reorganized. The desire for physical assistance begins to transform itself into a desire for intellectual assistance} the contact of the child with the members of its environment is going to become a spiritual contact. Little by little, the constraint, the commands and prohibitions, the obediences and resistances, which up to now have characterized the relations between the child and the adult gives way to that reciprocity which exists between the one who asks and waits for a reply, and the one who takes an interest in the question asked and replies. Thus arise the bases of spiritual liberty and of that free collaboration which is the characteristic mark of society in so far as it is human. Finally, Cassirer assigns a capital importance to language in the construction of the world of pure imagination, above all to that state of conscious development wherein the decisive distinction between the real and the imagined is not made. The question that has so much occupied psychologists, whether the play of the child represents for it a veritable reality or merely a conscious occupation with fictions, this question, asserts Cas- sirer, is malposed, since the play of the child, like the Myth, belongs to a phase of consciousness which does not yet under- stand the distinction between that which is real and that which merely is simply imagined. In the eyes of the child the world is not composed of pure objects, of real forms, it is, on the contrary, peopled by beings who are his equals; and the charac- ter of the living and the animate is not limited for him, to that which is specifically human. The world, for him, has the form of Thou and not of That. This anthropomorphism of the child arises out of the fact that the child speaks to the things which surround him, and the things speak to him. It is no accident that there is no substitute for dumb playj when playing the child does not cease to speak of and to the things with which he is playing. It is not that this activity is an accessory com- mentary of play, but rather it is an indispensable element of it. The child views every object, all beings, as an interlocutor of whom he asks questions and who reply to him. His relation to the world is above all else a verbal relation, and Cassirer asserts MYTHOLOGICAL THINKING 367 that the child does not speak to things because he regards them as animate y but on the contrary y he regards them as animate be- cause he speaks with them. It is much later that the distinction is made between that which is pure thing and that which is ani- mate and living. The most developed of languages still retain traces of this original state. The lack of such distinctions is strikingly evident when we study the languages, the mental instruments, of the simpler peoples, a study which is obviously necessary for any true understanding of mythological thinking. Cassirer's approach to mythology is that of the neo-Kantian phenomenologist; he is not interested in mythology as such, but in the processes of consciousness which lead to the creation of myths. It will be recalled that he was originally concerned with inquiring into the bases of empirical knowledge, but since a knowledge of a world of empirical things or properties was preceded by a world characterized by mythical powers and forces, and since early philosophy drew its spiritual powers from and created its perspective upon the bases of these mythical factors, a consideration of them is clearly of importance. The relation between myth and philosophy is a close one; for if the myth is taken to be an indirect expression of reality, it can be understood only as an attempt to point the way, it is a prepara- tion for philosophy. The form and content of myth impede the realization of a rational content of knowledge, which reflection alone reveals, and of which it discovers the kernel. An illustra- tion of this effect of myth upon knowledge may be seen in the attempts of the sophists of the Fifth Century to work from myth to empirical knowledge, in their newly founded scientific wisdom. Myth was by them understood and explained, and translated into the language of popular philosophy, as an all embracing speculative science of nature or of ethical truth. It is no accident, remarks Cassirer, that just that Greek thinker in whom the characteristic power of creating the mythi- cal was so outstanding should reject the whole world of mythi- cal images, namely, Plato. For it was Plato who was opposed to the attempts at myth-analysis in the manner of the Sophists and rhetoricians; for him these attempts represented a play of wit in a difficult, though not very refined, subject (Phaedrus* 368 M. F. ASHLEY MONTAGU 229). Plato failed to see the significance of the mythical world, seeing it only as something opposed to pure knowledge. The myth must be separated from science, and appearance be dis- tinguished from reality. The myth however transcends all ma- terial meaning} and here it occupies a definite place and plays a necessary part for our understanding of the world, and accord- ing to the philosophy of the Platonic school it can work as a true creative and formative motive. The profounder view which has conquered here has, in the continuity of Greek thought, not always been carried through nor had quite the same meaning. The Stoics as well as the neo-Platonists returned to the Platonic view as did the Middle Ages and the Renaissance. In the newer philosophy the myth becomes the problem of philosophy when it is recognized that there exists a primordial directive of the spirit, an intrinsic way of forming knowledge. The spirit (Geist) forges the conditions necessary to itself. In this connection Giambattista Vico may be regarded as the founder of the new philosophy of language and of mythology. The real and true knowledge of the unitary idea of the spirit is shown in the triad of Language, Art, and Myth. The critical problem of the origin of the aesthetic and ethical judgment, which Kant inquired into, was transferred by Schel- ling to the field of myth. For Kant the problem does not ask for psychological origins or beginnings but for pure existence and content. Myth does not make its appearance, like morality or art, as a self-contained world in itself, which may be measured by objective values and reality measurements, but it must be understood through its own immanent laws of structure and of being. Every attempt to make this world understandable by simple direct means only reveals the reflection of something else. In the empirical comparisons of myths a distinct trend was noticeable to measure not only the range of mythical thinking but also to describe the unitary forms of consciousness and its characteristics. Just as in physics the concept of the unit of the physical world led to a deepening of its principles, so in folklore the problem of a general mythology instead of special research gained for it a new lease on life. Out of the conflicting schools MYTHOLOGICAL THINKING 369 there appeared no other way than to think in terms of a single source of myth and of a distinct form of orientation. From this way of treating myth arose the conception of a funda- mental mythical view of the world. Fundamental and character- istic motives were found for the whole world, even where space and time relations could not be demonstrated. As soon as the attempt was made to separate these motives, to distinguish be- tween them, and to discover which were the truly primitive ones, conflicting views were again brought to the fore more sharply than ever. It was the task of folklore in association with folk psychology to determine the order of the appearances and to uncover the general laws and principles with respect to the formation of myths. But the unity of these principles disap- peared even before one had assured oneself of the existence of the necessary fullness and variety of myths. Besides the mythology of nature, there is the mythology of the soul. In the first there are involved a large variety of myths which have a definite object of nature for their kernel. one always asked of each single myth whether it bore a distinct relation to some natural thing or event. one had to approach the matter in this way because only in this way could phantasy be distinguished, and a strictly objective position arrived at. But the arbitrary power of building hypotheses, seen in a strictly objective way, showed that it was nearly as great as the creation of phantasy. The older form of the storm and thunder my- thology was the opposite of the astral mythology which itelf, again, took different forms, sun mythology, lunar mythology, and stellar mythology. Another approach to the ultimate unity of myth creation attempted to see it not as a natural but more as a spiritual unity, expressing this unity not in the field of the object but as in the historical field of culture. Were it possible to find such a field of culture for the general origin of the great fundamental mythical motives and themes, as a center from which they eventually spread over the whole world, it would be a simple matter to explain the inner relation and systematic consequences of these themes and motives. If any such relation in a known form is obscure, it must appear at once, if one but refers to the 370 M. F. ASHLEY MONTAGU best historical source for it. When the older theorists, e.g., Benfey, looked to India for the most important motives, there seemed to be certain striking evidences for the historical unity and association of myth forming; this became even more so when Babylonian culture became better known. With the find- ing of this homeland of culture the answer was also found to the question as to the home of myth and its unitary structure. The answer to Pan-Babylonianism is that myth could never have developed a consistent world viewpoint if it had been constituted out of a primitive magic, idea, dream, emotion or superstition. The path to such a Weltanschauung was much more likely to be there where there was in existence a distinct proof of a conception of the world as an ordered whole a con- dition which was fulfilled in the beginning of Babylonian astronomy and cosmogony. From this spiritual and historical viewpoint the possibility is opened up that myth is not only a form of pure phantasy but is in itself a finished and compre- hensive system. What, remarks Cassirer, is so interesting about this theory in the methodological sense is that not only does it attempt the empirical proof of the real historical origin of myth, but it also attempts to give a sort of a priori substantia- tion to the proper direction and goal of mythological research. That all myths have an astral origin and should in the end prove to be calendric, is stated by the students of the Pan- Babylonian school to be the basic principle of the method. It is a sort of Ariadne's thread, which is alone able to lead through the labyrinth of mythology. By this means it was not very difficult to fill in the various lacunae which the empiric tradi- tion had somehow failed to make good, but this very means showed ever more clearly that the fundamental problem of the unit of the mythological consciousness could not really be explained in the manner of the historical objective empirical school. It becomes more and more certain that the simple statement of unity of the fundamental mythical ideas cannot really give any insight into the structure of the forms of mythical phantasy and of mythical thinking. To define the structure of this form, when one does not desert the basis of pure descriptive con- MYTHOLOGICAL THINKING 371 siderations, requires no more elaborate conception than Bastian's concept of "Volkergedanken" Bastian maintained that the varie- ties of the objective approach do not simply consider the con- tent and objects of mythology, but start off from the question as to the function of myth. The fundamental principle of this function should remain to be proved; in this way various resemblances are discovered and relations demonstrated. From the beginning the sought-for unity is both from the inside and the outside transferred from the phenomena of reality to those of the spirit. But this idealism, as long as it is received psychologically and determined through the categories of psy- chology, is not characterized by a single meaning. When we speak of mythology as the collective expression of mankind, this unity must finally be explained out of the unity of the human soul and out of the homogeneity of its behaviour. But the unity of the soul expresses itself in a great variety of potencies and forms. As soon as the question is asked which of these potencies play the respective roles in the building up of the mythical world, there immediately arise conflicting and contradictory controversial explanations. Is the myth ulti- mately derived from the play of subjective phantasy, or does it in some cases rest upon a real view of things, upon which it is based? Is it a primitive form of knowledge (Erkenntnls} and in this connection is it a form of intellection, or does it be- long rather to the sphere of affection and conation? To this question scientific myth-analysis has returned different an- swers. Just as formerly the theories differed with respect to the objects which were considered necessary to the creation of myths, in the same way they now differed in respect of the fundamental psychic processes to which these are considered to lead back. The conception of a pure intellectual mythology made its reappearance, the idea that the essence of the myth was to be sought in the intellectual analysis of experience. In opposition to Schelling's demand for a tautegorical (ex- pressing the same thing in different words, opposed to allegori- cal) analysis of myth an allegorical explanation was sought for (See Fritz Langer, Intellektualmythologle^ Leipzig, 1916). In all this is evident the danger to which the myth is ex- 372 M. F. ASHLEY MONTAGU posed, the danger of becoming lost in the depths of a particular theory. In all these theories the sought-for unity is transferred in error to the particular elements instead of being looked for in that spiritual whole, the symbolic world of meaning, out of which these elements are created. We must, on the other hand, says Cassirer, look for the fundamental laws of the spirit to which the myth goes back. Just as in the process of arriving at knowledge The Rhapsody of Perceptions (Rha-p- sodie der W ahrnehmwngeri) is, by means of certain laws and forms of thinking, transmuted into knowledge, so we can and must ask for the creation of that form unity, the unending and manifold world of the myth, which is not a conglomerate of arbitrary ideas and meaningless notions, a characteristic spiritual genitor. We must look at the myth from a genetic-causal, teleo- logical standpoint j in this way we shall find that what is pre- sented to us is something which as a complete form possesses a self-sufficient being and an autochthonous sense. The myth represents in itself the first attempts at a knowl- edge of the world, and since it furthermore possibly represents the earliest form of aesthetic phantasy, we see in it that particu- lar unity of the spirit of which all separate forms are but a single manifestation. We see too, here, that instead of an original unity in which the opposites lose themselves, and seem to combine with one another, that the critical-transcendental idea-unit seeks the clear definition and delimitation of the separate forms in order to preserve them. The principle of this separation becomes clear when one compares here the problem of meaning with that of characterization that is, when one reflects upon the way in which the various spiritual forms of expression, such as "Object 71 with "Idea or Image," and "Con- tent" with "Sign," are related to one another. In this we see the fundamental element of the parallelism, namely, the creative power of the "sign" in myth as in lan- guage, and in art, as well as in the process of forming a theoretical idea in a word, and in relation to the world. What Humboldt said of language, that man places it between him- self and. the internal and external world that is acting upon him, that he surrounds himself with a world of sounds with MYTHOLOGICAL THINKING 373 which to take up and to work up the world of objects, holds true also for the myth and for the aesthetic fancy. They are not so much reactions to impressions, which are exercised from the outside upon the spirit, but they are much more real spiritual activities. At the outset, in the definite sense of the primitive expression of the myth it is clear that we do not have to deal with a mere reflection or mirage of Reality (Seiri), but with a characteristic treatment and presentation of it. Also here one can observe how in the beginning the tension between "Subject" and "Object," "Internal" and "External," grad- ually diminishes, a richer and multiform new middle state stepping in between both worlds. To the material world which it embraces and governs the spirit opposes its own independent world of images the power of Impression gradually becomes more distinct and more conscious than the active power of Ex- pression. But this creation does not yet in itself possess the character of an act of free will, but still bears the character of a natural necessity, the character of a certain psychic "mecha- nism." Since at this level there does not yet exist an inde- pendent and self-conscious free living "I," but because we here stand upon the threshold of the spiritual processes which are bound to react against each other, the "I" and the "World," the new world of the "Sign" must appear to the conciousness as a thoroughly objective reality. Every beginning of the myth, especially every magical conception of the world, is permeated by this belief in the existence of the objective power of the sign. Word magic, picture-magic, and script-magic pro- vide the fundaments of magical practices and the magical view of the world. When one examines the complete structure of the mythical consciousness one can detect in this a characteristic paradox. For if the generally prevailing conception, that the fundamental urge of the myth is to vivify, is true, that is that it tends to take a concrete view in the statement and representa- tion of all the elements of existence, how does it happen, then, that these urges point most intensely to the most unreal and non- vital; how is it that the shadow-empire of words, of images, and signs gains such a substantial ascendancy and power over the mythical consciousness? How is it that it possesses this 374 M. F. ASHLEY MONTAGU belief in the abstract, in this cult of symbols in a world in which the general idea is nothing, the sensation (Empfindung), the direct urge, the (sensible) psychic perception and outlook seem to be everything? The answer to this question, says Cassirer, can be found only when one is aware of the fact that it is improperly stated. The mythical world is not so concrete that it deals only with psychically 'objective' contents, or simply 'abstract' considerations, but both the thing and its meaning form one distinct and direct concrete unity, they are not differ- entiated from one another. The myth raises itself spiritually above the world of things, but it exchanges for the forms and images which it puts in their place only another form of restric- tive existence. What the spirit appears to rescue from the shackles now becomes but a new shackle, which is so much more unyielding because it is not only a psychical power but a spiritual one. Nevertheless, such a state already contains in it- self the immanent condition of its future release. It already contains the incipient possibility of a spiritual liberation which in the progress of the magical-mythical world-idea will even- tually arrive at a characteristic religious world-idea. During this transition it becomes necessary for the spirit to place itself in a new and free relation to the world of images and signs, but, at the same time, in a different way than formerly, sees through this relationship, and in this way raises itself above it, though living it still and needing it. And in still further measure and in greater distinctness stands for us the dialectic of these fundamental relations, their analysis and synthesis, which the spirit through its own self- made world of images experiences, when we here compare the myth with all other forms of symbolic expression. In the case of language also there is at first no sharp line of separation by means of which the word and its meaning, the thing content of "idea" and the simple content are distinguished from one another. The nominalist viewpoint, for which words are con- ventional signs, simply flatus vocis, is the result of later reflec- tion but not the direct expression of the direct natural language consciousness. For this the existence of things in words is not only indicated as indirect, but is contained and present in it any- MYTHOLOGICAL THINKING 375 way. In the language consciousness of the primitive and in that of the child one can demonstrate this concrescence of names and things in very pregnant examples one has only to think of the different varieties of the taboo names. But in the progression of the spiritual development of language there is also here achieved a sharper and ever more conscious separation between the Word and Being or Existence, between the Meaning and the Meant. Opposed to all other physical being and all physical activity the word appears as autonomous and characteristic, in its purely ideal and significative function. A new stage of the separation is next witnessed in art. Here, too, there is in the beginning no clear distinction between the "Ideal" and the "Real." The beginning of the formation and of the cultivation of art reaches back to a sphere in which the act of cultivation itself is strongly rooted in the magical idea, and is directed to a definite magical end, of which the picture (Bild) is yet in no way independent, and has no pure aesthetic meaning. Nevertheless already in the first impulse of char- acteristic artistic configurations, in the stages of spiritual forms of expression, quite a new principle is attained. The view of the world which the spirit opposes to the simple world of matter and of things subsequently attains here to a pure immanent value and truth. It does not attach itself or refer to another; but it simply /V, and consists in itself. Out of the sphere of activity (Wirksamkeit), in which the mythical consciousness, and out of the sphere of meaning, in which the marks of lan- guage remain, we are now transferred to a sphere, in which so to say, only the pure essence (Sein), only its own innermost nature (Wesenheii) of the image (Bildes) is seized as such. Thus, the world of images forms in itself a Kosmos which is complete in itself, and which rests within its own centre of gravity. And to it the spirit is now first able to find a free relation. The aesthetic world is measured according to the measure of things, the realistic outlook according to a world of appearance: but since in just this appearance the relation to direct reality, to the world of being and action (Wirken), in which also the magical- mythical outlook has its being, is now left behind, there is thus made a completely new step towards truth. Thus there present 376 M. F. ASHLEY MONTAGU themselves in relation to Myth, Language, and to Art, con- figurations which are linked directly together in a certain histori- cal series, by means of a certain systematic progression (Stujen- gang), and ideal progress (Fortschritt), as the object of which it can be said the spirit in its own creations, in its self-made symbols, not only exists and lives, but gains its significance. There is a certain pertinence, in this connection, in that dominant theme of HegePs Phenomenology of the Spirit, namely, that the object of development lies in the comprehension and ex- pression of the fact that the spiritual being is not only "Sub- stance" but just as much "Subject." In this respect the problems which grow out of a "Philosophy of Mythology" resolve themselves once more to such as arise from the philosophy of pure logic. Then also science separates itself from the other stages of spiritual life, not because it stands in need of any kind of mediation or intervention through signs and symbols, seeking naked truth, the truth of "things-in-themselves," but because it uses the symbols differently and more profoundly than the former is able to do, and recognizes and understands them as such, i.e., as symbols. Furthermore, this is not accom- plished at one stroke 5 rather there is here also repeated, at a new stage, the typical fundamental relation of the spirit to its own creation. Here also must the freedom of this creation be gained and secured in continuous critical work. The utiliza- tion of hypotheses, and its characteristic function to advance the foundations of knowledge, determines that, so long as this knowledge is not secured, the principles of science are unable to express themselves in other than dinglicher, i.e., material, or in half mythical form. Every student of primitive peoples and of mythology would recognize in Cassirer's views on mythological thinking, which have here been presented only partially, a valuable contribution towards the clarification of a difficult problem. In a brilliant chapter in which Cassirer discusses "the dialectic of the mythical consciousness," he shows how interrelated and interdependent the mythical and religious consciousness are, and that there can really be no distinction between themj there is a difference in form, but not in substance. An admirable discussion of the rela- MYTHOLOGICAL THINKING 377 tion of "speech" to "language" and of "sound" to "meaning" (already dealt with at length in the first volume of the Sym- bolischen Formen) leads to a brief discussion of writing. Cassirer points out that all writing begins as picture-signs which do not in themselves embrace any meaning or communi- cative characters. The picture-sign takes the place rather of the object itself, replaces it, and stands for it. This statement is perfectly true of all forms of primitive writing. one of the most primitive forms of writing, for ex- ample, with which we are acquainted is that invented and practiced by certain Australian tribes. on the message sticks which they send from one tribe to another the signs which they make fulfill all the specifications stated by Cassirer. Cassirer also states that at first writing forms a part of the sphere of magic. The sign which is stamped on the object draws it into the circle of its own effect and keeps away strange in- fluences. The anthropological data lend full support to this idea. It may even be that the magicians were the first to invent writing, though it would at present be impossible to prove such a sug- gestion or even to prove that the magicians were among the first to use picture signs. The evidence does, however, suggest that this is highly probable. I can only have succeeded in giving a faint indication of the value and quality of Cassirer's contribution to our understanding of mythological thinking in general and that of pre-literate peoples in particular. To appreciate Cassirer's great work at its full value the reader is recommended to go to the original work. This essay must be regarded as but a footnote to it. M. F. ASHLEY MONTAGU PHILADELPHIA, PENNA. II Susanne K. Langer on CASSIRER'S THEORY OF LANGUAGE AND MYTH II on CASSIRER'S THEORY OF LANGUAGE AND MYTH EVERY philosopher has his tradition. His thought has de- veloped amid certain problems, certain basic alternatives of opinion, that embody the key concepts which dominate his time and his environment and which will always be reflected, posi- tively or by negation, in his own work. They are the forms of thought he has inherited, wherein he naturally thinks, or from which his maturer conceptions depart. The continuity of culture lies in this handing down of usable forms. Any campaign to discard tradition for the sake of novelty as such, without specific reason in each case to break through a certain convention of thought, leads to dilettantism, whether it be in philosophy, in art, or in social and moral institutions. As every person has his mother tongue in terms of which he can- not help thinking his earliest thoughts, so every scholar has a philosophical mother tongue, which colors his natural Weltan- schauung. He may have been nurtured in a particular school of thought, or his heritage may be the less conscious one of "common sense," the popular metaphysic of his generation 5 but he speaks some intellectual language that has been bestowed on him, with its whole cargo of preconceptions, distinctions, and evaluations, by his official and unofficial teachers. A great philosopher, however, has something new and vital to present in whatever philosophical mold he may have been given. The tenor of his thought stems from the pastj but his specific problems take shape in the face of a living present, and his dealing with them reflects the entire, ever-nascent activity of his own day. In all the great periods of philosophy, the lead- ing minds of the time have carried their traditional learning 382 SUSANNE K. LANGER lightly, and felt most deeply the challenge of things which were new in their age. It is the new that calls urgently for interpre- tation} and a true philosopher is a person to whom something in the weary old world always appears new and uncomprehended. There are certain "dead periods" in the history of philosophy, when the whole subject seems to shrink into a hard, small shell, treasured only by scholars in large universities. The common man knows little about it and cares less. What marks such a purely academic phase of philosophical thought is that its sub- stance as well as its form is furnished by a scholastic tradition; not only the categories, but the problems of debate are familiar. Precisely in the most eventful epochs, when intellectual activity in other fields is brilliant and exciting, there is quite apt to be a lapse in philosophy; the greatest minds are engaged else- where; reflection and interpretation are in abeyance when the tempo of life is at its highest. New ideas are too kaleidoscopic to be systematically construed or to suggest general proposi- tions. Professional philosophers, therefore, continue to argue matters which their predecessors have brought to no conclusion, and to argue them from the same standpoints that yielded no insight before. We have only recently passed through an "academic" phase of philosophy, a phase of stale problems and deadlocked "isms." But today we are on the threshold of a new creative period. The most telling sign of this is the tendency of great minds to see philosophical implications in facts and problems belong- ing to other fields of learning mathematics, anthropology, psychology, physics, history, and the arts. Familiar things like language or dream, or the mensurability of time, appear in new universal connections which involve highly interesting abstract issues. Even the layman lends his ear to "semantics" or to new excitements about "relativity." Cassirer had all the marks of a great thinker in a new philo- sophical period. His standpoint was a tradition which he in- herited the Kantian "critical" philosophy seen in the light of its later developments, which raised the doctrine of transcen- dental forms to the level of a transcendental theory of Being. His writings bear witness that he often reviewed and pondered THEORY OF LANGUAGE AND MYTH 383 the foundations of this position. There was nothing accidental or sentimental in his adherence to it; he maintained it through- out his life, because he found it fruitful, suggestive of new interpretations. In his greatest works this basic idealism is implicit rather than under direct discussion; and the turn it gives to his treatment of the most baffling questions removes it utterly from that treadmill of purely partisan reiteration and defense which is the fate of decadent metaphysical convictions. There is little of polemic or apologetic in Cassirer's writings; he was too enthusiastic about solving definite problems to spend his time vindicating his method or discussing what to him was only a starting-point. one of the venerable puzzles which he treated with entirely new insight from his peculiarly free and yet scholarly point of view is the relation of language and myth. Here we find at the outset the surprising, unorthodox working of his mind: for what originally led him to this problem was not the con- templation of poetry, but of science. For generations the advo- cates of scientific thinking bemoaned the difficulties which nature seems to plant in its path the misconceptions bred by "igno- rance" and even by language itself. It took Cassirer to see that those difficulties themselves were worth investigating. Ignorance is a negative condition; why should the mere absence of correct conceptions lead to w/Vconceptions? And why should language, supposedly a practical instrument for conveying thought, serve to resist and distort scientific thought? The misconceptions interested him. If the logical and factual type of thought which science de- i mands is hard to maintain, there must be some other mode of thinking which constantly interferes with it. Language, the expression of thought, could not possibly be a hindrance to thought as such; if it distorts scientific conception, it must do so merely by giving preference and support to such another mode. Now, all thinking is "realistic" in the sense that it deals with phenomena as they present themselves in immediate experience. There cannot be a way of thinking that is not true to the reports of sense. If there are two modes of thinking, 384 SUSANNE K. LANGER there must be two different modes of perceiving things, of apprehending the very data of thought. To observe the wind, for instance, as a purely physical atmospheric disturbance, and Mnk of it as a divine power or an angry creature would be purely capricious, playful, irresponsible. But thinking is serious business, and probably always has been 5 and it is not likely that language, the physical image of thought, portrays a pattern of mere fancies and vagaries. In so far as language is incompatible with scientific reasoning, it must reflect a system of thought that is soberly true to a mode of experiencing^ of seeing and feeling, different from our accepted mode of experiencing "facts." 1 This idea, first suggested by the difficulties of scientific conception, opened up a new realm of epistemological research to its authorj for it made the forms of misunderstanding take on a positive rather than a negative importance as archaic forms of understanding. The hypostatic and poetic tinge of language which makes it so often recalcitrant to scientific purposes is a record not only of a different way of thinking, but of seeing, feeling, conceiving experience a way that was probably para- mount in the ages when language itself came into being. The whole problem of mind and its relation to "reality" took a new turn with the hypothesis that former civilizations may actually have dealt with a "real world" differently constituted from our own world of things with their universal qualities and causal relationships. But how can that older "reality" be recaptured and demonstrated? And how can the change from one way of apprehending nature to another be accounted for? The answer to this methodological question came to him as a suggestion from metaphysics. "Es ist der Geist der sich den Korper baut y " said Goethe. And the post-Kantian idealists, from Fichte to Hermann Cohen, had gone even beyond that tenet; so they might well have said, "Es ist der Geist der sich das Weltall baut" To a romanticist that would have been little more than a figure of speech, expressing the relative importance of mind and matter. But in Cassirer's bold and uncomplacent mind such a belief which he held as a basic intellectual postu- late, not as a value- judgment immediately raised the ques- 1 Cf . Language and Myth> i of. THEORY OF LANGUAGE AND MYTH 385 tion: How? By what process and what means does the human spirit construct its physical world? Kant had already proposed the answer: By supplying the transcendental constituent of form. Kant regarded this form as a fixed pattern, the same in all human experience; the cate- gories of thought which find their clearest expression in science, seemed to him to govern all empirical experience, and to be reflected in the structure of language. But the structure of language is just what modern scientific thought finds uncon- genial. It embodies a metaphysic of substance and attribute; whereas science operates more and more with the concept of junction, which is articulated in mathematics. 2 There is good reason why mathematicians have abandoned verbal propositions almost entirely and resorted to a symbolism which expresses different metaphysical assumptions, different categories of thought altogether. At this point Cassirer, reflecting on the shift from substantive to functional thinking, found the key to the methodological problem: two different symbolisms revealed two radically dif- ferent forms of thought; does not every form of Anschauung have its symbolic mode? Might not an exhaustive study of symbolic forms reveal just how the human mind, in its various stages, has variously construed the "reality" with which it dealt? To construe the equivocally "given" is to construct the phe- nomenon for experience. And so the Kantian principle, fructified by a wholly new problem of science, led beyond the Kantian doctrine to the Philosophy of Symbolic Forms. The very plan of this work departs from all previous ap- proaches to epistemology by not assuming either that the mind is concerned essentially with facts, or that its prime talent is discursive reason. A careful study of the scientific miscon- ceptions which language begets revealed the fact that its subject- predicate structure, which reflects a "natural" ontology of substance and attribute, is not its only metaphysical trait. Lan- guage is born of the need for emotional expression. Yet it is not exclamatory. It is essentially hypostatic, seeking to distin- guish, emphasize, and hold the object of feeling rather than * See Substance and Function, Ch. I. 386 SUSANNE K. LANGER to communicate the feeling itself. To fix the object as a per- manent focus point in experience is the function of the name. Whatever evokes emotion may therefore receive a name; and, if this object is not a thing if it is an act, or a phenomenon like lightning, or a sound, or some other intangible item , the name nevertheless gives it the unity, permanence, and apparent substantiality of a "thing." This hypostasis, entailed by the primitive office of language, really lies deeper even than nomenclature, which merely reflects it: for it is a fundamental trait of all imagination. The very word "imagination" denotes a process of image-making. An image is only an aspect of the actual thing it represents. It may be not even a completely or carefully abstracted aspect. Its im- portance lies in the fact that it symbolizes the whole the thing, person, occasion, or what-not from which it is an abstract. A thing has a history, an event passes irrevocably away, actual experience is transient and would exhaust itself in a series of unique occasions, were it not for the permanence of the symbol whereby it may be recalled and possessed. Imagination is a free and continual production of images to "mean" experience past or present or even merely possible experience. Imagination is the primary talent of the human mind, the activity in whose service language was evolved. The imagina- tive mode of ideation is not "logical" after the manner of discursive reason. It has a logic of its own, a definite pattern of identifications and concentrations which bring a very deluge of ideas, all charged with intense and often widely diverse feelings, together in one symbol. Symbols are the indispensable instruments of conception. To undergo an experience, to react to immediate or conditional stimuli (as animals react to warning or guiding signs), is not to "have" experience in the characteristically human sense, which is to conceive it, hold it in the mind as a so-called "content of consciousness," and consequently be able to think about it. 3 To a human mind, every experience a sensation of light or color, a fright, a fall, a continuous noise like the roar of breakers Cf. Language and Myth, 38. THEORY OF LANGUAGE AND MYTH 387 on the beach exhibits, in retrospect, a unity and self-identity that make it almost as static and tangible as a solid object. By virtue of this hypostatization it may be referred to> much as an object may be fainted at; and therefore the mind can think about it without its actual recurrence. In its symbolic image the experience is conceived, instead of just physiologically remem- bered. 4 Cassirer's greatest epistemological contribution is his approach to the problem of mind through a study of the primitive forms of conception. His reflections on science had taught him that all conception is intimately bound to expression; and the forms of expression, which determine those of conception, are symbolic forms. So he was led to his central problem, the diversity of symbolic forms and their interrelation in the edifice of human culture. He distinguished, as so many autonomous forms, language, myth, art, and science. 5 In examining their respective patterns he made his first startling discovery: myth and language appeared as genuine twin creatures, born of the same phase of human mentality, exhibiting analogous formal traits, despite their ob- vious diversities of content. Language, on the one hand, seems to have articulated and established mythological concepts, whereas, on the other hand, its own meanings are essentially images functioning mythically. The two modes of thought have grown up together, as conception and expression, respec- tively, of the primitive human world. The earliest products of mythic thinking are not permanent, self-identical, and clearly distinguished "gods;" neither are they immaterial spirits. They are like dream elements objects endowed with daemonic import, haunted places, accidental shapes in nature resembling something ominous all manner of shifting, fantastic images which speak of Good and Evil, of Life and Death, to the impressionable and creative mind of man. Their common trait is a quality that characterizes every- thing in the sphere of myth, magic, and religion, and also the 4 See An Essay on Man, chapters 2 and 3, fassim. 9 Language and' Myth^ 8, 388 SUSANNE K. LANGER earliest ethical conceptions the quality of holiness* Holiness may appertain to almost anything; it is the mystery that appears as magic, as taboo, as daemonic power, as miracle, and as divinity. The first dichotomy in the emotive or mythic phase of mentality is not, as for discursive reason, the opposition of "yes" and "no," of "a" and "non-a," or truth and falsity; the basic dichotomy here is between the sacred and the profane. Human beings actually apprehend values and expressions of values be-fore they formulate and entertain jacts. All mythic constructions are symbols of value of life and power, or of violence, evil, and death. They are charged with feeling, and have a way of absorbing into themselves more and more intensive meanings, sometimes even logically conflict- ing imports. Therefore mythic symbols do not give rise to dis- cursive understanding; they do beget a kind of understanding, but not by sorting out concepts and relating them in a distinct pattern; they tend, on the contrary, merely to bring together great complexes of cognate ideas, in which all distinctive fea- tures are merged and swallowed. "Here we find in operation a law which might actually be called the law of the levelling and extinction of specific differences," says Cassirer, in Language and, Myth. "Every part of a whole is the whole itself, every speci- men is equivalent to the entire species." 7 The significance of mythic structures is not formally and arbitrarily assigned to them, as convention assigns one exact meaning to a recognized symbol; rather, their meaning seems to dwell in them as life dwells in a body; they are animated by it, it is of their essence, and the naive, awe-struck mind finds it, as the quality of "holi- ness." Therefore mythic symbols do not even appear to be symbols; they appear as holy objects or places or beings, and their import is felt as an inherent power. This really amounts to another "law" of imaginative con- ception. Just as specific differences of meaning are obliterated in nondiscursive symbolization, the very distinction between form and content, between the entity (thing, image, gesture, or 6 See Die Philosophie der symbolischen Formen, II, f Pp. 91-92. THEORY OF LANGUAGE AND MYTH 389 natural event) which is the symbol, and the idea or feeling which is its meaning, is lost, or rather: is not yet found. This is a momentous fact, for it is the basis of all superstition and strange cosmogony, as well as of religious belief. To believe in the existence of improbable or quite fantastic things and beings would be inexplicable folly if beliefs were dictated essentially by practical experience. But the mythic interpretation of reality rests on the principle that the veneration appropriate to the meaning of a symbol is focussed on the symbol itself, which is simply identified with its import. This creates a world punctu- ated by pre-eminent objects, mystic centers of power and holi- ness, to which more and more emotive meanings accrue as "properties." An intuitive recognition of their import takes the form of ardent, apparently irrational belief in the physical reality and power of the significant forms. This is the hypostatic mechanism of the mind by which the world is filled with magical things fetishes and talismans, sacred trees, rocks, caves, and the vague, protean ghosts that inhabit them and finally the world is peopled with a pantheon of permanent, more or less anthropomorphic gods. In these presences "reality" is concentrated for the mythic imagination} this is not "make- believe," not a willful or playful distortion of a radically differ- ent "given fact," but is the way phenomena are given to naive apprehension. Certainly the pattern of that world is altogether different from the pattern of the "material" world which confronts our sober common sense, follows the laws of causality, and exhibits a logical order of classes and subclasses, with their defining properties and relations, wherfeby each individual object either does or does not belong to any given class. Cassirer has summed up the logical contrast between the mode of mythic intuition and that of "factual" or "scientific" apprehension in very telling phrase: In the realm of discursive conception there reigns a sort of diffuse light and the further logical analysis proceeds, the further does this even clarity and luminosity extend. But in the ideational realm of myth and language there are always, besides those locations from which the 390 SUSANNE K. LANGER strongest light proceeds, others that appear wrapped in profoundest darkness. While certain contents of perception become verbal-mythical centers of force, centers of significance, there are others which remain, one might say, beneath the threshold of meaning. 8 His coupling of myth and language in this passage brings us back to the intimate connection between these two great sym- bolic forms which he traces to a common origin. The dawn of language was the dawn of the truly human mind, which meets us first of all as a rather highly developed organ of practical response and of imagination, or symbolic rendering of impres- sions. The first "holy objects" seem to be born of momentary emotional experiences fright centering on a place or a thing, concentrated desire that manifests itself in a dreamlike image or a repeated gesture, triumph that issues naturally in festive dance and song, directed toward a symbol of power. Somewhere in the course of this high emotional life primitive man took to using his instinctive vocal talent as a source of such "holy ob- jects," sounds with imaginative import: such vocal symbols are names. In savage societies, names are treated not as conventional ap- pellations, but as though they were physical proxies for their bearers. To call an object by an inappropriate name is to con- found its very nature. In some cultures practically all language serves mystic purposes and is subject to the most impractical taboos and regulations. It is clearly of a piece with magic, religion and the whole pattern of intensive emotional symbolism which governs the pre-scientific mind. Names are the very es- sence of mythic symbols; nothing on earth is a more concen- trated point of sheer meaning than the little, transient, invisible breath that constitutes a spoken word. Physically it is almost nothing. Yet it carries more definite and momentous import than any permanent holy object. 9 It can be invoked at will, anywhere and at any time, by a mere act of speech; merely knowing a word gives a person the power of using it; thus it is invisibly "had," carried about by its possessors. 8 Language and Myth, 9 1 . * "Often it is the name of the deity, rather than the god himself, that seems to be the real source of efficacy." (Language and Myth, 48) THEORY OF LANGUAGE AND MYTH 391 It is characteristic of mythic "powers" that they are com- pletely contained in every fragment of matter, every sound, and every gesture which partakes of them. 10 This fact betrays their real nature, which is not that of physical forces, but of meanings; a meaning is indeed completely given by every symbol to which it attaches. The greater the "power" in proportion to its bearer, the more awe-inspiring will the latter be. So, as long as mean- ing is felt as an indwelling potency of certain physical objects, words must certainly rank high in the order of holy things. But language has more than a purely denotative function. Its symbols are so manifold, so manageable, and so economical that a considerable number of them may be held in one "spe- cious present," though each one physically passes away before the next is given; each has left its meaning 'to be apprehended in the same span of attention that takes in the whole series. Of course, the length of the span varies greatly with different men- talities. But as soon as two or more words are thus taken together in the mind of an interpretant, language has acquired its second function: it has engendered discursive thought, fb" The discursive mode of thinking is what we usually call "reason." It is not as primitive as the imaginative mode, because it arises from the syntactical nature of language; mythic en- visagement and verbal expression are its forerunners. Yet it is a natural development from the earlier symbolic mode, which is pre-discursive, and thus in a strict and narrow sense "pre- rational." Henceforth, the history of thought consists chiefly in the gradual achievement of factual, literal, and logical conception and expression. Obviously the only means to this end is lan- guage. But this instrument, it must be remembered, has a double nature. Its syntactical tendencies bestow the laws of logic on us; yet the primacy of names in its make-up holds it to the hypostatic way of thinking which belongs to its twin-phe- nomenon, myth. Consequently it leads us beyond the sphere of mythic and emotive thought, yet always pulls us back into it again; it is both the diffuse and tempered light that shows us the external world of "fact," and the array of spiritual lamps, ** Cf. Language and Myth, 92. 392 SUSANNE K. LANGER light-centers of intensive meaning, that throw the gleams and shadows of the dream world wherein our earliest experiences lay. We have come so far along the difficult road of discursive thinking that the laws of logic seem to be the very frame of the mind, and rationality its essence. Kant regarded the cate- gories of pure understanding as universal transcendental forms, imposed by the most naive untutored mind on all its perceptions, so that self-identity, the dichotomy of "a" and "non-0/' the rela- tion of part and whole, and other axiomatic general concepts inhered in phenomena as their necessary conditions. Yet, from primitive apprehension to even the simplest rational construc- tion is probably a far cry. It is interesting to see how Cassirer, who followed Kant in his "Copernican revolution," i.e., in the transcendental analysis of phenomena which traces their form to a non-phenomenal, subjective element, broadened the Kan- tian concept of form to make it a variable and anthropologi- cally valid principle, without compromising the "critical" standpoint at all. Instead of accepting one categorial scheme that of discursive thought as the absolute way of experiencing reality, he finds it relative to a form of symbolic presentation; and as there are alternative symbolic forms, there are also al- ternative phenomenal "worlds." Mythic conception is categori- ally different from scientific conception; therefore it meets a dif- ferent world of perceptions. Its objects are not self-identical, consistent, universally related; they condense many characters in one, have conflicting attributes and intermittent existence, the whole is contained in its parts, and the parts in each other. The world they constitute is a world of values, things "holy" against a vague background of commonplaces, or "profane" events, in- stead of a world of neutral physical facts. By this departure, the Kantian doctrine that identified all conception with discursive reason, making reason appear as an aboriginal human gift, is saved from its most serious fallacy, an unhistorical view of mind. Cassirer called his Essay on Man, which briefly summarizes the Philosophic der symbolischen Formen y "An Introduction to a Philosophy of Human Culture." The subtitle is appropriate indeed; for the most striking thing about this philosophy viewed as a whole is the way the actual evolution of human customs, THEORY OF LANGUAGE AND MYTH 393 arts, ideas, and languages is not merely fitted into an idealistic interpretation of the world (as it may be fitted into almost any metaphysical picture), but is illumined and made accessible to serious study by working principles taken from Kantian episte- mology. His emphasis on the constitutive character of symbolic renderings in the making of "experience" is the masterstroke that turns the purely speculative "critical" theory into an anthropological hypothesis, a key to several linguistic problems, a source of psychological understanding, and a guidepost in the maze of Geistesgeschichte. It is, as I pointed out before, characteristic of Cassirer's thought that, although its basic principles stem from a philo- sophical tradition, its living material and immediate inspiration come from contemporary sources, from fields of research beyond his own. For many years the metaphysic of mind has been entirely divorced from the scientific study of mental phe- nomena} whether mind be an eternal essence or a transient epiphenomenon, a world substance or a biological instrument, makes little difference to our understanding of observed human or animal behavior. But Cassirer breaks this isolation of specula- tive thought} he uses the Kantian doctrine, that mind is con- stitutive of the "external world," to explain the way this world is experienced as well as the mere fact that it is experienced; and in so doing, of course, he makes his metaphysic meet the test of factual findings at every turn. His most interesting exhibits are psychological phenomena revealed in the psychiatric clinic and in ethnologists' reports. The baffling incapacities of im- paired brains, the language of childhood, the savage's peculiar practices, the prevalence of myth in early cultures and its per- sistence in religious thought these and other widely scattered facts receive new significance in the light of his philosophy. And that is the pragmatic measure of any speculative approach. A really cogent doctrine of mind cannot be irrelevant to psy- chology, any more than a good cosmological system can be meaningless for physics, or a theory of ethics inapplicable to jurisprudence and law. The psychiatric phenomena which illustrate the existence of a mythic mode of thought, and point to its ancient and primitive 394 SUSANNE K. LANGER nature, are striking and persuasive, 11 Among these is the fact that in certain pathological conditions of the brain the power of abstraction is lost, and the patient falls back on picturesque metaphorical language. In more aggravated cases the imagina- tion, too, is impaired} and here we have a reversion almost to animal mentality. one symptom of this state which is significant for the philosophy of symbolism is that the sufferer is unable to tell a lie, feign any action, or do anything his actual situation does not dictate, though he may still find his way with immedi- ate realities. If he is thirtsy, he can recognize and take a glass of water, and drink j but he cannot pick up an empty glass and demonstrate the act of drinking as though there were water in it, or even lift a full glass to his lips, if he is not thirsty. Such incapacities have been classified as "apractic" disorders} but Cassirer pointed out that they are not so much practical failures, as loss of the basic symbolic function, engagement of things not given. This is borne out by a still more serious disturbance which occurs with the destruction of certain brain areas, inability to recognize "things," such as chairs and brooms and pieces of clothing, directly and instantly as objects denoted by their names. At this point, pathology furnishes a striking testimony of the real nature of language: for here, names lose their hypostatic office, the creation of permanent and particular items out of the flux of impressions. To a person thus afflicted, words have connotation, but experience does not readily correspond to the conceptual scheme of language, which makes names the pre- eminent points of rest, and requires things as the fundamental relata in reality. The connoted concepts are apt to be adjectival rather than substantive. Consequently the world confronting the patient is not composed of objects immediately "given" in ex- perience; it is composed of sense data, which he must "associate" to form "things," much as Hume supposed the normal mind to do. Most of the psychological phenomena that caught Cassirer's interest arose from the psychiatric work of Kurt Goldstein, who 11 For a full treatment of this material see Philosophic der symbolischen For men ^ III, part 3, fassim. THEORY OF LANGUAGE AND MYTH 395 has dealt chiefly with cases of cerebral damage caused by physi- cal accident. But the range of psychological researches which bear out Cassirer's theory of mind is much wider; it includes the whole field of so-called "dynamic psychology," the somewhat chaotic store of new ideas and disconcerting facts with which Sigmund Freud alarmed his generation. Cassirer himself never explored this fund of corroborative evidence; he found himself in such fundamental disagreement with Freud on the nature of the dynamic motive which the psychologist regarded as not only derived from the sex impulse, but forever bound to it, and which the philosopher saw liberated in science, art, religion, and everything that constitutes the "self-realization of the spirit" that there seemed to be simply no point of contact be- tween their respective doctrines. Cassirer felt that to Freud all those cultural achievements were mere by-products of the un- changing animalian "libido," symptoms of its blind activity and continual frustration; whereas to him they were the consumma- tion of a spiritual process which merely took its rise from the blind excitement of the animal "libido," but received its im- portance and meanings from the phenomena of awareness and creativity, the envisagement, reason, and cognition it produced. This basic difference of evaluations of the life process made Cassirer hesitate to make any part of Freud's doctrine his own; at the end of his life he had, apparently, just begun to study the important relationship between "dynamic psychology" and the philosophy of symbolic forms. It is, indeed, only in regard to the forms of thought that a parallel obtains between these systems; but that parallel is close and vital, none the less. For, the "dream work" of Freud's "unconscious" mental mechanism is almost exactly the "mythic mode" which Cassirer describes as the primitive form of ideation, wherein an intense feeling is spontane- ously expressed in a symbol, an image seen in something or formed for the mind's eye by the excited imagination. Such ex- pression is effortless and therefore unexhausting; its products are images charged with meanings, but the meanings remain implicit, so that the emotions they command seem to be centered 396 SUSANNE K. LANGER on the image rather than on anything it merely conveys; in the image, which may be a vision, a gesture, a sound- form (musical image) or a word as readily as an external object, many mean- ings may be concentrated, many ideas telescoped and interfused, and incompatible emotions simultaneously expressed. The mythic mind never perceives passively, never merely contemplates things; all its observations spring from some act of participation, some act of emotion and will. Even as mythic imagination materializes in permanent forms, and presents us with definite outlines of an 'objective' world of beings, the significance of this world becomes clear to us only if we can still detect, underneath it all, that dynamic sense of life from which it originally arose. only where this vital feeling is stirred from within, where it expresses itself as love or hate, fear or hope, joy or sorrow, mythic imagination is roused to the pitch of excitement at which it begets a definite world of representations. (Philosofhie der symboli- schen Formen y II, 90.) For a person whose apprehension is under the spell of this mythico- religious attitude, it is as though the whole world were simply annihilated; the immediate content, whatever it be, that commands his religious in- terest so completely fills his consciousness that nothing else can exist beside and apart from it. The ego is spending all its energy on this single object, lives in it, loses itself in it. Instead of a widening of intuitive experience, we find here its extreme limitation; instead of expansion . . . we have here an impulse toward concentration; instead of extensive distribution, intensive compression. This focussing of all forces on a single point is the prerequisite for all mythical thinking and mythical formulation. When, on the one hand, the entire self is given up to a single impression, is 'possessed' by it and, on the other hand, there is the utmost tension between the subject and its object, the outer world; when external reality is not merely viewed and contemplated, but overcomes a man in sheer immediacy, with emotions of fear or hope, terror or wish fulfillment: then the spark jumps somehow across, the tension finds release, as the subjective excitement becomes objectified and confronts the mind as a god or a daemon. (Language and Myth, 32-33.) . . . this peculiar genesis determines the type of intellectual content that is common to language and myth . . . present reality, as mythic or linguistic conception stresses and shapes it, fills the entire subjective realm. ... At this point, the word which denotes that thought content is not a mere conventional symbol, but is merged with its object in an indissoluble unity. . . . The potential between 'symbol' and 'meaning* is THEORY OF LANGUAGE AND MYTH 397 resolved; in place of a more or less adequate 'expression,' we find a relation of identity, of complete congruence between 'image 1 and 'object/ between the name and the thing. . . . the same sort of hypostatization or transubstantiation occurs in other realms of mental creativity; indeed, it seems to be the typical process in all unconscious ideation. (Ibid., 57-58.) Mythology presents us with a world which is not, indeed, devoid of structure and internal organization, but which, none the less, is not divided according to the categories of reality, into 'things' and 'properties.' Here all forms of Being exhibit, as yet, a peculiar 'fluidity;' they are distinct without being really separate. Every form is capable of changing, on the spur of the moment, even into its very opposite. . . . one and the same entity may not only undergo constant change into sucessive guises, but it combines within itself, at one and the same instant of its existence, a wealth of different and even incompatible natures. (Philoso- phic der symbolischen Formen y III, 71-72.) Above all, there is a complete lack of any clear division between mere 'imagining' and 'real' perception, between wish and fulfilment, between image and object. This is most clearly revealed by the decisive role which dream experiences play in the development of mythic con- sciousness. ... It is beyond doubt that certain mythic concepts can be understood, in all their peculiar complexity, only in so far as one realizes that for mythic thought and 'experience' there is but a continuous and fluid transition from the world of dream to objective 'reality.' (Ibid., II, 48-49-) The world of myth is a dramatic world a world of actions, of forces, of conflicting powers. In every phenomenon of nature it [mythic consciousness] sees the collision of these powers. Mythical perception is always impregnated with these emotional qualities. Whatever is seen or felt is surrounded by a special atmosphere an atmosphere of joy or grief, of anguish, of excitement, of exultation or depression. . . . All objects are benignant or malignant, friendly or inimical, familiar or uncanny, alluring and fascinating or repellent and threatening. (An Essay on Man y 76-77.) The real substratum of myth is not a substratum of thought but of feeling. ... Its view of life is a synthetic, not an analytical one. . . . There is no specific difference between the various realms of life. . . . To mythical and religious feeling nature becomes one great society, the society of life. Man is not endowed with outstanding rank in this society. . . . Men and animals, animals and plants are all on the same level. (Ibid., 81-83.) 398 SUSANNE K. LANGER To all these passages Freud could subscribe wholeheartedly j the morphology of the "mythic mode" is essentially that of dream, phantasy, infantile thinking, and "unconscious" ideation which he himself discovered and described. And it is the recog- nition of this non-discursive mode of thought, rather than his clinical hypothesis of an all-pervading disguised sexuality, that makes Freud's psychology important for philosophy. Not the theory of "libido," which is another theory of "animal drives," but the conception of the unconscious mechanism through which the "libido" operates, the dream work, the myth-making process that is the new generative idea which psychoanalysis con- tributed to psychological thinking, the notion that has put modern psychology so completely out of gear with traditional epistemology that the science of mind and the philosophy of mind threatened to lose contact altogether. So it is of the utmost significance for the unity of our advancing thought that pure speculative philosophy should recognize and understand the primary forms of conception which underlie the achievement of discursive reason. Cassirer's profound antipathy to Freud's teaching rests on another aspect of that psychological system, which springs from the fact that Freud's doctrine was determined by practical inter- ests: that is the tendency of the psychoanalyst to range all human aims, all ideals on the same ethical level. Since he deals entirely with the evils of social maladjustment, his measure of good is simply adjustment} religion and learning and social reform, art and discovery and philosophical reflection, to him are just so many avenues of personal gratification sublimation of passions, emotional self-expression. From his standpoint they cannot be viewed as objective values. Just as good poetry and bad poetry are of equal interest and importance to the psycho- analyst, so the various social systems are all equally good, all religions equally true (or rather, equally false, but salutary), and all abstract systems of thought, scientific or philosophical or mathematical, just self-dramatizations in disguise. To a phi- losopher who was also a historian of culture, such a point of view seemed simply devastating. It colored his vision of Freud's work so deeply that it really obscured for him the constructive aspect, THEORY OF LANGUAGE AND MYTH 399 the analysis of non-discursive ideation, which this essentially clinical psychology contains. Yet the relationship between the new psychiatry and his own new epistemology is deep and close; "der Mythos als Denkform" is the theme that rounds out the modern philosophical picture of human mentality to embrace psychology and anthropology and linguistics, 13 which had broken the narrow limits of rationalist theory, in a more ade- quate conceptual frame. The broadening of the philosophical outlook achieved by Cassirer's theory of language and myth affects not only the philosophical sciences, the Geisteswissenschaften, but also the most crucial present difficulty in philosophy itself the ever in- creasing pendulum arc between theories of reason and theories of irrational motivation. The discovery that emotive, intuitive, "blind" forces govern human behavior more effectively than motives of pure reason naturally gave rise to an anti-rationalist movement in epistemology and ethics, typified by Nietzsche, William James, and Bergson, which finally made the truth- seeking attitude of science a pure phantasmagoria, a quixotic manifestation of the will. Ultimately the role of reason came to appear (as it does in Bergson's writings) as something entirely secondary and essentially unnatural. But at this point the exist- ence of reason becomes an enigma: for how could instinctive life ever give rise to such a product? How can sheer imagination and volition and passion beget the "artificial" picture of the world which seems natural to scientists? Cassirer found the answer in the structure of language; for language stems from the intuitive "drive" to symbolic expres- sion that also produces dream and myth and ritual, but it is a pre-eminent form in that it embodies not only self-contained, complex meanings, but a principle of concatenation whereby the complexes are unravelled and articulated. It is the discursive character of language, its inner tendency to grammatical de- " This is the title of the first section in Vol. II of Philosophic der symbolischen Formen. "The knowledge of linguistics on which he bases vol. I of his Philosophic der symbolischen Formen is almost staggering. His use of anthropological data may be found especially throughout vol. II of that work. 400 SUSANNE K. LANGER velopment, which gives rise to logic in the strict sense, i.e., to the procedure we call "reasoning." Language is "of imagination all compact," yet it is the cradle of abstract thought; and the achievement of Vernunft, as Cassirer traces it from the dawn of human mentality through the evolution of speech forms, is just as natural as the complicated patterns of instinctive behavior and emotional abreaction. Here the most serious antinomy in the philosophical thought of our time is resolved. This is a sort of touchstone for the philosophy of symbolic forms, whereby we may judge its capacity to fulfill the great demand its author did not hesitate to make on it, when he wrote in his Essay on Man: In the boundless multiplicity and variety of mythical images, of reli- gious dogmas, of linguistic forms, of works of art, philosophic thought reveals the unity of a general function by which all these creations are held together. Myth, religion, art, language, even science, are now looked upon as so many variations on a common theme and it is the task of philosophy to make this theme audible and understandable. SUSANNE K. LANGER DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 12 Witt* M. Urban CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 12 CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE C^RNST CASSIRER is, in my opinion, the first of modern 1 d philosophers to see the full significance of the relations of problems of language to problems of philosophy and, there- fore, the first also to develop a philosophy of language in the full sense of the word. Others, it is true, had made important contributions without which the more systematic treatment of Cassirer would have been impossible. In the field of linguistics itself contributions of a philosophical nature had become more and more frequent, and of these Cassirer has made full use, his erudition in this field being such as to command our admiration. In the field of the special sciences scientists had become increas- ingly aware of the problems of methodology which their lan- guages and symbolisms present, and with these Cassirer is equally familiar. For these reasons, no less than because of his own philosophical acumen, he has been enabled, not only to formulate the problems of a philosophy of language in a sys- tematic fashion but also, as I believe, in general to find the right solutions. It is because of the outstanding character of his work that his philosophy of language becomes of great importance, not only for the understanding of his own philosophy, but for the equally significant purpose of understanding the role which philosophies of language play in the life of modern philosophy as a whole. It is because of this outstanding character that the present writer has learned so much from this philosophy of language and is glad, therefore, to undertake the task of pre- senting it for this volume. Cassirer's treatment of language is so 403 404 WILBUR M. URBAN fundamental for his philosophy as a whole that it is impossible to present it without trenching, to some extent at least, upon topics assigned to other contributors. It is to be hoped that where this is inevitable, it will serve to clarify rather than to confuse the important issues in modern science and philosophy, to the solution of which this study of Cassirer's philosophy should con- stitute an important contribution. B The chief source of Cassirer's philosophy of language is his monumental work, Philosophie der symbolischen Formen? the first volume of which is devoted exclusively to the philosophical study of language, the second to the language of myth, and the third to the language of science. All three are, in Cassirer's terminology, "symbolic forms," and it is the interrelations of these three forms which constitute the central problem of the work as a whole. The relation of this work to his earlier investigations will perhaps best serve to indicate its standpoint. The investigations of Substanzbegriff und Funktionsbegriff, so he tells us, pro- ceeded from the assumption that the basal conception of knowl- edge (and its essential law) shows itself most clearly in the field of mathematics and mathematical natural science, where the highest stage of universality and necessity is achieved. The Philosophic der symbolischen Formen> however, goes beyond this earlier standpoint in both content and method. It seeks to show that "theoretical and form elements" are not confined to scientific construction, but are found also in the "natural world picture" and in the constructions of the imagination, mythical, aesthetic, etc. 2 This statement of the problem, formulated as it is in terms of the Kantian idiom, serves also to indicate the relation of the philosophy of symbolic forms to the critical idealism of Kant. Cassirer accepts, he tells us, the critical prin- ciples of Kant, but extends them to other spheres than the theoretical, widening the Kantian conception of "form" to the 1 Die Philosophic der symbolischen Formen (Berlin, 1929) j hereafter abbreviated : PSF. *PSF., Ill, v. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 405 more general notion of symbolic form. 8 Otherwise expressed, the Kritik der Vernunft, in its various forms, becomes a Kritik der Sfrache, in its various forms and symbolic expressions. Such a critique was, indeed, like many other developments in philoso- phy since Kant, already implicit in the Kantian philosophy; it has been Cassirer's task, as well as his good fortune, to have made this explicit. II The Theme of a Philosophy of Language, according to Cassirer A The chief reason why Cassirer is able to develop a philosophy of language of such significance is, I believe, because he formu- lates the theme of such a philosophy in the main with truth and adequacy. 4 This theme, stated in Hegelian terms, which, as we shall see, are not foreign to Cassirer's way of thinking, may be said to be "language as the actuality of culture." "Language," he tells us, "stands in a focal point of spiritual being, in which rays of entirely differing origin unite and from which lines run into all the realms of the spirit." Of these various realms, these ways in which culture actualizes itself, the theoretical or sci- entific form is that in which knowledge chiefly manifests itself, and it is with this language that philosophy is, if not solely, yet chiefly concerned; but there are other ways and other languages, and the knowledge value of these becomes also part of the problem of a philosophy of language. Thus the critique of lan- guage becomes, so he holds, the basis of the critique of knowl- edge, the basal theme of a philosophy of language being the "Erkenntniswert der Sprache."* B The theme of these three volumes is not an arbitrary pro- 9 1 but., I, 9 ff } also III, 7 ff. 4 Ibid., I, Preface. 5 Ibid., I, Einleitung und Problemstellung, 1-4.1. 406 WILBUR M. URBAN nouncement, as is the case of so many current dicta on language, but is shown to have developed out of the history of philosophic thought itself. Chapter I of Vol. I is entitled "Das Sprachpro- blem in der Geschichte der Philosophic." Histories of philosophy have, in the main, either ignored or been unaware of the philosophies of language presupposed by the great philosophers. With his more than ordinary historical erudition, Cassirer has been enabled to rewrite the history of European philosophy from this standpoint. In making explicit the assumptions or presuppositions regarding language on the part of the philosophers, and in showing how they predeter- mined in various ways the results of their thinking, Cassirer has enabled us to see the central place of problems of language in the entire history of philosophy. From Plato on (he speaks of the famous Seventh Epistle as the first attempt made to determine the Erkenntniswert der Sprache in a purely methodological manner) the "value of the word" becomes, either explicitly or implicitly, an essential part of the problem of knowledge. The outstanding phenomenon from this point of view, is, of course, the opposition of nominal- ism and realism, each representing, so to speak, a fundamental evaluation of the word. The opposition of rationalism and empiricism in modern phi- losophy is, in a sense, the continuation of the same problem. The ideal of a lingua universalis y held by Descartes and Leibnitz, to say nothing of lesser rationalists, was an expression of the ideal of universal reason; logos, in the sense of language, and in the sense of reason, being, for all of this way of thinking, in prin- ciple inseparable. Empiricism, on the other hand, proceeds, as Cassirer tells us, from a completely opposite standpoint and reaches contrary results. Although recognizing, as did Locke, that problems of knowledge cannot be separated from language, it starts with the assumption that the primary form of knowl- edge is simple awarness of sense data, to which language is a mere addendum. The empirical philosophy of language be- comes the basis for a theory of knowledge which seeks to eliminate the universal} Berkeley even proposing "to confine PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 407 his thought to his own ideas divested from words," believing that thus he "cannot then be mistaken." As the Kantian "critical" philosophy represents the media- tion between rationalism and empiricism in epistemology, so philosophies of language, influenced by the Kantian criticism, represent a crucial point in connection with the speech problem in the history of philosophy. In this respect von Humboldt played an outstanding part and has consequently had a deter- mining influence upon Cassirer himself; an entire section being given to the discussion of his main principles. For von Hum- boldt language is not a product (ergon) but an activity, (energeia). The Kantian principle of knowledge as synthesis is carried over into the sphere of language, "Sfrache als Schof- fung und Entwicklung" the title of a work of Karl Vossler to which Cassirer refers with approval, representing this "idealis- tic" tendency in the modern philosophy of language. Of the relation of this general problem to current tendencies in philosophy Cassirer is fully aware, and his own position is mainly determined by his reaction to these tendencies. Modern empiricism, in its positivistic form, and the Bergsonian philoso- phy of organism, both proceed from a purely naturalistic and nominalistic theory of language, and to the premises and con- clusions of both Cassirer is in complete opposition. There are, he tells us, in general only two ways of solving the problem of language and reality. The first of these assumes a reality known independently of language and its categories, a hypothetical pure experience to be discovered by stripping off language. The second way proposes an exactly opposite method and pro- ceeds upon opposite presuppositions. Instead of attempting to get back of the forms of thought and language to a hypothetical pure experience, it assumes that experience is never pure in this sense and that intuition and expression are inseparable. It there- fore proposes, not to deny, but to complete and perfect the principles of expression and symbolism. It proceeds upon the assumption that the more richly and energetically the human spirit builds its languages and symbolisms the nearer it comes, if not to some hypothetical original source of its being, certainly to 408 WILBUR M. URBAN its ultimate meaning and reality. This is the idealistic minimum in Cassirer's philosophy of language, as indeed it must be, in the view of the present writer, in any adequate philosophy of language. Ill Cassirer y s "Idealistic" Theory of Language: Criticism of Naturalism in Linguistic Science A one thing which distinguishes Cassirer's philosophy of language from most contributions to this subject is his extensive use of the results of linguistic science, an advantage conspicu- ously absent in most discussions of the subject. Not only does he appeal to these studies in detail for the substantiation of his main theses, but he examines the postulates and method of modern linguistics. The assumption underlying the linguistic science of the nine- teenth century and most philosophies of language had ac- cepted this assumption is that language is but a part of nature. As such, it was made by nature for certain natural ends for the manipulation of physical objects or for adjustment to the physical environment. In other words, linguistic science has tended to study language, so to speak, within the bounds of naturalistic assumptions alone. Cassirer challenges this stand- point, not only from the point of view of "critical" philosophy, but from the standpoint of linguistic science itself. An important part of his entire approach to problems of language is his account of the stages in the development of modern linguistics, which not only constitutes one of the most complete pictures of that science, but also enables him to disprove many of the as- sumptions, regarding matter of fact, all too common in modern positivistic philosophy. Linguistics, so Cassirer tells us, hoping to attain the same certainty and exactness as the natural sciences, moulded itself, in the first instance, on their methods and conceptions. But gradually the notion of "laws," physical, physiological, and PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 409 even psychological, showed itself untenable. The entire con- ception of nature and natural law upon which it was sought to build, turned out to be an illusion, a wholly fictitious unity including the most disparate elements. Thus, as the naturalistic and positivistic scheme of linguistic science has tended to break up, there has been also a marked tendency towards the return to earlier conceptions of the autonomy of language. The move- ment within linguistics as a whole, so it seems to Cassirer, has been, methodologically speaking, a movement in a circle. A revision of the naturalistic assumptions of the science has taken place to such an extent that it is again approaching the stand- point from which it started. As under the aegis of the physical and biological sciences, it took the step from Geist to Natur y so now in a very real sense it is turning again from nature to spirit. This is the significance of the opposition of idealism and positivism in modern linguistics. 6 B With the return from nature to mind, the problem of mean- ing becomes central, and a corollary of the return movement is the methodological principle of the primacy of meaning d,er Primat des Sinnes, as Cassirer calls it. It may be stated in the following way. The sole entrance to the understanding of lan- guage is through meaning, for meaning is the sine qua non of linguistic fact. Language for modern linguistics is not sound, nor again the motor and tactual sensations which make up the word psychologically, nor yet the associations called up; it is the meaning itself which, although conditioned by these, is not identical with any of them. This being the fact, the methodology of linguistic study is not that of the natural sciences but rather, for language, as for all symbolic forms, the phenomenological. The nature of this method, as conceived by Cassirer, will be stated more definitely presently; the significant point here is that it is interpretation from within, not merely explanation from without. The significance of this principle of the primacy of meaning 'PSF., I. 118 flF. 410 WILBUR M. URBAN is far reaching. It means negatively, as we have seen, the denial of the adequacy of external approaches to language, whether physical, physiological, or even psychological; but it involves also, positively, significant changes in methodology. Earlier methods proceeded from the elements to the whole from the sounds to the words, from words to sentences, and finally to the meaning of discourse as a whole. The present tendency is the exact opposite. It proceeds from the whole of meaning, as Gestalty to the sentences and words as elements the parts be- ing understood through the whole. The spirit which lives in human discourse works as a totality constituting the sentence or proposition, the copula, the word, and the sound. 7 Of the many important consequences of this methodological principle a discussion of the details of which would be neces- sary for an adequate account of Cassirer's linguistic studies we shall single out one which is important for all that follows, namely the nature and modes of linguistic meaning. Meaning, as understood by positivistic theories, is reference to sensuously observable entities. "Indication" is, therefore, the essence of meaning, "in the strict sense." All other mean- ings are emotive in character, and the words in this case refer to nothing and stand for nothing. For Cassirer indication is indeed a primary mode, but equally primary is representation or Darstellung.* Without this element there is no linguistic meaning. This element or function is an Urfhanomen, present in language from its simplest to its highest forms, and it is, as we shall see, the development of this mode of meaning from copy through analogy, to symbolic representation which con- stitutes the thread of Cassirer's treatment, not only of language but of the entire range of symbolic forms. Closely bound up with this question as to what language is are the genetic problems of language, more specifically the prob- lem of "animal language." Holding, as he does, that the Darstellungsfanktion is the sine qua non of linguistic meaning, he denies this function to the phonetic expressions of animals, 11 ibid., i, n 9 . 9 Ibid., I, i26ff } III, n6ff. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 411 even those of the higher apes. His discussion of the results of Kohler's investigations are most enlightening, and he concludes that recent observations of animal psychology seem to widen rather than narrow the gulf between human and animal com- munication, and that what is called animal speech "seems to be permanently held fast in the pre-linguistic stage." 9 In any case, it is the growing conviction of linguistics that the hiatus between animal expressions and human speech is widening rather than narrowing as investigation proceeds all of which leads to the modern speech notion as "a human, non-instinctive function." The step to human language is made first when the pure meaningful sound achieves supremacy over the affective stimulus-born sounds and this achievement has in it the charac- ter of a unique level of being. The notion of speech as an Urphanomen, in short the autonomy of the speech notion, seems to be more and more confirmed by the study of animal psychology. Cassirer's philosophy of language has been called "idealistic," and in the sense that it is opposed to naturalism and positivism it is. Language is, indeed, to use an expression of Karl Vossler, "embedded in nature," and it is out of this fact that "the illusion of its being a piece of nature constantly arises." But Cassirer would agree with Vossler that this illusion must be just as constantly dispelled if an adequate philosophy of language is to be possible. Language is indeed a part of nature and as such it was "made" for certain natural ends. But in its development it subserves quite other ends. Granted that it was made by nature for a natural object, language like our intelligence, and all the forms of culture with which it is connected, has de- veloped along lines which are independent of natural ends, perhaps in opposition to them. Language is not limited to the "practical" functions for which it was primarily made, but in its development has achieved a freedom which makes it, in the words of von Humboldt, "a vehicle for traversing the manifold and the highest and deepest of the entire world." 9 Ibtd.y I, 136 note} III, 127, 412 WILBUR M. URBAN IV Language and Cognition: The Relation of Intuition to expression A As opposed to purely naturalistic and positivistic theories of language Cassirer's theory is idealistic. But it may be said to be idealistic in another sense, in the Kantian sense of "critical idealism." This general "critical" position is determinative throughout j it underlies his conception of language in Vol. I, his conception of language and myth in Vol. II, and his inter- pretation of science in Vol. III. It is, however, with the first, the general question of the relation of language to cognition, that we are now concerned. The problem of knowledge presents itself to Cassirer, as to all "critical" philosophers, under a double aspect, the psycho- logical and the epistemological. In the psychological or natural- istic treatment, as in the application of the "scientific" method everywhere, the only possible standpoint is to start with the "things" or objects, as already constructed, and then ask how they acquire meaning and are known. The petitio principii in this method is, for Cassirer, obvious. It assumes that the things or objects are given and are then known, when actually there is an element of construction, perhaps incalculable, in the things as given. The epistemological treatment of the subject starts from an entirely different, perhaps opposite, standpoint. It involves a radical shift from the realm of things to that of meaning and value. It must study perception and perceptual meaning, not causally, as determined from without, but from within, as a constitutive element in cognition. 10 If it is really "meaning that transforms sense data into things," it then be- comes a problem whether language and linguistic meaning are not present in the first processes of such transformation. Cassirer holds that language is thus present from the beginning, and that in this sense language first created the realm of meaning. Otherwise expressed, intuition and expression are, if not identi- cal, as according to Croce, at least inseparable. 1 , in, 68ff. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 413 In this connection we may note a term constantly used by Cassirer, the full significance of which will later become ap- parent, namely, the expression Ausdruckserlebnisse. The pri- mary experiences (Erlebnisse) are at the same time primary forms of expression and constitute the "natural" world picture, as well as the picture constructed by myth. These are the origi- nal forms of knowledge and in these, according to Cassirer's "critical" principles, there are already "theoretical and form elements" which contribute their elements to knowledge. Science, it is true, tends to transcend, and in a sense "break through," these forms of expression} but that very fact creates one of the fundamental problems of a philosophy of language and of symbolic forms, namely, the Erkenntniswert of these A usdruckserlebnisse. B Intuition is inseparable from expression, but in expression there is always an element of re-presentation j die Darstellungs- junktion is equally original das symbolische Grundverhaltnis> as he calls it. This is described as the bi-polar character of all knowledge and is, in Cassirer's terms, an Urphanomen. Empiricism, with its doctrine of presentational immediacy, pro- ceeds on the assumption that the primary and original form of knowledge is one in which we merely h<we y or possess, the sense data. Such an hypothetical form of knowledge is, for Cassirer, pure myth. Without the element of polarity, and therefore of the reference of the presentation to that which is presented, that is without some element of representation, the entire notion of knowledge collapses. It follows from this that problems of knowledge and problems of language are inseparable. 11 In connection with this fundamental principle two specific points in the development of Cassirer's thesis require special attention. They are treated by him under the two captions, Z#r Pathologie des Symbolbewusstseins and the notion of Symbol- ischer Pragnanz^ both of which serve to illuminate the general principle. 11 This thesis is the underlying" theme of the entire Philosophic der symbolischen Formen y but is especially developed in Vol. Ill, Part i. A statement of it is found on pp. 1436*. 414 WILBUR M. URBAN Under the former, the pathology of the symbol-conscious- ness, he makes use of the phenomena of mental blindness, in its verbal form, as studied by both psychologists and linguists. When in certain forms of aphasia the word is not recognized or cannot be formed, the perceptual meaning of the object itself is absent also facts which go far towards confirming the princi- ple that language is part of the perceptual process itself. 12 The significance of speech for the construction (Aujbau) of the per- ceptual world, to employ Cassirer's terms, is obvious. The notion of Symbolischer Pragnanz is equally important for his general thesis, important not only for his philosophy of language, but for his theory of symbolism. By this term is to be understood, he tells us, the way in which perception, as sensu- ous experience, becomes at the same time the means of appre- hension (symbolically) of a non-intuitive meaning and brings this meaning to immediate and concrete expression. 13 Thus a color phenomenon is, as sense datum, a sensuous experience, but it is also a symbol which stands for references and meanings which themselves are not objects of sensuous experience. This symbolic character is, as we shall see, present, in Cassirer's view, on the lowest levels of experience as well as on the highest j it extends, in his words, through every level of the world picture. In sum, this symbolic function, like the DarsteHungsfanktion y of which it is an aspect, is an Urfhanomen. The function of language in the Aujbau of the perceptual world is further shown by the presence of the universal in the perceptual process itself. Everything denoted by language is already universalized. Apart from purely formless interjec- tions and emotive sounds, all linguistic expressions contain implicitly this "form of thought." The universal is not, as com- monly held, the product of abstraction and then embodied in language 5 it is present in this "first precipitate of language." PSF, III, chapter VI. 11 Of. cit. y Vol. Ill, p. 234. In Cassirer's own words, "Unter 'symbolischer Pragnanz' soil also die Art verstanden werden, in der ein Wahrnehmungserlebniss, als 'sinnliches* Erlebniss, zugleich einen bestimmten nicht-anschaulichen 'Sinn* in sich fasst imd ihn zur unmittlebaren konkreten Darstellung bringt." PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 415 The later processes of abstraction take place upon contents al- ready thus universalized. In developing this point Cassirer makes use of Lotze's term, "first" or primary universal, to distinguish it from the secondary or abstract universal. Nouns, verbs, adjectives are all in a sense names, and when anything is named this first universal is implicit. This first universal is intuitive, of a very different nature from the ordinary class concepts of logic, and is, indeed, presupposed by them. Perception contains this universal. It is true, of course, that it is always a particular color or tone that is perceived, always a particular quote and intensity. But this per- ception is always accompanied by the fact that every other color or tone has an equal right to function as an example of the uni- versal. This class concept is, as he further insists, not constructed by repressing or eliminating the individual color or tone, but rather by the recognition of a common element (in the indi- vidual phenomena themselves) already intuited. 14 This doctrine of the "double universal," as Cassirer calls it, is important for his entire philosophy of language. It also fur- nishes the basis for his theory of language and logic. His logical theory will doubtless receive fuller treatment by other con- tributors to this volume, but some comment should be made upon it in this connection. The point at which logic and the philosophy of language, so he tells us, first touch each other is the problem of the forma- tion of concepts; the point, indeed, "at which they disclose their inseparable character." "All logical analysis of concepts," he adds, "seems to lead in the end to a point at which the examination of concepts passes into that of words and names. From this point of view logic might be defined as the science or doctrine of the concept and its meaning." 15 Predication is a problem at once linguistic and logical and the real secret of predication is found in the doctrine of the double universal. Predication, in the logical sense, is but the conceptual expres- sions of relations already intuited. These form the basis for the more complex syntheses of logical thought, logical concepts 14 PSF, I, 249*F. Also III, i 35 ff. "Ibid., I, 2 44 ff. 416 WILBUR M. URBAN having the function merely of fixing the relations already present in experience. The logical concept, so he tells us, does nothing else than fix the "gesetzliche Ordnung* already present in the phenomena themselves; it states consciously the rule which the perception follows unconsciously. 16 Cassirer seems to maintain a relational, as opposed to a subject-predicate logic, and his general thesis of the develop- ment from substance to function in the sphere of scientific knowledge would seem to indicate this position. It would seem also, that with regard to the issue raised by the expression "logical analysis of language," he also maintains the right of such a relational logic to exercise its critique upon the subject- predicate logic, which is the constitutive element in the natural world picture as given us by perception. And yet I am not so sure. Certainly one of his main positions is that the mathemati- cal-logical world picture given us by science is not the only symbolic form which has knowledge value, but that such value must be accorded also to the natural and mythical pictures of the world. In any case, I cannot go into this issue here. It was one of my hopes that this ambiguity regarding logic would be cleared up in Cassirer's answers to the questions raised by the essays in this volume, before the suddenness and untimeliness of his death made this expectation futile. D As the Darstellungsfunktion is the sine qua non of linguistic meaning, so the nature of that function, of the relation of the "word" to the "thing" and the nature of the truth relation in general becomes a fundamental problem of a philosophy of language. "The function of language," according to Cassirer, "is not to copy reality but to symbolize it." 17 In this connection his "law" of the development of language becomes of first importance. The development of language proceeds through three stages. They are (a) the mimetic or copy stage, (b) the analogical and (c) the symbolic. The characteris- T Ibid., I, i 3 2ff 2 33 ff. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 417 tic of the first stage is that between the word, or verbal sign, and the thing to which it refers no real difference is made. The word is the thing. This initial stage is, however, broken up as soon as transfer of signs takes place. Here the relation is ana- logical. This relation in turn gives way to the symbolic. The characteristic of this last stage is that, whereas the element of representation (Darstellung), which is the sine qua non of linguistic meaning, still remains, the relation of similarity which conditions this representation becomes more and more partial and indefinite. As thus briefly stated, this "law" of development is, to be sure, a mere schematism; but when it is filled in with the rich content at Cassirer's disposal, it becomes one of the most illumi- nating conceptions of his entire work. It becomes not only an important principle for the understanding of the Aufbw der Sprache, but one which also enables him to connect the develop- ment of language with other "symbolic forms," such as art, science, and religion. ' As concerns language itself, Cassirer is enabled, as the result of extensive comparative studies, to show the presence of this tendency or "law" throughout linguistic phenomena. From this wealth of material I choose but one illustration to indicate the significance of the principle, namely, the phenomenon of re- duplication common in primitive languages. The reduplication of sound or syllable appears, at first view, to involve merely the copying of the object or happening. Actually, however, it marks the beginning of an analogical representation which is a step on the way to the symbolic. The representation is, in the first instance, imitative and serves to conjure up the thing itself. Gradually, however, the Gestalt is detached from the primary material and becomes the means of representation of plurality, repetition, and finally, in many cases, becomes the form of representation or expression of the fundamental intuitions, space, time, force, etc. Cassirer develops this theme with many illustrations which cannot, of course, be given here. The im- portant point is the presence of the representative, as well as the indicative function, from the beginning, and also the manner 4i8 WILBUR M. URBAN in which this representative function develops from representa- tion in the sense of imitation to symbolic representation as its ultimate form. 18 It is impossible even to indicate here the manifold applica- tions of this principle to the development of the various speech forms. More important for his philosophy as a whole is the way in which, as he points out, the development of language through the three stages makes it possible for speech to become the medium for the expression of conceptual thought and of pure relations. It is indeed the very Vieldeutigkeit of the verbal signs, which appears on the analogical stage of development, that constitutes the real virtue of that stage of development. It is precisely this that compels the mind to take the decisive step from the concrete function of indication (Eezeichnung)^ which characterizes the early stage of language, to the general and more significant function of "meaning" (Bedeutung). It is at this point that language at the same time emerges from the sensuous husk in which it first embodied itself. The imitative and analogical expressions give place to the purely symbolic, and language thus becomes the bearer of a newer and deeper spiritual content. 19 Of special importance in this connection is the application of this principle to space-time language, not only for the entire philosophy of symbolic forms, but more especially for Cassirer's treatment of symbolism in science. All language goes through these three stages of development, and space-time words are no exception to the rule. Into the details of his exhaustive study we cannot, of course, enter. It must suffice to give the results as summed up in his own words: "Again it is clear," he tells us, that the concepts of space, time and number furnish the actual structural elements of objective experience as they build themselves up in language. But they can fulfil this task only because, according to their total struc- ture, they keep it an ideal medium, precisely because, while they keep to the form of sensuous experience, they progressively fill the sensuous with ideal content and make it the symbol of the spiritual. 20 , I f i 43 . , 145. "7M&.L *oft. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 419 Thus the space and time of the immediate Ausdruckserlebnisse become the ideal space-time of modern physical science which, as we shall see, although keeping the forms of sensuous experi- ence, become more and more the symbol for non-intuitable relations. 21 The theme of a philosophy of language is, as we have seen, the Erkenntniswert der Sprache. To the question thus raised Cassirer's critical idealistic philosophy of language seems to me to be in the main, the right answer. As opposed to naively naturalistic and "realistic" views of language, this conception of language seems to me to be alone tenable. Nevertheless there also appear to me to be certain difficulties in Cassirer's formula- tion of this theory a fundamental ambiguity in his evaluation of language which becomes increasingly puzzling as he passes from the philosophy of language eo nomme to other aspects of the more general philosophy of symbolic forms. There seems to be little question of the inseparability of intuition and expression embodied in the notion of Ausdrucks- erlebnisse, that language is present from the beginning in the Aufbau of the perceptual world. There seems to be just as little question that language develops from copy to analogy and from analogy to symbol; that the function of language is not to copy reality but to symbolize it; and that, more and more, the symbolization of things gives place to the symbolization of relations. The problem then becomes whether, in this dialecti- cal movement, as Cassirer calls it, inherent in language, the goal of the movement is the abandonment of language with its natural "parts of speech" and its subject-predicate logic for a symbolism of pure relations and a purely relational logic. Is there within language itself an immanental dialectic which drives it ever onward beyond itself? Otherwise expressed, are the natural categories of language, although useful for practice, wholly erroneous when applied to the sphere of theory? on this fundamental issue Cassirer's answer seems to me to be ambiguous. In many places he appears to suggest that the * Ibid., 'Ill, Part III, Chap. V. 420 WILBUR M. URBAN function of thought is to break through the husk of language, with its natural categories (of subject and predicate, of substance and attribute) to a "purer notation" and to a symbolism of pure relations, notably in science. In other places he seems to suggest that, although this is the ideal goal of knowledge, natural language can never be broken through completely and the cate- gories of this language can never be completely transcended. Doubtless Cassirer is clear on this point, and my own uncer- tainty arises from defects of understanding. In any case, the problem here presented is one which faces all modern philoso- phies of language, a problem to which, in the opinion of the present writer, few have given really satisfactory answers. The Philosophy of Language and The Philosophy of Symbolic Forms. Principles of Symbolism A For Cassirer, then, the philosophy of language leads directly to a philosophy of symbolism. If, as he maintains, the function of language is not to copy reality but to symbolize it, it becomes necessary, in order to understand that function, to understand also the nature and principles of symbolism. More than this, language is for him not the only symbolic form. In art, religion, and preeminently in "science" itself, non-linguistic symbols are employed and the relation of these symbols to language becomes one of the central problems of the philosophy of language, as viewed in its more general aspects. Cassirer's problem, as we have seen, insofar as it is concerned with language, is the study of the Aufbau der Sprache in connec- tion with the development of the varied forms of culture, more particularly science, art, and religion. The essence of culture is precisely this objectification of the "spirit" in various forms and structures. In all these, no less than in science in the strict sense of the word, theoretical and form elements are to be found. The methodology of such a study, even in the case of language itself, obviously can not be the scientific method in the sense of natural science, as we have already seen in his critique PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 421 of the assumptions and methods of linguistics. It is, for Cassirer, the phenomenological method conceived in the broadest sense. The place in his studies where the character of this method is most clearly formulated is in the Preface to Vol. III. "When," he writes, "I speak of the phenomenology of knowledge, I refer not to the modern usage, but go back to the fundamental mean- ing of phenomenology as finally fixed and systematically de- veloped and justified by Hegel." For Hegel, he reminds us, phenomenology is "the fundamental presupposition of philo- sophical knowledge." In contrast to the scientific method, it seeks to understand the various "spiritual forms" from within, not from without. It seeks moreover "to embrace the totality of spiritual forms and to understand and evaluate them in their mutual relations," for "the fundamental presupposition of the phenomenological method is that the truth is the whole." With this conception of phenomenology, Cassirer tells us, the philoso- phy of symbolic forms is in accord, although in the application of these principles his procedure naturally varies significantly from that of Hegel. 22 B The first requisite of a general theory of symbolism is an adequate notion of the symbol and the symbolizing function. This notion must, as Cassirer rightly points out, be a broad one, if it is to be adequate. "The philosophy of symbols and of sym- bolic forms is not, as some suppose, concerned primarily and exclusively with scientific and exact concepts, but with all direc- tions of the symbolizing function," in its attempt to grasp and understand the world. It is necessary to study this function, not M PSF., Ill, vi. Cassirer does not, to be sure, deny the valuable services rendered by Phenomenology in the narrower sense of Husserl. It has, he tells us, sharpened our sense anew for the variety of spiritual "Strukturformen" and shown us the way in which the method of their understanding- must differ from the psychological. As Husserl's studies have developed it becomes ever clearer that this method is not exhausted in the analysis of knowledge, but that its task includes the investigation of the different realms of objects, according to what they mean without reference to their psychical conditions or the existence of their objects. The extension of this general point of view and method from the sphere of logic to ethics and art has, he holds, been one of the most fruitful movements of modern thought. (PSF., II, 1 6 note.) 422 WILBUR M. URBAN only in the realm of scientific concepts but in the non-scientific realms of poetry, art, religion, etc., not only on the level of the conceptual but on the cognitive levels below the conceptual. 23 We lose our grasp of the whole, if we confine the symbolizing function at the outset to the level of conceptual 'abstract' knowledge. Rather we shall have to recognize that this function belongs not only to a single level of the theoretical world picture, but that it conditions and carries this picture in its totality. 2 * How much this warning is needed is apparent when we realize that precisely the tendency to narrow the concept of the symbol to the logical and mathematical has been a conspicuous tendency of recent philosophic thought. The symbolic function belongs, then, not to a single level of the world picture but holds throughout. It is present on the level below conceptual knowledge, in perception itself that is the significance of the principle of symbolischer Pragnanz but it holds also for the realms of poetry, art, religion, and preeminently that of science. The philosophy of symbolic forms includes the study of the symbolizing function in all forms of the objectification of the human spirit. one level of the world picture on which the symbolic func- tion is most in evidence is that of myth. The second volume of the Philoso'phie der symbolischen Formen is entitled "Das mythische Denken," which is in reality a discussion of the prob- lem of Sprache und Mythos. In this without question the most significant modern study of the myth, the entire problem of the nature of myth, of its Erkenntmswert and of its relation to re- ligion as symbolic form, is involved. This problem is the subject of other papers in this volume, and we shall accordingly confine ourselves wholly to its significance in the context of the philoso- phy of language. The essence of Cassirer's philosophy of myth is that the language of the myth represents an original form of the intui- tion of reality. In consequence, the individual categories of mythical thinking have their own form and structure. Space, time, number, classes, all have different meanings in mythical *PSF, III, 1 6. Vtd., Ill, 57. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 423 thought from those of science and constitute, in their totality and interrelations, a "symbolic form" with its own immanent form and significance. Into the details of this analysis we can- not, of course, go they are among the most admirable of Cassirer's comparative studies. It is sufficient to say that this fundamental way of intuiting the world expresses an "organic" aspect of reality which escapes the physico-mathematical cate- gories of science. Part of this "critical" philosophy, therefore, is also the thesis that the myth is to be evaluated, not by norms taken from alien spheres, but in terms of its own form and structure as an original and primary way of intuiting re- ality. The development of myth exhibits stages parallel to the stages of language from copy, through analogy, to symbol. Here, too, an immanent dialectic drives thought on from copy to symbol. 25 It is here that the question of the relation of myth to religion is raised by Cassirer and, in the last section, entitled "Die Dialectik des mythischen Bewusstseins," is given an answer which I believe, is, in principle at least, in the right direction. According to this view, originally myth and religion (and mythical and religious symbolism) were identical, or at least inseparable and interfused. It is clearly impossible, he tells us, to make any study of religious symbols without a study of their relation to myth. There is no positive religion without these elements. The further we follow the content of the re- ligious consciousness to its beginnings, the more it is found impossible to separate the belief content from mythical lan- guage y one has then no longer religion in its actual historical and cultural nature but merely a shadow picture and an empty abstraction. Nevertheless and this is the important point for the philosophy of religion despite this inseparable interweav- ing of the content of myth and religion, they are far from being identical. Neither the form nor the spirit of the two are the same. The peculiar character of the religious form of con- sciousness shows itself precisely in a changed attitude towards the mythical picture of the world. It cannot do without this world, for it is in the mythical consciousness that the immediate "PSF, II, 2 9 *ff. 424 WILBUR M. URBAN intuition of the meaningfulness of the world is given. Yet in the religious consciousness the myth acquires a new meaning 5 it becomes symbolic. Religion completes the process of develop- ment which myth as such can not. It makes use of the sensuous pictures and signs, but at the same time knows them to be such. It always draws the distinction between mere existence and meaning. 26 C This critical theory of myth and of its relation to religion seems to me the only tenable one, when all the relevant facts are taken into consideration. In contrast to positivistic theories which identify religion with myth, Cassirer's emphasis upon the fundamental difference between the two seems to me to be of great importance. Nor does it suffice, as in certain theories very common at the present time, to distinguish between pre-scientific myth, which is transitory, and permanent myth, which is the language of religion. There is all the difference in the world between saying that religion is myth, however permanent, and saying that the language of myth constitutes the indispensable source of religious symbolism 5 and Cassirer has grasped this fundamental difference. on the other hand, true as this conception in principle is, it seems to me that, as formulated by Cassirer, it presents essen- tially the same difficulties which are encountered in his philoso- phy of language. Indeed the same ambiguity which there appeared is present in another form in his philosophy of re- ligious symbolism. It concerns what he calls the dialectic of the mythical consciousness. Religion does indeed complete the process of development which myth as such can not. But what is this completion? He does tell us, to be sure, that religion makes use of the sensuous pictures and signs, but at the same time he seems also to tell us that the ideal completion of the process would be the mystical consciousness that negative mysticism in which the pictures and symbols are transcended and ultimately abandoned. Undoubtedly, as the illustrations he gives us of the dialectic, taken from the Hebrew, Persian, and Hindu religions, indicate, every positive religion reaches a crisis *ibid., n, 294. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 425 in which it breaks with the mythical and on its higher levels seeks a direct approach to the absolute. Christianity also, as he tells us, reached this crisis and "has fought this fight." It too draws the distinction between existence and meaning. This is doubtless true, but it is very doubtful whether any form of religion certainly not the Christian religion and theology ever abandons existence for meaning. It is true, again, that the negative theology of the philosophical mystics, such as Eckhart and Tauler, might be said to have completed the dialectical proc- ess in this fashion, and Cassirer seems to quote them as repre- senting the essence of the dialectic of religion. 27 But it is in the positive rather than in the negative mystics that the essence of Christian mysticism is to be found 5 and this form of mysticism, as Von Hiigel has shown, includes both acceptance and tran- scendence of the symbol. In any case and this is really the only point I wish to raise here Cassirer's conception of the relation of myth to religion, however valuable it may be on the main issue, nevertheless is not wholly unambiguous, any more than is his philosophy of language as a whole. Is it, or is it not, the fate of religion to be dissolved into something else into a philosophy which is no longer religious or into a mysticism which is no longer theological? D Of this critical idealistic theory of the religious symbol Paul Tillich has said that it stands in the forefront of symbol-theory today, 28 and in this he is probably right. But this is but one phase of Cassirer's more general theory of symbolism. The symbolic function belongs, as we have seen, not to any single level of the world picture, but holds throughout. By thus identifying the symbolic with the entire range of knowledge, including the scientific, the concept of the syrilbol and of symbolic truth has been given a tremendous expansion and a new significance. It is, indeed, on his view, only in the mathematical-physical sciences that the full significance of the .philosophy of symbolic forms is seen; for, as he tells us, "no matter how high myth and art may " PSF, II, 3o6ff. 28 For a critical discussion of this problem sec a discussion between Paul Tillich and myself in The Journal of Liberal Religion, Vol. II, No. i, (1940). 426 WILBUR M. URBAN carry their constructions, they yet remain permanently rooted in the primitive world of Ausdruckserlebnisse." 29 It is only in the sphere of physical mathematical science that thought, so to speak, breaks through the husk of language, with its natural forms, and creates a world of concepts which, because of the conscious recognition of their nature as symbols, and of science itself as symbolic form, makes it possible to realize the ideal immanent in knowledge from the start, namely the correlation of phenomena in a systematic whole. It is here that the step from substance to function is finally taken. VI The Language of Science: Symbolism as a Scientific Principle A The third volume of the Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen is entitled Phanomenologie der Erkenntnis and the third part of this volume bears the title, "Die Bedeutungsfunk- tion und der Aufbau der wissenschaftlichen Erkenntnis." one chapter is entitled "Sprache und Wissenschaft, Dingzeichen und Ordnungszeichen" and the theme herein expressed is the main theme of this part of our study. "Language and science" has, indeed, become one of the cen- tral problems of modern philosophy of science, as the problem of symbolism has become a burning issue in scientific method- ology. All that the scientist contributes to the fact is, according to Poincare, the language in which it is enunciated. But, if the relation of perception to language is such as Cassirer conceives it, that "all" is a very great deal indeed; for there is no "fact," in the sense of "critical" philosophy, until it is expressed, and the primary, if not the only, form of expression is language. Science, so Cassirer maintains in the introduction to Das mythische Denken, differs from the other stages of spiritual life not in the fact that it gives us the truth itself without any mediation through signs and symbols, but rather that science recognizes that the symbols which it uses are symbols and realizes this fact in a way in which the others do not. 80 This PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 427 "realization" constitutes the recognition of symbolism as a scientific principle and the statement of this principle involv- ing both the nature of the symbol and its relation to reality becomes the central problem of "science as symbolic form." It is in contrast with the copy or model theory of scientific concepts which characterized nineteenth century physics, that the symbolic character of these concepts is developed. If the function of language in general is not to copy but to symbolize reality, this is a fortiori true of scientific language. Cassirer cites a wealth of illustrations from modern physical science to sub- stantiate this thesis, but it is in connection with the theory of light that this fundamental change from copy to symbol is per- haps clearest, and Cassirer gives an excellent picture of this development. The corpuscular theory of Newton, according to which light consists in very small particles, proved untenable and gave way to the undulatory theory of Huygens, based upon an analogy taken from perceptible phenomena and giving rise to the con- struct of the ether as the substance which has these waves. Contradictions arose, however, in the predicates of this hypo- thetical ether which could not be eliminated. Physics was led even more deeply into paradoxes, and all ad hoc hypotheses invented to solve the difficulties served only to lead more deeply into the morass. Finally there came the electrodynamic theory of the field. The characteristic here is that the reality which is designated as the "field" is no longer a complex of physical "things" but an expression for a system of relations. But the important thing for us is that the notion of the intuitible is com- pletely abandoned and therefore the entire notion of the scien- tific concept is changed. 81 This change, which we may take as an outstanding illustration of the movement from "schematism" to symbol in physics, illustrates also a fundamental change in the modern symbolic consciousness of science. The symbol sym- bolizes not things (substances) but relations (functions). B This symbolic theory of scientific concepts is, according to Cassirer, "the accepted theory in physical science today" and * Ibid.. IIL 428 WILBUR M. URBAN he is, doubtless, on the whole justified in calling it such. He is doubtless right also in saying that science recognizes the fact that the concepts which it uses are symbols in a way in which other symbolic forms do not. Certainly it represents in principle the standpoint of such physicists as Jeans and Eddington, to say nothing of the continental physicists he cites. For Jeans the pic- tures are the fables with which we deck our mathematical equa- tions j for Eddington they are dummies in our mathematical equations. Symbolism as a scientific principle means, then, in the words of Cassirer, that physics has finally abandoned the reality of description and representa- tion in order to enter upon a realm of greater abstraction. The schema- tism of pictures has given place to a symbolism of principles. Physics is concerned no longer with the actual itself, but with its structure and formal principles. The tendency to unification has conquered the tend- ency to intuitive representation. The synthesis which is possible through pure concepts of law and relation has shown itself more valuable than the apprehension in terms of objects or things. Order and relation have, then, become the basal concepts of physics. 32 To say that physical science, in the later stages of its develop- ment, is no longer concerned with the actual, but solely with formal principles and structure, is seemingly to enunciate a paradox of the most astounding sort. This view, however, Cassirer is careful to point out, does not in the least signify that science has abandoned sense experience. Science, he tells us, "starts with observable objects and is not content until it de- duces from its concepts or theories objects and events which can also be observed. Without this connection with sense, how- ever indirect and remote, there is no verification. The meaning of the principle must be ultimately empirically and intui- tively fulfilled, but this fulfilment (Erjullung) is never possible directly, but only insofar as from the supposition of its validity other propositions are derived by means of an hypothetical deduction. None of these propositions, none of the individual stages in this logical process, need be capable of a direct sensory interpretation. only as a logical totality *, Ill, 545. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 429 can the series of deductions be referred to observation and be proved and justified by it. 33 only as logical totality" this is the significant point. Since none of the individual propositions requires reference to sensu- ous intuition, there is a gradual shift of the locus of verification from the intuitible to the meaningful. "Objectivity" in modern physics is not a problem of representation (Darstellung) but it is a problem of meaning alone ("ein reines Bedeutungsprob- In this last statement we have not only the heart of Cassirer's philosophy of science, but of the entire philosophy of symbolic forms, of which the scientific form is but a part. For the study of modern science shows us, what the philosophy of symbolic forms has continually emphasized, that all spiritual life and all spiritual development consist in nothing else than in such in- tellectual metamorphoses and in this passage from repre- sentation to the . creation of meaningful structures. Scientific knowledge repeats, in a different dimension to be sure, the same process which characterizes language and myth, a fact which, as we shall see, raises again, in an acute form, the funda- mental problem of the knowledge value of all the symbolic forms. In that in physical science the concept of substance has given place to that of function and the concepts of physics are found to symbolize not things but relations, mathematics, as the science of relations far excellence, becomes for Cassirer central in his entire treatment of science as symbolic form. His philoso- phy of mathematics, like his theory of logic, is a topic which belongs to other contributors, but some comment seems neces- sary in the present context. Here only one problem can be raised. It concerns the question of what we may call the "lan- guage of mathematics" and mathematics as symbolic form. The main problem, of course, is that of the function of mathe- matical symbols in modern physical science; but this involves "Ibid., Ill, 538. 84 /Ml., in, 552. 430 WILBUR M. URBAN also the problem of the philosophical basis of pure mathematics. Starting with the definition of mathematics as the science of numbers, and with the definition of numbers as symbols con- structed for the ordering activities of the understanding, there is created the problem of the truth value of these symbols themselves. Are they mere signs to which no objective meaning is to be assigned or have they a fandamentum in re? And if the latter is the case where are we to seek this basis? Is it given, ready-made, in the "intuition;" or must it, apart from and independently of the intuitively given, gain and secure its validity in the independent activities of the understanding, in pure spontaneity of thought? With these questions we find ourselves in the very center of the methodological struggle which is presently raging about the meaning and content of the fundamental mathematical con- cepts. , . . What does this question mean for our own fundamental prob- lem of symbolical thinking? 35 The solution of this problem involves the entire dispute between the intuitive and the formal or symbolic theories in modern mathematics, and Cassirer's analysis of modern mathe- matical theory is one of the most important, as it is one of the most enlightening, phases of his work. So far as the basal prob- lem is concerned, his answer is that the above disjunction is neither unequivocal nor complete. Mathematics, he holds, has objective significance, but that significance does not lie in any immediate correlation with the intuited world of "nature," but rather in the fact that, by constructing this world according to its own formal principles, it is enabled thereby to understand its laws. I have neither the space nor the competence to develop his solution of this problem in detail it is but an application of the principle that the function of "language," in any form, is not to copy reality but to symbolize it rather shall I note his com- ment on the opposition of realistic and idealistic theory in mathematics. A true and valid conception of the symbolic in the mathematical field, as in other fields, does not, he tells us, consort well with the traditional dualism of idealism and realism, subject and object, but rather transcends them. "The symbolic belongs neither ... to the sphere of the immanent nor *lbid., ill, 414. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 431 to that of the transcendent; its value consists precisely in the fact that it enables us to transcend these oppositions. It is not the one nor the other, but 'the one in the other' and c the other in the one'." 36 It is, however, as we have seen, in the transition from the schematism of pictures to the symbolism of principles that the role of mathematics has become increasingly significant in modern science. Order has thereby become the "absoluter Grundbegrif" of modern physics. For modern physical science the world presents itself no longer as a collection of entities, but as an order of happenings or events. Cassirer quotes with apparent approval a statement of Weyl in this connection. Neither intuitive space nor intuitive time, but only a four-dimensional continuum in the abstract mathematical sense, may serve as the medium in which physics constructs the external world. If color consisted "actually" of ether- vibrations as for Huyghens, it appears now only as mathematical functional processes of a periodic character, whereby four independent variables occur in the functions as representatives of the spatio-temporal medium referring to co-ordinates. What remains, then, finally is a symbolic construction in precisely the sense in which Hilbert carried such construction through in the field of mathematics. 87 Thus do the intuited space and time of the immediate Ausdrucks- erlebnisse become the ideal space-time which, as Cassirer said, while keeping the form of sensuous experience, progressively fills that form with non-sensuous ideal content and makes the sensuous form a symbol of the ideal. D In such fashion, then, does science, as symbolic form, find its place in Cassirer's. more general idealistic philosophy of lan- guage and of symbolic forms. This symbolic theory of scientific concepts is, I suppose, not only the "accepted theory today" but one to which, as I believe, we are forced by the developments of modern scientific methodology. Nevertheless, as formulated by 98 ibid., m, 44 4 f. $T ?F, III, 546. The quotation from Weyl is taken from his Philosophic der Mathematik und Naturwissenschaft, found in Handbuch der Philosophic, 80. 432 WILBUR M. URBAN Cassirer, it presents certain difficulties not wholly unrelated to those found in other parts of his general philosophy. The primary difficulty arises out of an ambiguity in Cassirer's conception of science. The basal science, on his view, is the mathematical-physical, for here the essential law of all knowl- edge manifests itself completely j and it is for this type of science that his theory of scientific symbolism is developed. But there are other sciences ("so-called," at least), biology, psychology, etc., to say nothing of the Geisteswissenschaften, which, so to speak, employ other languages and exhibit very different sym- bolic form. Are they science or are they not? It is possible to hold, with many scientists, that they are really not science that the universe is exhaustively analyzable into terms of pure mathematics, and only insofar as this analysis is carried out do we have science, properly speaking. This is a possible view, but it is very questionable whether the concepts of the mathematical sciences are most suitable for the biologist and psychologist, to say nothing of history and the other Geisteswissenschaften. Living organisms and conscious minds are, to be sure, a part of nature, but the concepts of nature developed in mathematical physics are scarcely such as to express adequately their nature as living and conscious. on the other hand, we may say that these are really science j and if that is the case the essential law of all knowledge does not manifest itself completely in the mathematical-physical sphere j nor is the concept of symbol developed in this sphere adequate to all forms of scientific sym- bolism. We are forced to a concept of "double symbolism" in science, such as I have developed in Language and Reality It may be said, of course, that the issue here is largely verbal and concerns merely the question of the "definition" of science. But I do not believe that this is all there is to this problem. It concerns the much more fundamental question of whether the ideal of knowledge is really realized in the mathematical-physi- cal form, whether, in short, there are not other aspects of reality the adequate expression of which requires a different kind of symbolism. Of the fact itself, of this "double symbolism," there is no doubt j the only question is whether we call this symbolic 38 Language and Reality, 5235. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 433 form, other than that in the mathematical sciences, science or not. It is not, of course, my intention to argue these points here I have done so in another context but merely to suggest an im- portant point at which Cassirer's philosophy of science leaves important questions unanswered. Closely connected with this problem is one no less funda- mental, and one which involves an ambiguity no less disturbing than the preceding. It concerns the relation of the scientific, more specifically the mathematical symbol, to ordinary lan- guage. The ideal of science seems to be to pass from a language of things to a language of pure relations, a language which by an immanental necessity tends to become the language of mathe- matics. Science breaks through the husk of ordinary language, with its connotations, into a world of "pure notation." It be- comes wholly ^pronomlnaly to use Karl Vossler's expression. The question, then, arises as to the relation of this mathematical symbolism to natural language. I am not sure as to Cassirer's position at this point 5 here also he seems to be ambiguous. According to him, the relation of mathematical symbols to "natural" language seems to parallel the relation of religion to myth. As the religious consciousness cannot abandon completely the mythical picture of the world, although it surpasses and transcends it, so the scientific and mathematical language never quite abandons the speech forms from which it developed. All "rigorous science," Cassirer tells us, demands that thought shall "free itself from the compulsion of the word;" 39 but this is never completely possible. The issue, as I see it, is not whether it is possible, but whether it is desirable. A mathe- matical equation, until it is interpreted, "says nothing," and I cannot see how it can be interpreted except in terms of "natural" language which involves inevitably those "pre-scientific" cate- gories, of substance and attribute, which, according to this theory of science, it is the ideal of science to transcend. I find, then, in Cassirer an ambiguity which I also find present in many modern physicists. on the one hand, we find them speaking of electrons, etc., as the symbols "with which *PSF, III, 382. 434 WILBUR M. URBAN we deck our mathematical equations }" the assumption being that the equations, the mathematical relations, express the non- symbolic aspects of reality. on the other hand, these same mathematical signs, which make up the equations, are them- selves characterized as symbols with the result that we are left uncertain as to what is symbol and what reality. My own view which I do not, of course, wish to argue here is that mathematical symbols are merely "pronominal," they merely manipulate, and, until they are translated into non-mathemati- cal terms, "say nothing." I should be disposed to say with Brouwer that mathematics is "weit mehr ein Thun denn tine Lehre" Yet, whatever pure mathematics may be, mathematical physics is not a mere Thun> (activity or manipulation), but also a Lehre or theory a theory of the nature of reality, a theory which, as I believe, can be stated only in terms of natural language and of the categories which naturally belong to such language. In other words, physical theory must ultimately pre- suppose a metaphysics which cannot be merely a symbolism of relations but must be a symbolism of things. The questions here raised, important as they are, do not, however, affect, I think, the general critical-idealistic philoso- phy of science. The essence of that interpretation of science, as it is for all those who thus conceive it, is that science is one symbolic form among other symbolic forms. Science, Cassirer would say with Weyl, I think, concedes to idealism that its objective world is not given, but only propounded like a prob- lem to be solved, and that it can only be constructed by symbols. He would also say with Eddington, I think, that the explora- tion of the external world by science leads not to concrete reality, but to a world of symbols beneath which these methods are not adapted to penetrating. In saying these things, if he says them, he would also say, by implication, that there are other symbolic forms which are more adapted if not to penetrate into concrete reality (Cassirer would probably not wish to use this expression), certainly more adapted to expressing concrete reality. But there is a further implication of this theory of science which he could scarcely avoid, namely, that science, so understood, presupposes a metaphysics. Not only is art as PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 435 symbolic form une metaphysique figuree, to use Bergson's terms, but science is also. The ideal of modern science, as con- ceived by Cassirer, is expressed in the postulate that nothing shall be admitted to science which is not resolvable into the sensible and the measurable. But this postulate presupposes that there is a metaphysical sphere not thus resolvable. If so, the question arises whether, corresponding to this sphere, there is not a language of metaphysics and a metaphysical symbolism. VII The Language of Metaphysics and The Nature of Philosophical Discourse one of the chief problems which face any one who realizes the issues raised by the problem of the relation of language to thought and knowledge is that of the language of philosophy. The philosophy of symbolic forms is philosophy and not science} although, of course, the results of scientific investiga- tion find their place in the phenomenology of these forms. What, then, is the character of philosophical language? That there is such a thing as philosophical discourse, as con- trasted with scientific, is recognized by Cassirer in his acceptance of the Hegelian principle that the phenomenological method is the presupposition of philosophy and in the application of this method to the philosophy of symbolic forms. It is recog- nized also that philosophical discourse involves a radical shift from the sphere of things (that of science) to the sphere of meanings (and values). The traditional view, of course, is that this discourse is identical with that of metaphysics that the language of philosophy and that of metaphysics are one. This view has, however, been challenged in the modern world, not only by positivism but by certain interpretations of the Kantian "critical" philosophy. Cassirer's position is one continuous critique of positivism in all spheres of the human spirit} it is not so clear what his position is regarding Kant and meta- physics. In any case, it seems obvious that a philosophy of 436 WILBUR M. URBAN symbolic forms, to be in any sense complete, must include a study of the language and the form which we call metaphysical. B In the entire three volumes there is only one point at which the problem of metaphysics is presented at all the section in Vol. Ill, entitled "Intuitive and Symbolic Knowledge in Mod- ern Metaphysic." It is a critique of Bergson's position in which metaphysics is defined as the science which seeks to dispense with symbols "the most radical denial," as Cassirer rightly says, "of the right of all symbol formation which has ever appeared in the history of metaphysics." 40 Cassirer's criticism of Bergson at this point is, I believe, fully justified. Quite rightly he points out that this sharp contrast, between the way of metaphysical intuition and the way of science and knowledge, shows Bergson to be the son of a naturalistic epoch in which all activity of the intellect is re- duced to the purely vital or biological. Quite rightly also he points out the impossibility of a purely intuitive metaphysics 5 for it would not be any kind of knowledge, even metaphysical, unless it gave us some description of the "vital force," and this too requires theoretical or form elements 5 in other words, metaphysical knowledge must be symbolic form also. This criticism of a purely intuitive metaphysics seems to imply both the right to a metaphysical language and also to sym- bolic construction in metaphysics. We look, therefore, for a further development of the language of metaphysics and of symbolism as a metaphysical principle; but little light is thrown upon either the nature of metaphysics or the character of its language and symbolism. Just as we feel that we are about to put our hands on the key to the solution of the problem, Cas- sirer remarks, "Aber wir brechen an diesem Punkte ab." (Ill, 4.8) All that can be asked, he continues, is a journey round the world, the globus intellectualis. It would seem, then, that the philosophy of symbolic forms is intended to be just such a journey neither penetration into the essence of "reality" nor an ultimate interpretation of its meaning. It is apparently 40 PSF, III, 42ff, esp. 43 and 44. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 437 merely a phenomenology, not a metaphysics that is offered us. Nevertheless, it seems doubtful whether a philosophy of lan- guage and of symbolic forms can stop at this point. Even in a journey around the globus intellectualis the traveller will in- evitably come upon a region in which men talk a language which is neither that of science, as understood by Cassirer, nor of myth and poetry a language and symbolic form which can only be called metaphysical. That there is such a language can, I think, scarcely be denied. If the various symbolic forms, art, religion, science, all, in their several ways, constitute une metcrphysique figuree, then there must be, it would seem, a language of meta- physics in which these symbolic forms are expanded and inter- preted. As metaphysical "postulation" is necessary to round out our world of experience, so metaphysical language is neces- sary to make these other languages intelligible. Elsewhere I have myself attempted a study of this unique language and of the nature of the symbolic structure called metaphysics. 41 I have, of course, no intention of going into that here, but desire merely to suggest that this is one of the gaps in Cassirer's thought which I am unable to fill, and that precisely here the fundamental ambiguity in his evaluation of language is in evi- dence. It would doubtless be an impertinence should I venture to indicate what, had Cassirer carried out this task, his conception of the language of metaphysics and of metaphysics as symbolic form would have been. It may be permitted, however, to sug- gest the point at which, in attempting to understand Cassirer, I have found myself thrown into confusion and uncertainty. If the ideal form and immanental law of all knowledge is, indeed, to be found in the mathematical-physical sciences, then it would seem that the symbolism of metaphysics must also be a sym- bolism of relations and that a philosophy of events, such as that of Whitehead for instance, would necessarily be the re- sultant metaphysics. on the other hand, if it is true, as we are told by Cassirer, that science as symbolic form has no exclusive value, but is only one way of constructing reality, and has value only from the standpoint of science, then it would appear that 41 Language and Reality, Chap. XIII. 438 WILBUR M. URBAN a metaphysics, to be adequate, must be a metaphysics of art and religion also and must have a language and symbolic form which includes these forms also in which case it could no longer be a symbolism of relations merely, but must be a symbolism of things also. But all this may be beside the point. It may be, after all, that it is merely a phenomenology and not a metaphysics with which Cassirer presents us. The question always remains, I suppose, whether, as in the case of Kant, the critical transcen- dental method is the denial of metaphysics or itself a meta- physics. This is, I believe, an ambiguity inherent in the Kantian position and one shared by the philosophy of symbolic forms itself. If so, this ambiguity must take its place beside the other forms of ambiguity which have presented themselves at various stages of the development of this philosophy. The key to the understanding of knowledge, Cassirer tells us, is the Kantian principle that we must have our eyes, not on the results, but on the processes of knowledge. 42 That may be an important key to understanding, but it is scarcely sufficient for evaluation; it may reveal to us the meaning of the process, but can scarcely determine the truth of its result. This brings us to the problem of meaning and truth in Cassirer's philosophy. VIII Language and Reality. The Problem of Meaning and Truth A How much the present writer has learned from his journey in Cassirer's company around the globus intellectualis, is, I hope, fully clear from the sympathetic presentation of the main points of his philosophy of symbolic forms. But that I have still much to learn is clear also from the fact that I have been forced to confess my perplexity at certain crucial points. What has puzzled me has already been suggested by the indication of certain ambiguities present in his philosophy of language eo nomine, and which have grown in significance as we have passed on to the wider implications of his philosophy. 4 *PSF, III, 7ff, esp. 8. PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE The critical position which Cassirer maintains throughoir plicitly denies exclusive value to any one of the fundair symbolic forms. Modern science has come to recognize, he that its concepts or symbols are constructions for a spe pose, namely, "to deduce, as from models, what will in the external world." As such "they correspond to tl point of science and have no ultimate meaning out standpoint." Art and religion are equally symbc equally ways of representing the world. "None of th Cassirer tells us, is a "direct reproduction of realist facts." All share in the common character of beit of expression of one spiritual principle. All have they all also have truth? To none of these forms, therefore, does Cass" ing or significance. The question is whether includes the truth- value of knowledge. I may this point also Cassirer seems to me to give ar It is true that he seems to conceive them aL edge and truth. Even to the mythical for value. From the standpoint of the proble maintains "relative truth" can be no lor significantly enough, he puts the wor marks. 43 As for all "critical" philosopi theory, the myth expresses aspects of matical-physical language cannot expr art and religion, which make use o* bolically, are a fortiori forms of trut aspect of his thought. It is in science law of knowledge finds its supra" higher symbolic form with a tr quotation marks. We cannot esc as symbolic form, is not only t that shall supersede all other further suspicion that, when " the other forms, it is with a the present writer at least, s* "ibid., n, 19. WILBUR M. URBAN splendid structure which Cassirer has erected in these three nes. "> tendencies strive for supremacy in Cassirer's thought, d they do in all forms of philosophy which draw their spiration from the ideals of knowledge of a scientific ; deals upon which Kant himself seemed at least to set <natur. on the one hand, there is the narrow conception 'hich it seems difficult to avoid in this age of science. xssages in Cassirer's works this seems to be the truth wcellence y as it was for Kant in one of his philo- -. on the assumption that the basal conception and knowledge are completely shown in the methods ' seems inevitable. on the other hand, another strives for recognition in Cassirer's thought, as n the thought of any one who is as conversant readth and depth of human culture a concep- words of John Dewey, is "broader and more ;n which Kant also put his imprimatur in >sophical moods. It is the dilemma under- Ulemmas into which the modern mind has that Cassirer had a solution for this >nly my own failure to bring the many gument into a significant whole which it. None the less, I fail to see it, and ask for more light. There is, indeed, at which, if I understand it aright, -er tells us, contains in itself an 'drives it on unmercifully further any boundary hitherto reached." notion, adaequatio intellectus et merely with calling in question world picture, but seizes upon f ." The outcome of this inner e notion of truth to that of to a realm of pure meaning d new difficulties, it never- PHILOSOPHY OF LANGUAGE 441 theless results in the subordination of the notion of truth to that of meaning" 44 a subordination which, as we have seen, is as much a feature of the development of modern physical science as of any other symbolic form 5 for objectivity in modern physics is not a problem of representation (f>arstellung)^ but of mean- ing alone (ein reines Bedeutwngsproblem). This subordination of truth to meaning is obviously suscep- tible of two interpretations. on the one hand, it may be so interpreted as to express a widespread tendency in modern philosophy one shared by positivism and instrumentalism alike namely, to insist upon the existence of realms of mean- ing or significance (such as those of art and metaphysics) in which notions of truth and falsity are irrelevant and into which, as it has been said, "truth has no right to enter." on the other hand, it may be so interpreted as to express the notion that, in the development of thought which has resulted in the sub- ordination of truth to meaning, truth has a right to enter because the meaningful is already true, for truth and meaning ulti- mately coincide. The sum total of meaningful discourse is the truth. This is my own solution of the problem, as developed in Language and Reality. I hope it is Cassirer's also, for then it would not only be true that I have learned immensely from his philosophy of symbolic forms, but also that from this learning I have not drawn consequences which would be disavowed by Cassirer himself. I hope it is his solution also, for the reason that from this solution of the problem would follow, I think, the answers to the other problems which I have felt constrained to raise in the course of these discussions. WILBUR M. URBAN YALE UNIVERSITY NEW HAVEN, CONNECTICUT 44 PSF, III, 6ff.j also 3*8ff. '3 James Gutmann CASSIRER'S HUMANISM 13 CASSIRER'S HUMANISM ASSIRER'S Humanism is not a segment or portion o his philosophy j it is an aspect of all his writing and teach- ing. It permeates his thought in his historical studies and also in his theoretical and systematic works. As a student of the history of ideas, Cassirer concentrated his interest and attention on those great figures and ages of intellectual history in which the humanistic interest was especially prominent. His studies of Plato and Platonism in ancient thought and in later times, of the philosophy of the Renaissance in its ethical and cosmo- logical speculations, and of the age of the Enlightenment are some of the evidences of his interest in the traditions of human- ism. His work as an editor of Leibniz and Kant, his biography of Kant and his studies of Descartes, Kepler, Leibniz, and others, reflect a prevailing sense of philosophy's relation to other cultural interests. Even his most technical contributions to linguistics and to epistemological and mathematical theory re- veal his pervasive humanistic concern. The relation of these specialized studies to his great systematic work is signally illus- trated in his essay on Language and Myth, which was written at the very time when he was formulating the Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen. And the significance of Cassirer's human- ism in his conception of symbolic forms is definitively expressed in the synoptic version of his system, his Essay on Man. The philosophy of symbolic forms starts from the presupposition that, if there is any definition of the nature or "essence" of man, this defini- tion can only be understood as a functional one, not a substantial one. We cannot define man by any inherent principle which constitutes his metaphysical essence nor can we define him by any inborn faculty or instinct that may be ascertained by empirical observation. Man's out- 445 446 JAMES GUTMANN standing characteristic, his distinguishing mark, is not his metaphysical or physical nature but his work. It is this work, it is the system of human activities, which defines and determines the circle of "humanity." Language, myth, religion, art, science, history are the constituents, the various sectors of this circle. 1 The present paper will not, of course, attempt to review Cassirer's achievements as a humanist in all the ranges of his work. However, while stressing his contribution to the humani- ties, it will consider his literary and artistic interests in relation to that "philosophical anthropology" which is, after all, the equivalent in Greek dress of wisdom-loving humanism. The designation of "philosophical anthropology" was chosen by Cassirer himself, following in Kant's footsteps, to describe the content of the seminar in which he was engaged at the time of his death. Cassirer's use of Kant's terms in this seminar as in his Essay on Man showed at one and the same time his reverence for Kant and the independence with which he unlike some of the neo-Kantians employed the Kantian legacy. Though Cassirer's modification of Kant raised difficulties both in his historical work and in his systematic writing, this paper, while considering some of them below, is particularly designed to show how other elements, borrowed and original, contributed to Cassirer's humanism. After considering some of these elements, notably the influence of German Romanticism, a brief review of Cassirer's own summary of the history of Western humanism will lead back naturally to certain aspects of his Kantianism, not only in its relevance to his position as a humanist historian, but also to the relation of his views on his- tory to his other humanistic interests. That his humanism is one of the constant factors in the wide range of his interests and in all his contributions to philosophy is the thesis of this paper. Cas- sirer is a follower of Kant, but is surely not to be interpreted as a neo-Kantian in any limited sense. He stands in many tradi- tions, among them, neither last nor least, in the great tradition of philosophic humanism. 1 Essay on Man y 67-68. CASSIRER'S HUMANISM 447 I It is significant that Cassirer came to philosophy as a student of literature and linguistics. Though his publications include numerous technical studies not only of mathematics but of physics and psychology, his initial interest in languages and literature remained a major preoccupation. His studies of German culture, Freiheit und Form> as well as some of the essays which compose his subsequent Idee und Gestalt anticipate in nuce doctrines concerning myth and language which he de- veloped in his later writings. Goethe and Schiller, Herder, Kleist and Holderlin, Lessing and Rousseau are figures to whom he returned again and again, not only to use them to illuminate the work of other more technical philosophers, but for their own sake. He wrote on Goethe and Plato or on Goethe and Kant y but he is as much interested in Goethe's Pandora and Faust as in Goethe's views on natural science or in Goethe and mathematical physics. He discussed Lessing and Mendels- sohn or Schiller and Shaftesbury with as much emphasis on the more literary as on the more technically philosophical writer. His study of Holderlin foreshadowed the exhaustive analysis of mythopoeic imagination in which he later developed the insights of modern romanticism and particularly of Schel- ling's philosophy of mythology and revelation. Though following Helmholtz, Otto Liebmann, and Cas- sirer's own teacher, Hermann Cohen, "back to Kant," and though adhering to Kantian principles, Cassirer repeatedly proved his indebtedness to some of the insights of certain post- Kantian writers, notably Humboldt and Schelling. Rejecting the metaphysical absolutism which prevailed in Fichte, in Schelling's emphasis on the Infinite, and especially in Hegel, and though critical of the psychological approach made by Schopenhauer and Nietzsche, he found in Romanticism's aware- ness of the significance of myth, of poetic imagery and cultural continuity, elements worthy of being added to the stern and rigorous discipline of Kantianism. Never forgetting Kant's in- sistence that all philosophy must regard the dualism between 448 JAMES GUTMANN being and becoming as a logical rather than a metaphysical dualism and that it must accept the findings of science as its data, he nevertheless concerned himself with the processes of change, of becoming, which Romanticism emphasizes. Differing from Kant and agreeing with Humboldt that speculation re- garding the genesis and essence of language is not the business of the philosopher, he carried forward the study of linguistics for which Jacob Grimm had laid the foundations. Conceiving man not as homo sapiens nor as homo jaber but as animal symbolicum, he concerned himself with symbolic forms in all aspects of man's experience. To what extent this fusion of neo-Kantianism with interests and problems largely foreign to Kant's thought generated diffi- culties for Cassirer need not be questioned now. But any under- standing of man as animal symbolicum requires at least a brief consideration of Cassirer's use of mythopoeic data. Cassirer traced the relation of myth to speculative thought from Plato and neo-Platonism to such modern writers as Giambattista Vico, Holderlin and Schelling. Though the attitudes of these and other related thinkers differ with regard to the precise signifi- cance of mythical elements in human nature and culture, they agree in conceiving mythic apprehension as more than meta- phorical or allegorical. None of them sees the symbolic func- tion of myth precisely as Cassirer himself came to view it; but Schelling approaches this view more closely than the others. Moreover, Cassirer construed Schelling's Philosophic der Mythologie as being, in part, an elaboration and development of an early intuition of Holderlin's. "Mythopoeic imagery," he wrote, "is no mere ornament which we incidentally add to our portrait of reality, but it is one of the necessary organs for the apprehension of reality itself. In it we find the world and life first truly revealed and made significant." 2 As this statement, quoted from Cassirer's essay on "Holderlin and German Idealism," suggests, he acknowledged this early anticipation of his conception of mythopoeic imagination as a necessary organ of apprehension which he developed especially in the second volume of the Philosophie der symbolischen * Idee und Gestalt, 121. CASSIRER'S HUMANISM 449 Formen. In spite of Cassirer's diagnosis of Holderlin's intel- lectual limitations, his appreciation of Holderlin's artistic in- sights reveals a fundamental sympathy. If he denies Holderlin a position of great importance in the history of philosophy, he credits him with a high degree of poetic inspiration. It is sig- nificant, moreover, that, though he bases his own estimate of Holderlin's artistic greatness on the poet's concern with mythic imagery, he also finds this the source of his chief philosophic deficiency. He seems to be convinced that Holderlin's absorption in mythology actually interfered with his attaining an adequate total conception of human nature and human history. Holder- lin happily reacted against those eighteenth century thinkers who treated myth only in a derogatory sense j but Cassirer finds his attainments in philosophy negligible despite Holder- lin's "lifelong earnest wrestling with philosophic problems, since he was never a systematic thinker." It remained for Schel- ling, who recognized myth as a product of man's collective imagination, not only to see myth as a great and indestructible force basic to all culture, but also to formulate the first sys- tematic philosophy of mythology. Whether or not this estimate of Holderlin be accepted is less important, at least in the present context, than the circumstance that Cassirer's judgment is based on his insistence concerning the lack of system in Holderlin's thought. It is not entirely clear whether he believes such a lack of system to be due to tempera- mental limitations or to the inadequacy of a humanism which fails to recognize the importance of non-literary and non- artistic elements as expressions of human nature. Be that as it may, it is evidence of the primary importance which Cassirer attached to systematic construction in philosophy. II However much Cassirer differed from Alexander Pope, the title of whose poem he used for his Essay on Man y he agreed with him that "the proper study of mankind is man." To be sure, Cassirer included in such a study many elements which would have seemed irrelevant not only to Pope but to the philosophers of his day who discussed human nature. Indeed, 450 JAMES GUTMANN the history of the interpretation of human nature from the time when the Greeks inscribed "Know Thyself" on the Temple of Apollo would show striking contrasts not only with regard to the content and scope of such knowledge but also with respect to the methods of pursuing it. The anthropological phi- losophy which Kant fathered seems often to have been neglected by philosophers who claimed to be Kantians. It itself has under- gone significant changes. Yet every example of it which is worthy of its founder combines the ethical imperative char- acteristic of Kant with the scepticism that underlies his Critiques but which is, like all genuine scepticism, the "counterpart of resolute humanism.'* "The starting point of all anthropological philosophy," writes Bernard Groethuysen in his essay "Towards an Anthropological Philosophy," or all philosophy of man, is the ancient maxim, c Know Thyself.' But what is it that man wishes to know about himself? What are the questions which he puts to himself? 'Know Thyself* is the command. . . . [But this] means not simply try to define yourself by concepts, . . . but become conscious of yourself, live in the consciousness of yourself, understand yourself, come to experience yourself, be present to yourself, live in the awareness of your present, come to yourself. 4 As Socrates interpreted the Delphic injunction, it meant not merely that the unexamined life was no life for man, but that self-knowledge by its very nature could not be achieved in isolation, that it involved a co-operative venture and that the individual, to be truly known, must be known not only in all his social relations but, indeed, required the assistance of others to achieve this very knowledge. In Socrates, "philosophy, which had hitherto been conceived as an intellectual monologue, is transformed into a dialogue. only by way of dialogical or dialectic thought can we approach the knowledge of human nature." 5 Socrates finds his teachers among those who dwell in the city and is content to interrogate an unschooled slave boy, if only the latter can add to his knowledge of the nature of 8 Essay on Man, i . 4 Philosophy and History ^ ed. by Klibansky and Paton, 77, 5 Essay on Man, 5. CASSIRER'S HUMANISM 451 man. It is surely in this sense that "his philosophy, if he pos- sesses a philosophy," is strictly anthropological. Doubtless one of the aspects of Renaissance culture which has drawn scholars like Cassirer again and again to study its art and thought is the reaffirmation, involved in its cultural rebirth, of the validity of natural human aspiration. Contrasted with the other-worldliness of mediaevalism, the recognition that human nature is indeed natural led to the conviction that human appetites and aspirations can yield all manner of excellence. The plasticity of man's endowments not only suggested the ideal of the uomo universale but an increased interest in variety and differentiation as such. Though this central awareness of the Renaissance has been remarked by many students, and though Cassirer himself gave attention to its manifestation by many contrasting types, his study of Giovanni Pico della Mirandola expressed this aspect of Renaissance humanism with singular persuasiveness: What Pico sets up as the distinctive privilege of man is the almost unlimited fower of self -trans formation at his disposal. Man is that being to whom no particular form has been prescribed and assigned. He possesses the power of entering into any form whatever. What is novel in this idea lies not in its content, but rather in the value Pico places on this content. . . . With Pico this inner unrest of man, impelling him on from one goal to another, and forcing him to pass from one form to another, no longer appears as a mere stigma upon human nature, as a mere blot and weakness. Pico admires this multiplicity and multiformity, and he sees in it a mark of human greatness. 6 Clearly, for man to know himself, in this sense, is to recognize the rich and varied potentialities of his nature. That there were limitations upon even the inclusive ideal of Renaissance humanism is evident in the comparatively small place which was allowed to natural science by humanists such as Erasmus and Vives. But in this respect, as in many others, Cassirer views the Renaissance as an age in which distinctive and original developments in the relation of science to other learning took place. *In the Jwrnal of th* History of WMS, III, no. 3, 331, 45* JAMES GUTMANN III In his monograph, "Naturalistische und humanistische Be- griindung der Kulturphilosophie" (published in 1939) as well as in his Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften (1942), Cassirer traces in detail the complicated relationship of the naturalistic and humanistic factors in philosophy from the Renaissance to the twentieth century. In both of these essays Cassirer uses his humanism to clarify problems of the philosophy of culture. This field of study, he repeatedly points out, is perhaps the most problematic and disputed realm in the whole domain of phi- losophy. Not only are clear and recognized solutions lacking in this novel philosophic discipline, but there is even a lack of agreement as to the questions which may reasonably be asked. Unlike logic, physics, and ethics, which remained the three main branches of philosophy from antiquity down to the time of Kant, these newer questions lack a secure tradition and development. According to Cassirer's interpretation, Kant is here, as in so many other domains, the dividing line between fundamentally different views of the relation of nature and human nature, or, to change the metaphor, the bridge from classical humanism to distinctively modern conceptions of man and culture. During the sixteenth and seventeenth centuries, Cassirer notes, a new preoccupation became increasingly evident among philosophers, though it could find no definite place in the traditional systems. Cultivated by philosophical humanists, the discipline which was later to be called by Dilthey the "nattir- liche System der Geisteswissenschajten" could not be assimilated to traditional philosophy, because it appeared to conflict with the natural and mathematical sciences, to which the mightiest and most productive forces, over which the modern spirit reigned, were applied. To the new scientific philosophers there seemed to be no place for a genuinely respectable philosophy apart from mathematics and the mathematical sciences, which constituted the ideal of knowledge. If the realities of humanism were to become accessible to philosophic reason, this would have to be accomplished by making them accessible to the CASSIRER'S HUMANISM 453 same mathematical apprehension which had grasped the physi- cal universe. The alternative was to leave the humanistic enter- prise in mystic darkness, subject to theological traditions. Spinoza's attempt to establish a systematic unity between ethics and geometry was based upon the conviction that human nature could no longer be regarded as an enclave in an all-inclusive natural order. Man and human achievements must henceforth be viewed and described as though they were a matter of lines, surfaces, or corporeal bodies. Spinoza's doctrine of a unified nature reached its climax in his demand for a monistic view not merely as a metaphysic but as a strict method of interpreting nature. A sound philosophy will dispense with teleology and banish the notion of purpose from nature} for, if we seek the genesis of this notion, it is evident that it is merely an anthropo- morphic misunderstanding and falsification, whereas only an application of mathematical law can yield the truth. Spinoza's monistic methodology conditioned subsequent thought, and precisely this demand for unity became the de- cisively important motive in the revival of Spinozism at the end of the eighteenth century. Schelling linked his thought to Spinoza's at this point and expressly declared that his "Phi- losophy of Identity" was designed to complete what Spinoza had posited in his first, daring outline. But in spite of this assurance of complete agreement and consonance with Spinoza, Schelling could not take up the problem at the same point where Spinoza had left it. For even if he teaches that there is an absolute identity between nature and spirit, the concept of nature, one of the supposedly identical factors in the equation, has changed fundamentally for him. When Schelling speaks of nature, he reiterates that he is not thinking of a being which merely has extension and motion. He does not apprehend it as a concept of geometric relationships and mechanical laws but as a Whole having living forms and powers. The system of nature of mathematical physics is for him a mere abstraction, a shadow world. From this initial stage of being, philosophic thought ascends to the actual world of spirit to the world of history and human culture. From theoretic knowledge of the laws of space and time, matter and force, the path of philosophy 454 JAMES GUTMANN ascends through the realm of moral consciousness to the highest stage, the stage of aesthetic awareness. That which we call nature is a poem which lies concealed in a secret, wondrous form. Yet, if the riddle could be revealed, we would recog- nize in it the Odyssey of the spirit, which, wondrously deceived, seeks itself while fleeing from itself, for through the sensuous world meaning can be discerned only as if through words, just as the land of imagina- tion towards which we aim may be discerned as if through half-trans- parent mists. 7 Cassirer quotes these lines of Schelling's in his "Naturalis- tische und humanistische Begrundung der Kulturphilosophie" in an historic summary which we are following in synoptic form. He goes on to point out how Romanticism developed this view of Schelling's. In so doing he also indicated his own relation- ship to the Romantic movement. For Cassirer holds that the strength as well as the weakness of Romanticism are to be found in its attempt to explain by a single principle and to view in a single focus all conscious phenomena from the first dreamlike dawn of mythical consciousness, through fable and poesy up to the loftiest pronouncements of thought in language, science, and philosophy. The land of imagination, of which Schelling speaks, and the realm of strict logical knowledge constantly interpenetrate in romantic theory j they are never separated, but interlock with one another. Romanticism's greatest achieve- ments, according to Cassirer, were derived from this imagina- tive power and intuition. Not only was nature seen in a new light, but, so viewed, it included all forms of the spirit. Here for the first time seemed to be revealed the most genuine and profoundest sources of myth and religion, of language and literature, of morality and law. For Romanticism the origin of all things of the spirit, which is clear and mysterious at one and the same time, is to be found in the Volksgeist. This is a kind of humanistic naturalism, even though it speaks the lan- guage of a spiritual metaphysics. The weakness and danger of this position for a humanistic philosophy become clearly apparent when the veil is lifted f Schelling, System des transzendentalen Idealismus (Sdmmtliche Werke, III, 628). CASSIRER'S HUMANISM 455 which Romanticism had thrown over nature and history. This takes place whenever philosophy is no longer satisfied with delving by intuition into the ultimate depths of life but instead seeks to examine its view of life scientifically. This change of attitude, which occurred, for instance, in the second half of the nineteenth century, is, at least in part, responsible for the crisis in man's knowledge of himself which Cassirer pointed out in the first chapter of the Essay on Man. It was most clearly apparent in the circle of French thinkers who based their teaching on Comte's Cours de Philosophic positive. Comte's positivism not only gave them a method but also formulated the questions which they attempted to answer. But they were affected by the status of the science which they confronted even more than by the general philosophic presuppositions of positivism. For the teachings of classical physics provided them with their view of the world and, for them, seemed to possess finality. The principle of causality was axiomatic. Even criti- cally-minded thinkers trained in Kantian philosophy did not dare to disturb the form in which the principle of causality was accepted. For example, Otto Liebmann, in his essay on Die Klimax der Theorien, proceeds on the basis of a strict deter- minism, which is presumed to apply in the same way to the several realms of thought, investigation and knowledge, with- out distinction or the slightest difference between the moral and the physical worlds. As Cassirer points out, no cultural philosopher of science would dare, today, to introduce the principle of universal de- terminism in the form in which Liebmann used it. For if he did, he would be confronted at once by all the weighty ques- tions and doubts involved in the development of modern theoretical physics, even though as Cassirer adds he does not believe that these doubts imply that the concept of causal- ity, as such, is endangered. The French positivists, who first faced the problems which the assumption of an axiom of uni- versal determinism posed for the Kulturwissenschaften and for the foundation of the Geisteswissenschaften, were neither mathematicians nor physicists, even if they took physics as their model. It was not the world view of Newton and Laplace 456 JAMES GUTMANN but of Darwin and Spencer which characterized their outlook. Here too, as for Schelling and the romanticist philosophy of nature, culture and nature are united, insofar as both are subject to a common law, the basic law of evolution. But the direction of this unification has altered; for the difference which seems to divide human culture and physical nature is, according to positivism, no longer to be bridged by a spiritualization of nature, as in the way of Romanticism, but by interpreting cul- ture materialistically. Not metaphysics nor theology, but physics and chemistry, zoology and botany, anatomy and physiology must, it is argued, take the lead, if a true science of culture is to be achieved. Sainte-Beuve and Taine, too, interpreted cultural phenomena in terms of forces not like the supra-personal unities and totalities of romantic theories, which belonged to a supersensuous world, but as the same ones which build and rule the material world. . . . Thus viewed, science is neither to justify nor to condemn but to investigate and explain. Cultural science must proceed like botany which studies the orange tree and the laurel, the pine and the birch with equal interest. 8 If we designate one group of facts as physical and another as spiritual or moral, some sort of difference of content may then be exposed. But this circumstance is utterly irrelevant to our knowing them. For knowledge is never concerned with indi- vidual facts as such but with their inter-connections. Cassirer considers three divergent attempts to establish a principle for interpreting these inter-connections based upon three distinct systems of postulates. In addition to French pos- itivism he reviews the theories of Oswald Spengler and also the Hegelian philosophy of history. Spengler regarded his own views as a great advance on positivism, which he held to be narrowly naturalistic. According to him a culture is brought to birth in a way which natural science cannot comprehend, but which the philosopher should grasp by dramatizing (dichteri) history. Thus Spengler conceived the epic-drama of The De- 8 "Naturalistische und humanistische Begriindung der Kulturphilosophie," 1 1 j cf. Bibliography of Cassirer's Writings: 1939:3; also Zur Logik der Kulturwissen- schaften, 8;ff. CASSIRER'S HUMANISM 457 dine of the West y in which individual man, in his being and his activity, is mystically linked to the fate of civilizations whose rise and decline he can in no way control. This view Cassirer con- trasts with Hegel's claim that his philosophy of history is a philosophy of freedom. But he rejects these as well as posi- tivism. All three, he declares, are unsatisfactory as attempts to clarify history and culture, because they hold inadequate con- ceptions of human nature and man's activities. IV The preceding summary describes contrasting attitudes to- ward traditions of humanism before and after Kant. It indi- cates the extent to which his philosophical anthropology was the dividing line, in Cassirer's judgment, between the classical and Renaissance conceptions which retained their authority down to the eighteenth century, and more modern ones which have been associated especially with changes in natural science. Cas- sirer's historical account, which we have followed, serves also to define his own position, or, at least, to place him in the great tradition. In his humanism he has been a follower not only of Kant but of Herder and Holderlin, of Goethe and Humboldt. Diverging from the positions of other post-Kantians, he has found sustenance in Schelling's philosophy of mythology, although rejecting his transcendental idealism. By his distinctive interpretation of Kant, Cassirer long ago established the basis for his own doctrine of man. In so doing he illustrated not only Kant's but his own humanism. The post- humously published essay on "Kant and Rousseau" once again made clear how fundamentally Cassirer's humanism is based on Kant's view of human nature developed in his philosophical anthropology. The emphasis on this aspect of Kant's work was already evident in his Kants Leben und Lehre. "The man who introduced anthropology as a branch of study in German uni- versities and who lectured on it regularly for decades" 9 was himself, according to Cassirer, much more of a humanist than scholars have generally recognized. Herder, who during the 'sixties was Kant's pupil in Konigsberg, has * Kants Leben und Lehre, 25. 458 JAMES GUTMANN drawn for us a living and characteristic picture of his philosophical teach- ing at that time. From it we see that this teaching was by no means restricted to abstract problems, to questions of logic and metaphysics. It extended just as much to the fundamental questions of natural science, to psychology and anthropology, and it made full use of contemporary literature. 10 To be sure, this interest was essentially restricted to Kant's pre-critical period. 11 In just that period of his life in which he was most under the influence of Rousseau from whom he "learned to respect human nature" 12 Cassirer notes that Kant was "a stylist and a psychological essayist, and in this respect he established a new standard for the German philosophical literature of the eighteenth century." 13 And he remarks "that Rousseau not only influenced the content and systematic development of Kant's foundation of ethics, but that he also formed its lan- guage and style." 14 It may not be irrelevant in this connection to suggest that Cassirer's own "language and style" reflected his study of the great figures of German literature in somewhat the way that Kant was influenced by Rousseau. In any case there need be no question that Cassirer can claim a place among the relatively small group of philosophers who were also men of letters and the very small group of German philosophers who attained such distinction. Some passages from Kant's writings which Cassirer quotes in his essay on "Kant and Rousseau" suggest not only the centrality of the humanistic and anthropological interest in Kant's ethical doctrine but throw further light on Cassirer's own thought. Even the conviction that the proper study for mankind is man, is reenforced by the argument which Kant uses for placing Rousseau's work alongside Newton's: Newton was the first to discern order and regularity in combination with great simplicity, where before him men had encountered disorder 10 See Herder's Brief e zur Beforderung der Humanitat, 79th letter. 11 Rousseau Kant Goethe , 86. 12 Kant's Fragment*, ed. Hartenstein y vol. VIII, 624. Quoted in Rousseau Kant Goethe ', i j cf. also Kants Leben und Lehre, 238$, and Zur Loglk der Kulturwis- senschaften y 1135. 11 Rousseau Kant Goethe, 6. "Ibid., 32. CASSIRER'S HUMANISM 459 and unrelated diversity. . . . Rousseau was the first to discover, beneath the varying forms human nature assumes, the deeply concealed essence of man. . . . After Newton and Rousseau, the ways of God are justified and Pope's thesis is henceforth true. 1 * Kant indicated the relation of his philosophical anthropology to ethics in announcing his lectures for 1765-1766: I shall set forth the method by which we must study man man not only in the varying forms in which his accidental circumstances have molded him, in the distorted form in which even philosophers have almost always misconstrued him, but what is enduring in human nature, and the proper place of man in creation. 18 Or, again: If there is any science man really needs it is the one I teach, of how to occupy properly that place in creation that is assigned to man, and how to learn from it what one must be in order to be a man. . . . This teaching will lead him back again to the human level, and however small or deficient he may regard himself, he will suit his assigned sta- tion, because he will be just what he should be. 17 If these quotations from Kant suggest the extent to which the influence of Rousseau led him to accept the thesis of Pope's Essay on Man y they also indicate how greatly Cassirer J s con- ception of man and his Essay derive from this Kantian back- ground. Cassirer writes: For Kant man's 'assigned station' is not located in nature alone; for he must raise himself above it, above all merely vegetative or animal life. But it is just as far from lying somewhere outside nature, in some- thing absolutely other-wordly or transcendent. Man should seek the real law of his being and his conduct neither below nor above himself; he should derive it from himself, and should fashion himself in accordance with the determination of his own free will. For this he requires life in society as well as an inner freedom from social standards and an independent judgment of conventional social values. 18 * Kant's Fragwente, ed. Hartenstein, vol. VIII, 630, Quoted in Rousseau Kant Goethe , 18. hnmanuel Kants Werke, ed. Cassirer a.o., vol. II, 326. Quoted in Rousseau Kant Goethe, 21. " Kant's Fragment*, ed. Hartenstein, vol. VIII, 624. Quoted in Rousseau Kant Goethe, 23. M Rousseau Kant Goethe, 23. 460 JAMES GUTMANN Kant's doctrine is, of course, based on a dualism between the world of nature and the realm of freedom, between the world of the senses and an intelligible order. Among those who learned much from Kant there were many who did not follow him along this path in the development of a more adequate concep- tion of human nature and of humanism. Herder and Goethe discerned what they considered essential in human culture not in a mode of being but rather in humanistic achievement. only man among all the creatures of nature is capable of such achievement. What man accomplishes according to this view is objectification, self-recognition based upon the development of theoretical, aesthetic and ethical forms. . . . But all form requires a definite measure and is bound to it in its pure embodiments. Life in itself, as mere experience flowing freely along, cannot bring forth significant forms; it must apprehend and, in a sense, comprehend itself in order to participate in such forms. 19 The philosophical development of Herder's and Goethe's perceptions was not advanced by the metaphysical systems of the post-Kantians, though Fichte, Schelling and Hegel re- peatedly returned to these problems and sought to deal with them in their works. But it was, according to Cassirer, Wilhelm von Humboldt who made particularly significant contributions to a humanistic philosophy. Humboldt's work at first appears much less systematic than Fichte's, Schelling's and Hegel's. As he proceeds on his way he seems more and more to lose himself ... in questions of detail regarding his researches. But a genuinely philosophic spirit pervades all this, and he never loses sight of the inclusive purpose which his investigation is to serve. 20 It has been conventional to treat the humanistic ideal set forth by Kant in terms of his ethics as though this constituted its entire importance. But Cassirer insists that this is a misreading of the history of ideas. According to his view the humanism of the eighteenth century which molded Kant's thought and con- tinued its influence in Herder and Goethe, in Schiller and Humboldt, has other significance too often neglected. To be sure, they are convinced that humanistic ideals yield a distinc- 19 "Naturalistische und humanistische Begrundungr der Kulturphilosophie," 17. . 18-10. CASSIRER'S HUMANISM 461 tive morality and a distinctive order of socio-political life. But their vision is not directed exclusively to this goal} it extends to all creative effort, no matter in what realm of life. It appears to be the fundamental fact about all truly human existence that man is not merely a creature that absorbs the plenitude of external impressions, but that he controls this plenitude by imposing definite forms upon it which, in the last analysis, derive from the thinking, feel- ing, willing subject himself. 21 Cassirer's own theory of symbolic forms may well be viewed as a development of these insights and of the humanism on which they were based. This is particularly evident in his Essay on Man. For though the Essay, as he points out, is "more an explanation and illustration than a demonstration" of the theory of symbolic forms and though students will always turn to the Philoso'phie der symbolischen Formen for the systematic formulation of Cassirer's doctrine, the briefer work sets forth most clearly his thesis that myth and religion, language and art, science and history "are, after all, only one subject . . . different roads leading to a common center." 22 By concentrating upon Man as this common center and thus emphasizing philosophical anthropology as the keystone of his philosophy of symbolic forms, Cassirer brings religion, art, and history into even clearer perspective than in the Philoso'phie der symbolischen Formen, where language, myth, and science were the foci of the suc- cessive volumes. Viewing man as animal symbolicum, Cassirer seeks to under- stand human nature by exploring culture in terms of the specific character and structure of the various symbolic forms. Having denied that man can be defined by reference to an hypostatized metaphysical essence, he seeks to understand man in terms of his culture. But this understanding, in turn, is rooted in the rich soil of humanism: A philosophy of culture begins with the assumption that the world of human culture is not a mere aggregate of loose and detached facts. It seeks to understand these facts as a system, as an organic whole. For an empirical or historical view it would seem to be enough to collect the data of human culture. Here we are interested in the breadth of 81 Ibid., 1 6. * Ibid.) Essay on Man, viii. 462 JAMES GUTMANN human life. We are engrossed in a study of the particular phenomena in their richness and variety; we enjoy the polychromy and the polyphony of man's nature. But a philosophical analysis sets itself a different task. Its starting point and its working hypothesis are embodied in the conviction that the varied and seemingly dispersed rays may be gathered together and brought into a common focus. The facts here are reduced to forms, and these forms themselves are supposed to possess an inner unity. . . . Here we are under no obligation to prove the substantial unity of man. Man is no longer considered as a simple substance which exists in itself and is to be known by itself. His unity is conceived as a functional unity. 23 The common focus of all cultural forms is man and man, in turn, must be conceived in terms of his functional unity in the development of these forms. It may at times appear that when Cassirer uses the concept of symbolic forms to explain man's nature in functional terms the forms lack content. Contrariwise the specific illustrations which he employs are often familiar and, indeed, conventional, though he presents them with great originality and artistry. The interconnections between human nature and culture are constantly stressed; but Cassirer time and again appears to assume a unity and to argue for a systematic formulation which does not accord with his own practice. Indeed, the Essay on Man lacks systematic unity and is notable, rather, for the rich variety of the content, for the revealing insights into the researches of contemporary psychology and empirical anthropology and es- pecially for the fruitful harvest of Cassirer's lifelong interest in literature and the arts. If Cassirer's Kantianism seems at times to obtrude, as we have indeed seen above, this is perhaps the inevitable outcome of the neo-Kantian method of combining systematic and histori- cal investigation which Dr. Edgar Wind pointed out in an admirable essay on Cassirer's thought, which he published in 1925. "No matter how successful the interbreeding of historical and systematic methods may prove as a means of explaining the development of science," wrote Dr. Wind, * Ibtd., 222. CASSIRER'S HUMANISM 463 ... by defending this union in general, the philosopher, who is supposed to face all problems, would seem deliberately to disregard one of them the conflict between systematic and historical thinking as such. He must be prepared to hear the usual objections: If all standpoints are merely stages in an infinite development, how about your own stand- point? If you treat thinking as an historical matter, how about the historical limitations of your own thinking? 24 It may well be that Cassirer had questions such as these in mind when he wrote certain passages concerning history in the Essay on Man. He continued to affirm the necessity of the historian writing in terms of his personal experience; indeed he finally made it the sine qua non of genuine historical writing. If the historian succeeded in effacing his personal life he would not thereby achieve a higher objectivity. He would on the contrary de- prive himself of the very instrument of all historical thought. If I put out the light of my own personal experience I cannot see and I cannot judge of the experience of others. 25 It was indeed by emphasizing the humanistic significance of history and the anthropological elements in historical knowledge that Cassirer solved, to his own satisfaction, the problem of historical objectivity and answered the question of the relation- ship of his work as an historian to his work as a systematic philosopher. If we bear in mind this character of historical knowledge, it is easy to distinguish historical objectivity from that form of objectivity which is the aim of natural science. A great scientist, Max Planck, described the whole process of scientific thought as a constant effort to eliminate all "anthropological" elements. We must forget man in order to study nature and to discover and formulate the laws of nature. In the development of scientific thought the anthropomorphic element is progressively forced into the background until it entirely disappears in the ideal structure of physics. History proceeds in a quite different way. It can live and breathe only in the human world. Like language or art, history is fundamentally anthropomorphic. To efface its human aspects would be to destroy its specific character and nature. But the anthropomorphism of historical thought is no limitation of or impedi- ment to its objective truth. History is not knowledge of external facts "Journal of Philosophy, vol. XXII, no. 18, 4.7 yfi. * Essay on Man, 187. 464 JAMES GUTMANN or events; it is a form of self-knowledge. In order to know myself I cannot endeavor to go beyond myself, to leap, as it were, over my own shadow. I must choose the opposite approach. In history man con- stantly returns to himself; he attempts to recollect and actualize the whole of his past experience. 28 And yet the ideality of history is not the same as the ideality of art. Art gives us an ideal description of human life by a sort of alchemistic process; it turns our empirical life into the dynamic of pure forms. History does not proceed in this way. It does not go beyond the empirical reality of things and events but molds this reality into a new shape, giving it the ideality of recollection. Life in the light of history remains a great realistic drama, with all its tensions and con- flicts, its greatness and misery, its hopes and illusions, its display of energies and passions. This drama, however, is not only felt; it is intuited. Seeing this spectacle in the mirror of history while we are still living in our empirical world of emotions and passions, we become aware of an inner sense of clarity and calmness of the lucidity and serenity of pure contemplation. 27 Thus as an historian and as a humanist Cassirer once again raised the standard of self-knowledge, reaffirmed the doctrine that the unexamined life is no life for man, that the proper study of mankind is man, and asserted that man is best known and studied in his creative life. That Ernst Cassirer himself thus achieved calmness and serenity, even during the crises of the last decade, is evidence that his philosophy was, in the most significant sense, a philosophy of life. We may well salute Cassirer, the humanist, by utilizing a tribute which he himself offered to the humanism of the Cambridge Platonists: It stands to his undisputed credit that he did not allow the torch which he held in his hand to be extinguished, that in spite of every obstacle and in opposition to all dogmatism he preserved the flame of a genuinely perennial philosophical tradition and passed it on in its purity to future ages. 28 JAMES GUTMANN DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 28 Ibid., 191. 27 Ibid., 205-206. 1 Cf. Die Platonische Renaissance in England und die Schule von Cambridge, 141. H David Sidney on THE PHILOSOPHICAL ANTHROPOLOGY OF ERNST CASSIRER AND ITS RELATION TO THE HISTORY OF ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT SYNOPSIS 1. The Crisis in Modern Philosophical Anthropology: The Metaphysical versus the Historical and Posi- tivistic Approaches 467 2. Plato's Metaphysical Theory of Man and Culture. . 470 3. Stoicism on the Rationality of Man and the Concept of Humanitas 478 4. Kant and the Anthropocentric Critique of Human Culture 484 5. Wilhelm Dilthey's Neo-Kantian Critique of His- torical Reason 488 6. Jose Ortega y Gasset and Historical Vitalism 490 7. Cassirer's Cultural Definition of Man: Man as Ani- mal Symbolicum 492 8. Ernst Cassirer and the Concept of Cultural Reality 496 9. Cassirer's Critique of Kant 498 10. Cassirer on Symbolism, Language and Cultural Thought 502 u. Cassirer on the Evolution of Cultural Symbolism. . 506 12. Cassirer on the Unitary Psychological Functions of Symbolic Forms 512 13. Cassirer and the Problem of the Unitary Function of Myth 515 14. Cassirer, Levy-Bruhl and Malinowski on the Con- cept of Myth 517 15. Cassirer on the Role of Myth in the History of Human Culture 527 1 6. The Humanism and Rationalism of Cassirer 535 17. Cassirer on the Problem of Cultural Unity 541 14 on THE PHILOSOPHICAL ANTHROPOLOGY OF ERNST CASSIRER AND ITS RELATION TO THE HISTORY OF ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 1 The Crisis in Modern Philosophical Anthropology: The Meta- physical Versus the Historical and Positives tic Approaches T N HIS study of Wilhelm Dilthey, H. A. Hodges makes the ** following statement: Modern philosophy is philosophy in crisis. Its history is one long tale of challenges, emergencies, and attempted fresh starts. As time goes on, it becomes increasingly evident that the crisis affects not this or that philosophical doctrine or principle, but philosophy itself, which is now challenged to show reason why it should continue to exist. Dilthey is one of those who have helped to bring the issue to a head, and of this he himself is fully aware. He speaks of himself as in search of a new way of philosophizing, and calls for a radical reassessment of the tradition. He draws his inspiration, as usual, from two sources: from Kant and from the Anglo-French empiricists, and his starting-point lies in what these have in common. They are united in an attack upon what had been the very heart of the philosophical tradition, upon metaphysics, the science of being and of first principles. 2 Ernst Cassirer, whose philosophical position is essentially similar to that of Dilthey, is acutely aware of the critical position of modern philosophical thought and significantly begins his Essay on Man with a chapter entitled: "The Crisis in Man's Knowledge of Himself." There he writes: 1 The research involved in the writing- of this paper is part of a larger project on theoretical anthropology, which is being conducted by the writer under the liberal auspices of the Viking Fund Inc. of New York City. *H. A. Hodges, Wilkelm Dilthey: An Introduction (New York, i944)> 88. 467 468 DAVID BIDNEY Owing to this development our modern theory of man lost its intellectual center. We acquired instead a complete anarchy of thought. Even in the former times to be sure there was a great discrepancy of opinions and theories relating to this problem. But there remained at least a general orientation, a frame of reference, to which all individual differences might be referred. Metaphysics, theology, mathematics, and biology successively assumed the guidance for thought on the problem of man and determined the line of investigation. The real crisis of this problem manifested itself when such a central power capable of directing all individual efforts ceased to exist. The paramount im- portance of the problem was still felt in all the different branches of knowledge and inquiry. But an established authority to which one might appeal no longer existed. Theologians, scientists, politicians, so- ciologists, biologists, psychologists, ethnologists, economists all approached the problem from their own viewpoints. To combine or unify all these particular aspects and perspectives was impossible. And even within the special fields there was no generally accepted scientific principle. The personal factor became more and more prevalent, and the temperament of the individual writer tended to play a decisive role. . . . That this antagonism of ideas is not merely a grave theoretical problem but an imminent threat to the whole extent of our ethical and cultural life admits of no doubt. 2 * According to Cassirer, it would appear, the intellectual crisis of our times is a direct consequence of the fact that we have no "central power" or "established authority" capable of integrat- ing all the sciences and the humanities in a single, unified, cultural perspective. He does not stop to consider the special characteristics of classical thought which rendered it a coherent or integrated whole. He indiscriminately lumps together "meta- physics, theology, mathematics and biology" as having at one time or another "assumed the guidance for thought on the problem of man." But what was it that made it possible for these disciplines to assume the guidance for thought, and why is this no longer possible in the present crisis? The answer, it seems, is the one that Hodges suggests, namely, that classical thought, whatever its divergencies, agreed upon metaphysics or ontology as the foundation for its episte- mology, morality, politics, and religion. By postulating a general * tt An Essay on Man, 2 if. Hereafter to be referred to as EM. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 469 plan of reality they found it possible to conceive all natural and cultural phenomena in relation to this master plan. The various sciences, and especially the human studies, were referred back to this center of orientation which served both as a logical starting point and as a criterion of validity. Thus, al- though the theologian, the biologist, or the mathematician might conceive this basic reality in different forms, once a given pattern of thought was accepted, it could serve as a norm and principle of integration for the culture as a whole. Modern thought, on the other hand, following Locke, Hume, Kant, and Comte, has denied the possibility of universal, ontological knowledge and consequently provided a favorable environment for the growth of the chaotic pluralism and mutual unintelligi- bility of the natural and social sciences which all the responsible thinkers of our time deplore so greatly. Not the least significant factor in the breakdown of the classical, metaphysical tradition has been the historicism and relativism of the neo-Kantian ap- proach which swept away the last metaphysical presuppositions of the Kantian system by substituting the free or undetermined, creative, symbolic expressions of the life-process for the fixed structure of a comparatively abiding nature. It should be noted, however, that the basic conflict in modern thought is one between diverse metaphysical approaches on the one hand, and anti-metaphysical tendencies on the other. Classi- cal ontological thought attempted to view the phenomena of nature and life sub specie aeternitatis, whereas modern ontologi- cal thought tends to view cosmic reality sub specie temforis. It should not be an impossible task to reconcile these opposite points of view, provided there is agreement on the possibility and necessity of a comprehensive, ontological theory based on verifiable scientific knowledge, which takes account of the ele- ment of structure as well as of process in the explanation of natural and cultural phenomena. 3 But between the classical tradition of the possibility of "substantial" knowledge of reality and the "critical" idealistic position that ontological knowledge 8 See W. H. Sheldon's Process and Polarity (New York, 1 944) and America's Progressive Philosophy (New Haven, 1942) for significant analyses of this problem. 470 DAVID SIDNEY is impossible, there can be no logical reconciliation. We must choose decisively between these two contrary positions, if we are to resolve the philosophical crisis of our times. To deplore the intellectual crisis on the one hand, and yet to hold on to the very same anti-metaphysical approach which helped bring it about, as the neo-Kantians and positivists tend to do, is an ir- rational and hopeless procedure which only serves to make the confusion worse. By way of indicating more precisely the nature of the conflict between classical, ontological thought and modern positivism and neo-Kantian idealism, an attempt will be made in the fol- lowing analysis to present a brief survey of some aspects of the history of anthropological thought from the Greeks to modern times, referring in the process to Cassirer's interpretation of the history of the ideas involved. In relation to this background we shall be able to appreciate critically the significance of Cassirer's contribution towards a systematic philosophy of culture. Special consideration will be given to the problem of the relation of Cassirer's philosophical anthropology to that of modern and contemporary ethnology. Plato's Metaphysical Theory of Man and Culture Modern ethnology has shown that all historical societies have had cultures 4 or traditional ways of behavior and thought in conformity with which they have patterned their lives. And so valuable have these diverse ways of living appeared to the members of early human society that they have tended to ascribe a divine origin to their accepted traditions and have encouraged their children to conform to their folkways and mores as matters of faith which were above question. With the growth of ex- perience and the development of critical thought, first indi- viduals and then groups began to question some elements of the traditional thoughtways and practices and thereby provided a stimulus for cultural change and development. 4 For a critical analysis of the ethnological literature dealing with the concept of culture, see D. Bidney, on the Concept of Culture and Some Cultural Fallacies" in American Anthropologist 46:30-44, (1944). ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 471 The critical approach to traditional cultural expressions has varied in different societies and so has the tempo of cultural change. Frequently the reformers have claimed the authority of some new divine revelation and have then proceeded to institute reforms and establish new institutions to supplant the old. What is significant in the case of historical Greek society is that the appeal against tradition was made in the name of human reason and logic rather than in the name of the gods. It was, therefore, a revolutionary event in the history of human culture when men like the Sophists, Socrates, and Plato began to ques- tion the accepted traditions and to assert boldly that "an un- examined life is not worth living." From the point of view of the conventional good citizens of the Athenian state, Socrates was indeed an "atheistic" radical, who well merited the cup of hemlock which the civilized Greeks invited him to drink for their benefit. But the amazing thing in the case of Greek society was that this critical, questioning attitude of mind, which Socrates shared with the Sophists of his day, was not entirely suppressed and was even encouraged. Self-knowledge was recognized by the Greek oracles as the highest form of wisdom. However, self-knowledge, as Socrates and later Plato demon- strated, was not easy of attainment. It was not something to be acquired by mental introspection, since the kind of self-knowl- edge they were seeking was a reflective, rational analysis of the universal nature of man. To know onself in this objective sense, Plato showed, meant to have a rational knowledge of the rela- tion of man to the whole of nature. Plato's Republic is based upon the thesis that the prerequisite for a scientific knowledge of man is a knowledge of mathematics and of the unchanging mathematical forms manifested in nature as a whole. The Idea of the Good, he held, was the principle of integration in the cosmos as a whole and could therefore be known and intuited only through a prior knowledge of physics and astronomy. 5 only metaphysical, theoretical, or dialectical knowledge of this B See F. S. C. Northrop's essay, "The Mathematical Background and Content of Greek Philosophy" in Philosophical Essays for Alfred North Whitehead (New York, 1936), 1-40. 472 DAVID SIDNEY kind could provide a solid foundation upon which to build the organization of man's social and cultural life. In short, genuine self-knowledge involved an ontological and theoretical analysis of nature as a whole. The basic presupposition of Platonic (as well as of Aris- totelian) philosophical anthropology is that culture, understood both as a system of education (paedeia) and socio-political or- ganization (politeia), is to be based upon a scientific knowledge of nature. The Sophists had contrasted the uniformities of nature with the diversities of social culture and were inclined to re- gard the latter as a more or less arbitrary convention (nomos) superimposed by the rulers upon their people. Plato, by con- trast, attempted to harmonize nature and culture, and held that man attained his true good and proper measure of perfection through insight into the abiding forms of being revealed through a study of mathematical science and dialectical synthe- sis. Cassirer claims that "To the Sophists 'man' meant the indi- vidual man. The so-called 'universal' man the man of the philosophers was to them a mere fiction." 6 Whether or not the sophists intended to apply the Protag- orean maxim that "man is the measure of all things" to indi- vidual men only and not to universal man, the fact remains that, as Plato interpreted it? the maxim led logically to indi- vidualistic relativism. The notion, he argued, that man is a measure of all things begs the very question it is supposed to answer, for the problem is whether it is possible to have a universal measure of human values. To say that man is the universal measure still leaves open the question how one is to determine the universal nature of man. This question according to Plato, could not be answered without a mathematical and dialectical knowledge of nature as a whole. The Platonic Socrates, in agreement with the Sophists, was certainly interested in "humanizing" philosophy in the sense of being concerned with a critical analysis of the conditions of civilized life. But he insisted, as against the sophists, that a genuine hu- * In The Myth of tJie State, 57. Hereafter to be referred to as MS. T See Plato's Theaetetus) cf. Brand Blanshard's "Current Strictures of Reason" in the Philosophical Review Iv '.67 0-7 3, (1946). ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 473 manistic education must be one based upon a rational or scien- tific philosophy of nature. I find it difficult, therefore, to accept Cassirer's statement to the effect that From then on man was no longer regarded as a mere part of the universe; he became its center. Man, said Protagoras, is the measure of all things. This tenet holds, in a sense, both for the sophists and for Socrates. To "humanize" philosophy, to turn cosmogony and ontol- ogy into anthropology, was their common goal. . . . He [Socrates] is not primarily interested in the unity of Being nor in the systematic unity of thought. What he is asking for is the unity of the will. 8 Although it is true that Socrates was primarily interested in the study of man, I find no basis for the statement that he meant to turn cosmogony and ontology into anthropology. Cassirer, it would seem, is reading a bit of Kant into the Platonic Socrates at this point. Plato's perspective was "Copernican" and "heliocentric" in the sense that he derived his knowledge of the good for man from an objective knowledge of nature as a whole. It is signifi- cant that in the Republic Plato conceived the relation of the Idea of the Good to the intelligible world of ideas as similar to that of the sun in the physical world. 9 Cassirer himself notes that Plato's "categorical imperative" was a "demand for order and measure" and that "the triad of Logos, Nomos, Taxis Reason, Lawfulness, Order is the first principle both of the physical and the ethical world." 10 Plato would acquire a knowledge of man not only through a subjective analysis of the individual, but also and primarily through an objective investigation of the natural cosmos and the political cosmos. From the study of nature and of mathe- matical science, he held, one derived an objective, impersonal criterion of the true good and the just social order for man, so that man the microcosm might order his life in accordance with the principles of justice and proportion which prevail in the macrocosm. 11 Furthermore, from the study of the prevailing or 'MS, 56, 57. 9 Republic , vi 1508-1 o. 10 MS., 65. 11 See A. N. Whitehead's paper, "Mathematics and the Good" in The Philosophy / Alfred North Whitehead, edited by P. A. Schilpp (The Library of Living 474 DAVID SIDNEY historical political orders (Plato did not distinguish the state from society) one may infer the psychological forces which these institutions embody and the type of personality and char- acter which is objectively exemplified in any given society or state. Such a survey alone, however, will not tell us what is the true or ideal type of human nature or what type of personality ought to be realized. The significance of Plato's analysis in the Republic for modern anthropological thought lies in the fact that here we have presented for the first time the thesis that the social cul- ure of a given society is integrated about a given personality type, so that the individual who participates in a given cultural configuration and set of institutions takes on the social character which is exemplified in that society taken as a whole. Culturally, therefore, the individual is to be understood through the state or society of which he is a member, since the political order reflects the educational ideals. This, however, does not mean that the individual has no universal nature apart from the state. Man's ontological nature is not a socio-cultural product but rather provides the basis for any form of social order one chooses to institute. If, on the one hand, the culturally acquired personality of the individual is to be understood through the social conditioning which he has undergone from childhood on- wards, it must also be kept in mind that the ontological nature of the individual is logically prior to any given social order. Cassirer's interpretation of Plato on this point is rather am- biguous and gives one the impression that he is reading a little of Comtean sociology into Plato's thought. Thus he writes: We cannot find an adequate definition of man so long as we con- fine ourselves within the limits of man's individual life. Human nature does not reveal itself in this narrow compass. What is written in "small characters" in the individual soul, and is therefore almost illegible, becomes clear and understandable only if we read it in the larger letters of man's political and social life. This principle is the starting point of Plato's Republic. From now on the whole problem Philosophers, Evanston and Chicago, 1941)5 also F. H. Anderson's The Argu- ment of Plato (London, 1934), especially ch. 6 on "Microcosm and Social Macrocosm." ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 475 of man was changed: politics was declared to be the clue to psychology. 12 Again in the Essay on Man he writes: Man is to be studied not in his individual life but in his political and social life. Human nature, according to Plato, is like a difficult text, the meaning of which has to be deciphered by philosophy. But in our personal experiences this text is written in such small characters that it becomes illegible. The first labor of philosophy must be to enlarge these characters. Philosophy cannot give us a satisfactory theory of man until it has developed a theory of the state. The nature of man is written in capital letters in the nature of the state. Here the hidden meaning of the text suddenly emerges, and what seemed obscure and confused becomes clear and legible. . . . In modern philosophy Comte was one of the first to approach this problem and to formulate it in a clear and systematic way. It is some- thing of a paradox that in this respect we must regard the positivism of Comte as a modern parallel to the Platonic theory of man. Comte was of course never a Platonist. He could not accept the logical and metaphysical presuppositions upon which Plato's theory of ideas is based. Yet, on the other hand, he was strongly opposed to the views of the French ideologists. In his hierarchy of human knowledge two new sciences, the science of social ethics and that of social dynamics, occupy the highest rank. From this sociological viewpoint Comte attacks the psychologism of his age. one of the fundamental maxims of his philosophy is that our method of studying man must, indeed, be subjective, but that it can- not be individual. For the subject we wish to know is not the individual consciousness but the universal subject. If we refer to this subject by the term "humanity" then we must affirm that humanity is not to be explained by man, but man by humanity. 13 Cassirer has here interpreted "the hidden meaning of the text" of Plato's Republic, as if the latter would define the nature of man through society and its culture. But Plato explicitly distinguishes the ontological nature of man and the psychologi- cal functions through which it is expressed from the temporal character of the political state through which it is exemplified and molded. The social order is the analogue of the individual soulj and there can be no justice in the state unless it is or- "MS. 6if. 13 An Essay on Man, 6$l. 476 DAVID SIDNEY ganized on principles of justice similar to those which obtain in the soul of the individual. As Cassirer has put it: Justice is not on the same level with other virtues of man. It is not, like courage and temperance, a special quality or property. It is a general principle of order, regularity, unity, and lawfulness. Within the individual life this lawfulness appears in the harmony of all the different powers of the human soul; within the state it appears in the "geometrical proportion" between the different classes, according to which each part of the social body receives its due and cooperates in maintaining the general order. With this conception Plato becomes the founder and the first defender of the Idea of the Legal State. 14 And again Cassirer states: The Platonic state gives to everyone and to all the social classes their allotted work in the common work; but their rights and duties are widely different. That follows not only from the character of Plato's ethics, but, first and foremost, from the character of his psychology. Plato's metaphysical psychology is based upon his division of the human soul. The character of man is determined by the proportion between these three elements. . . . The different classes into which the Platonic state is divided have as many different souls they represent different types of human charac- ters. These types are fixed and unchangeable. Every attempt to change them, i.e., to efface or diminish the difference between the rulers, the guardians, and the ordinary men, would be disastrous. It would mean a revolt against the unchangeable laws of human nature to which the social order has to conform. 15 Here we see that Cassirer explicitly admits that the social order of the Platonic state follows from the character of "Plato's metaphysical psychology" and from " the unchangeable laws of human nature." If this be the case, it is most difficult to ac- cept Cassirer's interpretation that for Plato "politics was de- clared to be the clue to psychology" and that "philosophy can- not give us a satisfactory theory of man until it has developed a theory of the state." on the contrary, Plato's theory of the state with its rigid class differences depends on his meta-psycho- logical theory of the natural divisions or functions of the soul. 14 MS. 69. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 477 Cassirer, it would seem, is confusing, as Plato himself never did, the cultural priority of the state or society to the individual on the one hand, and the ontological priority of the individual to his society on the other. According to Plato, an empirical, comparative survey of actual states or societies would not tell us anything of the nature of the ideal state. For the latter one would require a knowledge of "first principles" which are not derived from empirical ob- servation. For Plato, the ideal and the actual remained for- ever distinct and unidentical. That is why Plato, the Utopian idealist, was also theoretically a revolutionary reformer and never accepted the civitas terrena or status quo of his times. Cas- sirer has recognized the significance of this aspect of Plato's thought and points out: "It is one of the first principles of Plato's theory of knowledge to insist upon the radical distinction between empirical and ideal truth. . . . The difference between these two types, between doxa and episteme is ineffaceable. Facts are variable and accidental} truth is necessary and immutable." 16 This Platonic distinction between the logical ideal and the fac- tual or positive social situation is the direct antithesis of the Com- tean approach which postulated that an empirical study of "social facts" would automatically reveal the nature of a scientific social order and the inevitable laws of social evolution. To say, there- fore, that "we must regard the positivism of Comte as a modern parallel to the Platonic theory of man," is essentially mislead- ing. Plato's metaphysical approach implies that it is possible to en- visage a universal and eternal order of nature as well as a ra- tional, social and cultural order which is to conform to it. Plato views culture sub specie aeternitatis as an ideal, rational order capable of transcending the temporal and local limitations of given historical institutions. In practice, however, this meta- physical and rational ideal is extraordinarily difficult to conceive let alone realize and the cultural historian has little diffi- culty in demonstrating the limitations of his theory and general mental perspective. His conception of science, which divorced the theoretical from the practical approach, as well as his rigid 16 MS. 69. 478 DAVID BIDNEY class differences reflect much of the socio-cultural conditions of his time and place. Similarly Aristotle's acceptance of slavery as something rooted in the nature of things, 17 and the general tendency of Greek intellectuals to divide the human race into Greeks and barbarians 18 demonstrate the all-too-human cultural limitations of even the most sincere philosophical idealists. This, however, does not invalidate the intellectual vision of a uni- versally valid cultural norm which may be progressively con- ceived and achieved in time. The cultural limitations of a great thinker may be detected by others of a later generation coming from diverse cultural backgrounds and to that extent eliminated from their own thinking. If there is danger in not taking time seriously enough, there is even more danger in taking it too seriously. Stoicism on the Rationality of Man and the Concept of Humanitas The Stoics, while building upon the general metaphysical views of Plato and Aristotle, added two new concepts which were destined to have great influence on the subsequent history of anthropological thought and political action, namely, the con- cept of the intrinsic, universal rationality of man and the concept of humanity (humanitas). In their psychology, the Stoics, unlike Plato, denied any irrational functions of the soul and regarded reason as the es- sential function of mind a position which was later to find ex- pression in the Cartesian notion of mind as res cogitans. They regarded the emotions or passions as diseases which disturbed 17 Cf. Aristotle's Politics, 18 Cf. Plato's Statesman, 262, Jowett translation. As Plato puts it: "The error was just as if some one who wanted to divide the human races, were to divide them, after the fashion which prevails in this part of the world} here they cut off the Hellenes as one species, and all the other species of mankind, which are innumer- able, and have no ties of common language they include under the single name of "barbarians" and because they have the one name they are supposed to be of one species also." 19 For a comparative analysis of Stoic psychology see D. Bidney, The Psychology and Ethics of Spinoza (New Haven, 1940), especially ch. i. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 479 the apathy or calm of the rational activity of the soul. Hence they counselled that a man should limit and restrain his desires to those things within his power and should give the consent of his will to the dictates of reason only. The significant feature of Stoic psychology in this connection is its adherence to the Platonic view of the essential dualism of body and soul. In social practice this meant that the freedom and autonomy of the rational soul could be maintained even while the body was in slavery to the state. The Stoics were concerned with the spiritual or moral freedom of the individual, his freedom from passions, but not especially with political free- dom. Like the early Christians, they were content to render unto Caesar the things that were Caesar's as a matter of social tradition as well as expediency; in fact, Caesar himself, in the person of the Emperor Marcus Aurelius, was one of the chief apostles of this ethical creed. The spirit of Stoic political phi- losophy was one of acceptance of prevailing social conditions, since it was held that the wise man could maintain his intellec- tual freedom and moral integrity under any political conditions. If necessary, he could, like Seneca, commit suicide, in case he did not wish to compromise himself. Thus, although denying the Greek, aristocratic notion that some peoples were slaves by nature and insisting upon the intellectual and moral equality of all men, the Stoics did nevertheless tolerate physical slavery and political despotism. According to Seneca, It is a mistake to imagine that slavery pervades a man's whole being; the better part of him is exempt from it: the body indeed is subjected and in the power of a master, but the mind is independent, and indeed is so free and wild, that it cannot be restrained even by this prison of the body, wherein it is confined. 20 In view of the alleged moral and political disparity of body and mind, I find it difficult to understand the ground for Cas- sirer's emphasis upon the "coalescence of political and phil- osophic thought" 21 as characteristic of the Stoics. Stoicism, like Christianity, was originally and essentially a spiritual and moral 20 As quoted by Cassirer, MS. t 103. The reference is to Seneca's De in, 20, tr. A. Stewart (London, 1900) p. 69. "M.5., 102. 480 DAVID SIDNEY doctrine and as such was historically compatible with any politi- cal form of organization whatsover. To say that men like Cicero, Seneca, or Marcus Aurelius "admitted no cleft between the individual and political sphere" 22 simply is not in agreement with the historical facts. It is true, as later history shows, that the concept of the intellectual and moral equality of all men was a principle which could be utilized for social and political reform - y but the fact remains that the Stoics themselves, in com- mon with other philosophical schools, suffered from the cultural limitations of the Roman Empire and did not so envisage their teaching at this time. The Stoic doctrine of living in harmony with nature, far from being a revolutionary summons or an in- centive to the formulation of Utopian theories of the state, merely served at the time as a rationalization for accepting the status quo. The concept of humanity (humanitai) in particular was original with the Stoics and represented an ideal alien to Greek philosophical thought which had not gone beyond the ideal of Greek unity. As Wilhelm Wundt has pointed out, the con- cept of humanity has a dual significance and refers to a purely logical concept as well as to a moral ideal. 23 Logically, hu- manitas refers to the unity of mankind as a whole. As a moral ideal, it is a value-attribute and refers "to the complete develop- ment of the ethical characteristics which differentiate man from the animal and to their expression in the intercourse of indi- viduals and of peoples." 24 The concept of humanity in this lat- ter, moral sense is not to be found among the virtues discussed in the writings of Plato and Aristotle. According to Cassirer, The ideal of humanitas was first formed in Rome; and it was especially the aristocratic circle of the younger Scipio that gave it its firm place in Roman culture. Humanitas was no vague concept. It had a definite meaning and it became a formative power in private and public life in Rome. It meant not only a moral but also an esthetic ideal; it was the demand for a certain type of life that had to prove its influence in the whole of man's life, in his moral conduct as well as in "Ibid. 28 Wilhelm Wundt, Elements of Folk Psychology (London and New York, 1916), ch. iv on "The Development of Humanity," 470-523. "Ibid., 47*. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 481 his language, his literary style, and his taste. Through later writers such as Cicero and Seneca this ideal of humanitas became firmly established in Roman philosophy and Latin literature. 25 Humanitas y as a moral-aesthetic ideal or way of life, passed over into medieval and modern European culture and became firmly established in the educational system as the study of "the humanities." The concept of the moral and metaphysical equality of all men is logically connected with the Stoic notion of humanitas, since the idea of the community of reason in all men implies the notion of a community of mankind. The intellect is regarded as the universal bond of agreement between men which makes it possible for all men as rational beings to live in harmony with one another as well as with nature. Thus Marcus Aurelius writes in his Meditations: If our intellectual part is common, the reason also, in respect of which we are rational beings, is common; if this is so, common also is the reason which commands us what to do and what not to do; if this is so, there is a common law also; if this is so, we are fellow-citizens; if this is so, we are members of some political community; if this is so, the world is in a manner a state. For of what other common political community will any one say that the whole human race are members? 26 It is no exaggeration to say, therefore, that the ideal of humanitas, in combining individualism and universalism, pre- pared the way for the concept of a world culture, world history, and a world state. 27 As an ethical ideal it made the individual conscious of the personal as well as of the universal character of his rights and duties. In modern philosophical thought the ideal of humanitas has received its classic expression in Kant's categori- cal imperative as the injunction "So to act as to treat humanity, whether in thine own person or in that of any other, in every case as an end withal, never as means only." 28 w MS., 102. 28 In The Stoic and Epicurean Philosophers, ed. by W. J. Gates (New York, 1940), p. 509, bk. 4, section 4. * See Wundt, loc. cit. * Kant, Fundamental Principles of the Metaphysics of Ethics, tr. T. K. Abbott (London, 1923), 56. 482 DAVID SIDNEY In terms of political theory, the concept of humanitas may be combined either with an organic notion of society and the state or with an atomistic, individualistic theory. In Marcus Aurelius we find the Aristotelian notion that man is by nature a social or political animal and that the individual cannot exercise his proper function apart from society. 29 on the other hand, the seventeenth and eighteenth century political thinkers, such as Spinoza, Locke, Kant, Jefferson, and Thomas Paine, utilized the Stoic ideal of humanitas in conjunction with an individual- istic theory, which regarded the state as an institution organized to serve the common interests of its component citizens. As Spinoza puts it: Nothing, therefore, can agree better with the nature of any individual than other individuals of the same kind, and so there is nothing more profitable to man for the preservation of his being and the enjoyment of a rational life than a man who is guided by reason. . . . Above all things it is profitable to men to unite in communities and to unite them- selves to one another by bonds which make all of them as one man (de omnibus unum efficiani) and absolutely it is profitable for them to do whatever may tend to strengthen their friendships. 80 Thus in answer to the question raised by Cassirer as to "What gave to the old Stoic ideas their freshness and novelty, their unprecedented strength, their importance for the formation of the modern mind and the modern world?" 31 it may be said: The Stoic concept of humanitas was combined with the atomic individualism of Renaissance science, Platonic idealism and Protestant theology to produce a revolutionary social mentality capable of questioning established authorities and institutions. Cassirer seems to assume that Stoicism alone was the primary political influence in the rise of the modern world and therefore replies somewhat enigmatically that What matters here is not so much the content of the Stoic theory 29 Meditations, bk. 8, section 34. 80 Spinoza, Ethics, part iv, Appendix, sections ix, xii. The phrase "de omnibus unum" is reminiscent of the American motto "e pluribus unum." It is significant that we find humanitas listed among- the intellectual affects in Spinoza's Ethics (part 3, def. 43), where it is defined as "the desire of doing- those things which please men and omitting those which displease them." 81 MS., j 68. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 483 as the function that this theory had to fulfil in the ethical and political conflicts of the modern world. In order to understand this function we must go back to the new conditions created by the Renaissance and the Reformation. All the great and undeniable progress made by the Renaissance 'and the Reformation were counterbalanced by a severe and irreparable loss. The unity and the inner harmony of medieval culture had been dissolved. ... If there was to be a really universal system of ethics or religion, it had to be based upon such principles as could be admitted by every nation, every creed, and every sect. And Stoicism alone seemed to be equal to this task. It became the foundation of a "natural" religion and a system of natural laws. Stoic philosophy could not help man to solve the metaphysical riddles of the universe. But it contained a greater and more important promise: the promise to restore man to his ethical dignity. This dignity, it asserted, cannot be lost; for it does not depend on a dogmatic creed or on any outward revelation. 1^ rests exclusively on the moral will on the worth that man attributes to himself. 32 Cassirer, it appears, separates the transcendental "function" which Stoicism "had to fulfil" from its actual, scientific content. He points out that the Stoic principle of the "autarky" or autonomy of human reason was the source of modern rational- ism and "became the cornerstone of all systems of natural right." 33 Cassirer also attributes to the Stoics the Kantian thesis that man asserts his moral dignity by an act of moral will and that this dignity cannot be lost irrespective of the nature of one's beliefs. He omits entirely in his Myth of the State any reference to Galilean and Newtonian science or to the Utopian idealism which had its source in Plato. 84 The concept of natural rights is indeed related in part to the notion of natural law postulated by the Stoics, but it seems an exaggeration to base the modern theory of natural rights upon Stoic rationalism exclusively. A close analysis of the available literature of the period will demonstrate how the concept of natural rights was re-inter- *MS. i6 9 f. 88 MS. 172. 84 See F. S. C. Northrop's The Meeting of East and West (New York, 1946), especially ch. 3. Northrop provides a thorough analysis of the natural science background of eighteenth century American thought, but goes to the opposite extreme of Cassirer in neglecting Stoic influence. 484 DAVID BIDNEY preted in terms of the individualism and mechanistic science de- rived from distinctively Renaissance sources. 35 Kant and the Anthrofocentric Critique of Human Culture Cassirer, in a passage quoted earlier, has pointed out that, in regarding man as the measure of all things, the Sophists turned cosmogony and ontology into anthropology. This, it would ap- pear, is especially true of Kant. For Kant, above all, made man's transcendental ego the measure of all things. This reversal of the classic, objective metaphysical approach he himself regarded as parallel to the Copernican revolution in astronomy; in fact, however, he accomplished the exact contrary by his anthropo- centric approach. 86 It is most significant, as Cassirer observes, that Kant was "the man who introduced anthropology as a branch of study in German universities and who lectured on it regularly for decades." 37 In the introduction to his Anthrofologie in prag- matischer Hinsicht Kant informs us: In my occupation with pure philosophy, which originally I had voluntarily taken upon myself, but which was later on officially en- trusted to me as an academic lectureship, I have, throughout some thirty years, given two lecture courses whose purpose it was to transmit a knowledge of this world, namely, (in the winter semesters) anthropology and (in the summer semesters) physical geography. 38 It should be noted, however, that by anthropology Kant meant something different from the study of human culture or comparative anatomy of peoples. For him, the term comprised 35 See D. Bidney, The Psychology and Ethics of Spinoza for an example of this fusing of ideas. 86 See E. Gilson, The Spirit of Medieval Philosophy (New York, 1940), 245. According to Gilson, "The sun that Kant set at the centre of the world was man himself, so that his revolution was the reverse of the Copernican and led to an anthropoccntrism a good deal more radical, though radical in another fashion, than any of which the Middle Age is accused." 87 Rousseau Kant Goethe ', 25. 88 Immanuel Kant, Anthropologie in pragmatischer Hinsicht (Zweyte verbes- serte Auflage, Konigsberg, 1800), Vorrede, xiii-xiv. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 485 empirical ethics (folkways), introspective psychology and "physiology." Empirical ethics, as distinct from rational ethics, was called "practical anthropology." 39 As Kant puts it: Eine Lehre von der Kenntnis des Menschen systematisch abgefasst (Anthropologie) kann es entweder in physiologischer oder in tyragma- tischer Hinsicht seyn. Die physiologische Menschenkenntnis geht auf die Erforschung dessen, was die Natur aus dem Menschen macht, die pragmatische auf das, was er, als freyhandelndes Wesen, aus sich selber macht, oder machen kann und soil. 40 From this it appears that, for Kant, anthropology, as a Men- schenkenntnis or study of man, comprised two major ap- proaches, namely, the physiological and the pragmatic. Under physiology he included all those human phenomena which may be attributed directly to nature, such as anatomy, psychology, and the relation of man to his geographical environment (ecology). Under the pragmatic approach he included all hu- man phenomena which may be attributed to human culture, namely, those of empirical social ethics (the folkways and mores of Sumner), which he termed pratical anthropology, and rational, normative ethics, which prescribed the conditions of rational, civilized life. Kant's Critiques were in effect critical, anthropological treatises which investigated the a priori con- ditions of natural science and ethics as given cultural disciplines, although Kant himself did not clearly recognize this point as regards his Critique of Pure Reason. Kant, as is well known, accepted the validity of Newtonian science and sought for the conditions in the human understand- ing which made mathematics and natural science in general pos- sible and intelligible. His "answer" to Hume was that theo- retical or pure reason was limited by its a priori categorial structure to the cognition and organization of phenomena. Thus Kant, in fundamental agreement with Hume, denied the possi- bility of an ontological knowledge of nature and more than any one else was responsible for the antithesis of science and metaphysics. He did not, however, entirely exclude the notion 99 Immanuel Kant, Fundamental Principles of the Metaphysics of Ethics, ed. by T. K. Abbott (London, 1923), 2. * Anthropologie y iv. 486 DAVID SIDNEY of a metaphysical or noumenal reality, but maintained that "things-in-themselves" were not the object of scientific knowl- edge. In effect this meant that the classic assumption of Greek, medieval, and Renaissance philosophy of an empirically vali- dated ontology was denied. Instead Kant affirmed that "The understanding does not derive its laws (a priori} from, but prescribes them to, nature." 41 This meant, in sum, that Kant reduced natural philosophy or theoretical science to anthro- pology. Just as Kant began his critique of scientific knowledge by accepting the fact of mathematical science, so he began his ethics and his Anthropologie by accepting the fact of civilization. Un- like Rousseau, Kant did not begin with "the natural man" in order to arrive at an evaluation of human culture, but, beginning with "civilized man" and accepting the reality and validity of historical cultural achievements, 42 he proceeded to outline the necessary postulates which would enable man to attain ideal moral perfection and a rational state of society. According to Cassirer, This beginning is indicated because in the concept of man civilization constitutes no secondary or accidental characteristic but marks man's essential nature, his specific character. He who would study animals must start with them in their wild state; but he who would know man must observe him in his creative power and his creative achievement, that is, in his civilization, 48 Rousseau's type of approach involves a dualism or antithesis of nature and culture, and implies the possibility of a knowledge of man which is pre-cultural logically, if not historically. Kant, on the other hand, does not oppose nature to culture, but begin- ning with the phenomena of culture or civilization as historically given, investigates analytically the formal, logical conditions 41 Prolegomena To Any Future Metaphysics, tr. and ed. by Paul Cams (Chicago, 1929), #36, p. 82. Metaphysics, in Kant's use of the term, refers to the a priori logical and epistemological conditions of experience, and hence to a priori synthetic propositions. This use of the term is to be differentiated from the ontological or substantial meaning as used originally by Aristotle. tt Kant, as quoted by Cassirer in Rousseau Kant Goethe, 22. 48 Ibid., 22. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 487 which would render human cultural experience intelligible as well as rational. This explains why, in the last analysis, Rous- seau was essentially a cultural revolutionary or reformer, whereas Kant remained a thinker who did not set out to change the human world but to understand it. There is, for Kant, a fundamental difference between the object or sphere of theoretical understanding and practical reason. Nature is the sphere of mathematical, scientific law. There is an isomorphic relation between the phenomena of na- ture and the human understanding, such that the universal laws of nature are identical with the synthetic a priori rules or laws of the understanding. Human practical reason, on the other hand, is not limited by any a priori categories which necessarily would determine the conditions of its experience and operation j it is completely free and undetermined. Hence practical reason can issue a categorical imperative on how man as a rational, moral being ought to act, and can postulate what man ought to believe concerning such noumenal entities as God and the human soul. So far as moral culture is concerned, the maxim "Thou canst because thou oughtest" holds good; whereas in the sphere of natural science man is confronted with a necessary order of phenomena which is not determined by human will. This explains why Kant did not postulate any a priori cate- gories of practical reason, since to have done so would have meant a denial of man's moral freedom and autonomy. Nature, for him, was the sphere of necessity and required the postulation of equally predetermined categories of the understanding, but moral and religious culture was the product of human freedom and creativity, and did not, therefore, require or necessitate any fixed categories. Man does not create the order of nature of which he is a part, although the human understanding through its categories does predetermine the general modes or per- spectives through which it is perceived. Man does, however, create his own moral laws and freely sets up universal moral standards for all mankind. In short, natural phenomena are given in experience; moral phenomena are not so given, but have to be willed into existence in accordance with the dictates of practical reason and the human conscience. This important 488 DAVID BIDNEY point seems to have been overlooked by the neo-Kantian axiolo- gists who criticize Kant for having failed to provide categories of practical reason and who presume to rectify Kant's failure by providing such axiological categories. 44 These neo-Kantian axi- ologists, like the historical idealists, seem to confuse, as Kant himself never did, the sphere of logical and scientific necessity which is nature, and the sphere of moral freedom which is cul- ture. 5 Wilhelm Dilthey's Neo-Kantian Critique of Historical Reason In contrast to the seventeenth and eighteenth century meta- physical rationalism, the keynote of nineteenth century philo- sophical thought is history. Even those who accepted the "crit- ical," anthropological idealism of Kant felt that the Kantian approach had to be expanded so as to provide a logical and epistemological analysis of the conditions of historical, cultural thought. Wilhelm Dilthey gave classic expression to this point of view and attempted to synthesize the thought of Kant and Comte together with the historicism of the Romanticists and Evolutionists. He proposed a "Critique of Historical Reason" to take the place of Kant's Critiqu.es of Pure and Practical Reason in order to get to know the laws which govern social, intellectual, and moral phenomena while following "Kant's critical path." Dilthey differentiated sharply between the sphere of natural science and that of the Geisteswissenschaften or human studies. Thus he writes: Mankind, if apprehended only by perception and perceptual knowl- edge, would be for us a physical fact, and as such it would be accessible only to natural-scientific knowledge. It becomes an object for the human studies only in so far as human states are consciously lived, insofar as they find expression in living utterances, and insofar as these expressions are understood. ... In short, it is through the process of understanding (verstehen) that life in its depths is made clear to itself, and on the other hand we understand ourselves and others only "See, for example, W. M. Urban's The Intelligible World (London, 1929), 344*. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 489 when we transfer our own lived experience into every kind of expres- sion of our own and other people's life. Thus everywhere the relation- ship between lived experience, expression, and understanding is the proper procedure by which mankind as an object in the human studies exists for us. The human studies are thus founded on this relation be- tween lived experience, expression and understanding. 45 In brief, according to Dilthey, the human studies have for their object life-forms which are to be adequately understood in their dynamic relationships through an inner, lived experi- ence of the concrete expressions and symbolic meanings which constitute these forms. By contrast, natural science is said to deal with abstract or value- free objects which are known directly through observation and explained causally. Natural science is said to be "nomothetic" whereas cultural studies are "idio- graphic." 46 The practical significance of this dichotomy betweeen the natural sciences on the one hand, and the human studies on the other, lies in the fact that it divorced cultural values or ends as the expression of historical reason from the value-free facts and laws provided by the natural sciences. 47 This divorce, as in- dicated earlier, had its source in the Kantian distinction between the inherent freedom of the practical reason and the formally- determined pure reason. All Dilthey had really done was to convert Kant's Critique of Practical Reason into a critique of historical reason and of human cultural expression. Since cultural values, as the free expression and creation of historical reason were relative to one's time and society, there was on this basis no universal criterion by which they could be measured or evaluated in relation to one another. Dilthey him- self was aware of this implication of his thought and accepted it. He writes: The knife of historical relativism which has cut to pieces all meta- 45 Quoted by Hodges, Dilthey, 142. 49 Ibid., 69. In his Zur Logik der Kulturvnssenschaften Cassirer rejects this. 41 See Howard Lee Nostrand's Introduction to Jose Ortega y Gasset's Mission of the University (Princeton, 1944) for an interesting analysis of the implica- tions of this separation} also D. Bidney's "Culture Theory and the Problem of Cultural Crises" in A Broaches to Group Understanding, Sixth Symposium of the Conference on Science, Philosophy and Religion, (New York, 1947). 490 DAVID BIDNEY physics and religion, must also bring healing. We only need to be thorough. We must make philosophy itself an object of philosophical study. There is need of a science which shall apply evolutionary con- ceptions and comparative methods to the study of the systems them- selves. . . . Every solution of the philosophical problem belongs from a historical point of view to a particular date and a particular situation at that date; man, the creature of time, so long as he works in time, finds the security of his existence in the fact that he lifts his creations out of the stream of time as something lasting: this illusion gives to his creative work a greater joy and power. . . . Philosophy cannot compre- hend the world in its essence by means of a metaphysical system, and set forth this knowledge in a way that is universally valid. . . . Thus from all the enormous labour of the metaphysical mind there remains the historical consciousness, which repeats that labour in itself and so experiences in it the inscrutable depths of the world. The last word of the mind which has run through all the outlooks is not the relativity of them all, but the sovereignty of the mind in face of each one of them, and at the same time the positive consciousness of the way in which, in the various attitudes of the mind, the one reality of the world exists for us. 48 Dilthey, although accepting the historical relativity of phil- osophical systems and denying the validity of metaphysics, found solace in the fact of the mind's sovereignty and freedom in creating its own cultural perspectives. Thus, contrary to the naturalistic approach, historical relativity was linked, not with determinism, but with human freedom of self-expression. The idea that man is free to envisage his own world of values and to reconstruct his human world in terms of his lived experiences, is ground for optimism and faith in human progress, notwith- standing the temporal character and historical relativity of human achievements. This thesis is one which, it will appear, Cassirer also shares with Dilthey. 6 Jose Ortega y Gasset and Historical Vitalism In his essay on "Wilhelm Dilthey and the Idea of Life," 49 Ortega y Gasset has clarified and systematized the basic pre- 48 Quoted by Hodges in his Dilthey ', 1546*. ** Jose Ortega y Gasset, in Concord and Liberty (New York, 1946). ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 491 suppositions of Dilthey's theory while re-interpreting it in his own ontological terms. If one accepts the standpoint of his- toricism, he points out, man may not be said to possess a nature in the sense of a fixed mode of being. "Man has no 'nature j' he has history. His being is not one but many and manifold, dif- rent in each time and each place." 50 Summarizing and comple- menting Dilthey's thought Ortega y Gasset writes: Man is historical in the sense that he has no actual and immutable constitution but assumes most varied and diverse forms. History, in the first instance, signifies the simple fact that the human being is variable. Man is historical in the sense that what he is at each moment includes a past. Remembrance of what happened to him and what he was before bears upon what he is now. History here means persistence of the past, to have a past, and to come out of it ... history is the more or less ade- quate reconstruction which human life produces of itself . . . history is the attempt to bring to its possible perfection the interpretation of human life by conceiving it from the viewpoint of all mankind in so far as mankind forms an actual and real unity, not an abstract ideal in short, history in the formal sense of universal history. 51 Although appreciating Dilthey's contribution towards a gen- uine, historical perspective, Ortega y Gasset is critical of the the former's "spiritual anthropology." Since "consciousness cannot go behind itself," Dilthey's anthroplogy becomes a phenomen- ological analysis of the cognitive efforts of mankind. Although rejecting a metaphysics of fixed forms of being, he conceives of the life-process as a kind of Heraclitean flux similar to Berg- son's elan vital. Man in particular is conceived as a sort of finite causa sm y as "a being creating its own entity." In his essay on "History as a System" Ortega y Gasset states: Man in a word has no nature; what he has is ... history. Expressed differently: what nature is to things, history, res gestae> is to man. once again we become aware of the possible application of theological con- cepts to human reality. Deus, cut hoc nature quod Decent . . . says Augustine. Man likewise finds that he has no nature other than what he himself has done. 52 80 1 bid., 148. K IHd., i66f. "in Philosophy and- History, Essays presented to Ernst Cassirer, ed. by Kli- bansky and Paton (Oxford, 1936), 313. 492 DAVID BIDNEY Thus Ortega y Gasset finds an ontological justification for Dilthey's phenomenological historicism. By regarding man in the perspective of history as literally making himself, un- hampered by any restraints other than those man himself has historically created for himself, Ortega y Gasset is able to com- bine ontological freedom with historical determinism and to at- tribute to man the attribute of self-creation which the classical philosophers reserved for God alone. It is of especial interest in this connection to compare Ortega y Gasset's historical vitalism, as it may be called, with the ex- istentialism of Jean-Paul Sartre. 53 Both writers are committed to a radical humanism which postulates the self-creativity of human life and its constantly changing modes of expression. It would appear, therefore, that Sartre's existentialism and Ortega y Gasset's historical vitalism share a common ontological thesis in maintaining that life or existence determines its own essence. Contemporary existentialism, considered as an interpretation of man and his culture, is not quite as novel as it has been made to appear. 7 C 'assurer's Cultural Definition of Man: Man as Animal Symbolicum Cassirer also provides a historical interpretation of the con- cept of human nature and in this respect his view is close to the radical historicism of Dilthey and Ortega y Gasset. The latter, we have noted, maintains that "Man has no nature; he has history." To have a nature would imply having a fixed form of being, and as Ortega y Gasset, like Bergson, regards life as essentially a Heraclitean process of becoming, he denies that man has any fixed nature. Man is said to be always in the mak- ing, and without any fixed constitution. Cassirer, in agreement with Dilthey's phenomenological anthropology, arrives at a similar conclusion by the subjective route of symbolical or cul- tural idealism. As against Ortega y Gasset's ontological position, Cassirer argues that Since Kant's Critique of Pure Reason we conceive the dualism of ra Jean-Paul Sartre, UExirtentiaUsme est une Humanisme (Paris, 1 946) . ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 493 being and becoming as a logical rather than a metaphysical dualism. . . . We do not regard substance and change as different realms of being but as categories as conditions and presuppositions of our empirical knowl- edge. These categories are universal principles; they are not confined to special objects of knowledge. 54 Thus, according to Cassirer, an ontological or "substantial" knowledge of man is impossible, since the latter would imply that man can have an immediate knowledge of himself as an entity or thing-in-itself apart from his symbolical representa- tions. Man, he argues, cannot know himself except through an analysis of his symbolic cultural expressions or objectifications, since all human knowledge, including self-knowledge, is or- ganized by the a priori, symbolic categories of historical culture. Man is, therefore, said to be an "animal symbolicum"** rather than an "animal rationale?' as he has been defined since the time of Aristotle. As Cassirer goes out of his way to explain: The philosophy of symbolic forms starts from the presupposition that, if there is any definition of the nature or "essence" of man, this definition can only be understood as a functional one, not a substantial one. We cannot define man by any inherent principle which constitutes his metaphysical essence nor can we define him by any inborn faculty or instinct that may be ascertained by empirical observation. Man's outstanding characteristic, his distinguishing mark, is not his meta- physical or physical nature but his work. It is this work, it is the system of human activities, which defines and determines the circle of "humanity." Language, myth, religion, art, science, history are the constituents, the various sectors of this circle. A "philosophy of man" would therefore be a philosophy which would give us insight into the fundamental structure of each of these human activities, and which at the same time would enable us to understand them as an organic whole. Language, art, myth, religion are no isolated, random crea- tions. They are held together by a common bond. But this bond is not a vinculum substantiale, as it was conceived and described in scholastic thought; it is rather a vinculum functionate. It is the basic function of speech, of myth, of art, of religion, that we must seek far behind their innumerable shapes and utterances, and that in the last analysis we must attempt to trace back to a common origin. 56 84 EM. y 172. Ibid., 6 7 f. 494 DAVID SIDNEY Thus Cassirer, in agreement with Comte, maintains that to "know thyself" individually requires that one know humanity in terms of its historical, cultural achievements, and hence he ac- cepts Comte's proposition that "humanity is not to be explained through man but man by humanity." 57 Cassirer, like Dilthey, would disagree with Comte's positiv- ism only insofar as Comte applies the objective methods of natural science to human studies, on the assumption that the latter were a kind of "social physics," subject to empirical ob- servation and explanation in terms of universal, natural laws. In opposition to this naturalistic approach, the neo-Kantians would maintain that the human studies or cultural sciences re- quire a subjective approach which would yield understanding and concrete, idiographic insight into the human processes and symbols involved a type of knowledge which no amount of external observation, causal explanation, or statistical correlation can possibly furnish. This point is significant in that it demonstrates how closely historical idealism and sociological positivism approximate one another, and how much essential agreement there is in their con- clusions, notwithstanding their professed differences in method- ology. The basic reason for this agreement between historical idealism and sociological positivism lies in their common anti- metaphysical perspective. In denying any ontological or sub- stantial knowledge of man or of human nature, the adherents of both these positions are led to affirm that only a knowledge of "social facts" and historical, social achievements can provide a scientific knowledge of man. Thus both the positivists and the neo-Kantian idealists tend to reduce the category of nature to that of culture, thereby turning ontology and epistemology into "culturology" or cultural anthropology. A careful analysis of contemporary ethnology would suggest, that both sociological positivism and cultural idealism represent extreme positions. 58 If one were to adopt a polaristic conception of culture and recognize that the idea of culture is unintelligible BT ibid., 64. 58 See D. Sidney, "Human Nature and the Cultural Process" (American Anthropologist, 49, no. 3, 1947, 375'99-) ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 495 apart from its reference to nature, then it would follow that human nature is logically and genetically prior to culture, since we must postulate human agents with determinate psycho- biological powers and impulses capable of initiating the cultural process. In other words, the determinate nature of man is mani- fested functionally through culture but is not reducible to cul- ture. There is no necessity in fact or in logic for choosing between nature and history. Man does have a substantial nature which may be investigated by the methods of natural science as well as a cultural history which may be studied by the methods of the social sciences and humanities. By assuming uncritically that all human phenomena pertain to the domain of cultural history, one sets up a false dichotomy or division between human studies on the one hand, and natural science on the other a division which tends to widen the gulf between them and thus renders any effective cultural integration impossible of achievement. As Eduardo Nicol has recently put it, Our epoch reproduces, in the anthropological field, the situation of thought represented by Heraclitus and Parmenides in the cosmological field; we have to investigate what the being who changes is. It is not enough to say that man changes, that man is historical ; it is not sufficient to say that man is. We must explain how he is in change; we must explain what constitutes the internal law of his change and how the organic structure of his being operates in history. 59 If there were nothing relatively permanent or fixed, if there were no human nature or essence, there could be no science of man but only a sequence of descriptions for each period of history. on the other hand, if human nature were completely unmodifiable, if man were incapable of determining for himself the direction or particular form of his development in time, there could be no culture or history. The cultural process re- quires as its indispensable condition a determinate human nature and environment which is subject to transformation in time by man himself. w See Eduardo Nicol, "The Idea of Man," in The Social Sciences in Mexico^ vol. i, no. i, (May 1947) 62-69. 496 DAVID BIDNEY 8 Ernst Cassirer and the Concept of Cultural Reality In agreement with the Kantian position, Cassirer also holds that human thought is no passive mirror of reality but rather a dynamic agent which creates a symbolical or intelligible world of its own. In his early work on Language and Myth Cassirer has formulated very clearly his basic indebtedness to the Kantian approach. He writes: Against this self-dissolution of the spirit there is only one remedy: to accept in all seriousness what Kant calls his "Copernican revolution." Instead of measuring the content, meaning, and truth of intellectual forms by something extraneous which is supposed to be reproduced in them, we must find in these forms themselves the measure and criterion for their truth and intrinsic meaning. Instead of taking them as mere copies of something else, we must see in each of these spiritual forms a spontaneous law of generation; an original way and tendency of expression which is more than a mere record of something initially given in fixed categories of real existence. From this point of view, myth, art, language and science appear as symbols; not in the sense of mere figures which refer to some given reality by means of suggestion and allegorical renderings, but in the sense of forces each of which produces and posits a world of its own. In these realms the spirit exhibits itself in that inwardly determined dialectic by virtue of which alone there is any reality, any organized and definite Being at all. Thus the special symbolic forms are not imitations, but organs of reality, since it is solely by their agency that anything real becomes an object for intellectual apprehension, and as such is made visible to us. The question as to what reality is apart from these forms, and what are its independent attributes, becomes irrelevant here. For the mind, only that can be visible which has some definite form; but every form of existence has its source in some peculiar way of seeing, some intel- lectual formulation and intuition of meaning. once language, myth, art and science are recognized as such ideational forms, the basic philosophical question is no longer that of their relation to an absolute reality which forms, so to speak, their solid and substantial substratum; the central problem now is that of their mutual limitation and supplementa- tion. Though they all function organically together in the construction of spiritual reality, yet each of these organs has its individual assignment. 60 "Language and Myth, tr. by S. K. Langer (New York and London, 1946) 8f. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 497 Thus Cassirer's Kantian thesis is that symbolic forms are not mere imitations but organs of reality and that there are a limited number of "archetypal" cultural phenomena which con- stitute the main categories of cultural reality. For man, all reality is ultimately cultural reality or symbolical reality which the human mind itself has created in the course of historical development, since that is the only kind of reality which it is possible for the human mind to apprehend and evaluate. This symbolical world of objective meanings constitutes, as it were, "a new dimension of reality" 61 available only to man. Man literally lives in a "symbolical universe" of his own creation and imagination. As Cassirer puts it in his Essay on Man: Man cannot escape from his own achievement. He cannot but adopt the conditions of his own life. No longer in a merely physical universe, man lives in a symbolic universe. Language, myth, art and religion are parts of this universe. They are the varied threads which weave the symbolic net, the tangled web of human experience. All human progress in thought and experience refines upon and strengthens this net. No longer can man confront reality immediately j he cannot see, as it were, face to face. Physical reality seems to recede in proportion as man's symbolic activity advances. Instead of dealing with the things themselves man is in a sense constantly conversing with himself. He has so enveloped himself in linguistic forms, in artistic images, in mythical symbols or religious rites that he cannot see or know anything except by the interposition of this artificial medium. His situation is the same in the theoretical as in the practical sphere. Even here man does not live in a world of hard facts, or according to his immediate needs and desires. He lives rather in the midst of imaginary emotions, in hopes and fears, in illusions and disillusions, in his fantasies and dreams. 62 Thus, according to Cassirer, the various cultural disciplines are, as it were, the language of the spirit, the diverse modes of symbolical expression created by man in the process of inter- preting his life-experiences. one cannot go behind these sym- bolical expressions to intuit nature or things-in-themselves di- rectly, since experience is formally constituted by symbols which determine all our human perspectives. For Cassirer, it would 498 DAVID SIDNEY appear, the symbol takes the place of Kant's forms of intuition and categories of the understanding. The symbol is thought to constitute the ultimate element of all human culture. Again it is interesting to note that the sociological positivists have come to a similar conclusion by a different route. In his Cultural Reality Florian Znaniecki argues that For a general view of the world the fundamental points are that the concrete empirical world is a world in evolution in which nothing absolutely permanent can be found, and that as a world in evolution it is first of all a world of culture, not of nature, a historical, not a physical reality. Idealism and naturalism both deal, not with the concrete empirical world, but with abstractly isolated aspects of it. 63 From this it appears that Znaniecki's positivistic, historical cultural reality is identical with that of the neo-Kantian ideal- ists, although he himself thought that he was steering a middle course between naturalism and idealism (of the Hegelian variety). once more it may be seen how sociological positivism and historical idealism come to the same conclusion and posit a cultural reality as over against a metaphysical or ontological reality which is pre-cultural. Cassirer*s Critique of Kant As pointed out in our discussion of Dilthey (Section 5 above), the neo-Kantians of the nineteenth century felt that the Kantian approach had to be modified so as to take into consideration the facts of cultural evolution. Cassirer likewise shares this view, and, in common with Dilthey, takes objection to Kant's exces- sive intellectualism and lack of historical perspective. In agree- ment with Comte, Durkheim and Levy-Bruhl he maintains that primitive thought is pre-scientific and does not conform to our logical standards, but that it is nonetheless intelligible and orderly. Kant tended to assume that only the categories of modern science provided the necessary logical ground for order w Florian Znaniecki, Cultural Reality (Chicago, 1919), 21. ZnanieckPs formu- lation of the epistemological theory of cultural reality actually antedates that of Cassirer, and so there can be no question of his indebtedness to the latter. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 499 and objectivity, whereas the facts of ethnology demonstrate the possibility of types of order and logic which are pre-scientific or non-scientific. Thus Cassirer comments: In our modern epistemology, both in the empiristic and rationalistic schools, we often meet with the conception that the first data of human experience are in an entirely chaotic state. Even Kant seems, in the first chapters of the Critique o] Pure Reason, to start from this pre- supposition. Experience, he says, is no doubt the first product of our understanding. But it is not a simple fact; it is a compound of two opposite factors, of matter and form. The material factor is given in our sense perceptions; the formal factor is represented by our scientific concepts. These concepts, the concepts of pure understanding, give to the phenomena their synthetic unity. What we call the unity of an object cannot be anything but the formal unity of our consciousness in the synthesis of the manifold in our representations. Then and then only we say that we know an object if we have produced synthetic unity in the manifold of intuition. For Kant, therefore, the whole question of the objectivity of human knowledge is indissolubly connected with the fact of science. His Transcendental Aesthetics is concerned with the problem of pure mathematics; his Transcendental Analytic attempts to explain the fact of a mathematical science of nature. But a philosophy of human culture has to track down the problem to a more remote source. Man lived in an objective world long before he lived in a scientific world. Even before he had found his approach to science, his experience was not a mere amorphous mass of sense expres- sions. It was an organized and articulated experience. It possessed a defi- nite structure. But the concepts that give to this world its synthetic unity are not of the same type nor are they on the same level as our scientific concepts. They are mythical or linguistic concepts. 64 In brief, logical or scientific thought, which Kant assumed to be a native endowment of the human understanding is rather an historical achievement of man. Thus Cassirer would transform the Kantian Critique of Pure Reason into a "Critique of Culture." His monumental Phi- losofhie der symboUschen Formen is an attempt to demonstrate that the whole of human culture may be understood as an his- torical expression of the human spirit and that the diverse cul- 2o 7 f. 500 DAVID SIDNEY tural disciplines are functionally integrated and are all alike to be interpreted as symbolic creations of humanity. In the intro- duction to the aforementioned work, Cassirer states his thesis and main objective clearly: With this the critique of reason becomes the critique of culture. It tries to understand and to demonstrate how all the content of culture in so far as it is more than merely singular content, in so far as it is grounded in a universal formal principle presumes an original act of spirit (Geist). It is in this that the basic tenet of idealism finds its specific and complete validation. 65 In sum, Cassirer J s critique of culture has for its main objec- tive "a phenomenology of human culture," 66 and provides a logical analysis of basic cultural disciplines in their historical and systematic development. He takes cultural reality as given in human experience and seeks to analyze its basic forms and the functional interrelations of these forms with one another. Cas- sirer's anthropological study, like that projected by Dilthey, is a "spiritual anthropology" and is concerned with the phe- nomenological analysis of cultural symbols taken as free expres- sions or obj edifications of the human spirit. Whereas in Kant we have an epistemological dualism of form versus content, Cas- sirer's cultural symbols are said to be concrete forms utilizing sense material in diverse ways. 87 The symbol is thought of as an "organ of thought" which permits of no separation of the sym- bol and its object. Symbols are regarded not merely as mental constructs but as dynamic functions or energies for the forming of reality and for the "synthesis of the ego and its world." In sum, Cassirer stresses the autonomous creativity of the spirit (Schopfung des Getstes) and envisages life or spirit as a "func- tion and energy of construction" which manifests a "unity of being amidst diversity of expression." It may be questioned, however, whether Cassirer has really overcome Kant's epistemological dualism. So far as one can gather, he has replaced the Kantian dualism of form and con- * Pkiloso'phie der symbolischen Formen, vol. I. W J?M., 52. Cassirer's phenomenology of culture may be contrasted with the ontology of culture of the pre-Kantian philosophical tradition. w Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen, vol. i, Introduction. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 501 tent by the duality of function and content, but function as he conceives it appears to be equally formal. Thus, as we have noted, he speaks of the "function" which Stoicism had to fulfil in seventeenth and eighteenth century thought, as if the func- tion of an idea were something distinct from its content. Simi- larly he speaks of the "functional bond" which binds together the various cultural disciplines irrespective of their "substance" or content. In like manner, he refers to "the true unity of Ian- gauge" as being a "functional one" rather than a "substantial one." 68 In all these instances, function and substance, end and means, are divorced as if one were quite intelligible apart from the other. In effect, function as so interpreted becomes com- pletely formalized, since one and the same function may be performed by the most diverse cultural means or expressions. Thus, although Cassirer wishes to assure us that there is no separation of the symbol and its object, his actual procedure in separating function from substance or content demonstrates the exact contrary. In general, it may be said that Cassirer, like the neo-Kantian axiologists referred to earlier (in conclusion of Section 4 above), reduces the sphere of nature to that of culture, but for a differ- ent reason. Whereas the neo-Kantian axiologists attempted to subordinate theoretical reason to practical reason and proceeded to endow practical reason with special value categories, the neo- Kantian culturologists, as they may be called, regarded both theoretical and practical reason as different modes of a common historical, cultural reason. 68 * In seeking to overcome the duality of Kant's Critiques by positing a unity either of the practical, axiological reason, or of historical cultural reason, the neo- Kantians tended to reduce, as Kant himself would never permit, the sphere of nature and natural science to that of culture and free, historical expression. 130. 681 In his monograph Zur Logik Der Kulturvrissenschaiten (Goteborg, 1942) Cassirer explicitly differentiates between his theory of symbolic forms or Kultur- be griff e and the Wertbegriffe of Rickert. Culture concepts are said to have a logical structure which differentiates them from historical as well as from value concepts (72). 502 DAVID BIDNEY IO Cassirer on Symbolism, Language, and Cultural Thought Since the symbol, according to Cassirer, is to be regarded as the ultimate element or source of human culture, we must consider carefully his concept of symbolism and its relation to language in particular and to cultural thought in general. First of all, it is to be noted that Cassirer distinguishes be- tween signs or signals and symbols. A sign or signal is a sense- reference to some physical object or event. A symbol is an ex- pression which refers to an intuited, universal meaning. That is to say, the meaning of a symbol is intrinsic to it and is not to be understood by reference to some object other than itself. Signs or signals have a practical value for behavior and may be per- ceived by all animals; but symbols have a theoretical function which only humans are capable of experiencing. Thus Cassirer writes: Symbols in the proper sense of this term cannot be reduced to mere signals. Signals and symbols belong to different universes of dis- course: a signal is a part of the physical world of being; a symbol is a part of the human world of meaning. Signals are "operators," symbols are "designators." Signals, even when understood and used as such, have nevertheless a sort of physical or substantial being; symbols have only a functional value. ... In short, we may say that the animal possesses a practical imagination and intelligence whereas man alone has developed a new form: a symbolic imagination and intelligence?* Cassirer's idealistic theory of symbolism may be contrasted with the behavioristic, naturalistic theory of symbolic meaning held by contemporary linguists and anthropologists, such as, Leonard Bloomfield, 70 Edward Sapir, 71 and Charles Morris/ 2 Thus Morris, whom Cassirer apparently had in mind, states that A symbol is a sign produced by its interpreter which acts as a substitute for some other sign with which it is synonymous; all signs not symbols 3 2f. 70 Leonard Bloomfield, Language , (New York, 1933). "Edward Sapir, Language y (New York, 1939)5 also article "Language" in Encyclopedia of Social Sciences, vol. 9. 78 Charles Morris, Signs, Language and Behavior, (New York, 1 94.6) . ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 503 are signals. . . . Signals and symbols are alike signs in that they are preparatory stimuli controlling behavior with respect to other behavior; the symbol is a sign producible by the organism itself and a substitute for some other sign, but this difference, while distinguishing sign and symbol, is not regarded as a fundamental difference in their nature as signs. 78 Morris explicitly contrasts his behavioristic position with that of the "mentalists" for whom symbols refer to concepts and not to objects or behavior. As against this type of behavioristic, naturalistic theory, Cas- sirer argues that the symbolic function marks a new stage of mental development, which cannot be explained in terms of "emotionally denuded" animal cries or as a by-product of be- havior. The difference, he claims, between 'prepositional language and emotional language is the real landmark between the human and animal world. All the theories and observations concerning animal behavior are wide of the mark if they fail to recognize this fundamental difference. In all the literature of the subject there does not seem to be a single conclusive proof of the fact that an animal ever made the decisive step from subjective to objective, from affective to prepositional language. 74 According to Cassirer, therefore, man may be defined as the symbolizing or symbol-making animal. It is this symbolic func- tion which has enabled man to create language and culture and has opened up for him "a new dimension of reality" not access- ible to the animal species. The symbolic function of language is said to be an "Urfhanomen" which is not to be explained causally or genetically through some antecedent order of psycho- biological phenomena. This in turn presupposes a theory of evolution by "mutation" or emergence of new kinds, which may be contrasted with the Darwinian theory of gradual evolu- tion through chance variations. 75 Cassirer illustrates his point by reference to the development of the child: " Loc. cit., 25, 49. 74 M., 30. w Cf . Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschajten, especially part 4 on "Formproblem und Kausalproblem," 108-112. 504 DAVID SIDNEY With the first understanding of the symbolism of speech a real revo- lution takes place in the life of the child. From this point on his whole personal and intellectual life assumes an entirely new shape. Roughly speaking, this change may be described by saying that the child passes from a more subjective to an objective state, from a merely emotional attitude to a theoretical attitude. . . . The child himself has a clear sense of the significance of the new instrument for his mental develop- ment. He is not satisfied with being taught in a purely receptive manner but takes an active share in the process of speech which is at the same time a process of progressive objectifi cation. By learning to name things a child does not simply add a list of artificial signs to his previous knowl- edge of ready-made empirical objects. He learns rather to form the concepts of these objects, to come to terms with the objective world. . . . To the adult the objective world already has a definite shape as a result of speech activity, which has in a sense molded all our other activities. Our perceptions, intuitions, and concepts have coalesced with the terms and speech forms of our mother tongue. Great efforts are required to release the bond between words and things. 76 The understanding and utilization of genuine, human speech are achieved when the child first acquires insight into the fact that words symbolize universal concepts or meanings. This is a revolutionary, momentous step which enables him for the first time to join the human speech community and to form a clear understanding of the objective, common cultural world in which he lives. In this sense, language is basic to all other forms of cultural activity, since the words of language mold the way in which one experiences and reacts to the objective world. In the last analysis, it is the theoretical function of linguistic symbols, the fact that they are instruments which refer to universal con- cepts, which makes possible their practical utilization in social communication as well as in individual thought. It should be noted, however, that although linguistic symbols underlie all other cultural activities, they are in turn affected by the particular, cultural configuration in which they are utilized. As Franz Boas has put it: We should rather say that language is a reflection of the state of culture and follows in its development the demands of culture. In an- other way, however, language exerts an influence upon culture. Words "EM., i 3I ff. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 505 and phrases are symbols of cultural attitudes and have the same kind of emotional appeal that is characteristic of other symbols. The name of a rite, of a deity, an honorific title, a term giving a succinct expression to political or church organization, may have the power to raise the passions of a people without much reference to the changing contents of the term. 77 Cassirer was keenly aware of the "social task" of language and its relativity to specific cultural conditions. 78 All languages, whether of primitive societies or of civilized ones, are said to be in congruity with the conditions of their cultures. Finally, it should be noted, that the category of symbol as employed by Cassirer has a subjective as well as objective refer- ence. Thus words are said to be symbols in the sense that they refer to universal, objective meanings which the intellect and imagination intuit immediately. This "semantic function" of words makes phenomenological analysis possible, since the ideas or meanings referred to have a subsistence which is independent of the mind which conceives them. It is because of this capacity for symbolic intuition that man may be said to be a symbol- making or symbolizing animal. on the other hand, symbols have a subjective function in the sense that they are expressions of human life or spirit, and of basic psychological motivations. Every cultural form is said to be a symbolic form in virtue of the fact that it is an "organ of thought" or an obj edification of the spirit. Cultural symbols as objective manifestations of thought constitute a "symbolic universe" and man is described as "con- stantly conversing with himself. " In this sense man is said to be an "animal symboUcum" or a symbolized animal, since man does not know himself directly but only through the cultural symbols which humanity has created historically. Theoretically, however, it is quite possible to maintain the semantic thesis that man is a symbol-making or symbolizing animal without adhering also to the idealistic view that man is essentially a symbolized or symbolical animal. The former semantic point is quite compatible also with a realistic episte- mology and a dualistic metaphysics which allows for the reality "Franz Boas, in General Anthropology ', edited by himself (New York, 1938), ch. iv, 142. 506 DAVID SIDNEY of minds as well as physical substances, whereas the latter thesis presupposes an idealistic epistemology which denies ontological knowledge. Cassirer himself utilizes both conceptions of the symbol, passing from the idealistic to the realistic view without explicitly recognizing the change in philosophical perspective. The disparity between the subjective and objective functions of symbolic forms may be illustrated by reference to the diverse conceptions of man to which they lead. If the symbol is defined objectively, then man may be said to have a nature as well as a culture, since symbols refer to a reality other than themselves. If, however, the symbol is defined subjectively, then all reality is culturally defined and man has no nature but only cultural functions. ii Cassirer on the Evolution of Cultural Symbolism one of the basic tasks which Cassirer set himself in his Phi- losophy of Symbolic Forms was to trace the evolution of cul- tural symbolism from primitive to modern times, with a view to indicating the critical stages of development. He was, moreover, concerned to demonstrate the "unity of function" of each archetypal form of symbolism by showing how it originated in, or was motivated by, some psychological impulse which sought creative expression through a given mode of symbolism. The act of symbolization is the initial presupposition of his philosophy of culture. In the beginning was the symbol. But originally the basic archetypal forms of symbolism were not clearly differentiated. From the start there were the elements of language, myth, and art which arose as expressions of sensa- tion, thought, feeling, and intuition; but primitive man was not conscious of his symbolic acts as having discrete functions and objects. As Cassirer puts it in his Language and Myth: Myth, language and art begin as a concrete, undivided unity, which is only gradually resolved into a triad of independent modes of spiritual creativity. Consequently, the same mythic animation and hypostatization which is bestowed upon the words of human speech is orginally accorded to images, to every kind of artistic representation. Especially in the magical realm, word magic is everywhere accompanied by picture magic. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 507 The image, too, achieves its purely representative, specifically "aesthetic" function only as the magic circle with which mythical consciousness surrounds it is broken, and it is recognized not as a mythico-magic form, but as a particular sort of formulation. . . . Language and myth stand in an original and indissoluble correlation with one another, from which they both emerge but gradually as independent elements. They are two diverse shoots from the same parent stem, the same impulse of symbolic formulation, springing from the same basic mental activity, a concentration and heightening of simple sensory experience. In the vocables of speech and in primitive mythic figurations, the same inner process finds its consummation; they are both resolutions of an inner tension, the representation of subjective impulses and excitations in definite objects, forms and figures. 79 As Cassirer interprets it, language and myth are originally so closely interconnected because genetically "Both are based on a very general and very early experience of mankind, an experi- ence of a social rather than of a physical nature." 80 Just as the child soon learns that words have "magic" powers in securing attention from its mother or nurse, so primitive man is said to transfer this first elementary experience to the totality of nature, since for the latter "Nature itself is nothing but a great society the society of life." 81 Thus for the primitive mind "the social power of the word, experienced in innumerable cases, becomes a natural and even supernatural force." In brief, myth arises originally as a magical interpretation of the power of words. Similarly image or picture magic gives rise to mythical belief. As against Max Muller's theory that myth arises as a disease of language and owing to the metaphorical use of words, Cassirer's point is that myth arises as a result of the normal functioning of language in early childhood and in the early experience of mankind? 2 A crisis in the intellectual and moral life of mankind arose when primitive man first discovered that nature did not under- stand his language. From then on, "The magic function of the word was eclipsed and replaced by its semantic function." 88 Man 79 LM., 98, 88. "EM., 1 10. 81 Ibid. . y io 9 f. in. 5o8 DAVID SIDNEY discovered that words have a purely logical, symbolic function in the communication of meanings and ideas. According to Cassirer, therefore, there is an evolutionary process of development from the mythical to the logical func- tion of linguistic symbols. This development is produced in human experience by the functioning or exercise of language alone. Linguistic symbols must not be regarded merely as repre- senting or referring to objective reality other than themselves j linguistic symbols create or determine the order of reality which the human mind recognizes and to which it adjusts itself accordingly. Myth, logic, metaphysics, and science are the result or product of linguistic symbolization at different stages of its development. As Cassirer puts it in his Language and Myth: Here one can trace directly how humanity really attains its insight into objective reality only through the medium of its own activity and the progressive differentiation of that activity; before man thinks in terms of logical concepts, he holds his experiences by means of clear, separate, mythical images. And here too, the development of language appears to be the counterpart of the development which mythical intuition and thought undergo; for one cannot grasp the true nature and function of linguistic concepts if one regards them as copies, as representations of a definite world of facts, whose components are given to the mind ab initio in stark and separate outlines. Again, the limits of things must first be posited, the outlines drawn, by the agency of language; and this is accomplished as man's activity becomes internally organized, and his conception of Being acquires a correspondingly clear and definite pattern. 84 For Cassirer, it would appear, linguistic symbolism is primary to all other forms of cultural expression. In this sense his phi- losophy of culture may be said to depend upon his philosophy of language a fact which explains the tremendous importance attached to the philosophy of language by other neo-Kantian philosophers, such as W. M. Urban, 85 who have been influenced by Cassirer's work. In the last analysis, it would appear, Cassirer reduces ontology and epistemology to psychology and linguistics. We 84 IM., 37. 85 W. M. Urban, Language and Reality, (New York* 1939). ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 509 have seen how myth is said to have originated from the normal functioning of language in the psychological history of the childhood of humanity and how gradually man discovered the logical or semantic function of words as a result of his frustrat- ing experience with unintelligent, dumb nature. From this it follows that the very notion of an objective reality was a logical inference from man's practical, psychological experience an argument which is reminiscent of the psychoanalytical treat- ment of metaphysics. It may be questioned, however, whether Cassirer's psycho- logical interpretation of myth and magic is not itself mythical. In the first place, Cassirer, in common with nineteenth century evolutionary psychologists, assumes a parallelism between the experiences of the child and the mental evolution of mankind a position which modern psychologists and ethnologists have rejected. Secondly, modern psychology provides no evidence that the child originally attaches a mythical or magical signifi- cance to words. It is true that the child does assume naively at first that all things are equally animate and that he can com- municate with them as with human beings. This, however, implies a naive type of animism, a kind of "natural," mythical metaphysics which children everywhere tend implicitly to adopt. It may be argued, therefore, that the ontological belief of the child determines his use of language on a scale which the rational adult finds amusing. It is not his social experience with words which determines his mythical perspective upon his environment, but rather, it is his animistic perspective which determines his attempt to communicate with all things. Gradu- ally, as his efforts at communication prove unsuccessful, the child learns to distinguish between animate and inanimate objects and to restrict his verbal communications to the former. Even then, the process is a slow one, since he has also to learn that not all animals speak his type of language and that even among humans not all speak his vocabulary. The notion that words themselves have magical supernatural powers is a rather complex and relatively sophisticated belief, which the child may acquire from folklore, but is one which he does not arrive at simply as a result of his own common experience. In other 5io DAVID BIDNEY terms, the mythology and magic of words are special instances of cosmic mythology and magic, and the former cannot there- fore serve as a general explanation of the latter. In the last analysis, Cassirer assumes that the will to power through words of the child as well as of early man leads them both to believe in a methaphysics of the solidarity of life an idealistic, volun- taristic, anthropocentric assumption which does not take into consideration the empirical data of experience and the impact of man's cosmic environment upon human intelligence. It seems no exaggeration to say that Cassirer's approach to the problem of the evolution of cultural symbolism is essen- tially anthropocentric. Symbols are formed in response to psychological tensions and motivations, and hence symbolic meanings are said to have a practical bearing upon the satisfac- tion of human psychobiological interests. As Cassirer puts it in Language and Myth: Whatever appears important for our wishing and willing, our hope and anxiety, for acting and doing: that and that only receives the stamp of verbal "meaning." . . . For only what is related somehow to the focus point of willing and doing, only what proves to be essential to the whole scheme of life and activity, is selected from the uniform flux of sense impressions, and is "noticed" in the midst of them that is to say, receives a special linguistic accent, a name. . . . only symbolic expression can yield the possibility of prospect and retrospect, because it is only by symbols that distinctions are not merely made, but fixed in consciousness. What the mind has once created, what has been culled from the total sphere of consciousness, does not fade away again when the spoken word has set its seal upon it and given it definite form. . . . Here, too, the recognition of function precedes that of Being. The aspects of Being are distinguished and co-ordinated according to a measure supplied by action hence they are guided, not by any "objec- tive" similarity among things, but by their appearance through the medium of practice, which relates them with a purposive nexus. This teleological character of verbal concepts may be readily supported and clarified by means of examples from the history of language. 86 Cassirer's anthropocentric, pragmatic interpretation of the origin of symbolic, verbal meanings is reminiscent of Bergson's evolutionary approach to intellectual concepts. But in his 37 ff. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 511 emphasis upon the primacy of symbolic function over form of being, Cassirer, it would appear, deserves the creMt for having first formulated systematically a functionalistic theory of culture which also comprises the data of ethnology. In the history of modern ethnology, Bronislaw Malinowski is usually credited with having first formulated such an approach, and the latter has written as if the functionalistic theory of culture were his special achievement. 87 Of course, Malinowski, as a field anthro- pologist, gathered his own data, especially among the Trobriand Islanders, and has undoubtedly provided the stimulus in modern ethnology for a holistic, dynamic approach to cultural phenomena. 88 Furthermore, the functionalism of Cassirer is historical and symbolic, whereas that of Malinowski is biological and sociological. It is all the more significant, therefore, that the philosophical anthropologist and the empirical ethnologist whose methods appear to differ so widely should converge upon a similar functionalistic conclusion. Cassirer himself, dur- ing his appointment at Yale University, had ample opportunity to make the personal acquaintance of Malinowski, and he soon recognized the affinity between their cultural approaches, as the many references and quotations in his Essay on Man and Myth of the State demonstrate. one may even affirm that Cassirer tended to underestimate their respective differences, especially as regards the problem of myth and the evolution of cultural mentality, thereby undermining the consistency of his own position. (See Section 14 infra.} This brings us back once more to the distinction between the subjective and objective functions of symbols which we discussed earlier. We have noted that for Cassirer a symbol is an expres- sion which refers to an intuited, universal meaning. Signs or signals may be discerned by all animals, but symbols have a 87 Bronislaw Malinowski, A Scientific Tfoory of Culture and Other Essays, (Chapel Hill, N.C., 1944). Cf. R. H. Lowie, The History of Ethnological Theory, (New York, 1937), ch. xiii, "Functionalism, Pure and Tempered." See also "The Problem of Meaning in Primitive Languages" in Ogden and Richards, The Mean- ing of Meaning (first edition, London, 1923) where Malinowski interprets the significance of meaning in primitive thought and language in terms almost identical with those of Cassirer. 68 Malinowski, Argonauts of the Western Pacific, (London, 1922)) Coral Gardens and their Magic, (New York, 1935). 512 DAVID SIDNEY theoretical function which only human beings are capable of experiencing. In virtue of his intuition of the objective reference of linguistic symbols, man forms the notion of a common, ob- jective world and is able to communicate with others who share a common cultural perspective. It is the theoretical function of symbols which makes possible their practical utilization in human society. on the other hand, linguistic symbols are said to have an essentially subjective, teleological reference and to reflect, not the objective character of things, but our sub- jective, practical interests and impulses. Reality as constituted by human symbols is a human creation or invention and serves the interests of human action or practice. Human symbols are not primarily a guide to an understanding of nature, but a re- flection of human psycho-biological impulses and interests. As stated in these extreme forms, the two concepts of the nature of symbolic forms and meanings appear antithetical. Logically, it is quite possible to maintain a mentalistic theory of symbolism which would take into consideration the diversity of cultural interests and classifications. But Cassirer uses the evidence of the relativity of cultural conceptualization as an argument for his subjective, idealistic theory of cultural symbolism. That is to say, he employs a mentalistic theory of symbolism to demon- strate the concept of objective reality, and a behavioristic, prag- matic, anthropocentric theory of symbolism to demonstrate the idealistic, subjective reference of symbols. 12 Cassirer on the Unitary Psychological Functions of Symbolic Forms In commenting adversely upon nineteenth century linguistics Cassirer writes: "The nineteenth century was not only a his- torical but also a psychological century. It was, therefore, quite natural to assume, it even appeared self-evident, that the princi- ples of linguistic theory were to be sought in the field of psy- chology. These were the two cornerstones of linguistic stud- ies." 80 119. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 513 Cassirer's own philosophy of language and culture provides ample demonstration of the fact that he himself participated in this historical-psychological approach, notwithstanding his pro- fessed criticism of it and his attempt to distinguish genetic from systematic, functional problems. 90 We have seen that his interpretation of the relation of language and myth depended upon uncritical, psychological assumptions as to the mythical function of words. We have found, furthermore, that he pre- supposes a functionalistic, voluntaristic psychology in interpret- ing the origin of linguistic symbols and classifications. In general, it appears, Cassirer maintained that each arche- typal form of symbolism manifested a unity of function in the subjective sense, that it was an expression of a particular psy- chological faculty or activity. Thus in his Myth of the State he remarks: The subjects of myth and the ritual acts are of an infinite variety, they are incalculable and unfathomable. But the motives of mythical thought and mythical imagination are in a sense always the same. In all human activities and in all forms of human culture we find a "unity in the manifold." Art gives us a unity of intuition; science gives us a unity of thought; religion and myth give us a unity of feeling. Art opens up to us the universe of "living forms;" science shows us a universe of laws and principles; religion and myth begin with the awareness of the universality and fundamental identity of life. 91 Here we are presented with a tripartite division of psycho- logical functions or motivations which neatly correlates intui- tion, thought, and feeling with art, science, and religion re- spectively. Each psychological function expresses itself through different symbolic forms j but the underlying principle of unity amidst the diversity of objects symbolized in any one cultural discipline is its psychological motivation in the human ego. In this manner, Cassirer correlates the subjective functions of the ego with the given objective, cultural categories or types of symbols, thereby linking together man and his symbolic world. Parallel to the cultural evolution of mankind there is a corre- sponding psychological evolution. Primitive man, we have seen, 90 ibid., 1 1 8. n MS., 37. 514 DAVID SIDNEY is said to be motivated primarily by feelings, by emotion and desire, and his psychological motivation is reflected in myth and ritual. only gradually, as the linguistic process develops in the course of experience, man acquires the faculty of thinking logically and rationally by distinguishing between the semantic function of words and the objective reality of objects. Similarly, art develops as an independent expression of intuition and imagination and severs its original connection with magic and myth. In each of the several cultural disciplines there is a gradual process of development from irrational and subjective to rational and objective modes of expression. In this sense the history of human culture is the record of man's progressive efforts at self-expression and self-liberation, since all culture is a manifestation of human freedom and creativity. Cassirer's psychological approach to cultural symbolism in general is especially significant in view of his assertion that man is to be defined through humanity and not through a given psychological or metaphysical nature. 92 Again, in practice, it would appear, Cassirer does not follow his professed historical and phenomenological procedure exclusively but proceeds rather to explain the cultural achievements of humanity through man's psychological nature. Instead of choosing between hu- manity and man, he finds it more practicable to utilize both concepts, thereby implying that culture has a unity of function because man has a nature as well as history. In terms of contemporary ethnological theory, the issue in- volved is whether culture is to be understood as essentially a "superorganic" phenomenon or whether it is to be conceived organically as a vital expression of the human organism whose individual and social needs it satisfies. 98 As a superorganic dimension of reality all cultural symbols are conceived through one another and require no further reference to the psychologi- cal nature of man. As an organic phenomenon culture cannot be understood apart from the psycho-biological nature of man. The 02 Cf . Section 7 above. W C. D. Sidney, "The Concept of Culture and Some Cultural Fallacies}" and "Human Nature and the Cultural Process." ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 515 superorganic theory of culture requires that man be conceived through humanity j the organic theory requires that humanity be conceived through man. Cassirer, it seems, professes the superorganic theory of Comte but in practice also leans heavily on the organic, functionalistic theory, especially in dealing with the origin and function of myth. 13 Cassirer and the Problem of the Unitary Function of Myth Cassirer objects to the procedure of those folklorists, phi- lologists, and psychoanalysts who attempt to ascribe a unity of object to myth, and posits instead a unity of psychological function. He assumes that the motive of myth-making is always the same and that feeling or emotion is the common functional bond, the unity in the manifold. "Biologically speaking," he claims, "feeling is a much more general fact and belongs to an earlier and more elementary stratum than all the cognitive states of mind." 94 He is opposed, therefore, to those who, like Tylor and Frazer, attempted to intellectualize myths and to interpret them as modes of logical thought and belief. Myths, he maintains, are primarily emotional in origin and their practi- cal social function is to promote a unity or harmony of feeling between individuals as well as a sense of harmony with the whole of nature and life. In agreement with Malinowski, 95 he holds that the function of myth is not the theoretical or intel- lectual one of explanation, but rather the practical one of pro- moting a consciousness of the solidarity of all life, especially in times of crisis, through a rationalization of the social rites which preceded them. This basic assumption of Cassirer as to the unity of psycho- logical motivation and sociological function (the subjective and objective aspects of function) is one that leading contemporary ethnologists do not accept, since they are more inclined towards a pluralistic theory of explanation of the function as well as of M MS., 27. 96 Bronislaw Malinowski, Myth in Primitive Psychology , Psyche Monographs, no. 6, (London, 1916) j cf. also MS., 28. 516 DAVID SIDNEY the object of myth. Franz Boas, for example, writes: The fact that we designate certain tales as myths, that we group certain activities together as rituals, or that we consider certain forms of industrial products from an esthetic point of view, does not prove that these phenomena, wherever they occur, have the same history or spring from the same mental activities. on the contrary, it is quite obvious that the selection of the material assembled for the purpose of comparison is wholly determined by the subjective point of view according to which we arrange diverse mental phenomena. . . . The phenomena themselves contain no indication whatever that would compel us to assume a common origin. on the contrary, wherever an analysis has been attempted we are led to the conclusion that we are dealing with heterogeneous material. Thus myths may be in part interpretations of nature that have originated as results of naively con- sidered impressions (Naturanschauung) ; they may be artistic productions in which the mythic element is rather a poetic than a religious concept; they may be the result of philosophic interpretation or they may have grown out of linguistic forms that have risen into consciousness. To explain all these forms as members of one series would be entirely unjustified. 96 Here we see that Boas denies that any one psychological mo- tive is sufficient to explain the origin of myth. The error of the nineteenth century anthropologists, folklorists, and philologists is said to lie, not in their limited empirical evidence, but rather in their uncritical assumption that all myth is of the same type, and that we are dealing here with homogeneous material which originates in some one psychological motive. Myths, according to Boas, may be either theoretical and explanatory, or poetic and religious j they may have a practical function and serve to rationalize a given custom, as in the case of totemism, or they may be in part philological in origin as Max Muller suggested. No one psychological function and no one type of object is sufficient to account for the various forms of myth. Similarly Ruth Benedict, although agreeing with Boas' point that myths are not based on any one object of "fixed symbol- ism" and that they are not primarily explanatory, is inclined to stress the intimate connection between the play of imagination M Franz Boas, "The Origin of Totemism," in American Anthropologist, 18: 319-26 (1916). ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 517 and wish fulfilment in a given culture. 97 Thus she writes: Myth like secular folklore is an articulate vehicle of a people's wishful thinking. Secular heroes portray the ideal man of the culture and myth remodels the universe to its dominant desire. . . . The striking contrasts in different collections of myth are in a large measure due to the dif- ference in the types of wish fulfilment that are characteristic of the different cultures. 98 According to Benedict, then, the play of imagination and wishful thinking are the primary psychological factors under- lying myth. The cultural function of myth is regarded as being poetic and artistic. Thus, it appears, that Cassirer's assumption as to the unity of function at the basis of myth is one which modern ethnologists, with the exception of functionalists such as Malinowski or Radcliffe-Brown, would be inclined to question. Although they would agree with Cassirer that myths have no unity of object, they would disagree with his uncritical assumption that myths have a unity of psychological motivation or social function. H Cassirer y Levy-Bruhl, and Malinowski on the Concept of Myth The full significance of Cassirer's theory of myth and the mythical mentality may be critically evaluated in relation to modern ethnology which he investigated and by which he was influenced considerably. Among the various logical possibilities as to the nature of mythical thought there are three which are significant in this connection. First, there is the rationalistic or intellectualistic theory, as- sociated with the names of E. B. Tylor and Sir James Frazer, that myths are essentially rational constructions based on errone- ous major premises. The native mind is said to be essentially logical and myths are regarded as the products of intellectual wonder, and logical inference. Thus animism, according to Tylor, is a logical theory which offers a plausible explanation of death on the analogy of sleep; it is a rational primitive philosophy. 97 Ruth Benedict, article "Folklore" in Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences 6:288-93) also article "Myth" in same work, n 1178-80. "In her article "Myth." 5 i8 DAVID SIDNEY Second, there is the evolutionary, sociological theory of Levy-Bruhl that the native mind is essentially "prelogical," in the sense that it is indifferent to the rules of our logic but not necessarily contrary to it. The native mind, as may be gathered from a study of the "collective representations" manifested in typical, native social culture, has not reached the stage where it differentiates clearly between the natural and the supernatural, between natural and magical powers} and hence the native mental perspective or mode of thinking differs radically from the logical, scientific mentality of civilized man. This does not mean that the native, taken as an individual, does not have a psycho-biological nature similar to that of civilized man or that he would not react and think in a given situation much the same as we do, provided he was similarly conditioned. Levy-BruhPs thesis is that, culturally speaking, the typical native, insofar as he is a product of primitive, native culture, does not think logi- cally, that is, in accordance with the law of contradiction, and that his mind obeys instead the organic law of mutual "partici- pation," whereby all things are thought to participate in one another in a kind of "mystic symbiosis." As Levy-BruhPs theory of the prelogical character of the native mentality has been the target of much criticism on the part of modern anthropologists, and as Cassirer also takes issue with him, it will help this discussion, if we refer directly to Levy-BruhPs statements of his position. In his work, How Natives Think (Les Fonctions Mentales Dans Les Societes Injerieures) he writes: By prelogical we do not mean to assert that such a mentality con- stitutes a kind of antecedent state in point of time to the birth of logical thought. ... It is not antilogical; it is not alogical either. By designating it "prelogical" I merely wish to state that it does not bind itself down, as our thought does, to avoid contradiction. It obeys the law of participation first and foremost. Essentially mystic as it is, it finds no difficulty in imagining as well as feeling the identity of the one and the many, the individual and the species, of entities however unlike they be, by means of participation. In this lies its guiding principle; this it is which accounts for the kind ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 519 of abstraction and generalization peculiar to such a mentality and to this again we must mainly refer the characteristic forms of activity we find in primitive peoples. As has been said, these characteristics apply only to the collective representations and their connections. Considered as an individual, the primitive in so far as he thinks and acts independently of these collective representations where possible, will usually feel, argue and act as we should expect him to do. The inferences he draws will be just those which would seem reasonable to us in like circumstances. . . . But though on occasions of this sort primitives may reason as we do, though they follow a course similar to the one we should take (which in the more simple cases, the most intelligent among the animals would also do) it does not follow that their mental activity is always subject to the same laws as ours. In fact, as far as it is collective, it has laws which are peculiar to itself, and the first and most universal of these is the law of participation." Thus, according to Levy-Bruhl, the mentality of native peo- ples is prelogical in the sense that its collective representations, the mode of thought which is culturally conditioned by a given society, is indifferent to the law of contradiction and is said to be regulated instead by the law of participation. This renders the native mentality essentially mystical to our usual way of thinking. This does not mean, however, that the mind of civil- ized man is entirely logical by comparison. on the contrary, for Levy-Bruhl "the rational unity of the thinking being . . . is a desideratum, not a fact." 100 Our mentality is said to be both rational and irrational: "The prelogical and the mystic are co-existent with the logical." In civilized society the logical, scientific aspect of thought may be dominant, but there always remain elements of prelogical mentality a fact which accounts for the antinomies of thought and the struggle of reason with itself. The prelogical, mystical character of native collective repre- sentations also renders intelligible the socio-cultural function of their myths. Myths are interpreted as "an expression of the M Lucien Le'vy-Bruhl, How Natives Think (Let Fonctions Mentales Dans Les Societts Inftrieures, Paris, 1910), London & New York, 1926$ ySf, 135^ 386. 520 DAVID SIDNEY solidarity of the social group with itself in its own epoch and in the past, and with the groups of being surrounding it, and a means of maintaining and reviving this feeling of solidarity." 101 In opposition to Levy-BruhPs evolutionary conception of the prelogical, cultural mentality of the native, Bronislaw Mali- nowski has maintained that the native distinguishes clearly between the sphere of the natural and secular on the one hand, and the sphere of the supernatural and holy on the other. As opposed to the intellectualism and individualism of Tylor and Frazer, and in agreement with Levy-Bruhl, he maintains that myths originate in social, practical and emotional needs and serve to strengthen the feeling of solidarity between the indi- vidual and his community as well as between the community and the forces of the natural, cosmic environment. The socio- logical, functional significance of myths has been emphasized by Malinowski, especially in his monograph on Myth in Primi- tive Psychology. He writes: Studied alive, myth is not symbolic, but a direct expression of its subject-matter; it is not an explanation in satisfaction of a scientific interest, but a narrative resurrection of a primeval reality, told in satisfaction of deep religious wants, moral cravings, social submissions, assertions, even practical requirements. Myth fulfils in primitive culture an indispensable function; it expresses, enhances, and codifies belief; it safeguards and enforces morality; it vouches for the efficiency of ritual and contains practical rules for the guidance of man. Myth is thus a vital ingredient of human civilization ; it is not an idle tale but a hard- worked active force; it is not an intellectual explanation or an artistic imagery, but a pragmatic charter of primitive faith and moral wisdom. 102 According to Malinowski, the native resorts to myth and magic, not because he fails to distinguish the natural from the supernatural, or the scientific from the magical, but precisely because he does in fact make this distinction. Myths and magic are resorted to only when all common, rational techniques and processes fail, as in time of crisis or extreme danger. As Mali- nowski puts it: 101 Ibid., 371. M Myth in Primitive Psychology, 23. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 521 Primitive man has his science as well as his religion; a myth does not serve to explain phenomena but rather to regulate human actions. . . . It is rather the recognition of his practical and intellectual limitations and not the illusion of the omnipotence of thought which leads man into ritualism, which makes him re-enact miracles, the feasibility of which he has accepted from his mythology. ... In short, myth is not a pseudo-science of nature, it is a history of the supernatural. It invariably refers to a unique break in the history of the world and mankind. 103 There is no need, therefore, for Malinowski to assume a mythical mentality which gradually evolved into the logical mentality of civilized man. Myths are expressions of acts of faith and as such are characteristic of man at practically all stages of human culture. Myths as beliefs in the supernatural thus complement scientific theory and practice; they are neither a substitute for science nor the antithesis of scientific thought. In Malinowski's words: Mythology, then, is definitely the complement of what might be called the ordinary knowledge or science of primitive man, but not its substitute. . . . The so-called primitives do distinguish between natural and supernatural. They explain, not by telling a fairy-tale, but by refer- ence to experience, logical and common sense, even as we do. Since they have their own science, mythology cannot be their system of explanation in the scientific sense of the word. Myth serves as a foundation for belief and establishes a precedent for the miracles of ritual and magic. 104 Thus, it appears, myth is regarded as an essential element in the life of primitive as well as in that of civilized man. Myth begins where scientific knowledge ends and yet, it is pragmati- cally significant in providing assurance of, and faith in, the harmony of man and nature. In brief, for Malinowski, mythical thought is not prelogical but rather post-logical and post- scientific, in the sense that it involves an act of faith in the 108 The Foundations of Faith and Morals: An anthropological analysis of primitive beliefs and conduct with special reference to the fundamental problems of religion and ethics. Delivered as Riddell Memorial Lectures, Seventh Series, 1934-5 (London, 1936). 104 Ibid. Cf, also his "Magic, Science and Religion," in Science, Religion and Reality, ed. by J. Needham, (New York, 1928). 522 DAVID SIDNEY supernatural and miraculous which goes beyond logic and scien- tific evidence. It is of interest to note in this connection, that William James' Will to Believe provides a philosophical justi- fication for a similar faith on the part of civilized man. When we turn to Cassirer's own theory of mythical thought we find a rather curious state of affairs. To begin with, his description of mythical mentality is similar in all essentials to the evolutionary theory of Levy-Bruhl, and even goes beyond the latter in positing a radical disparity between the mythical and logical stages of development. It is significant to note that Susanne K. Langer, in her preface to the translation of Cas- sirer's Language and Myth, actually refers to his "theory of prelogical conception and expression." 105 When, however, we turn to Cassirer's Essay on Man, we find he takes issue with Levy-Bruhl over the latter's concept of the prelogical. Thus he states: The thesis of Durkheim has come to its full development in the work of Levy-Bruhl. But here we meet with a more general character- istic. Mystical thought is described as "prelogical thought" If it asks for causes, these are neither logical nor empirical; they are <c mystic causes." . . . According to Levy-Bruhl this mystic character of primitive religion follows from the very fact that its representations are "collective representations." To these we cannot apply the rules of our own logic that are intended for quite different purposes. If we approach this field, even the law of contradiction and all the other laws of rational thought, become invalid. To my mind the French sociological school has given full and conclusive proof of the first part of its thesis but not of the second part. The fundamental social character of myth is uncontroverted. But that all primitive mentality necessarily is prelogical or mystical seems to be in contradiction with our anthropological and ethnological evidence. We find many spheres of primitive life and culture that show the well- known features of our own cultural life. As long as we assume an absolute heterogeneity between our own logic and that of the primitive mind, as long as we think them specifically different from and radically opposed to each other, we can scarcely account for this fact. Even in primitive life we always find a secular or profane sphere outside the holy sphere. 106 103 LM., x. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 523 Similarly, in his Myth of the State Cassirer resumes his criticism: We find the very reverse of this conception in Levy-Bruhl's well- known description of "primitive mentality." According to Levy-Bruhl the task that former theories had set themselves was impossible a contradiction in terms. It is vain to seek for a common measure between primitive mentality and our own. They do not belong to the same genus; they are radically opposed the one to the other. The rules which to the civilized man seem to be unquestionable and inviolable are entirely unknown and constantly thwarted in primitive thought. The savage's mind is not capable of all those processes of arguing and reasoning that were ascribed to it in Frazer's and Tylor's theories. It is not a logical, but a "prelogical" or a mystic mind. Even the most elementary principles of our logic are openly defied by this mystic mind. The savage lives in a world of his own in a world which is impermeable to experience and unaccessible to our forms of thought. 107 In view of the statements quoted from Levy-BruhPs work, one cannot regard Cassirer's criticism as valid. The latter, it would appear, has read Levy-Bruhl too much through Mali- nowski's eyes. Levy-Bruhl, we have seen, does not deny that the native is capable individually of psychological functions similar to those of civilized man. He affirms most explicitly that there is a common measure between primitive mentality and our own and that the difference between them is one of degree, not of kind. All that he claims is that a comparative analysis of the ethnological literature dealing with native thought and practice reveals a typical, collective, cultural mentality which is pre- dominantly prelogical in character. This does not mean to say that all of native culture reveals this prelogical character and that it does not manifest logical, rational traits as well, but only that prelogical thought is typical of native culture and serves as a means of differentiating it from the typical scientific thought of civilized man. The collective representations of the native are said to reveal a cultural mentality which is indifferent to the law of contradiction as exemplified in our contemporary cultural mentality; but this does not imply that the former may J., ii. 524 DAVID BIDNEY not reveal, within limited areas, logical and empirical traits as well. Furthermore, it should be noted, native collective representa- tions are said to presuppose an organic metaphysics which postu- lates the intrinsic unity of all forms of life and the "affective category of the supernatural." 108 The collective or social charac- ter of these metaphysical representations does not, however, explain or account for their prelogical or mystical, epistemic character as Cassirer suggests it does. There is no evidence that Levy-Bruhl regarded the social function of native representa- tions as determining their prelogical or mystical form of ex- pression, and it would appear, therefore, as if Cassirer were reading his own functionalistic thesis into the former's thought at this point. Our civilized collective representations are logi- cal or scientific and the individual who participates in our form of civilization reflects the social character of our civilization, just as the native reflects the social or collective representations of pre-scientific native culture. one may indeed question, as modern ethnologists have done, the extent of the influence of social culture upon the individual in native society and whether the individual does not deviate, far more than the Durkheim school presupposed, from the social norms which are professed collectively. But Cassirer does not take into consideration this commonly accepted criticism j on the contrary, he accepts un- critically "the social character of myth," while taking objection to the theory of the prelogical. It should be noted, furthermore, that the prelogical mentality is not, according to Levy-Bruhl, meant to be either illogical or irrational 5 it simply involves a different type of logic which the scientific mind can reconstruct and infer. The issue, therefore, of the logical versus prelogical nature of native thought is largely verbal and originates from the tendency to identify our own Western, syllogistic logic with logic in general, and to regard any other form of thought with different ontological presuppositions as non-logical or prelogical. It may be granted, accordingly, that Levy-BruhPs use of the term prelogical was most unfortunate, since the real antithesis is between the pre- 108 L6vy-Bruhl, Primitives and the Supernatural^ (London, 1936), 36. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 525 scientific and scientific mentality and not at all between the logical and prelogical mentality. The issue, in other words, is ultimately ontological and cultural, and not psychological or logical. If we accept the basic ontological premise of native metaphysical thought, namely, the organic unity of all forms of life ajjgl the internality of all relations, then their mode of thought appears quite intelligible and logical, even though it is, in its extant forms, hardly scientific, since it may not be verified by objective, empirical tests. 109 Levy-Bruhl would, therefore, be in complete agreement with Cassirer's statement that What we, from our own point of view, may call irrational, prelogical, mystical are the premises from which mythical or religious interpretation starts, but not the mode of interpretation. If we accept these premises and if we understand them aright if we see them in the same light that primitive man does the inferences drawn from them cease to appear illogical or antilogical. . . . Primitive man by no means lacks the ability to grasp the empirical differences of things. But in his concep- tion of nature and life all these differences are obliterated by a stronger feeling: the deep conviction of a fundamental and indelible solidarity of life that bridges over the multiplicity and variety of its single forms. 110 This is precisely Levy-BruhPs thesis as any reading of the latter's works makes evident. The very argument that native thought is neither illogical nor antilogical, and that it pre- supposes "the solidarity of life" occur explicitly in Levy-BruhPs writings. It would appear, therefore, that for the most part Cassirer was really fighting a straw-man, a figment of his own imagination and of that of Malinowski, since he criticized Levy- Bruhl for views which the latter never held and then proceeded to submit as his own the very thesis which the subject of his criticism had maintained. In fact, it may be shown, that Cas- sirer's conception of mythical thought involved, as Susanne K. Langer has said, a prelogical interpretation according to which native, mythical thought is regarded as antecedent in point of 109 It is significant to point out in this connection that modern philosophical and scientific thought is also tending towards an organic type of metaphysics a fact which explains, as in the work of A. N. Whitehead, the necessity for a radical change in our terminology and mode of thinking. 110 EM., 8of. 526 DAVID SIDNEY time to logical thought and hence as non-logical. Levy-Bruhl, on the other hand, claims that native thought is prelogical only in the sense that it is indifferent to a strict adherence to the law of contradiction, but not in the sense that the native is incapable of logical thought. In other words, the disparity between mythi- cal and logical thought is much greater in Cassirer* s own theory of mental and cultural development than it is in Levy-Bruhl y s work. Cassirer has, in effect, taken over Levy-BruhPs interpre- tation of the ontological presuppositions of native thought, while criticizing the latter's use of the term prelogical to de- scribe the native mode of thinking. But, in doing so, Cassirer has undermined his own theory of the development of human thought from a mythical or prelogical to a logical stage. Cassirer, it seems, gives his whole case against Levy-Bruhl away when he admits in his Myth of the State: Of course we must not understand the term "logic" in too narrow a sense. We cannot expect the Aristotelian categories of thought or the elements of our parts-of-speech system, the rules of Greek and Latin syntax, in languages of aboriginal American tribes. These expectations are bound to fail; but this does not prove that these languages are in any sense "illogical" or even less logical than ours. 111 once it is admitted that the term logic is not to be used in "too narrow a sense," then Levy-BruhPs use of the term pre- logical may be regarded as an attempt to define the type of logic which is characteristic of native language and thought. Cassirer himself has employed the term "mythical thought" in- stead of the term "prelogical mentality}" but the meaning of the two terms is practically identical, as may be seen from the fact that the mythical mentality is said to have all the attributes ascribed by Levy-Bruhl to the prelogical mentality. Thus, according to Cassirer, mythical thought does not clearly dis- tinguish between reality and the symbol, accepts the principle of pars pro toto in magical practices, does not recognize the limits of individuality, and accepts totemistic beliefs. 112 All these modes of thought are to be found duplicated and attributed to 111 MS., i 3 f. 112 Cf. LM. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 527 the prelogical mentality in Levy-BruhPs writings. 113 Both writers also presuppose that the native mentality, whether mythical or prelogical, differs radically from the logical or scientific mentality of modern man, and that rationality in the scientific sense is a state of mind which is achieved only gradu- ally in the process of cultural evolution. The real difficulty in Cassirer's conception of myth lies in the fact that he has attempted to combine the antithetical ethnologi- cal views of Levy-Bruhl and Malinowski. on the one hand, as said, he agrees substantially with the former's evolutionary con- ception of native mentality. on the other hand, he also professes agreement with Malinowski's thesis that the native mind clearly differentiates the category of the natural from the supernatural, the sphere of science from that of magic. According to this functionalistic theory of myth, myth and magic are not ante- cedent to logic and science, but rather post-logical and post- scientific mental inventions utilized in times of crisis, when scientific thought fails to achieve the desired ends of action and fails to satisfy the human longing for security. Thus whereas Levy-Bruhl maintains that prelogical thought is something to be struggled against, something to be superseded in the de- velopment of a logical, scientific mentality, Malinowski accepts mythical thought as a means universally employed to tide societies over difficult periods of transition. Cassirer, it would appear, would have it both ways at once, maintaining that mythical thought is antecedent to logical thought, and holding with Malinowski that the native mind differentiates clearly between the sphere of science and that of myth. 15 Cassirer on the Role of Myth in the History of Human Culture The practical import of Cassirer's utilization of these anti- thetical conceptions of mythical thought may be seen in his diagnosis of the crisis of our times as well as in his interpretation of the history of philosophical anthropology. In the final chapter of the Myth of the State, entitled "The 118 Cf. Levy-BruhPs Primitive Mentality (New York, 1923)5 The Soul of the Primitive, (London, 1928). 528 DAVID SIDNEY Technique of the Modern Political Myths," we find he again takes up Malinowski's thesis that myth-making and magic are elemental functions of the human mind, which make their appearance in times of crisis. Thus he writes: In all those tasks that need no particular and exceptional efforts, no special courage or endurance, we find no magic and no mythology. But a highly developed magic and connected with it a mythology always occurs if a pursuit is dangerous and its issues uncertain. This description of the role of magic and mythology in primitive society applies equally well to highly advanced stages of man's political life. In desperate situations man will always have recourse to desperate means and our present-day political myths have been such desperate means. If reason has failed us, there remains always the ultima ratio, the power of the miraculous and mysterious. 114 Cassirer, it appears from this, regards myth as irrational and illogical (in agreement with, but going beyond Levy-BruhPs thesis), but at the same time agrees with Malinowski that myth fulfils a positive social function in times of social crisis. Never- theless, myth is something to be opposed and struggled against and not something to be welcomed as a complement to reason, as Malinowski's premises imply. The social function of myth in producing a feeling of solidarity with one's society and with nature in general is said to be evil, since it comes as a victory for the forces of irrationalism. In Cassirer J s words: In all critical moments of man's social life the rational forces that resist the rise of the old mythical conceptions are no longer sure of themselves. In these moments the time for myth has come again. For myth has not been really vanquished and subjugated. It is always there, lurking in the dark and waiting for its hour and opportunity. This hour comes as soon as the other binding forces of man's social life, for one reason or another, lose their strength and are no longer able to combat the demonic mythical powers. 115 This statement implies that in time of crisis, at least, even modern man is no longer sure of himself and fails to differ- entiate clearly between reason and myth. It is not that myth complements reason but rather overcomes it and subjugates or 114 MS., 279. MS., 280. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 52$ represses it. Hence, according to this psychoanalytic interpre- tation, myth arises in modern times as a reversion to the primi- tive state of mind from which mankind slowly emerged. In other words, although Cassirer professes agreement with the functionalistic thesis that the native mind does differentiate clearly between scientific reason and emotional, mystical feeling, he justifies and explains the reversion from the rational to the mythical mentality as a failure to keep this radical disparity in mind thereby utilizing the presupposition of Levy-Bruhl. At the same time, following the psychoanalytical approach, he also recognizes the ideal motive in modern social myth a point Ruth Benedict had made by suggesting that social myths serve as expressions or objectifications of "collective wishes" which are personified in the political leader who is endowed for this purpose with powers of "social magic" to fulfil the collective wish. 116 on the whole, it would appear, Cassirer's attitude toward magic and myth is ambivalent and reflects the conflict between romantic and rationalistic traditions which he sought to rec- oncile. From an ethnological standpoint, he shares the view of the romanticists that myth constitutes an essential element in the evolution of human culture and thought. As a critical ideal- ist, on the other hand, he is fundamentally a rationalist who participates in the struggle against the power of myth as an irrational, demonic force. In his Myth of the State Cassirer has himself well stated the antithesis between the rationalist and romantic approaches: That is the real difference, the deep gulf, between the period of the Enlightenment and German romanticism. . . . According to this metaphysical conception the value of myth is completely changed. To all the thinkers of the Enlightenment myth had been a barbarous thing, a strange and uncouth mass of confused ideas and gross superstitions, a mere monstrosity. Between myth and philosophy there could be no point of contact. Myth ends where philosophy begins as darkness gives way to the rising sun. This view undergoes a radical change as soon as we pass to the romantic philosophers. In the system of these philosophers myth becomes not only a subject of the highest intellectual interest but also a subject of awe and veneration. It is regarded as the mainspring ., i8of. 530 DAVID SIDNEY of human culture. Art, history, and poetry originate in myth. A phi- losophy which overlooks or neglects this origin is declared to be shallow and inadequate. It was one of the principal aims of Schelling's system to give myth its right and legitimate place in human civilization. In his works we find for the first time a philosophy of mythology side by side with his philosophy of nature, history, and art. Eventually all his interest seems to be concentrated upon this problem. Instead of being the opposite of philosophic thought myth has become its ally; and, in a sense, its consummation. ... In philosophy the influence of Schelling was counter- balanced and soon eclipsed by the appearance of the Hegelian system. His conception of the role of mythology remained only an episode. Nevertheless the way was paved that could lead later to the rehabilitation and glorification of myth that we find in modern politics. 117 one may understand Cassirer's own philosophy of mythology as an attempt to reconcile the extremes of rationalism and romanticism. With the latter he shares the conviction that myths have a significant cultural value in revealing the origin and basic motivations of human language and historical thought. But Cassirer does not share the unqualified enthusiasm of the romanticists for mythology, since, as a philosopher and intel- lectual, he is conscious of the excesses to which mythology is in- clined, once its adherents leave the realm of poetry and extend their influence into the realm of politics. In the sphere of politics, therefore, he shares the rationalistic approach and accepts the rule of reason as over against the "reason" of rule, which is the myth of the state. It is of interest in this connection to examine Cassirer's inter- pretation of Plato's theory of myth. In the Republic (Bk. 10), Plato would expel the poets from his ideal, regimented state because, as mere "imitators," they were "thrice-removed from reality." According to Cassirer, Plato was justified in his expul- sion of the poets from the ideal republic on the ground that in politics myth is the most dangerous enemy. The fact that Plato himself invented some myths of his own is explained away on the ground that Plato did not mind a few suggestive myths in metaphysics, but considered myth much too dangerous in politi- cal theory. As Cassirer puts it: How is it to be accounted for that the same thinker who admitted 117 Ibid., i8if. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 531 mythical concepts and mythical language so readily into his metaphysics and his natural philosophy spoke in an entirely different vein when developing his political theories? For in this field Plato became the professed enemy of myth. If we tolerate myth in our political systems, he declared, all our hopes for a reconstruction and reformation of our political and social life are lost. There is only one alternative: we have to make our choice between an ethical and a mythical conception of the state. In the Legal State, the state of justice, there is no room left for the conceptions of mythology, for the gods of Homer and Hesiod. 118 Cassirer then proceeds to quote from Plato's Re-public (37yf ) a passage which demonstrates that Plato wished to "supervise the making of fables and legends, rejecting all which are un- satisfactory." But this merely shows that Plato had no senti- mental attachment for tradition as such and was prepared to adopt a critical attitude towards it, even as Socrates had done, accepting what appeared to him to be rational and rejecting what he thought was irrational. The passage does not prove that Plato decided to expel the poets from his ideal republic for political reasons or that he considered the poets especially a great political menace. As a philosopher Plato sought to estab- lish a true theory of the state and in this sense he was opposed to mere myth or fiction in political theory. one must make a choice between a rational and a mythical conception of the state but not between philosophers and poets. According to Cassirer, What is combated and rejected by Plato is not poetry itself, but the myth-making function. To him and to every other Greek both things were inseparable. From time immemorial the poets had been the real myth makers. As Herodotus said, Homer and Hesiod had made the generations of the gods; they had portrayed their shapes and distinguished their offices and powers. Here was the real danger for the Platonic Republic. To admit poetry meant to admit myth, but myth could not be admitted without frustrating all philosophic efforts and undermining the very foundations of Plato's state. only by expelling the poets from the ideal state could the philosopher's state be protected against the intrusion of subversive hostile forces. Plato did not entirely forbid mythical tales; he even admitted that, in the education of a young child, they are indispensable. But they must be brought under a strict discipline. 119 118 Ibid., 72. *., 67. 532 DAVID BIDNEY Here, almost in the same breath, Cassirer maintains that Plato felt compelled to expel the poets from his Republic be- cause they were myth-makers, and yet admits that mythical tales, when properly censored, were considered indispensable in the education of the young. There is a decided difference between censoring the myth-makers and expelling them al- together. In sum, it would appear, that Cassirer is reading into Plato a political motive which was alien to his thought. Plato, as a scientist and philosopher, was indeed opposed to mythology, insofar as it tended to be accepted literally as religious truth. Yet, as educator, he reluctantly admitted that myths were in- dispensable in educating young people and in exemplifying a metaphysical, religious truth. Myths in other words, if properly constructed and selected, were compatible with a rationalistic philosophy. Nowhere in the Republic does Plato suggest that the poets as well as artists whom he criticized were a political threat to his ideal state. When, towards the end of his Republic, he finally does suggest that poets and painters are not to be ad- mitted into a well-ordered state, it is for epistemological and scientific reasons, and not at all for political reasons. It is be- cause the poets and artists are dealing with "imitations of imi- tations" and are thrice-removed from the ideal forms which may be intuited by reason that they are not to be allowed in his scientific society. 120 In an ideal philosophical state, where the pursuit of truth and reality was the most important task, the poets and artists as such would have no place. In the actual historical state, however, they were indispensable. The non- admission of the poets and artists was, therefore, for Plato an ideal, intellectual requirement motivated by theoretical con- siderations. It was not motivated by practical, political con- siderations in the sense that the poets and artists were con- sidered a political threat to the existence of the Republic. Perhaps the issue involved regarding Plato's attitude towards the poets may be pointed up by reference to the difference of opinion between Cassirer and Jaeger regarding the ultimate Republic, X, 601-607. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 533 status of Plato's Republic. According to Jaeger, Plato re- garded the Republic as the "true home of the philosopher." To this Cassirer counters, that the home of the philosopher was the civitas divina, not the civitas terrena. Yet, according to Cassirer, "Plato did not allow this religious tendency to in- fluence his political judgment. He became a political thinker and a statesman not by inclination but from duty." The two points of view of Jaeger and Cassirer may be reconciled, if one holds that Plato's Republic was indeed an ideal state, a heaven on earth, for the philosopher to live in} and that it was also an attempt at a practical resolution of the social and political crises which afflicted the Greek city states of his day. The Republic may therefore be considered Plato's first attempt at formulating a theory of the ideal as well as of the best state. 122 As an ideal, the Republic was a scientific political theory which dealt with fundamental principles of social organization and culture. As the best state, the Republic was a practical social invention which took into consideration the current Greek culture and attempted to eliminate some of its objectionable features. It may be said, perhaps, that the idealistic philosopher and practical statesman in Plato were never quite reconciled and that the Republic reveals both tendencies. In this way, it would seem, one could account for the fact that Plato at first speaks of censoring the myth-makers and later, in the same dialogue, urges their non- admission. Cassirer, in attributing to Plato a political motive for the non-admission of the poets and artists, is not taking sufficiently into consideration the idealistic motive in Plato, which he himself has recognized in evaluating the Republic as a whole. In sum, we must distinguish between a mythical conception of the state and myth-making as a poetic function. As a ration- alistic philosopher, Plato rejected the former but accepted the latter. This, I take it, would be Cassirer's position as well. The full significance of Cassirer's antipathy to political myths becomes apparent in his treatment of modern and contemporary theories of man and the state. 121 M.S., 635 cf. earlier discussion in Section 2 above. 69. 534 DAVID SIDNEY In discussing "The Myth of the Twentieth Century," Cas- sirer contrasts myth as "an unconscious activity and as a free product of imagination" 123 with the new political myths which are the product of a conscious, deliberate technique. As Cassirer puts it: It has been reserved for the twentieth century, our own great technical age, to develop a new technique of myth. Henceforth myths can be manufactured in the same sense and according to the same methods as any other modern weapon as machine guns or airplanes. That is a new thing and a thing of crucial importance. It has changed the whole form of our social life. . . . The real rearmament [of Germany] began with the origin and rise of the political myths. The later military rearmament was only an accessory after the fact. 124 The new political myths are fabricated through a deliberate change in the function of language from the semantic to the magical use of words, 125 from a logical to a cynically pragmatic use of words "destined to produce certain effects and to stir up certain emotions." As in primitive societies, the modern totali- tarian societies supplement magic words with appropriate social rites, the neglect of which is regarded as a crime against the state. As a result, Cassirer notes, We have learned that modern man, in spite of his restlessness, and perhaps because of his restlessness, has not really surmounted the con- dition of savage life. When exposed to the same forces, he can easily be thrown back to a state of complete acquiescence. He no longer questions his environment; he accepts it as a matter of course. 126 Cassirer, it appears, does not share the naive faith of some of the nineteenth century evolutionists in linear progress and in a steady, continuous growth in rational institutions. As in the sphere of biology, he recognizes that there may be reversions, in part, to a more primitive state, with the difference that the new primitives are far more deadly than the old, having added the techniques of modern science to the irrationalism of primitive mentality. 188 Ibid., 282. 184 Ibid., 282. 286. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 535 Since Cassirer must have had in mind Alfred Rosenberg's Myth of the Twentieth Century 121 in entitling the last section of his Myth of the State, it will prove illuminating to consider for a moment what this Nazi "philosopher," the influence of whose work was second only to Hitler's Mem Kampf, meant by the term my thus. Myth, as conceived by Rosenberg, became transformed from a term of disparagement in the sense of being the antithesis of science, to one of positive appreciation as some- thing which refers to a truth which transcends science. Myth became a racial or Volk ifltuition of nature and* life, which re- veals the special character and destiny of a given Volk. on this assumption, "truth" is relative to the needs and aspirations of the folk-soul} that which enhances the form and inner values of this organic life is true. Of course, only Nordic man, and in particular the late Fuehrer, was held to be qualified to deter- mine infallibly what is true for the Volk y since the notion of an objective, universal criterion of truth was rejected as a perversion of Jews, Catholics, and democrats. In brief, myth was understood as an ethnocentric, mystical truth which was validated pragmatically by its social consequences for a given, chosen community. Rosenberg's "philosophy" of mythology is a political myth in the sense that it provides a rationalization for a given pattern of political action on the part of the state and its leaders. It is a conscious attempt to undermine the presuppositions of an objective, universally normative truth in the supposed interests of a given state, thereby precluding any appeal to a common reason or to common civilized standards of value in inter- national relations. It is this new myth of the state of which Cassirer voices his disapproval so whole-heartedly. 16 The Humanism and Rationalism of Cassirer The outstanding characteristics of Cassirer's philosophy oi culture are its humanism and rationalism, both of which derive from his neo-Kantian orientation. 1IT Alfred Rosenberg, The Myth of the Twentieth Century, (Munich, 1930), Cf. Rosenberg's Na&i Myth, by Albert R. Chandler, (Ithaca, N.Y., 1945). 536 DAVID SIDNEY Cassirer's standpoint is essentially anthropocentric or homo- centric. In accepting the so-called Copernican revolution of Kant he committed himself to the view that the human mind is the creative source of symbolic forces which serve as organs or instruments for the understanding of man and nature. Man is said to be an animal symbolicum, living in a symbolical universe of his own creation. Historically, man is said to be known through the cultural achievements of humanity. But, unlike the positivistic sociologists, Cassirer does not regard culture as a reality sui generis, as if culture were to be explained as a phe- nomenon which is conceived through itself alone and is de- termined entirely by itself. He always reminds us that culture consists of cultural symbols and that the function of the latter is objectification of the experiences of the human ego. Thus language is said to symbolize sense perception 5 myth and re- ligion are symbolic expressions of emotion, art of intuition, science of understanding. In all instances of cultural symboliza- tion we are reminded of the creative role of the human ego in the conception and formation of its cultural symbols. Thus, unlike some modern "culturologists" 128 who stress man's pas- sivity and the predominant influence of cultural determinism, Cassirer stresses the role of human freedom in the development of culture. As Cassirer puts it: Human culture taken as a whole may be described as the process of man's progressive self-liberation. Language, art, religion, science are various phases in this process. In all of them man discovers and proves a new power the power to build up a world of his own, an "ideal" world. 129 Cassirer, like Ortega y Gasset and Jean-Paul Sartre (see earlier, Section 6), emphasizes man's subjective freedom and power of creativity in literally making himself through the process of symbolic objectification. The so-called objective world of nature provides the stimulus or occasion for man's creative powers, but does not affect the nature and general development of this mental-cultural activity. 128 Vide L. A. White, "Man's control over Civilization: An Anthropocentric Illusion," in The Scientific Monthly, Ixvi, March 194.8, 235-47. *" EM., 22 8 j cf. Cassirer's "Naturalistische und humanistische Begrundung der Kulturphilosophie," Goteborg-, 1939. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 537 By contrast, those contemporary ethnologists or "culturolo- gists" who hold to the "superorganic" view of culture, draw attention to the fact that culture molds or determines human personality and its modes of expression, and claim that man is not at all the free agent which he erroneously believes himself to be. As one culturologist has recently stated: "From the cultural determinisms point of view, human beings are merely the instruments through which cultures express themselves. . . . Neither as groups nor as individuals do we have a choice of roles or of fates." 130 Cassirer's thesis that human culture as a whole may be described as the process of man's self-liberation is thus seen to be the antithesis of the culturological view that culture is an autonomous process, subject to its own determinate laws of development, and that man is largely the instrument or vehicle of a cultural process whose direction and modes he neither con- trols nor determines. According to the position proposed in this analysis, both the above views represent extreme positions. Cultural man is neither quite so free nor quite so determined as the proponents of these extremes tend to assume he is. If one accepts the polaristic con- ception of culture suggested earlier (Section 7), then it may be said that there is a determinate human nature which is mani- fested functionally through culture but is not reducible to cul- ture. Hence man may be conceived as being in part determined by himself by his own nature and powers and in part by the natural forces to which he must adjust himself while utilizing them to further his own ends. Man's essence may be said to determine his functions and modes of existence in the sense of setting limits to human powers of effort and endurance in any given environment. on the other hand, human life or existence is free in the sense that man creates his own forms of cultural expression and symbolization, while adjusting himself to the conditions of his natural, cosmic environment. The notion of unpredictable cultural freedom of expression emphasized by the neo-Kantian idealists and the humanistic existentialists is based upon a common ontological presupposition 110 L. A. White, "Man's Control over Civilization," 244, 246. (See fn. 128.) 538 DAVID BIDNEY that life or existence is prior to its own essence, and that life creates itself progressively through its own expressions or ob- jectifications. on the other hand, the cultural determinists pre- suppose that cultural essences or forms determine human existence and its dynamic modes of expression; that the what or essence of culture determines the function or active nature of man. This explains why the cultural positivists and cultural idealists differ on the issue of human freedom, although agree- ing in positing a cultural reality as over against the notion of a meta-cultural or pre-cultural reality. Thus cultural existen- tialists and functionalists as well as cultural "essentialists" or culturologists end up by eliminating the category of nature and reducing nature to culture, the former in the name of human freedom, and the latter in the name of scientific determinism. When we turn to Cassirer's philosophy of history we find him similarly opposed to the view of the historical determinists, that human cultural and social development may be described in terms of a general formula of fixed stages, and to the prophetic notion that there is a "destiny" in human culture history. Thus he writes: But the reality of history is not a uniform sequence of events but the inner life of man. This life can be described and interpreted after it has been lived; it cannot be anticipated in an abstract general formula, and it cannot be reduced to a rigid scheme of three or five acts. 131 The notion of fate or destiny in human cultural history seems to him to be a mythological idea incompatible with the rationality of man as a conscious, self-determining agent. Ac- cording to Cassirer, In almost all mythologies of the world we meet with the idea of an inevitable, inexorable, irrevocable destiny. Fatalism seems to be in- separable from mythical thought. . . . But in some of our modern phi- losophers this distinction [between mythical and philosophical thought] seems to be completely effaced. They give us a metaphysics of history that shows all the characteristic features of myth. 132 on the other hand, Cassirer does not mean to say that man is m M., 201. m MS. 9 zgoL ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 539 absolutely free under all circumstances. It is possible for man to surrender his freedom of self-determination under the paralyzing influence of some myth of the state, so that he be- comes a willing victim of his self-enslavement. Man's freedom, in other words, is manifested in his ability to surrender his free- dom as well as in his efforts to retain it. As Ortega y Gasset has remarked, our present actions determine the extent of our future freedom. Thus Cassirer reminds us that ethical freedom is not a natural fact that is given or inherited, but rather a potentiality which man himself must strive to realize and bring into practical operation. Acknowledging his indebtedness to Kant on this point, Cassirer observes that In the exposition of his own theory Kant always warns us against a fundamental misunderstanding. Ethical freedom, he declares, is not a fact but a postulate. It is not gegeben but aufgegeben; it is not a gift with which human nature is endowed; it is rather a task, and the most arduous task that man can set himself. It is no datum, but a demand ; an ethical imperative. To fulfil this demand becomes especially hard in times of a severe and dangerous social crisis when the breakdown of the whole public life seems to be imminent. At these times the indi- vidual begins to feel a deep mistrust in his own powers. Freedom is not a natural inheritance of man. In order to possess it we have to create it. 133 But in order to create freedom one must first have the ca- pacity for free action by nature a basic presupposition to which Rousseau and the rationalists who followed him have repeatedly drawn attention. Here again Cassirer confronts us with a choice between natural and cultural freedom, as if the two notions were not logically compatible. Unless freedom were a fact of nature, in the sense of being an intrinsic capacity or power of self-determination, there would be no point in postulating it as an ethical imperative. As Cassirer conceives it, the task of the modern rationalistic philosopher is to combat the surrender of human reason and freedom to the forces of irrationalism and fatalism, by develop- ing afresh the humanistic insight of Plato and Kant that man, 188 MS., 28 7 f. 540 DAVID SIDNEY historically speaking, is master of his fate and can choose his demon in order to achieve eudaimonia or happiness. 134 In this sense the task of philosophy may be said to begin with itself, with the overcoming of the myth-provoking irrationalism of those philosophies (such as theological existentialism) in which reason is employed in order to accomplish its unconditional surrender in all the critical situations of human life. 135 In the last analysis, Cassirer holds fast to his evolutionary, rationalistic faith in cultural progress and in the power of reason to keep in check the irrational powers of myth. As he expresses it: Yet when small groups do try to enforce their wishes and their fantastic ideas upon great nations and the whole body politic, they may succeed for a short time, and they may even achieve great triumphs, but these must remain ephemeral. For there is, after all, a logic of the social world just as there is a logic of the physical world. There are certain laws that cannot be violated with impunity. Even in this sphere we have to follow Bacon's advice. We must learn how to obey the laws of the social world before we can undertake to rule it. 136 Here, obviously, the man of liberal faith and the prophet of rationalism is speaking and expressing his faith in the ulti- mate triumph of social logic in human affairs. He refers enigmatically to certain "laws" of the social world which "must" be obeyed but, like the destiny-philosophers whom he criti- cizes, fails to specify what these laws are or how they can be empirically established. If irrational social forces do come to the fore and do manage to gain the ascendancy, why "must" their triumph remain any more ephemeral than that of the opposing forces? There is more to be said for the "logic of power" than the idealistic advocates of the power of logic have yet been prepared to acknowledge. Cassirer, it would appear, was so much concerned with the power of cultural symbols that he failed to reckon realistically with the power of the objects to which the symbols referred. Furthermore, in view of Cas- sirer's admission that the irrational forces of myth tend to 184 ibid., 7 6. Ibid., 2 9 2f. " Ibid., 295. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 541 predominate in times of crisis and that "it is beyond the power of philosophy to destroy the political myths," 137 one cannot help wondering how substantial is the foundation for his faith in the ultimate victory of the rational functions of mind and of social logic. Cassirer on the Problem of Cultural Unity We return finally to the problem with which we began this analysis and ask again whether Cassirer has made any sig- nificant contribution towards the resolution of the intellectual, cultural crisis of our times. We have seen that, according to Cassirer, the crisis which confronts us is owing to the fact that modern culture lacks an intellectual center of integration. He has suggested, therefore, that what is vitally needed is a philo- sophical anthropology capable of comprehending man as a whole and providing a meaning and direction to all our human activities. His Essay on Man and The Myth of the State com- prise his final "testament of wisdom" and may therefore fairly be evaluated with reference to this ideal objective. In sum, it may be said, Cassirer has offered us a spiritual anthropology which reduces the category of nature to that of culture, thereby "humanizing philosophy and turning cos- mogony and ontology into anthropology." The key concept to this spiritual anthropology is the symbol, which is the source of reality as well as of intelligibility in human experi- ence. The whole of human culture is understood or interpreted as comprising the diverse modes of symbolism historically cre- ated and evolved by mankind in its efforts at self-expression and "progressive self-liberation." In the last analysis, the evo- lution of cultural thought is said to be dependent upon the evolution of language or linguistic symbolism, and culture as a whole is interpreted as the language of the human spirit. Within each category or mode of culture there is a "unity in the manifold," in the sense that each cultural perspective may ultimately be conceived through some one psychological MT MS., 2965 cf. the writer's review of Cassirer's Myth of the State in Ameri- can Anthropologist, 49, (July-September 1947), 481-83. 542 DAVID SIDNEY motive or function. Thus all forms of art may be understood as diverse symbolic expressions of intuition; myth and religion symbolize emotions and provide a rationalization for the identity of all forms of lifej and science gives us a unity of thought by providing a symbolic universe of laws and principles (see Section 12 above). Cassirer thus correlates the subjective functions of the ego with the historically-evolved cultural cate- gories, thereby binding together man and the symbolic world of his creation. , Similarly one may discern a common function for the whole of human culture. Cassirer's ultimate presupposition appears to be that the whole of human culture has a common, evolutionary origin in human experience as well as a common end or function in making for progressive objectification of the human spirit and for self-liberation. Notwithstanding the diversity of cul- tural expressions there is said to be a "dynamic equilibrium" and a "hidden harmony" which reconciles apparently opposing forces. 138 As Cassirer concludes in his Essay on Man, But this multiplicity and disparateness does not denote discord or disharmony. All these functions complete and complement one another. Each one opens a new horizon and shows us a new aspect of humanity. The dissonant is in harmony with itself; the contraries are not mutually exclusive, but interdependent; "harmony in contrariety, as in the case of the bow and the lyre." 139 There are then, for Cassirer, two sources of unity of function in human culture, namely, psychological or genetic unity of motive for each type of cultural discipline, and teleological unity of function in achieving a common harmony for any given historical culture as well as for the culture of humanity as a whole. As regards the genetic, psychological unity of function at- tributed to a mode of culture, we have seen, in the case of myth, that this is open to question. Cassirer has not demon- strated that each cultural discipline may be correlated with only one psychological function. Objectively, we find that 188 EM., 223. 189 ' L ' J 22*. ANTHROPOLOGICAL THOUGHT 543 leading contemporary ethnologists, with the exception of the Functionalistic School, would not subscribe to the thesis that myth, for example, has one primary social function and would hold instead that it may have a plurality of functions a criti- cism which may be applied to any other cultural discipline. Furthermore, with reference to the teleological unity of function which is said to characterize a given culture and the culture of humanity as a whole, the reply may be made that this a priori harmony is not substantiated by the empirical evi- dence. Political myth, for example, has, on Cassirer's own in- sistence, no place in a genuinely rational culture. Obviously, then, from a historical point of view, there can be no "pre- established harmony" between myth and the rational elements of culture. The most serious criticism, however, of the so-called func- tionalistic harmony of culture is that it is purely formal and provides no criterion for the evaluation of the content or "sub- stance" of any given cultural configuration. Any one historical culture is, on this assumption, in harmony with itself, no matter what its empirical content may be. This problem be- comes acute especially in the sphere of intercultural relations where we are confronted with international conflicts which may lead to world war. Obviously the assurance under such circum- stances that there is an ultimate "hidden harmony" between the East and the West is of little comfort or practical signifi- cance y since what is required is a MANIFEST harmony, which may enable the nations of the world to dwell together in peace. But since there is for Cassirer no reality other than cultural or symbolical reality, there can be no meta-cultural or pre-cultural, ontological reality by which to evaluate con- flicting standards of value. In the end, we are left with a plurality of empirical ethnocentric, symbolical worlds, each of which is formally in harmony with the idea of humanity but functionally and actually in conflict with the others. As the writer has noted elsewhere, 140 the neo-Kantians are tolerant in theory to the extreme point of accepting the validity of any empirical socio-cultural system whatsoever. Any actual 140 Bidney, "Culture Theory and the Problem of Cultural Crises." 544 DAVID SIDNEY perversion or "transvaluation" of concrete human values may be justified on earth, provided one acknowledges his faith in the purity and harmony of the categorial structure whose abode is Heaven. Thus, Cassirer was led by his faith in the higher rationality of humanity to overlook the serious practical problems of cul- tural conflict and disunity. In other words, the very rationality of his neo-Kantian outlook led him logically and paradoxically to a toleration in theory of the irrational and mythological mentality which he strove in practice to obliterate from the social and political life of man. As a moral philosopher he did not believe in "speculative idleness" and urged his fellow philosophers to emulate the great thinkers of the past who made it their task "to think beyond and against their times." 141 But he derived his intellectual and moral courage to do so, not from his neo-Kantian theory and his egocentric, spiritual anthro- pology, but from the classical metaphysical traditions, from Greek culture and the philosophia ferennis of the Hebrew- Christian tradition as well as from the humanism of the Renais- sance and the rationalism of the Enlightenment which he knew so intimately and loved so well. DAVID SIDNEY THE VIKING FUND NEW YORK CITY 141 MS., 296. 15 Helmut Kuhn ERNST CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 15 ERNST CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE title "Philosophy of Culture" seems to denote a JL branch or field of philosophy: philosophy applying itself to the exploration of that particular fact or set of facts which we describe as "culture." This special field would have to be mapped out in terms of the total area of which it is a part, and in terms of its relation to the adjacent fields of philosophical study, such as ethics or philosophy of history. In fact, culture is one of the themes of Cassirer's philosophy, and culture does constitute a field of study within the wider compass of his thought. But it does so only incidentally. This may seem a paradoxical assertion, flying in the face of Cassirer's own explicit statements. Does he not, in unambiguous words, distinguish between philosophy of culture and philosophy of nature as two separate, though related, domains? Nevertheless, we rejoin, by regarding culture as a special field or theme of Cassirer's thought we choose an unpromising approach and are almost certain to miss the intent of his phi- losophy. Although analyzing in great detail certain forms of culture, such as language or myth, Cassirer neglects others almost completely; and this uneven treatment, far from being fortuitous, betrays the guiding and selecting interest in the philosopher's mind. This interest is not in the exploration of culture for its own sake. Wondering what culture is and trying to describe its nature in terms as simple and straightforward as possible, the observer's mind may fasten upon certain salient features and cardinal ques- tions. Culture, as cultura animi y seems to indicate a deliberate cultivation, a tending or fashioning of the mind, some kind of education. What is the nature and goal of this education? Furthermore, culture or civilization is distinguished from both 547 548 HELMUT KUHN primitivism and barbarism, compared with which it claims to be a richer, more dignified, and more truly human mode of life. Wherein does its superiority consist and how was it achieved? Why is it as precarious a possession as the annals of mankind show? May we look forward to an as yet unattained perfection of culture in some near or distant future? If a reader approaches Cassirer's work with these observa- tions and questions in mind, he finds it unresponsive. The center of Cassirer's interest is elsewhere, and the student's query, which, in the opinion of the questioner, is central, is relegated to the periphery of the intellectual universe. We even begin to doubt whether the imaginary questioner correctly understands the meaning of the term "culture" as used by Cassirer. Where, then, is the center of gravity in Cassirer's world? "Primary philosophy" (TCP<OTY) ^tXodo^ia)^ according to Aris- totle, is a science which investigates being as being, or, in a more familiar terminology, Reality as such. 1 Cassirer's re- search, however radically it departs in some respects from the great current of philosophia perennis, is still animated through- out by the quest of "primary philosophy" as enunciated by Aristotle. Philosophy of culture is for him, first of all, phi- losophy, i.e., an investigation into the nature of Reality. But this investigation tends towards the study of culture as of a particularly revealing domain of reality. Culture appears the privileged document testifying with unparalleled eloquence to the adequacy of the underlying concept of "being as being." The affirmation of the ontological primacy of culture in Cassirer's thought is borne out by a glance at his literary career. The progressive articulation of his philosophy went hand in hand with a movement towards a greater emphasis on prob- lems of culture a development which culminated in the Philosophy of Symbolic Forms (now conveniently summarized in the recent Essay on Man). This magnum opus, a boldly conceived and masterly executed philosophical interpretation of culture, completed the conquest of a domain which, though coveted before by other members of the Marburg School, had 1 Metaphysics, 1003 a 21. CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 549 proved inaccessible to Cassirer's predecessors. It is true, Cas- sirer was encouraged and aided in his undertaking by a pre- vailing current of thought. At the turn from the nineteenth to the twentieth century, German philosophy sought to put a check on the hegemony of the natural sciences by working out a system of Geisteswissenschajt. But, if we view Cassirer's achievement against the background of the co-operative effort with which he found himself in harmony, the originality of the solution he propounded becomes only the more impressive. Following Hermann Cohen, the founder of the Marburg School, Cassirer derived his interpretation of Reality from Kant's Critique of Pure Reason. The Critique so powerfully influenced Cassirer's thinking that it determined his interpreta- tion of culture throughout, from its principles down to the order of procedure, as shown by the tables of contents in the volumes of Die Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen. Mod- estly the author takes credit only for essaying a work that was rendered both possible and indispensable by Kant, but left undone, for some reason or other, by the master. Like Wilhelm Dilthey and Heinrich Rickert, he claims to complete the Kantian architecture by giving the philosophical foundation of the science of nature as furnished by Kant a companion-piece in the philosophical foundation of the science of culture. His- torically, the claim is void. The alleged supplementation re- quires a fresh ground-plan and, in fact, a different building. Yet the intended adherence to Kant's letter and spirit is nonetheless the salient trait of the new structure. "For it is the same thing that can be thought and that can be." 2 With this succinct assertion Parmenides put an end to naive reflection on the totality of real things, and philosophy as a disquisition on reality as such emerged into sight. It is made clear that "being" is related to "being thought" not as the florin is related to the purse, the cargo to the vessel, or in any other extrinsic fashion. The two terms are conjoined rather as "sight" is to "being seen" or "creature" to "being created." Despite their distinctness they form an integral unity. Kant found a fresh formula for the Eleatic insight. In pur- 2 Hermann, Diels, Fragment* der Vorsokratiker, (5th ed.), I, 231, fr. 3. 550 HELMUT KUHN suing knowledge we put ideas together: Knowledge, the result of this process, is a synthesis. But may we, by so uniting ideas into a composite whole, expect to reveal something which, by definition, lies outside the sphere of mental operations, viz., reality? We may, Kant answers, provided the principles which direct our constructing a synthesis are identical with the prin- ciples determining the structure of reality. It will be permitted to call the totality of knowledge as based upon sense perception "experience ;" to substitute for principles: "conditions of pos- sibility," and to dub statements relating to these fundamental conditions "a priori judgments." With these terminological ad- justments, Kant's "highest principle of all synthetic judg- ments" is arrived at: "We then assert that the conditions of the possibility of experience in general are likewise conditions of the possibility of the objects of experience, and that for this reason they have objective validity in a synthetic a priori judgment." 3 Cassirer poses the problem in Parmenidean terms and then, for an answer, reaffirms Kant's solution. The first point of departure for speculation is denoted by the concept of Being. The instant this concept articulates itself and a consciousness awakes of the unity of Being, as set over against the multiplicity and variety of being things, the specifically philosophical mode of regarding the world arises. 4 With this ontological conception of philosophy in mind, Cas- sirer proceeds to express the Parmenidean identification in terms of a Kantian "transcendental" logic: "The concept relates to the object because and as much as it [the concept] is the necessary and indispensable presupposition of objectivation; because it is the function for which alone there can be objects, i.e., permanent basic units, amidst the flux of experience." 5 Shorter and simpler: "The logical concept is the necessary and sufficient condition for the knowledge of the nature of things." 6 "Being," according to this transcendental logic, means "being 3 Critique of Pure Reason (Norman K. Smith tr., London, 1929), 194. 4 Die Philoso'phie der symbolischen Formen, I, 3. - *lbid., Ill, 368. ' Zur Logik der Kulturwissenfchajten, typescript p. 37. CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 551 determined," and thinking is the process of determination. So there is no essence outside the sphere of thinking, and meta- physics as the supposed knowledge of essences is non-existent. Transcendental idealism has no room for a transcendent, i.e., super-sensible, reality, and discountenances Natural Theology and similar speculative flights. Along with metaphysics it dis- penses with the "copy theory of knowledge" (Abbildtheorie) . This theory naively interprets ideas "inside the mind" as copies of "things without," thus dissociating what belongs indelibly together and then reassembling the broken parts by resorting to a dubious analogy. 7 Examining this "critical" or "transcendental" logic, we do well to remember that "naive," i.e., pre-Kantian, metaphysics was not so nai've as to subscribe to the unphilosophical notion of knowledge as a passive image mirroring a given reality. Naivete, of course, is undying. But it has been obsolescent in philosophy ever since Parmenides put forward his monumental identification 5 and traditional metaphysics as called into ex- istence by Plato and Aristotle did not entirely fail to heed "Father Parmenides' " teaching. However, his stupendous in- sistence on a seemingly absurd truth, expressed in words as rigidly erect and quaintly ornate as an archaic statue, underwent at the hands of his followers a differentiation which made it supple and alive. The chief purpose of this differentiation was to find a place for the finite human knower as an integral part of reality a part ignored by the disdainful Eleatic save, by way of compromise, in the second, pragmatic portion of his poem. In Aristotle, the identity of "thinking" and "being" is main- tained at the pinnacle of the pyramid of reality. The unmoved mover, form disengaged from matter, act free of potentiality, is described as v6i)i$ voqw<& thinking returning upon itself, reality as self-comprehending intellection, a thing that is by virtue of thinking itself. But in the sublunar world inhabited by man this primordial unity bifurcates. Man the knower is confronted by things to be known things which are y regard- less as to whether or not he takes cognizance of their existence. 7 Cf . Philosophic der symbolischen Formen (hereafter abbreviated: PSF), I, 5. 552 HELMUT KUHN Yet their "becoming known" is by no means incidental to their existence in the sense in which "being portrayed" is incidental to a person. First, the kind of existence which a thing has in- volves a degree of knowability, depending upon the share which form has in its constitution. So a star is more knowable than a lump of clay, or the soul than the body. For cognition detaches a thing's form from its matter: the intelligent mind is the locus of forms. Second, the identity which is complete at the summit, in the form of forms, is present also in the human act of cogni- tion, though only in a qualified way. "In the case of objects which involve no matter, what thinks and what is thought are identical" (*6 a ^6 eate TO vooov *ai T& vooujxevov). 8 The very word- ing is reminiscent of Parmenides. Man may rise to intuiting forms not contaminated with matter. But he is environed by a compound reality forms wedded to matter. Consequently the cognitive process in the human mind is, for Aristotle, an interplay and co-operation of activity and passivity. This duality corresponds to the duality of the human situation. Man, as finite, is one thing among the many things of the world, acted upon and reacting. At the same time, man, through reason, is somehow all things. Turning now to Kant, the source of Cassirer's epistemology, we find the interplay of activity and passivity supplanted with a novel emphasis on the constructive activity of the mind. The Eleatic identification is reborn in the spirit of the modern, post-Cartesian subject. However, the scope of this idealistic motif which reverses the natural order by making objects con- form to concepts 9 is strictly limited to the sensible world: to the world of phenomena as interpreted by "experience;" and this phenomenal world is not coextensive with reality. The Critique teaches that "the object is to be taken in a twofold sense, namely as appearance and thing in itself." 10 Beyond the pales of appearance all the essential features of the metaphysical world picture, though denied to speculative knowledge, are restored to enlightened faith. This restoration, far from being 8 De Anima^ 43oa 3-4. 9 Critique of Pure Reason (N. K. Smith tr.)> 22. 28. CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 553 a mere compromise, springs from the ethos of Kant's under- taking. Rescinding the principle of happiness and dislodging contemplation from its sovereign place, he wrests man from his anchorage in nature while blocking his visionary ascent to God. But he believes he only takes away what man never right- fully possessed. It is true, Kant disabuses man and purges his mind from speculative conceit. Yet in so humbling him he does not deliver him into the despair of metaphysical homelessness. Instead he returns the paraphernalia of the transmundane homestead, God and the intelUgibilia, freedom and beatitude not to man's cognitive faculty, but to his "practical belief." Man, in a chastened mood now, since he has put away his intellectual pride, is expected reverently to submit to a law that defines his place in the order of things and to which the voice of duty in his own mind bears unequivocal testimony. By the same token, the interplay of spontaneity and passivity in the cognitive process is restored. Again, the theory of knowledge is but- tressed to the idea of the finitude of man. The very act of resignation by which we disown metaphysical vision is supposed to establish the right rapport between ourselves and the objects of the metaphysical world. By a tour de force we thus arrive at the notion of unintelligible intelligibilia (vooujxeva) unintel- ligible, we must add, to us, to man. Following the general line of neo-Kantian thought, Cassirer adopts Kant's "highest principle of all synthetic judgments" the identification of "the conditions of the possibility of experi- ence" with "the conditions of the possibility of the objects of experience." At the same time, again conforming to the Mar- burg pattern, he goes beyond Kant. Kant's "objects of experi- ence" are not objects as such, but "appearances" as set over against the "thing in itself." Hence, Kant's identification is a limited one. The neo-Kantian, discarding the "thing in itself," makes the identification total. He robs the object of all its sub- stantiality. To him the object is the result or the "function" of the logical process of objectivationj and the residuum which resists this "functionalization" becomes an "objective" (Auf- gabe] the infinitely distant goal for further acts of logical 554 HELMUT KUHN determination. Kant's transcendental logic is made to outgrow the limited domain assigned to it by the master. If God held in one hand truth, in the other the search for it, inviting us to choose, we should, Lessing held, beg the heavenly Father to keep the truth for Himself and let us have the search. To this Hermann Cohen objects. What truth means to God is of no concern to us ; and as far as we are con- cerned the gifts of the two hands are actually one: truth is the quest for truth. 11 In the same vein, Cassirer quotes Faust's translation of the opening words of the Gospel according to St. John: "In the beginning was the deed." 12 Logos is creation, positing reality. All this goes beyond Kant in the sense that the transcendental synthesis is viewed as constituting not only "ob- jects of experience" but objects tout court. However, in so radicalizing the thesis of Kant's transcen- dental logic, Cassirer goes also back behind Kant not to pre-Kantian metaphysics, but to pre-metaphysical, i.e., pre- Platonic, ontology: to Parmenides. A modern dynamic com- panion-piece to the immobile, self-contained Eleatic Being is achieved. This, of course, is not the avowed intent of the neo- Kantian thinker who is innocent of any archaizing inclinations. But, constrained by the logic of his transcendental identifica- tion, he comes to embrace an archaically simplified concept of Being. Incidentally, this simplification was encouraged by the scientific ideal prevalent in an industrialized civilization. Or- ganized co-operation of vast groups, made effective by a division of labor into multiple functions, the master-device of modern industry was inapplicable to the intricate wholeness of meta- physics. Its "huge helplessness" (G. K. Chesterton) did not fit into the contemporary pattern. on the other hand, the neo- Kantian idea of knowledge as an infinite process of determina- tion, suggestive as it was of the cumulative collaboration of individuals and groups, seemed more agreeable to the Zeitgeist. Be that as it may (and admitting that this explanation of the pre-Socratic features so strikingly characteristic of various cur- rents of recent philosophy is far from exhaustive), the logic "Hermann Cohen, Ethik des reinen Willens (1904), 93. 12 Logik der Kulturwissenschaften, 61. CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 555 of the neo-Kantian return to Parmenidian simplicity is both clear and cogent. As the transcendental synthesis, the act of objectification, wins unlimited scope, the receptivity (or pas- sivity) in the knower is cancelled out. Along with his receptivity the knower as a finite subject is likewise lost to view; and the anthropological undergirding of the theory of knowledge, reinterpreted but preserved by Kant, is gone. The "bifurcation" of the ontological identity, which, in Plato and Aristotle, showed man as being "of the world," and the world as existing for man this bifurcation is blotted out. We move in the self- contained sphere of a thinking that constitutes objects; and this sphere leaves as little room for man, the knower, as the Eleatic sphere of Being. The knower looks upon this sphere as it were "from outside." Never and under no circumstances is he en- compassed by it. We ask Parmenides about man and those obtrusive facts which loom large in man's life: the choice between good and evil, the cycle of birth and death, and the alternation of the seasons. In reply he puts us off with information on "the beliefs of mortals" and on the names they have decided to affix to things. 13 We ask the neo-Kantian about man, and he sends us to empirical psychology and empirical anthropology. But this, of course, is not his whole reply to our query. Man figures in his philosophy as a subject related to objects. The subject- object correlation is all-pervasive, omnipresent. However, Cas- sirer affirms, no hard and fast dividing line separates the two correlate spheres. Wherever a meaning is grasped, it carries with it both subject and object as polar "moments" involved in its structure; in other words, it is the result of a mediation between the two poles. "To be," in this view, means "to be a synthesis" of subject and object, or of the ego and the world. But with this definition the status of "being" or "reality" is denied to the world as well as to the ego. Using a simile dear to Plato we may liken the synthesis to a tissue. Let us suppose a student of the weaving process, though sharp-sighted in observing the expanding pattern of warp and woof, be completely blind to loom, shuttle, and raw-material. "Hermann Diels, of. '/., I, 239, fr. 8, 50-61. 556 HELMUT KUHN So he is well equipped closely to follow the progress of the work, but unable to see the tools and the thread which between them carry on this work. The puzzled student will try to make up for the lacuna in his vision by imagining hypothetical agen- cies which would explain the mysterious growth of the texture. Ingenious as he is he might succeed in imagining the devices invisible to him. But, instead of letting him have his way, we deepen his perplexity by adding to the defect of eyesight a mental handicap. We incapacitate him for thinking or imagin- ing anything except in terms of a texture, and accordingly we endow him with a purely "textile" language. The doubly disabled student of textile manufacture in our parable is man trying to study "subject" and "reality" on the line of the neo-Kantian approach. These two polar concepts are of crucial importance to him: they denote the terminal points of the axis upon which his interpretation revolves. At the same time, he finds himself debarred from ever bringing them into the purview of his analysis. By definition, one of the two, the object pole, while directing the advance of cognitive syn- theses, never rises above the knower's horizon. Similarly, the ego, manifest though it is through its works, remains eternally in his back. This "evanescent nature" of both "ego" and "world," as it appears in neo-Kantian epistemology, points truly to the structure of the situation of the knower confronted with potential objects of knowledge. But the question is as to whether an analysis of the cognitive subject-object relation can provide the foundations upon which to erect a philosophical edifice. In other words, is a situation in which the world is "for man," the spectator, (while man's participation in the world as an agent is lost sight of) as prototypical for an interpretation of reality as neo-Kantianism assumes? To be sure, an under- standing of culture can be won only on the basis of an adequate conception of the human agent. Hence the attempt to develop the transcendental logic of neo-Kantianism into a philosophy of culture appears a singularly unpropitious enterprise. Nature without man is imaginable, fragmentary though she may seem. But culture is clearly a man-made thing, a datum for rtian's in- spection, too, but first of all existing through man and in man. CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 557 To find strength in weakness is the mark of a creative mind. In Cassirer's hands, transcendental logic becomes an effective tool for coping with problems of the human world. Within its limited reach, this clean-cutting tool harvests fruits which a more deeply searching instrument, or one of more sweeping grasp, would have been likely to have left ungleaned. An analysis of the transcendental synthesis may move in either of two directions, according to the prevailing interest. The interest may be directed either towards uncovering "founda- tions," i.e., ultimate positing acts which afford a basis for subse- quent syntheses and endow the whole process with the character of self-supporting "science" (wwrtfaiQ) ; or it may focus on the resulting structures. It was Hermann Cohen, the founder of the Marburg school, who took the "adventurous road" towards the discovery of origins. In his Logic we find him at pains to wrest Being as "aught" from a primordial "naught" a "logogony" which forces the thinking mind through the narrow strait of an "extreme perplexity" into progressive self-determination. 14 With Cassirer, temper and direction of the transcendental enterprise have changed. Gone is the heroic passion for moving the globus intellectualis by the "lever of the origin j " gone also the founder's provincialism which oddly clogged his vision. Instead, we find an analyst applying himself with an open mind and heightened sen- sitiveness to a study of those structural features which the cogni- tive synthesis in its manifold forms reveals forms abundantly exhibited by the numerous branches of actual science. This new tendency, akin in spirit to HusserPs phenomenology, bore its early fruits in the field of the logic of natural science. But gradually it gave rise to a broadening of perspective which rendered a philosophy of culture possible. once we have accepted the basic principle of a "critical philosophy," the primacy of the creative mind over a given reality, of "function" over "object," we need not, Cassirer argues, confine ourselves to examining the cognitive function and its objective correlate, the thing as knowable. There are other types of meaningful structures through which the mind manifests its creativity, distinct from knowledge, but no less "Hermann Cohen, Logik der reinen Erkenntnis (3rd ed., 1922), 83 f. 558 HELMUT KUHN coherent, each forming a realm of meaning of its own, each ordered and articulated in accordance with its own laws, its own "style." Mythic thought, language, art these are the chief instances of autonomous "structures of meaning" which Cas- sirer has in mind. only by comprising these non-cognitive structures within its field of vision does transcendental idealism come into its own. "Thus the critique of reason becomes critique of culture. It seeks to understand and to show how all content of culture, inasmuch as it is not a merely particular content but one based upon a universal principle of form, presupposes a creative act of the mind (eine ursfrilngliche Tat des Geistes)" The defeat of the naive-realistic view of the world is in- complete as long as the idealistic analysis is confined to knowl- edge. While admitting that certain structural traits of the object of knowledge result from a formative activity of the mind, the realist may still maintain that there must be an independent "something," a datum, subsisting outside the subject-object relation. His contention, Cassirer holds, becomes untenable as soon as we substitute "culture" for "world." Confronted with the array of cultural forms, he must see that clinging to the idea of a self-contained non-mental substratum, a "thing in itself," henceforth will serve no purpose. Here, at last, the mind stands revealed in works unmistakably its own. There is distinctness, structure, articulate meaning, but no sus- picion of an extra-mental givenness. Envisaging these structures and meaningful contexts is tantamount to discerning a variety of basic "directions" or "tendencies" of the mind, each of which issues in an object or a set of objects. And these objects are plainly products, shaped through and through by that creative "direction" from which they spring. "Being" is swallowed up in "doing." A work of art is. But the being we ascribe to it is derivative. It actually is nothing save what it is in relation to, and as a product of, artistic imagination. The world of aesthetic objects is a continuous and orderly manifestation of one of the mind's cosmogonic urges. And the same is true of the world of mythic thought and of language. With its recent development modern physics has lost its grip , ii. CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 559 on material reality. Models explanatory of sub-atomic struc- tures can no longer be regarded as faithful large scale replicas of microcosmic nature. Their value is to be assessed in terms of their usefulness in rendering prediction of future events pos- sible. These new physical concepts, instead of "picturing" facts, permit the physicist to orient himself in his dealings with nature by providing what Heinrich Hertz called "symbols." This term, signaling, so it seemed, the bankruptcy of naive realism in physics, was seized upon and given a new and ambitious career by Cassirer. He decided to call those structures which he set out to analyze in his philosophy of culture, "symbolic forms." The title seems appropriate. In ancient Greece old bonds of friendship and hospitality were acknowledged and renewed when the two fragments of a ring, tokens of recognition, fitted exactly together. The ring, or whatever object took its place, was called a symbol. Symbol, in the original Greek sense of the word, is a token. The cultural forms also betoken some- thing. They express a meaning. In the symbol literally so-called the sign is clearly distinct from that which it signifies. The sign is: two physical objects fitting together ; the thing signified: two minds fitting together. In Cassirer's "symbolic form" this distinction holds too. There is a perceived or imagined form: a sequel of articulate sounds, an arrangement of lines and colors, a "world picture;" and these sensible forms are designed to point to something non-sensible. They are utterances. Each one of the various "realms of forms" externalizes an inner world. Each is a language of its own. At this juncture the metaphor of the symbol breaks down and, at the same time, gains a fresh significance. The ring is one thing, the ancient alliance of two families or clans an- other thing; and we find no difficulty in not only distinguishing but also separating these two types of reality. Both may exist independently of each other. This separableness is not found in Cassirer's "symbolic forms." Distinct though sign and meaning are, they belong inextricably together. They fit as neatly to each other as the broken halves of a ring fit. Like these they form an integral whole. This intimacy of the relation between 560 HELMUT KUHN "form" and "meaning" distinguishes the genuine symbolic form from conventional semantic systems such as the Morse Code or the signs used by symbolic logic. The latter provide vehicles for conveying a ready-made meaning j and they may, at any time, be supplanted with alternative, more convenient vehicles. Not so the "symbolic form." It is not exchangeable, not detachable, not arbitrarily constructed. It is not content in a form but con- tent as formj a medium informed and animated by meaning, meaning articulating itself into form. The mind weaves a seamless robe. A linguistic expression may be translated from one language into another, though even here the translation will never be a perfect equivalent of the original. But a content expressed in one type of symbolic form, say in language, cannot be ripped from its "connatural" mani- festation and sewn to a different symbolic vesture. The meaning of languages is not expressible in painting, nor the meaning of music in terms of mythic thinking. Every realm of symbolic forms, language, art, and mythic Weltanschauung, must be accepted on its own terms and deciphered in consonance with the creative direction or intent which determines the structure of that particular realm. To lay bare this unique structure, neither adding nor leaving out but faithfully following in the footprints of mens creatrix such is the business of a transcen- dental analysis of language, of mythology, of art. Philosophy appears in the role of a universal interpreter of the multiple "languages" through which the mind puts forth its inner wealth. It functions, in Cassirer's own terms, as "the conscience of culture." 1 * Transcendental analysis as employed by Cassirer has a special aptitude for performing precisely this task. It operates with a dynamic and highly flexible concept of "form" which is equally applicable in all spheres of symbolic expression. Kant, in the "transcendental logic," views the cognitive act as the synthesis of a diversity of sensory data. This idea of synoptic construction, stripped of the realistic ingredient which accrued to it from Kant's notion of "givenness," proves a perfect tool for an inter- pretation which is to range far beyond epistemology over the "Logik . . ., 33. CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 561 whole field of cultural achievements. Myths and language, re- ligious symbols and works of art all and each show the dom- inance of one point of view different in each particular field yet analogous in mode of operation to all the others j and this point of view unifies and organizes an indefinite multiplicity into an orderly Kingdom of Forms. To understand any one cul- tural phenomenon, be it a religious belief, an artistic motif, or a linguistic expression, means to locate it within the sphere of symbolic expression to which it belongs and from which it derives its significance. In other words, the phenomenon under analysis must be subjected to the dominant angle of vision as the principle of synthesis. Whence do the material elements hail which are put together by transcendental synthesis in the several provinces of its operation? "From nowhere," seems the correct reply. These material elements, although affording a particular content, have no existence apart from, or previous to, the framework of forms in which they are ensconced. They owe their particularity, and, in fact, their existence, to their relation to universal form; and this assertion is reversible. Form and matter, in this view, are strictly correlate, and synthesis is diversification as well as unification. We see here Cassirer taking the path along which Fichte, Schelling, and Hegel had once moved beyond Kant and away from Kant: away from the "thing in itself" in rela- tion to which the subject was supposed to be the suffering or receptive rather than the spontaneously active partner. Logic, which demands the dialectical interdependence of "the one" and "the many," seems to be with Cassirer and his prede- cessors in radical idealism. But his resolute departure from Kant's residual realism saves the idealist from an inconsistency only to entangle him in another no less grave difficulty. If the particular content does not stem from a material datum out- side the mind, it must be the mind that gives rise to it. How, then, is this infra-mental duality to be accounted for? How explain the concentration of analysis upon "form," if "form" and "matter" are of the same origin and, consequently, of the same ontological rank? Cassirer throughout uses a language which presupposes the common-sense notion of the mind exercising 562 HELMUT KUHN itself in a world of "given" objects. This is the view which descriptive expressions such as articulation of meaning, unifica- tion, synoptic organization, etc., imply. But the rigorous dia- lectics of transcendental idealism gives the lie to these and similar terms and reduces them to the status of metaphors. No language is available directly to express what the idealist en- deavors to think. The linguistic difficulty indicates a deep-seated quandary. We are brought face to face with an ancient cosmogonic puzzle. The original one, so it seems, needs a counter-force to chal- lenge it into productivity. A metaphysical antagonist is re- quired, Der reizt und wirkt und muss als Teufel schaffen* 7 In Cassirer's philosophy, cultural productivity is partheno- genesis, parturition of the spirit that dwells in solitude. Sub- stance, he insists, must be transfigured into function, "being" into "doing." But function is discernible only if seen against the foil of substance, just as doing requires something "unto which" doing is done. The attempt to translate everything into doing obliterates doing. Exactly this occurs in Cassirer's phi- losophy of culture. Total dynamism is proclaimed, the bound- less liberty of the creative mind 5 yet the result obtained is meaning congealed into structures rigidly static, like Parmen- ides' Being "immovable in the bonds of mighty chains without beginning and without end." 18 Parmenides was at great pains to ward off intrusions of the non-being about which, he stoutly maintained, no assertion can be made except that "it is not." Melissus and Zeno, armed with the two-edged sword of Parmenidean dialectic, continued to fight the losing battle j until in Gorgias, the prodigal son of the Eleatic house, non-being carried the day. Plato discovered the moral of this story. With apologies to Parmenides he laid unfilial hands on his thesis and re-admitted non-being to some sort of existence the existence of "images" (eidold). Thus he limited the scope of Parmenides' ontological identification" (of 17 Goethe, Faust, "Prolog im Himmel." "Hermann Diels, loc. cit., 237, fr. 8, 26f. " Sophist, 2+1 d. CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 563 knowledge and being) and rendered a philosophy of the finite world and the finite knower possible. Similarly, the Atomists used the void (successor to Parmenides' non-being) as an auxil- iary cosmogonic principle. In our own time, while metaphysics tottered with decrepitude, neo-Kantianism reverted to the Eleatic identification j and again, at the periphery of the re- stored sphere of Being, the teasing presence of the unsuccess- fully exorcized non-being made itself felt. Its name, in Cassirer, is "the flux of experience," out of which the symbolic forms are said to crystallize. This matrix of Being, itself non-being, how- ever indispensable it seems, is inassimiliably alien within the tran- scendental scheme. It is supposed to be objectifiable. But it is not objectified. Hence it is not. As the "flux of experience" looms as that which, a passive substratum, is as yet to be objectified, so, at the opposite pole of the transcendental axis, the active partner becomes just dis- cernible: that which objectifies but has not yet passed into objectivity. And again, according to the rigid laws of tran- scendental logic, this still, so to speak, "fluid" creativity is kept lingering at the outer confines of the universe of philosophical discourse. To mingle with transcendentally respectable concepts it lacks the stamp of objectivity which can be imprinted upon it only by a synthesis. This but dimly perceived creativity re- sembles the Christian God rather than the Platonic demiurge who, with the Eternal Model before him, persuades the "errant cause" into submission to his formative will. There is, according to the "critical" view, no malleable stuff to be fash- ioned. Creation is creatio ex nihilo. But, of course, the creative mind which reveals itself in symbolic forms has vacated its transmundane heaven to take up quarters in the human sphere. It is alternately called "life," a name which denotes its present abode, and "spirit" which is reminiscent of its exalted origin. Life or spirit in Cassirer's philosophy is akin to HegePs Welt- geist. But, whereas the latter unfolds itself in history, baring the rhythm of its movements for our inspection, Cassirer's "life" is known by its fruits alone. At the same time, the ele- ment of transcendence, maintained in Hegel, is discarded. Cassirer's philosophy is plainly "immanentist." Its principle of 564 HELMUT KUHN creativity is conceived in the spirit of an era whose implicit faith found a classic expression in Auguste Comte's "worship of humanity." We remember here that student of textile manufacture to whom we likened the follower of "critical" or "transcendental" idealism. This student, we agreed, was to be blind both to his tools and to his raw material. He has an eye only for the web itself. Loom and shuttle, in our simile, stand for "life" (or "spirit"), the thread as raw material for the "flux of experi- ence." We could not prevent our student from casting about un- easily for surmises concerning these to him invisible agents. In the same way, the ideas of "creative life" and the "flux of experience" intrude upon the attention of the critical analyst. But a further stipulation we agreed upon cannot, as we now see, be upheld. We tried to cast upon the victim of our experiment a spell which would force him to think everything (including tools and material) in terms of texture. This proves more than human blood and flesh can bear. In non-metaphorical language: metaphysics is not to be expelled by a vow of abstinence. Drive it out with the critical pitchfork: tamen usque recurret. Definite metaphysical tenets underlie Cassirer's philosophy of culture. His determination to refrain from metaphysics is itself dictated by his immanentist metaphysics a self-denying metaphysics, condemned to suffering atrophy. The common denominator of the divers symbolic forms is their character as principles of objectivation. They are non- cognitive variants of the Kantian "synthesis of transcendental apperception." But this is not the only bond between them. They bear, as it were, a family likeness to each other. Although they form different "languages," they show analogies of "syn- tax" and treat identical themes. This analogous structure of the various "realms" is reflected in the parallel order followed by the argument in the three volumes of the Philoso'phie der symbolischen Formen. The analysis of language (in volume I), the analysis of myth (in volume II), and the analysis of the cognitive process (in volume III) begin with a treatment of space and time. This, of course, is done in adherence to the pattern set by Kant's "transcendental aesthetics," the opening CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 565 part of the Critique of Pure Reason. But Cassirer adds a dis- cussion of number which has no pendant in the Critique. For Kant self-consciousness and time are intimately related to each other. Time is "the form of the inner sense," So, in letting an examination of the ego follow on the heels of his "transcendental aesthetics," Cassirer still is guided by the spirit though not by the table of contents of Kant's work. The latter part, in all three volumes, corresponds roughly to the master's "transcendental logic," insofar as it rises above the outlines of the sensible world to more abstract relationships. The significance of these analogies is obvious. Language, myth, knowledge are different media, all three of them refract- ing rays emitted by one and the same luminary; or to use an- other more closely "transcendental" figure of speech: they are different idioms which express an identical conception. This pervasive conception or pattern is of triadic structure: the sensible world, the ego, the ego orienting itself in the world. The world, a temporal sequence of events, extended in space, exhibiting a prodigious wealth of qualities this world is re- flected in linguistic signs, intuited by mythic consciousness, interpreted by religion and art, known by science. In its passage from one medium to another, it is, and is not, the same, com- parable to a tune played on different instruments. And what is true of the first unit of the triad, the sensible world, holds likewise of the ego, and of the relations between self and world. Space, for instance, as a feature of mundane existence, is found in mythic thought as well as in a scientific interpretation of reality. There are not two different spaces: a mythic and a scientific space. Wherever space is apprehended, it shows cer- tain persistent traits: it has dimensions, and it is the locus in which things are placed as "here," or "there," as inside one thing, distant from another thing, etc. In another sense, how- ever, there are indeed different spaces or rather types of space. In mythic thought no clear distinction is made between the place and the thing that fills the place. The "here" and "there" are conceived of as properties of objects. Things have their "natural" place and displacement may destroy them. 566 HELMUT KUHN Likewise spatial directions coalesce with features of reality: north is air, and it is also war and hunting; south is fire, and also medicine and agriculture, and so forth. The nature of this "mythic" space does not greatly differ from space as we all perceive it in everyday life. But only remotely does it resemble the strictly homogenous space of Euclidean geometry which is "the locus of loci," totally detached from localized objects. Time, number, relation, ego they all show a similar plas- ticity. Although retaining their nature, they suffer modifications in conformity with the realm of meaning in which they appear. They are "polyglot" in the sense that they express themselves in different "languages," such as religion, art, or science. The tripartite pattern which recurs in each of the symbolic forms mirrors a more basic triad. The triptych: world ego categorial relations, forms within the sphere of constituted structures the counterpart to a triune constituent structure "higher up," in the sphere of transcendental origins. "World" corresponds to "flux of experience," "ego" to "life," and the "categorical relations," which straddle over this dichotomy, to "transcendental synthesis." The former are to the latter as the non-lingual conditions which render language possible (voice, communicable meaning) to a universal grammar. The "universal grammar," which shows the uniformity of all types of symbolic expression, is diversified into a number of "languages" by principles of specifications; and the specific structure combines, in every particular field, with the all-perva- sive structure into a complex pattern. So there is one differentia specifics which modifies the "universal grammar" into what is literally called language, another specifying principle consti- tutes the type of expression called "religion," a third one con- stitutes art, and so forth. The principles of specification are not arrived at by deduction. Cassirer even refrains from enunciating them in abstracto. The analyst of culture, he holds, should not rival with natural science in the attempt to formulate universal laws which determine causally connected events. Instead he must seek to "make visible" a "totality of forms," held together by unity of "style." The concepts through which a style is com- prehended do not "determine" they "characterize." From the CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 567 point of view of Cassirer's own methodology, the "structural analysis" which he brings to bear on culture holds a middle- ground between natural science, which aims at the discovery of universal laws, and historiography, which emphasizes the indi- viduality of facts. 20 With this logical topology Cassirer puts on record his own contribution to that prolonged and dust-raising battle of books for which Wilhelm Windelband, as long ago as in 1894, sounded the opening flourish with a timely and successful platitude, the distinction between generalizing knowledge (Erk- Ureri) and individualizing knowledge (Verstehen)^ and whose prize was Geisteswissenschaft, philosophically justified. In order to make visible that unity of style which character- izes one type of expression as myth, another as art, a third as religion, and so on, the conceptual instruments traditionally used by neo-Kantian thinkers were of no avail. Neither Her- mann Cohen's rhapsodic construction nor Heinrich Rickert's painstaking diaeresis could have helped Cassirer solve the prob- lem at hand. Long enough Windelband's terms "idiographic" and "nomothetic" had been bandied about by argumentative methodologists. Cassirer came, through his affiliation with Mar- burg stamped as a man of vastest generalities, and possessed himself of that subtly individualizing art of understanding which had been evolved in the camp of his intellectual anti- podes: in the Historical School and by Wilhelm Dilthey. With Cassirer, neo-Kantianism, originally given to rigidly construc- tive methods, became sensitive to the finest shades of style and structure to a type of order which reveals its secret to the observant physiognomist rather than to the classifying logician. In Cassirer's work, transcendental construction and empirical interpretation come to a fruitful understanding. Mythic thought is dominated by what Cassirer describes as "the concrescence of related terms." 21 The wound suffered in combat is considered not merely an effect related to the foe as to its cause: somehow it is the foe, the presence of his malignant power in the stricken man's body. Similarly, the parts are seen not only as composing the whole, but each part stands for, and * Logik . . ., 89-93. n PSF, II, 83. 5 68 HELMUT KUHN to some extent is, the whole. A man's footprints, or his nails, are in a way the man himself, carriers of the "real power" which centers in a person. This coalescence of related but distinct ele- ments runs through all strata of the mythic world picture. To- gether with other features it forms the "specific difference" that which defines myth as myth and sets it off against other types of symbolic expression such as religion or art. However, Cassirer does not deduce the nature of myth from "participa- tion" or "concrescence" as from a principle, but proceeds in a manner which might be described as "constructive empiricism." He first surveys his assemblage of data, an astonishingly rich harvest gleaned from a thorough study of anthropological lit- erature, then fastens upon some salient features which bring out the structure of the field under investigation. These features he follows into their finer ramifications until he finally succeeds in hammering out the rich relief of a coherent and balanced "totality of forms." Naturally this structural interpretation, with all its scrupulous attention to facts, is ultimately guided by the principles of tran- scendental philosophy. But to a large extent, this philosophical orientation, far from imposing ready-made concepts upon a re- calcitrant material, serves as a critical catalytic. We are prone to cast our experiences in a number of streotyped forms which are most handy to us because of their usefulness in practical life} and in so doing we readily overlook the unique character of these experiences. To this "pragmatic fallacy" the analysis of symbolic forms offers an effective antidote. In ancient Greece, language, as a system of phonetic signs, was made the object of a famous controversy. Those who regarded these signs as existing "by nature" (fww) joined issue with others who considered them conventional (>W>); and even today, as the emergence of Semantics in our midst shows, the hoary "conventionalism" is not yet extinct. Here is a test case for Cassirer's method of arbitration. The study of linguistic form, conducted under the auspices of transcendental philosophy, establishes language as a unique type of expression. This "sym- bolic form" of language qua language is adequately described neither by linguistic naturalism with its emphasis on onomato- CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 569 poetic links between sign and signified objects, nor by conven- tionalism with its insistence on the arbitrary character of signs. Another illustration is furnished by the debate between imita- tion theory and expression theory in aesthetics. Again a unique creative direction, incarnate in works of art, is unduly assimilated to that type of objective existence with which we are most familiar in our workaday world. And again, the analyst of symbolic forms, with his eye upon the differentia sfecifica of the aesthetic form qua aesthetic, may arbitrate between the dis- putants by discarding their false disjunction. Up to this point, the symbolic forms have been treated by us as autonomous domains, of analogous structure, but other- wise insular, unrelated among themselves. Yet there are, over and above their generic features as "forms," certain specific ties and interrelations between them. As we now focus on the links connecting form with form we come across another factor, neglected hitherto. Eleatic immobility has seemed to character- ize the symbolic structures. Studying their interrelations we catch a glimpse of their subdued dynamism. Some of the symbolic forms as distinguished by Cassirer can, others can not, coexist in the same mind or in the same cultural environment. Language, e.g., lives together with religion peace- ably and in fruitful co-operation j whereas scientific knowledge is intolerant of myth. This observation furnishes a clue for uncovering the configuration of Forms in a field of mutual re- latedness. Significantly the philosophy of the symbolic forms opens with language. Language, in effect, occupies a unique place within the scheme of cultural structures. It is the one form that associates with all other forms. Be he a primitive, his mind be- clouded by magic and superstition, or a specimen of homo sapens, consumer and fabricator of books on philosophy, as human, man is, according to Aristotle's definition, "an animal endowed with speech." 22 Cassirer distinguishes three linguistic phases, characterized severally by the prevalence of mimetic, analogical, and sym- bolic expression. At the stage of mimetic expression, the word is M Politics, i25$a 10. 570 HELMUT KUHN an imitative gesture clinging closely to what it denotes. The primitive Ewe language, for example, has no less than 33 "phonetic images" for various modes of "walking}" and we may believe that, beside the mimetic power and evocative vividness of each of them, even so picturesque English verbs as "stagger," "lumber," "strut," and the like, appear sicklied over with the pale cast of thought. In modern languages this primitive type of expression survives in those linguistic fossils which we call ono- matopoetic. 23 The analogical stage is reached, where the ar- rangement of phonetic signs corresponds to the arrangement of denoted events. The resemblance between event and phonetic signal is here superseded with the analogy between the order of things and the order of sounds. So a difference in pitch of voice may be used to signal a difference of distance} or reduplication (as in do y dedf) serves to express the past tense. With the attain- ment, finally, of the symbolic stage, the heterogeneity of sign and fact is understood and fully exploited. The phonetic symbol is made to "signify" (bedeuten) instead of merely to "denote" (bezeichnen), and the mind now moves with supreme freedom in the fully mastered medium of linguistic expression. The trend of the movement from stage to stage is, it appears, towards greater "spiritualization" or "etherialization" (Ver- geistigung). At the same time, it becomes clear why one, and only one, of the symbolic forms, language, "mingles" with all its peers. In its development from mimetic to symbolic expres- sion it covers the entire rising scale on which each of the other forms occupies a fixed point. Language evolves through all phases of the mind's progress towards freedom, whereas the other forms are located each within one phase; and this is why, to some extent, they are mutually exclusive. In addition to being autonomous provinces of expression, they mark "stages on life's road." With the mythic world picture, we find ourselves at the start- ing point of the road. Owing to the operation of the principle of "concrescence," meaning exists here only as materialized, fettered to a sensuous substratum. At a point farthest removed from myth, knowledge is located, the road's terminus. Here *PSF, I, 37 f. CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 571 spiritualization has reached its consummation j and the philoso- phy of symbolic forms, itself a type of knowledge, endeavors to give adequate expression to this crowning achievement. With its emphasis on the creative deed of the intellect in "positing" its objects, and with its fight against the "copy theory" of knowl- edge, it claims for the spirit its finally accomplished freedom. Recognizing itself in its works, the mind has won the prize of its longest journey. Two intermediate stages link beginning and end. They have not been given a full treatment by Cassirer. But the intima- tions of volume two, in the concluding section, entitled "The Dialectic of the Mythic Consciousness," are sufficiently reveal- ing to help us round off our "dynamic chart" of the forms of cul- ture. The life which animates the mythic consciousness tends to burst into a freedom beyond the world of myth. In religion this new freedom is attained. But, although shedding the material- ity which the principle of concrescence imposes upon mythic consciousness, religion still cleaves to a sensuous substratum. Its spirituality, insisted upon by a trend towards mysticism, is counterbalanced by an equally vital attachment to the world of sacred imagery. This tension between disembodied spirituality and imaginative concreteness is set at rest, though not fully resolved, in another type of symbolic expression, in art. Through the work of art, meaning builds itself an appearance, filling it with expression to the brim without overflow and mak- ing it wholly alive. But at the same time, this appearance offers itself as nothing but an image, as "semblance." It renounces the claim to objective reality in the context of practical life. Myth appears as a prelude followed by a triadic sequel: re- ligion, art, knowledge. Unmistakably - this is the rhythm of the "Absolute Spirit" according to Hegel. 24 At the same time, it becomes plain why the evolutionary impetus which sweeps through Hegel's philosophical vision must remain a subordi- nate and undeveloped feature with Cassirer a "subdued dynamism," as we have called it. Given full scope, this dynamic element, a corrosive power, would wash away the foundations from under the Symbolic Forms. *Cf. Hegel's Encydopadie, 553-577- 572 HELMUT KUHN Cassirer's symbolic forms are primarily independent struc- tures, viewed in juxtaposition, each animated by an immanent, unique "direction of creativity." once we stress the dynamic feature, envisaging a succession of forms, this immanence, autonomy, and static self-sufficiency of the Form singly taken is called in question. Cassirer is well aware of this danger and warns us not to confuse his "three phases" with Auguste Comte's law of the trois Stats The latter schema, he writes, does not permit a purely immanent evaluation of the achievements of the mythic-religious consciousness. In fact, it is a perilous undertak- ing for Cassirer even to moot the problem of a dynamic self- transcendence of the Symbolic Forms. By doing so he himself encourages us to relinquish his principle of a "purely immanent evaluation" and thus brings down upon himself a host of dis- concerting questions. How can the co-ordination of Form as equals be upheld in the face of the fact that one of them, knowledge, encompasses all the others? What of the truth which religion, or rather every particular religion, claims for itself? Does not transcendental analysis, although attributing to religion a certain meaningful structure, tacitly nullify this claim? Furthermore, is not the passage from myth to religion, and perhaps also from religion to science, or from a primitive to a pure religion, a progress from the misery of error and super- stition to wisdom and to the felicity, precarious and yet real, of a civilized life? And would not progress, so understood, be a greater thing than what it appears in Cassirer? Not a tenuous dialectic which wafts the spirit from one insular Form to an- other, but man's Promethean deed which made him human culture in the full sense of the word? In these questions we readily recognize the voice of the importune questioner who, at the beginning of our analysis, came out with his naive query concerning culture only to find Cassirer's philosophy unresponsive. An explanation of this un- responsiveness is now at hand. The field within which the dynamic interrelatedness of the Symbolic Forms unfolds, the dimension, we might say, of their orderly combination into a comprehensive pattern of co-opera- II, 291. CASSIRER'S PHILOSOPHY OF CULTURE 573 tion this field is the mind of the concrete individual, living his own life and participating, at the same time, in the life of a civilization. on him, poor wretch, is incumbent the choice be- tween good and evil. For him, happy man, for his enjoy- ment, the works of civilization are produced. He will not be content with learning that the story of Faust, as a myth, exhibits certain features typical of "mythic thought." He is interested in knowing whether, perchance, it prefigures a truth. That religion wavers between mystic spirituality and imaginative concreteness will be, for him, only a preliminary statement leading up to more relevant problems such as: Is the idea of "original sin" as taught by one particular religion, Christianity, in conformity with what we know about human life? It is he, the concrete living individual, who asks all the importune questions. It is he, also, for whose enlightenment and betterment Socrates, Plato, and Aristotle labored, and following them, the philosophers of the Middle Ages and the Modern Era, including, of course, Kant. But never and under no circumstances is he admitted to the precincts of neo-Kantian thought. Where is, we wonder, a place for ethics and political philosophy in the frame-work of the Symbolic Forms? For Cassirer, life comes into view only as vita acta, "life that was lived," never as vita agenda, "life as it is to be lived." This accounts for the calm perfection of his thought, and also for its ineluctable limitations. He is not in the melee, forever breathing the cool air of contemplative de- tachment. But how such serenity is achieved his philosophy does not tell. For once, Cassirer sounds a sombre note. At the conclusion of his analysis of the logic of Geisteswissenschaft a thoughtful chapter is devoted to the "Tragedy of Culture." We are in- vited to survey the vast panorama as disclosed by "critical phi- losophy." With one glance we embrace the Symbolic Forms, a solemn array of structures which outline the timeless possibilities of the creative mind. Their rigid architecture rises above an ele- ment of infinite mobility, a whirl of incessant change: the temporal flux of life. At brief creative moments this flux is arrested. It crystallizes into shapes that temporarily fill the ves- sels of timeless possibility with the actuality of life: languages 574 HELMUT KUHN become articulate, religions seek and find credence, works of art spread delight, philosophies express truth. But life is alternation of building up and breaking down. Man's creations, the works of culture, bask for awhile in the broad daylight of history only to return whence they came. Such is "the tragedy of culture," according to Cassirer. Is this transience truly tragic, the reader asks. Surely, it lies in the nature of things, and it leaves intact the grandiose perdur- ance of the Symbolic Forms. The philosophical complaint on mortality recalls a well-known earlier treatment of the theme: "Mark ye the leaves, for men are like thereto. When leaves by winds into the dust are whirled Soon the green forest buddeth millions new, And lo, the beauty of Spring is on the World. So come, so pass, all that are born of Man." \Iliady vi, 146-149 tr. Gilbert Murray) Again we ask why the transitoriness of man should be a sub- ject for mourning. The forest endures, and so does mankind, and both forest and mankind can live only through suffering numberless deaths. The answer to our query will be the same, or nearly the same, in both cases. For the Ionian poet, singing at the dawn of Hel- lenic culture, the passing of generations is tragic, because in him the self-conscious individual with his thirst for eternity just awakens. For the twentieth century scholar, the timeless validity of symbolic structures is not enough to forestall tragedy, be- cause the old imperious desire for "world without end" is not entirely put to sleep. The individual is not wholly banished. His ghostlike presence suffuses the great unconcern of the philoso- phy of Symbolic Forms with an elegiac mood. HELMUT KUHN DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY EMORY UNIVERSITY i6 David Bautngardt CASSIRER AND THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS i6 CASSIRER AND THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS is, in Ernst Cassirer's vast work, one example JJL above all of penetrating analysis, dealing with the chaos of contemporary ethical thought and indicating a way out of its Babel of confusion. It is a pregnant chapter in Cassirer's Axel Hagerstrom, 1939. This work, analyzing the philosophy of a Swedish thinker, seems hardly the place in which to find a masterpiece of contemporary ethical research. But the fact that Professor Cassirer chose just this inconspicuous place for his main contribution to ethics shows, I think, the degree of his affection for that nation which offered him a real home at the time of a gigantic homelessness of the spirit. In Axel Hager- strom, and in widely scattered reflections in his other writings, Cassirer's own ethical views evolve out of brief examinations of a considerable number of contemporary theories: ethical neo-intuitionism and the ethics of absolute values, as well as ethical relativism and utilitarianism. I. THE PLURALISTIC ETHICS OF ENGLISH NEO-DEONTOLOGISM Although Sir W. D. Ross is fond of appealing to the authority of Kant's concept of moral duty, Cassirer, who set out from Kant, has in his ethics very little, almost nothing in common with Sir David's neo-deontologism. Professor Prichard, Profes- sors Broad and Ross obviously think that their ethical teachings on $rima facie duties, on "imperatives . . . which are here and now categorical," 1 and on particular self-evident moral "obliga- tions" 2 are still somehow in line with the Kantian ethics of duty. All these moralists believe that they remain in far-reaching agreement with Kant despite their "pluralistic" tendencies, i.e., *C. D. Broad: Five Types of Ethical Theory y (1930), 123. 2 See H. A. Prichard, "Does Moral Philosophy Rest on a Mistake?," Mind, January (1912), New Series, vol. XXI, 361". 577 DAVID BAUMGARDT despite their supposition of a multitude of genuine a priori duties. Professor Broad, in his defense of a definite pluralism of ethical principles, even went so far as to maintain that Kant himself presupposed "imperatives which are here and now categorical for certain persons;" and that, with this Kantian thesis, justice is done to "an important psychological fact which moralists like Spinoza and Hume tend to ignore." In contrast to this pseudo-Kantian pluralism, Professor Cassirer is doubtless correct when he emphasizes that, in Kant at least, "categorical" has the meaning of universal validity, and that for Kant the uniqueness and universal validity of his ethical axiom are at least as essential as, if not more essential than, its imperative character. 3 Kant frequently expressed the meaning of his categorical im- perative in non-imperative terms, and without explicit reference to the concept of duty, but he never agreed to a plurality of cate- gorical imperatives. All the duties of which he speaks in his Metaphysik der Sitten are applications of one categorical im- perative. Any supposition of a multiplicity of ethical axioms would destroy the whole epistemological basis of Kant's ethics. Such a supposition is incompatible, not only with the letter of what Kant wrote, but also with the spirit of all that Kant's "Typik der pracktischen Vernunft" and his numerous discus- sions of moral casuistry stand for. Henry Sidgwick, Alexander Bain, and other English or German Kant interpreters of the 1 9th century were certainly right when they denied that there is any pluralism in Kant's doctrine of duties. Kant's aim was "to show that they (the duties) may be all deduced from the single imperative." 4 His intention was "to deduce a complete code of duty from a purely formal principle." 5 8 See e.g. E. Cassirer, Axel Hdgerstrom (Goteborgs Hogskolas Arsskrift XLV), ( I 939>> 79- 4 Alexander Bain, Mental and Moral Science (1868), 731. 5 See H. Sidgwick, The Methods of Ethics (1884), 207. Note discussion in Thomas K. Abbott's Critique of Practical Reason and other Works on the Theory of Ethics, Memoir of Kant p. li. Cf. H. Sidgwick, The Methods of Ethics y (1901), 209. I have dealt with these questions in detail in my book, Der Kampf um den Lebenssinn unter den Vorlaufern der modemen Ethik y (1933), and shall, therefore, not repeat myself here. THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 579 But no matter whether contemporary English moralists do or do not have truly Kantian tendencies, the main question is: do their pluralistic theses deserve any preference to a one-prin- ciple ethics," the Kantian or any other? Out of the extreme complexities involved in this question, I should like to take up only a few points for summary discussion. Cassirer agrees with Kant that, in the theory of nature as well as in ethics, the "demand for greatest unity" must be placed constantly in the center of philosophical reflection. 8 Contempo- rary ethics, however, is generally pluralistic, and this for a num- ber of complex reasons. But there seems little doubt that one of the main reasons is the fear of oversimplification so frequently expressed by modern moralists and their disdain for the "sweet simplicity" of utilitarians who perhaps represent the most marked type of a one-principle ethics. In the eyes of the best known contemporary English ethicists, it obviously would be an oversimplification to presuppose the universal validity of a single ethical principle. To believe in the validity of several moral axioms or $rima -facie duties seems to be much more "gegenstandsnah*" it seems to do far more justice to concrete ethical situations. Is this implicit methodological consideration justifiable? I think not, for at least three reasons. First, it is by no means self-evident that in ethical reasoning, as in simple induction, the way leads from evident particularia to less evident generalia. If, on the contrary, as Professors Prichard and Ross assure us, we have immediate insight into the validity of concrete moral obligations comparable with the insight into mathematical truth, then we have every reason to assume that, as in mathematics, the general axiom is less complex and more immediately given than any concrete, particular mathematical relation. If ethical insight is, in fact, of the same structure as mathematical, then here too the principle applies that totum est ante Cartes. Secondly, even if the methodological procedure in ethics were not merely deductive, a mere analogy to mathematical reason- ing, even if it were, as in natural science, a complicated combina- 8 E, Cassirer, Axel Hagerstrom, (1939), 79- 58o DAVID BAUMGARDT tion of deduction and induction, even then as in meteorology the general principles may be well established and ascertained, although their application to concrete cases may be extremely complex and, in many circumstances, actually impossible. If this be the case, then again, as under the first mentioned supposition, it would be a gross oversimplification to begin with seemingly evident particulars instead of general principles or hypotheses. Although this may appear paradoxical to common sense, in a science of ethics, as well as in mathematics or physics, the valid- ity of general principles may be much more elementary and more easily ascertainable than the validity of particular concrete rules. Thirdly, the concrete duties which Sir David considers a priori obligatory, such as keeping a promise, telling the truth and giving aid to victims of accidents, are by no means obligatory as such, as concrete duties. Contrary to his presuppositions, the moral validity and obligatory character of these duties are highly controversial. In a consistent morality of power, the very same duties are not binding either as prima facie duties or in any other way. The moral validity of these particular obligations can be assured only after the general validity of a morality of altruism, a Jewish, Christian, Buddhist ethics, or something similar, has already been accepted; and this is by no means a matter of course in any critical ethics. Sir David thinks it essential to deal with the questions of the "good" and the "right" separately, and to avoid in this way a great amount of entanglement in ethics. For the same reason Professor Broad breaks up his analysis into even more elements when he discusses the intuitively given essence of the "useful" and the "fitting" of every phase of any act. only in this way, he states, can decision about the morally right act be composed, namely, through moral decisions on many more elementary points. "The rightness or wrongness of an action in a given . . . situation is a function of its fittingness in that situation and its utility in that situation;" we have to estimate "total rightness from total fittingness and total utility." 7 It probably did not occur to either of these subtle thinkers that, although abhorring 7 C. D. Broad, op. cit., 22 if. THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 581 oversimplification at the end of the inquiry, one may neverthe- less fall into it at the very start. As I have tried to hint, I think that such seemingly simple questions as "is keeping a promise a p'ima jade duty?" or even "is this phase of this action morally fit?" contain highly complex ethical problems and by no means the most elementary ones. only in an early stage of the development of physics could it have been considered self-evident that the fall of a particular body in a definite time was a less complex phenomenon than the general laws of equally accelerated movement and of friction, or than the most general law of the verification of scientific state- ments by sense data. Why epistemological conditions in ethics should be the opposite of those in science has never been ex- plained or justified by contemporary English ethics and I do not think that it can ever be justified. Of course, it must be admitted that, psychologically speaking, the genius of Galileo was able to decipher the meaning of one particular observation in such a way that he intuitively read out of it the general law of the free fall of bodies, and even the univeral law of the necessity of verifying all hypothetical laws in physics by minute observation. Any modern physicist is now able to interpret any particular phenomenon of a free fall, so to speak, intuitively by immediate insight. In the same way the moral genius and, after a long period of conscious or unconscious training, the plain man may be able to make decisions on highly complex and particular moral rules instantly, by immediate ethical insight, without even being aware of underlying general principles. Epistemologically speaking, however, an insight into the es- sence of the universal law of verification, or even an insight into the law of free fall, can never be won by a merely inductive piling up of particular observations or particular rules. on the contrary, from the epistemological standpoint any adequate in- terpretation of particular cases of free fall must be preceded by the adoption of the universal law of verification of scientific statements, and by the hypothesis that the free fall of bodies is a case of equally accelerated movement. If the validity of such 582 DAVID BAUMGARDT general laws is not acknowledged first, there would be no reason to prefer the Galilean analysis of free fall to Franz Baader's mythological interpretation, or to HegePs metaphysical, dialec- tical explanation. Seen from the psychological point of view, particular frima facie duties may appear to represent elementary moral issues, whereas general moral laws, or one universal law, may seem to involve far more complex and perhaps insoluble or unnecessary complex difficulties. But, if the problem is viewed epistemologi- cally, certain general laws or one universal principle must form the indispensable precondition of the validity of any particular moral rules or duties. To replace the epistemological point of view by the psychological would be what I should like to call a "psychologistic fallacy." It does not seem to me entirely im- possible that this kind of confusion or fallacy may have played some part in the foundations of Sir David's and Professor Broad's ethical reasoning, despite the admirable acuteness of the superstructure of their work. In any case, Cassirer's ethics has kept itself free from the psychologistic fallacy and free, also, from the other uncritical presuppositions just mentioned. II. THE ETHICS OF NON-NATURAL INTRINSIC GOODNESS AND OF ABSOLUTE VALUES Professor G. E. Moore's ethical analyses concentrate mainly on the concept of "good," though he grants, in his "Reply to my Critics" in 1942, that the following not very lucid relation exists between the concept of good and that of duty: To say of anything, A, that it is "intrinsically" good is equivalent to saying that, if any agent were a Creator before the existence of any world, whose power was so limited that the only alternatives in his power were those of ( i ) creating a world which consisted solely of A or (2) causing it to be the case that there should never be any world at all, then, if he knew for certain that this was the only choice open to him and knew exactly what A would be like, it would be his duty to choose alternative (i), provided only he was not convinced that it would be wrong for him to choose that alternative. 8 '"The Library of Living Philosophers," vol. IV: The Philosophy of G. E. Moore, ed. by P. A. Schilpp (1942), 600. THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 583 From this statement one might infer first that it seems hardly possible to break through all the reservations enumerated in this one sentence. on second thought, however, from this and other statements of Professor Moore's one might draw at least the inference that his ethics more than that of English neo-deon- tologists is on the whole in favor of one unifying principle the principle of the good which does not seem to be in need of sup- plementary principles of the morally right or morally fit, of prima facie duties and of utility. In truth, however, he is in other respects probably no less of an ethical "pluralist" than the Provost of Oriel and Professor Broad. If I understand Professor Moore aright, his opinion is that there are a multitude of ethical goods, as there are a multitude of yellows or reds. But there is no universal principle which determines what is morally good; "good" is indefinable and ultimately independent of anything else existing or given by experience. The main thesis of this ethics is, obviously, that a large plurality of morally good things or motives or acts do exist, each case being isolated and independent of the others, good by itself. If this thesis were correct, then, as Professor Moore and the neo-deontologists imply, it would of course be superfluous to carry on the age-old attempts to determine what may be good by some general elementary criterion. More- over, these attempts would be not only useless but misleading and futile, as misleading and futile as are all efforts to deter- mine or to define the nature of a concrete sense-datum. one may be able to speak of relations existing between different data of the senses; and one is able, according to Professor Moore, to speak of a very complicated relation existing between "good" and duty. But in neither case can a general principle determine the nature of good or of a sense datum; and no critical justifica- tion of the validity of our propositions on "good" is thought to be possible or needed. For what "good" is, no less than what is a sense datum, is believed to be known already by an unfailing insight of common sense; and therefore, to Professor Moore, ethics does not seem to demand any general principle for a criti- cal distinction between morality and immorality. I wish to hint at least at a few reasons why, in my view, 584 DAVID BAUMGARDT Professor Moore's analyses lead to such embarrassing problems that perhaps, as he says himself, he has "not gone about the business of trying to solve them in the right way." Moore him- self admits that "it is a just charge against me that I have been able to solve so few of the problems I wished to solve j" and I see no reason why one should take this statement as a mere flourish of modesty or irony in a thinker who often shows most definite self-assuredness. But, if Professor Moore's self-criticism is not without foundation, his failure to answer fundamental questions in ethics satisfactorily is certainly not due, as he adds, "partly [to a] sheer lack of ability. " 9 There is no doubt of the subtlety of Professor Moore's ethical analyses, i.e., of all the superstructures which he built up on his common-sense ethical beliefs; but the basis of these superstructures, which seems to him so undoubtedly firm, "realistic," and unassailable in its common-sense quality, seems to me amazingly weak. (a) Intrinsic Goodness and Values in Themselves In Professor Moore's ethics, and similarly in modern ethics of values in general, the following concepts are basic: intrinsic, non-natural goodness; intrinsic value; things good by them- selves and existing by themselves "in absolute isolation." 10 In about the same sense moral values are self-evident in Max Scheler's, Nicolai Hartmann's, 11 or Wilbur M, Urban's ethics of values. Everywhere in these ethical systems the morally good and all values are values, not in consequence of any "external" relations to other things or experiences or principles, but only on the ground of their "intrinsic nature." Professor H. J. Paton protested, in "The Library of Living 9 The Philosophy of G. E. Moore, ed. by Paul A. Schilpp (1942), 677. 10 See G. E. Moore, Principia Ethica (1903), 37, 6ff, 21, nofj Philosophical Studies (1922), chapters VIII, Xj Principia Ethica, 187, 184, 27ff, 955 chapter VI 5 Ethics (1912) chap. VII 5 cf. William K. Frankena in The Philosophy of G. E. Moore (1942), 931". 11 For a more detailed criticism of Max Scheler's and Nicolai Hartmann's ethics of values see my essay on "Some Merits and Defects of Contemporary German Ethics" in Philosophy (The Journal of the British Institute of Philosophy), (1938), THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 585 Philosophers/' against this alleged independence of goodness. He pointed out that, to say the least, "the goodness of a thing . . . must stand in some necessary relation to a rational will . . . and . . . may vary in different circumstances." 12 In his reply to this, Professor Moore admitted only "that the existence of some experience is a proposition which does follow from the hy- pothesis that there exists a state of affairs which is good;" but, as he adds, "I cannot see" that logically the hypothesis of the existence of a good state of affairs "entails any proposition to the effect that a mental disposition" such as rational will exists. 1 * Certainly this is absolutely correct according to the principles of formal logic. Unless it is granted first by explicit definition or implicitly by experience that scarlet is a particular shade of red, I cannot conclude from the concept of scarlet that it includes the concept of red. But the question at issue, the particular question which Pro- fessor Paton obviously has in mind, is not this problem of drawing a merely logical inference. It is the epistemological question of whether, in the world of reality, it is possible to think of goodness without any relation to rational will. This question has not been answered by Professor Moore. The question is not how to define moral goodness. The question is whether the meaning of moral goodness in reality can be clarified without taking into account the concept of rational will & concept which, it is true, from the merely logical point of view or from the standpoint of linguistics is not connected with the concept of goodness. That is, to approach this controversial point from a slightly different angle, can the meaning of moral goodness be clarified without taking into account more than particular, isolated states of affairs of good- ness? Are not some general principles, or is not one universal, unifying rational principle needed for determining rationally whether certain states of affairs can rightly be called good, or whether certain concepts, such as honor or love, really deserve to be called values? Has any isolated particular state of affairs 14 The Philosophy of G. E. Moore, 113. 13 Ibid., 6 1 8. 586 DAVID BAUMGARDT "by itself" the "intrinsic nature" to be good without being re- lated to anything "outside" itself? Cassirer answers this question in the following way: It "is and remains ... in any case a questionable metaphor ... to speak of c values-in- themselves'}" every ethical "evaluation" includes "a form of retrospect, of preview, and of survey, which is lacking in feelings j since these [latter are] merely given phe- nomena." 14 As we may add, in the spirit of Cassirer's whole neo-Kantian outlook, this kind of preview, retrospect and survey is a necessary precondition of true statements in all knowledge of nature as well as in morals. That there is any truth or moral validity built up dogmatically on the perception or the analysis of a particular state of affairs, isolated from all others may be a seemingly plausible common-sense view; but it is by no means self-evident and is scientifically untenable. To Professor Moore this "method ... of isolation" is "the only safe" one. 15 Even his "organic unities" are unities separate from each other j and no conclusion has for him "any weight whatever failing a careful examination of the (separate) in- stances which have led" him "to form it." 16 But this method of generalization a generalization by mere induction of separate instances is certainly not the method of exact science, and, above all, it seems to me by no means "the only safe" method in ethics. Professor Moore is absolutely right in saying that "to search for 'unity' and 'system,' at the expense of truth, is not, I take it, the proper business of philosophy, however universally it may have been the practice of philosophers." 17 Certainly it is en- tirely unphilosophical, if unity and system are sought at the expense of truth. But does this statement exclude in any way the possibility that the concept of truth itself is closely tied up with the "right kind" of unity and system? Contrary to Pro- fessor Moore's and Ross' presuppositions, might it not be im- 14 E. Cassirer, Axel Hagerstrom (1939), 65. M G. E. Moore, Principia Ethica. (1903), 94$ cf. 91. "/*, 223. 17 Ibid., 222. THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 587 possible to arrive at any worth-while truth by analyzing only isolated phenomena, even if they are analyzed with the greatest acumen? A similar question has been raised by Professor Paton in the following piece of analysis: "When Sir Philip Sidney in dying resigned to a wounded soldier the cup of water which had been off ered him, I take it that his action was a good action and that its goodness depended partly on the circumstances}" if, how- ever, one would "evaluate in isolation, not the action in itself, but the action in the relevant circumstances together with its motive and intention," then "the main contention would . . . be reduced to the view that the goodness of an action is inde- pendent of the circumstances irrelevant to its goodness which is a mere tautology." 18 To this argument Professor Moore simply replies that "these c when-clauses j " in Professor Paton's example do not express external "circumstances under which the choice we admire was made: they form part of the description of the intrinsic nature of that choice," which is morally good} these so-called circumstances are "an essential part" 19 of Sid- ney's good action; they belong to its intrinsic nature. Again, this method of "solving" problems is certainly correct from the point of view of formal logic. But how similar is this manner of overcoming philosophical difficulties to that of Moliere's "Le malade imaginaire"! In Moliere, too, certain "external" relations are "explained" by elevating them to the rank of "intrinsic" ones. Here, too, the external causal con- nection between poppy and its making people sleep is explained by taking this causal relation as an "intrinsic" attribute, as a part of the "essence" of poppy, by bringing that causal relation into the "intrinsic nature" of poppy and calling it the "essential" dormitive power of the plant. Apart from this reminder, I should say that, even if all these circumstances mentioned by Professors Paton and Moore are interpreted as forming the intrinsic nature of Sidney's good action, I fail to see why a choice of exactly this intrinsic nature 18 The Philosophy of G. E. Moore, 126. 19 Ibid., 619. 588 DAVID BAUMGARDT is morally good on the ground of self-evidence, as is evidently implied in Professor Moore's argument. My trouble and obviously the trouble of only too many contemporaries is that questions of just this type, questions of why Sidney's action is good, occupy my mind even more than the logical subtleties of Moore's ethics. And while I try to follow his minute, logical, step-by-step procedure, which often admittedly leads to nothing, I am afraid that I cannot follow him when he suddenly indulges in sweeping assertions which concern not merely logical problems but questions of obvious psychological and ethical importance, e.g., whether Sidney's choice is intrinsically good, and as such needs no further qualification or justification; or when Professor Moore states that "Americans are more generally and markedly friendly" than the English, 20 it seems to me that not only Lord Baldwin, who called the English the most friendly people on earth, but also many Americans may feel some hesitancy on this point; nor can one, I think, accept the similarly bold statement of Professor L. S. Stebbing, that "anyone who has been able to learn something of Moore's way of thinking . . . could not . . . succumb to the muddle-headed creed of Fascism or National- Socialism." 21 There is no doubt that it should be one of the primary aims of any ethical teaching to protect us from succumb- ing to any kind of Machiavellianism. But I fear that hardly any ethical doctrine developed so far has succeeded in reaching this high aim. To return to Sidney's action: in order to show why his choosing is morally good it seems to me indispensable to show, first, why the general principle of altruism or any kind of al- truism is moral, and to clear up numerous other preliminary questions which present the most fundamental ethical difficul- ties. If for the sake of argument one granted all the presup- positions of Professor Moore, the "when-clauses" which he thinks essential for the intrinsic goodness of Philip Sidney's choice would by no means be sufficient. Contrary to Professor "/*., 39- THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 589 Moore's assumption, far more would be needed as an essential part of the good choice than that "the cup should be given to another man, when he (Sidney) himself was in pain and thirsty and knew that the other man was in pain and thirsty." 22 It would be essential, also, that the dying man who refused the cup of water was not, for example, an ancient Egyptian. For if he were, his refusal of the cup would have implied a lack of faith in the doctrine of immortality. He would have been guilty of an act of impiety. He would have shown by his choice that, contrary to the rules of Egyptian piety, he obviously thought he would be able to go on after death without food and drink. Or, if the wounded soldier to whom the cup of water was later offered had shared the not-uncommon superstition that to take away food and drink from a dying man brings misfortune upon you, or if the dying man himself had shared the same super- stition, would the choice of the dying man still have been mor- ally good, even if one grants additionally that altruism is always good? It seems to me that, if one adopts Professor Moore's teaching about assimilating "when-clauses" to the intrinsic nature of a moral choice, the "when-clauses" would have to be extended so far that the "isolation" of the intrinsic nature of any moral choice would grow utterly hopeless. (b) Is Moral Goodness a Non-Natural Property or Has It only an Emotive Meaning? The most outstanding and most influential contribution which Professor Moore has made to the development of modern ethics is in all probability this: he insisted, in his Principa Ethica, on denying that "morally good" is a natural intrinsic property or characteristic. To speak of good as if it were a natural property of things or acts or motives would be what Professor Moore termed, in 1903, a "naturalistic fallacy}" and it was certainly most illuminating when he unearthed this naturalistic fallacy in some well-known ethical theories. This was a vigorous, lucid application of an old truth in a new and striking formulation. 619. 590 DAVID BAUMGARDT The "idealistic" moralist, who does not share uncritically every "realistic" common-sense opinion, should not find it too difficult to adhere to a clear-cut distinction between natural and non-natural characteristics. Such moralists (including a really consistent utilitarian) can explain the difference in question in about the following way: natural properties are those which are given us immediately in our various experiences such as sweet- ness, hardness, redness, and even pleasantness. Non-natural properties such as "true" or "good" concern properties of judgments built up on the comparing and ordering of immedi- ately given data of experience. Professor Moore has never accepted any definition along these lines, probably because it would not conform to the principle of his "common-sense" reasoning. In his essay of 1932 "Is Goodness a Quality?" he states that ethical good means "an experience which is worth having for its own sake." 23 This is a view which obviously fits the "isola- tionist," "pluralistic," "common-sense" tendencies which he has always maintained, despite his principle of "organic wholes." It fits these trends far better than does any such "idealistic" explanation as that morally good is not an immediately given quality at all, but a quality bound up with judgments which, at least, try to "unify" experiences universally. In his "Reply to My Critics," however, in 1942, even his own view of 1932 is evidently no longer "realistic" enough for Professor Moore. He now explicitly rejects the explanation of good he had given in 1932 and suggests, instead of this, the following explanation of non-natural properties, such as good, in general: Properties which are intrinsic properties, but not natural ones, are distinguished from natural intrinsic properties, by the fact that, in ascribing a property of the former kind to a thing, you are not describing it at dl y whereas, in ascribing a property of the latter kind to a thing, you are always describing it to some extent?* * Proceeding* of the Aristotelian Society, Supplementary Volume XI, (1932), . *lbid., 591. See also 555. THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 591 Concerning this account of the cardinal distinction between natural and non-natural properties Professor Moore himself says that it is "certainly" a "vague and not clear . . . account." 25 This is, as Professor Moore states himself with regard to a similar thesis of his, "at least an honest statement." 28 Yet it is certainly most discouraging to see that an ethics which set out only to "clarify" problems leads finally to expla- nations which are admittedly "vague and not clear." one may readily grant Professor Moore's main contention, that what we need first (and obviously, in his view, what is often our only need) is not to solve problems but to clarify their meaning. If, however, these strenuous efforts at clarification end in a definite lack of clearness even on a most fundamental point, one may perhaps be allowed to make use of Professor Moore's most radical prescript in philosophy. I.e., one may ask whether the question itself which he seeks to clarify is not a confused question, which stands in need neither of clarification nor of solution, but of dissolution. In other words, to ask how to distinguish natural from non- natural properties on the ground of a realistic common-sense philosophy is to ask a question which can be asked only on the ground of an illusion Moore's fundamental illusion that, despite all differences between non-natural and natural proper- ties, the non-natural properties "exist" on the same level and show the same character of "givenness" as the natural ones given by sense data. Without going into any critical analysis of Pro- fessor Moore's ethics, or of any other ethics of values, Pro- fessor Cassirer has briefly, and I think rightly, stated that non- natural ethical characteristics are not to be found on the same plane of "existence" or "givenness" as natural properties, and are, therefore, not comparable to each other on the same plane. "The question concerning the possibility of an 'objective' mor- ality can, consequently, not be whether in this field, qualities in themselves correspond to our judgments qualities which are comparable to physical qualities theoretically statable." 27 "The 25 ibid., 591. */**., 545- 27 E. Cassirer, Axel Hagerstrom, 74. 592 DAVID BAUMGARDT question ... is ... not . . . , whether there are any empirical things or thing-qualities, which correspond to our value- judgments." 28 There is, however, one way left open by Professor Moore to avoid the fatal conclusions which can be drawn from his "vague and not clear" accounts of non-natural properties such as the morally good. It is, of course, possible to doubt that there are such properties at all. In another statement, which Professor Moore characterizes explicitly as "at least honest," he makes a definite concession to this effect. He asserts: I must say again that I am inclined to think that "right" in all ethical uses, and, of course, "wrong," "ought," "duty" also, are, in this more radical sense, not the names of characteristics at all, that they have merely "emotive meaning" and no "cognitive meaning" at all: and, if this is true of them, it must also be true of "good," in the sense I have been most concerned with. I am inclined to think that this is so, but I am also inclined to think that it is not so; and I^do not know which way I am inclined most strongly. If these words, in their ethical uses, have only emotive meaning, . . . then it would seem that all else I am going to say about them must be either nonsense or false (I don't know which). 29 As we have seen, if right and good have cognitive and no merely emotive meaning, then they are, according to Pro- fessor Moore, of necessity non-natural properties. However, the best account which Professor Moore can give of these non- natural characteristics must, in his own words, remain vague and not clear. Therefore, it may seem preferable to consider morally good and morally right as being without cognitive meaning and as not being "the names of characteristics at all." But if we follow this second suggestion left open by Pro- fessor Moore, the consequences are in my view no less unattrac- tive. First, if this suggestion is accepted if morally good, morally right, morally wrong, and moral duties have no cogni- tive but merely emotive, meaning then again, in Professor Moore's own words, "all else I am going to say about them 72. 29 The Philosophy of G. E. Moore, 554, 545. THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 593 must be either nonsense or false (I don't know which)." In truth, then, the whole basis on which Professor Moore's past and present ethical reasoning rests is cut away from under his feet. Second, if one should nevertheless say in favor of Pro- fessor Moore's whole argument that it is, after all, instructive, close reasoning, though proceeding under the mistaken supposi- tion that good has a cognitive meaning, then in any case the titles of his main works are completely misleading. His first book Princi^pia Ethica, his Ethics and his essay on "Ethics" in 1942 are, then, by no means treatises on ethics. They are not even preliminary remarks to prolegomena toward an introduc- tion to Principa EMca. They are complicated scholastic exer- cises in logic, built up on an untenable basis, and fail to repre- sent themselves clearly as such. As Moore reports in his autobiography, Henry Sidgwick once called McTaggart's dissertation, and probably also that of Professor Moore himself "nonsense of the right kind." 30 I am afraid that what Professor Moore wrote on ethics after his dissertation may perhaps be termed, not quite inaptly, "best common-sense of the wrong kind." To use once more one of Professor Moore's own witty remarks about a fellow moralist, throughout his ethical work he hits the nail on the head, but unfortunately not "the right nail." 31 We witness in his ethics the grandiose spectacle of a mighty air armada of arguments successfully destroying a few mosquitoes by blockbusters, but leaving untouched the real targets of the enemy. III. ETHICAL RELATIVISM AND ETHICAL RELATIVITY That morally good and right have merely emotive meaning is a thesis generally advanced by ethical relativism, by the anthropological school in ethics, or in our days by logical posi- tivism in so far as logical positivism takes any interest in morals. As do most of the representatives of the modern ethics of values, Professor Moore denied in his two main works, Principa EMca M The Philosophy of G. E. Moore, 21. 546. 594 DAVID BAUMGARDT and Ethics, that morally good has a merely emotive meaning. He insisted that "this choosing is morally good" does not mean that I or someone else emotionally approve of it. It means that this choosing is good, independent of anyone's emotive ap- proval. Later, in his "Reply to my Critics" in 1942, Professor Moore admitted that morally good may have merely emotive meaning; and I should prefer this later attitude to the almost complete ignoring by modern neo-deontologism of the mighty problems of ethical relativity. In 1939, on the eve of world war II, just after the spokes- man of the most powerful state of that time had declared the morality of Berlin and of London to have nothing in common, neo-deontologism comforted itself with the "time-honoured" belief that there is, in morals, a consensus omnium or at least an agreement between all those men whom neo-deontologism would call "wise." The "common knowledge," the "common opinions," about morality and the ethical judgment of wise men were believed to be in perfect harmony, and all the clash- ing differences in the moral outlook of hostile economic classes and political ideologies were calmly said to be only the result of "different perspectives" in facing the same truth. 32 Even in the eighteenth century it was somewhat out of date, among the leading moralists, to use that "time-honoured" belief as the basis of ethical inquiry. Even Kant, who shared that belief, did not regard its dogmatism as the proper basis of a critical ethics. 33 But in the middle of the twentieth century it seems to me the height of wishful thinking to disregard the arguments of Nietzsche, Marx, Freud, Durkheim and Levy-Bruhl as irrele- vant on the very first pages of a work" entitled Foundations of Ethics. Strangely enough, even the examples which these most skill- ful and experienced thinkers use to apply their teachings to life smack more of the atmosphere of the European and American classroom than of real life. They are, unfortunately, the mani- w See W. D. Ross, Foundations of Ethics (1939), iff. w See D. Baumgardt, Der Kamff urn den Lebenssinn unter den Vorlaufern der modernen Ethik (1933), I. Tell. THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 595 festation of a rather dubious and certainly unjustifiable pride in the "narrow" range of experience of a "don," 84 In contrast to the neo-deontologists, Professor G. E, Moore in some of his publications and Nicolai Hartmann in his ethics of 1935 tried to take into account the far-reaching relativity of moral valua- tions. But they do so only with much hesitation and reserve. Professor Cassirer, despite his neo-Kantian extraction, takes fully into consideration the "widely called upon relativity of moral ideas." 35 He takes even the radical moral scepticism of Axel Hagerstrom most seriously and admits that it is criti- cally superior to the naive dogmatic belief in an ethical agree- ment between all plain men or all wise men. In agreement with modern comparative ethnology, Cassirer holds that there is a lively and far-reaching contrast between the moral ideas, the particular ethical rules and customs of different groups of men. Following Hagerstrom, he cites Herodotus' story about the moral horror with which the ancient Greeks regarded an Indian tribe which considered it their duty to eat the corpses of their fathers and the moral horror with which those Indians regarded the Greeks, who burnt such corpses. 86 Unlike most of the ethicists of the last three decades, Cassirer invokes Kant's partial praise of scepticism, and applies it not only to the field of theoretical, but also to that of "practical," philosophy. He quotes from the Critique of Pure Reason the following daring passage: "All sceptical polemic should properly be directed only against the dogmatist, who, without any misgivings as to his fundamental objective principles, that is, without criticism, proceeds complacently upon his adopted path; it should be designed simply to put him out of countenance and thus to bring him to self-knowledge." 37 In the greatest possible contrast 84 See C. D. Broad's self-characterization in his Five Types of Ethical Theory, xxiv. M See E. Cassirer, Axel Hagerstrdm, e.g. 69. "/*&., 6 7 f. 87 Ibid., 63 $ the above given quotation is the Norman Kemp Smith translation of the passage, which, in the Original German of Kant's Kritik der reinen Vernunft, reads as follows: "Alles sceptische Polemisiren ist eigentlich nur wider den Dogmatiker gekehrt, der, ohne ein Misstrauen auf seine ursprunglichen objec- 596 DAVID BAUMGARDT to contemporary neo-intuitionism, Cassirer emphasizes that the days have definitely gone when the evidence of moral insight could be compared with mathematical evidence in the way that, up to the nineteenth century, scientists believed in simple, un- problematic, and immediate mathematical intuition. In the seventeenth century the rationalist Leibniz, and even the em- piricist Locke, drew this parallel between ethical and mathe- matical science. 88 But, at least since the age of Hume and Kant, a critical ethics should not longer rely on such over-optimistic presuppositions. There is hardly anywhere a more flagrant dissension than in the case of the so-called *prima facie duties of men or of seem- ingly intrinsic values. This has led ethical relativism to the con- clusion that, as Axel H'agerstrom puts it, "the word Value' . . . is ... only an expression for a feeling or a desire, not an expression of a thought." 39 Logical positivism, in one of the statements of Rudolf Carnap, has arrived at a similar conclu- sion, asserting that it is meaningless to speak of any possible philosophical ethics. At best there can be, according to Carnap, the possibility of a "psychological ethics." 40 Yet such a psycho- logical ethics, of course, is no ethics at all. It would be nothing but psychology. For it would deal only with the psychological analysis of certain feelings which are wrongly thought to impart an alleged ethical insight. Of the logical positivists, it is probably Mr. Ayer who has formulated the ethical attitude of the group most bluntly: ethical concepts are, in his opinion, "mere pseudo- concepts." 41 "Sentences which simply express moral judgments tiven Principien zu setzen, d.i., ohne Kritik gravitatisch seinen Gang fortsetzt, bloss urn ihm das Concept zu verrucken und zur Selbsterkenntniss zu br ing-en." Kant, Kritik der reinen Vernunjt, 2nd ed., (1787), 7915 Kants Gesammelte Schriften, herausg. v.d. Koniglich Preussischen Akademie der Wissenschaften, I. Abtheilung, Bd. Ill (1904), 498$ N. Kemp Smith tr. (1919), 6o8f. 88 E. Cassirer, Axel Hagerstrom, 63, 100. n Die Philosophie der Gegenwart in Selbstdarstellungen, ed. by Raymund Schmidt, Band VII (1929), 44. 40 R. Carnap, Philosophy and Logical Syntax (1935), 25. 41 A. J. Ayer, Language, Truth and Logic (1936), 158$ cf. 168, 170. Cf. Bertrand Russell, Religion and Science (1935), 24: "Since no way can be even THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 597 do not say anything . . . they are unverifiable for the same reason as a cry of pain or a word of command is unverifiable because they do not express genuine propositions." 42 According to Mr. Ayer we may evince certain subjective feelings by mak- ing value judgments} but in doing so we do not say anything which can be subject to the criterion of objective truth. Cassirer describes H'agerstrom's moral scepticism thus: The object of ethics has no real but only a nominal existence. "Values," understood in an objec- tive sense, are nothing else and can be nothing more than words. With this assertion there seems to be denied to all objective value- judgments not merely their strict validation and demonstrability, but also every graspable sense [and meaning] . If we continue to prefer any practical conduct to some other and to characterize it as "better," such judgments, according to Hagerstrom, lack every foundation. 43 However, although Professor Cassirer wishes to do full justice to this and other types of ethical scepticism, he does not agree with them. In his In Quest of Morals (1941), Henry Lanz has tried to show with special emphasis, why a moralist who fully acknowl- edges the relativity of factual moral valuations is by no means obliged to end in moral relativism or nihilism. There is no doubt that even the sense data experienced by different individuals may differ widely; but this fact in no way undermines the possi- bility of true judgments concerning the world "represented to us by our senses." Subjectivity and relativity of value experi- ences in no wise render impossible the objective validity of certain judgments concerning morality and immorality. on the contrary, "it is precisely relativity, defined as invariance in trans- formation, which renders moral standards objective." 44 Simi- larly, Cassirer stresses the point that "an ever so great difference of moral 'percepts, with which experience confronts us, ... does imagined for deciding a difference as to values, the conclusion is forced upon us that the difference is one of tastes, not one as to any objective truth." 48 A. J. Ayer, Language, Truth and Logic, 161. 48 E. Cassirer, Axel Hagerstrom, 64. 44 H. Lanz, In Quest of Morals (1941), 159. 598 DAVID BAUMGARDT not necessarily lead to a divergence of the underlying con- cepts." 45 "The liberation from metaphysics in ethics need by no means sacrifice ... the concept of 'objective mind' with that of 'absolute mind'." 46 Modern science insists that there can be no truth about nature, no objective judgment on nature, which is not in one way or another ultimately verifiable by data of the senses. Neverthe- less, science does not deny that "isolated" sense data are by no means "in themselves" of objective validity. They may differ radically and contradict each other with different individuals or with the same individual at different times ; and many of these data of the senses are stripped of all immediate objective value, although they remain related to the same object. But there remains, unshaken by contradictory sense data related to the same object, an objective criterion of truth as to the knowl- edge of nature. This criterion enables us to determine which data of the senses fit a coherent, i.e., true, interpretation of nature and which are unfit for this purpose, although all com- mon-sense evidence may speak in favor of the data unfit for immediate scientific use. In a similar way, the radical relativity of human valuations in no wise excludes the possibility of an objective criterion of morality. This criterion would enable us to determine what truly valuable, i.e., moral, conduct is, and would allow us to distinguish objectively between morally valueless and valuable behavior. IV. UTILITARIANISM Professor Cassirer has not so far outlined a positive theory of morals. He has limited his task to showing why it should not be impossible to build up an objective theory of ethics, even if the isolated moral ideas of different men seem to have only emotive meaning and are widely at variance. Obviously he does not approve of utilitarianism; but he grants that utilitarianism does not teach ethical relativism and scepticism. Utilitarianism aspired, at least, to erect an objective 45 E. Cassirer, Axel Hagerttrom, 67. * See ibid., 62. THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 599 theory of morals which is meant to overcome the mere rela- tivism of moral judgment and the uncritical belief in the moral validity of particular values or duties. Consistent utilitarianism, such as that of Bentham, denies that we have any evidence of the intrinsic goodness of any particular isolated choice and any evidence of the obligatory character of particular duties. Never- theless, utilitarianism suggests at least the "hypothetical" validity of a universal and objective moral principle which would enable us to make particular judgments of objective validity. Utilitarianism affirms throughout the objectivity of moral ideas and judgments. It sets up a supreme goal: "the greatest possible happiness of the greatest possible number," and it utters its "yes" or "no" to the actions which advance or retard this goal. There reigns here, then, throughout a social teleology , which declares a certain condition of human society as valuable, whereas it rejects another. In a very acute fashion Hagerstrom proved, in his own research, that Marxism too, irrespective of its economic materialism and despite its loathing of all "ideology," contains such a teleology within itself and that, in this sense, Marxism contains a "morality" for which it claims objective validity. 47 Professor Cassirer shares, with utilitarianism, the view that we are confronted with contradictory claims of particular moral views and can, nevertheless, maintain that universal objective validity of moral judgment is possible. Both sides of this fundamental issue are stressed by critical utilitarianism and by Cassirer with equal emphasis. 48 In agree- ment with Bentham's utilitarianism Professor Cassirer does not even reject fanaticism offhand. Fanaticism has not only at all times proved its power in the life of mankind, but it also has ever and again been represented and proclaimed as an ideal; and today it is actually being praised in many quarters as precisely "the" moral ideal as such. . . . For a purely descriptive 47 E. Cassirer, Axel Hagerstrom, 73^ 48 As to consistent utilitarianism, see especially Vol. II of my Jeremy Bentham and the Ethics of Today, which Princeton University Press will publish early in 1949. 600 DAVID BAUMGARDT ethics . . ., which wants to be nothing else and nothing more than a science of the factual moral evaluations in their historical status and growth . . . there would obviously exist no reason for the rejection of fanaticism. 49 "If the . . . humanities and social sciences had to do only with feelings," with moral value feel- ings, with feelings of justice, with feelings of beauty, then "a logic of the humanities" would be ... "nonsense." 50 "Anthro- pocentricity is even much more difficult to overcome in ethics than in the knowledge of nature." 51 But, like utilitarianism, Professor Cassirer proclaims the possibility of securing objective truth in morals as well as in natural science, despite the rela- tivity of particular sense data and particular moral observations. Again and again he points out that "in morals and in juris- prudence as in language there . . . reigns ... a strange func- tion of obj edification." 52 "The copy-theory of concepts must be surrendered in favor of a purely functional theory." 53 "The direction towards something not given . . . cannot be described as a mere deception, as an empty fiction," 54 which is as impor- tant to note in morals as in science. "The principal emphasis of the concept of objectivity lies ... not on the ... given as such, but on its coherence and consistent order." 55 "Conceiving the idea of systematic jurisprudence, the Romans carried through a great new synthesis, which in a certain sense is of value and sig- nificance equal to the Greek view of 'natural law,' as this latter de- veloped from the time of Leucippus and Democritus on." 56 The task of "the psychology and sociology of law," of the psychology and sociology of morals, "could appear completed" when the factors are described which are operative in the formation of law and morals: "religious intuitions, the so-called 'judicial consciousness,' class-interests, the general tendency to * E. Cassirer, Axel Hagerstrom, 8 1 . 80 Ibid., 114. 81 Ibid., 78. "/to*., io 5 f. M /W., 97*. 84 Ibid., 108. "Ibid., 72. *Ibid. 9 102. THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 601 yield to existing circumstances, the fear of anarchy, . . . but for a real 'philosophy' of culture the question ... is not thus settled. " 6r In morals and "in the philosophy of culture . . . metaphysics . . . must ... in turn be succeeded by criticism . . .; but criticism need no more turn into scepticism, into doubt con- cerning the possibility of an objective foundation, in this area then it does in that of theoretical knowledge." 58 How this "objective foundation of ethics" is to be secured, Professor Cas- sirer has not as yet developed in detail. Moreover, he seems not at all satisfied with the result of any attempt yet made in this direction. He goes so far as to say: It is no secret that no other philosophical discipline is so far removed from the ideal of an honest-to-goodness scientific foundation as is [true of] ethics, and that superstition has as yet been no more extirpated from the philosophy of morals than from everyday morality. Com- ing centuries, when looking back upon many a moral doctrine which even today is being widely proclaimed as "wisdom's ultimate con- clusion," may perhaps pass the judgment that such doctrines have exactly the same relation to genuine ethical knowledge which alchemy has to chemistry or astrology to scientific astronomy. 59 I cannot conceal a cordial agreement even with this far-reaching criticism of highly reputed contemporary ethics and have tried to give some reasons for my agreement. Strange to say, quite independently of this remark by Professor Cassirer, I drew the same analogy between contemporary "time-honoured" methods of ethics and alchemy in a book not yet published, and I further compared the ethics of the "plain man," developed in con- temporary neo-deontologism, not with astrology but with Ptolemaic astronomy as regards their methods. on this point, however, I should add a few remarks con- cerning which I am not at all sure that Professor Cassirer will agree. I should compare the status of modern ethics with that of alchemy and Ptolemaic astronomy in another respect as well. As, up to the beginning of the nineteenth century, alchemy and 87 Ibid., 95 f. m lbid., 83. 63. 602 DAVID BAUMGARDT even Ptolemaic astronomy did not die out with the develop- ment of scientific chemistry and Copernican astronomy, so old scholastic "time-honoured" methods of ethics still survive the beginning of a science of ethics which I see developed in hun- dreds of painstaking and almost unknown arguments in Jeremy Bentham's writings and unpublished papers. There is not the slightest doubt that we must reject the bulk of Bentham's psychological teaching, and any naive hope of a concurrence between self-interest and the maximization of happiness a hope which was J. S. Mill's far more than it was Bentham's. Bentham held extremely narrow views on meta- physics, religion, the arts, poetry, and the philosophy of history. All such narrow-mindedness definitely impairs, in my opinion, the importance of any ethicist. But, because of the critical sub- tlety of his ethical method, I think Bentham for many reasons superior to any modern moralist. Of course, it must be granted that Bentham changes inten- tionally (and not by a naturalistic fallacy) the common-sense meaning of "morally good" as much as the common-sense mean- ing of "truly existent" has been changed in science. Therefore, in so far as contemporary ethics wishes to maintain, at all costs, the common-sense meaning of the moral ought and of the morally good, Bentham 's concept of morals has to be rejected with as much reason as Copernican astronomy had to be rejected by astronomers who were not willing to sacrifice the common- sense meaning of sunrise and sunset. The price which Ptolemaic astronomers as well as contem- porary moralists must pay for the maintenance of their common- sense views is a more and more complicated and embarrassing arrangement in the superstructure of their theories. But, paying this price, they may go on for a long time, and neither con- temporary ethics nor Ptolemaic cosmology can as such be "refuted" by its opponents. In due time mankind knew how to grow out of the views of "time-honoured" astronomy and will, in all probability, learn to outgrow time-honoured ethics with- out endlessly deploring the loss of the common-sense meaning of fundamental astronomical or ethical concepts. THE CHAOS IN MODERN ETHICS 603 Kant once said that the senses are to be acquitted from the charge of betrayal. 60 Kant himself carried out this acquittal in his Critique of Pure Reason by an equally reasoned opposition to uncritical rational metaphysics and uncritical sensationism and relativism. Bentham did the same in the field of ethics. Bentham acquitted all subjective, relative "feelings of posi- tive and negative tones" from the charge of betrayal; and, nevertheless, by reference to merely subjective emotions, of pleasure and pain, he tried to establish an objective theory of morals in a great number of most acute discussions of ethical method in general. I believe that no one should write on ethics without having become familiar with these discussions. I am well aware that even the most guarded defense of consistent hedonistic ethics sounds outrageously shallow to prac- tically all contemporary schools of ethics and to critics of the possibility of any scientific ethics. Therefore I do not wish to burden Cassirer with even these hints at my defense of Bentham's ethical method.* I wish to build up my type of "con- sistent hedonism" entirely at my own risk 5 it is, however, espe- cially gratifying to me that, in one of his letters, Cassirer ex- pressed his heartfelt approval of my principal ethical ideas. 61 DAVID BAUMGARDT LIBRARY OF CONGRESS WASHINGTON, B.C. *See Kant, Anthropology in fragmatischer Hinsicht, gffj Werke> ed. by E. Cassirer, Band VIII (1922), 28ff. * Editor's Note: As the reader will see from footnote 61, this essay was not merely written before Professor Cassirer's death, but had been submitted by its author to Cassirer in time to elicit a reply from the latter. 61 In his letter of March i5th, 1944, Cassirer wrote me: "Fur Ihren Aufsatz fuhle ich mich Ihnen zu herzlichem Dank verpflichtet. Er hat mich besonders erfreut, weil ich aus ihm ersehen habe, wie nahe wir uns in unseren ethischen Grundanschauungen stehen. t)ber Ihre Kritik an G. E. Moore und anderen englischen Ethikern karm ich wenig sagen, da Sic diese Dinge sehr vie! genauer kennen als ich," I? Katharine Gilbert CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART A RT is not one of the subjects to which Professor Cassirer JLjjL devoted an independent volume, as he did to language, myth, and to the scientific and philosophic categories of sub- stance and function. But this fact by no means proves a lack of important views on art present in the body of his writings. The precedent of many great names reminds us at once of the congruity of philosophical reflection on art, and its rela- tively incidental placement. Cassirer's latest book, An Essay on Man, contains a chapter on "Art;" the volumes on language and myth as symbolic forms carry a pervading consciousness of art as a parallel symbolic form} and the genius and work of certain great artists, especially Goethe, have undergone exten- sive analysis at his hands. Having edited Kant and Leibniz, he remains conscious, in all references to their philosophy, of the service they performed for aesthetic theory. In his Individuum imd Kosmos in der Philosophic der Renaissance implications concerning art stand in relief. Pregnant phrases and notions meet the reader again and again as he follows an historical argu- ment phrases and notions that contain in germ the lacking independent volume. For instance, Cassirer connects the origin of plastic art with a mutation in the idea of immortality. He relates how among the Egyptians the soul was first cherished toward its immortal destiny by preserving its mortal house, the bodyj how, then, a second way of ensuring human survival was discovered. Beside the mummy a statue was placed. Thus art was born. 1 Again he notes how hostile to art is a certain tendency in religion the tendency to introverted pietism. The food gone 1 Philosofhie der symbolischen For men: Zweiter Tetl, 205. 607 608 KATHARINE GILBERT on which art lives contact with the outside world art can beget only monotonous songs of soul-ecstasy. It takes the gift of a Bach, he says, to restore art's vitality. Bach elaborated a new language of musical forms, and thus made the new intensity of feeling articulate. 2 Such compact insights on the relation of art to other elements of culture are scattered throughout Cassirer's volumes. Cassirer's method in respect to art is the philosopher's. He is neither critic, psychologist, nor an artist celebrating his own way of life. As a philosopher, Cassirer accepts the task of placing art among the realms of spirit (language, myth, religion, and science particularly) and of tracing within the history of culture the growth of appreciation of art's autonomy. He always keeps awareness of the wider cultural and cosmic context, though there is abundant reference to the concrete, particularly to Goethe, who is the star example. Learned historians of art could hardly have fitted, as they have done, their detailed re- searches to his intellectual frame, if he had not commanded wide expanses of fact. Nevertheless, his purpose remains philo- sophical, i.e., he defines the sphere of art among the forms of the spiritual life, and does not to any great extent sharpen and validate images the general function of the art-critic. As a philosopher, he emphasizes the truth that a language of relevant sensuous forms is indispensable for the larger part that art wills to play in social life.. But he is not an original investigator of these forms and their ultimate elements. Art is placed by Cassirer among the "symbolic forms." In a contribution to a symposium on the nature of symbol in 1927,* he developed the emphasis laid in 1887 on the idea of symbol by Friedrich Theodor Vischer. Vischer had asserted its cen- trality for all the philosophical disciplines, its protean character, and its tendency to assume new meanings at its core when ap- plied to a new field. Symbols are made when man learns to separate himself from nature and to use independent carriers * Freiheit und Form, 274. 8 "Das Symbolproblem und seine Stellung im System der Philosophic," Zeit- schrift fur Jtsthctik und Allgemcine Kunstwissenschaft, XXI, 295-319. CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART 609 to hold his meanings. A symbolic form in general is an active interpreter, binding an intellectual content to a sensuous show. Its mediating power is the heart of it. Wherever a symbol is present, there is polarity operative and yet somehow overcome. The opposites that are reconciled by the offices of symbol are many: meaning and sensuous embodiment} the intelligible world and the world of time and change; contemplation and action; freedom and form; spirit and nature; divine essence and human need. In speculative aesthetics in particular, says Cassirer, from Plotinus to Hegel, the problem of symbol has always come up in connection with such reconciliation. The relation of painted shows to the intelligible world, of the semblance on the stage and in the singer's lay to the values of truth and goodness such problems are continually provoking inquiry. The beautiful is essentially and necessarily symbol because and in so far as it is split within itself, because it is always and everywhere both one and double. In this split, in this attachment to the sensuous, and in this rising above the sensuous, it not only expresses the tension which runs through the world of our consciousness, but it reveals by this means the original and basic polarity of Being itself; the dialectic which obtains between the finite and the infinite, between the absolute idea and its representation and incorporation inside the world of the indi- vidual, of the empirically existent. 4 The aesthetic symbol is, then, for Cassirer; symbol at its height. It is bordered below by religious symbolism where the com- munication is still opaque, and above by the scientific sign where the sensuous sign is often arbitrary. We may briefly outline Cassirer's ideas concerning the sym- bolism of art. Art as symbol requires for the unfolding of its meaning a two-fold movement of thought: a purification of its conception from confusing adhesions and then a restoration of it to the family of human functions. ( i ) Art begins to be con- scious of itself in the process of its disentanglement from a pre- aesthetic existence where its mode is bodily and its charm magi- cal. Even after art begins to emerge from its religious, mythical, *., 296. 6 io KATHARINE GILBERT and biological matrix, it still leads for centuries a servile life} first, as a servant of things, when it is interpreted as imitation} second, as a servant of reason, when interpreted as analogue. It is also less than its free self when it is still largely governed by instinct or emotion. Art only becomes a characteristic symbolic form when it stands forth as a free entity, declaring itself. (2) The second part of the defining movement reinstates liberated art once again within the circle of the activities of spirit, and sees it as part of man's total functioning in his world. Art, freed from patronage and models, from alien patterns of order and from dark urges of instinct, tends to become undisci- plined genius expressing itself lyrically out of and into a void. This tendency is a false excess. Though loosed from irrelevant adhesions and dominions, art has a work and place committed to it. As imaginative penetration into the nature of things, Cassirer teaches, art swings rhythmically between the realm of objects and of subjects, and bears witness to the ultimate solidarity of the two. Hence the "polarity" or "tension" in all art-symbols and the favorite definition of beauty as harmony. Besides being witness to the harmony of man and his world in polarity, art as symbol is a peculiar microcosm of the age. In it are reflected as in a mirror the concerns of time, place, and social habit. This is the essential historicity of the symbol. In its historical setting art is a free collaborator with science, phi- losophy, religion, the formulations of social and political values, and other cultural functions. We may now expand the accompanying outline which we have constructed to suggest the form of Cassirer's thought. Art begins its fight for self-subsistence by struggling free from substantial nature. 5 Although the student of culture sometimes thinks himself able to point to a moment when detachment occurred, on the whole art loosened its bonds gradually. Before man deposited his intention in a free-standing form, he mixed it obscurely with things, and myths and magic grew up hybrids. In these earlier forms of symbolism there was no sharp line "The paragraphs sketching pre-artistic symbols in space, time, and language are based on Philosophic der symbolischen Formen: Enter Teil: Die Sprache^ Teil: Das Mythische Denken. CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART 611 separating man's intentional act from the natural world which he molded to convey his will. Before the architect or sculptor submitted matter the element spread out in space to his euplastic engine, the hand, in order to make a god after his own image or build a god's house, he accepted as his medium the heavy earth as it stretched out beneath him, and made it bear in its raw state the distinctions that his feelings and desires sought to place. Right and left, high and low, near and far achieved moral sense as well as plain, physical sense. They all reflected the body's station, and the direction toward which he faced or reached or looked, or the forefeeling or memory in his limbs of an effort of movement. Man committed to the surface of the earth his pride or awe in the sacred field marked off from the indefinite stretch of common ground. Gradually he pro- jected into the given earth and heavens his main qualitative PLACEMENT OF ART Object Subject Substantial things Myth Soul's magical fusion with things expression Instinct} Affects A Imitation Perception; feeling Appearance r ' ** Analogue Obscure processes Symbolic Synthesis Religion Social Values Art Philosophy Science 612 KATHARINE GILBERT genera: colors, animals, organs of the body, seasons of the year, totemic classes for marriage and inheritance purposes, his re- ligious attitude. The divisions of space were drafted as they lay to carry the order man had achieved for the conduct of his life. But man was not an original artificer of spatial form in all this. His feelings and sensuous perceptions accepted the shape and color of nature's regions and toned these givens into har- mony with affective attitudes. Spatial determinations at this level are the carriers of human propensities. Here we have the thing-like opaque symbol of mythology and religion. As space still inheres in things on the mythical level and has not become an inspired form or a constructed relation, so also with time. Time was not in primitive experience a relation of periods measured in terms of a system of referents, nor even the rhythm of poetry or music, but the very process of the torches of time: sun, moon, and stars. It was real passage in- carnate in the agents of passage. The same incompleteness of the human shaping act was present when speech symbols first appeared. A word is not in the first instance a coin minted by a creative spirit out of the indefinite flux of sound to express an intent. A word, though symbol, is also for primitive thought a thing the thing that is named with cryptic potency. The Word of God was a phase of the God-head and not his title merely. Or, in its half-brutish beginnings, language was interjection, cry of pain or joy, gesture of welcome or defiance, echo of some natural marvel. When language jets without pause for reflec- tion, then it is an aspect of primitive organic behavior as well as the forerunner of intelligible speech. Though it is the in- distinct mythical habit that thus confuses name with the named and the statement of meaning with organic response, even the art of poetry has to work its way free from the immediate lyrical impulse of nature. It is, for Cassirer, a proof of Goethe's con- stant mastery of his art that even in his youthful storm and stress period, when he liked to lie on the earth and court the sun and small creatures crawling through the grass, when the rhythms in his lyrics were the rhythms of waves and winds, he was not absorbed. He never confused his mind's ways with nature's ways. In just this assurance about the indispensable CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART 613 formative function of art does he stand apart from the poets who discharge natural impulses with primitive directness or make themselves sensitive plates of nature. In his most recent statement of the nature of art, Chapter IX in his Essay on Man, Cassirer has once more illustrated the distinction between the symbolic function in art, where a ma- terial is transformed by the spirit of man, and that pre-artistic relation of man to his world where the content is imposed largely from outside. This time he has the naive contemporary spectator of art in mind. He chooses the example of the enjoy- ment of landscape. For the simple awareness of the natural man, agreeable physical qualities operate on the passive organism: bright colors, fragrant, mild airs. The "meeting soul" takes in the pleasant scene as a whole and half suffuses it with a life and tone of its own; but what is present is things not forms. "But I may then," writes Cassirer, experience a sudden change in my frame of mind. Thereupon I see the landscape with an artist's eye I begin to form a picture of it. I have now entered a new realm the realm not of living things but of "living forms." No longer in the immediate reality of things, I live now in the rhythm of spatial forms, in the harmony and contrast of colors, in the balance of light and shadow. In such absorption in the dynamic aspect of form consists the aesthetic experience.* Art to be art must not only extricate man's concern from in- gredience in things, magical or sentimental; it must stop repro- ducing the shows of things. The conception of art as imitation has been historically so persistent that Cassirer was bound to take account of it, little as he agrees with it. The neo-Kantian idealist who denies any element of pure datum even in the perception of a patch of color could never admit an art that repeats a given. The simplest item of common sense experience points beyond itself for him, and thus involves an act of spirit, if and in so far as it has meaning. But the symbolizing acts of artists (and of all builders of culture) imply a higher and more complex human entrance. In art man builds a disentangling frame to hold and relieve the item. 7 * Essay on Man, chapter IX on "Art," 1 5 1 f . der symbolischen Formen, I, 41. 6 14 KATHARINE GILBERT Cassirer notes here and there in his historical surveys and analyses variants of the mimesis doctrine. Each of these altered without redeeming it. The concept of imitation is still dominant in that view of art which identifies it with the extraction for preservation of the beautiful elements of things. In noting the contribution of the Swiss literary critics, Bodmer and Breitinger, to the progress of aesthetic theory, Cassirer remarks that they could not draw out the implications of the notion of a heightened energy in individual vision, prepared by Leibniz's metaphysics. Rather they marked off a region of the actual as good poetical material. "How," they asked, "can a painting of a peasant and his beasts of burden charm us, if the original scene does not draw our gaze?" 8 The assumption here is the familiar one that art is imitation, though selective. It derives, as is always told, from the famous story of the painting of the maidens of Crotona by Zeuxis, and is but a feeble change in the ape doc- trine. It leaves the two factors in the situation standing over against each other. However, the selection is up to a point evi- dence of human valuation. The next refinement one developed by Shaftesbury and Lessing is simply an intensification of the first. Artists select for perpetuation the pregnant moment in a scene. The artist lets his spatial fancy grow in responding to the center of movement in the piece of nature he is contemplating. He and his object are both alive } they are both in labor with something new and important that is to be brought forth. Cassirer reminds us that this marks a progress in the artist's view from the content of the given to its form and relations. The pregnant moment reaches before and after itself and by a half-revealed energy extends its sphere of existence into what the spirit alone sees and knows. 9 A third variant of the imitation doctrine Cassirer finds in the values of omission, and binds it with the second. "The artistic sketch becomes such, and distinguished from mechanical repro- duction, by virtue of what is dropped out of the immediately given impression." 10 In this imitation through negation there 8 Freiheit und Form, 116-117. 9 Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen^ I, 44. * Loc. cit. CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART 615 is restriction of the dominance of the particular model, but in- crease in its symbolic potency. A fourth variant is the recognition of the importance of indi- vidual style in imitation. Certain thinkers, e.g., Diderot, may conceive art as imitative, and yet have a most lively feeling for the special individualities of different languages. Diderot is endowed with a feeling for the finest nuances of words, for their tone and clang, for their untranslatable moments. 11 This marks the passage of any art, whether an art of words or an art of images, from the stage of social utility and rational gen- erality to an unquestioned aesthetic level. There was in the eighteenth century a whole strain, starting with Leibniz, which clarified more and more the importance for art and culture of individuality and eccentricity, sensuous detail, passionate aber- ration. Cassirer attaches this enrichment of theory to Hamann and Herder after Leibniz and sets it for purposes of contrast over against the new assertion of orderly classicism in Winckel- mann. 12 Indeed, Cassirer is always watching for the moment of individual variation in the essence of art. Emphasis on indi- viduality is, however, sometimes combined with the unaccepta- ble imitation doctrine. Besides being taken as a servant of things in its mode of imitation, art is servilely treated (though less so) as a de- pendent of reason in its phase as analogue. We owe the begin- nings of this interpretation to Leibniz. It came about in this way. 18 Leibniz entertained the logical ideal of submitting all the work of mind to the standard of clear and compelling order. The reduction worked without much difficulty so long as ra- tional truths and abstract categories, such as substance and cause, were in question. To all the ideas that fell within this circle Leibniz applied the strict law of consistency: of identity and difference. But both for completeness and system, and in con- formity with the law of continuity in which he believed, he was obliged to make the effort to handle in the light of the same goal the less clear notions furnished by perception, memory, and I, 82. 12 Fretheh und Form, 170-221. 19 Ibid., 99-218. 616 KATHARINE GILBERT the aesthetic activities. He had to try to satisfy the demand for reason, law, and order in the inferior faculties and obscure regions of the soul. He accomplished this by postulating a progressive scale of clarity. In the scale the earlier confused stages implied but did not reveal the coming distinctness. Out of the I itself, from which he made all mental facts flow, he drew an anticipating and accumulating sequence, dim at first, but exhibiting even in the semi-darkness intimations of form and rule. Leibniz placed music and painting then among the analogues of reason. He interpreted them as big with their own rational explanation, though conceived on the sensuous plane of feeling and taste. one might perhaps say that they prophesy their own clarification and that they instinctively correspond with their own ratios and proportions. Art, then, for Leibniz no longer imitates, but presses toward, without attaining, its own logical fulfilment. In spite of the advance of the concept of analogue over the concept of imitation, there is still unfitness in the new notion. As in the phase of imitation art defers to a model, so in the role of analogue art is measured by the superior excellence of reason. Therefore art is not yet autonomous nor handled in terms of wholly relevant categories. In the building up of the artistic function of man, Cassirer says there is a general law of three stages: the mimetic, the analogical, and finally, the symbolic. 14 We have been noting in what way art falls short of self-determination in so far as it is copy or analogue. Cassirer also ties in the imperfection of these early stages with the fragmentary conative views. Language was interpreted by Vico as half rooted in interjection, 15 and art recurrently offers itself as the immediate utterance of nature. Cassirer passes in review the variants of this definition of art as expression of genius. For him they seem all to be either romantic theories which overemphasize feeling, emotion, or god-like creativity, or, on the other hand, play-theories which overemphasize primitivism and release. 16 As an idealist, Cas- 14 Phtlosofhie der symbotischen Formcn, I, 136, 137. "Ibid., I, 91. 16 Essay on Man, 140$, CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART 617 sirer never loses awareness of the spirit's being there. No field of reality nor region of culture exists for him which is not stamped by the energy of mind. However, the phrases em- ployed by the Schlegels and Schelling implying the unrestricted rights of genius Cassirer would temper and balance. Cassirer believes that the "genius" theory of art or the emphasis on soul-discharge does justice to only one pole of the artistic situa- tion. It is a pole that will always be highly charged when art has been subjected to rules or models, as by Boileau and the neo-classicists generally. The neglected jet of the human imagi- nation will spring up when it is suppressed. It was Kant the Kant who for Cassirer marked the culmination of the cultural passage from Leibniz in the eighteenth century who gave once for all the proportions to Genius and Nature in Art. "Art can be called beautiful only if we are conscious that it is Art although it looks like Nature." "Genius is the talent through which Nature gives the rule to Art." "Nature by the medium of Genius . . . prescribes rules to Art." 17 Therefore where a Rousseauist urges the rights of feeling, Cassirer counters with the claims of form and repose. And the various biological theories of the nineteenth century, which featured the play instinct, needed, according to Cassirer, to humanize the concept for art, so that play is seen as productive and structural. 18 Even the play theory of Schiller, though far closer to the balanced view of art as living-form, gives too much to the unordered sport of innocent childhood. In the group of theories which make art less than free and less than complete because of over-emphasis on the emotional thrust, Cassirer places those of Croce and Collingwood. 19 He complains that those thinkers limit the whole of art to the lyri- cal impulse and leave out the contribution made by medium and structure. Undoubtedly there are many passages in the writings of these two philosophers which support the adverse view of Cassirer. But with respect to medium one must remember the famous passage in Croce's Essence of Aesthetic, in which he cer- 17 KanPs Kritique of Judgment, trans. J. H. Bernard, 188-190. 18 Essay on Man, "Ibid., 618 KATHARINE GILBERT tainly demands the realization of intuitions: "A thought is not thought for us, unless it be possible to formulate it in words; a musical image exists for us, only when it becomes concrete in sounds; a pictorial image, only when it is coloured." 20 The apparent failure to provide a place in his system for sensuous medium is the result of a prohibiting metaphysic. As one might say that a modern physicist who denies the old concept of solid matter, substituting the current one of fields of force, left no room for cans and kidneys! As for form, one remembers the statement in Croce's most recent general article: "The problem for aesthetics today is the reassertion and defense of the classical as against romanticism: the synthetic, formal theoretical ele- ment which is the firofrmm of art, as against the affective ele- ment which it is the business of art to resolve into itself." 21 It seems definitely inappropriate to regard a theory which involves such a statement as instinctive. Both in the case of Croce and of Collingwood the importance of structure and medium is recog- nized in the long and intricate treatment of language. Colling- wood says that the experience of art involves the change from affect in the lower level of the psyche to the activity of con- scious awareness, from impression to imagination, from brute giveness to domination by thought. 22 These marks of art are hardly consistent with the sentimentalism and exhibitionism im- plicitly charged by Cassirer. 23 Although Cassirer rejects the notions of art as imitation, lyricism, or analogue, he carries over elements from these into the one he accepts. Art for him is a symbolic form: a living shape worked out in a sensuous medium, expressing tension and release. The tension holds man over against the world; the release means reconciliation with it. In Cassirer's latest statement of what art is various expressions are used rather than "symbolic form" to convey both the autonomy and the richness of the idea as he holds it: "constructive eye," 24 "con- * Benedetto Croce, The Essence of Aesthetic, 42-43. 21 Croce, article on "Aesthetics," Encyclopaedia Britannica ; i4th edition (1946). M R. G. Collingwood, Principles of Art, 234-235. 28 Essay on Man, 142. * rLSj 151. CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART 619 templative creation," 25 "intuitive form," 28 "sympathetic vi- sion." 27 In each of these phrases it is obvious that the opposition between the subjective and objective contributions to the act and fact of art is meant to be resolved. Something is saved, to be sure, from the imitation doctrine, as the words "contempla- tive," "intuitive," and "vision" suggest. Cassirer points out that when Leonardo da Vinci said that the function of art was to teach men how to see (safer vedere) he uttered an inex- pugnable truth. 28 Art does not imitate the world of men and things, but it penetrates it with the faculty of imagination and restates its essential character in revealing and beautiful forms. A painter interprets the spectacle which it is contrary to his genius to retrace dumbly line for line. He discriminates and communicates delicate aspects of the nature whose gross ap- pearance bores him. Intensive and concentrated vision is a main attribute of an artist and this is what is left of the discarded doctrine of ars Simla naturae. There is value to be conserved also in the variants of expres- sionism. The force of genius, the lyrical thrust is the inception of art. But the value in emotional theories has to be balanced by values taken from the rationalistic school, the values of measure and order. In all contexts the Kantian Cassirer asserts the primacy of the spontaneity of consciousness. In the context of art this general idea becomes the interpretation of art as man's deed. Art, in fact any cultural symbol, he is never tired of saying, is energeia and not ergon. 29 Every symbolic form, art, myth, or speech is a revelation proceeding from within out- wards. one of the insights of Leibniz, important for aesthetic theory, was just this revaluation of reality in terms of force. In interpreting the aesthetic significance of Hogarth's line of beauty Cassirer traverses the lower levels on which it is a mere sensuous impression, and then an optical structure. As one looks at it, Cassirer writes, the thin perceptual experience be- **ibid., 162. 99 Ibid., 167, 170. "Ibid., 150, 1 7 on. "Ibid., 144. M Phtlosofhie der symbolischen Formen, I, 104. 620 KATHARINE GILBERT gins to move and become a self-shaping energy. It has then arrived at the stage of aesthetic form 5 it becomes definite ornament, with artistic intent and place. For, although as beauti- ful ornament it is timeless, even so it belongs to the history of style and can be placed in an epoch. "In the concrete experi- ence of the simple linear track, there comes now into being at a single blow, just a particular style, just the comprehensive characteristic 'art will' of the time pregnant and living be- fore me." 30 But, though art begins as spontaneity, act of will, or expres- sion of emotion, it is great in proportion as it is the expression not of a feeling but of the gamut of human feelings, thereby attaining universality and subtlety. If various emotions in their responsiveness to multiplied occasions, and fortune's turns, are represented, the work of art rises to wholeness and sloughs vio- lence. Emotion converts to motion, i.e., to rhythm, measure, and design. Tension deepens to the center's stillness. Cassirer makes use of the idea of catharsis to prove how inadequate unshaped passion is for the purposes of art. Art must operate to convert the passive burden of pity and fear into an active state of soul. Cassirer answers the question: Of what is man freed by art? thus: So long as fear is a real dread of a real state of affairs man feels his dependence. But, if he remolds this fear into the art of tragedy whether he writes it or relives it as a fit spectator he is emancipated by the form of art from the material load of existing danger, be it a tyrant's menace or the approach of death, poverty, or disease. 81 In such ways Cassirer limits the idea of the absoluteness of genius. Having brought to a point the positive and negative elements in Cassirer's theory of art as symbol or intuitive awareness of living form, we turn to Goethe for concrete demonstration. "The life and the poetry of Goethe gives us the best and most typical example of the mutual penetration of all those elements that constitute a work of art." 32 Particularly we find there on a 90 Zeitschrtft, XXI, op. cit., 299. " Essay on Man y 1481". 12 Ibid., 10. The page-reference here is to Cassirer's original typescript pages $ I have been unable to locate the above sentence in the printed chapter on "Art" CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART 621 grand scale and in clear outlines the swing from originative lyrical thrust to compensating objective vision of beauty, both in nature and in the human form. We find this tension over- ruled by the mastery of Goethe's poetical power which holds all in seamless unity. We will avail ourselves of typical observa- tions made by Cassirer on this master illustration. The early lyrics and dramatic sketches of Goethe convey the Prometheus motive, the youthful accent of energy, gener- osity, and love of nature and thus express the first subjective stage of symbol clearly. They were written in the Sturm und Drang period of Goethe's life, when he felt the liberation wrought by Rousseau, when he was overwhelmed by the gi- gantic strength of a Gothic cathedral, and when his own mount- ing genius found dramatic counterparts in Gotz von Berlich- ingen, Mohammed, and Caesar. Like the early lyrics the Urfaust is an expression of the first thrust of a great spirit's power and dream. In the first scenes of the Faust poem, which conserve the early force, one remembers how the young world of the on-coming Renaissance, its experimentation and ferment, and the unbounded eagerness and ambition of a scientific ex- plorer show themselves in epithets, figures and scenes. Faust's ecstatic wonder in the awareness of his god-like powers, his thirst for contact with the very springs and breast of nature, his intoxicated yearning after the fire and loom and ocean of Being all reflect the onset of symbol as such. However important the swaying middle position of symbol and its re- conciling function, a work of art as symbol is born on the side of spiritual freedom and power 5 it is autonomous creation. In Faust the objective pole is represented by Helena, her beauty and implications. To the extent that subject and object can be perfectly balanced in a work of art the union of Faust and Helena stands for that total compensation. But this would be too static a name for the living, dynamic conception of symbol that Goethe employed and Cassirer expounds. Helena herself, though she represents the beauty of the ancient world and of nature, and most of all, of the fair human shape, is a in An Essay on Man. However, the main source for Cassirer*s use of Goethe is Freihett und Form, 271-421. 622 KATHARINE GILBERT shifting, shimmering, many-visaged, and finally poignantly fading form. She shows in a mirror, she incarnates in Gretchen, she leaps ages and mountains. The too humbly Teutonic Gretchen gives place under the growing aesthetic ideal to the nobler form of Menelaus' wife. But in total conception the classic heroine answers to that firm objective beauty which Goethe found and celebrated on his Italian journey. He wrote from there that his early Titanic ideas were only airy shapes and that before the serene beauty of the human form in antique art he had first learned to see. 33 The peace of the aesthetic sense, resting in its formed counter- part, is for this view, as we have said, only the limit and cross- section of a process. The admiration of Helena becomes a func- tion. For Faust it acts as a fluid standard in terms of which his many admirations may be measured. German shapelessness, though dear through kinship, becomes relatively unsympathetic. He returns to it indeed: Gretchen is envisioned again. But pain mixes with the pleasure of the experience of Helena throughout. In her phantom-quality she symbolizes the instability of all embodied loveliness. Hers and Faust's child, Euphorion, who shared with his father vaulting ambition, dies like Icarus. Thus the subjective moment, Faust's ambition, and the objective mo- ment, Helena's beautiful form, interweave and change. In their interaction and growth they compose the poetized image of Goethe's own life in the sense of the law of the form of his life, and beyond this, of the history and tragedy of humanity. While analyzing the symbolism of Faust Cassirer makes a cross-reference to the Pandora in which, he says, Goethe's symbolic meaning has received its purest poetical stamp. 34 He also devoted a separate study to the Pandora fragment. 85 Though unfinished and more difficult to analyze, it is almost a symbol of the symbolic function itself. As it is the business of symbol to harmonize tensions, so with Pandora here. For Cassirer explains that the Pandora Goethe has in mind is the M Freiheit vnd Form, 409^ 14 Ibid., 412. w "Goethe's Pandora," Zefackrijt fur Xsthetik und Allgemeine Kunstwissen- $cha}t, XIII, (1919), 116. CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART 623 "all-gifted and all-giving one," the loving dispenser of goods to man, the kind and beautiful force that draws men into com- munion and fellowship. Like Love, the great ascending and descending Daimon of Plato's Symposium, Pandora is the arch- mediator, "destined to connect together poverty and plenty, finite and infinite, mortality and immortality, and by so doing to cement the universe into a whole." 36 Cassirer watches the Pandora symbol grow, and by following the illustration we may get fresh light on this basic interpre- tation of art. The tensions that are stated and harmonized mount in intensity and depth of meaning. In most general terms the opposition running through the whole is that between deed and reflection, subjective force and objective seeing, the active and contemplative forces in life and being. At one point, where Cassirer himself almost turns poet, he suggests that we hear in our mind's ear the individual dramatic parts as voices brought together contrapuntally in a magnificent fugue. Early in the poem where the tension is at its most uncompro- mised stage the active pole, Prometheus, represents man's primi- tive self-reliant effort to work nature for his basic needs. Measur- ing all values in terms of tangible utilities, Prometheus has no sympathy for sabbath rest or aesthetic contemplation. The early reflective pole, Epimetheus, receives from Pandora a floating vision of beautiful natural forms, on water and land, in youth and woman. But because form, Gestalt, is at this point sheer gift and not achievement, the lovely shapes disintegrate and pass away with the passing of natural light. As the contra- puntal music thickens, the active moment becomes purposive and enlightened cultivation of the arts and sciences} the re- flective moment brings justice and the loving co-operation of communal life. Then another character, Elf ore thraseia, strengthens the reality of the good gifts of Pandora, by bringing confident hope. This optimism, however, Cassirer finds balanced near the end by the expression of an old man's serene renuncia- tion, renunciation of the belief in the possibility of steady maintenance of classic peace and harmony. But there is mastery by form even though classic harmony passes. Goethe realizes "Ibid., 1 1 6. 624 KATHARINE GILBERT and expresses the realization that the forces that generate the changes in being spring within man as well. He accepts the fact of his own decline as linked with the larger rhythms in things and yields more place to the idea of passage and indi- viduality. The application to Goethe illuminates Cassirer's conception of true art as symbolic form. We understand more vividly after the projection on to the Goethean plane how a great poem figures forth the conciliating office of living form; how the impetus of Faustian, Promethean spirit needs for completeness the quieting influence of Helena's and Hellenic beauty and the scope and objectivity of Nature's inner rhythm; how the self-assertive tendency needs to be controlled by the contem- plation of beauty; how social bonds are insufficient without en- lightenment, confidence without resignation; how even beauti- ful irenic love and classic ideals are subject to time how beauty is one aspect of the total life of form. Cassirer's application of his concept of art remains on the whole within the field of the art of words. For the other arts he furnishes us only a general program and occasional allusions. We are not, however, without indication of the direction his applications might easily have taken in the field of the visual arts. In several places the art-historian, Dr. Erwin Panofsky, borrows Cassirer's usage of the term "symbolism," praising its aptness; and one may, I think, make so bold as to assume that this art-historian's rich iconographical studies in the main illus- strate what Cassirer would like to have understood as the appli- cation of his theory of art to painting and sculpture. The best locus for our desired application to the spatial arts is Die Per- spektive als "Symbolische Form"* 7 where the very wording of the title shows Cassirer's influence. In this learned study Panof- sky traces the handling of perspective in painting and drawing from classical times to the present and ties the spatial treatment throughout with the general Weltanschauung. He demon- strates how man's pictorial and plastic portrayals reflect through the ages his primary orientation to his environment his place in the world his set toward things his middle position be- 91 Vortrage der Eibliothek Warburg, (1924-1925), 258-330. CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART 625 tween the heavens above and the pit at the center his physical consorting with nature what he fundamentally means by here and there, between, outside of, near, far all under the in- fluence of a changing ultimate sense of values. Examples from Panofsky's study should make this clear. For period after period he matches the artistic handling of spatial relations, the particular variant of perspective worked out by a period's artists, with wider tendencies in philosophy and science. Thus, while he is converting spatial symbols into historic monu- ments, he is at the same time relating these monuments to the other major contemporary activities. This is that reinstatement of autonomous art to its position among its human kindred which Cassirer believes in and which is illustrated in the ex- panding movement of our initial schematic outline. Panofsky begins with classical antiquity. The artists of this time saw their material world loosely held together. The ob- jective scene was made up of a plurality of bodies with shapes determined by function, and with 'tactile values.' Empty space was in this style a nothing simply a remainder. The whole field of vision was thus a sum of separate spaces. Now the world of the philosopher Democritus was just such an aggre- gate: atoms plus a void within which the atoms could move. If Democritus be thought not central enough in Greek philoso- phy to be taken as the significant background of Greek artistic symbolism, then Plato and Aristotle can be drafted. Plato with his triangles and receptacle, Aristotle with his nest of forms made the space of nature a sum of the places of bodies and forms. Neither for classical Greek thought nor for art was there an envisioned space that could master and fuse the contents of space. The quasi-impressionism of Hellenistic landscape and archi- tectural interiors cracked the atomistic independence of class- ical forms, but, being inconsistent and inconclusive, achieved no federating, spatial continuum. In the realm of art this was like the Pyrrhonic scepticism which shook the simple positive- ness of earlier philosophy, but achieved no system of its own. Passing on to the Middle Ages, we find there the gradual conquest of spatial unity in art corresponding to the many- 626 KATHARINE GILBERT sided movement of Christian philosophy. In the manuscript illuminations and mosaics there was the rhythmic interplay of pure gold and colors correspondent to the metaphysics of light a metaphysics at first pagan, but then central in Christian theology. When St. Thomas made Christian thought Aris- totelian in outline, he added a divine outer body, spiritual in essence and infinite in power, to Aristotle's set of starry orbits. This may be claimed as the analogue of the rising dominance in architecture of arched roofings and canopies over lesser sculptured forms still a great body ruling lesser bodies, and to this degree pluralistic but a kind of unity for all that. With the great painters and architects of the Renaissance conscious unity arrived. A mathematical theory of perspective was constructed in terms of sectioned visual pyramids, and ex- pressed itself through chess-board tiled-floors, ground plans, etc. Thus a whole of space definitely replaced a space-aggregate. The philosophical rationalism of the seventeenth century, with all its subsidiary mathematical disciplines, stands in the wide world of theory for the perfected system of perspective in art. A natural continuum, dispensing with a supernatural over-lord, a homogeneous infinite extension of which all particular bodies are determinate modes, is contemplated and analyzed. Space at last signifies an unbroken web, not a sum of entities. Why was this apparent conclusion of the problem of space, for art and for philosophy, not a final resting-place? one knows that the naturalistic perspective style of the High Renaissance yielded to others} and that the Substantial Extension of Des- cartes was no last word in Nature-philosophy. We remember that symbols are polar, and always retain at their heart an am- biguity. The symbolism of naturalistic perspective painting car- ries within it the typical tension. The reason that Diirer's "St. Jerome" or De Hooch's interiors look like a slice of reality set on the canvas is because, paradoxically, the subjective point of sight has been so perfectly reckoned with. Where the phe- nomenon of art seems most real, there the subjective factor enters in most penetratingly. The perspective system of Albert! and Piero della Francesca is both a triumph for the reporter of fact and for the egotist whose will to power subdues the fact CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART 627 to the individual point of view. once the process of perspective representation was mastered, artists began to adapt the cross-cut of nature freely to their fancy. The Italian baroque painters played freely with the possibilities of an emphasized high-space} Altdorfer with oblique space; Rembrandt with near space. This variety of space-emphasis in art corresponds once more to modern subjectivism in thought. Coming still nearer to our own day, everyone knows how in the last few decades the model of naturalistic space has been fundamentally defied by Abstrac- tionists, Futurists, Surrealists, Dadaists, Suprematists. Such con- trol of the organization of the artist's space by an arbitrarily accented motive is in harmony with new psychological tenden- cies, and a late pervasive irrationalism. There have also been sympathetic symptoms from non-Euclidean pangeometry. The purpose of this brief summary has been not only to exemplify Cassirer's notion of the art-symbol in its characteristic form, but to indicate the way art can be both recognized as an autonomous activity of spirit and yet restored to the family of human functions. There is a typical organization of space in painting in the Renaissance j but this treatment of space has an underlying kinship with the naturalistic philosophy and mathematical sciences of the same centuries. Even so in ex- pounding Goethe's Pandora, Cassirer keeps the poem Goethe's own, yet points out the kinship with Schelling's metaphysics. What came out of genius in that day could hardly miss the flood-tide of romantic influence. There is in any case in any age a world-outlook characteristically coloring both art and philosophy. The most sensitive and profound spectator of a picture will, Panofsky thinks, penetrate to what he defines as its philosophical layer, where the total habits of the time bear subtle witness to themselves. His analysis of the layers of meaning in a work of art provides, first, for a superficial layer of recognizable and expressive objects and events; a secondary layer of literary types; and an ultimate basis of philosophical meaning. In his exposition of this last layer Panofsky cites Cassirer: ". . . the intrinsic meaning . . . may be defined as a unifying principle which underlies and explains both the visible event and its intelligible significance, and which determines 628 KATHARINE GILBERT even the form in which the visible event takes shape." 38 "In this conceiving of pure forms, motifs, images, stories, and allegories as manifestations of underlying principles, we inter- pret all these elements as what Ernst Cassirer has called 'sym- bolical values'." 89 The spectator of symbolical values, the third philosophical layer, being in his own person aware of the "essential tendencies of the human mind," 40 intuits their presence in what is before him. He senses the artist's half-conscious communication of a habit of spirit, a dominant attitude toward men and things, and responds to it, is articulate about it. This fine awareness of philosophical habit and spiritual sense, Panofsky, in agreement with Cassirer, makes complex. He who intuits it, intuits a many- in-one, and an atmosphere surrounding the one. Within the "symbolic form" are condensed "symptoms" of the political, scientific, religious, and economic tendencies of the age that produced the work. The philosophical interpreter reads the many symptoms compact in a single frame and knows their echoes and analogues. It is the whole life and tone of an age that pulses in the image. The art-historian will have to check what he thinks is the intrinsic meaning of the work . . . against what he thinks is the intrinsic meaning of as many other documents of civilizations historically related to that work ... as he can master; of documents bearing witness to the political, poetical, religious, philosophical, and social tendencies of the personality, period, or country under investigation. ... It is in the search for intrinsic meanings or content that the various humanistic disciplines meet on a common plane instead of serving as hand-maidens to each other. 41 The work of art as symbolic form is in the middle position of a spiritual circuit which runs from personal creator to the whole cultural scope of the age, back and forth, and round and round. It is the chief home of the busy messenger Eros Eros here himself a symbol. 88 Erwin Panofsky, Studies in Iconology, 5. "Ibid., 8. */, 15. 41 Ibid., 1 6. CASSIRER'S PLACEMENT OF ART 629 We have now completed the account of that two-fold move- ment of thought in the course of which Cassirer frees art from alien domination, defines it as an autonomous symbol, and then recharges its connection with the principal human activities. Such a theory of art as Cassirer's, instructed as it is by the movement of culture, the history of aesthetic theory, and the phenomena of art, is bound to be largely satisfactory. It pro- vides for the two main classical factors of clear control and sensuous richness. It stands by art's autonomy. In adding to the notions struck out by the thought of the great German classical period later ideas of historical style and tragic tran- sience, Cassirer leaves in the main little to be desired by the traditional lovers and students of art. But the question does arise whether the philosophy of overcome polarity, of subject and object, their tensions and syntheses, furnishes not a pos- sible frame of art-critical reference for recent developments in art, for this it obviously does but at present the most appro- priate and illuminating one. I am not clear whether Cassirer would say: "My view is elastic enough to receive recent experi- ments," or would say: "My view cannot and ought not so to do. For the recent achievement is wandering rather than a genuine advance." At any rate the polar pattern of Cassirer's symbol seems a little too balanced and full of grace when approached from immersion in Eliot, Auden, Picasso and Stravinsky. The very meaning of polarity derives from common-sense percep- tion and the ordinary interplay of organism and environment. Sapient seeing itself and reconstructed interplay leave normal vision and normal practice as axes of reference. However, one guesses that Cassirer's own thought feels the impact of the less contemplative and more electrically and experimentally gen- erated symbolism of recent years, as he writes his latest chapter on the subject of art. He speaks of the "new force" as well as of the "new form" of artj 42 he quotes Leibniz's definition of perfection as "enhancement of being" and is at pains to note the contribution of Leibniz's functionalism to the newer aesthetics. "It is," he says, "the intensification of our dynamic energies that we seek and find in art." This last phrase certainly marks the 49 Essay on Man, 154. 630 KATHARINE GILBERT direction in which recent art has moved. The art of the genera- tion between the wars yielded more intensity and force than harmony and centralized form. Its experiments in denser pack- ing of tones and metaphors and its series of cubistic experi- ments, have excited interest, but the results have oftener main- tained suspense and deepened art's resources than resolved tensions. A deeply boring curiosity and demonic wit have finely fractioned and strangely fused the old vocabulary and grammar. one feels that Cassirer increasingly savors the qualities of the new aesthetic ways and would recognize the place of today's art beside the new physics and psychology in the social picture and humanistic circle. Would he find wanting the completion of its own peculiar task: the achievement or promise of a symbol, after war and exploration, of peace and a valid humanism? KATHARINE GILBERT DEPARTMENT OF AESTHETICS, ART AND Music DUKE UNIVERSITY i8 Harry Slochower ERNST CASSIRER'S FUNCTIONAL APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE i8 ERNST CASSIRER'S FUNCTIONAL APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE A RT and literature occupy a more pervasive location in the JTJJL writings of Ernst Cassirer than they do in any other modern philosopher since Nietzsche. Four of his books are largely devoted to theories of aesthetics and to studies of Holderlin, Lessing, Schiller, Kleist and Goethe. Furthermore, questions involving the nature and process of art-forms are also raised in his other more general works. A study of Cassirer's view on art and literature requires an examination of its context in his system as a whole. Even as Cassirer writes that the various cultural functions "cannot be reduced to a common denominator," he insists that they "complete and complement one another." 1 Indeed, a striking feature of Cassirer's philosophy, as developed in Philosophie der symboUschen Formen and in An Essay on M.an y is its strategy of showing that science, language, myth, religion, his- tory and art form an organic unity located in a common struc- tural framework. Although, following Kant, Cassirer ascribes to art a degree of autonomy, he views it as a phase in the process of human culture and bound up with its basic directives. Thus, he would show the principle connecting Greek drama with Greek philosophy, classical and romantic literature and aesthetics with the systems of Leibniz, Newton, Shaftesbury, Kant, Fichte, Rousseau, and Hegel. 2 However, art-problems are not simply an integral part of 1 An Essay on Man, (New Haven, 1944), 228. * Logos Dike Kosmos in der Entwicklung der griechischen Philosofhie, Goteborgs Hogskolas Arsskrift XL VII, (Goteborg, 194.1), 4, i5ff. Die Philosophie der Aufklarung, (Tubingen, 1932). Freiheit und Form. Studien zur deutschen Geistesgeschichte, (Berlin, 1922). Idee und Gestalt. Goethe, Schiller, Holderlin, Kleist (Berlin, 1924). Rousseau Kant Goethe, (Princeton, 1945). 633 634 HARRY SLOCHOWER Cassirer's philosophy, but offer the most characteristic amplifica- tion of his method and system. This essay will attempt to dem- onstrate that an understanding of Cassirer's view on art and literature is indispensable for gaining the full import of his basic category, "function," in which a dialectic method is ap- plied to and verified by concrete, material forms leading to a free social act. The point will be developed by an analysis of 1. Cassirer's strategy and leading principles. 2. Their objectification in his approach to a. Art and aesthetic theory b. Literary personalities, particularly Goethe. Finally, we shall indicate the limitation and the fruitfulness of Cassirer's approach with reference to contemporary problems of art and literary criticism. METHOD The initial impression gained from some of Cassirer's works is that they are learned treatises on the history of philosophy, science, culture, and art. Indeed, Cassirer has been criticized for showing greater interest in citing other men's theories than in stating a position of his own. It is true that his writings contain extensive quotations from a great number of sources, and that his studies on aesthetic theory, on Goethe, etc., trace their historical development. However, this documentation is not merely a matter of scholarly learning. Cassirer's specific employment of the historical method, as we shall see, is a char- acteristic function of his philosophic method. Cassirer's primary concern in all of his investigations is method. "All unity of the intellectual form which comprises a system," he writes, "is finally grounded in (method)." Method is "the most objective and the most personal element in every philosophy." Cassirer is persuaded that a difference in method makes a difference in the direction taken by content. This is the point he would establish in discussing Lamprecht's philosophy of history, Schiller's and Kleist's manipulation of Kantian concepts, etc. In these analyses, Cassirer is less con- APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE 635 cerned with content and conclusion than with the method through which they are reached and in which they are grounded. 8 Stated generally, Cassirer's method consists in examining the interplay of the particular and the universal in a dialectic dy- namic process. He investigates the individual perspective in its interaction with the over-all view reached, and its merging with a philosophic tradition. The essay on Holderlin, for example, would demonstrate that the poet shares many of the tenets held by German idealism, but that they take on a differ- ent significance and color for him, because in his case they are rooted in other intellectual presuppositions. For the same reason, Holderlin's own contributions vary from the tenets which he took over from the founders of idealism. Throughout, it is this "dual process of taking and giving" which Cassirer traces, as in discussing the relations of Goethe to Plato, Spinoza, Newton, of Rousseau and Kleist to Kant, etc. 4 Everywhere, he moves in a dialectic rhythm to establish what separates and what unites different personalities and movements. This centering on method is, however, not in the interests of denying basic assumptions and principles. To be sure, Cas- sirer keeps himself aloof from the traditional metaphysical substance. In the manner of the Marburg School, to which he belongs, he converts Kant's thing-in-itself into a dynamic un- ending process. Yet, Cassirer also rejects the traditional brands of positivism, empiricism, and rationalism. Enumeration of em- pirical data, he notes, can establish no law, and the rationalistic law gained by abstracting from particular manifestations is to him an "impoverishment of reality." Nor may Cassirer's focus on method be linked to Dewey's instrumentalism; for he is opposed to the pragmatic denial of substance and certainty. In so far as pragmatism identifies truth and utility, it is but "a philosophic catch-word." Progress in knowledge is not deter- mined by variations in need, "but by the universal intellectual 9 Idee und Gestalt, 83, 97^., xySff. Essay on Man, 201 f. *ldee and Gestalt, 118, 338., 1788., Rousseau Kant Goethe, loc. cit., Goethe und die geschichtlkhe Welt, (Berlin, 1932). 636 HARRY SLOCHOWER postulate of unity and continuity." All forms of human activity must be traced back "to a common origin," must be imbedded in their "general structural principles." A philosophy of cul- ture involves viewing facts "as a system, as an organic whole." Philosophy must hold to the idea of invariance. 5 The idea of a leading principle requires that, in some sense, the part represents the whole. The specific nature of Cassirer's problem, however, is to find a methodology through which the part would represent the whole and by which it would in turn be represented in the whole. Stated summarily, his method aims at discovering principles manifested in their function and form. SERIAL ORDER AS FUNCTIONAL STRUCTURE Cassirer's term for this principle is "serial order" ("Reihen- ordnung"). The question posed is not what characteristics are common to various elements, but what are the conditions according to which one element is arranged and connected with another and follows from it. As formulated in Die Philoso^hie der symbolischen Formen: A series of terms a, b, c, d, . . . are to be perceived as "belonging" together, are to be connected by a rule on the basis of which the "issuance" of the one from the other can be determined and pre- dicted. . . . The elements a, b, c, d, . . . are arranged in a manner that they can be ... regarded as terms in a series xi, X2, xs, X4 . . . which is characterized by a definite "general member." 6 The most elementary sensory plane presents structural ele- ments, such as congruence or opposition, similarity or dis- similarity. The point is also illustrated by the phenomenon of memory. More is required for memory than mere repetition of former events and impressions. These must be ordered and 8 Substance and Function, (Chicago-London, 1923), 317, 3195 Essay on Man, 68, 69, 172, 222. Article on "Substance," Encyclopaedia Britannica, i4th ed., (1928), vol. XXVI. *The principle "stellt ein Neben- und Nach-Einander auf, das fortschreitend in ein In-Einander umgesetzt werden soil." Philosophic der symbolischen Formen, Dritter Teil, (Berlin, 1929), 482. APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE 637 located in time. "Such a location is not possible without con- ceiving time as a general scheme as a serial order which com- prises all the individual events." What is sought are analogous correspondences within empirical variations. Both Substance and Function and Philosophic der symbolischen Formen emphasize that the whole must not be conceived as an absolute outside of all possible experience. "It is nothing else than the ordered totality of these possible experiences themselves." 7 Serial order makes for a philosophic system "in which each separate form gains its meaning purely by the position which it occupies, where its content and import are marked by the wealth and the individuality of relations and implications through which it is connected with other human forces, and finally with their totality." The analogous "inner form" of culture lies in "the conditioning principle of its structure," in which the individual relation does not lose its uniqueness by its interrelation with other human energies. This produces an abiding unity of basic patterns (Grundgestalteri) . The very relational network in which separate contents of consciousness are interwoven contains a reference to other contents. These references mean that there are certain forms (Gebilde) of consciousness. The form- principle which finally emerges lies above but not beyond the material forms from which they originally stem. The unity thus achieved is "a functional unity." It involves change which is "directed toward constancy, while constancy reaches consciousness in change" Objectivity is determined functionally, that is in "the manner and form of its objectifica- tion." The "thing in itself" apart from its function is a false problem. The life of Reality is constituted by the manifold fullness of human forms which has the stamp of functional ob- jectivity. The problem of Reality issues into a phenomenology of human culture. 8 Cassirer's functional unity is not one of specific materials > of products or effects. It involves a concept of causality which, in T Ibid. 9 494 > Essay on Man, 51 j Substance and Function, 292. * Philosofhie der syntbolischen Formen, Erster Teil, (Berlin, 1923), 14, 12, 4 iff., 47-8. Dritter Teil, 19. Essay on Man, 52 638 HARRY SLOCHOWER contrast to the mechanistic and teleologic, probes "the creative process" itself. From this approach, the "distinguishing mark" of man "is not his metaphysical or physical nature but his work. ... It is the system of human activities which defines and determines the circle of 'humanity'." Cassirer's philosophy transforms substance into function and essence into relation. The creative value in the method of functional structure lies in that it permits us not only to maintain order in the rela- tionship of the "real" with the "real," but to pass from the "real" to the "possible." It enables us, for example, to foresee what color-nuance belongs to a given series of colors, even if we never experienced it before. Cassirer cites the scheme of Heinrich Wolfflin as a structural view in the history of art. From his study of different art-modes, Wolfflin derived the categories of "Classic" and "Baroque." These terms do not simply describe, nor are they exhausted by particular historical periods, but designate general structural patterns. Wolfflin naturally refers to the works of Raphael, Titian, Rembrandt and Velasquez j yet, what he analyzes is "the schema" which their works embody. It follows from Cassirer's stress on the creative process of man's work that reality can never be ex- hausted. In the spirit of Hermann Cohen's notion of an "unendliche Aujgabe? it is a question of "an ever progressive process of determination." 9 It is here that the historical method emerges as an integral aspect of Cassirer's functional approach. HISTORICAL PROCESS AND FREEDOM Cassirer's historical procedure is based on an idealistic orienta- tion translated into the constructive act. Basing himself on neo- Kantian epistemology, Cassirer holds that forms of culture, from language to art, do not refer to physical objects, but are expressions of human feelings and concepts. The latter have a * Essay on Man, 71, 70, 68, 69. Philosophic der symbolischen Formen, Dritter Tell, 496. Here, Cassirer opposes Hume on the basis of a relational and Gestalt- psychology. In a similar way, he analyzes the Theory of Relativity as functional objectivity. Ibid, 55 iff. Philosophic der symbolischen Formen,, Erster Teil, 22. APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE 639 productive and constructive function, and must be studied, not simply in their final products, but in their process. Instead of viewing concepts in their static completed form, "we want to, so to speak, grasp them in statu nascendi." Historical process is the vehicle through which the creative-dynamic and functional- dialectic nature of man's world becomes concretized in time. It is not simply a review, but a construction or a "prophecy of the past." Symbolic reality itself requires "symbolic reconstruc- tion." Because its subject matter is human life and culture, history is not an exact science, and its "last and decisive act is always an act of the imagination." 10 Genuine historical time is not biological, as Bergson thought, but involves an act of will as well as a contemplative moment. Cassirer also opposes Nietzsche's argument that the study of history enfeebles our activistic powers. Rightly employed, history "strengthens! our responsibility with regard to the future." We study the past, not in order to escape into a lost paradise. on the contrary, only to the extent the human mind . . . develops in a futuristic direction can it find itself in the framework of the past." As Goethe puts it, genuine longing must here too be 'productive:' It should seek out the past "in order to grasp and view it as a symbol of the lasting and enduring." 11 The. study of history is determined by our futuristic perspective. Cassirer's own analysis of the historical connection between Logos, Dike and Kosmos in Greek philosophy is motivated by "anxiety over our human freedom. We know that (our) future is most heavily endangered unless we succeed to link truth and justice, Logos and Dike in the same way as the Greeks linked them in the history of man." Historical form involves the element of freedom. This element prevents history from being an exact science. Yet, it is not therefore subjective idiosyncrasy. It is not ego- 10 Essay on Man, 131, 178, 177, 191, 69, 204. Logos Dike Kosmos, 4. 11 Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen, Dritter Teil, 21 of., 218. Freiheit und Form, 5755 Essay on Man, 179. See also Wissenschaft, Bildung, Weltans- chauung, (1928), 30, quoted in Philosophy and History, Essays presented to Ernst Cassirer, (Oxford, 1936), 141-42. 640 HARRY SLOCHOWER centric, but anthropomorphic. The rules which bind the scien- tist hold for the historian as well. History too has "a general structural scheme" by means of which it can classify, order, and organize disconnected facts. What history aims at is an "objec- tive anthropomorphism." The historical method which Cassirer uses in his analysis of art and other cultural activities follows from his general func- tional approach. History is the form in which the laws of human behaviour are enacted by way of symbolic construction and reinterpretation. To know the whole, we must present it in its functional acts. Conversely, the parts represent the whole. This is the character assumed by the "natural" symbolism of consciousness. 12 THE DIALECTIC OF FUNCTIONAL STRUCTURE Cassirer's historical procedure contains the dialectic notion that all creative effort contributes towards the dynamic process of reality by its very dramatic location in that process. Cassirer agrees with Whitehead in opposing the method of "simple loca- tion." Older methods are not to be eliminated, but referred to "a new intellectual center." He sees no either-or between the descriptive and the exact procedures, but would relate both to two different aspects of a general problem. Nor would he choose among the psychological, sociologic and historic meth- ods, between the proponents of Van pour I* art and the opposing method of I. A. Richards. Likewise, he rejects the theory of Windelband and Rickert that history is a logic of individuals, whereas natural science is a logic of universals. Cassirer points out that "thought is always universal," and that a judgment also contains an element of particularity. Where others see irresolvable antinomies, Cassirer seeks the plane from which they may be viewed as partial aspects of a more inclusive whole. "It is characteristic of the nature of man that he is not limited to one specific and single approach to reality but can choose his point of view and so pass from one aspect to another." Thereby, ** Logos Dike Kosmos, 235 Essay on Man, 69, 191. PMlosophie der $ym- bolischen Formen, Erster Tcil, 43. APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE 641 the general and the particular, content and form, element and relation become reciprocal correlates. Such union of the typical with the specific provides "a kind of grammar of the symbolic function as such." 13 The point is bound up with Cassirer's concept of "theory." In Substance and Function, the form of knowledge was seen as identical with that of the exact sciences. Philoso'phie der symbolischen Formen enlarges the concept of "theory" to show that genuine theoretical forms and motivations also ob- tain for the world of perception. Yet, even the earlier work draws a distinction between the universality obtained in mathe- matics and mathematical physics and that gained in fields where perception enters. The former uses an abstractive pro- cedure, "selecting from a plurality of objects only the similar properties and neglecting the rest." Herein lies its limitation. "Through this sort of reduction, what is merely a $art has taken the place of the original sensuous whole. This part, however, claims to characterize and explain the whole." Selec- tion, on the basis of the similarity-principle, is one-sided, for it disregards "things and their properties." Thus, in passing from the particular to the universal, we reach "the paradoxical result . . . that all the logical labor which we apply to a given sensuous intuition serves only to separate us more and more from it." For this reason, modern logic opposes abstract uni- versality by concrete universality as in the logic of the mathe- matical concept of function. And, even though this form of logic is not confined to mathematics, but is applicable to other fields, a distinction remains between the space of sense-percep- tion and the space of geometry. In the former, space-differentia- tion is connected with the content of sensation. This is not the case in geometrical space. Here, "the principle of absolute homogeneity of spatial points denies all differences, like the difference of above and below, which concern only the relation of outer things to bodies, and thus belong to a particular em- pirically given object." The logic of mathematics and of mathematical physics "forbids any . . . identification of the 18 Essay on Man, 50, 68, 50, i66f., i86f., 170. Substance and Function, 314. Phttosofhie der symbolischen Formen. Erster Teil, 18-19, 32. 642 HARRY SLOCHOWER exact and the descriptive methods." Here lies the contrast be- tween science and art. Even as the work of the great natural scientists has an element of "spontaneity and productivity," their particular type of abstraction impoverishes reality. Science is concerned with the uniformity of laws, rather than with the diversity of intuition, with conceptual depth, tracing phenomena back to their first causes, rather than with visual, audible, and tactile forms. 14 ART AS THE DIALECTIC OF CONCRETE TOTALITY Cassirer regards the Platonic dialogue as the basic intellectual form of all dialectics. And he pays tribute to Hegel as the organizer of this method. But he sees HegePs limitation in that the resolution in his dialectic issues from the pure movement of thought, and in that it pretends to be final. Hegel, to be sure, did speak of the "concrete universal," and in the second part of his Phenomenology, his Philosophy of History, and else-t where, attempted to show the location of physical and individual existence in the dialectic scheme. Yet, Cassirer regards HegePs dialectic as moving mainly in the realm of the speculative idea. Furthermore, in its pretense at exhaustive "syntheses," it vio- lates the process of human acts and feelings. Cassirer's insistence is on the concreteness and materiality of cultural forms. Traditional metaphysical dualisms are bridged insofar as it can be shown that "the pure function of the spiritual must seek its concrete fulfillment in the physical," And, it is because art is in the most favorable position to fulfill this task that Cassirer finds in it the richest function of reality. Cassirer's philosophy itself reaches its own most eloquent expression in his discussion of art and literature. Here his writing is at its most engaging and animated, metaphor, style, and imagery moving in rhythm with the subject discussed. Art gives us "a richer, more vivid and more colorful image of reality" than science. 15 This is so because artists and writers 14 Philosofhle der symbolischen Formen, Dritter Teil, V. Substance and Func- tion, 6, 1 6, i8f., 21, 105. Essay on Man, 220, 169. 15 Idee und Gestalt, io8f., Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen, Erster Teil, 19. Essay on Man, 170, 207. APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE 643 replace an abstract-conceptual dialectic by the material-content- ual dialectic. Furthermore, they are nearer to reality in that they do not pretend to offer a final resolution of conflict, but present this conflict practically in its entire depth. on this account, Cassirer pays tribute to Holderlin's "dialectic of feeling," Kleist's "dramatic dialectic" which issues from forms and char- acters, rather than from tendencies and ideas. Whereas other forms of symbolic activity combine the universal with the par- ticular, art comes nearest to this goal because it communicates through an immanent symbolism. Its immanence appears two- fold: every work of art has specific individuality, and it has sensuous form. This holds not alone for the arts which manipu- late materials (architecture, sculpture, painting, etc.), but also for poetry and music which work in a sensuous medium, in images, sounds, rhythms. For Cassirer, the mode and design are "necessary moments of the productive process itself." An artist does not merely "feel"j he must externalize what he feels and imagines in visible, audible, or tangible embodiment. He works not simply "in a particular medium in clay, bronze, or marble but in sensuous forms, in rhythms, in color pat- terns, in lines and design, in plastic shapes. . . . Free from all mystery, they are patent and unconcealed." Shakespeare illus- trated this aspect of poetic imagination in Midsummer Night's Dream: And, as imagination bodies forth The forms of things unknown, the poet's pen Turns them to shapes, and gives to airy nothing A local habitation and a name. In that the realists of the nineteenth century concentrated on "the material aspect of things," they had a "keener insight into the art process than their romantic adversaries." Likewise, Croce errs in minimizing the material factor as having only technical, not aesthetic importance. 16 The concept of "form" is central to Cassirer's scheme. And, in character with the nature of his philosophy, the term itself und Gestalt, 155, aot. Essay on Man, 207, 170, 141!., 154, 157, 153. 644 HARRY SLOCHOWER appears in varying functional imports. We can distinguish four different and overlapping meanings: 1. Form as material embodiment. 2. Form as organized construction. 3. Form as imaginative reconstruction and transcendence. 4. Form as Law, or as the unifying functional principle among different phenomena. Cassirer's high evaluation of art is due to the fact that it combines these various aspects of form. We have already spoken of the art-form as material embodiment. But art is more than material form: it organizes and shapes this material. It is not simply an "imitation" of reality, as the naturalists claim, and it is more than emotional "expression," as Croce and Romantic theorists argue. It expresses emotion in a disciplined way and through an act of construction. Yet, this act of construction does not render art subjective. Great works of art "reveal a deep unity and continuity" which reside in their structural unity by which they organize and reconstruct experience. The process of selection is also a process of objectification. Law in art-form does not preclude but contains the element of transcendence or freedom. As the most anthropomorphic of cultural pursuits, art possesses a teleologic structure, and ex- presses "an activity of the mind." This activity does not re- ceive sense impressions passively, but gives them a dynamic life of forms. The symbolic nature of art moves it beyond mere expression and mere representation towards "an intensifi- cation of reality." Whereas art conforms to the same funda- mental task as other forms of culture, unlike science, it does not eliminate but intensifies the personal and the individual ele- ment. Art-forms are specific, but not static. Their concretion is a continuous process revealing a mobile order which is the dynamic process of life itself. "Pregnant with infinite possi- bilities which remain unrealized in ordinary sense experience," they transform our passions into "a free and active state." Freedom is once more Cassirer's final value, freedom to shape and construct human life in accordance with the limits im- posed by the structural forms of our world. 17 * Essay on Man, 151, 143, i44f., 149. A stimulating view of art along APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE 645 The functional and dialectic aspect of art also appears in genuine aesthetic experience. Here too a dialectic relationship must obtain where we would understand a work of art, involv- ing an element of empathy and a ready attitude to enter into the artist's perspective. It is not simply a question of extracting "pleasure" from art, as the hedonistic theory claims, but to gain a sense of freedom through absorption in dynamic forms, and in turn by reconstructing them towards new emerging func- tions. AESTHETIC THEORY Cassirer's category of function appears in his own analysis and demonstration of particular materials. That is, it becomes more completely meaningful in its own concrete functioning. In the field of art and literature, his studies comprise analyses of aesthetic theories, examination of individual critics and artists, and consideration of specific art-works. Throughout, Cassirer's principle of functional objectivity makes itself felt through the manner in which the general thesis appears in its particular form, and the central argument is ever felt amidst the rich multi- plicity of detailed historical data. The problem set in Cassirer's historical account of aesthetic (as well as philosophic and moral) theories is to show their gradual development to the point where the ideas of freedom and form appear as reciprocal functions. 18 Before Kant, Cassirer points out, German aesthetics (Gottsched, Bodmer, Breitinger) was dominated by rationalistic categories. Alexander Baum- garten's Aesthetka does distinguish between the logic of the imagination and the logic of reason, but relegates the former to a lower plane. The aesthetic is conceived as the lowest logical, not as an extra-logical function. The notion of form dominant here and in the Italian and French neo-classicists is a form of similar lines is offered by G. Kepes in Language of Vision, (Chicago, 1944), iaff. "The experience of an image is ... a creative act of integration. . . . Here is a basic discipline of forming, that 'is, thinking in terms of structure. . . . This new language can and will enable the human sensibility to perceive space-time relationships never recognized before. . . . Visual language . . . must absorb the dynamic idioms of the visual imagery, to mobilize the creative imagination for positive social action, and direct it toward positive social goals." "Particularly in Freihgit und Form, loc. cit. 646 HARRY SLOCHOWER reason, not of sensuous matter. Art is but to reproduce the beautiful in nature, leaving no room for freedom or for the power of the imagination. The romantic theory, on the other hand, stressed almost exclusively the free poetic imagination as the clue to reality. And by dissolving the distinction between poetry and philosophy, art became a universal product, rather than the work of an individual artist. By this emphasis on art as a symbolic representation of the infinite, the Romanticists left no place for the finite world of sense experience. Their universal freedom was beyond the world of finite and deter- mined form. The discussion of historical aesthetic movements is supple- mented by analysis of specific writers on aesthetics. It extends frohi the general philosophic and aesthetic examinations of Shaftesbury, Leibniz, Kant, Fichte, Schelling, Rousseau, Herder, Hamann and Wincklemann to concrete exemplifica- tion of art-theory in the drama and poetry of Lessing, Holder- lin, Schiller, and, above all, Goethe. Everywhere, Cassirer would show what connects and what distinguishes the various writers. And faithful to his strategy, he employs a different method in each case. In Lessing, Schiller and Goethe, Cassirer finds the nearest dialectic fusion of freedom and form in German classical litera- ture, with Kant as the most potent stimulant. 19 Lessing held that drama must be examined not only for its climax and con- clusion, but for the law of its construction. Foreshadowing Kant, Lessing saw in the freedom of creative genius the source of artistic necessity. The genius does "freely" what objective formal rules demand. And, in his stress that action is the primal ingredient of poetry, Lessing stated the objective of art itself to be that of producing inner movement. 19 Through his rejection of English empiricism with its doctrine of "receptivity,'* Shaftesbury is credited with providing the seeds for a philosophic aesthetic which helped shape German intellectual history. Following English Platonism instead, Shaftesbury sought the beautiful not in the rtalm of the formed, but in activity, in the creative principle of forming. ("The Beautifying not the BeautifyM is the really Beautiful." Shaftesbury). Cf. Cassirer's Die Platonische Renaissance und die Schule von Cambridge, (Leipzig, Berlin, 1932), niff., 1381". APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE . 647 In the case of Schiller, Cassirer traces his development from a eudaemonistic and rationalistic ideal of truth to the point where art appears as autonomous, not as a means to truth or ethics. Through Kant, Schiller came to realize that art finds its form and purpose in itself, and that the aesthetic acts as a mediator between the theoretic and practical realms. But, whereas Kant demands or postulates this mediation, Schiller, as artist, knows it as such. Kant's principles become "Triebe?* for Schiller. He sees the tension and resolution not as a static relation of concepts, but as a dynamic process. It is precisely here that Kant's tran- scendental methd begins to go over into the dialectic method of his followers. "In setting up the basic opposition between) stuff and form, receptivity and spontaneity, Kant proceeds as a transcendental analyst, . . . Schiller as dramatist." Schiller's "Spieltrieb" synthesizes "Formtrieb" and "Stofftrieb" which belong to the realm of Ideas without however leaving the sensuous world. Beauty for him is "freedom incarnate" (Frei- heit in der Erscheimmg). The analogy between the genuine work of art and the living organic form lies in that both are determined by a self-given rule. Herein Schiller reveals the highest degree of sensuous dialectic thought. 20 GOETHE Cassirer's treatment of historical personalities and theories is such that at times one feels that he is identifying himself with them. This flows from his notion that the past is to be treated as a living force, not merely effective in the present, but closely interlocked with it. Still, Cassirer does distinguish between greater or lesser historic truth and error, validity and limitation, and we can thereby distinguish Cassirer's own posi- tion from those he presents. In one instance, however, this distinction almost disappears. It is in Cassirer's discussion of Goethe that one senses something like complete identification between author and subject. Indeed, some of Cassirer's very formulations on the role of form in art are identical with those * Rousseau Kant Goethe, 875 Freiheit und Form, 156, 4*iF.j Idee und Gcstalt, 8 iff., 90, 102. 648 HARRY SLOCHOWER ascribed by him to Goethe. Likewise, Cassirer's principle of "serial order" appears completely illustrated in his presenta- tion of Goethe's own method in the natural sciences. The same holds for other problems, such as causation, the role of hypotheses, etc. 21 Cassirer is here at one with the German tradi- tion, particularly from Nietzsche to Thomas Mann, which looks to Goethe as the inspiring prototype. Goethe appears, in Cassirer's studies, as the highest develop- ment in the historical relation between form and freedom. 22 For Schiller, natural law is in conflict with the idea of freedom 5 for Goethe, it is in harmony with nature. Hence, Schiller regards the ethical imperative of freedom as the most inclusive cate- gory. For Goethe, objective existence itself provides the ma- terial for freedom. Cassirer's method avoids the traditional approach to Goethe in terms of "phases" and "periods," which gives parts instead of a whole. The problem is to show the inner unity and basic forms of Goethe's life, poetry, drama, science, etc., "to show how the same law operates in all ... that they are various symbols for one and the same living connection." This is the method Goethe himself employed in striving to find a cen- tral "pregnant point." Moreover, appreciation of Goethe's work requires more than seizing on his conclusions. The ap- proach must be functional: the results are to be shown as they were arrived at through the concrete process of his life and art. It was Hellenic art which helped shape the substance of Goethe's thought. It taught him that the content and essence of art and nature are analogous. Wie Natur im Vielgebilde Einen Gott nur offenbart, So im weiten Kunstgebilde Webt ein Sinn der ew'gen Art. From then on, Goethe's view on art struggles towards the typical, or the "Urbild" This type is not a fixed schema, but "a norm which cannot be known and grasped except through * Essay on Man, 140$ Freiheit und Form, 32iff.j Idee und Gestalt, 48fL, 57!. ** Cassirer sees Greek philosophy and tragedy as the first to have expressed the connection between freedom and law. Logos Dike Kosmos, 22. APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE , 649 the regulated changes from one individual structure to the next." This does not exclude the method of abstraction a method Goethe did not reject, but use. Yet, Goethe's abstractive method does not detach itself from individual phenomena, but presents the totality in all of its combinations. It is not a prag- matic norm, for it seeks the structural processes in which various distinct moments interpenetrate. Cassirer gives something like a restatement of his own logical method when he writes that Goethe leaned towards that method in logic in which a law is based on the continuity of individual parts rather than of classes , which gives a series bound together by firm princi- ples. He calls attention to Goethe's term "ultimate phenom- enon" (Urfhanomen), as combining the Platonic concept of eternal Ideas with the notion of sensuous "phenomena." The Urphanomen appears in a dialectic play of antitheses (Polaritat and Steigemng), ultimately reducible to the basic antithesis of rest and motion. Every complete poem of Goethe's shows this blending of motion and structure, of individuality and totality, of freedom and form. All Being finds its fulfillment in Becom- ing, and there is no Becoming in which Being is not present. In that we think of the two (the "simultaneous" and the "suc- cessive") as united, we reach the plane of the "Idea." However, only the direction of this process, not its goal, is knowable. The essence of all true symbolism lies precisely in that here the particular represents the general not as a dream and shadow, but in Goethe's formulation "as a living and im- mediate revelation of the unfathomable." 23 Here, Goethe is at one with the greatest artists, such as Leonardo da Vinci. His no- tion that "the beautiful is a manifestation of secret natural laws which would be eternally hidden from us, if they did not come into concrete appearance," is altogether in Leonardo's sense. This reveals Goethe's relation to traditional metaphysics. In his essay "Goethe und Platon," Cassirer points out that, whereas in Plato becoming was the limit of knowledge, in Goethe it is transformed into a presupposition and a form of knowledge. As 43 Idee und Gestalt, 137. Freiheit und Form, 277-79, 37> 3 IX > 3 2 7> 37^1 412. Cf. the essay, "Goethe and the Philosophic Quest," by Slochower, H., in the Germanic Review, vol. VIII, No. 3, (July, 1933). 650 HARRY SLOCHOWER an artist, he saw no antinomy between idea and experience. A work of art demands sensuous concretion of the Idea. With Plato, Goethe also saw the beautiful as an expression of truth and law. But for him, this truth cannot be measured or replaced by another. Its truth is that of the image, the highest moment of appearance. Plato rejected art, since it does not drive from nature to the Idea, but stays at the reproduction of the image. But to Goethe art was the realm where man both stays aloof from and also binds himself most firmly to the world. In it, we are no longer in the sphere of the sensuous, yet still stand within the periphery of the perceptual. It is the real mediator between idea and appearance. 24 Goethe's "corporeal" {gegenstandlhhei) thinking is again shown in Cassirer's discussion of specific works, such as Pandora and Faust. His analysis of Pandora would demonstrate "how the artistic image gradually takes on the stamp of the idea and the idea takes on the stamp of the image and the sensation." In contrast to Platonic thinking (to which this poetic drama bears an inner relation), the idea has sensuous form. And "form" does not pertain to a transcendental plane, but emerges in the midst of the dynamics of life. Yet, the final truth is that man can never grasp the realm of form. His real formative power is not in the contemplation but in the creation of form which gains life and reality in the realm of action. In this way, Goethe reconciles the formless world of action (Prometheus) and the inactive visionary world (Epimetheus). The same point appears in Faust. Helen's veil dissolves in Faust's hands. His final wisdom is that the meaning of life lies in human co-operative work. His liberation takes place not in the world of beauty but in that of action. The highest goal lies in the liberation of mankind. "The world of freedom," Cassirer concludes, "arises from the world of form ... a freedom which exists only in that it continually becomes." As against the individualistic idealism of German humanism, we have here a new social ideal. 25 M Individuum und Kosmos in der Philosophic der Renaissance, (Leipzig, 1927), 1 68. Goethe und die geschichtliche Welt y ii4f. w Idee und Gestalt, n, 27. Freiheit und Form, 415. APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE d 651 one of Cassirer's more notable contributions are his essays on Goethe's scientific studies. He does not agree with those who dismiss these studies as poetic fancies. Following Geoffroy de St. Hilaire, Helmholtz and others, Cassirer regards them as containing a vital contribution to methodology. He is concerned with showing that Goethe's conflict with the method of mathe- matical physics is not merely a historical phenomenon, but is permanently relevant. To begin with, Cassirer would establish that both Goethe's method and that of the mathematical physicist aim at finding "an analogy of form." In his studies on optics and morphology, Goethe too employs the idea of continuity and the method of genetic construction. He also recognizes the value of general formulation, and his morphological cognition is never identified with sensuous particularity. However, beyond this, there is a differentiation in their methods, as becomes apparent in Goethe's controversy with Newton. Newton's theory of color reduces differences of color to numerical differences. It is concerned with the general, not the real form of color. Goethe directs his problem to the world of vision, rather than to color. He too would introduce a definite principle} yet, he would not reduce it to numbers which represent things merely conceptually, but to a principle which would signify and be this order. The mathe- matical formula aims to make phenomena calculable^ Goethe's principle to make them visible. Actually therefore, the two views are not in conflict. Goethe was concerned with the physi- ological, Newton with the physical aspect of color. Goethe's scientific studies are an organic mode of his poetic productions as well. Likewise, there is an analogy between Goethe's critique of eighteenth century science and of eighteenth century poetics. He condemns Boileau's philosophy of art and Linne's philosophy of botany from the same angle: both slighted particular phenomena in their quest of the general. Goethe was persuaded that phenomena themselves were the final formula, insofar as they are regarded in their genetic connection which preserves their perceptual quality. The Urphanomen is Goethe's "final" principle beyond which he does 652 HARRY SLOCHOWER not try to penetrate to ask for its "why." The nearest equivalent for the Urphanomen is "life." It follows that this principle is not a final solution and resolution, but only a final and highest problem. Goethe knew only one way in which this problem could be "resolved": practically, in the realm of action. He avoids the either-or of a mystic-pantheistic method and that of scientific abstraction. Nor does he urge an eclectic reconciliation of the "middle way" between the two. Instead, Goethe transforms the problem into a postulate to be resolved through the act. Cassirer quotes Goethe's maxim: "Theory and experience stand in per- petual conflict. All unity arrived at through reflection is illusion , only through activity can they be united." The value of Goethe resides in his significance for us. "The problems which he posed live among us and await decision: we feel them to be our problems." Our norm in approaching Goethe should not be in terms of praise and celebration. In Goethe's words: "The true celebration of the genuine man is the act." 26 CRITIQUE Evaluation of Cassirer's work might well apply the func- tional method to "locate" his own system. Cassirer's neo- Kantian orientation places him in the idealistic "serial order." His notion that man is a "symbolical animal" with powers of reconstruction postulates that reality is basically constituted by thought. This confronts us with a number of problems and ambiguities in Cassirer's work. I. The stumbling block of idealistic systems arises from their difficulty in being able (or, more precisely unable) to account for evil and error. Despite Cassirer's modifications of tradi- tional idealism through his concept of concrete functional ob- jectivity, his analysis is heavily weighted towards regarding all historical creativeness as retaining validity through its loca- tion and order, by which it finally contributes to the whole. That is, Cassirer tends to identify history with value, what is M Idee and Gestalt, 37, 44. Goethe und die geschichtliche Welt, 121, ggL Freihett und Form, 326. Similarly, Cassirer writes that his study of the En- lightenment is for the purpose of finding "the courage to compare ourselves with it and to come to terms with it inwardly ... to free the original forces which produced and shaped this form." Die Philosofhie der Aufkldrung y (Tubingen, 1932), xvi. APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE 653 with what is good. To be sure, in his actual analysis, Cassirer's sensitive discrimination leads him to occasional criticism and re- jection. 27 But such critique is infrequent and generally tempered with the suggestion that even a narrow perspective contributed towards an evolving truth. Thus there arises an ambiguity be- tween what does develop and what should develop. Cassirer rarely views any pattern or doctrine as in basic opposition with another. Cassirer's dialectic is, in the main, one of reconcilia- tion. Although he criticizes the logical approach to art, Cassirer credits the rationalistic aesthetics of Leibniz with containing ele- ments which were later developed in the notion of the manifold in art. In reviewing the relation of Heraclitus to Parmenides, Cassirer focuses on the fact that they meet in centering on Logos and Dike. The discussion of Goethe and Plato begins by contrasting Goethe's conception of truth in terms of the image and Plato's notion of truth as a pure Idea. Yet, Cassirer notes that Plato also had recourse to the images of the sun and the cave to represent the Idea of the Good and the State, and that, in his later dialogues, Plato taught that motion and be- coming penetrated the sphere of pure Being. A similar approach is used by Cassirer in his historical analyses of science, language, mythical thought, religion, and culture. only in such relations and in such contrasts," Cassirer concludes, "does truth have its concrete historical being. . . . Whoever grasps history intellectu- ally and the intellectual historically hears everywhere this solemn-friendly sound of the bell and it becomes a consoling bass-sound which assures the inner harmony of ... world history in all its chaotic entanglement of outer happenings." 28 2. Cassirer's dynamic concept of the dialectic clearly tran- scends his Kantian heritage. It also does greater justice to the material aspect than does Hegel's dialectic. Cassirer's functional methodology provides a general lever for examining the social along with the intellectual conditions for the conception and the 2T Some of these have been noted earlier. Cassirer also speaks of Hellenic influence as having endangered the development of the dynamic form-concept. He criticizes Tolstoy's suppression of form in art, and rejects deterministic theories as "full of metaphysical fallacies." Essay on Man, i4if., 147, 192$, 28 Logos Dike Kosmos, n. Goethe und die Geschichtliche Welt, 124.1"., 148. 654 HARRY SLOCHOWER reception of culture. Yet, the material aspect which Cassirer stresses is generally restricted to material form which art and other cultural expressions manipulate. He does view art as part of life and sees in "work" man's outstanding characteristic. But, in his specific analyses, "life" and "work" are considered mainly apart from social "life" and "work." 29 Similarly, Cassirer's gen- eral formulations recognize the reciprocal relationship between the subjective and objective factors. What becomes of the beams which philosophic ideas send out, he writes, "depends not only on the character of the source of light, but also on the mirror they encounter and in which they are reflected." Yet, Cassirer examines this source and mirror primarily in their intellectual and formal nature. His study of the Enlighten- ment aims to show the connection between its philosophy and its science, history, law, and politics. But, to Cassirer, it is phi- losophy which provides the "living breath, the atmosphere in which alone they can exist and function." Throughout his analyses, the conditions for "influence" are considered in terms of the "geistigeP situation. Questions such as why Goethe, Schil- ler, and others were ignored in certain periods, despite their stature, are not raised. Cassirer does not analyze the social ref- erence to revolutionary innovations in art and literature which condition their acceptance or nonacceptance, the specific accents in their development and related features. His discussion of Lessing, Schiller, Goethe, and others focuses on their formal or humanistic dialectic. He is less concerned with their rebellious social roles. Perhaps this predilection explains why Cassirer steers clear of the great literary rebels of the igth century. 80 * However, some passing references should be noted. Cassirer speaks of the "narrowness of German life" which determined the rationalistic view of art. Language is said to have also "a social task which depends on the specific social conditions of the speaking community." Likewise, the classification of its idioms is dictated by needs which "vary according to the different conditions of man's social and cultural life." In discussing Diderot, Cassirer writes that his thought "moves within and is bound up with a specific social order ... the atmosphere of the Paris salons." See Freihett und Form, 1031"., aiyf. Essay on Man, 128, 136, 178. Rousseau Kant Goethe, 8. 80 Rousseau Kant Goethe, 98. PMlosophie der Aufklarung, x. Yet, Cassirer's orientation must be distinguished from that of Wilhelm Dilthey, to whom some APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE , 655 3. If Cassirer slights the role of social materials, he all but ignores the weight of personal psychic elements. This is par- ticularly striking in his study of Kleist, whose personality and work are a clear expression of unconscious motivation and psy- chological estrangement. Cassirer would prove that Kleist's so- called "Kant-upheaval" was due, not to Kant, but to Fichte's Vocation of Man and to its doctrine of the subjectivity of per- ception. He demonstrates that Kleist's plaint over the relativity of knowledge could not have its source in Kant's transcendental idealism, which proved the validity of experience as against Berkeley's psychological idealism. Cassirer argues further that, through Kant, Kleist was induced to abandon his monistic tele- ology. Yet, whereas this shift produced an intellectual up- heaval in Kleist, it also made for a profounder objectivity in his art. Finally, the disciplinary impact of Kant's ethics appears in Kleist's last years in his drama "The Prince of Homburg." Now, shortly afterwards, Kleist committed suicide. Yet, Cas- sirer's study does not contain a single reference to this act, nor to the inner motives which were driving Kleist towards his tragic end at the very stage when he appeared to have found an intellectual center in Kant's ethics. Cassirer merely writes of the "immediate living force" which Kant exerted on Kleist, and notes that Kleist's nature was averse to compromise. There is no examination of Kleist's social context, involving factors such as his equivocal societal location as a member of a pauperized nobility in the era of the Stein-Hardenberg reforms, nor of his psychological dilemmas, the great attraction for his sister Ulrike have linked him. Dilthey saw the greatest task of the historian and artist in "understanding" and "reliving" experience. Although requiring passionate immersion into inner experiences, his "Verstehen" and "Erlebnis" were essen- tially a pious non-reactive homage to historical "lived experience." Hence Dilthey's prototypes were the German Romanticists, such as Novalis and Schleiermacher. Cassirer's concept of the historian and artist has a much more active and reactive tenor. His approach to the Romanticists is more critical, and he identifies himself most readily with writers preceding and following the Ro- manticists, with Shakespeare, Lessing, Schiller, and Goethe, who viewed art and the genius in terms of their recreative, not merely relived, capacities. See Wilhelm Dilthey's Das Erlebnis und die Dichtung, loth ed. (Leipzig and Berlin, 1924), Cf. H. A. Hodges' Wilkelm Dilthey. An Introduction, (N.Y., 1944). 656 HARRY SLOCHOWER and for men-friends, evidence of sublimation and compulsion in the relation to his bride, all of these factors which enter into the pattern comprising Kleist's complex emotional reaction to Kant, Rousseau and Fichte, and his final suicide. In his study of Rousseau and Kant, Cassirer similarly confines himself to speaking of Rousseau's "fundamental trait," of the turmoil in the man who was "always fleeing from himself." Kant, on the other hand, is termed "the man of the clock," whose "being" was guided by order and law. Cassirer's whole point in drawing the contrast in their personalities is to indicate that Kant's attraction for Rousseau's ideas can not be accounted for on the basis of their individual structures, but that the in- fluence was of an intellectual and moral nature. It was in these spheres that they met "at some profound stratum of their beings." 31 Although Cassirer places the "symbol" into the center of human activity, the term is used solely in an honorific sense. Its imaginative transcendence is seen only as good transcend- ence. It stands in overlapping harmony with, never in opposi- tion to other elements. Metaphorical expression is analyzed to the extent that it is more than the object referred to, but not in terms of its conflicting variations. The dissociative and opposi- tional disparity in the relation between art and society is ignored, as is the complex interplay between public demands and private desires within the individual. In short, the whole problem of psycho-social alienation falls outside the framework of Cassirer's investigations. 32 This introduces a troubling problem for Cas- sirer's category of freedom. Freedom in Cassirer's work lies in creative reconstruction and in the preservation of the individual- concrete form within the presentation of the universal. Hence his high elevation of art, which can fulfill this task most ade- quately. He does not press towards the question of the realistic conditions which can offer the widest possibilities for art to exer- cise this ideal function. Cassirer blurs the adverse situation (in 81 Idee und Gestalt, 164-188. Rousseau Kant Goethe, 3, 56, 4, 57. "Compare the chapter on Marx and Freud in Harry Slochower's No Voice Is Wholly Lost. Writers and Thinkers in War and Peace, (N.Y., 1945). APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE j 57 its personal and public forms) from which man migbt free him- self. By slighting the factor of conflict, Cassirer's concept of freedom loses much of its own functional import. 88 However, Cassirer's eighteenth and nineteenth century per- spectives not only mark the limits of his approach. They also make possible his distinctive contributions. The pyscho-social function which Cassirer neglects is today provided, and some- times over-provided. on the other hand, such analyses often lose sight of the broader intellectual and aesthetic forms. Here, Cassirer's work offers a much-needed corrective. His very classi- cal standards separate him from the secessionist vogue of our time. The era of "division of labor" has developed split and com- partmentalized motivations in which man appears separated from tradition, divided within himself, and lacking the basis for integrating the new complexities. Cassirer is not altogether un- aware of such disturbances, as shown in his analysis of psychical disturbances in Philosophic der symbolischen Formen. Yet, he is persuaded that men live in a common world and respond simi- larly to similar conditions. Cassirer's thinking in terms of or- ganic centers is a wholesome antidote to the divisionism in the critical fashion which would analyze art simply in terms of "form," where form is divorced from content and historical motivation. Here technical factors, such as plasticity, line, color, relief, are viewed as things in themselves, detached from subject matter and the artist's creative imagination. This has resulted in the phenomenon which Toynbee has called "etherealization." A similar emphasis violates denotation in art in the interests of maximum connotation. To be sure, all art is connotative insofar as it has general import. But art differs from philosophy and science in that it aims at maximum denotation, which it is in a position to approximate because of the particularity and sensu- ousness of its material. Cassirer J s functional objectivity offers a welcome alternative to such unreal dilemmas. Another signal value is the crucial weight Cassirer places on process and form. one of the melancholy aspects of much art- 88 Relevant to this point is Helmut Kuhn's criticism of Cassirer in The Journal of Philosophy r , vol. XLII, no. 18, (August 30, 1945). 658 HARRY SLOCHOWER criticism is its focus on the "what," "the point of view," or "pur- pose" of the artist. It seeks out a writer's "conclusion" and praises or condemns him on that score. This method blurs the distinction between an essay and a painting, between a logical exposition and a musical motif to the extent that it singles out what they "stand" for. This procedure obviously violates the specific character of the material. Moreover, it contains a fal- lacious assumption as to what constitutes "conclusions" in art. The "message" is identified with the moral exhortations of the "good" characters and the fate which overcomes the "sinners." This type of analysis leaves out almost everything that is pe- culiarly relevant to a work of art, which makes its "point" by way of imagery, metaphor, irony and, above all, the dramatic process. Cassirer's functional approach shows that to get at the artist's "what" we must enter into his "how," that its whole meaning lies precisely in the manifold of its form. Examining art from this angle, we may find that a writer's ostensible "con- clusion" is at least modified by the "sympathy" in the artist's form. Such sympathy appears in the relative enthusiasm re- vealed by the power and richness of depiction, by ironic reserva- tions introduced in motivating the context of "bad" acts, and similar structural and formal devices. The same principle holds for an evaluation of literary criticism itself, insofar as the latter is not mere documentation, but attempts reconstruction of lit- erary material. Cassirer makes an analogous point when he re- fers to the discrepancy between Taine's explicit formulation of naturalism in his Philosophie de Part and his actual investigation and description which corrects this formulation. It follows that appreciation of creative works requires entering into the process through which the conclusion is reached, requires attention to the formal elements involved, which are "part and parcel of the artistic intuition itself," in short, calls for something of the same temper and equipment which is exhibited by the art-work which is being evaluated. In Cassirer's formulation, "we cannot understand a work of art without, to a certain degree, repeating and reconstructing the creative process by which it has come into being." 84 "Essay on Man, i94f., 155, 149. APPROACH TO ART AND LITERATURE , 659 In conclusion: Cassirer's functional analysis sees man as a dialectical complex of a triadical unity: Man as history, Man as permanence, and Man as animal symbolicum. In the latter capacity, man recreates his world by means of his symbolical tools of which art is the most enriching. Cassirer's dialectic is not content with establish- ing "ambivalence," a favorite resting ground for contempo- rary truncated criticism , but penetrates towards the underly- ing valence. The stimulation and fertility of Cassirer's work stems from the dynamic concatenation of these elements. In his mastery of detailed knowledge, his catholic learning, his calm reasoning approach, and in some of his underlying logical framework, Cassirer reminds one of Morris R. Cohen. 85 To it all, Cassirer brings high imaginative sensitiveness and a synthesizing vision. The whole makes for living history, for life as art and art as life. The lines of the Earth-Spirit in Faust which Cassirer quotes for Goethe's method apply to his own: Wie alles sich zum Ganzen webt, Eins in dem andern wirkt und lebt . . . Harmonisch all 1 das All durchklingen ! The final contribution of Cassirer's functional method lies in its own functional value for us: the extent to which it sets up, suggests and stimulates analogous waves of ideas and images, and helps us to reshape the world in accordance with new emerg- ing materials. This is in spirit with Cassirer's own supreme value the liberating social act. HARRY SLOCHOWER DEPARTMENT OF GERMAN BROOKLYN COLLEGE *See, in particular, chapter* II, III, IV of Cohen's A Preface To Logic, (New York, 1944). 19 Konstantin Reichardt ERNST CASSIRER'S CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 19 ERNST CASSIRER'S CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM IN HIS Essay on Man, Cassirer in the form of a paradox defines the historian's aspiration as "objective anthropo- morphism." 1 Whereas the process of scientific thought shows a constant effort to eliminate "anthropological" elements, history appears not as a knowledge of external facts or events, but as a form of self-knowledge: man constantly returns to himself at- tempting to recollect and actualize the whole of his past experi- ence. The historical self, however, aspires to objectivity and is not satisfied with egocentricity. In his discussion of the various methods of historical research Cassirer expresses greatest warmth when speaking of the work of Ranke, who once voiced the desire to extinguish his own self and to make himself the pure mirror of things. This wish, clearly recognized both by Ranke and Cas- sirer as the deepest problem of the historian, remains at the same time the historian's highest ideal. His feeling of responsi- bility and his ethical standing will determine the value of his results according to the definition of "objective anthropomorph- ism." Cassirer reveals Ranke's ethical conception and his uni- versal sympathy for all ages and all nations as his principal merits and he contrasts Ranke's basic attitude with that of Treitschke's Prussian school. 2 According to Cassirer, history belongs not to the field of natural science, but to that of hermeneutics. Our historical knowledge is a branch of semantics, not of physics. 8 Cassirer stands closer to Dilthey than to Taine. Submitting the "scien- 1 Essay on Man, 191. i8 7 fF. 1 95. 66 3 664 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT tific," statistical and psychological methods of Taine, Buckle, and Lamprecht to criticism he maintains that history, not being an exact science, will always keep its place and its inherent na- ture in the organization of human knowledge, and the speeches in Thucydides' work will retain their historical value, because they are objective and possess ideal, if not empirical truth. 4 Cassirer asks for greater susceptibility in exactly this sense: "In modern times we have become much more susceptible to the demands of empirical truth, but we are perhaps frequently in danger of losing sight of the ideal truth of things and personali- ties. The just balance between these two moments depends upon the individual tact of the historian. . . ," 5 In order to achieve the high task, the last and decisive act is "always an act of the productive imagination." "It is the keen sense for the empirical reality of things combined with the free gift of imagi- nation upon which the true historical synthesis or synopsis de- pends. 3 ^ In other words, the just balance in historical research postu- lated by Cassirer will depend upon two basic elements: on the historian's ethical conception of his duties and on the disciplined greatness of his productive imagination, the full knowledge of the material being self-understood. Thus conceived, history be- comes a sister of art. Art turns our empirical life into the dynamic of pure form; history molds the empirical reality of things and events into a new shape and gives it the ideality of recollection. 7 We could make psychological experiments or collect statistical facts. But in spite of this our picture of man would remain inert and colorless. We should only find the "average" man the man of our daily practical and social intercourse. In the great works of history and art we begin to see, behind the mask of the conventional man, the features of the real, individual man. 8 In August 1943 I had the opportunity to read a then un- published manuscript by Cassirer on Thomas Mann's Goethe 4 Ibid., 205. 6 Ibid., 205. * Ibid., 204f. 7 Ibid., 205. * Ibid., 206. CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 665 novel Lotte in Weimar. I began to read the manuscript with a special kind of expectation. Knowing Cassirer's stern demand for the highest degree of objectivity in historical research, includ- ing literary criticism, and the complete absence of humor, irony, or any lighter tone in general in his writings, I was eager to see if Cassirer would make an exception in this case, which as I thought would tempt even the most serious and objective critic to some application of Thomas Mann's own and possibly most characteristic style element, his "loving irony." However, Cassirer had written his critical essay in the Cassirer mood: sympathetically and without one deviation from full seriousness. This consistency throughout all his publications shows how deeply his general demand for ethics and tact in historical re- search are rooted in his personality, and it also explains the almost complete absence of polemics in his contributions to the field of literature. Compared with many of his German contem- poraries Cassirer distinguishes himself by the objective spirit of his work. He seems to be urged to write whenever he feels able to improve or to elucidate, and not because he would like to correct or to attack. Thus, his own discussions appear usually as an investigation of a point without an edge. "Man cannot live his life without constant efforts to express it," 9 this would be Cas- sirer's general answer to a question about the value of literary doc- uments in the past or present. Every document requires, from a historian, a sympathetic and expert reading, and the true his- torian will remain sympathetic, since every document will be a contribution to his "self-knowledge" and the knowledge of man. How he himself will express his own attitude and beliefs will be a matter of ethics and tact. It is highly revealing how gently and without a trace of irony or impatience Cassirer treats far- fetched theories in aesthetics or the immature statements on art by the young Schiller. 10 They receive his serious attention as his- torically logical efforts of man to express the fact that he is living. And without sympathy significant interpretation is im- possible. f Ibid., 1 84. 10 Die Philosophic der Aufklarung, 368-482. Die Methodik des Idealismus in S chillers philosophischen Schrijten, 86ff. 666 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT Cassirer considered himself a philosopher, not a literary critic. With the exception of one article, all his publications in the field of literature appeared either in independent form or in strictly philosophical periodicals. The scope of his contributions is wide: the German enlightenment period and German classicism and romanticism stand in the foreground j however, there are many valuable chapters, passages, or remarks on Classical, French, English, Swedish, etc., literature in his work. They all deal with literary-philosophical questions and they are all directed toward an understanding of the relation between certain literary per- sonalities and certain philosophers or systems of philosophy} however, Cassirer's ideal problem seems never to be merely that. His investigations always exceed the concrete question of influences or individual works of art, and his deepest inter- est seems to lie elsewhere. Although Cassirer, as far as I can see, nowhere makes a statement to this end, his publications con- cerned with literature are of greater interest for the aesthetician than for either the philosopher or for the literary critic in gen- eral. Whenever Cassirer writes about a writer X in relation to a philosopher Y, he seems to be in spite of all his attention to X and Y more interested in Z, and Z is the individual essential poetic element (dichterisches Wesenselement) of X. In the introductory part to his essay on Holderlin 11 Cassirer expresses the aim of his investigation most significantly. I trans- late the passage: It [the investigation] will have to try to draw from Holderlin's poetic essence, as it belongs to him originally and as it precedes all abstract reflection, the interpretative conclusion in regard also to those trends which manifest themselves more and more distinctly in the totality of his theoretical attitude toward the world and life. 12 This means clearly that Cassirer considers it the first duty of his investigation to clarify the character of Holderlin's "poetic essence" which he regards as Holderlin's "original property," before any possible statement about the development of his theoretical attitude can be made. Cassirer's wording looks like a "Holdcrlin und der deutsche Idealismut. "Idee und Gestolt, 118. CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 667 sanctification of deductive method; however, the essay itself gives clear proof of the opposite and his other publications on literature support it. An inductive analysis is always made as far as such an analysis can go. The final evaluation of the material, however, is no longer a matter of scientific method. Thus, Cassirer's task here and elsewhere is a two-sided one. He does not limit himself to the never quite satisfactory in- vestigation of certain philosophical influences on certain ele- ments or periods of an artist's work, but tries to find a concrete picture of the artist's essence qua artist before the question of the artist's reflective world is raised. As a matter of fact, Cassirer without mentioning it has the tendency to protect the artist both from literature and from philosophy as these fields are usually represented in criticism. Cassirer, the philosopher, shows his greatest sympathy for the world of creative art and its indi- vidual rights. The essay on Holderlin may serve as an example for Cas- sirer's general attitude and method in the realm of literary- philosophical problems. The ideal subject for this purpose would be Cassirer's intensive occupation with his master, Goethe. However, this latter would greatly exceed the scope of our contribution. Before Cassirer wrote his Holderlin essay, three modern and important works on Holderlin had appeared, Dilthey's fa- mous essay, Zinkernagel's book, and Gundolf's deep analysis of Holderlin's Archfyelagus. The result of Cassirer's essay shows, besides important additions, intensification of Dilthey's views, agreement with Gundolf, and a sharp contrast to Zinker- nagel's method. one of the foremost questions in regard to Holderlin had been the exact determination of his position within the philoso- phy of German idealism. That Holderlin had been greatly and constructively influenced by Platonic reflections, Kantian criticism, and Spinoza's system was known. However, Holder- lin's relation to Fichte, Schelling, and particularly to Hegel had not been clarified. In this respect, Professor Zinkernagel had tried to reach results by an analysis of Holderlin's foremost work Hyperion and had offered a very thorough appearing list 668 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT of "influences" which seemed to make Holderlin a receptive organon of all kinds of stimulations. A reader of Zinkernagel's book, in spite of all possible admiration for the author's knowl- edge and minute scholarship, would ask in vain why Holderlin, as both poet and philosopher, shows such remarkable and gen- erally acknowledged unity, and proved at the same time to be able to survive all these "influences" as an individual and to maintain his artistic personality to such an extent that today he is considered one of the most consistent and full grown lyric poets in world literature. It is in connection with ZinkernagePs book that Cassirer made his statement that Holderlin's artistic personality was to be the res 'prior of his investigation and all other questions were to be regarded as res $osteriores. The reciprocity between Holderlin's imaginative and rational world was to be investigated. Since Holderlin's poetry as a whole is an expression of his personal conception or philosophy of nature, Cassirer chooses at first to characterize Holderlin's peculiarity in contrast to Fichte and Schelling. Holderlin, seeing in Kant's Criti- cal philosophy a propaedeutic step towards a "system" and finding the ideal form of a system represented in Spinoza, tried as did Fichte and Schelling to establish an idealistic counter- part of Spinoza's construction. However he distinguished him- self from Fichte and Schelling by regarding the one not as the supreme principle of deduction but as a v 8ea<pep6[j,vov eauTcj> con- ceived in direct relation to his conception of nature. The study of Plato contributed greatly to Holderlin's peculiar mythical imagination} however, myth never was and to Holderlin never became a mere symbol or a poetic ornament; but it was a necessary organon to apprehend reality. Myth and mythical phenomena appear in all of Holderlin's works, includ- ing his letters and philosophical fragments, as sensuous-spiritual realities in which he believed without any noticeable sense of dualism. Holderlin's conception of nature manifests an inter- twinement of the reflective and perceptive elements without any break or inconsistency, and what Schiller tried to evoke sentimentally (sentimentalise^) in his poem "Die Gotter Griechenlands," Holderlin achieved naively and faithfully: to CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 669 him the gods of Greece were not welcome poetical elements, but realities and therefore means towards the cognition of truth. The contact with Fichte's writings stimulated the depth of Holder- lin's reflective thinking, however again he reached his in- dependent conclusion: nature, for him, was not matter but form. ZinkernagePs belief that Schelling's influence was telling for Holderlin's repudiation of Fichte's doctrine is denied by Cas- sirer. Moreover, Cassirer is able to provide almost irrefutable proof for the opposite. Disregarding the fact that Schelling had been Fichte's follower until 1796, the year in which the "in- fluence" was supposed to have taken place, we have (with Cassirer) to take into consideration that Schelling's later phi- losophy of nature reminds one of Holderlin's earlier general attitude. A document made available in 1 9 1 3 seems to correct all former interpretations of the Schelling-Holderlin relation. In 1913, the Royal Library at Berlin acquired a folio-sheet which shows HegePs hand and contains a brief outline of a philo- sophical system. The editor called it "the oldest systematic pro- gram of German idealism" and was able to prove that the manu- script is a Hegelian copy of a Schelling text. 13 The text ex- presses a demand for a system of philosophy that would combine "the monotheism of reason" with "the polytheism of imagina- tion," in order to develop a "mythology of reason." This is exactly what Holderlin in his more imaginative rather than ra- tional way of thinking had felt and fought for. Cassirer's con- clusion seems good enough: the widely discussed meeting be- tween Holderlin and Schelling in 1795 had not brought about a Schelling influence on Holderlin, but had given Schelling an opportunity to find stimulation from the side of Holderlin and to formulate rationally what had already been in Holderlin's mind. The result is the historically significant fact that Holderlin had been the responsible agent implanting the thoughts into the man who was to become the most Romantic representative of German idealism. Cassirer was able to supply the proof for this contention because of his correct basic presumption that " F. Rosenzweig, Das dlteste Systemprogramm des deutschen Idealismus (1917). 670 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT Holderlin's imaginative world was clearly outlined before any outside influences came upon his reflective world. What fol- lows in the last part of Cassirer's essay is an intensively com- pressed description of Holderlin's pantheism. After giving one of his masterly surveys of the dialectic method in Kantian and Romantic philosophy, Cassirer shows that Holderlin, who used the categories and terms of philosophical idealism, transformed them gradually but consistently into a dialectic of feeling the simultaneously consistent and antithetic essence of every lyric poet. Holderlin did not try to solve the dialectical problem con- cerning the relation of the general and the particular j he only expressed the depth of the problem as an artist. I do not find sufficient reason for divergence from Cassirer's interpretation and, in particular, from his discussion of Holder- lin's "artistic essence." Newer and fuller investigations, carried through with greater ambition in regard to completeness, have enlarged on the material; however, they have not improved our understanding in general. 14 Yet, I should like to take up one specific statement in Cassirer's essay, a statement which makes me uneasy. In the introduction to his brilliant last section Cassirer ex- presses himself rather apodictically about the general character of a lyric poet. 15 According to him the peculiarity of a lyric poet is to be found in two elements: his individual conception of nature (Naturgejiihl)^ and his individual feeling for form and development (Ablauf) of spiritual occurrences (seelisches Gescheheri). When these two elements meet and determine each other reciprocally, the peculiar lyric form of expression arises. In other words, the individual conception of nature and of the human soul is the basic condition for a meeting which in the world of an artist makes lyric art. The important attribute here seems to be "individual," since all art shows the inter- relationship of nature (all manifestations of nature, from a flower to a slum dwelling) and man (the life of soul in all 14 See W. Bohm, Holderlin I-II (1928-30), K. Hildebrandt, HSlderlin; Philosofhi* und Dichtung (1939). 11 'Idee und Gestdt, 136. CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 671 possible aspects). Therefore, what does "individual" mean? In the following passages Cassirer speaks lucidly of Holderlin's tragic efforts to find objectivity, and he manages, very methodi- cally, to leave the impression that Holderlin as an individual was one of the unusual artistic phenomena who were both influencing and being influenced in regard to their philosophical or cognitive achievements. However, this did not make Holderlin a lyric poet, and his individuality as such if we accept Cassirer's two conditions does not differ in principle from other artists who were not lyric poets, but, for instance, dramatists. I do not believe that Cassirer, in his statement about the lyric poet, and speaking of his "individual" conceptions, was en- tangled in the still rather common belief that subjectivity is one of the foremost elements of lyrics. Many years after he wrote his Holderlin essay Cassirer expressed himself clearly in this respect. After a discussion of Croce's aesthetic theories, 16 he says: It is of course true that the great lyrical poets are capable of the deepest emotions and that an artist who is not endowed with powerful feelings will never produce anything except shallow and frivolous art. But from this fact we cannot conclude that the function of lyrical poetry and of art in general can be adequately described as the artist's ability "to make a clean breast of his feelings." . . . The lyric poet is not just a man who indulges in displays of feeling. . . . An artist who is absorbed not in the contemplation and creation of forms but rather in his own pleasure or in his enjoyment of "the joy of grief" becomes a senti- mentalist. Hence we can hardly ascribe to lyric art a more subjective character than to all the other forms of art. For it contains the same sort of embodiment, and the same process of objectification. ... It is written with images, sounds, and rhythms which, just as in the case of dramatic poetry and dramatic representation, coalesce into an indi- visible whole. In every great lyrical poem we find this concrete and indivisible unity. 17 There is an interval of twenty-six years between the Holder- lin essay and the Essay on Man. Yet I cannot find any basic in- consistency between the quoted passages from the latter and lf Essay on Man, I 4 f. 672 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT Cassirer's general attitude in the former. However, the state- ment about the principal elements of a lyric poet still remains unexplained. Perhaps, Cassirer used a cliche an unusual proc- ess in his writings in order better to express the content of the directly following statement about the peculiarity of the German lyric poets in the period of Idealism, their desire to become con- scious of their actions as creative artists, and their further desire to verify these actions philosophically. This is, to be sure, not a sin- gular incident in the history of lyrics the French symbolists and their successors show a more than general parallel , but it is true. There are many relations between philosophy and literature which have been noticed surprisingly late 18 or have not as yet found a satisfactory explanation. Those cases appear most puz- zling in which there exists a deep similarity between a philo- sophical system and the expression of a poet without permitting the assumption of a "physical" influence. In the case of Holder- lin the existing material is such that his development simply could not be understood after eliminating the surrounding phil- osophical situation. In the case of Corneille, however, and his position in relation to the Cartesian system, the problem is much more involved. In consideration of the methodically different approach, Cassirer's attitude seems to be significant. G. Lanson 19 expressed the situation very well in a few words: Il y a non settlement analogie, mais identite d y esprit dans le Traite des passions et dans la tragedie cornelienne" The curious facts are that Descartes and Corneille were contemporaries Descartes' Discours de la Methode appeared in 1637, immedi- ately after the first performance of the Cid at the Theatre du Marais in Paris , that they represented a school of thought which was new and individual, and that yet a direct relation be- tween them cannot be established. Q. Krantz tried to show Des- cartes' constructive influence on the aesthetic theories of French classicism, and Faguet 20 made the attempt to establish reasons 18 1 am thinking- especially of Plotinus* influence. See Franz Koch, Goethe und Plotin (1925). 19 G. Lanson, Etudes d'Histoire Litter air e (1930), 58 ff, 20 G. Krantz, Essai sur UEsthetique du Descartes (1882). Faguet, Dix-septttm* siecle, 175. CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 673 for a possible influence on Descartes by Corneille, both in vain. Lanson, who is certainly right in not trusting either theory, ex- plains the similarity between Descartes' and Corneille's psy- chological and ethical aspects from their physical environment and tries to ascertain that the spiritual-moral reality in French seventeenth century life was reason enough to stimulate both the philosopher and the poet toward the same end; that the active-intellectual type of man, then representative in France, gave both of them an object of experience which contributed to the results in their respective attitudes. In his book on Descartes, Cassirer devotes a chapter to the discussion of Descartes and Corneille. 21 Cassirer does not assume any direct influence. A Cartesian in- fluence on Corneille is impossible chronologically, and a Cor- neillean influence on Descartes highly improbable because of Descartes' well-known attitude toward literature in general and modern literature in particular. Since Lanson's explanation does not appeal to Cassirer, he directs his efforts towards finding reasons which may have brought about something like a pre- established harmony between Descartes and Corneille. His method is geisteswissenschajtUch, the essence in Descartes' re- flective and in Corneille's poetic psychology and ethics is to be defined and explained in their connection with the historically preceding or simultaneous philosophical development. According to Cassirer, both Descartes and Corneille were dealing with an object of thought which had been one of the foremost topics since the early Renaissance: the relation between Ego and World. They both express the "pathos of subjectivity," theoretically-ethically or poetically, and % striking parallel they have the same theory of freedom in contrast to their contemporaries. Essential for both Descartes and Corneille was their occupa- tion with the world of passions. Descartes tried to investigate his object as a physicist (en Physicien); only through cognition of the passions can we master them and use them to our ethical advantage. In Descartes' scale of values the highest ideal is 81 Descartes, 71-117, 674 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT represented by the combination of full energy of will and per- fect judgment, although Descartes does not deny the existence of a relative ideal besides the absolute one, which ideal would consist of a combination of full energy of will and not perfect judgment. Corneille, in his plays, shows an exactly equivalent attitude and was attacked by his contemporary critics as immoral because of his opinion that the application of great will power, no matter whether the aim is good or not, has its own value. Furthermore, Cassirer shows clearly that the Stoicism, as it appears both in Descartes' and in Corneille's work, experienced a significant transformation, losing its passive attitude (sustine et abstine!) and its moral characteristic as a doctrine for "bodi- less beings." Descartes' psycho-physical interpretation of the passions and Corneille's similar attitude distinguish them both from the classical and the Christian conception. Cassirer succeeds very well in pointing out sharply the gen- eral parallels which, without any doubt, are essential. In addi- tion to it, his literary discussion of Corneille's tragedies is of high value because of its historical objectivity. Corneille's dramatis fersonae will seem unreal or psychologically improb- able to anyone who has not been initiated into the essence and the laws of the poet's individual world; yet they regain their ideal truth as soon as the doors to this world have been opened. Then, and then only, is it not a question of liking or immediate appreciation any more, but a case of following a creative poet on his excursions through his imaginative world. All this granted, we are still waiting for an answer to the original question. There can be no doubt that certain lines of development can be traced down to Descartes and Corneille which will make them appear as historically "logical" personali- ties; yet their peculiar conformity in reaching the same conclu- sions in regard to such specific objects as human passions and the scale of values has not been explained by Cassirer. In his interpretation, Descartes and Corneille still remain lonesome giants, having many clear connections with the past and, at the same time, with modern views, yet lacking any significant con- nection with their own time. The clarification of their philosoph^ CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 675 ical or poetic systems is helpful for our understanding of them; however not sufficient for the understanding of their positions in their time. Lanson's idea that Descartes and Corneille were basically in- fluenced by the peculiarity of their time is enticing in its me- thodical aspect. Cassirer finds the connection between them in the past} Lanson stresses their immediate relations as not result- ing from any direct physical influence but from the source of life surrounding them. And Cassirer himself, in a different chapter of his Descartes book, offers new material which seems to give Lanson substantial support. In the chapter about Descartes and Queen Christina of Sweden, Cassirer discusses the question whether Christina might have been acquainted with Corneille's writings. 22 There is no conclusive answer} yet Christina's interest in contemporary thought and art is established so well that her ignorance of the first great French dramatist would seem unbelievable. Cassirer goes farther} he not only shows that Christina in her reactions and actions resembles greatly the heroines in Corneille's plays, but also gives a highly interesting, concrete example which mani- fests a deep affinity between one historical reaction of the Queen of Sweden and a poetic one in Corneille's Pulcherie: Christina's decision to dissolve her engagement to Karl Gustaf and the parallel Pulcherie Leon. Corneille wrote his play twenty-five years after Christina had made her famous decision. Therefore, no fantastic hypothesis about the influence of poetry on life can be offered in this case. Queen Christina, after Cassirer's very valuable interpretation, appears as an addition to the list of seventeenth century per- sonalities who, according to Lanson, showed Corneillean char- acter in concrete. It is surprising that Cassirer, in spite of this, reacts so indifferently to Lanson's theory in his Descartes- Corneille chapter. Descartes and Corneille would become fully comprehensible, if not only their common roots in the past but also in their own time could be shown. Great philosophers and artists, I think, never stand apart from their own time, no matter 251-278. 676 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT whether they act as friends, enemies, or prophets. The sociologi- cal aspect of both philosophy and literature should never be forgotten, and in the case of Descartes' and Corneille's "strange" affinity it should be applied in full. Therefore, Lan- son's treatment of the question, although deplorably incom- plete, shows the way to future research. I am not at all in favor of giving the sociological method a prominent position in literary research 5 however, I think that the physician should know which medicine to use in each specific case. 23 A completely different problem appears in connection with the most controversial German romanticist, Heinrich von Kleist. Kleist's relatively small artistic output stands in no quantita- tive relation to the amount of work dedicated to him in literary criticism. The Kleist-specialization in Germany has resulted in research conditions which have made every element in Kleist's life and work an object of passionate discussion. 24 The phe- nomenon Kleist represents an in many respects interesting rid- dle which, in order to be solved, seems to require a co-operative effort on the part of rather broadminded literary critics, histori- ans, and psychiatrists. The limitations of critics manifest them- selves almost necessarily in regard to Kleist. To make things worse, Kleist has some national importance for his country, and we need hardly enlarge upon the almost inevitable results in criticism. The most significant example of misunderstandings in regard to Kleist, however, is in my eyes the Katchen von Heil- bronn interpretation in F. GundolPs book on Kleist, 25 in which this truly exceptional and far-sighted critic manifests a complete lack of hermeneutic ability in this particular respect. All the dif- ficulties of interpretation in re Kleist arise from Kleist's own super-nervous and chaotic personality more than from his artistic work. He is one of the best examples both of the in- ability of the soul of man to master absolute ideal demands and also of a psychopathic condition together with a capacity for ex- ceptionally creative and lucid artistry. "The sociological method has been applied with good results in modern Russian criticism j see especially P. N. Sakulin, Die russische Liter atur (1927). 84 See Jahrbuch der Kleist-Gesellschaft, 192 iff. *F. Gundolf, Heinrich von Kleist (1922). CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 677 Kantian philosophy, as generally acknowledged, had a great influence on Kleist as a man and as a writer. Obvious records, among them his letters, give a solid basis for this contention} and his artistic works show Kleist's symbolical transformations of philosophical (and other) problems. However, the exact sig- nificance of Kant's philosophy for Kleist as an artist has not been clarified as yet, and certain gaps of understanding prevailed when Cassirer enlivened the Kleist research by his daring essay on Kleist and the Kantian philosophy. 26 Among other contribu- tions to the point, Cassirer advanced a new hypothesis which if accepted would, even though it would not change our gen- eral attitude toward Kleist, compel us to take new data into consideration. In his letters to his sister Ulrike and his fiancee Wilhelmine von Zenge, young Kleist gave an intimate account of his state of mind and his general views. The letters are sometimes so expressive and self-interpreting that many a statement in them has been taken for granted without due regard to Kleist's gen- eral characteristic of being very inconsistent and versatile in his moods, predilections, and self-expression. In his plays and short stories Kleist offers a magnificent example of his creative ability to transform a moment into a life. However, his letters suffer from the dualism between his creative, and therefore prac- tically not always reliable imagination, and the attempt of giv- ing an empirically realistic account of his life. This is likely to be a rather general situation in an artist's letters. Yet in this case it is more prominent than in others, perhaps because of the constant efforts in the Kleist research to establish the empirical truth instead of pursuing the wiser way towards the ideal truth. In a much discussed letter of March 22, 1801, Kleist, in utter despair, describes to his fiancee the annihilating effect of his occupation with the Kantian philosophy and gives a vivid picture of his total apathy after learning that "We cannot de- cide, whether what we call truth is really the truth or only ap- pears to us as such." Kleist's world of ideals, for which he had lived and from which he had received his strength, seemed to *"Heinrich von Kleist und die Kantische Philosophic," in Idee und Gestalt, 159-302. 678 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT be destroyed. This letter is a masterpiece of writing and could, without a change, fill the place of a monologue in any suitable tragedy. At least three specific questions arise directly from this letter. First, Kleist gives the impression that he had begun his occupa- tion with Kant's philosophy "a short time ago" ("vor kurzem"}) although we know that he had already studied Kant in 1800. Secondly, speaking of Kant, Kleist uses the strange expression "the more recent so-called Kantian philosophy" (neuere sogenannte Kantische Philosophie). Thirdly, Kant's Critical method and philosophy seem to have been misunder- stood by Kleist. The discussion of these three points is the backbone of Cas- sirer's hypothesis in the first part of his essay: that Kleist in this letter had in his mind not Kant's transcendental idealism but Fichte's Bestimmung des Menschen. The question is not of great importance outside the circle of the professional Kleist experts. However it has methodical sig- nificance. We know that in 1800 Kleist had occupied himself with Kant without experiencing any disastrous results. on the other hand, it is easy for Cassirer to show that Kant's Critical method did not imply the denial of the objectivity of man's cognitive efforts. These two facts, in connection with the strange formula "so-called Kantian philosophy," leads Cassirer to the possibility that Kleist, in 1801, had read Fichte's Bestimmung des Menschen y which had been published in 1800 in Berlin where Kleist lived under circumstances which made this book immediately one of the most widely discussed in Prussia's capi- tal. Kleist must have known the book; and it contained ideas which would make his reaction very plausible. Cassirer's hypothesis may be correct. However, I think that it represents one of the very few instances in his writings on litera- ture where he presses a point less from necessity than from his own status as a Kant expert. It is certainly strange to observe that Kleist, who in November 1 800 had written his sister that he would like to go to France in order to spread there the new (i.e., Kantian) philosophy, would have had such a shocking experience on account of this same philosophy less than half a CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 679 year later. The explanation that Kleist was shocked after read- ing the Critique of Pure Reason is not sufficient, since this work does not express an attitude that would have been basically different from Kant's earlier works. on the other hand, Fichte had become such a well-known personality in Germany, after his "atheism controversy" and his leaving Jena for Berlin, that it is hardly comprehensible that Kleist should have hidden Fichte's name in his letter, if it was Fichte and not Kant whom he had in mind. Cassirer sees that the acquaintance with Fichte's Bestimmung des Menschen would have been without any misunderstanding a sufficient cause for Kleist's despair; how- ever, he does not sufficiently take into consideration a possible misunderstanding by Kleist as to the meaning of Kant's philoso- phy. Strong inconsistencies and quick impulsive reactions were characteristic of the violently emotional Kleist, and these two letters of 1800 and 1801 may be just other examples of this sort of conduct. If Fichte, a "Kantian" philosopher, misunder- stood Kant, why should not Kleist, certainly not a professional philosopher, have made a similar mistake? And his desire to spread Kantian philosophy in France is no proof by itself that Kleist, in 1800, had an intimate knowledge of Kant's tran- scendental idealism. To prove either opinion is, of course, impossible; and it was to be expected that critics of Cassirer's hypothesis were split into two camps. Oskar Walzel, one of the foremost experts in the field of German romanticism, remarked: "Among the numer- ous discussions of Kleist's 'Kant experience,' only . . . [Cassirer's essay] needs to be emphasized." 27 Eugen Kuhnemann, in his lecture on "Kleist und Kant," took the stand against Cassirer. 28 The discussion of Kleist's confusing letter is only a part of Cassirer's essay. Its second half deals with the significance of transcendental idealism for Kleist as a creative artist, and shows in an exemplary manner how Kleist's artistic work received a constructive impetus from Kantian thoughts. Kleist's personal tragedy, experienced by him consciously in continuous philo- 87 O. Walzel, German Romanticism, translated by A. . Lussky (1932), 302. 9 E. Kuhnemann, "Kleist und Kant," in Jahrbuch der Kleist-Gesellschaft (1922), 1-30. 680 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT sophic reflections, expressed itself in his art. Cassirer may be right in stating that Kleist is perhaps the only example of a great poet whose creative power had been awakened by a re- flective experience (gedankliches Erlebmi) , at least I do not find any striking parallels. In this connection Cassirer, after his adventure into the realm of empirical truth, is again search- ing for the ideal truth and is, consequently, at his best. I do not want to leave the Kleist essay without calling atten- tion to a brief passage in it 29 which is very characteristic of Cassirer as a historian. In the history of German literature there is one of those rather common little events which, sub specie aeternitatis would appear as mere trifles but which come up again and again and are discussed with much satisfaction: I am speaking of those numerous examples of apparent pettiness in great men. Our example concerns Goethe and his relation to Kleist and refers to the simple fact that Goethe had no under- standing for the tragic genius of his younger colleague. We know some examples of Goethe's not exactly admirable reac- tions in similar cases; but we do not think their discussion particularly valuable. However, if a discussion were necessary, the only possibly fruitful method is that used by Cassirer in his essay. His brief analysis appears to me to be a perfect example of the ideal method of procedure. Showing Goethe's individual views and his certainly broad, but naturally limited, i.e., defined, personal requirements for what he would have considered great art, Cassirer puts Goethe's lack of understanding for Kleist in the light in which it needs to be seen. There are worlds of thought and of art where friendship is not possible, and that is all. Another sober interpretation of one of Goethe's peculiar reactions was given by Cassirer in his essay, "Goethe and the 1 8th Century." 30 Goethe astonished Mr. Soret, Prince Karl Alexander's educator at Weimar, in August 1830, by his-total indifference to the fact of the July revolution in Paris and at the same time by his very strong interest in the fact that his, Goethe's, synthetic method in scientific research had just been 29 Idee und Gestalt, 1 8 6ff . 80 Zeitschrift fur Aesthetik XXVI (1932), also in Goethe und die geschichtliche Welt (1932), 86ff. CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 68 1 accepted by Geoffrey St. Hilaire. In this context Cassirer is able to give an objective and, to me, doubtlessly correct interpre- tation. Goethe believed in "representative moments" in history. To him the July revolution was less representative than the victory of his synthetic method. As we know today, Goethe was right. In the history of literary criticism Cassirer is one of the representatives of the field and methods of Geisteswissenschajt the study of the development of ideas. Usually the work of the individual in this line of endeavor shows individual con- centration, since what is investigated is not ideas far excellence but ideas in their relation to something else. Our survey of a few of Cassirer's contributions shows that his main concern is to be found in the investigation of the relation between the reflective and the imaginative world of the artist. Cassirer is most explicit and most eloquent when recreating the life of the artist's imaginative conceptions which manifest themselves as transformations of his reflective life. His most significant con- tribution seems to me to be in the neighborhood of this particu- lar point. I find it in the gap which Cassirer leaves unexplained, because he does not want to make a pretentious statement with- out offering the scale of processes which would solidify it. In spite of everything, Cassirer's apparent interest in the clarifica- tion of historical items Kleist and Fichte or Kant , or in the truer understanding of a poet's philosophical contribution Holderlin and Schelling , or a better psychological interpre- tation of a great individual's momentous reactions Goethe and Soret , he dedicates his greatest effort to re-telling the story of artistic imagination in those individual lives which caught his fancy. There is no doubt that Goethe is for Cassirer the most significant phenomenon since he is the broadest} a phenomenon which, in the rare combination of pure artistry, profound under- standing of the sciences, and peculiarly unacademic philosophiz- ing, represents an object of investigation beyond the usual scope. In his writings on Goethe 31 Cassirer has the opportunity to apply his own wholly constructive, positive, and synthetic "See especially Freikeit und Form (1916), Goethe and die geschichtliche 682 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT mind better than anywhere else. But here also a lacuna remains. Cassirer expresses with great penetration his conception of Goethe's artistic essence as he sees it, and the discipline of his knowledge and thought restrains him from overstepping the limits of the material at his disposal. However, here also a point appears again and again where I would ask for further ob- jective penetration} Cassirer would probably reply that the remaining part is a matter of experience, tact, and taste. The demand for more becomes consequently so urgent that, if the demand is followed by a new investigation, Cassirer surely would have stimulated it. The investigation ought to be directed toward a more objective foundation of our conception of the artist's creative world. To be sure, Cassirer has never published a statement referring to what I shall try to express. He knew, however, that such a demand is a logical consequence of his writings on literature; and in conversations he liked to dwell on this point. Fortunately, Cassirer has published a comprehensive chapter on "Art" and there has given a clear picture of his aesthetic views. 82 There is no inconsistency between his general theoretical discussion and the method used in his more practical contributions. We must mention a few of Cassirer's statements, in order to clear the ground. Cassirer conceives art in general as a reality of the same value as, for example, science. 83 "Rerum videre formas is a no less important and indispensable task than rerum cognoscere causas"** Art has its own rationality, the rationality of form. Art is not fettered to the rationality of things or events. It may infringe all those laws of probability which classical aestheticians declared to be the constitutional laws of art. It may give us the most bizarre and grotesque vision, and yet retain a rationality of its own the rationality of form. 85 Welt (1932), "Goethes Pandora? 9 (in Idee und Gestalt, 7-32), "Goethe und die mathematische Physik" (in Idee und Gestalt, 33-80), Rousseau Kant Goethe. * Essay on Man, 137-170. 88 Ibid., fassim. "Ibid., 170. "Ibid., 167. CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 683 The artist who discovers the form of nature is philosophically equal to the scientist who discovers nature's laws. Moreover, "language and science are abbreviations of reality 5 art is intensi- fication of reality. Language and science depend upon one and the same process of abstraction} art may be described as a con- tinuous process of concretion." 36 "Science gives us order in thoughts; morality gives us order in actions, and art gives us order in the apprehension of visible, tangible, and audible ap- pearances." 87 And "We cannot speak of art as 'extrahuman' or 'superhuman' without overlooking one of its fundamental features, its constructive power in the framing of the human universe." 38 These incomplete quotations help us to summarize Cassirer's attitude. Cassirer believes in a creative world of art as a funda- mentally independent world of human behavior, with its own conditions and laws. The essence of the artist's mind is different from the reflective mind of the scientist or philosopher. The scientist deals with phenomena and makes the intellectual at- tempt to bring order into them, renouncing to the highest possi- ble extent an interference of anthropomorphic elements. The artist offers the principal human example of free creative action. The scientist's work comprises a reciprocity of the phenomenal and his intellectual world; his reflective activity has the form of conquest: he becomes master of the phenomena by fully con- scious induction, trying (never quite successfully) to reduce the exciting but dangerous combination by means of an always threatening semi-conscious deduction. The artist, on the con- trary, uses his intellect rather as a function than as a condition, in order to express the results of his creative imagination. The transformation of the "real" world which takes place in every great work of art shows something else which may be called intensification or concretion, a something which other- wise does not make an unhindered appearance in the regions of human behavior. In art, and only in art, a decade can be made an hour, and a life made a mere moment. 143. * Ibid., 1 68. 88 IbU., 167. 684 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT The intellect's interference manifests itself most clearly in literature, because literature is a linguistic art. However, the total work of literary art does not always have any, and some- times has very little, direct relation to the world of reflection. The main characteristic of art, in contrast to philosophy and sci- ence, is its inherent particularity not to be basically dependent upon the laws of scientific reflection. Since form is the only com- mon rational factor of every art, and the form of each art mani- fests a specific order, the order and form of the arts are to be investigated, if we want to examine the artist's imagination at work and the architecture of the world of art. This has certainly been done again and again; however from a different methodical point of view. Since, in this context, we are not interested in the biographical, psychological, or general historical implications of an artist, nor in a more or less casual or accidental investigation of certain elements in the work pe- culiar to a certain artist, our task should be a complete investiga- tion of the artist's formative tendencies which result in the total of his artistic creation. Art's main element is not the content j it is the creation of a form which in all its dimensions offers us the cognition of a content. The formative tendencies may vary in one or in all artists. When Cassirer speaks of poetic essence (dichterisches Wesenselemeni)) he does not use simply a general term for an unclear conception, but thinks of the full essence of the artist's creative and created world. The method of finding it remains undiscussed. Aesthetic judgment, experience, taste, and tact combined in a mind of methodical strength and constructive imagination reach, as we know and as Cassirer himself shows, remarkable results. However, the stimulation to a "more" is given at the same time, since the road toward subjectivity is wide open and the question arises whether among the aesthetic opinions of several experts some may not approach the "ideal truth" more closely than others. As long as the object of investi- gation is not the function of pleasure but the formative condi- tions of a work of art, an objective method should, at least, be visualized. That such a method can never consist of the tradi- CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 685 tional formidable computations of, for instance, rhymes, influ- ences, or new words, is obvious. In literary research we find some of the finest examples of hermeneutic ability. The changes and the continuous develop- ment of evaluation do not necessarily make the quality of the preceding or following critical opinions appear weak, because the liking of individuals, groups, and generations may differ. This will remain so forever. However, we are not dealing with a sociology of art or with a history of taste. We may not "like" a certain artistic creation. However we ought to find a method of discovering whether our dislike is simply a dislike or whether it is based on the fact that the work in question is not a work of art. We ought to have the methodical means of finding the characteristics of the numerous "essences" or "worlds" of art as objectively as possible. Acknowledging that form and order in art are a conditio sine qua non y we certainly should be able to reach a better understanding of all the forms and orders appear- ing in the history of art. This has been achieved quite admirably in one of the non-linguistic arts painting. An ideal work of art may be compared with a sphere, every external and internal point of which stands in a meaningful connection with every other point. To determine the connec- tions and the necessity of their full reciprocity is the aim of an investigation in regard to the form of art. Obviously, such an ideal example may be found best in an artistic genre which by necessity lends itself to a relatively easy analytical approach, for example in music and also in painting. Linguistic art is far more complex. A lyric poem or a drama can be approached much more easily than for instance a novel, a widely changing and only superficially definable object which, because of the lack of formal limitation, appears as the most difficult possible prob- lem in this respect. The enervating element in literary research, as in all arts, is the difficulty of determining why an apparently good work of art is good. Here Cassirer says: "It is the task of the aesthetic judgment or of artistic taste to distinguish between a genuine work of art and those other spurious products which are indeed 686 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT playthings, or at most c the response to the demand of enter- tainment'." 89 I believe that more concrete results can be reached. A novel may be good, because it manifests profound psycho- logical insight in spite of bad style; and another novel may be bad, because it shows superficiality of content in spite of a very good style. But it is not psychology or style or content which make a novel good or bad; it is something else. We should try to find this "something else." We should find the conditions under which art manifests itself in literature. We should, in every work of real or presumed art, investigate and define those elements which make it art. Experience shows that certain results can be achieved very quickly, for instance in the field of the novel. An initial two- sided attempt usually clarifies the ground. A novel combines, under normal circumstances, the description of man with the description of man's environment nature in any kind of varia- tion. A minute investigation of the formative elements pertain- ing to the representation of man is the foremost aim. What literary research has done so far is only a part of the whole task. In discussions of paintings we are accustomed to point out every detail of a depicted being's characteristics; in literary re- search we are usually satisfied with less. It is not a question of physical colors, an artist's language transforms ideas and feelings into its own colors; "it is written with images, sounds, and rhythms . . . which coalesce into an indivisible whole." The character of a person in a novel as concerns his actions, feelings, and thoughts is the most obvious, although not the artistically most important part of it. A look at the formative tendencies of a novelist shows numerous, but not innumerable, pecularities in making a person come, go, think, speak, impress, yawn, weep, live, and die. A thorough examination of these peculiarities will tell us something rather important about, not the mere technique, but the creative activity of the artist. A com- plete analysis of a novel will give us a fairly objective compre- hension of his formative action. The literary critic should be- come a neighbor of the fine arts, since literature, in its greatest performances, manifests the same purity of form and order as does great painting. The reason why a complete analytical ., 164, CONTRIBUTION TO LITERARY CRITICISM 687 investigation of a novel or even of a short story has never yet been made lies in the apparent enormity of the task. The task is great. However, considering the immense amount of time spent on other and sometimes hardly worthwhile types of literary research, one may be permitted to think this and similar objects worthwhile. Remaining with our subject, the novel, we may say that an investigation of nature as a formative element is much easier than is that of man. In literary criticism we are accustomed to find statements about the particular tendency or ability of certain artists to describe nature. Very little has been said of the various types of nature descriptions in prose works and still less about the part which descriptions of nature play as a constructive power, necessary for the understanding of the total essence of the work, or as a mere embellishment with no other reason than that of serving the pleasure of the reader. In the first, artistically significant, case there are various patterns or types of form, and in each individual example an objective picture of the artist's aim and creative ability can be found. The results may sometimes be surprising j here I am able to offer a small but concrete example, since a concrete analysis has been published. 40 In the history of the German novel, Theodor Fontane holds an eminent place. Fontane's descriptions of North German landscape, an inherent and distinct element in his best novels, were praised by critics as creative achievements of high quality. An analysis of these descriptions, however, showed that Fontane used a superficial pattern, introducing the descriptions without necessary inner connection, phrasing them rather monoton- ously, and using them as a kind of background music. Fontane was clever, but not a creative artist in his descriptions of nature. His quality in other respects has thus far not been investigated. In his technical dealing with nature he shows a tendency toward ornament or embellishment. In the history of human taste, in regard to literature, fine arts, and music technical ornamenta- tion has been one of the safest steps to popularity and has often been mistaken for true art. "So long as we live in the world of sense impressions alone we 40 Max Tau, Der assoziative Faktor in der Landschajtt- und Ortsdarstellung Theodor Fontanes I (1928). 688 KONSTANTIN REICHARDT merely touch the surface of reality. Awareness of the depth of things always requires an effort on the part of our active and constructive energies." 41 The active and constructive energies have not yet been used sufficiently for our better understanding of the means which make it possible for a creative artist to show, in a symbol, a concretion of his poetic world. Better understand- ing does not mean destructive analysis or hair-splitting. I be- lieve with Cassirer that creative art is the noblest activity of man. The investigation of the formative elements of poetic creation is a noble task. KONSTANTIN REICHARDT DEPARTMENT OF GERMANIC LANGUAGES YALE UNIVERSITY 41 Essay on Man t 169. 2O John Herman Randall, Jr. CASSIRER'S THEORY OF HISTORY AS ILLUS- TRATED IN HIS TREATMENT OF RENAISSANCE THOUGHT 20 CASSIRER'S THEORY OF HISTORY AS ILLUS- TRATED IN HIS TREATMENT OF RENAISSANCE THOUGHT Die Aufgabe der Geschichte besteht nicht lediglich darin, dass sie uns vergangenes Sein und Leben kennen lehrt, sondern dass sie es uns deuten lehrt. . . . Was uns tatsachlich von der Vergangenheit aufbewahrt ist, sind bestimmte historische Denkmaler: "Monumente" in Wort und Schrift, in Bild und Erz. Zur Geschichte wird dies fur uns erst, indem wir in diesen Monumenten Symbole sehen, an denen wir bestimmte Lebensformen nicht nur zu erkennen, sondern kraft deren wir sie fur uns wiederherzustellen vermogen. Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften, 85, 86. IN THE work of Ernst Cassirer, historical and systematic studies were not only carried on side by side, they were woven together and used to illuminate each other. From the outset he brought his great gifts for historical interpretation to bear on strengthening and extending the philosophy of humanism he found in Kant. The autonomy of reason, the creativity of the human spirit, der Wille zur Gestaltung this was Cassirer's central vision. It gave him a consuming interest in all the products of the human mind and in the processes by which they have been created in what he came to call "the universe of symbols." "History as well as poetry is an organon of our self-knowledge, an indispensable instrument for build- ing up our human universe." 1 The autonomy of thought was the lesson he learned from history 5 it was also the principle of interpretation he brought to the past to make it speak to us. Hence his special interest and love went out to those periods * An Essay on Man, (1944), 206. 691 692 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. in the past when men were most keenly aware of their own productive powers and responsibility to those periods in which a creative humanism was most alive, and was forging its weapons. Closest to his heart was the great humanistic move- ment in the classic literature and philosophy of eighteenth- century Germany. In Goethe and in Kant he found the culmina- tion at once of an emancipated imagination and an autonomous reason} here poetry, science and philosophy had at last reached maturity and began to realize their "unendliche Aujgabe." Dear also was the Greek humanism of antiquity, above all of Plato, which classic German humanism had used as an instru- ment to build its own human universe. And dear was the emancipating thought of that Renaissance which had earlier turned to antiquity to win its liberation from the theocentric world of the Middle Ages, and to create its own "jreies welt- Uches Bildungsideal." 2 All three of these creative humanistic movements of the past, Cassirer held, can furnish inspiration and sources of power for creating further forms of culture in the future. When by care- ful historical study we have learned to understand their lan- guage, they can free us both from the optimism of a Hegel and from the fatalistic pessimism of a Spengler. once we have achieved "a humanistic foundation for culture," we shall find that "action once more has free scope to decide by its own power and on its own responsibility, and it knows that the direc- tion and future of culture will depend on the way it decides." 3 "A humanistic foundation for culture" thus Cassirer had come to see his task. How then can we explain the central role he always gave to natural science in human thought and in his historical studies? How can we reconcile his humanism with his major contribution to the history of philosophy, his making the history of scientific thought an integral part of it? How was it that Cassirer the humanist became one of the outstanding his- torians of science of our times? * Freiheit und Form (1916), 3. 8 "Naturalistische und humanistische Begrundung der Kulturphilosophie," Goteborgs Kung. Vetenskafs- och VitterhetsSamhalles Handlingar, Femte Foljden, Ser. A, Band 7, No. 3 (1939), p. 28. THEORY OF HISTORY 693 This seems a paradox only so long as we remain with the conventional opposition between the humanist and the scientist. As William James pointed out, "You can give humanistic value to almost anything by teaching it historically. Geology, eco- nomics, mechanics are humanities when taught with reference to the successive achievements of the geniuses to which these sciences owe their being." Natural science Cassirer always looked upon as the highest and most characteristic expression of the powers of the human mind. Even when, as a young student, he was most under the spell of Kant's scientific inter- ests, with his teacher Hermann Cohen he emphasized this humanistic import of the exact sciences. Mathematics and mathematical physics were always for him great creative enter- prises of the human spirit, forms of Socratic self-knowledge. In analyzing precisely the concepts and methods by which men have constructed their natural science, we are really analyzing the nature of man himself. Hence from his earliest work on Leibniz down to the penetrating studies he wrote in Sweden and in this country, the history of natural science, the meaning and interpretation of its epoch-making creative achievements, formed the core of his investigation into the nature of man. We have only to consider his interpretation of the humanistic movement of the Renaissance. Of his favorite historical periods, this is the one in which science is conventionally held to have played the most minor role. From Burckhardt down, the control- ling interests of the Renaissance have been thought to be irrele- vant to, if not actually opposed to the development of natural science. Historians of science, like Lynn Thorndike, have in turn even questioned the existence of any significant "Renaissance." 4 But for Cassirer, the "discovery of the individual," that humanis- tic task of Renaissance thought, "as the Renaissance pursued it in poetry, in the plastic arts, in religious and political life, found its philosophical conclusion and its philosophical justification" in the scientific achievements of Galileo and Descartes. 5 But highly as Cassirer esteemed man's self-expression 4 "Renaissance or Prenaissance?" Journal of the History of Ideas, IV (1943), 65-74. 8 "Descartes' Wahrheitsbegriff," Tkeoria, III (Gothenburg, 1937), 176. 694 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. through natural science, the Kantian limitation of truth to mathematical physics was from the beginning far too narrow for him. As early as the Substanzbegriff in 1910, he attempted a further analysis of the concepts and methods of chemistry. More recently he did the same for biology. 6 But his outstanding theo- retical achievement was to carry through a similar methodo- logical analysis of all those other "symbolic forms" which man makes and which make man known to himself. An analysis of the "logic of the cultural sciences" of the categories and con- cepts, the methods and notions of truth and of objectivity by which men interpret these symbolic expressions of their life came more and more to occupy the center of his attention. only by sharpening these tools of interpretation can we make a knowledge of what man has created in his culture in the past into a genuine "humanistic foundation for the culture" of the future. 7 Cassirer saw the "cultural sciences" as embracing primarily linguistics, the sciences of art, and the sciences of religion. And with them belongs history, so fundamental a part of them all. Cassirer did not attempt to formulate with precision the distinc- tive concepts and methods of historical investigation and inter- pretation until the latter part of his life. He then developed his analysis in critical opposition to most of the theories of history of the last generation in Germany, and against the back- ground of his general philosophy of symbolic forms. But his thought is also obviously his own aims and procedures come to critical self-awareness } he tested other views by what he had already learned during his own practice as an intellectual his- torian. With a thinker so conscious of method as Cassirer, it is doubly important to start any examination of his actual histori- cal work from his own statement of his theoretical views as to the nature and procedure of the historian's enterprise. "No- body," he says, "could ever attempt to write a history of mathe- matics or philosophy without having a clear insight into the systematic problems of the two sciences. The facts of the philo- *Zr Logik der Kulturwissenschaften (Gothenburg, 1942), 100-1045 see also the forthcoming fourth volume of the Erkenntnisproblem. 7 See Zur Logtk der Kulturwissenschaften. THEORY OF HISTORY 695 sophical past, the doctrines and systems of the great thinkers, are meaningless without an interpretation." 8 Likewise, no one can hope to understand Cassirer's historical practice without a knowledge of what he conceives to be the questions and prob- lems the historian is trying to answer. Consequently, the best way to understand what Cassirer has done as an historian is in terms of his own analysis of the his- torian's aim. This makes clear not only why he has proceeded as he has; it answers the questions as to why he has not done other things, why he has left out what many other intellectual historians would want to include, and minimized what they would make central. We shall start, therefore, with a statement of Cassirer's analysis of history. I Cassirer belongs with those who find a sharp difference be- tween natural science and history. Physical facts are not like historical facts, though neither are brute, "hard" data both depend on theoretical construction, and their objectivity is established only by a complicated process of judgment. Physical facts are determined by observation and experiment; they be- come part of the physical order only if we can describe them in mathematical language. "A phenomenon which cannot be so described, which is not reducible to a process of measurement, is not a part of our physical world." 9 But historical facts are not established by observation and experiment, nor are they meas- ured and expressed in mathematical terms. They have to be given "a new ideal existence." "Ideal reconstruction, not empirical observation, is the first step in historical knowledge." 10 A scientific fact is always the answer to a question; the object is always there to be questioned. But the historian's questions cannot be directed immediately toward the past he is trying to understand; they must be addressed rather to documents or monuments. His data, indeed, are not things or events, but symbols with a meaning; he confronts a world of symbols to be 8 Essay on Man, 179. 9 1 bid., 174. 10 Ibid. 696 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. interpreted. The task of the historian is thus not the mathemati- cal expression of observed events, but the interpretation of symbols. Cassirer rejects, however, those distinctions between natural science and historical knowledge which have been most popular in recent discussion of historical knowledge and historical truth, especially in Germany. History has no distinctive "logic" of its own. Logic is one because truth is one. In his quest of truth the historian is bound to the same formal rules as the scientist. In his modes of reasoning and arguing, in his inductive inferences, in his investigation of causes, he obeys the same general laws of thought as a physicist or a biologist. So far as these fundamental theoretical activities of the human mind are concerned, we can make no discrimination between the different fields of knowledge. . . . Historical and scientific thought are distinguish- able not by their logical form but by their objectives and subject matter. 11 But again, the difference does not lie in the fact that the objects of historical knowledge are past. Science too is concerned with the past: the astronomer, the geologist, the paleontologist, all succeed in disclosing a former state of the physical world. Nor does the difference consist in the historian's concern with individuals the view of Windelband and Rickert, who held that science aims at general laws and universals, history at unique events and particulars. It is not possible to separate the two moments of universality and particularity in this abstract and artificial way. A judgment is always the synthetic unity of both moments; it contains an element of uni- versality and particularity. These elements are not mutually opposed; they imply and interpenetrate one another. "Universality" is not a term which designates a certain field of thought; it is an expression of the very character, of the function of thought. Thought is always universal. 12 on the other hand, many natural sciences, like geology, de- termine concrete and unique events. Thus, in distinguishing history from natural science, Cassirer avoids many of the theo- retical difficulties of those who have sharply divided the two realms. Above all, he does not rule scientific procedures out of Ibid., 1 8 6. THEORY OF HISTORY 697 the historian's method, but makes them necessary if not sufficient conditions. The real difference, Cassirer concludes, is that the historian's object is human life and human culture. History can make use of scientific methods, but it cannot restrict itself only to the data available by these methods. No object whatever is exempt from the laws of nature. Historical objects have no separate and self-contained reality; they are embodied in physical objects. But in spite of this embodiment they belong, so to speak, to a higher dimension. 13 The historian must use the concepts of science in reconstructing the past from its present traces, just like the geologist. But "to this actual, empirical reconstruction history adds a symbolic reconstruction." 14 Its documents are not dead remnants of the past but living messages from it to us. The historian must make us understand their language. Not the logical structure of historical thought, but this special task of "interpretation," is his distinguishing mark. What the historian is in search of is the materialization of the spirit of a former age. He detects the same spirit in laws and statutes, in charters and bills of right, in social institutions and political constitutions, in religious rites and ceremonies. To the true historian such material is not petrified fact but living form. History is the attempt to fuse together all these disjecta membra, the scattered limbs of the past and to synthesize them and mold them into new shape. 15 The historian thus aims at a "palingenesis," a rebirth of the past. ... an understanding of human life is the general theme and ultimate aim of historical knowledge. In history we regard all the works of man, and all his deeds, as precipitates of his life; and we wish to reconstitute them into this original state, we wish to understand and feel the life from which they are derived. 16 All human works are forever in danger of losing their meaning. Their reality is symbolic, not physical; and such reality never ceases "Ibid., 176. 14 Ibid., 177. " Ibid. M Ibid. t 178, 184. 698 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. to require interpretation and reinterpretation. ... In order to possess the world of culture we must incessantly reconquer it by historical recollection. But recollection does not mean merely the act of reproduc- tion. It is a new intellectual synthesis a constructive act. 17 The historian, consequently, is a kind of "retrospective proph- et." He interprets the meaning of the past 5 and the category of meaning is not to be reduced to the category of being. It is, in fact, an Ur$hanomen y in Goethe's sense; its "origin" is an insoluble question. It is a kind of "mutation" in evolutionary development that must be accepted with natural piety. 18 If we seek a general heading under which we are to subsume historical knowledge we may describe it not as a branch of physics but as a branch of semantics. The rules of semantics, not the laws of nature, are the general principles of historical thought. History is included in the field of hermeneutics, not in that of natural science. 19 In this work of historical interpretation of the meaning of the past, the historian must take his point of departure from his own times. He cannot go beyond the conditions of his present experience. Historical knowledge is the answer to definite questions, an answer which must be given by the past; but the questions themselves are put and dictated by the present by our present intellectual interests and our present moral and social needs. 20 The questions we put to past thinkers are determined by our understanding of our own problems. Hence the need for con- tinual reinterpretation. As soon as we have reached a new center and a new line of vision in our own thought we must revise our judgments ... we have a Stoic, a sceptic, a mystic, a rationalistic, and a romantic Socrates. They are entirely dissimilar. Nevertheless they are not untrue; each of them gives us a new aspect, a characteristic perspective of the historical Socrates and his intellectual and moral physiognomy. . . . We have a mystic Plato, the Plato of neo-Platonism; a Christian Plato, the Plato of "Ibid., 185. * Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften, 109-112. 19 Essay on Man, 195. *lbid., 178. THEORY OF HISTORY 699 Augustine and Marsilio Ficino; a rationalistic Plato, the Plato of Moses Mendelssohn; and a few decades ago we were offered a Kantian Plato. We may smile at all these different interpretations. . . . They have all in their measure contributed to an understanding and to a systematic valuation of Plato's work. Each has insisted on a certain aspect which is contained in this work. . . . 21 When we turn from the history of ideas to "real" history to the history of man and human actions, the same holds true. In political history we wish to understand not only the actions but the actors. "Our judgment of the course of political events depends upon our conception of the men who were engaged in them. As soon as we see these individual men in a new light we have to alter our ideas of these events." 22 Hence what Cassirer is emphasizing is a personal interpretation of his- tory, in which the key is in the last analysis the personality and character of outstanding men. And history is for him "per- sonal" in a double sense. Not only does the historian look for "a human and cultural life a life of actions and passions, of questions and answers, of tensions and solutions." He must also give a "personal" interpretation of these other personalities, a "personal truth." He infuses into his concepts and words his own inner feelings and thus gives them a new sound and a new color the color of personal life. ... If I put out the light of my own personal experience I cannot see and I cannot judge of the experience of others. Without a rich personal experience in the field of art no one can write a history of artj no one but a systematic thinker can give us a history of philosophy. 23 Cassirer cites Ranke as his model not the Ranke of the fa- miliar precept of impersonality, but the Ranke who actually wrote history with a universal "personal" sympathy a sympa- thy which was intellectual and imaginative, not emotional. The procedure of the historian, therefore, is that of the inter- preter of another human personality. Thus, to understand Cicero's role in the events in which he took part, and to under- ., i so. "Ibid., 1 8 1. "/*,, 187. 700 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. stand those events themselves, we must first of all understand his personality and character. To this end some symbolic interpretation is required. I must not only study his orations or his philosophical writings; I must read his letters to his daughter Tullia and his intimate friends; I must have a feeling for the charms and defects of his personal style. only by taking all this circumstantial evidence together can I arrive at a true picture of Cicero and his role in the political life of Rome. Unless the historian remains a mere annalist, unless he contents himself with a chronological narration of events, he must always perform this very difficult task; he must detect the unity behind innumerable and often contradictory utterances of a historical character. 24 In this delicate task he must be selective} but not necessarily of those events which have had important practical conse- quences, as Eduard Meyer held} he will single out those acts or remarks which are "characteristic," whose importance lies not in their consequences but in their semantic meaning, as "sym- bols" of characters and events. The true historian must thus be not only a trained scientific investigator, he must be an artist as well. But even though we cannot deny that every great historical work contains and implies an artistic element, it does not thereby become a work of fiction. In his quest for truth the historian is bound by the same strict rules as the scientist. He has to utilize all the methods of empirical investigation. He has to collect all the available evidence and to compare and criticize all his sources. He is not permitted to forget or neglect any important fact. Nevertheless, the last and decisive act is always an act of the productive imagination. 25 I well remember a conversation with Cassirer, in which I was trying to establish some continuity between the procedures of the scientist whom I do not take in strictly Kantian terms as the mathematical physicist alone and of the historian. He admitted that the closest parallel in natural science to what the historian has to do is the physician's diagnosis of the ailment of his patient, in which all his scientific knowledge is brought to 182. 85 Ibid., 204. THEORY OF HISTORY 701 bear upon a particular case. But he went on to insist that the historian must proceed always like the biographer of a man. He must gather together all his evidence evidence which is "sym- bolic" of the character of the man he is considering and then try to find that unifying focus or "center" from which all the manifestations of that character can be understood what he is at bottom trying to do. This is, of course, to try to interpret a thinker in terms of his central problem in terms, as Ebbing- haus put it, of "was er eigentlich will" This seems, indeed, the height of wisdom in interpreting the thought of any individual. But it is significant that Cassirer used this example as the way to interpret all history. It illustrates what I have called his "personal" view of the historian's enterprise; and it throws a flood of light on what he does not do in his historical studies on his complete indifference to any economic interpretation of intellectual history, for example. Cassirer's analysis of the aim and function of the historian is well summed up in the following passage from Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften : The task of history does not consist merely in making us acquainted with past existence and life, but in showing us how to interpret its meaning. All mere knowledge of the past would remain for us a "dead picture on a board" if no other powers than those of the reproductive memory were involved. What memory preserves of facts and events becomes historical recollection only when we can relate it to our inner experience and transform it into such experience. Ranke said that the real task of the historian consists in describing "wie es eigentlich gewesen." But even if we accept this statement, it is still true that what has been, when it comes into the perspective of history, finds there a new meaning. History is not simply chronology, and historical time is not objective physical time. The past is not over for the historian in the same sense as for the investigator of nature ; it possesses and retains a present of its own. The geologist may report about a past form of the earth; the paleontologist may tell us of extinct organic forms. All this "existed" at one time, and cannot be renewed in its existence and actual character. History, however, never tries to set before us mere past existence ; it tries to show us how to grasp a past life. The content of this life it cannot renew; but it tries to preserve its pure form. The wealth of different concepts of form and of style which the cultural 702 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. sciences have worked out serves in the last analysis a single end: only through them all is the rebirth, the "palingenesis" of culture possible. What is actually preserved for us from the past are particular historical monuments: "monuments" in word and writing, in picture and in bronze. This does not become history for us until in these monuments we see symbols, through which we can not only recognize definite forms of life, but by virtue of which we can restore them for ourselves. 26 II This is Cassirer's statement of the fundamentally humanistic task of the historian. By entering into the spirit of former ages, he can reveal man to himself, and in so doing enlarge man's imaginative sympathies beyond the narrow limits of the present cultural expressions of what man is. Like language or art, history is fundamentally anthropomorphic. . . . History is not knowledge of external facts or events; it is a form of self-knowledge. ... In history man constantly returns to himself; he attempts to recollect and actualize the whole of his past experience. But the historical self is not a mere individual self. It is anthropomorphic, but it is not egocentric. Stated in the form of a paradox, we may say that history strives after an "objective anthropomorphism." By making us cognizant of the polymorphism of human existence, it frees us from the freaks and prejudices of a special and single moment. It is this enrichment and enlargement, not the effacement, of the self, of our knowing and feeling ego, which is the aim of historical knowl- edge." With this statement of a humanistic historical enterprise, of its emancipating function in liberating us from the provincialism of the present, and of the imaginative enrichment and enhance- ment it can bring, no sensitive man could quarrel. Nor could the methodologist seriously doubt that Cassirer's procedure is appropriate to this goal of his. Not even the embattled pro- ponent of the unity of intellectual method could take real issue with that added "dimension" which Cassirer finds in history, or with the "artistic element," the final work of the "productive M Zitr Log'rk der Kulturwissenschaften, 85. * ; Essay on Man, 191. THEORY OF HISTORY 703 imagination," which he sees it demanding. Cassirer has no scorn for "mere" science. He is only too anxious to make use of all the help which "scientific methods" can furnish. Philosophic reflection upon the fact of history and upon the ways in which it can be construed and understood might, indeed, point out that these ways are many and diverse. Cassirer's humanistic enterprise is but one of many types of historical in- vestigation, each of which has its own function and validity. Like most of those who have given thoughtful consideration to historical goals and methods, especially if they have been men who have themselves long and fruitfully pursued the interpre- tation of the meaning of the past, Cassirer is too ready to set up his own distinctive conceptions and working principles as the sufficient model for every approach to the past. But it is not only human existence that exhibits a "polymorphism"} so like- wise does men's concern with their living past. It is doubtless a "prejudice of the moment" to identify one's own historical enterprise with the task of "history" in general. In the his- torian's house are many mansions; and a comprehensive analysis of the ways in which history may be understood, and in which that understanding may illuminate human life today, would have to examine the specific functions and contributions of each. That task Cassirer has not attempted. What the historian, even the intellectual historian, is likely to find most questionable in Cassirer's "symbolic reconstruction" of the spirit of past ages in terms of the achievement of great men, is his almost total lack of concern with any questions of historical causation. Men and ages in the past thought differ- ently from each other, and from ourselves; to realize this elementary fact is an enhancement of our knowledge of man. But no mention is made that it might be a valid problem for historical investigation to ask why; there is not even a reasoned defense of a negative position on causation in history, as in theories like those of Croce or Collingwood. So far as Cassirer's analysis goes, thought might well be operating in a vacuum. The Hegelian cast of the passage quoted above about the non- individual self actualizing the whole of its past experience is obvious. But there is not even the Hegelian concern with the 704 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. "immanent" development of thought. 28 All those questions which are certainly central in the "spirit" of our own age, as to the "dynamics" in history, are simply omitted. There is, in fact,.no place in Cassirer's discussion where it would be fitting even to raise the problem of a possible influence of technological or economic factors in determining the issues which confront thinkers. It is significant that in criticizing historical determin- ism, Cassirer examines three forms: the physicalistic determin- ism of the French positivists, the psychologistic determinism of Spengler, and the metaphysical determinism of Hegel. 29 Eco- nomic determinism is not so much as mentioned. Indeed, it is hard to ascertain whether the social sciences and their subject matters enter into Cassirer's thought at all. Certainly neither as symbolic forms nor as heuristic principles do they figure in his historical enterprise, nor are they ever mentioned as "Kulturwis- senschajten" Cassirer, however, is surely right in pointing out that the questions the historian puts to the past are the questions that are central in his own philosophic understanding of the world. As he maintains, only a philosopher can write a significant history of philosophy; and what he finds significant in past philosophies will depend on his own. Hence Cassirer's statement of his con- ception of the task of the historian is so intimately bound up with his systematic philosophy of symbolic forms that a search- ing examination would have to come to grips with that philoso- phy. This is not the place for such an undertaking. We can only be grateful that any set of leading principles, when applied by a mind with a scholar's equipment and scrupulous conscience before facts, is bound to shed a great light and reveal new rela- 88 Cf., however, Essay on Man, 180: "The history of philosophy shows us very clearly that the full determination of a concept is very rarely the work of that thinker who first introduced that concept. For a philosophical concept is, generally speaking, rather a problem than the solution of a problem and the full significance of this problem cannot be understood so long as it is still in its first implicit state. It must become explicit in order to be comprehended in its true meaning, and this transition from an implicit to an explicit state is the work of the future." * "Naturalistische und humanistische Begrundung der Kulturphilosophie," of. cit., 12-14. THEORY OF HISTORY 705 tions and meanings. It is not necessary to share Cassirer's exten- sion of the Kantian approach in order to appreciate his actual historical achievement. Ill But it is necessary to understand Cassirer's approach and his theory of history in order to understand why that achievement is what it is. Whatever our judgment of the importance of his humanistic conception of history, or of the validity of the phi- losophy on which it ultimately depends, it remains true that that conception does state the aim and method he himself pursued. It makes clear why he devoted himself with such success to the particular historical task he undertook, and why he set about that task in the particular way he did. It also makes clear the reasons for the self-imposed limitations of his historical work why he disregarded the problems he did, and why he gives no answer to many questions that have interested other intel- lectual historians. If his theory of history grew out of his own practice, that practice in turn can be taken to illustrate the theory} and the theory will furnish his own apologia, his own answer to the criticisms that have been directed against the prac- tice. I wish, therefore, to turn now to an examination of Cassirer's treatment of the Renaissance, to show how that treat- ment illuminates his theory and how it can be understood in terms of his systematic views. As an historical interpreter, a "retrospective prophet," Cas- sirer aimed to recreate the past, to recapture the spirit of a former age and to understand and feel it from within. In the Renaissance as a whole, or in any of the figures who represented its different facets, he was consequently concerned to grasp what was most distinctive and original, not what was merely tra- ditional and received as a legacy. His studies abound in phrases like "a wholly new feeling," "a completely different concep- tion." The Middle Ages serve as the foil, the contrast; they have for him little existence in their own right as themselves expressions of the human spirit and its achievements. 80 80 For Cassirer, the fundamental trait of medieval thought, which sets it off 706 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. Cassirer was not a medievalist, and when he first embarked on his pioneer studies of Renaissance thought the later Middle Ages were, as he has pointed out, largely a terra incognita. That a closer first-hand acquaintance with the complex currents of fourteenth and fifteenth century thought an acquaintance won only during the past generation, and still in great need of enlargement would have led to some modification of his inter- pretation of Renaissance figures, especially of the scientists, is certainly true. But it is doubtful whether that knowledge would have altered fundamentally his judgments. For the tracing of continuities and antecedents played a very minor part in his own historical enterprise. What interested him was rather the other side of history's shield, its novelties and new achieve- sharply from that of the Renaissance, is its subjection of reason to an external standard and authority. "In order to find an unchangeable, an absolute truth, man has to go beyond the limit of his own consciousness and his own ex- istence. He has to surpass himself. ... By this transcendence the whole method of dialectic, the Socratic and Platonic method, is completely changed. Reason gives up its independence and autonomy. It has no longer a light of its own; it shines only in a borrowed and reflected light. If this light fails, human reason becomes ineffective and impotent. ... No scholastic thinker ever seriously doubted the absolute superiority of the revealed truth. . . . The Autonomy' of reason was a principle quite alien to medieval thought." The Myth of the State (1946), 83^5 95- "The discovery of truth and the foundation of truth [in Thomas Aquinas] is withdrawn from individual thinking and instead handed over to the Church as a universal institution." "Descartes' Wahrheitsbegriff," Theoria III (1937), 174. Speaking of Galileo, he says: "Just this character of the completeness, the self-sufficiency, the autonomy of natural knowledge the medieval system of doctrines and beliefs could not recognize. Here there could be no possible compromise: had the Church accepted Galileo's new conception of truth and his new conception of nature, it would have been giving up its own founda- tion. For what Galileo is demanding, not indeed explicitly but implicitly, is the abandonment of the dogma of original sin. For him there is no corruption of human nature through which it has been led astray from its goal of the knowledge of truth and of God." "Wahrheitsbegriff und Wahrheitsproblem bei Galilei," Scientia, LXII (1937), 130$ cf. 191-3. That this formulation of the "medieval conception of truth," in the light of the many different and shifting views from the i3th century on, is hardly adequate to the complexity or even the "autonomy" achieved by reason in medieval philosophical discussion, no impartial student of medieval intellectual life would be likely to deny. M<< Some Remarks on the Question of the Originality of the Renaissance," Journal of the History of Ideas, IV (1943), 50. THEORY OF HISTORY 707 ments; this concern is implicit in his whole enterprise of "palingenesis." He had a genius for seizing on what was geninely original in a thinker, and lifting it out of its context in what was merely traditional. The traditional he freely recog- nized} but that was not what he was looking for. And, having no interest in causal questions, he was not concerned to show how a man, working with traditional materials upon new prob- lems, had managed to strike off original ideas. He loved sharp contrasts, the setting off of a "wholly new" idea against its background. Thus his symbolic reconstruction aimed ultimately at a description, an intellectual portrait of a man's ideas, not a genetic analysis. He stated the general problem: Even if it were possible to answer all these psychological, sociological, and historical questions, we should still be in the precincts of the properly "human" world; we should not have passed its threshold. All human works arise under particular historical and sociological conditions. But we could never understand these special conditions unless we were able to grasp the general structural principles underlying these works. In our study of language, art, and myth the problem of meaning takes precedence over the problem of historical development. . . . The neces- sity of independent methods of descriptive analysis is generally recog- nized. We cannot hope to measure the depth of a special branch of human culture unless such measurement is preceded by a descriptive analysis. This structural view of culture must precede the merely his- torical view. History itself would be lost in the boundless mass of dis- connected facts if it did not have a general structural scheme by means of which it can classify, order, and organize these facts. ... As Wolfflin. insists, the historian of art would be unable to characterize the art of different epochs or of different individual artists if he were not in possession of some fundamental categories of artistic description. 52 For Cassirer, it is clear, the "spirit of a former age" is caught in a descriptive analysis, not in a causal or genetic explanation. Cassirer kept in touch with all the major secondary interpre- tations of the medieval background of Renaissance thought. He did not dream of questioning these discovered antecedents. But M Essay on Man, 6Si 708 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. he brushed them aside with some impatience} they did not affect the fundamental question, as he saw it. Typical is a statement about Galileo: The antecedents of Galileo's science are now much more precisely known than they were a few decades back. When I began my studies in Galileo forty years ago, this field was largely a terra incognita. A turning-point here came with the investigations of Duhem. . . . The antecedents of Galileo's theory of method have also been thoroughly and intensively examined. . . . But can all this historical evidence seriously shake our conviction of the incomparable scientific originality of Galileo? I believe that it can only serve to strengthen this conviction and to sup- port it with new arguments. ... A work like the dynamics of Galileo could not come to birth all at once, like Athene from the head of Zeus. It needed a slow preparation, empirically as well as logically and meth- odologically. But to all these given elements Galileo added something completely new. . . . All this is wholly new and unique and unique not only as a particular discovery, but as the expression of a scientific attitude and temper. 33 Or take his judgment of Descartes: That between Descartes' philosophy and the scholastic systems there are close relations, that the break between the two is by no means so sharp as it often appears in the traditional conception and presentation of his ideas: this cannot be contested after the fundamental investigation of Gilson. But no matter how many points of contact we may find between medieval and Cartesian thought, the whole accent of knowledge still changes when we pass from one to the other. The scholastics and Descartes can agree completely in assuming and establishing definite particular "truths" as in the ontological proof of God but in the conception of truth itself, in the explanation of its "nature" and its real meaning, there is an ineradicable, a radical difference. . . . The new in Descartes is not that he used doubt as the means by which alone we can arrive at truth. In this respect Augustine had preceded him. But 88 "Some Remarks on the Question of the Originality of the Renaissance," Journal of the History of Ideas, IV (1943), 50, 51. Cf. his comparison of Galileo with Machiavelli: "Recent research has taught us that both Machiavelli and Galileo had their precursors. . . . They needed a long and careful preparation. But all this does not detract from their originality. What Galileo gave in his Dialogues and what Machiavelli gave in his Prince were really 'new sciences.' . . . Just as Galileo's Dynamics became the foundation of our modern science of na- ture, so Machiavelli paved a new way to political science." Myth of the State> 1 30. THEORY OF HISTORY 709 Augustine's maxim: "Noli foras ire, in te ipsum redi, in interiore homine habitat veritas" had another significance from Descartes' return to the "Cogito." The inner experience that is here denoted is not that of pure knowledge, but that of the will and of religious certainty. . . . The prin- ciple of doubt becomes for Descartes the real synthetic constructive principle of knowledge. 34 Or, in another field, take Cassirer's illuminating distinction between Luther and medieval mysticism: Here there is the closest connection between Luther and the reli- gious individualism of the Middle Ages, as it is expressed in mysticism in particular. But on the other hand it is clear that the conception in which this connection is above all presented contains also the decisive differ- ence. . . . Together with the dependence on objective things, mysticism destroys at the same time every principle of objective imposition of form: the "self" that it seeks is wholly without form, it is a "self" that has divested itself of all finite measure and limitation. ... In contrast, Luther's conception of freedom and of individuality contains not the mere principle of the denial of the world, but in that principle and because of it the principle of world transformation. The value of "working" itself is not destroyed along with the intrinsic value of particular works. 35 And finally: The Platonism of the new age, as it appears in the Florentine Academy, remains in its beginnings still completely bound up with Augustinianism and, as it were, merged in it. Relying on the authority of Augustine, Ficino himself acknowledges, he first dared to combine Christianity with Platonism. Hence it is not the discovery of the "self" that is distinctive for the Renaissance, but rather the circumstance that a fact and content which the Middle Ages acknowledged only in its religious psychology the Renaissance removed from this connection and exhibited in independence. 86 IV These instances make clear just what Cassirer meant by "re- creating the spirit of a former age." They also illustrate the * "Descartes' Wahrheitsbegriff," Thcoria III (1937), 173-5, 178-9. Cf. Indvoiduum und Kosmos (1927), 135. 85 Freiheit und Form (1916), 19-21. 16 Das Erkenntnisfroblem, I (1922; third ed.), 78. 710 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. way in which another of his historical principles entered in to modify and give direction to his aim of symbolic reconstruction. This re-creation is to be no mere passive act of reproduction, we recall. 87 It is rather a new intellectual synthesis, a new Gestalt- ung y a new creative, constructive act. For, though the answers to the historian's questions must come from the past, the ques- tions themselves depend on his own interests and systematic problems. 38 Cassirer's central concern with the autonomy of thought, the creativity of the human spirit, not only directed his attention to the Renaissance in the first place, but made him devote to its thinkers a detailed study which he gave only in a derived sense to the medieval philosophers. It also determined the creative achievements and ideas he would single out. This is most apparent in his great Erkenntnis'problem. The first volume includes a careful and penetrating analysis of al- most all the major Renaissance thinkers, beginning with Cusanus. Its successive editions (1906, 1910) brought to light a great wealth of material then nearly unknown. The problem of knowledge is very broadly construed, and upon it is hung an analysis of most of the major themes of Renaissance thought. 39 The store of otherwise inaccessible quotation from the sources has made it for a generation one of the most useful books for the student of the period. But the volume is unmistakably the work of a neo-Kantian philosopher. The reader gets at times the impression that the Renaissance was populated largely with Vorkantianer. It is not that Cassirer actually distorts the thought of the men he is dealing with ; for that he is too honest and scrupulous a scholar, and too largely endowed with a vivid historical sense. His interpretations have stood up remarkably well. It is rather that the problems he singles out for analysis are those which interest the Kantian. * Essay on Man, 185. 88 Essay on Man, 178. 89 Cf. Erkenntnisproblem, I, 13: "In general, the history of the problem of knowledge will mean for us not so much a fart of the history of philosophy for with the way in which all the elements in a philosophical system are internally and mutually determined, any such separation would remain an arbitrary limitation as rather the total field from a definite point of view and a definite approach." THEORY OF HISTORY 711 For the Erkenntnis^roblem^ of course, was undertaken to furnish historical confirmation of "the power and the inde- pendence of the mind." It was designed to exhibit all scientific concepts "as the meaqs by which thought wins and makes secure its dominance over appearances." It belongs with the learned and penetrating historical studies of that other "critical idealist," Leon Brunschvicg, as an historical proof that science is a con- struction and creation of "reason" the reason embodied in the concrete social enterprise of science. By an analysis of the de- velopment of scientific thought it establishes the same position which the Substanzbegriff reaches by its systematic analysis. "In regarding the presuppositions of science as having come about, we are at the same time recognizing them as creations of thought j in discovering its historical relativity and conditions, we are opening up the prospect of its never-ending progress and its ever-renewed productivity." 40 History becomes the completion and the touchstone of the results which the analysis and reduction of the content of the sciences gives us. ... The analytic task imposed on modern thought finds its logical conclusion in the system of Kant. Here is taken the final and conclusive step; knowledge is based completely on itself, and nothing further in the realm of being or of consciousness is prior to its own legislative activity. 41 As Cassirer moved beyond the limits of a narrow Kantianism he came to be provoked that the label was still attached to him this apologetic aim and direction of his historical studies became less intrusive. He had reached "a new center and a new line of vision." But his fundamental humanism remained, and continued to dominate his interpretation of the Renaissance, and of what in it was of significance and importance. The Individuum tmd Kosmos is not a neo-Kantian book, in the same sense as the Erkenntnisfroblem. If anything, as its very title suggests, it is Burckhardtian. 42 But it is uncompromisingly "humanistic" in Cassirer's sense. * Erkenntnisfroblem (3rd ed., 1922), I, vi. 41 Ibid., 6, 13. "This is also especially true of the brief sketch of the Italian Renaissance in the Introduction to Freiheit und Form, with its emphasis on the "new relation to politics," and "the state as a work of art." 712 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. That Cassirer should have interpreted Renaissance thought from the standpoint of his own philosophic vision was inevitable. What is more important, it is also completely consistent with his considered conception of the very nature of historical interpre- tation. If it be a shortcoming, it was an intentional one. Like all perspectives, to be sure, it is a limitation: it excluded other aspects of the Renaissance from the center of his attention. From a less partial point of view perhaps merely from a different perspective, one that I happen to find more illumi- nating Cassirer was prevented by his Kantian humanism from realizing the full significance of at least one of the major cur- rents of Renaissance thought. He appreciated its Humanism, and he analyzed brilliantly its Platonism. But he failed to see the role of its Aristotelianism. He did not, like other great students of Renaissance thought like Gentile, for instance dismiss that Aristotelianism as a mere survival of "scholasti- cism." His analyses of Pomponazzi 43 are suggestive; and he was the first to call attention to the great importance of Zabarella. 44 But he naturally saw in Renaissance Aristotelianism primarily its new humanistic element which was great and not its still greater naturalism. And since he did not adequately bring out the significance of that Aristotelianism, he did not contrast it effectively with the Platonistic movement, and thus failed to reveal the full significance of the latter. The contrast between the Platonism and the Aristotelianism of the Renaissance is at bottom one between a modernistic and a naturalistic humanism. Both focused attention on man and his destiny 5 both emphasized individual and personal values. 45 41 Erkenntnityrobleni) I, 105-175 Individuum und Kosmos, 85-7, 108-12, 143-49- 44 Erkenntnisfroblem, I, 117-20, 136-44. 48 Cf. Individuum und Kosmos, 148: "Both men, Pomponazzi as well as Ficino, are wrestling with the problem of individuality} both are trying to make the phenomenon of the Self* the center of psychology. But they pursue this goal in ways that are completely separate. For Ficino it is the purely intellectual nature of man which can alone form him into a 'self* in the strict sense, and elevate him above the realm of all that is merely corporeal. . . . For Pomponazzi, on the contrary, individuality is not to be asserted against Nature, but is to be derived and proved from Nature. . . . Just as Ficino in his fight for the rights and the uniqueness of the individual self calls for help upon supernaturalism and transcendence, so Pomponazzi in the same fight calls upon naturalism and immanence." THEORY OF HISTORY 713 In this sense both were humanistic. But where Ficino and the Platonists, to support their religious modernism and "liberal- ism," went back to the Hellenistic world, to Plutarch and Alexandria, Pomponazzi and the greater Zabarella went to ancient Athens to find inspiration in its naturalistic and scientific thought. Their scientific humanism is much more original than the religious humanism of the Florentines. Where the Platon- ists vindicated the dignity of the individual soul by elevating it in freedom above nature, the Aristotelians made the soul a natural inhabitant of an orderly universe. Not until Spinoza and the eighteenth-century Newtonians is there another figure who effects so "modern" a blend between humanism and scien- tific naturalism as Pomponazzi and Zabarella. They are, in fact, the spiritual fathers of Spinoza's religious naturalism. The historical influence of the Platonists was great. But the Renais- sance Aristotelians have a more original as well as a much sounder philosophy, and one which much more closely fore- shadows later modern thought. This is hardly the place to substantiate this interpretation, made from another perspective than Cassirer's, or to maintain as I think can be done that it is closer to the problems of Renaissance thought itself. It is easier to show that Cassirer overemphasized the influence of Platonism and underempha- sized that of the Aristotelian tradition on points of detail, espe- cially in the development of science. Galileo, for instance, was much closer to the scientific Aristotelianism of the Italian schools, and much farther from Plato, than Cassirer realized.* 8 ** For Cassirer's view of Galileo's "Platonism," see Individuum und Kosmos, 1785 "Galileo: a New Science and a New Spirit," American Scholar, 12 (1943)1 10 j "Descartes' Wahrheitsbegriff," Theoria, III (1937), 168. Cassirer has been very cautious in asserting the Platonism of Galileo's thought. It is mentioned only once in the Erkenntnisfroblem (I, 389), and does not appear in "Wahrheits- begriff und Wahrheitsproblem bei Galilei" (Scientia, LXII [1937]) at all. In contrast to A. Koyrc, e.g., who speaks of Galileo's work as "an experimental proof of Platonism," and identifies any mathematical science of nature with "Platonism," ("Galileo and Plato," Journal of the History of Ideas, IV [1943]) 4285 cf. also his Studes Galileennes [Paris, 1940]), Cassirer emphasizes instead the differences between Galileo's and Plato's views. "Galileo had still another dualism to overcome before he could found a science of nature. Plato had based his philosophy upon the presupposition that we cannot speak of a science of nature in the same sense as we can of a science of mathematics. ... It was most difficult for Galileo to combat the authority of Plato. . . . But he was convinced 714 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. And Cassirer likewise fails to give due importance to the Aristotelian background of the Nature philosophies of the Italian Renaissance. on the development of both science and Nature philosophy he underestimates the influence of the tra-* dition of Ockhamism. And he undoubtedly overestimated that of his favorite Cusanus, as he came reluctantly to admit/ 7 that in his own work, in the new science of dynamics, he had removed the barrier Plato had erected between mathematical and natural science 5 for this new science proved nature itself a realm of necessity rather than of chance." "Galileo: a New Science and a New Spirit," American Scholar, 12 (1943), 10. Cf. also "Descartes' Wahrheitsbegriff," Theoria, III (1937), 168: "So long as the philosophical orientation was directed toward Plato alone, and to a certain extent committed to him, there was a weighty obstacle opposed to the carrying through of the ideal of an exact science of nature." And Cassirer distinguished sharply between the "mathematical mysticism" of much of the Pythagoreanizing Platonism of the Renaissance, and the "mathematical science of nature." Cf. "Mathematische Mystik und mathematische Naturwissenschaft," Lychnos (Upsala, 1940). In his final judicious analysis ("Galileo's Platonism," Studies and Essays in the History of Science and Learning offered in homage to George Sarton (1947) ) , Cassirer identifies Galileo's very novel "physical Platonism" primarily with the hypothetical method of "problematical analysis" he found in the Meno as well as in Euclid and Archimedes, and best described in his letter to Carcaville. But if, as Cassirer emphasizes, Galileo insists that the subject-matter of knowledge is not an intelligible, "ideal" world dubiously related to the world of natural events, but is rather the intelligible structure of that world j and if he also insists that it is arrived at by the intellect through the careful analysis of instances of it encountered in sense experience, as Aristotle had suggested and the Italian methodolo gists more precisely formulated how can this be called a "Platonism" rather than an "Aristotelianism"? There is no evidence that Galileo was in any sense touched by Platonic metaphysics, or that he is any more of a Platonist than Aristotle himself. on the fundamental issue in any philosophy of science, the relation of discourse to knowledge and to the subject-matter of knowledge, Galileo was one with the Italian tradition of realistic Aristotelianism. Galileo's distinction was his startling illustration that the best human knowledge is mathematics, and that the intelligible structure of things which that knowledge, when clearly formulated, is able to grasp, is mathematical in character. Cf. my "Development of Scientific Method in the School of Padua," Journal of the History of Ideas, I (1940), 204-6. * T "I avail myself of this opportunity to revise a former statement made in my Individuum und Kosmos. In the second chapter I tried to show that Nicholas of Cusa's philosophy exerted a strong influence on the general development of Italian thought in the Quattrocento. I still think this to be highly probable, but I should perhaps have spoken with more caution. I quite agree that, on the strength of new historical evidence, we can not give a direct and definite proof of this thesis. It is possible that Ficino conceived his general theory independently of Nicholas of Cusa. In this case the close relationship between the two thinkers THEORY OF HISTORY 715 But when all this has been pointed out, it remains true that, in importing the issues of a later day into his study of the Renaissance, Cassirer had instruments with which to ask ques- tions. Even should we end by drastically modifying his interpre- tation of Renaissance thought, his questions have taught us an immense amount. What he learned forms the basis on which we have asked our own questions. And in the course of putting his questions to the Renaissance, Cassirer was led much nearer to the problems of the Renaissance itself. There is a vast difference between the Erkenntnisfroblem and late studies like those of Pico, Ficino, Galileo and Descartes. 48 The closer we can get to the problems of the Renaissance itself, and the farther we can get away from viewing them in terms of problems of a later incidence, the more likely we are to arrive at a genuine his- torical understanding. May our perspectives give us an equal chance to learn! V The illustrations already given show also how Cassirer him- self followed his third major principle, that historical interpre- tation must always center on individual persons, and under- stand events in terms of such personalities. His analyses are always carried out as the intellectual portraits of men, even when those men have been selected as "symbols" of an age, or of characteristic answers to a problem. 49 His interest in intel- would be all the more important and interesting from the point of view of the general history of ideas. For it would show us the common background of the philosophy of the fifteenth century the general intellectual and religious atmo- sphere of the Renaissance." "Ficino's Place in Intellectual History," Journal of the History of Ideas, VI (1945), 492n. 48 "Giovanni Pico della Mirandola," Journal of the History of Ideas, III (194.*), 123-44, 3 1 9-46 j "Ficino's Place in Intellectual History," Journal of the History of Ideas, VI (1945), 483-501$ "Wahrheitsbegriff und Wahrheitsproblem bei Galilei," Scientia, LXII (1937), 121-30, 185-935 "Galileo," American Scholar, 12 (1943)) 5-195 "Descartes' Wahrheitsbegriff," Theoria, III (1937), 161-87. 49 This is true of the one book Cassirer wrote specifically about the Renaissance, Individuum und Kosmos (1927). After quoting the major criticisms of the "concept of the Renaissance," Cassirer goes on: "What is needed is the universality of a systematic point of view and a systematic orientation, which by no means coincides with the universality of merely empirical generic concepts, commonly 716 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. lectual personalities is so great that it quite bursts the frame of the context for which an idea has been introduced. It is the history of "thinking," of Denken, that he definitely gives us, not of ideas divorced from the minds that have entertained them. His analyses of ideas are beautifully lucid, but they aim to convey the feel of those ideas to the men expressing them he is true to his "personal" interpretation. He is at his best in such a "contextual" analysis, in pointing out how an idea in one man's thinking differs from what seems to be the "same" idea in another's. All this, of course, lends added value to Cassirer's work, and makes the reader quite forget the limita- tions originally suggested by his own intellectual framework. Thus whatever his shortcomings in appraising the significance of the Aristotelian movement as a whole, Cassirer cannot help but do a great measure of justice when he comes to individual Aristotelians like Pomponazzi or Zabarella. This is reinforced by the wealth of judiciously selected quotations quotations which are always "symbolic" of far more than the point for which they are introduced. In this art of portraiture, Cassirer's method is clear. He seeks above all for that "central focus" in terms of which every- thing the man says will form an "organic whole." His comment on the work of another historian, P. O. Kristeller, states this well. In the last article Cassirer wrote, he quotes Kristeller: "If we are to understand Ficino's metaphysics," he declares, we must start from the phenomenon of "internal experience." Here we find the real clue to Ficino's philosophy the fundamental fact and used to divide history into periods and to delimit conveniently its individual epochs. Toward this goal the following considerations are directed. . . . They remain within the history of philosophical problems, and seek to find an answer there to the question whether and in how far the intellectual movement of the 1 5th and i6th centuries, in all the multiplicity of its ways of putting problems and all the divergence of its solutions, forms a self-contained unity." Individuum und KosmoSy 5, 6. But the book itself is far from a unity. It is a collection of studies of the views of different men grouped around a few central problems ultimately, as the title suggests, those raised by Burckhardt. Its organization is far from clear, it is full of digressions, and its enduring value is undoubtedly its presentation of the "intellectual portraits" of men looking at these problems. THEORY OF HISTORY 717 principle on which all his special doctrines depend. ... If we accept this starting-point of Kristeller's interpretation and to my mind he has proved his point by conclusive arguments we have won a new perspective, a vantage-point from which we may see the whole of Ficino's system in a clearer light. Many questions that were highly controversial can now be answered in a better and more satisfactory way. ... He gives us a much more "organic" view of Ficino's philosophy than we find in other writers. Kristeller makes no attempt to conceal the contradictions inherent in Ficino's doctrine. But he shows convinc- ingly that in spite of all its discrepancies Ficino's work preserves its systematic unity. It is centered around a few fundamental problems which complete and elucidate each other. 50 What Cassirer thus praises in the method of Kristeller he himself tried to do in his own. Thus, facing the apparent con- tradictions in the thought of Pico della Mirandola, he says: Pico . . . was trying to assert the validity of his own principle of knowledge. . . . The distinctive category under which he subsumed his doctrine of God, of the world and of man, his theology and his psy- chology, is the category of symbolic thought. once we ascertain this central point of his thinking, the different parts of his doctrine immedi- ately coalesce into a whole. . . . Pico is no longer trying to exhibit the Many as the effect of the one, or to deduce them as such from their cause, with the aid of rational concepts. He sees the Many rather as expressions) as images, as symbols of the one. 51 Cassirer's method appears in a little different form in con- nection with Galileo: If we wish to comprehend Galileo's nature and activity, we confront the same problem we encounter in almost every portrayal of one of the great geniuses of the Renaissance. We cannot remain within a single area of his activity, however significant and consequential it may appear, and we cannot take our standards from this area alone. We must rather proceed, as in concentric circles, from the center of his intellectual activity to its ever wider and more comprehensive expressions. Here is revealed a definite scale: the extent of the problem becomes greater and greater, and embraces a richer and richer area, while the typical ""Ficino's Place in Intellectual History," Journal of the History of Ideas, VI (1945), 485-7. ""Giovanni Pico della Mirandola," Journal of the History of Ideas, III (1942), 137-8. ;i 8 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. form in which the question is put as such remains the same. The follow- ing consideration has to do with no special content of Galileo's science, but rather with this universal type of his investigation and questioning, 52 This procedure is clearly applicable to the thought of a single intellectual personality, where something like an "organic unity" with a discoverable "center" may reasonably be expected. Even here, one sometimes suspects, there may be more of con- flict and tension, even in a great thinker, than Cassirer allows forj his heroes emerge uniformly as intellectually integrated. For many philosophers, especially those facing problems of reconciliation, one could find equal illumination in an interpre- tation that took the strife of incompatibles as central. But the difficulties are greater when the method is extended to a group of men, and greatest of all in attempting to charac- terize an entire "age." Cassirer applies it to the Cambridge Platonists: With all this we have won only partial aspects; we have illuminated the work of the Cambridge School from different sides, but we have not grasped the real intellectual principle it represents, in setting forth and carrying through which it alone deserves a place in the history of the modern mind. To lay bare this principle and in it the real ideal center of the intellectual work of the Cambridge School is the task of the fol- lowing investigation. ... It is a unified and total view that is represented by the Cambridge circle: a view which is maintained and carried through as a constant basic theme amidst all the individual differences of the particular thinkers and all its extension to the manifold and disparate areas of problems. . . , What is embodied in it is a definite type of thinking of independent power and significance. 53 The applicability of this search for a unifying "type of think- ing" grows more doubtful when we begin to seek for the "center" from which to interpret an entire age. In the Erkenntnisfroblem Cassirer is aware of the difficulties: In Jacob Burckhardt's portrayal, which first made the total picture w Wahrheitsbegriff und Wahrheitoproblem bei Galilei," Scientia, LXII (1937), I25 ' 51 Die Platonische Renaissance in England und die Schule von Cambridge (1932), 4. THEORY OF HISTORY 719 of the Renaissance live once more in its individual traits, philosophical efforts and achievements recede completely into the background. While everywhere else they represent the structure and the real measure of the intellectual progress of a period, they here stand as it were outside the common pattern. Nowhere does there appear at first glance a recog- nizable unity, nowhere a fixed center about which the different move- ments are ordered. The conventional traits and formulae with which we are accustomed to indicate the character of the Renaissance fail us when we honestly consider the individual philosophical currents and their multiplicity. 54 This raises the question whether we can hope to find any unifying formula in structural or morphological terms for the thought of the Renaissance as a whole the entire problem of "styles" of thought, a conception German Kultwgeschichte has taken over from the historians of art. As a conscientious scholar, Cassirer's attitude is very cautious and reserved. That in a mere chronological sense we cannot separate the Renaissance from the Middle Ages is obvious. By innumerable visible and invisible threads the Quattrocento is connected with scholastic thought and medieval culture. In the history of European civilization there never was a break of continuity. To seek for a point in this history in which the Middle Ages "end" and the modern world "begins" is a sheer absurd- ity. But that does not do away with the necessity of looking for an in- tellectual line of demarcation between the two ages. 55 At times Cassirer was willing to use this notion of "style" in a definite non-temporal sense. Our controversy as to the originality of the Renaissance and as to the dividing-line between the "Renaissance" and the "Middle Ages" seems to me in many ways rather a "logical" dispute than one about the historical facts. Ideas like "Gothic," "Renaissance," or "Baroque" are ideas of historical "style." As to the meaning of these ideas of "style" there still prevails a great lack of clarity in many respects. They can be used to characterize and interpret intellectual movements, but they express no actual historical facts that ever existed at any time. "Renais- sance" and "Middle Ages" are, strictly speaking, not names for historical 84 Erkenntnisfroblem^ I, 74. K Myth of the State, 130. 720 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. periods at all, but they are concepts of "ideal types," in Max Weber's sense. We cannot therefore use them as instruments for any strict divi- sion of periods; we cannot inquire at what temporal point the Middle Ages "stopped" or the Renaissance "began." The actual historical facts cut across and extend over each other in the most complicated manner. 58 The meaning of these ideas of "style" Cassirer tried to clarify and analyse in his Zwr Logik der Kulturwissenschajten: Jacob Burckhardt gave in his Kultur der Renaissance a classic por- trait of "the man of the Renaissance." It contains features that are familiar to us all. The man of the Renaissance possesses definite charac- teristic properties which clearly distinguish him from "the man of the Middle Ages." He is characterized by his joy in the senses, his turning to nature, his roots in this world, his self-containedness for the world of form, his individualism, his paganism, his amoralism. Empirical re- search has set out to discover this Burckhardtian "man of the Renais- sance" but it has not found him. No single historical individual can be cited who actually unites in himself all the traits that Burckhardt considers the constitutive elements of his picture. "If we try," says Ernst Walser in his Studien zur Weltanschauung der Renaissance "to consider the life and thought of the leading personalities of the Quattrocento purely inductively, of a Coluccio Salutati, Poggio Brac- ciolini, Leonardo Bruni, Lorenzo Valla, Lorenzo Magnifico or Luigi Pulci, it is regularly found that for the particular person being studied the traits set up absolutely do not fit. ... And if we bring together the results of inductive research, there gradually emerges a new picture of the Renaissance, no less a mixture of piety and impiety, good and evil, longing for heaven and joy in earth, but infinitely more complicated. The life and endeavor of the whole Renaissance cannot be derived from a single principle, from individualism and sensualism, no more than can the reputed unified culture of the Middle Ages." I agree completely with these words of Walser's. Every man who has ever been concerned with the concrete investigation of the history, literature, art, or philosophy of the Renaissance will be able to confirm them from his own experience and add many further instances. But does this refute Burckhardt's notion? Shall we regard it, in the logical 86 "Some Remarks on the Question of the Originality of the Renaissance," Journal of the History of Ideas, IV (194.3), 54-5. 57 Ernst Walser, Studien zur Weltanschauung der Renaissance, now in Gesam- melte Studien zur Geistesgeschichte der Renaissance (19205 Basel, 1932), 102. THEORY OF HISTORY 721 sense, as a null class as a class into which no single object falls? That would be necessary only if we were here concerned with one of those generic concepts which are arrived at through the empirical comparison of particular cases, through what we commonly call "induction." Measured by this standard, Burckhardt's notion could indeed not stand the test. But it is just this presupposition that needs logical correction. Certainly Burckhardt could not have given his portrait of the man of the Renais- sance without relying for it on an immense amount 6f factual material. The wealth of this material and its reliability astonishes us again and again when we study his work. But the kind of "conspectus'' he draws up, the historical synthesis he gives, is of a wholly different kind in principle from empirically acquired natural concepts. If we want to speak here of "abstraction," it is that process which Husserl has char- acterized as "ideirende Abstraction" That the result of such an "ideirende Abstraction" could ever be brought to cover any concrete particular case: this can neither be expected nor demanded. And "sub- sumption" also can never be taken here in the same way as we subsume a body given here and now, a piece of metal, under the concept of gold, because we find that it fulfills all the conditions of gold known to us. When we indicate that Leonardo da Vinci and Aretino, Marsiglio Ficino and Machiavelli, Michelangelo and Cesare Borgia are "men of the Renaissance," we do not mean that there is to be found in them all a definite particular trait with a fixed content in which they all agree. We shall perceive them to be not only completely different, but even opposed. What we are asserting of them is only that regardless of this opposition, perhaps just because of it, they stand to each other in a definite ideal connection; that each of them in his own way is co-operat- ing to construct what we call the "spirit" of the Renaissance or the culture of the Renaissance. It is a unity of direction, not a unity of existence, that we are thus trying to express. The particular individuals belong together, not be- cause they are alike or resemble each other, but because they are co- operating in a common task, which in contrast to the Middle Ages we perceive to be new, and to be the distinctive "meaning" of the Renais- sance. All genuine notions of "style" in the cultural sciences reduce, when analyzed more precisely, to such notions of "meaning." The artistic style of an epoch cannot be determined if we do not bring to a unity all its different and often apparently disparate artistic expressions by understanding them, to use Riegl's term, as expressions of a definite 722 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. "artistic will." 58 Such notions indeed characterize, but they do not determine; the particular that falls under them cannot be derived from them. But it is equally incorrect to infer from this that we have here only intuitive description, not conceptual characterization; it is rather a mat- ter of a distinctive manner and direction of this characterization, of a logico-intellectual work that is sui generis. 59 This passage hardly possesses the clarity we are accustomed to expect from Cassirer. Is it only an elaborate way of saying that we "perceive" certain common "tendencies" running through Renaissance thought, though fidelity to facts demands that we recognize its wide diversity? Or is Cassirer trying to indicate something deeper by his "ideal types," his "unities of direction," his "common task" and "will"? In saying that such "unities" are not historical facts discoverable in the web of history, that they can be used to "characterize" and "interpret" the facts, but do not "determine" them, Cassirer is of course, being faithful to his general Kantian epistemology. "Unities" in that theory of knowledge are applied to the materials of knowledge, they are not discovered in those materials. In Kantian terms, Cassirer is saying that these "unities," these concepts or historical "style," are not constitutive but regulative principles. They are closest, perhaps, to the idea of teleology as it appears in the Critique of Judgment. In any event, we should remember that for Cassirer the act of "interpreting" any symbolic forms is creative, productive of a new synthesis} the historical "meaning" that results from it is as much a crea- tion of the historian as a deliverance of the past. It is a gen- uinely new "Gestaltung." In less Kantian phraseology, all such unities are working hypotheses employed to explore the facts. Cassirer's labored distinctions are thus involved in all the dubieties of his philosophy of symbolic forms. That there are discoverable unities in history, and in the thought of the Renais- sance in particular, I should myself maintain. That thought, I should suggest, is unified in the light of the problems men were "Alois Ricgl, Stilfragen (1893), and Sfatromische Kvnstindustrie (1901). " Zur Logik der Kulturwissensckajten (Goteborg, 194.2), 79-81. THEORY OF HISTORY 723 then facing. And there is much in Cassirer which points to such a unification in terms of problems, rather than in terms of the vague and indeterminate notion of "meaning." To be sure, his further notion of a common "task" is rather blind. In the Erkenntni$'[>roblem ) however, he puts the matter much more precisely. "It is the fight against 'substantial form' that is above all characteristic of the Renaissance." 60 This suggests that the problems of the Renaissance were primarily negative: intel- lectually, men were seeking to escape from earlier views, just as in their social life they were seeking to escape from the forms of medieval society which had outlasted their usefulness and were now felt to be constricting rather than directing. The vexed question of Renaissance "individualism" also, I think, is soluble if that "individualism" is construed in terms of the specific social organizations from which men were seeking to escape, rather than in terms of any positive content. Like the Romantic movement, the Renaissance is to be understood in the light of what it was revolting against. Being, like Romanti- cism, a reaction and a revolt, it naturally expressed itself in a wide variety of alternatives. Such a "functional" interpretation, I submit, is really closer to Cassirer's own fundamental position than the "structuralism" the attempt to find some common structural or morphological "meaning" into which he was occasionally seduced. Cassirer is at his best when he insists that the originality and novelty of a period, or a thinker, lies not in the statement of "erne neue Thematik" but in the serious confrontation of "erne neue Prob- lematik."** Whatever weight Cassirer was inclined to give to "styles" or unities as he reinterpreted them as regulative principles, in his last statement on this problem he returned to his funda- mentally "personal" conception of history. "What we learn from this discussion," he says in his final paper on Ficino, referring to the symposium on the originality of the Renais- sance, 82 80 Erkenntnisfroblem, I, 76. 01 Die Platonische Renaissance in England, etc., 5. 68 Journal of the History of Ideas, IV (1943). 724 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. is only the fact that the period of the Quattrocento and Cinquecento is too subtle and too complicated a phenomenon to be described by any simple term or abstract formula. All such formulae are bound to fail. When we come to the real question, when we begin to deal with any special problem or any individual thinker, we must forget them. They turn out to be inadequate and misleading. In every particular investiga- tion the question must be raised anew and answered independently. 63 The question of novelty and originality, so important in all of Cassirer's studies of the Renaissance, remains. What is it which in that period can be called really "new"? Surprisingly enough, in view of his sharp distinction between the concepts of the natural and the cultural or symbolic sciences, in good Kantian fashion Cassirer often uses metaphors drawn from the science of mechanics "forces," "center of gravity," new "equilibrium." Thus in speaking of Machiavelli he says: "When Machiavelli conceived the plan of his book the center of gravity of the political world had already been shifted. New forces had come to the fore and they had to be accounted for forces that were entirely unknown to the medieval system." 64 The fullest and most illuminating use of such a mechanical figure occurs in his discussion of the originality of the Renais- sance: Nevertheless the distinction [between Middle Ages and Renaissance] has a real meaning. What we can express by it, and what alone we intend to express, is that from the beginning of the fifteenth century onward the balance between the particular forces society, state, religion, church, art, science begins to shift slowly. New forces press up out of the depths and alter the previous equilibrium. And the character of every culture rests on the equilibrium between the forces that give it form. Whenever therefore we make any comparison between the Middle Ages and the Renaissance, it is never enough to single out particular ideas or concepts. What we want to know is not the particular idea as such, but the importance it possesses, and the strength with which it is acting in the whole structure. "Middle Ages" and "Renaissance" are two great and mighty streams of ideas. When we single out from them a particular idea, we are doing what a chemist does in analyzing the water of a 68 "Ficino's Place in Intellectual History," Journal of the History of Ideas, VI (i 9 45)> 483-4. " Myth of the State > 133. THEORY OF HISTORY 725 stream or what a geographer does in trying to trace it to its source. No one denies that these are interesting and important questions. But they are neither the only nor the most important concern of the historian of ideas. The historian of ideas knows that the water which the river carries with it changes only very slowly. The same ideas are always appearing again and again, and are maintained for centuries. The force and the tenacity of tradition can hardly be over-estimated. From this point of view we must acknowledge that there is nothing new under the sun. But the historian of ideas is not asking primarily what the substance is of particular ideas. He is asking what their junction is. What he is studying or should be studying is less the content of ideas than their dynamics. To continue the figure, we could say that he is not trying to analyze the drops of water in the river, but that he is seeking to measure its width and depth and to ascertain the force and velocity of the current. It is all these factors that are fundamentally altered in the Renaissance; the dynamics of ideas has changed. 65 More often, however, Cassirer employs not a metaphor drawn from the natural science of dynamics, but the more appropriate conception that a new problem has been insistently posed. This conception of a new "Problematik" dominates his major treatments. In the Erkenntnisfroblem he says: The philosophical character of an epoch cannot be judged merely by its achievement in fixed doctrines; it announces itself no less in the energy with which it conceives and maintains a new intellectual goal. The unity of the different directions which stand opposed to each other in the thinking of the Renaissance lies in the new attitude which they gradually come to take toward the problem of knowledge. 66 In Freiheit und, Form he says: "In destroying the whole medi- eval system of religious beliefs, the system of religious media- tion through fixed, objectively communicable means of sal- vation, Luther imposed upon the individual an immense new task. Union with the Infinite must now be accomplished in himself without the aid of any assistance in material means." 67 * "Some Remarks on the Question of the Originality of the Renaissance," Journal of the History of Ideas, IV (1943), 55. * Erkenntnisf roblem, I, 75-6. w Freiheit und Form, 1 8. 726 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. The Individiwm und Kosmos remains within the history of philosophical problems and seeks to find there an answer to the question whether and in how far the movement of thought in the I5th and i6th centuries, in all the multiplicity of its ways of putting problems and in all the divergence of its solutions, forms a self-contained unity. 68 And again: What characterizes and distinguishes the Renaissance is the new relation in which individuals place themselves toward the world and the form of community which they establish between themselves and the world. They see themselves facing an altered conception of the physical and the intellectual universe, and it is this conception that imposes upon them a new intellectual and moral demand, which requires of them an inner transformation, a rejormatio and regeneration VI When Cassirer goes beyond the attempt to analyze the in- tellectual personality of an individual thinker to essay the por- trait of an age, to try to reconstruct its spirit as a whole, he wavers between two rather different conceptions. on the one hand, he tries to introduce a unity into a mass of divergent currents of thought by constructing a synthesis in terms of a characteristic "style" or "ideal type" of thinking. on the other, he finds unification in terms of the new problems forced on men forced primarily, in his interpretation, by the advance of scientific knowledge and the new conceptions of truth to which that advance leads. Combining something of both con- ceptions is the notion he most commonly employs, that the unification can be constructed in terms of a new "task," a new "Aufgabe" The first idea is morphological, a descriptive analy- sis, though of a sort Cassirer claims to be not "merely em- pirical," but sw generis, appropriate to the human universe of symbolic forms. The second idea is equally appropriate to a human world: it finds understanding in terms of ends, goals, ** Individuum und Kosmos, 6. * "Wahrheitsbegriff und Wahrheitsproblem bei Gaillei," Scientia, LXII (1937), THEORY OF HISTORY 727 and purposes, it is teleological and functional. Is it too much to say that the first was impressed on Cassirer by Burckhardt and Dilthey, whereas the second came from his own more original thought? The first can be called, in his own terms, a "substantial" or "structural" conception; the second is "func- tional." The structural unification has the disadvantage that when worked out with complete honesty in the face of facts, as Cassirer had to work it out, it leads to a conception that is unique and without parallel a conception, furthermore, that Cassirer has great difficulty in trying to formulate. It is a con- ception which by definition eludes public confirmation; it de- pends on the "productive imagination" of the historical inter- preter not only for its discovery, as do all hypotheses, but also for its validity. And it opens the way to no further inquiry as to its causes and conditions. The functional unification in terms of new problems forced on men by their changing social experience, on the other hand, introduces nothing that is not already familiar in human life. It is clear and precise, and it can be confirmed by public evidence. It suggests the further investigation of the many and complex causes, intellectual and social, which have led men's social experience to change. Cassirer quotes from Kant, in speaking of Plato: It is by no means unusual, upon comparing the thoughts which an author has expressed in regard to his subject, ... to find that we under- stand him better than he has understood himself. As he has not sufficiently determined his concept, he has sometimes spoken, or even thought, in opposition to his own intention. 70 Cassirer himself adds: The history of philosophy shows us very clearly that the full determina- tion of a concept is very rarely the work of that thinker who first intro- duced that concept. For a philosophical concept is, generally speaking, rather a problem than the solution of a problem and the full significance of this problem cannot be understood so long as it is still in its first implicit state. It must become explicit in order to become comprehended w Critique of Pure Reason (and ed.), 370. Tr. N. K. Smith, 310. 728 JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. in its true meaning, and this transition from an implicit to an explicit state is the work of the future. 71 Is it not possible that we may be able to understand the idea of a truly functional interpretation of history better than Cas- sirer understood it, and that we may hope to make the problem which he introduced more explicit than he was able to do him- self? JOHN HERMAN RANDALL, JR. COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY 71 Essay on Man, 180. 21 Walter M. Solmitz CASSIRER on GALILEO: AN EXAMPLE OF CASSIRER'S WAY OF THOUGHT 21 CASSIRER on GALILEO: AN EXAMPLE OF CASSIRER'S WAY OF THOUGHT "Als wie der Tag die Menschen hell umscheinet Und mit dem Lichte, das den Hohn entspringet, Die dammernden Erscheinungen vereinet, 1st Wissen, welches tief der Geistigkeit gelinget." Holderlin.* THE following passage may be regarded as a typical "Cas- sirer" text. It can call to mind a few characteristics of Cas- sirer's philosophical style. Galileo emphasized unceasingly that the law which rules the phe- nomena, and their underlying reasons (ragioni), cannot immediately be read off of the phenomena by sensory perception. What is required for the discovery of those laws is rather the spontaneity of mathematical reasoning. For we learn to know the eternal and necessary in things not by means of mere piling up and comparison of sense experiences; rather the mind must have grasped it "from within itself" in order to be able to find it again in the phenomena. Each intellect knows from itself (da $er $e) the true and necessary things, i.e., those which could not possibly be [or act] otherwise; or else it is impossible for the mind ever to know them. 1 There is nothing very extraordinary about this passage. It is an historical passage from an historical book, written in a rather * "Bright is broad day that beams around the Uniting with the light that comes forth from the heights The various things appearing in the dusk. Thus too beams knowledge that has blessed the spirit's depth." * Individuum und Kosmos in der Philosofhie der Renaissance. Studien der Bibliothek Warburg, vol. X, (Leipzig, 1927), 173. 731 732 WALTER M. SOLMITZ conventional manner. The reader is carried along easily and pleasantly} his intellectual imagination is helped by a rhetorical antithesis in the form of "not thisj but that." Moreover, when read in the (original) German it recalls the pleasant rhythm of Cassirer's prose. You read through it almost without realizing that you have read some statement which might set you think- ing. As it stands, it looks rather trite, more or less a matter of course j but, if you read it in the context of the book, you are sustained by the very rhythm of the prose, expecting some- how that the real thing is yet to come, and is, so to speak, just around the corner. Now let us read the few sentences over again. And let us keep in mind that this is an historical statement, a fairly close paraphrasing of Galileo's text (as is quite common in Cassirer's historical books). Cassirer's writings can often be read as an anthology from an author or various authors an anthology, to be sure, with a very definite purpose in mind. (Cassirer was once asked what it was that made his books so readable} his reply was that this was due to the simple fact that he had read the authors themselves about whom he wrote.) In the present instance also we have an historical report. The strange thing, however, is that one is inclined to read historical reports by Cassirer, such as this, as if they were "systematic" statements} i.e., as if they were reports not about a thinker who lived several centuries ago, but as if they were reports about pres- ently stated and perceived truth. If read with these facts in mind, the passage here under con- sideration even when thus isolated from its context makes a significant, if not actually bold assertion. As a matter of fact, those few sentences state a fairly radical form of rationalism. For what is it that the sentences say? First of all, they say something about the methodology of science. In this respect they express and demand resignation as well as encouragement. They teach resignation by saying: we cannot know the world immediately, by unreservedly giving ourselves up to it, by just looking at it and faithfully observing it. We might be inclined to do so; we may desire to have the phenomena speak for themselves and by themselves so that we may listen to CASSIRER on GALILEO 733 them faithfully, passively, and without prejudice. That can- not be done. In order to understand them and to arrive at some knowledge about them, our mind must work actively. But there is also the encouraging assurance that our mind can proceed in this fashion and still arrive at (some) objective knowledge. In fact, it cannot proceed otherwise else it will not be able to know anything at all. These methodological maxims depend on the theory of knowledge. Scientific knowledge consists of mathematical equa- tions, not of sense perceptions. Mathematical equations can- not simply be read from the stars or from whatever moves around on our own planet j the phenomena do not carry mathe- matical equations as labels pasted on their backs. one has to search for mathematical equations; they are found not by con- tinuously looking outside, but only by turning "inside," by questioning ourselves, and by drawing from the well of our own mind. Does this reliance on our own mind not compel us to recognize that science is something completely subjective and therefore merely a product of some arbitrary constructions? on the contrary, without mathematics there would not be such a thing as objectivity in this respect at all; we would not even be able to distinguish the subjective from the objective. This, then, is a definite statement of Galileo's view; but it is definitely misleading, if taken in isolation. In the context in which the statement occurs the passage is preceded by one which emphasizes Galileo's "empiricism" and the fact that Galileo was always fighting against a scholastic method which concentrated on the exposition of books instead of concerning itself with a description and interpretation of the phenomena themselves. Which statement, then, is true? In Cassirer's opinion, is Galileo an empiricist or is he a rationalist? The point is that both interpretations are true or, rather, that each of them is wrong, when taken by itself. It is only against the background of the passage on Galileo's empiricism that the antithetical asser- tion about his rationalism appears in its intended meaning; and the passage on Galileo's empiricism is meant to lead up 734 WALTER M. SOLMITZ to the surprising statement of its opposite. In other words, from the point of view of Cassirer, Galileo's empiricism is the em- piricism of a rationalist. Each of the apparently contradictory statements, then, is true. They are true, however, only in that both of them, thesis and antithesis, are but preparing the way for the synthesis. one arrives at definite knowledge only by means of empirical, experimental proof. But what is an experiment? An experiment is a method by which Nature is made to answer with "yes" or "no" to a question put to it. Without such a question there is no experiment. This question is an intellectual act. It is with my mind that I conceive (^mente concipo"} an "hypothesis." This hypothesis is an anticipation of what is the objective law of Nature. Such an hypothesis needs confirmation by experiment; but it is only such an hypothesis that can be either confirmed or refuted by the experiment. The historical statement quoted does not read as if it were a statement concerning the opinions of a scientist of several centuries ago; rather it reads "as if it were a present true statement." In reading a novel or in seeing a play and listening to it, you are tempted to forget that you are witnessing only a "story;" moreover, this is quite as it should be. A novel or play is supposed to exert this kind of temptation, and you are ex- pected to yield to it. But, if the same kind of experience is encountered in a scholarly book on the history of philosophy, you are apt to feel a little uneasy afterwards. You were fas- cinated and caught by the thought itself: you were following the several steps, and led to ask yourself: Is Galileo right? And, in asking this question, you look around for Cassirer's assistance: What does he think? Was Galileo right or not? But you look in vain for the author's assistance. You suddenly realize that it was not a present truth-assertion you were reading, but only a "story" the history of a philosophical opinion. The more you were fascinated and caught by the thought itself, the more quickly you are likely to lose interest. From the enthusiasm which your excursion or escape into history may have pro- CASSIRER on GALILEO 735 duced, there is almost bound to result a kind of intellectual hangover. You ask yourself: But where is truth? And what is truth? Indeed, the context from which the above passage is taken makes it clear that we are faced with an historical statement. The passage serves as an illustration of some characteristics which were common to the period of the Renaissance, to its scientists as well as to its artists. This particular passage is included in a discussion of Leonardo da Vinci's theory of the arts; and Galileo's empiricism and rationalism are introduced only to show that Leonardo's views were of something more than in- dividual significance; that they were indeed a characteristic of the period. Accordingly, this short discussion of Galileo's theory leads to the statement that Galileo's theory about the relationship between thought and experience is in strict analogy to that relation which, according to Renaissance aesthetic the- ory, exists between the imagination (Phantasie) of a painter and the "objective" reality of things. The power of the mind, of artistic as well as scientific ingenuity, consists not in un- restrained or arbitrary procedure, but in the fact that only the mind can teach us to see and to recognize the "object" in those factors which are its highest determinants. The genius both in the artist and in the scientist discovers the necessity of Nature. There is considerable intellectual pleasure in being led from strict empiricism to rationalism, and from there to a compre- hensive synthesis of both, and again further to an interpretation of scientific method as something "artistic." In spite of the enjoyment of this intellectual process, however, we stop at this point, and ask: Does Cassirer really mean to say that science is founded on no firmer ground than the imagination of a painter? To be sure, one realizes that this is a statement which is meant to apply only to the period of the Renaissance. At the same time, however, the passage on Galileo recalls some of Cassirer's own views. Consequently, the reader's uncertainty is only increased: Is this statement of the historian supposed to be "true," i.e., is it at the same time an assertion by the present philosopher himself? The best way of getting an answer to this question is to look at some of the passages in which 736 WALTER M. SOLMITZ Cassirer discusses Galileo in his systematic philosophical treatises. 3 There is no doubt that the above passage from Galileo is a very "Cassirerian" passage. The keen paradox that the indi- vidual mind, out of itself, (da "per se) knows the objective laws of nature or rather the fact that this is not regarded as a paradox reflects the ideas one is accustomed to in Ernst Cas- sirer to such an extent that one almost expects to hear the ring of his voice, and to see the statement emphasized by his own personality. Indeed, the passage expresses Cassirer's basic epistemological position and at the same time it does not do so. The famous words come to mind in which, in the Preface to the second edi- tion of the Critique of Pure Reason, "Kant tried to appraise the consequences of empiricism and rationalism." These words de- note in general terms the starting point of Cassirer's own theory of knowledge} and the way in which he quoted them in one of his latest remarks on Galileo 2 suggests that they were also the starting point of Cassirer's own historical work, and especially of his history of the Erkenntnisproblem. "When Kant . . . tried to appraise the consequences of empiricism and rationalism, he was obliged to go back to the source of this development." one is greatly tempted to substitute here Cassirer's name for Kant's. When Galilei let balls of a particular weight, which he had determined himself, roll down an inclined plane ... a new light flashed on all stu- dents of nature. They comprehended that reason has insight into that only which she herself produces on her own plan, and that she must move forward with the principles of her judgments, according to fixed law, and compel nature to answer her questions. . . . Reason holding in one hand its principles . . . and in the other hand the experiment, which it has devised according to those principles, must approach nature in order to be taught by it: but not in the character of a pupil who agrees to everything the master likes but as an appointed judge who compels the witnesses to answer the questions which he himself proposes. . . . Thus only has the study of nature entered on the secure method of a 2 "Galileo: a New Science and a New Spirit," The American Scholar , (Vol. 12) 1943) 6. CASSIRER on GALILEO 737 science, after having for many centuries done nothing but grope in the dark. 8 These lines show where Kant and Cassirer (in so far as the latter was a Kantian) agree with Galileo. At the same time, these same lines, and the context from which they are taken, point out those principles in regard to which their thought moves in a direction diametrically opposed to that of Galileo. There is nothing in Galileo which suggests that Reason acts as the "legislator to Nature" and "prescribes its laws to Nature." on the contrary, Cassirer frequently quotes Galileo's statement, which says that the word of God is written in Nature, in mathe- matical language j Reason is capable of sharing the divine knowledge in kind, though not in extent. This claim of possess- ing divine knowledge, the claim of having an absolutely certain knowledge of Being-in-itself these ontological claims are ir- reconcilable with those 'Critical* views which Cassirer never ceased to share with Kant. The same vacillation between taking sides both "with" and "against" Galileo can be found in Cassirer's systematic writings on the philosophy of science. In order to testify for Cassirer's own views, Galileo is called in, e.g., when Cassirer discusses the problem of induction* Among the many theories of induction there are essentially two types; one of them is represented by Bacon and John Stuart Mill, the other one by Galileo, both in his capacity of a scientist and as a theoretician of science. In Galileo's 'classical' and a-prioristic* view the experiment answers a question; i.e., it answers only a question, and this question qua question is limited; it is defined by the "mental conception" which makes us raise the question. But, although it is only to a question that the experiment gives an answer, it does give an answer, and it 8 Immanuel Kant, Critique of Pure Reason, Preface to and Edition. Translated by F. Max Muller, London, Macmillan and Co., (1881) Vol. I, p. 368. Quoted by Ernst Cassirer in his article "Galileo: a New Science and a New Spirit," published in The American Scholar, (Vol. 12) 1943, 6. 4 E.g., Substance and Function, Engl. Translation (1923) pp. 237-270, esp. 252-270. Determinismus und Indeterminismus in der modernen Physik (hereafter abbreviated: Determinismus) pp. 103, 118, "Goethe und die mathematische Physik," in; Ifae und Gestalt, j$t ed., 42, 73 WALTER M. SOLMITZ answers the question once and for all. Every experiment can be made only under particular circumstances, and these circum- stances change from hour to hour, or even from one split second to another, and from place to place. The particular event which is observed can serve in the rank of an experiment only to the extent to which one abstracts from the particular circumstances} one can abstract from them only by taking them into considera- tion} in order to take the accidental circumstances into considera- tion, however, the decision must have been made beforehand as to what in the particular case is accidental and what is essential and necessary. That is to say, the criterion for the abstraction is a priori? and it is this a priori criterion which makes the universal validity of the experiment possible} i.e., makes the ex- periment an experiment. This universal validity of the experiment is contested by the doctrine of induction which Bacon and Mill represent; and with its universal validity they also question its a priori char- acter. The "induction from particular to particular," from which Mill stated his canons, gives up the a priori claim of universal validity, since, according to this conception, one experi- ment is always a set of experiments, the function of which is to discover the constant factor. Instead of stating a priori some- thing about the phenomena with preconceived notions, it is necessary to come to and to remain in constant touch with them ; if, through a great number of variations in various ways, two factors remain uniformly connected, then a constancy and uni- formity is shown in the connection between those two factors. This uniformity is proved strictly only for the number of cases for which it was shown to exist; there is no reason why this uniformity should last beyond the number of tested cases; the uniformity of nature, which we rely on, is itself supposed to be based only on an "induction" of this type. The disclaimer that such a theory of induction lacks a logical justification can not well be raised against it; for it is precisely one of the pur- poses of the theory to bring into sharp relief the fact that human knowledge does not have any such independent founda- tion, but remains ultimately exposed to the uncertainties of the unknown. It gives up the claim to universal laws. If physics, on CASSIRER on GALILEO 739 the other hand, has shown that phenomena can not only be stated and measured, but that they can be subsumed under laws, then such a theory of induction is not sufficient for physics. Against Mill's notion that a natural law can always be only an "aggre- gate of specific truths" a decisive objection was raised by Galileo at the very beginning of modern science. Galileo declared: If this were so, then any general judgments concerning reality would be either impossi- ble or useless. They would be impossible, if the series of the individual cases which are observed is infinite ; for such a series cannot be exhausted by means of enumeration (per enumerarionem simflicem) ; and they would be superflous, if the series were finite ; for in this case we could be satisfied with ascertaining the fact specifically in the case of each of the members of the series. Mill's declaration "All inference is from particu- lars to particulars" is therewith declared void, at least for the field of exact physics. 5 In other words, what Bacon's and Mill's type of induction can establish are statements of information which in the ideal (and unattainable) case of perfection, would have the form of: "Whenever X, then Y." The form of physical laws, as estab- lished by Galileo, has the form: "If X, then Y" whereby it is completely irrelevant whether X ever "happens." on the other hand, "if X ever happens, then Y must necessarily be the case too." Cassirer, as far as I can see, never in the least questioned the usefulness of the methods of induction as a means of finding "correlations" between two sets of phenomena between which so far no relation had been discovered. If I do not have any idea with what factors a certain phenomenon P might be con- nected, then, in my desperate need for a good idea, I look around and may try by the methods of trial and error, as im- proved by Mill's canons, to "get an idea," or any "suggestion" as to where to look for any relevant factors. Also, the other way around} suppose I have an idea, a "suspicion" that two phenomena, which have never before been related, may have something to do with each other j then again, by means of "induction," such as stated by Mill's canons, I can find out * Deter minismus, 51. (Cf. Galileo, Opere, ed. Alberi. XLI, 513). 740 WALTER M. SOLMITZ whether there is any basis for my suspicion and whether there is any possibility (and in this sense, any likelihood or proba- bility) of its being true. But such a suspicion is not an "hypoth- esis," and its "try-out" is not an experiment in the strict sense of the word. To be sure, it is merely a verbal question whether such a "try-out" is called an experiment. What is important is this: that the small, but immensely significant difference is recognized which exists between the "testing a suspicion" and an experiment in the strict sense, i.e., an experiment which serves to confirm an hypothesis. A "suspicion" in the sense in which the word was used here refers to a matter of some factual information, something that may happen to be the case, it can be proved completely, or rather replaced, by an observation j in fact, it makes sense only in the absence of an observation, as its substitute. An hypothesis represents an insight, and may be true even though there might never again occur a case to demonstrate the insight. As an insight it is not "derived" from experience, but is only provoked by an experience. (Plato's term is rcapa*aXef<j6ai). In the estab- lishment of an hypothesis, in the strict sense of the word, "experience" plays, so to speak, only the role of a trigger action. As one illustration out of many others in the history of science, Cassirer discusses in detail the very accidental "experi- ence" which led Robert Mayer to the first statement of the principle of the conservation of energy. Similarly, the study of the case of one single patient may give a physician the insight into the intrinsic and universal connection between some "mys- terious" symptoms, which so far had remained unexplained, and some relevant condition. 8 Cassirer quotes Goethe's criticism of Bacon's inductive method, and his comparison with that of Galileo. He who is not capable of becoming aware of the fact that often one case is worth thousands of them and includes them all, will never be able to promote anything for his own enjoyment and benefit, and that of others. . . . "Through Bacon's method of dispersion natural science seemed to be scattered forever. But through Galileo it became at once united and concentrated. Galileo proved in his early youth that for a 6 Cf. Determinism > 59. CASSIRER on GALILEO 741 true genius, one case may stand for a thousand cases, inasmuch as he developed the theory of the pendulum and of the fall of bodies from the observation of a swinging lamp in a cathedral." ... In the sciences everything depends on what is called an apergu, and on becoming aware of what lies at the basis of the phenomena. Such an awareness goes on to be productive ad infinitum. 7 It is seen from these instances that in Cassirer's systematic writings Galileo appears in an extremely un-historical fashion. Galileo is pictured in discussion with John Stuart Mill, and Goethe is called in to aid himj no attempt is made to excuse the chronological anachronisms (as was done even by Plato, when he had old Parmenides meet young Socrates). Galileo has to dispute with the theoreticians of modern statistical physics, and even then is made to carry the day. He comes in to defend himself (and Cassirer) against Exner's questioning of the ulti- mate validity of the laws of dynamic physics. From the "classi- cal" point of view, any statistical arguments are regarded simply as preliminary, temporary statements which are supposed to be replaced eventually by "dynamic" statements. In the case of all "irreversible" processes, however, statistical statements must be regarded as final. If both the dynamic and the statistical forms of laws are required, then it seems necessary to consider the statistical laws of the general concept, and to subsume the classical form of dynamic laws under it as a special case. The laws of the kinetic theory of gases do not have any "exact," but only statistical validity, and offer average values gathered from a great number of observations. Is it different with the rest of the laws, with the laws of classical physics? Does the formula which Galileo has established for the free fall of bodies really apply always and everywhere? How can we decide about the universal validity of a law, since our experience can always cover only the "average" of a phenomenon during a long, but limited stretch of time? 8 1 1bid.) cf. also "Galileo: A New Science and A New Spirit," 16. The internal quotation is taken from Goethe's Zur Farbenlehre, Historischer Teil, Weimar edition, Part II } Vol. 3, 236, 246ff. 8 Determmismus, 102 (the quotation stems from Exner, Vorlesungen uber die fhysikalischen Grundlagen der Natttrwissenschajten, Wien, 1919$ 86th & 8;th Vorlesung, 647 fT.). 742 WALTER M. SOLMITZ Could it not be that the average laws would not apply within very small stretches of space and time? To this question Galileo answers with an extensive quotation from one of his letters, to this effect: his arguments would not lose the least of their force and collusiveness, even if the bodies of Nature did not happen to fall with a strictly uniform acceleration} for these arguments claim only a hypothetical and not an assertive va- lidity. This shows, according to Cassirer, that Galileo's equations are not supposed to give a collective description of "all" individual cases. one could express this, somewhat paradoxically, by say- ing that Galileo's equations do not claim to be true because they apply always and everywhere, and because this 'always' and 'everywhere' had been experimentally proved but because, strictly speaking, they never apply anywhere." 10 4 And now something very strange happens, and something very unhistorical and antihistorical indeed although what Cas- sirer did here to Galileo is, from the historical point of view, probably not any worse than what Plato did occasionally to the historical Socrates. After having brought the argument to this point with the aid of Galileo, Cassirer takes it up again himself, and leads it to a point which represents the very opposite of what Galileo could ever have thought. There is, however, not the slightest historical misrepresentation. Galileo, so to speak, has left the room without his departure being noticedj and the stream of thought, within which he had emerged for a few "interviews," has gone on so rapidly and so smoothly that if and when you come to stop for a moment, and ask yourself: "Yes, but what about Galileo?", you notice that he has been left behind long ago. What Cassirer does is to take up Exner's argument, and in general the argument of "induction from particular to particu- lar," in a more radical form only in order to outdo it in its radicalism. It should be said at once that, in a later chapter on 9 Ibid., 103 (Galileo to Carcaville, Ofere, ed. Alberi, VII, i56f). "/*#., 103. CASSIRER on GALILEO 743 the logical analysis of probability, Cassirer stresses the fact that judgments of probability are just as "true" (or false), and just as "objective" as any judgments of the classical form. But here he considers Exner's objection to Planck's position of maintain- ing dynamic laws as an ideal of knowledge. Exner expresses very strongly that mood of the philosophy of empirical induc- tion in which man is regarded as a stranger in this world, in- significant as compared with the universe, and out of touch with it. Can we ever be quite sure whether what happens in Nature "really" corresponds to what we assume and establish in our general laws? Nature does not care whether man understands it or not; also, it is not appropriate for us to construct a Nature which is adequate to our under- standing; the only thing for us to do is to become resigned to accepting it as it is given to us. ... The actual empirical confirmation of the results of the calculus of probability demonstrates that "chance" must be something that is completely independent, something that is given in Nature. Otherwise, it would not be possible that physical laws could be derived on the assumption of chance. 11 The argument of Exner does not concern Cassirer; he considers the question dealt with therein as a pseudo-problem. He replies with the counter-question: on what grounds may we assume that there does not prevail a complete chaos, but a certain regularity which is expressed in objective statistical laws? Cassirer, as has already been intimated, is more radical than Exner. Not only does Nature not care, but there is not any Nature which could either care or not care. For any scientific experience there is no Nature which "exists," as an absolute being, outside of a system of experience} the system of ex- periences by which we know phenomena may be called Nature. After having realized that we know by (the conception of) Nature rather than know Nature, it no longer makes sense to ask for laws "in" Nature. The boldness and efficiency of Kant's "Copernican Revolution" on which Cassirer insists is apparent in a context like this. 11 Ib$d. t 1 08 (the quotations are taken from Exner, loc. cit., 697, 667). 744 WALTER M. SOLMITZ Thus, there does not "exist** any Nature, but there is objectivity. Not Nature "cares" and "asks," but "knowledge" asks whether and to what extent it may be possible to find an objective order and determina- tion within the phenomena: and all its individual concepts are but partial expressions for this one basic problem. If physical research, starting from some general hypothetical presuppositions, is able to link them together in such a manner that a more and more perfect knowl- edge of the particular phenomena will result, then we have all that can be meant by and expected from strict dynamic lawfulness (Gesetz- lichkeit.) 1 * The very analysis of the problem is offered as its complete solution. But would Galileo accept this solution? He is not mentioned, and a little reflection shows that, if Galileo were confronted with Exner's problem, he would not have considered it as a pseudo-problem as Cassirer did. For, whereas for Galileo the book of Nature is written in mathematical language, it is the book of an independent Nature that is written in this language; Galileo's doctrine is just as ontological" as is Exner's; and Exner's ontological" view is not more so than that of Galileo whom Cassirer had quoted against Exner. Let us consider this case of "Galileo versus Galileo;" a brief consideration of this somewhat disturbing phenomenon may give us some insight into the structure of Cassirer's thought. The case is disturbing, for several reasons. First of all, it is disconcerting, to say the least, to find that, whereas the witness is called in order to testify when he is needed to speak in favor of the cause, he is not called in at any other occasions. Perhaps it was assumed that he did not have anything relevant to say. But it has already been pointed out that what he has to say is relevant to the matter, and that he would be opposed to Cas- sirer's views here. And thirdly, it can easily be shown that Cassirer knew that what Galileo would have to say here would be contrary to his (Cassirer's) own views. ., io8f. CASSIRER on GALILEO 745 If this is so, then the counter-argument could have been omitted only for didactic or stylistic reasons of simplification. A psychological after-effect, however, may remain as the result of such procedure: namely, one might begin to distrust Cassirer's quotations, of which there are many. (As to this, however, there is no reason for concern, either in this particular instance, or, for that matter, in general.) In the p-esent case, one can easily convince himself that neither the historical truth nor the argu- ment suffers from the fact that on occasion the evidence to the contrary has been withheld, whereas that "in favor" has been given. Although the psychological after-effect may, then, be dis- missed, the "objective" question remains all the more disturbing. How is it possible that Cassirer agrees and disagrees with the same author at the same time and in the same respect? If one is familiar with Cassirer's thought, one is so used to the fact that Cassirer can agree and disagree at the same time that he no longer wonders about it. In his investigations into "Einstein's Theory of Relativity" Cassirer's problem is in part this: Kant's transcendental deduc- tions refer to the classical physics of Newton and Galileo. If classical physics is superseded by modern physics, are Kant's transcendental deductions also out of date? 13 Since, in some respects, Cassirer is a Kantian, one might (if one did not know him well) expect him to tend to minimize the difference between modern and classical physics. However, the very opposite is the case. The reason for the insufficiency of classical physics lies in its very concept of "mechanism," and in the metaphysical and oncological basis on which Galileo's, New- ton's, and Leibniz' discoveries were based. As for Galileo, it is recognized that his foundation of dynamics is due to his con- ception of mathematical hypothesis (which we mentioned), which enabled him to "abstract" from the happenings in phe- nomenal or empirical space to which absolute being, ontological reality, is ascribed. At the same time, his own new concepts 11 Cf. Einstein's Theory of Relativity, in: Substance and Function (Engl. transl.), 355. 746 WALTER M. SOLMITZ do not abandon the idea of such an "absolute reality" alto- gether; this is the reason, as Cassirer sees it, why Galileo's idea of mechanism is faulty and insufficient. . . . The way is open to Galileo's foundation of dynamics: for since place has ceased to be something real, the question as to the ground of the place of a body and the ground of its persistence in one and the same place disappears. Objective physical reality passes from place to change of place, to motion and the factors by which it is determined as a magni- tude. If such a determination is to be possible in a definite way, the identity and permanence, which were hitherto ascribed to mere place, must go over to motion; motion must possess "being," that is, from the standpoint of the physicist, numerical constancy. This demand for the numerical constancy of motion itself finds its expression and its realization in the law of inertia. We recognize here again how closely, in Galileo, the mathematical motive of his thought was connected with an ontologi- cal motive, how his conception of being interacted with his conception of measure. The new measure, which is found in inertia and in the concept of uniform acceleration, involves also a new determination of reality. In contrast with mere place, which is infinitely ambiguous and differs according to the choice of the system of reference, the inertial movement appears to be a truly intrinsic property of bodies, which be- longs to them "in themselves" and without reference to a definite system of comparison and measurement. The velocity of a material system is more than a mere factor for calculation; it not only really belongs to the system but defines its reality, since it determines its vis viva, i.e. } the measure of its dynamic effectiveness. In its measure of motion, in the differential quotient of the space by the time, Galileo's physics claims to have reached the kernel of all physical being, to have defined the intensive reality of motion. By this reality, the dynamic consideration is distinguished from the merely phoronomic. The concept of the "state of motion," not as a mere comparative magnitude, but as an essential element belonging to the moving system intrinsically, now becomes the real mark and characteristic of physical reality. ... In all these examples, it is evident how sharply, on the one hand, the physical thought of modern times has grasped the thought of the relativity of place and of motion, and, on the other hand, how it has shrunk back from follow- ing it to its ultimate consequences. 14 So much then is clear: the fact that Galileo does not always 14 Substance and Function, 3 6 if. CASSIRER on GALILEO 747 agree with Cassirer's views is clearly understood and fully recognized by Cassirer. Cassirer finds that he cannot agree with Galileo because Galileo bases his theories on ontology and metaphysics. This is clear and simple. What remains puzzling is the fact that Cassirer can agree with Galileo after all. The simplest solution of this would, of course, be to say that he just happens to agree with some of Galileo's views and to disagree with some others. But Cassirer does not give such a superficial answer; and he cannot give it because he sees much too clearly how intimately Galileo's achievements, which Cassirer admires, are connected with Galileo's metaphysical doctrine, which Cassirer rejects. Galileo's (as well as Newton's and Leibniz') "error" con- sists in their mathematical metaphysics, i.e., in the fact that they were convinced of the identity of Mathematics and Nature. Their views in this respect are summarized in this manner: He who thinks and makes inferences mathematically, does not play around with empty thoughts; he does not move in a narrow world of self-made concepts, but he is in contact with the fundamentals of reality themselves. Here we are at the point in which thinking and being are in immediate touch with one another, and where, accordingly, there is not noticeable any difference between "finite" and "infinite" understand- ing any more. For the divine intellect has this privilege: it knows the objects not because it looks at them and observes them from the outside; it knows them because it itself is the very reason of their being. Its thought grasps Being because and in so far as it creates Being; and this original of creation is determined by magnitude, number, and measure. Far from being mere copies of reality, these concepts are the very originals, the everlasting and unchangeable "archetypes" of Being. on this assumption there rests Kepler's doctrine of "cosmic harmony," . . . and the same idea permeates Galileo's representation and justification of the Copernican system. In his Dialogues . . . Galileo emphasizes that with regard to mathematical knowledge there is no basic qualitative dif- ference between the human and the divine intellect. 15 This is, as Cassirer remarks, a point which gave offense to the church and which, for dissimilar but related reasons, offends M Determinismus y 19. 748 WALTER M. SOLMITZ Cassirer's critical-philosophical mind. Nonetheless, as this pas- sage shows, Cassirer always has "the fullest understanding" for the ideas of other thinkers a human understanding and a historical understanding j sometimes it looks, therefore, as if this "understanding" enabled him to "agree and disagree at the same time;" i.e., as if he could forget his disagreement be- cause he was always making allowance for "extenuating cir- cumstances." In the views of these mathematical metaphysicians and metaphysical mathematicians, and in their identification of mathematics and Nature, there is expressed the characteristic subjective "pathos" which inspires the first founders and champions of the classical rationalism. ... It is the first exuberant enthusiasm and, as it were, the intoxication with the newly founded and established mathematical knowledge which coined this language, 16 It is true, the word "language" in this connection, in a book by Cassirer, has a special connotation: he wrote a philosophy of language, and this philosophy of language is part of what could be called a philosophy of languages, or of "Language" in the sense and the effect that every form of world view can be regarded as one complete and consistent "Language" in the "words" or symbols of which every content can be expressed. Whereas "Language" becomes something very important ( there is no world- view without such a "Language" ), the importance of the "vocabulary" of every world-view declines somewhat: in short, what Galileo and the "rationalists" had to say in metaphysical terms is no longer very important. But ( and, in describing Cassirer's thought, the word "but" must be used again and again ), having made this statement, we notice at once that this is only half the truth, and that the very limitations of this metaphysical "Language" caused the insuffi- ciency and faultiness of the great systems of mathematical ra- tionalism. Hence a passage like this, which reveals Cassirer's willing- ness and ability to achieve "full understanding" of historical and human limitations, must not be taken too seriously in a strictly CASSIRER on GALILEO 749 philosophical sense. It serves as a kind of protection, so to speak} it is as a sheath which is used for both purposes: for protecting the "human interest" from being hurt by the crystal- hard edge of the core of the argument and also for protecting the most sharply cut edges of the argument from being blunted by some inappropriate use. The core of the intellectual argu- ment in the case "against Galileo" remains unaffected, even though the sentence passed on the "human" factor has been mellowed by granting "extenuating historical circumstances." In his mechanistic metaphysics Galileo did not know what he was talking about. In drastic words, this is what Cassirer says in more urbane terminology, when he says that only the sub- sequent periods of science recognized what Galileo had meant. In the progress of mechanics the principle of inertia is recognized with increasing distinctness as what it meant fundamentally to Galileo. 17 In a very agreeable manner, then, Cassirer disagrees with Galileo the metaphysician; but the agreeable manner does not change the fact of extreme disagreement; it is a fight which is going on or is it only a tournament? As has been shown, the reconciliation between Galileo, the defender of the principle of "hypothesis," and Galileo, the metaphysician, is made possible only on the assumption that one can understand Galileo better than he understood him- self. An adequate interpretation of this assumption and what it meant to Cassirer could be given only in a discussion of his theory of history. It sometimes looks as if Cassirer were inclined to give an answer, in terms of an optimistic rationalistic theory of history, to the effect that the "dim" ideas of former genera- tions are freed from their metaphysical make-up by the fol- lowing generations. Sometimes Cassirer does seem to come close to the "organic" interpretations of a mathematical metaphysics as advanced by Whitehead. All this, however, and all that has to do with the convictions and motives of Cassirer's philosophy must be disregarded in the present discussion which attempts "Einstein's Theory of Relativity in Substance and Function, 364. 750 WALTER M. SOLMIT2 only to sketch briefly the formal schematism by which Cassirer's thought proceeds. Galileo, the defender of "hypothesis," and Galileo, the de- fender of metaphysics, can be "reconciled" only because they are not treated impartially. What the defender of "hypothesis" has to say is accepted and believed; what the defender of meta- physics has to say, however, does not receive such acceptance. The judge knows better than the witness himself what the witness "means" to say; his statement is discarded as unessen- tial and accidental. As far as the form of the argument goes, this is the basic factor: the metaphysical statement is regarded as accidental. Hypothesis is an expression of Necessity. Metaphysics is accidental. If we give Cassirer's judgment this form then we recognize its formal connection with another pair of basic concepts of reflection in Cassirer's philosophy: "Function" is an expression of Necessity, "Substance" is accidental. on the other hand, and when more closely studied, we also see the formal connection with a paradox around which Cassirer centers his discussion on this point, a paradox which he found in Kant: the paradoxical conception of the contingency of neces- sity." What does this paradox mean, and how does Cassirer arrive at it? Stated in simplest terms it is this: if we are to have the concept of necessity, we need the concept of contingency. We do have and use the concept of necessity; therefore, we need the concept of contingency. Contingency is a requirement for neces- sity. The two concepts are correlates. This correlation can be expressed in different and more significant ways: The question, "Why?" can be answered and makes sense only within a certain system. If we ask for the "why?" of the system itself, it no longer makes any sense. The system itself remains contingent; without such a contingent system we could not ask or answer the question: "why?" Thus Kant says that there is no apodicti- cal proof for the principle of causation. It can be "deduced" 18 Cf. Determinismus , iz8f. CASSIRER on GALILEO 751 only through its relationship to something contingent, namely, "possible experience." Cassirer puts its as follows: The general principle of causation can be called both necessary and contingent with equal justification depending on the point of view which we happen to choose. The principle is necessary, since every empirical statement is based on it, and since, as a "synthetic judgment a priori" it precedes all empirical judgments. on the other hand, how- ever, it is "accidental" since the totality of experience, to which it refers and on which it depends for its justification, is itself given as purely factual. 19 This interpretation of Kant appears to be very characteristic of Cassirer indeed. I am not sure whether it is possible to inter- pret and exhaust its real significance; quite apart from the question whether it is "defensible." A little metaphorical cir- cumlocution may lend some help to the imagination, if not to thought. Experience is intrinsically "necessary," and it is something which in itself is "moving." But it is moving only within itself self-contained, and well-rounded suspended, as it were, in a vacuum, without support, kept in balance and kept in motion only by itself. Although such a metaphorical circum- locution certainly does not help with the technical explanation, and although in its vagueness it would not be acceptable to Cassirer himself, it may help the imagination to realize, if not the logical ground, then at least the ideal of knowledge which Cassirer seems to have in mind. What needs to be stressed within this context is the following: if we fully realize the significance of the idea that experience as a fact is accidental, then Kant's transcendental deductions ap- pear in a light which is different from their customary and historically well-founded interpretation. The transcendental deductions lose some of the pragmatic "weight" which they usually have. More simply expressed, we may describe the principle of the transcendental deduction in a somewhat "prag- matic" fashion as follows: "there is the fact of experience; and the pure concepts of the understanding are the necessary condi- tions or instruments of this fact." By emphasizing the contin- 19 Determinismus , 128. 752 WALTER M. SOLMITZ gency of this "fact," Cassirer takes away from the solid "factual- ness" and what I have called the "pragmatic weight" of such a formulation} he has made experience a "structure j" or, in a metaphor he used to employ occasionally during the last two decades, he has made the "fact" of experience "transparent." In proceeding thus, Cassirer conceived of experience as of a Platonic Idea. only if we keep in mind this "transparence" and ideality of experience can Cassirer's following argument appear in its proper light and function. As soon as pragmatic or teleological expressions appear in Cassirer's arguments, one has to inter- pret them as metaphors which are supposed to express "ideal" relationships which cannot be expressed "directly." This is a feature Cassirer's thought has in common with Plato's thought. In such half-metaphorical language Cassirer can now say that both concepts, necessity and contingency, are "required for" and "justified by" the fact of experience. on the whole the isolation of formal structures which has been attempted in these remarks is not at all in line with the tendency of Cassirer's work. Cassirer not only holds the theory that there is no form without content, and vice versa, but he never actually deals with a form without its corresponding content. It is perhaps for this very reason, however, that a para- doxical formulation like that of the contingency of necessity can be used in interpreting various levels of Cassirer's thought, and in this respect presents a key to many of his doctrines. Out of the many variations of this theme in Cassirer's philos- ophy, only a few examples from our context may be cited. 1. The necessary and the contingent are not two different "powers" or "things," but correlates. 2. There is no "system of experience" (mythical thought, theoretical thought, or systems of individual philosophers) without these concepts. 3. In this respect they represent something which is common to all systems of thought and a principle of unity, 4. and diversity, since the accentuation of what is neces- sary and what is contingent varies in every system. CASSIRER on GALILEO 753 5. Therefore this paradox is applicable to itself: for just what is necessary in every system is contingent. 6. Thus there is a dialectic, according to which every "suc- ceeding" system regards as contingent (and rightly so) what was regarded as necessary in the "preceding" system. 7. This applies to Cassirer's own system too; so that its most fundamental concept (the concept of "understanding," "verstehen"} is also regarded as contingent as an expression of an ultimate problem rather than as a definite "being." Applications to Galileo are easily made: 1. Within Galileo's system the necessary is represented by the equations of motion; the contingent is represented by the subjective sense qualities. 2. The concept of determination in Galileo has the form y = f (x). That is to say, y is precisely determined by x, and in that sense the relationship is "necessary." An equation of this form answers the question "how does y change?" but it does not answer the question "why does y change?" (in the sense of one of the four Aristotelian causes). Because the kind of determination is not expressed, there is an element of in- determination and contingency. 3. There is no answer to the question why the equations of motion are as they are. They are to Galileo ultimate metaphysi- cal realities; but as such they are contingent. From these schematic remarks, it may be seen why "Galileo the metaphysician" could be "rejected," and yet be "reconciled" with "Galileo the defender of hypothesis." In this sense the "case" of Galileo is an exemplification of the principle of the contingency of necessity. Upon reflection, the more one considers the formulation of the "contingency of necessity" with respect to all fields and aspects of Cassirer's philosophy, (as well as in itself), the more one realizes the intellectual impetus which such a "symbolic" concept provides and the more one experiences the suggestive power and fascination which comes from it. Yet, perhaps, a more serious and sober reflection would now seem to be called for. The question arises: Have we not fallen victim to a 754 WALTER M. SOLMITZ splendid performance of subtle sophistry? If a theory, such as mathematical metaphysics, is first rejected and then accepted on a different level, is this not exactly "making the weaker cause the stronger?" Furthermore: is a concept like that of "the contingency of necessity" not simply a device of sophistic jugglery? What does it really mean to say that "contingent" and "necessary" are correlative concepts, and that in order to have a necessary system of experience the idea of contingency is required? Is this different at all from saying that for the preservation of health some sickness is required? This may be true in some special sense, but the suspicion of a sophistic trickery cannot be repressed. Brought to more abstract formu- lation: would such a thesis not correspond to the postulate that the concept of Non-Being is required in order to have a concept of Being? 20 As soon as we arrive at this more general formulation, how- ever, we become aware that it might be advisable to become suspicious of our suspicion. At any rate, the central problem is indicated: Is there a possibility that "in looking for the Sophist we have encountered the Philosopher unaware?" 21 This is possible} and the contrary is also possible: in looking for and believing ourselves to be following a philosopher, we may have caught (or may have been caught by) a sophist. This question does not yet admit of a ready answer; but it certainly needs at least to be raised whenever one undertakes to under- stand and examine the philosophy of Ernst Cassirer. In this region [of dialectic] we shall discover the philosopher now or later or whenever we shall look for him ; like the sophist, he is hard to recognize precisely, although the difficulty with him is different from the difficulty one has with the sophist. The sophist runs away into the darkness of not-being where he is used to feel his way by routine; and because of the darkness of the place he is hard to recognize. The philosopher who has his mind and thought fixed to the idea of Being is also hard to recognize, because of the shining brightness of the place. 22 80 Cf. "Zur Logik des SymbolbegrifFs," Theoria, IV, 145-175, Gcschichte der griechischcn Philosophic (in: Lehrbuch der Philosophic, cd. M. Dessoir), 129 and frequently. 21 Plato, Sophist, 2535. 24 Plato, Sophist, CASSIRER on GALILEO 755 Just as the student is blinded by a philosopher no less than by a sophist, there is a deceptive resemblance between the two. A sophist appears like a philosopher, and a philosopher appears like a sophist, as a dog resembles a wolf, and, as we may add, a liar may resemble a poet, or the tyrant may resemble the philosopher-king. There is an infinitely fine and yet immensely decisive difference between the two. Both the philosopher and the sophist employ the same means and tricks, both use the playful joke. 23 In fact, the philosopher is the "good" sophist. Diotima speaks fiurcep oi TeXeoe ao^ecnrae^ like one of the accom- plished sophists. The criterion lies in their concepts of Being. Until these are analyzed, the issue between Sophist and Philosopher remains in suspense. Yet, in the case of Ernst Cassirer, whoever thinks of his person and his style may be confident about the outcome, "because of the shining brightness of the place." 7 The present illustrations, loosely knit as they are, may have at least suggested that the very rhythm of Cassirer's prose re- flects his philosophical dialectics. A statement by Cassirer, valid in itself, must yet be seen within its dialectical context. Further- more, in addition to the horizontal dialectics, there is a kind of vertical dialectics: a historical statement by Cassirer has a sys- tematic significance at the same time. The fact that Cassirer could "revive" and "re-present" Galileo on the contemporary intellectual scene is obviously due to the special form of Cas- sirer's systematic interest in Galileo. Cassirer does not simply write a detached historical report about Galileo nor does he really enter into an intimate discussion with him. His relationship to Galileo is much more and much less close than is that of two persons talking to one another: either Cassirer agrees with Galileo and then speaks "through" Galileo, somewhat like a dramatist speaks through a historical character $ or else he disagrees with him and then he makes Galileo the object of his comprehensive and extremely liberal understanding in such a manner that even where Galileo seems ** Phaedrus, 2770$ S of hist y 756 WALTER M. SOLMITZ to "disagree" he is also made to "express" the truth in a dif- ferent language. (Cassirer had started from the ahistorical neo- Kantian approach j but he combined HegePs method and that of a historical relativism in order to arrive at what may be called a new timelessness in history.) In fact, the ways in which Galileo is made to reflect Cassirer's thought are far more manifold than could be indicated in this sketch. Cassirer tried to find a theoretical synthesis of scientific and aesthetic understanding 24 just as he tried to find a synthesis of historical and systematical understanding} and his own actual understanding has definitely an artistic note in addition to, and in combination with, its scientific and historical character. These manifold relationships are apt to be implicitly present in what he says, and a statement by Cassirer can often be read on various levels, just as symbols can be in a work of art. What may appear as an ambiguity is in fact a multiplicity of meanings which, however, do not necessarily impair one another at all. The spell which emanates from Cassirer's style (as it did from his person) fascinates his reader and student} its recognition must make one wonder whether what Cassirer taught should and could be separated from how he taught it. Cassirer's art is that of the Platonic philosopher, playful and used with that irony and sovereignty which is owed to the Idea of the Good. With the cunning of this idea, in HegePs term, its light "unites the various things appearing in the dusk." Cassirer's synthesis, unifying through that understanding and reconciliation of opposites which made him an extremist of uni- versal liberalism, is basically Platonic. If Plato found it difficult to distinguish between a sophist and a philosopher when he met one, we need perhaps not be ashamed if we require a little more time and space to arrive at a full view of, and a clear distinction between, the scientific, historical, and aesthetic elements in the structure of Ernst, Cassirer's philosophical thought. WALTER M. SOLMITZ DEPARTMENT OF GERMAN BOWDOIN COLLEGE M Cf. "Goethe und die mathematische Physik" in Idee und Gestalt (Berlin, 19*1), 27-76. 22 William H. Werkmeister CASSIRER'S ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 22 CASSIRER'S ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM WHEN critics of the Marburg School of neo-Kantianism argued that the theories of Cohen and Natorp had little in common with the original views of Kant, Paul Natorp re- plied 1 that it had never been the intention of the Marburg School to revive orthodox Kantianism; that, on the contrary, the step back to Kant had been taken only in order to gain a more profound understanding of the genuine insights of the Sage of Konigsberg, and to advance from his position in a direction more in conformity with the developments of modern science j that, finally, the spirit of Kant, rather than any one of his propositions, was to be preserved. A poor student of Kant is he, Natorp stated, who understands the meaning of "critical philosophy" in any other way. In the same spirit in which Cohen and Natorp advanced beyond Kant, Ernst Cassirer seems to have advanced beyond the neo-Kantians. When Cassirer published his monograph, Zur Einsteinschen Relativitatstheorie, several critics, although agreeing with his conclusions, doubted that he was justified in drawing them, unless he relinquished at the same time his neo-Kantianism. Readers of Cassirer's later works in particular, readers of his Philoso^hie der symboUschen Formen y and of his Determinis- mus and Indeterminismus in der modernen Physik may ex- perience similar doubts. Cassirer himself, however, feels that the ties which connect him with the founders of the Marburg School have not been loosened, and that the "debt of gratitude" he owes them has not been diminished j although he may now '"Kant und die Marburger Schule," Kant-Studien> Vol. XVIII (1910). 759 760 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER interpret the foundations of modern science in a way which differs in some essentials from the interpretations given by Hermann Cohen and Paul Natorp. 2 It will be our task to examine briefly the extent to which Cassirer's views still fall within the general framework of neo- Kantianism, and to describe those points of doctrine which constitute a definite and decisive modification of the original position of the Marburg School. This task is formidable and can be fully accomplished only in a detailed study which far exceeds the space available in this volume} for Cassirer has been a prolific writer. His in- terests are truly catholic and his books deal with a great variety of problems. Even if we restrict our considerations to ques- tions of epistemology, Cassirer's discussions range from the foundations of mathematics and modern physics to an approach to art, religion, and a general philosophy of culture. Our task is somewhat simplified, however, by Cassirer's own recent statement 3 that the essentials of his philosophy of science have undergone no significant change since the publica- tion in 1910 of his book, Substanzbegriff wnd Funktionsbegriff, and that today he still adheres to the point of view of that work. In view of the developments of modern physics he has been able to formulate more clearly and demonstrate more effectively the basic ideas expressed more than thirty years ago 5 but his philosophical position remains substantially unaltered and, in the opinion of Cassirer himself, has been confirmed by what has happened in the sciences. It is therefore possible for us to disregard the problem of a gradual evolvement of Cassirer's philosophy, and to concentrate on its most adequate and most recent formulations, leaving to the historian of philosophy the additional task of determining to what extent, if any, these formulations modify Cassirer's earlier position. Our discussions will be concerned primarily with Cassirer's views as expressed in his monograph, Determinisms und In- determvmsmus in der modernen Physik, and in his three- volume work, Die Philoso'phie der symbolischen Formen. These views 2 Cassirer, Determinismus, viii. * Ibid., vii-viii. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 761 we shall compare with Natorp's position as formulated in Die logischen Grundlagen der exakten Wissenschaften (1910) and, for the sake of completeness, with certain sections of Cohen's Logik der reinen Erkenntnis (1902). Such a comparison should reveal the extent to which Cassirer has advanced beyond neo- Kantianism and should disclose also the affinities he still has with the founders of the Marburg School. In order to facilitate our task further, we shall restrict our comparison to a consideration of a few basic concepts; all minor issues can have only a secondary bearing upon our problem. We have chosen for our analysis the concepts "object," "space- time," and "causality," and the general problem of an epistemo- logical basis of the cultural sciences or Geisteswissenschaften. We begin our discussion with a consideration of the concept "object." I. "OBJECT" We must understand from the start that the founders of the Marburg School were interested primarily in scientific knowl- edge, and that they saw in scientific cognition the prototype of all cognition worthy of the name. Scientific cognition, moreover, they identified in all essentials with mathematics and mathe- matical physics. Epistemology, therefore, became for them an analysis of "the logical foundations of the exact sciences;" and this limitation of the scope of their analyses became decisive for their whole point of view. We shall return to this in Part IV of our essay. If, for the time being, we accept the restrictive definition of knowledge as given by Cohen and Natorp, the question arises: What is the "factum" of science? What is the ultimate basis of validation of scientific cognition, and what are the "objects" concerning which science gives us "knowledge"? The "factum" of science, Natorp maintains, is neither "given," ready-made and complete in itself; nor is it some "completed or definitive knowledge;" for every cognition which provides the answer to a given problem leads to, or implies, new and even greater problems. Plato, therefore, was right in the opinion of the neo-Kantians when he saw the task 762 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER of science in an infinite process of determining the indeter- minate. And since the infinite process of determination may move ifi two directions toward the determination of particu- lars as well as toward the determination of an all-inclusive universal there can be no absolute or definitive starting-point of the process of cognition any more than there is an absolute or definitive terminal point. The process is unending in either direction. In order to get the process going at all, that is to say, in order to have some anchorage, some vantage-point from which to begin the determination of the indeterminate, it is necessary to "posit" or "fixate" something in experience as our point of departure and then to advance from it as far as possible on logically justifiable grounds. We must remember at all times, however, that our starting-point was "posited" or assumed and that it is subject to revision as soon as such revision seems possible or necessary in the light of subsequent experiences. The individual "factum," therefore, originally posited as our starting-point or "discovered" in the process of advancing cogni- tion, is never an isolated datum, but must needs be an element within a context within the context of cognition itself. Mathematics provides the most clear-cut example of what is meant; for the basic concepts of mathematics are "posited" concepts which find their justification and validation only within the orderly process of mathematical thinking. This reference to mathematics, incidentally, also makes it clear that the "prog- ress" here meant is essentially not a progress in time, not a merely psychological or historical progress, but a logical pro- gression, a system of implications. Time itself is but one aspect and by no means the most fundamental one of the systemic progress with which epistemology is concerned. If it is true that the "factum" of science finds justification and determination only within the systemic context of which it is an element, then we can no longer speak of "objects" as "given," ready-made and complete, or of cognition as an "analy- sis of the given." on the contrary, the "object" itself is now a "problem," something which we may attain at the end of the ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 763 cognitive process but which we certainly do not possess at its beginning. And cognition, in so far as it is concerned with "objects" is necessarily "synthetic" in Kant's meaning of the term, i.e., it is the enlargement of, or the continuous progress in, our context of experience. From the above it follows also that there is not and cannot be a "favored" starting-point of cognition. The integration of experience according to law may be started, ideally, wherever one wishes. The context of experience can be established no matter what we posit at the beginning so long as we remember that this starting-point, being only assumed to begin with, is subject to constant revision as we progress. only one condition is indispensable. The context of cognition must be grounded in a unitary origin of thought. This unitary origin (Ursfrungseinheit), however, is not an undifferentiated logical one. Such a one could never provide an adequate basis for a variegated context. The unitary origin, furthermore, is neither a psychological nor a metaphysical entity whose "existence" would have to be assumed. It is rather the logical ideal of the all-comprehensive context of experience in and through which each "posited" element leads to all other elements of that context. It is the ideal of "systemic" thinking, the idea that all thinking ultimately strives toward systemic unity. But this context, as unitary origin, is also not "given" in actual concreteness. It is an implied but as yet unrealized goal. All cognition begins with the implicit assumption that the estab- lishment of a systemic context is the logical task ahead of us. The unitary origin, in other words, is neither a system in nuce nor a first element within a system. It is in itself not even "systemic" but is only the demand for a system. Hermann Cohen, in particular, attempted to clarify the demand for a starting-point of cognition. He argued that, strict- ly speaking, all cognition would have to start from "nothing." From "nothing," however, nothing can be derived, and if the starting-point of cognition were strictly interpreted as "noth- ing," cognition itself would be impossible. The "nothing" 764 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER Cohen speaks of must therefore be only a "relative nothing." In Cohen's own argumentation it turns out to be the "possibility of transition, of logical progression (or regression)" which, in Natorp's terminology, is identical with the ideal of an all- inclusive cognitive context, the ideal of the context of logical proof, logical interdependence. As has been mentioned before, this context may be "traced" in two directions: toward the unification of differentiated ele- ments, or toward the differentiation of what is unified. This double-faced context of logical interdependence is, for the neo-Kantians, the basis of all cognition. Context, as here understood, must mean and imply the preservation of the logical significance of each individual ele- ment and, at the same time, the unification of elements in a higher logical unity; and, vice versa, it must mean the preser- vation of the logical unity of the context and, at the same time, the diversification and preservation of the individual elements. The particulars must be preserved within the context, and the context must be maintained despite all differentiations. Logical context, as exemplified in mathematics and mathematical phys- ics, fulfills both requirements. This context is encountered in its most elementary form in the relationship of a question and its answer. The question antici- pates its answer; the answer fulfills or satisfies the question. Both belong indissolubly together. The relationship of question and answer, however, also defines the problem of the "object;" for the "object" is an answer to a question. Its primary meaning is that of an answer, that of an element within a context determined by a question. The fact that the "object" seems to lie "outside" cognition and that it is "appropriated" by cognition is fully explained, accord- ing to Natorp, by the idea of anticipation which we encounter in the question. It is the context defined by a question which, in and through its anticipation, defines or determines the "ob- ject." As in the case of mathematical equations the unknown variables x, y, z have meaning for the equation and within the equation only by virtue of the meaning of the equation itself, i.e., in relation to the "invariables," the assumed "variables," ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 765 and the "roots" of the equation, just so, and only so, is the great X of cognition, the "object," meaningful and understand- able only as an element within the context of cognition. So interpreted, the "object" of cognition becomes an antici- pation, a "projection," and ceases to be an unapproachable "thing-in-itself," a something which literally and in the abso- lute sense transcends all cognition. There is no longer any need for the assumption that "objects" exist in and by themselves. All we need to accept now is the possibility of an orderly progress of cognition, the possibility of establishing an all- comprehensive context according to law, the method of securing scientific cognition. The "object" becomes the ultimate goal of that process, the ultimate determination of the X in our initial question. The unity of context is unity of thought. To think, so Natorp maintains, is to unify. That which is to be unified, however, is not something beyond or outside of thinking. It is, rather, some- thing "posited" as a terminal of synthetic relations and there- fore is a product of thought itself. The psychologist may still speak of "sense impressions," "images," and the likej but so far as logic is concerned, we can speak only of "contents" and "content relations" which are determined and defined in and through thinking. From a strictly "critical" point of view it is meaningless to speak of a "manifold of the senses" which exists prior to, and independent of, thinking and which is "unified" in cognition through a secondary thought process. For the neo- Kantians, to think means to posit that something "is." What this something may be prior, or in addition to, our thinking, is a question which cannot be asked legitimately within the frame- work of thought itself, for the demand for a meaning, the de- mand that the "something" mean something within the con- text of thought, is already a demand for a justification of it in and through thought, a demand for its validation as a content of thought. For thought, all "being" exists only in and through thought itself. Logically there is nothing prior to thinking. The X of cognition may be determined as an A or a B or a C} but as X it is only the "pure expression of a question" and not an entity, psychological, metaphysical, or otherwise. 766 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER If thinking, and thinking alone, creates the comprehensive context which, through its unity or interrelations, determines or defines the X of cognition as an A or a B or a C, then the epis- temological problem reduces to a problem of the ultimate logical functions of thinking. The problem of cognition, in other words, will have been solved as soon as we solve the problems of the "categories" which govern and determine the basic functions of thought. Natorp finds that, to begin with, the categories "quantity" and "quality" are indispensable. Wherever an X is to be trans- formed by thought into a determinate A or B or C, we must think that X in terms of quantity and quality at least. Neither one of these categories by itself is sufficient as a determination of X, for the "quantum" is only the quantum of a quale, and the "quale" is but the quale of a quantum. Both together, and in their interpenetration only, constitute magnitude the first product of thought, the first synthetic or integrational unity of experience. They determine X as an "object," but only in a general way. They certainly do not yet determine the interde- pendence of "objects" within a determinate context of experi- ence. The next step in cognition is to advance from such simple and primary syntheses to a new level of unification, to a synthesis of the elementary syntheses, i.e., to the construction of a system of interrelations. The interrelations to be established are the "relations" of Kant's Critique of Pure Reason; that is to say, they are "relations of dependence according to law;" they are "functional relations." The goal of cognition, so we have seen, is the universal and complete determination of the "object" of cognition which leaves nothing undetermined in the original X. The method by means of which alone this can be achieved is, according to Natorp, the method of establishing functional relations which are integrated into a contextual system of experience. Upon such integration depends the very meaning of our term "nature" the possibility of conceiving "nature" as a system of laws or dynamic interrelations. The complete integration is, of course, not attainable at once ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 767 and at one stroke. only little by little does our thinking move toward the all-comprehensive context of the whole of experi- ence. At every step, however, "nature" or "reality" is encoun- tered and understood to exactly the same degree as univocal in- terrelations of the diverse elements have been established, or to which, for any given field of investigation, the choice be- tween possible kinds of functional interrelations has been re- stricted. Admittedly, every fixation of interrelations thus achieved raises new problems and does not constitute a defini- tive terminal of integration} but we are not interested in defini- tive terminals anyway. Our concern is with the discovery of a method of progressive determination which will lead toward the ultimate goal of cognition, the one univocal context. This progressive determination must be defined by the basic law of synthetic unity, i. e., by the generic law of the synthetic process itself. This law involves or presupposes, first, a "start- ing-point" or an "anchorage" as the foundation or reference point of the integration. It presupposes, secondly, the possibility of unrestricted progression from one element to another. And it implies, lastly, a relative termination of the process for each level of integration reached. Natorp identifies these three "indispensables" of the generic law with the "basic series," with the "space-time" schema, and with "causality," respectively. The possibility of arranging experience in series presupposes a secure basic series as reference point and foundation of the whole schema of order a fundamentum relationis or basic scheme which provides a univocal and unchanging standard for all subsequent series, a sequence of positions or a "scale" in terms of which the progression of all other sequences can be determined. This requirement of the generic law gives rise to the age-old demand for something constant or permanent as the basis of all change, for a subjectum (in the Aristotelian sense). Since the required "invariable" subjects are not provided by sensuous things, we must construct them as science has always done. The unchangeable basic constants of science are the per- manent relations which, in our various equations, take the place of "things." Science, in other words, deals with "mass," "energy," "gravitation," or whatever it may be, but these con- 768 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER cepts represent, not "things," but ultimate relations which have been posited hypothetically for the sake of the laws based upon them. In especially favorable cases these "posits" serve well, for a time at least, the purpose of integration. But as soon as the field of experience is broadened it may be necessary to revise our original hypotheses and to employ different "constants." In any case, however, it remains necessary to posit something as ultimate, for without any "positing" of some constants it would be impossible to deal with "nature" scientifically or to deter- mine events in accordance with lawsj and only such determina- tion can lead to the conception of one all-comprehensive "nat- ure." only through the assumption of some basic constants will it be possible to determine "nature" univocally and as a whole. The one sequence of order which is basic and common to all experience is time. Time is the clearest form of the type of scale requisite to a progressive synthesis. But it must at once be sup- plemented by space, as the basis for an interrelation of parallel series. Together, space and time provide the relational founda- tion for every possible progression from one element of experi- ence to another. Since we shall deal with Natorp's interpretation of space and time more fully in Part II, we refrain here from giving further details. Suffice it to say that through the relations involved in the space-time schema we can now define "change" as well as "permanence." Every change which occurs in a definite time and at a definite point in space must be representable as the univocal result of the continuously changing spatial distribu- tion of a "substance." "Substance," therefore, is nothing "given" as independent or as existing in and by itself; it is "posited" as required by the "relations according to law" which describe observable changes. Space and time, being infinite, cannot by themselves deter- mine any particular "object." They provide only the "possi- bility of progression" from one element to another. The actual synthesis is achieved through the "law of causality" which defines the order of relation as an order of "antecedent" and "consequent": If x, then y; "y" is now regarded as in some ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 769 manner dependent upon, or conditioned by, "x." And this rela- tion of dependence is posited as a permanent relation. What- ever determinateness an object possesses must be derivable from this general law through the means of cognition; it must be "constructable" on the basis of the law of causality. According to Natorp, the first and primary means of the "construction" is the positing of "rectilinear uniform motion" as the one unchangeable factor in all our calculations which are meant to describe events in nature. Upon this "posit" the validity of Newtonian mechanics depends, and upon it also depends the integrative success of classical laws. Newton's three laws of motion do not describe directly and as such the events in nature; they only formulate the broadest and most fundamental presuppositions in accordance with which an interpretation of motion is at all possible in systemic integra- tion. Together they provide the framework within which an "object" may be specifically determined in accordance with the law of causality, the schema in and through which the X of experience may be described as an A or a B or a C. Newton's first law of motion, the "principle of inertia," ful- fills only the demand for substantiality; for mass, strictly speaking, is nothing but the measure of inertia. As yet no reference is made to "forces" which might determine change. Newton's second law provides the rule in accordance with which all "forces" must be posited the rule, namely, that "forces" must be posited in proportion to determinate accelera- tions. To state this matter differently, the first law formulates the general presupposition of an underlying "substance" of all motion. The second law corresponds to the law of causality which, according to Natorp, makes it at all possible to fulfill the demand for substantiality. Newton's third law, stipulating that for every action there exists an equal and opposite reaction, expresses a more pro- found conception of causality. The mere "chain" of events has been transformed into a "system" of interactions. But this third law, too, is only another version of the first. Both express the same factual situation from different points 770 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER of view. We attribute the n-fold mass to a body which gives to another body (chosen as unit) an acceleration n-fold of that which it itself would receive from the latter. The proportion- ality of the masses can thus be defined through the negative and inverse proportion of the counter-acceleration. Mass, in other words, is not "given" prior to the dynamic or functional rela- tions of causation but in and through those relations, for mass is the proportion of force to acceleration. Mass, however, is an indispensable factor in all calculations through which the principles of pure mechanics are specifically applied to concrete physical situations. Mass ties the equations to physical "reality." Mass itself and "mass-points," neverthe- less, have no "physical existence." It is not permissible to say that bodies "consist" of masses or of mass-points. Masses and mass-points are only the conceptual integrals of "bodies 5" they are what scientists mean by "objects." It is clear from the above statements that, according to Natorp, laws are not derived from "objects" by a process of abstraction, but that "objects" are posited in requirement of cer- tain functional or dynamic relations according to law. They are the product of progressive integration. Hamilton's principle of energy extends this procedure of in- tegration to the whole field of physics. In the realm of electricity the "ponderable masses" of classical mechanics are dissolved into "forms of energy," but the epistemological procedure is unaltered. Such at any rate is the theory of Natorp and of the neo-Kantians in general. We shall now try to understand Cassirer's view with respect to this problem. To begin with, Cassirer, like all neo-Kantians, asserts "the epistemological primacy of the concept of law over the concept of things." 4 "Understanding" the world is not a purely passive process, a mere copying of some "given" structure of reality, but is a free and constructive activity of mind. "Objects" as such are not "given," ready-made and rigidly fixed in them- selves; they do not exist prior and external to the synthetic unity of comprehension, but are "constituted" through that * Philosophie der symboUschen Formtn, III, vii. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 771 unity, are the result of an integration in and through con- sciousness. Every picture or conception of the world which we have has been achieved through some kind of "objectification," some kind of synthetic transformation, which changes mere "impressions" into determinate and integrated "representa- tions." 5 Even the most elementary sensuous content of experi- ence is already permeated with a "tension" between "content" and "representative function," is not "mere" content but content pointing beyond itself. It is not simply "given" in isolated inde- pendence but is already viewed sub specie and in a certain "re- spect j" and this "respect" alone gives meaning to the impres- sion. Just as any word of a language can be understood only within the totality of a sentence, so each individual impression has meaning and significance only in and through the context within which we view it. 8 The cognitive process begins when in the flux of sensuous impressions certain "units" are "fixed" and retained as centers of integration. Individual phenomena receive their characteristic meaning only through their relation to such fixed centers or points of reference. 7 The "incisions" which determine the "fixed units" are the product of thought, the first determina- tions of the X of experience, and obviously correspond to the "posits" of Natorp's terminology. They provide the anchorage for the progressive determination of the "objects" of experi- ence. Every individual content is determined "objectively" and as an "existant" when it is brought into a space-time order, a causal order, and a thing-attribute order. Participation in the contextual interrelations of these "orders" assures each particu- lar phenomenon of "objective reality" and "objective deter- minateness" 8 or, as Natorp said, it changes the X into a specific A or B or C. For Cassirer, as for Natorp, any object as deter- minate existant "is" only in so far as it is an integral element of a relational context established by cognitive thought. 9 It is ., II, 39- 6 Ibid., Ill, 149-* 55 H, 40. 'Ibid., Ill, 165. 8 Ibid., 235-236. /*., II, 40. 772 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER Cassirer's contention that this fact becomes perfectly clear when we consider sensuous impressions in various space configura- tions. The relation of externality and spatial separateness, i.e., the relations of co-existence, Cassirer argues, are not "given" along with sensuous impressions; they are highly complex and medi- ated results of constructive thinking. When we attribute to things in space a specific magnitude, a specific position, or a specific distance from one another, we refer to no simple data of sense impressions but place the sensuous elements into a context of relations, into a system, which, in the end, is a context of judgments, a product of pure thought. 10 Throughout our discussion of Cassirer's point of view we have repeatedly spoken of "sense impressions" and "sensuous element," as Cassirer himself does; and it seems that, with re- spect to this reference to "sense data," Cassirer has already forsaken the position of the orthodox neo-Kantians, for it was Natorp's contention that as far as epistemology is concerned there is nothing prior to thinking. To think is to posit that something "is." Upon analysis we find, however, that the dif- ference between Cassirer and Natorp on this point is verbal rather than real. Natorp admitted that the psychologist might speak of "impressions," "perceptions," "images," etc., but maintained that neither "impressions" nor "perceptions" could be thought without being taken up into thought, without being permeated with thought; that their very meaning depended upon their being elements within the context of thought. What he repudiated was the idea of "impressions," "perceptions," and the like, existing by themselves in complete separation from thought and having meaning or epistemological signifi- cance in and by themselves. Cassirer, if I understand him cor- rectly, is saying the very same thing because, as he puts it, even the simplest sensuous impressions are already permeated with an "internal tension" involving elements of thought. He would join Natorp in repudiating the idea that sensuous elements are significant or meaningful for cognition prior to and independent of systemic thought. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 773 But let us return to our main theme. The transition from the level of sense impressions to the mediated world of spatial representations is made possible by the fact that within the sequence of fluctuating impressions cer- tain constant relations can be fixed and defined and can be asserted as something permanent and independent of the flux itself. 11 Each impression must then prove its objective sig- nificance by becoming an integral element of these relations or, rather, of the totality or the system of these relations. Its fusion into the systemic context, and this alone, gives objective meaning to the individual impression. From the very first, every forma- tion of concepts, irrespective of the field in which it is carried through, points toward one ultimate goal, the one goal of all cognition, namely, the fusion of all specific "positings," of all particular conceptual structures, into one unique and univocal all-comprehensive context of thought. 12 This complete syn- thesis, this absolute systemic unity, is the goal and driving force impelling the process of cognition and it is this for Cassirer no less than for Natorp and Cohen. only at the end of the process of integration is the object of experience fully deter- mined, and only then has truth, absolute and unchanging truth, been attained. However, before the contents of experience can be inte- grated as here demanded they must be transformed. The "sense data" or "immediate impressions" must be "resolved" into elements of theoretical thinking. They must be "posited" as such elements. 13 Without this transformation, carried through most effectively in the physical sciences, it would be impossible to formulate the laws which describe and determine the context of experience. And without attaining at least in some measure the systemic unity according to law we could not even speak about "nature." "Nature" for Cassirer as well as for Natorp is the unity according to law, the systemic context of all particulars in experience, the totality of progressive integra- "I bid., Ill, 331. /*., II, 43. 774 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER tion and objective determination of the "objects" of experi- ence. 14 In the field of physics the "transformation" referred to in- volves a change from the quale of immediate impressions to concepts of measure and number. The laws of physics are state- able only with respect to such transformed "objects." And, vice versa, the significance of an "object" as object now depends exclusively upon the clarity and univocality with which it re- flects or represents the law or the determinateness of the con- text, upon its inclusion within a system of law. Cassirer and Natorp would agree on this point. They differ, however, in their reference to the specific laws determining the content. Natorp based his interpretation exclusively upon Newtonian mechanics; Cassirer, on the other hand, took into consideration more recent developments in the field of physics. For Natorp, "existence" means the complete and absolute determination of an "object" with respect to space and time. 15 Cassirer, contemplating the conclusions reached by quantum mechanics, knows that such complete determination is impossible even in theory, and that we must rest satisfied with a less rigid demand. 1 * Let us follow Cassirer's argument in greater detail. Cassirer finds that quantum mechanics has confirmed rather than disproved the general position of the neo-Kantians. At least it has cut the ground from under all realistic interpretations of reality. "Things" no longer provide the starting-point of cognition but are the ultimate goal of our interpretations. Laws can no longer be derived from "things" through a process of abstraction} they constitute the basis upon which alone we can assert the existence of "things." The concept of law is logically prior to the concept of thing. 17 Our knowledge of "nature" extends only so far as does our concept of law. Objective "reality" can be asserted only in so far as there is order in ac- cordance with law. "Things" are the "limit," the ultimate goal toward which the process of cognition moves but which it never </., n, 6 5 $ in, 367. 15 Logische Grundlagen, 34 iff. M DeterminismuSy 236. 11 Ibid., 163. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 775 actually reaches. The "object" of experience is not something completely determined in itself but something determinable without end in the process of cognition. 18 Except through the medium of laws, no "object" is "given" or known. 19 So far Cassirer is in complete agreement with Paul Natorp. But, whereas Natorp believed that Newtonian mechanics pro- vided the means, in principle, for a complete determination of an object in space-time, Cassirer points out that this thesis involves an over-simplification of the facts. "Field" theories, the phenomena of "entropy," and the "uncertainty relations" of quantum mechanics involve problems which cannot be solved within the framework of classical mechanics. "Fields of forces," for example, are not "entities" in the classical sense of "material bodies." As far as such "fields" are concerned, "mass" can no longer be regarded as "ponder- able reality" but must be resolved into electric "charges." The whole conception of a "physical body" must therefore be redefined. 20 The "field" is not a "thing," but a "system of effects." Similarly, the "atom" can no longer be conceived as a "thing." It has turned out to be an intricate "system" of dynamic relations and can be described only through the laws which express its effects. 21 To assert that "electrons" exist within the atom and that they move in definite orbits actually means only that certain laws, formulated to describe observable phe- nomena of cathode rays and line spectra, are valid; that they are descriptive of the phenomena. 22 Neither the "electrons" nor their "orbits" are "things-in-themselves," mere "stuff," "given" to us prior to cognition. They are, rather, terminals within the integrative process of cognition. 23 The electron "exists" only relative to a "field," relative, that is, to a "system of effects," and as a particular "place" of that field. 24 18 Ibid., 164. 19 Ibid., 178. 90 Ibid., 163. n Ibid., 165. "Ibid., 1 68. *Ibid., 171. 24 Ibid., 222. 776 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER The laws of classical mechanics are so formulated that they are valid only under two assumptions. First, all physical objects must be reducible to mass-points; and, second, these mass-points must be definitely localizable in space at any given time and with any given momentum. Quantum mechanics shows, how- ever, that it is impossible to determine the exact location of an electron if we determine its momentum at the same time with an accuracy required by the classical laws. The impossibility here in- volved is not merely of a practical nature but is one in principle. We must therefore conclude that the individuality of an electron can no longer be defined or determined as that of a "thing" in space and time. 25 If we continue to speak about individual electrons we can do so only indirectly. That is, we can speak of their "individuality," not as something "given," but only as constituting specific focal points of relations, "intersections" within a system of effects. 28 All formulations of quantum mechanics are systemic formulations concerning functional de- pendencies, not statements concerning individual "things" called "electrons." 27 The situation, in brief, is something like this: Classical mechanics assumed that the "state" of a "thing" in space can be completely determined at any given moment and in every respect. The possibility of such determination was regarded as so certain that it became the basis for the definition of the "reality" of a thing. only an object that could be determined completely in space-time was said to be "real." 28 Now this definition of "reality" must be relinquished, for we now know that the "picture" of an object which we obtain is inescapably conditioned by the process of observation. If we carry out one type of experiments, we can locate the electron in space-time and can regard it as a "particle;" but its momentum cannot be determined with accuracy. If we resort to a different type of experiments, we can determine the momentum of the electron with complete accuracy, but we cannot locate it in space; we 224. "ibid., 225. * Ibid., 228. "Ibid., 235. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 777 must then consider it as a "wave." What an electron "is," in the absolute sense and independent of specifically defined condi- tions of observation, we cannot say. 29 If we insist upon an absolute determination of the "object," we retain nothing but a shadowy abstraction. If, on the other hand, we relinquish the demand for an absolute determination and are satisfied with a relative one, then we find that this rela- tive determination can be achieved with great accuracy. 30 This means, however, that we must abandon the cognitive ideal which, for Natorp, was the goal of all science. Cassirer is willing to take this stepj and there is no question in my mind that Natorp himself would have taken it had he lived long enough to come in contact with modern quantum mechanics. The spirit of Natorp and the whole conception of his theory of knowl- edge warrant such a conclusion ; for there is nothing involved in this step which in the least challenges the idea of the primacy of law over things. on the contrary, Cassirer is per- fectly right when he sees in the development of quantum mechanics a confirmation of the neo-Kantian thesis. Just as in mathematics "point" and "straight line" are implicitly de- fined by the relations which govern them, so, in quantum mechanics, "atoms" and "electrons" are defined by the laws and relations of the system as a whole. 31 The only difference between physics and mathematics is that the axiomatic asser- tions of mathematics are replaced in physics by hypothetical "posits" of such a type that their interrelations constitute the most complete system, the most comprehensive context, of the phenomena of experience. In neither case are the laws derived from existing "objects" by a process of abstraction, but the "objects" are constituted and determined through the laws of integration. Cassirer and Natorp are equally emphatic on this point. II. "SPACE" AND "TIME" Our second point of comparison involves the interpretation of space and time as given by Natorp and Cassirer, respectively. id. t 238. 10 ibid., 239. "Ibid., 2*3- 778 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER For Natorp, "time" is a "mode of order," just as "space" is such a "mode." "Time," however, is the one "mode" com- mon and basic to all happenings, whereas "space" is the "order" of coexistence. The definite co-ordination of specific points in space with successive points in time enables us to define all change as "motion," i.e., as "change of position in time." But if "time" is only an "order of position," it is essentially a "parameter" in the purely mathematical sense in the sense, that is, in which all space co-ordinates also are such "parame- ters." As "modes" of arranging the manifold phenomena of experience in specific ways, space and time are of exactly the same logical significance for cognition. 32 They represent the "form," i.e., the kind of order according to law, in accordance with which alone the manifold of experience can be viewed concretely and in relations of succession and coexistence; they represent a certain "mode" in which the integration of the phenomena can be accomplished, a "condition" which restricts the activity of synthetic thinking in its dealings with sense impressions by imposing upon it certain laws of relations. 33 As we have seen in the previous section, the cognition of an "object" means, for Natorp, the progressive determination of an undetermined X; and univocality of cognition means com- plete determination. Such determination, Natorp believes, can be achieved with respect to space and time, giving rise to the concept "existence." We must, however, examine more closely the meaning and nature of space and time. To begin with, space and time may be considered from two points of view, namely, as mathematical structures and as in- dispensable conditions of the existential determination of all possible experience. Viewed from the point* of view of pure mathematics, space, like time, is but an order of position and is without content. Time and space, as mathematical structures, are "empty." They are, however, subject to one and the same type of law the law of any order of position, the law of "number" and, in this sense, are inseparably interrelated. 34 "Natorp, op. cit., 72-78. "Ibid., 268-269. 280. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 779 As mathematical structures, space and time are subject only to the laws of integrative thought and their qualities depend exclusively upon that thought. The "directions" and "dimen- sions" of space, for example, may be arranged in complete freedom. All types of non-Euclidean geometry are acceptable so long as they fulfill the logical requirements of coherent systems. 35 Natorp, in other words, fully accepts the modern developments in geometry 36 and he approves of Cantor's "trans- finite" numbers. Indeed, he sees in both developments a verifi- cation .of his neo-Kantian position. However, when we leave the realm of pure mathematics and attempt to determine the X of experience through the "forms" of space and time, a specific restriction in the development of space-time relations must be accepted. This restriction may be formulated as the demand that the directions and dimensions admitted must constitute a univocal and closed system of rela- tions, and that no greater number of dimensions be introduced than is necessary and sufficient to establish a complete, univocal, homogeneous, and continuous context of spatial determinations for the contents of experience. 37 This demand for a limitation of the free creativeness of mathematical thought does not arise from any need or implica- tion of mathematics, but solely from the nature of our judg- ments of existence. In their epistemological significance, "di- mensions" are means of determination j but an infinite number of dimensions would determine nothing. If the limitation of the dimensions of space be carried through in conformity with the stipulation that only such a number of dimensions is to be admitted as is necessary and sufficient for the univocal determination of "objects," then, Natorp argues, we are at once restricted to three dimensions of Euclidean constitution. The space within which our mani- fold experience can be arranged in univocal and complete order is a continuous, homogeneous, and three-dimensional space j it is the Euclidean space. 38 . 304. 308. 305. 98 Ibid., 306-308. 780 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER Natorp points out, however, that the Euclidicity of physical space is neither an absolute necessity for pure thought nor a fact of pure experience. It is only a "necessary presupposition" for the integration of experience in the sense that it is required as the basis for a univocal determination of the "objects" of experi- ence. It is a requisite for thought only when thinking is con- cerned with the actual integration of "objects," with their uni- vocal determination as coexisting entities within the context of experience. 39 Consequently, if relations of objects are discovered which deviate from the assumptions implicit in Euclidean space, it may be necessary to modify our geometrical presuppositions. If non-Euclidean geometries offer technical advantages in the integration and determination of experience, so Natorp main- tains, it would be foolish not to employ them. 40 Every empirical datum can be reconciled mathematically with every type of geometry if proper assumptions are made, 41 and only the demand for univocality of description and the stipulation that no unnecessary assumptions should be made can guide us in our choice of the geometrical system which we regard as constitu- tive for the world of experience. For Natorp, the univocal determination of the "objects" of experience can be achieved only through the establishment of "causal" relations in space and time of relations, that is, as exemplified in the laws of classical mechanics; and these laws presuppose and imply the Euclidicity of space. 42 Physics, how- ever, as actual cognition, can never fully attain the ideal of absolute determinateness, for we can measure only with em- pirical means. The degree of determinateness achieved de- pends in every case upon the accuracy of our measurements. This being the case, we must employ, as the basis for measure- ment, that empirical value which most closely approaches the ideal limit. For contemporary physics this value is the constant "Ibid., 312. 40 ., 3 1 5- 316. 339-347- ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 781 velocity of light in empty space 43 as disclosed in the Michelson- Morley ether-drift experiment and as "posited" in the Einstein- Minkowski theory of relativity. Natorp, who published his Logische Grundlagen in 1910, i.e., five years prior to the publication of Einstein's generalized theory, sees in the Einstein-Minkowski theory the reconcilia- ton between pure, absolute, and mathematical space and time on the one hand, and empirical, relative, and physical space and time determinations on the other. 44 That is to say, he sees in the "special" theory of relativity the completion of Newton and Kant, the reconciliation of the ultimate ideal of absolute determination with the restriction of all knowledge to relative determinateness. Instead of achieving absolute determinateness, science must now rest satisfied with a determinateness in space and time which depends upon the value c as upon the last uni- vocal measure empirically attainable. 45 The laws of motion and the principle of the conservation of energy must be restated in somewhat different form, but they appear again in classical form if, instead of c y we posit o as the ideal constant. It is obvious from this line of reasoning that Natorp accepts the special theory of relativity and maintains that, far from im- pairing the basic position of the neo-Kantians, this theory actu- ally confirms the epistemological views of the Marburg School. 46 The ideal of absolute and univocal determination of the "ob- jects" loses nothing of its attractiveness or of its logical validity 5 only the possibility of its empirical fulfillment has been re- stricted in a very specific way. The theory of relativity stipulates a freedom of choice so far as space and time co-ordinates are concerned which was not found in classical mechanics j but this freedom does not endanger the integrated unity of our cogni- tion of nature because it does not impair the univocality of the laws of nature. on the contrary, the recognition of the "in- variance" of the laws of nature despite the relativity of the id., 398. 4 Ibid., 399- 8 Ibid., 401. 782 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER space-time factors (as expressed in the Lorentz "transformation equations") is, according to Natorp, the most important result of the relativity theory/ 7 What is Cassirer J s view with respect to this point? Natorp, we repeat, published his book, Die logischen Grund- lagen der exakten Wissenschaften, five years before Einstein's general theory of relativity became known. Cassirer, on the other hand, published his monograph, Zur Einsteinschen Rela- tivitatstheorie y six years after the general theory first appeared in print. This circumstance alone, I believe, is sufficient to account for whatever difference concerning the interpretation of space and time there may be in the writings of these two men. In accord with Natorp's view, Cassirer maintains that "the doctrine of space and time developed by the theory of relativity is a doctrine of empirical space and empirical time, not of pure space and pure time," 48 and that to this extent the relativity theory constitutes "the most definite application and carrying through of the standpoint of critical idealism within empirical science itself." 49 Space and time, by themselves, "signify only a fixed law of the mind, a schema of connection by which what is sensuously perceived is set in certain relations of coexistence and se- quence." 50 That is to say, time is, like space, a schema in which we must arrange events, if the flux of our subjective impressions is to have objective order and significance. The actual arrange- ment of impressions, however, can be accomplished only upon the basis of measured relationships. And, as the theory of rela- tivity shows, two observers in relative motion to each other will make the arrangement in different ways. Each will regard his own system of reference as the starting-point in relation to which the space-time order of events is to be established, but each order will be different. Nevertheless, both arrangements, if carried through con- sistently, will have objective significance, since it is possible to " ibid., 403. 48 Cassirer, E., Substance and Function, and Einstein's Theory of Relativity (W. C. and M. C. Swabey, trans.), 409. "Ibid., 412. 60 Ibid., 412. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 783 deduce from each the particular arrangement valid for the other observer. The old idea of a unitary time and a unitary space has been abandoned, but its place has been taken by a one-to-one correlation of space-time values in empirically different systems. The dynamic unity of temporal and spatial determinations has been retained, but only as a postulate of relations which are validated in and through a system of laws other than that of Newtonian mechanics. Following Newton, Kant assumed that the three laws of mo- tion of classical mechanics provided the sole and sufficient basis for an integration of experience; and these laws presuppose absolute space and absolute time. In the special theory of rela- tivity, the principle of the constancy of the velocity of light was accepted as the basic presupposition of our integration of ex- perience. Natorp and Cassirer agree on this, and both modify the Kantian position accordingly. In the general theory of relativity even this principle is re- placed by a still different one by the principle of the equiva- lence of gravitational and inertial fields; and it follows from this principle that "all Gaussian co-ordinate systems are of equal value for the formulation of the universal natural laws." 51 We must still conceive an absolute space and an absolute time, i. e., an absolute unity of all space-time determinations; but this unity is not the unity of some "real" object. It is, rather, an Idea (in the Kantian sense) which serves as "a rule for con- sidering all motions in it as merely relative." "The logical uni- versality of such an idea," Cassirer argues in complete agree- ment with Natorp, "does not conflict with the theory of rela- tivity." 52 on the contrary, it alone assures the validity of the empirical laws. All motions in space must be regarded as merely relative because only in this way is it possible to combine them into a definite concept of experience which unifies all phe- nomena. "The one valid norm is merely the idea of the unity of nature, of exact determination itself;" 53 and this the theory of relativity safeguards by guaranteeing the "invariance" of the laws of nature despite the relativity of all space-time co-ordi- , 416. "Ibid., 41*. 784 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER nates. Cassirer and Natorp are in complete agreement on this point; although Natorp did not know the generalized theory of relativity when he wrote his Logische Grundlagen. When Natorp's book was republished without revision in 1923, Cassirer's interpretation of relativity was well known, and Natorp, in the new preface to his book, referred his readers to Cassirer's monograph, saying that this monograph provided a substitute for Natorp's own interpretation, since it "contains much of what I myself might have said concerning this mat- ter." 54 III. CAUSALITY Our third point of comparison involves the interpretations of causality as given by Natorp and Cassirer, respectively. According to Natorp, experience is integrated and the "order" of experience is established in conformity with the ideas of suc- cession and simultaneity. Through the idea of succession, im- pressions are related in series, and these series, in turn, are related in sequence until the whole of experience has been in- corporated into one unitary system of series. Through the idea of simultaneity, parallel series are interrelated in accordance with a law of progression which establishes a mutual dependence or interdependence of coexisting series. The arrangement in- volving succession is carried through on the basis of "causality;" the arrangement involving interdependence presupposes "inter- action." The "law of causality," according to Natorp, asserts that a re- sult attained under certain conditions at a time / will be at- tained again under the same conditions at a time / but it does not stipulate what the specific conditions are in any given case. 55 In other words, the "law of causality" affirms merely the de- pendence of a consequent in general upon an antecedent in gen- eral. It affirms an "orderliness according to law" which involves immediately and directly only an order of succession. In so far, however, as we deal not only with a single series in time but with the interrelation of parallel series, the general B * Natorp, op. cit. y vii. , 80. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 785 relationship of antecedent and consequent does not adequately represent the idea of causality. 56 A comparison of various parallel or "co-ordinated" series of changes shows that the law which determines the specific sequence of each series is deter- minable only through a law which defines the relation of co- ordination a law, that is, which defines a "totality of order," a system of interrelations, within which each individual series is determined by all other series, and in which each series contrib- utes to the determination of all others. Such a law, however, is nothing but Kant's "principle of interaction," the culmination of our conception of "nature" as a dynamic system, i.e., as a singular and all-comprehensive functional context of events. 57 The demand for a general law of causality has been fulfilled, according to Natorp, through Newton's formulation of the three basic laws of motion. The second of these laws, in particu- lar, is an expression of the most general demand for a depend- ence of a consequent upon some antecedent. The third law pro- vides the more profound interpretation of causality as "inter- action." 58 Through the application of the law of causality in its most profound sense, a totality of order, a system of order, is estab- lished the totality or system which we call "nature." The nature of the law itself is such that the mathematical term "function" describes it most adequately. We may say, therefore, that only through the idea of "function" can the demand for an all-inclusive and orderly context of experience be fulfilled. "Nature" or "reality" is known or "understood" only to the extent to which such a "functional" or "dynamic" context has been established. 59 Cassirer, I am sure, would agree with Natorp that only the "functional" or "dynamic" context according to law discloses to us the reality and the essence of "nature." His earlier book, Substance and Function, is sufficient proof for this. But, whereas Natorp argues that the functional equations of classical me- m lbid., 8 1. "Ibid., 81. 88 Ibid., 371. d. 9 67. 786 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER chanics, as based upon Newton's three laws of motion, are the sole means through which that context can be established uni- versally, Cassirer maintains that these classical equations must be supplemented and that even new types of laws may be re- quired for the establishment of an all-comprehensive context. According to Cassirer, the "law of causality" must be clearly distinguished from the specific equations of the empirical sci- ences. It is logically on a different level. The equations ex- press particular interrelations of various magnitudes, but the "law of causality" is the general demand that the cognitive process of transforming the data of observation into concise expressions of measure, the process of synthesizing the results of measurements in functional equations, and of unifying these equations in conformity with certain uniform principles, shall be possible without end. The "law of causality," in other words, is the axiomatic demand that the progressive functional interpreta- tion of experience can and must be carried through. 60 The "law of causality" is in so far sui generis as it is not a statement about "things" or "events," but a statement concern- ing laws and principles. It is the axiomatic assertion that the results of our measurements, the laws governing these results, and the principles of interrelating those laws can be integrated in such a manner that they constitute one coherent system of cognition, one unitary and univocal integration of "nature." If I understand Natorp's arguments correctly, they imply this very same conception of the "law of causality;" for does not Natorp maintain that the law of causality in its profoundest sense is the demand for the homogeneous functional system, and not some specific equation describing "events"? But so far as Natorp is concerned, this demand for a system is completely realizable through the equations of classical mechanics. These equations, for Natorp, express the prototype of relations which fulfill the demand for causal interdependence. Cassirer admits that the "law of causality" has been decisive for the development of classical physics, that it has given im- petus and direction to this development. 61 But Cassirer shows * Cassirer, Determinismus, 76. 82. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 787 that the statistical treatment of entropy, as given by Boltzmann, has introduced into physics a new type of "law," a new type of equations of interdependence, which must be given equal status with the dynamic laws of Newtonian mechanics. A dualism has thus been introduced into the conception of "physical laws." 62 Natorp, in agreement with most of his contemporaries, seems to have regarded the "statistical laws" as approximations which did not affect the ideal of a rigid functional interpretation. Ac- cording to this view, the "fate" of individual particles is strictly determinable through classical laws, but it is not always conven- ient or possible for practical reasons to ascertain all the "condi- tions" requisite for a complete functional interpretation. In principle, however, the demand for a complete determination remains unchallenged. Cassirer argues in a somewhat different manner. He points out that even Galileo claimed unconditional or complete exact- ness for his laws only in so far as these laws are hypothetically exact formulations, not in the sense that they describe actual events with absolute exactness. They are expressions of an "if- then" relation rather than descriptions of the "here-and-now" of events. They apply, strictly speaking, to "ideal" cases, not to empirically given situations. What is true of Galileo's laws, Cassirer points out, is true also of all laws formulated in conformity with the Galilean model. It is true, in particular, of the equations of Newtonian mechanics. 68 The laws of classical mechanics, however, involve only "re- versible" processes. The principle of entropy, on the other hand, deals with processes which are not reversible; and such proc- esses, Cassirer argues, require a new type of "law," statistical laws, and laws involving the calculation of "probabilities." 64 The "probabilities" involved in these laws are not of a sub- jective nature but are objective in their significance and mean- ing. once the factors present in a cognitive situation have been analyzed, our probability calculations determine rigidly what ., 96. 68 Ibid., 103. "IbiL, in. ;88 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER is a probable (or improbable) result under those conditions, and they determine this probability or improbability of the event in complete independence of our subjective opinion in the mat- ter. 65 Probability calculation is a branch of pure mathematics and leads to definite conclusions in accordance with strict rules once we apply it to certain assumed or stipulated empirical conditions. And, Cassirer argues, in so far as this is true, statistical expres- sions have the same epistemological significance as the laws of classical mechanics. They can and must therefore be co-ordinated with those laws. 66 This co-ordination is easily accomplished if we remember that the classical laws expressing specific causal relations pertain to the course of an event, whereas probability concerns our knowl- edge of the initial conditions which give rise to that event. The idea of causality in conjunction with the conception of probabili- ties results in the special laws of "statistical mechanics" which strictly determine an event as a consequent of the assumed or stipulated conditions but which, when applied to actual events, constitute the prototype of a physical hypothesis. 67 only through the interpenetration of causality and probability is the general form of "order in conformity with law" at all conceivable. New- ton's law of gravitation, for example, tells us exactly what will happen under condition of some specific distribution of matter in space, but the actual state of that distribution is not deter- mined by the law of gravitation and can be ascertained only through measurements and calculations involving probabilities. So far, therefore, no radical change of the epistemological position of neo-Kantianism is required to accommodate the statis- tical laws. So far Cassirer was not compelled to modify Natorp's view in any radical manner. The question arises, however, to what extent and in what sense the significance and meaning of the "law of causality" have been affected by the transition from classical mechanics to quantum theories. Natorp, so we have seen, died before quantum mechanics came into its own. Hence, " Ibid., 113. *lbid. 9 1 1 8. Ibid., 130. 87 ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 789 if Cassirer's views differ essentially from those of orthodox neo-Kantians, this difference should become noticeable at this point. It is Cassirer's thesis, as it was Natorp's, that the principle of causality is not a proposition dealing directly with things or events but is, rather, a stipulation concerning the means through which things and events are constituted in experience. This gen- eral meaning of causality, according to Cassirer, remains un- affected by quantum mechanics. It is true that Heisenberg has shown that specific "uncertainties" are unavoidable whenever we deal with individual electrons or similar particles, and that therefore "probability equations" alone adequately describe the observed processes. But, as Heisenberg himself has pointed out, these "probabilities" are by no means indeterminate. They are derivable from the principles of quantum mechanics and are strictly and univocally determined by them. 68 The "uncertainty relations," therefore, do not imply a lack of precision in quantum mechanical laws. 69 To put it differently, quantum mechanics, like every other branch of science, makes certain stipulations from which it pro- ceeds and upon which the validity of its formulations depends. It no longer accepts all the stipulations of classical mechanics and has abandoned the hope that all propositions of physics can ultimately be reduced to one type of functional laws; but, within the framework of its own stipulations, the equations of quantum mechanics reveal objective interrelations of events with exacti- tude and precision. When Heisenberg rejected the "law of causality," his argu- ments were directed only against a narrowly conceived version of that law, not against the general idea of "orderliness in accord- ance with law." 70 But "causality" in the narrow sense, Cassirer maintains, had been invalidated even before the advent of quantum mechanics. It had lost status in classical physics, because the equations of classical mechanics could be applied to actual situations only on the basis of probability considerations. m Ibid., 144. * Ibid., 146. 70 Ibid., i43i 153. 790 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER If we discard this narrow conception of causality and adhere only to the general demand for "orderliness according to law" (Gesetzlichkeit), Cassirer argues, then the "uncertainty rela- tions" of Heisenberg "do not constitute a contrary instance." 71 The very demonstration of the validity of the "uncertainty rela- tions" presupposes the validity of the generalized law of caus- ality. Moreover, the basic postulates of quantum mechanics are inseparably tied up with the principles of conservation of energy and conservation of momentum, with principles, that is, which are "pure and typical statements of causality." 72 The general principle of causality demands in general the de- pendence of a consequent y upon an antecedent x: If x, then y. Even traditional logic reveals ( i ) that the falsity of x does not necessarily imply the falsity of y> and (2) that the universal validity of the conditional proposition is unaffected by the fal- sity of the antecedent, or by any restriction of its truth. Hence, if the "uncertainty relations" imply that in the field of physics some judgements of causality rest upon false premises or upon premises of restricted truth, nothing is said thereby concern- ing the pure form of the hypothetical syllogism or concerning its formal validity. The schema, // x, then y, as purely formal schema, loses nothing of its force or of its validity. If, however, the schema is to be applied to some concrete situation, it is neces- sary to ascertain whether or not the values to be inserted for x can be determined by measurement with complete and absolute accuracy. The problem, in other words, pertains not to the causal relation as such but to the "empty places," the measured vari- ables, which make the general principle applicable in concrete cases. The values of x must be "admissible" if the principle of causality is to have specific and univocal meaning in some par- ticular situation. From the point of view of physics, only such values are "ad- missible" which can be definitely ascertained through determi- nate and definable methods of measuring. This restrictive inter- pretation of the conditions under which the law of causality becomes applicable alone assures the physical significance of 153. , 154. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 791 that principle. Natorp, I am sure, would agree with Cassirer on this point, for the idea as such is not new. Newton already in- cluded it in his regulae fhiloso'phandi. The new aspect is that quantum mechanics reveals, through its "uncertainty relations," that it is forever impossible to obtain experimentally certain pairs of magnitudes such as the place and momentum of an electron with complete accuracy. Through this discovery the application of the principle of causality is subjected to a condi- tion of which classical physics knew nothing j but the restriction in applicability does not entail the suspension of the principle itself. 73 So far as quantum mechanics is concerned, the law of causality stipulates that, if at any time certain physical magnitudes have been measured with the greatest accuracy possible in conformity with the "uncertainty relations," then there exist at some other time certain other magnitudes the measurable qualities of which can be predicted with accuracy. It is impossible, however, to describe completely in space and time the actual connections expressed by the functional law, just as it is impossible to con- struct a mechanism on the basis of classical laws which reveals the quantum theoretical connection between waves and particles. Such a representation and description in space and time is, how- ever, not needed for the application of the principle of causality. The formalism of quantum mechanics itself provides all neces- sary "functional" connections. So long as empirical events can be measured and, on the basis of these measurements, can be described in mathematical terms and by means of mathematical equations, the postulate of the "comprehensibility of nature" is fulfilled. Moreover, inasmuch as this "comprehensibility" rests upon the principle of causality in its broad sense, this prin- ciple, too, has lost nothing of its epistemological significance. 74 Natorp, I feel certain, would endorse wholeheartedly this conclusion of Cassirer's argument. Had he lived to see the ad- vent of modern quantum mechanics he would have moved on beyond the position of orthodox neo-Kantianism in the same direction in which Cassirer has actually moved. The initial posi- " Ibid., i 57 . 74 Ibid., 234. 792 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER tion taken by Natorp with respect to the presuppositions of scien- tific cognition implies this. In developing his interpretation of quantum mechanics, Cassirer has not broken with neo-Kantian- ism but has adapted its established principles to the latest results of scientific research. He has carried out a program first enunci- ated by Natorp, and he has carried it out in the very spirit of Natorp. In one essential respect, however, Cassirer has gone far beyond the orthodox neo-Kantians. We shall consider this point in our next section. IV. FOUNDATIONS OF THE "GEISTESWISSENSCHAFTEN" Up to now we have considered Cassirer's views only in so far as they pertain to the epistemological basis of the exact natural sciences. We have found that in all these matters Cas- sirer has advanced beyond orthodox neo-Kantianism only in a very restricted sense. However, in the course of his many-sided investigations, Cassirer became convinced that the traditional epistemology in its usual limitation to "scientific cognition" does not provide a basis for the Geisteswissenschaften or cultural sciences. If all types of knowledge are to find epistemological justi- fication, then the basic principles of epistemology itself must be radically expanded or generalized 75 and must be conceived in such a manner as to admit knowledge differing in kind, not only in degree, from that obtained in the natural sciences. And with this demand for a generalized epistemological basis of all knowl- edge Cassirer departs radically from the position of orthodox neo-Kantianism 5 for Natorp is committed to the idea that the prototype of all knowledge is found in the mathematical sciences. The cultural sciences find no consideration in the Logische Grundlagen or in Natorp's other epistemological writings. The epistemological problems of these sciences are not recognized as such unless we are to accept Natorp's explicit restriction of analysis to the foundations of the so-called exact sciences as an implied admission that other sciences may require a different treatment. Despite this break with the orthodoxy of the Marburg School, " Cassirer, Philosophie der symbolischen Formen, I, v. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 793 Cassirer has by no means abandoned the essence of Kantianism. on the contrary, he finds ample room for the new generalization within the framework of that position. Starting once more from the premise that the basic concepts of science are obtained, not through a process of abstraction, but through an integrative or synthetic act of mind, Cassirer argues that this integrative activity of mind permeates all types of knowledge. Our concepts, whatever they may be in any given field of investigation, are man-created intellectual symbols by means of which experiential contexts are established; they are integral parts of logical systems and are defined and determined in and through the logical structure of their respective systems. But if this is true, then our basic concepts participate in, or "share," the logical structure of the system to which they be- long. And if an "object" of experience is constituted only through these concepts, then "we cannot reject" the idea that the variety of such constitutive logical means produces a variety of "objective" contexts, a variety of differently integrated "ob- jects." 76 Even within the realm of "nature" the "physical" ob- ject is not strictly identical with the "chemical" object, or the "chemical" object with the "biological" object, for "physical," "chemical," and "biological" cognition, respectively, involve spe- cifically different points of view from which the questions are raised which guide our inquiries, and from which the phenomena of observation are subjected to interpretation and integration. 77 The one Being, presupposed in all realistic epistemologies, the thing-in-itself as it exists in and by itself, recedes more and more from the field of investigation and becomes the unknow- able X. It is not encountered at the beginning of cognition as something "given," but only at the end, as the fulfillment of completed cognition, the culmination of all integration. Our basic concepts of cognition cannot be obtained from this X through a process of abstraction. All Kantians agree on this. But is it possible to take the opposite view and to interpret all intellectual symbols, irrespective of the field of their applica- tion, as expressions of one and the same basic function of mind? ., 6. 7. 794 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER Natorp maintains that all cognition, no matter how different its ways and modes may be, aims ultimately at an integration of experience in terms of causality, at the complete subsumption of all objects of experience under the law of causality. The partic- ular is not to remain an isolated particular but is to be merged into a context determined and defined by causal interrelations. Cassirer, on the other hand, finds that the causal mode of integration is only one of many which are equally possible and equally actual. "Ob j edification" is carried on, and the particular is fused into context, by means quite different from that em- ploying logical concepts and laws of logical relations. Art, my- thology, and religion exemplify these other types of integration. No work of art, no mythology, no religion merely reflects an empirically "given." All of them constitute their "objects," their "world," in conformity with some independent principle of integration. Each creates its own symbolic forms, forms which are not of the same type as the "intellectual" symbols of science but which, nevertheless, considering their origin, are episte- mologically equivalent to them. Not one of these different types of symbols can be fully represented by any other, or can be trans- lated into, or derived from, any other. Each type represents a distinct approach to, and a distinct mode of interpretation of, experience and thus constitutes in and through itself a specific aspect of the "real." These types of symbols are not different ways in which one and the same "thing-in-itself" reveals itself to us, but they are modes through which mind accomplishes its "objectification" of experience. 78 Kant's "Copernican revolu- tion" must therefore be extended to all of them. 79 The question in all cases of "objectification" is this: Is the function of the "symbol" derivable from the "object," or does the "object" presuppose the functional significance of the "symbol"? Does the "symbol" find its validation through the "object," or is the "object" constituted through (or by means of) the "symbol"? Since this question arises in every field in which symbols are employed, it represents the intellectual bond, the methodological unity, which holds these fields together. 9. 19 Ibid., 10. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 795 Answering this question in the basically Kantian sense of the primacy of "functions" or "laws" over "objects," Cassirer finds that it is possible to transcend the narrowly conceived position of the neo-Kantians without discarding the essence of Kantian- ism itself. As he now sees it, the integrative activity of mind is not restricted to a purely cognitive function. In addition to the logical integration of experience we can discern a "function of linguistic thinking," a "function of mythico-religious thinking," and a "function of artistic intuition." Each one of these integrat- ing functions leads to a particular type of integration and is therefore constitutive to its own specific context of experience, to its own "objective totality." 80 Interpreted in this way, the critique of reason becomes a generalized critique of culture, showing how all content of culture presupposes and involves a primordial act of mind, an act of creative integration. And in this generalized critique the basic thesis of idealism finds its proper and complete validation. 81 The varied products of culture language, scientific cognition, myths, art, and religion despite their diversified character and despite the difference in method and aim of integration, now are conceived as being one in ultimate purpose in the purpose, namely, of transforming the passive world of mere impressions (in which mind seems at first imprisoned) into a "world of pure spiritual expression." 82 If we insist upon the complete logical unity of all integrations, the universality and exclusiveness of the logical form tend to destroy the specifically and uniqueness of the obj edifications in non-logical spheres of integration. If, on the other hand, we acknowledge the specifically of these integrations without ad- vancing at the same time beyond it to an all-inclusive principle of integration, we are in danger of losing ourselves in particu- lars. 83 But, if we accept the expansion of Kant's "Copernican revolution," then, according to Cassirer, both of these fatal alternatives can be avoided. We can then admit the greatest 80 1 bid., ii. 81 Ibid., ii. "Ibid., 12. "/<*., 1 6. 796 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER diversity of forms without being forced to relinquish the de- mand for ultimate unity in the creative function of mind. For example, the synthesis in which the succession of tones is trans- formed into the unity of a "melody" is quite different from the synthesis through which the manifoldness of linguistic sounds is integrated into the unity of a "sentence}" but common to both is the fact that the sensuous elements no longer remain isolated particulars but are fused into a context in and through which each element receives its real meaning and significance. 84 Each field of integration is characterized by its own approach and procedure; each involves its own specific integrative princi- ple. But all of them are, nevertheless, only functions of the same integrating mind, 85 and in and through its diversified products this mind reveals itself and reveals the world of experience as an expression or manifestation of mind. 86 Such is the essence of Cassirer's thesis. That it involves a step beyond orthodox neo-Kantianism is obvious. It is true, further- more, that in all cultural achievements in language, art, re- ligion, and science creative and integrating minds reveal them- selves. Whenever we deal with "symbols," a creative mind which integrates and interprets them may be assumed to be at work. The use of "symbols" is an act of synthesis, of con- struction, not of abstraction or passive reception. To this extent at least Cassirer's thesis may be regarded as validated. However, Cassirer's three- volume work, Die Philosofhie der symbollschen Formen, still leaves many questions unanswered. The epistemological problem of the exact sciences (mathe- matics, mathematical physics, and chemistry) may be regarded as solved, for the principle of integration is evident in each case. It may be granted likewise that the epistemological prob- lem of "mystical" thinking (mythology and religion) has found its solution. Its integrating principle seems to be identical with what Levy-Bruhl has called the principle of "participation." Both mathematical science and mythology (religion) have, however, in common that they aim at an integrated totality of */<*., 27. 31. ADVANCE BEYOND NEO-KANTIANISM 797 experience. Language and art, on the other hand, do not share this aim. No "object of art" claims to be an all-inclusive totality of experience, nor do all "objects of art" together constitute such a totality. The creative synthesis in a work of art is undeniable, but in intent and method it is not on the same level with a law or theory of science or with an "explanatory" myth. Language also is the product of creative synthesis} but it, too, is, epistemologically speaking, not on the same plane with science or mythology (religion). Both science and mythology represent distinct world-views, intellectual positions from which the manifold of experience is to be integrated into comprehen- sive contexts. Language, on the other hand, despite its sym- bolic character, is but a means to be employed in such integra- tion. It may reflect in its forms and vocabulary predominantly the point of view of mythology or that of science (and usually is a fair mixture of both), but in itself it provides no "point of view" from which experience is to be integrated. This is not to say that the development of language remains unaffected by the purpose for which linguistic symbols are employed. My contention is merely that language as an instrument useful in integrating experience cannot be set in strict parallel with science or mythology as "point of view" and as mode of inte- gration. Cassirer's "philosophy of symbolic forms" needs clarifi- cation at this point. Cassirer, as will be recalled, generalized the position of the neo-Kantians in order to provide an epistemological basis for the cultural sciences. But neither in his Philoso$hie der symbo- lischen Formen nor in his other books does this problem find further consideration. It may be granted that the general thesis of the primacy of the integrative functions of mind over all "objects" of experience implies a suggestion of the direction in which an answer to this problem must be sought. But the task of carrying through the required analysis of categories and principles of integration still remains to be done. What, for example, is the principle (corre- sponding to the law of causality in the exact sciences) which determines obj edification and integration of historical knowl- 798 WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER edge? Upon what basis is the historical context of experience to be established? If in the field of history, too, the basic princi- ple of integration is to be a law of causality, then, it seems, this law must be even more generalized than it was in the field of quantum mechanics and generalized in a different manner. It may have to be transformed into a "principle of relevancy" a principle, that is, the application of which involves value judgments. If so, new questions arise, questions which tran- scend the field of history proper. We must then ask: What are values? What is the epistemological basis of value judgments? What is the principle of integration in the general field of axiology? All these questions must be answered before the epistemology of Geisteswissenschaften is complete} but none of them are answered by Cassirer. His radical step beyond the neo-Kantians of the Marburg School is also a step away from specifically epistemological problems and from the type of analyses which such problems demand. WILLIAM H. WERKMEISTER DEPARTMENT OF PHILOSOPHY UNIVERSITY OF NEBRASKA Fritz Kauf matin CASSIRER, NEO-KANTIANISM, AND PHENOMENOLOGY SYNOPSIS I. The Historical Conjunction 801 II. Variety of Experience vs. Autonomy of Cultural Realms 805 III. The Nature of the Subjective 806 IV. The Form (in Construction and Intuition) 812 V. The Rapprochement between neo-Kantianism and Phenomenology 823 VI. The Symbolical Forms (neo-Kantian and Phenom- enological Philosophies of Man) 831 VII. Philosophy and Religion 845 CASSIRER, NEO-KANTIANISM, AND PHENOMENOLOGY The Historical Conjunction IT IS NOT the purport of the present paper to pin down to any 'Ism* so rich and distinguished an individuality as Ernst Cassirer's. I am convinced, however, that the encyclopedic nature of his thought, of his learning and empathy and the peculiar lucidity of his style are partly due to the sound philo- sophical tradition and scholarly discipline of "Marburg neo- Kantianism" (just as, for instance, the followers of Hegel were privileged to harvest the fruit of their master's systematic achievements and historical wisdom). Yet, although Cassirer, skillfully and conscientiously at once, cultivated and transformed his teachers' heritage, he remained closer to the original Idealism than even Cohen and Natorp themselves in their last writings. Their turn toward religious metaphysics took place at a time when Cassirer's ideas had already crystallized in a form which he continuously developed without ever reaching a breaking-point such as Cohen did in the religious personalism of his Religion der Vernunft (1919) or Natorp in the religious mysticism of Praktische Philosophie Cassirer's Kantianism has to be seen against the background of Hermann Cohen's Logik der reinen Erkenntnis (1902) and Paul Natorp's Einleitung in die Psychologie nach Kritischer Methode (1888), the original version of the Allgemeine Psy- chologie of 1912. Hence we shall have to make particular refer- ence to these classical writings of the school. This will be espe- 801 8oa FRITZ KAUFMANN cially fitting in our context, since HusserPs Phenomenology also profited very much from his ponderings over Natorp's Psychologic and the preceding article "Ueber objective und subjective Begriindung der Erkenntnis" (Philoso'phische Monatshefte, iSSy). 1 These are the main sources for any at- tempt at defining and evaluating anew the relationship between neo-Kantianism and phenomenology proper. Cohen's breaking away from an orthodox neo-Kantianism had its effect primarily on the Jewish philosophy of religion (Franz Rosenzweig), and Natorp's thoughtful Praktische Philosofhie has not yet at- tained the productive recognition which it deserves, i.e., the status and dynamics of a historic philosophical motive. As regards phenomenology, only the grandiose syncretism of Heidegger's Sein und Zeit seems to show traces of the metaphysical philosophy of language in Natorp's posthumous work. 2 In German philosophy, the beginning of the twentieth cen- tury was marked by the appearance of three classic works: Edmund HusserPs Logische Untersuchungen (1900/01), Hermann Cohen's (already mentioned) Logik der reinen Er- kenntnis (1902) and Heinrich Rickert's Die Grenzen der naturwissenschaftlichen Begriffsbildtmg (1902) the third of which, the foremost exponent of the so-called Southwestern neo-Kantian School, does not fall within the scope of this study. 3 Whereas Cohen's Logik climaxed a movement which lost more and more ground in the following decades, HusserPs Unter- suchungen was the beginning of a philosophical enterprise which was to make proselytes from all schools of German philosophy. This success it owed not only to its inner strength and radical method: it was also favored by the tendencies of 1 Cf. Husserl, Logische Untersuchungen (and edition) II, I, 35 3! 5 Ideen zu einer reinen Phaenomenologie, io9fj Natorp, Allgemeine Psychologie, 335$ 28off. HusserPs relation to Natorp's early writings is carefully studied in Marvin Farber's The Foundation of Phenomenology (1943). a Cp. Natorp's Praktische Philosofhie, 2495, 261 with Heidegger, Sein und Zeit, i6of. 8 Besides, a phenomenological criticism of Rickert's position was set forth both by the present writer in GescMchtsfhilosofhie der Gegenwart (1931) and Eugen Fink in Die Phaenomenologische Philosofhie Edmund Husserls m der gegen- wartigen Kritik (1934). NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 803 the age/ Husserl put to philosophical use the descriptive method introduced in psychology by Brentano, James, Dilthey and Lipps. He contributed also to the rise of the new morpho- logical trends which heralded by the disciples of Burckhardt, Nietzsche and Stefan George came to prevail, first, in the analysis of the forms and products of culture. But from the interpretation of poetry, art, religion, etc., these trends began to expand and invade all realms of being and experience, psycho- logical as well as biological and physical: they all were to unfold the variety and articulation of their forms and show their spe- cific, irreducible natures. Phenomenology served the self- understanding of all these movements by providing them with a methodical foundation and bestowing upon them a systematic unity. When we analyze the implications of this phenomenological approach to the facts and problems of world and life, the points of contact with neo-Kantian thought as well as those of con- trast to it (and, hence, the mixture of alliance and tension be- tween the two movements) will immediately come to the sur- face. It should be stated, however, from the outset that this relation was not static, but seemed to lead toward a qualified rapprochement to which the later writings of Natorp, Husserl and Cassirer bear witness. 5 The present article, too, was intended to advance a closer co-operation between the thinkers of both schools: a purpose which is now largely frustrated by the untimely death of my eminent partner in the originally con- templated dialogue. Husserl found himself in a common front with the Marburg scholars in his victorious struggle against the psychologism of 1900. As a matter of fact, the anti-psychologism which domi- 4 It is symptomatic that, in the late twenties, most of the teachers in the Depart- ment of Philosophy at the University of Marburg itself (Heidegger, Mahnke, Loewith, (Gadamer), Krueger) claimed to be adherents of phenomenology. 8 Historically the germs for such an understanding were present from the beginning in the profound admiration for Leibniz which the author of the Unter- suchungen has in common with Cassirer (whose book, Leibniz* System, appeared in 1902) as well as in Husserl's grateful interest in Natorp's Psyckologie an interest which shows not only in HusserPs writings, but also in the fact that Natorp's book was repeatedly the subject of discussion in HusserPs (and later, Heidegger's) seminars. 804 FRITZ KAUFMANN nates the first volume of the Logische Untersuchungen proved so successful that only few readers, like Dilthey, realized the methodological importance of what the second volume offered under the somewhat misleading title "descriptive psychology:" this 'psychology' was as little a piece of merely empirical re- search as was the psychology that played its part in the philo- sophical systems of Cohen and Natorp. At the same time, the systematic function of HusserPs 'psychology' was not that of studying the unity of human culture or reconstructing the original unity of consciousness the tasks set for "psychology according to the critical method" by Cohen and Natorp re- spectively. In the terms of Natorp's philosophy, the comple- mentary methods of direct construction and psychological re- construction express the correspondence between two procedures that of objectification and subj edification (a difference said to be logically prior to the determination of object and subject proper). According to Cohen and Natorp the unity of the subject, i.e., of the concrete living consciousness, this unity di~ rectly enjoyed, but not directly grasped, has to be regained through a reversal of the processes of objectification through fusing what, under the theoretical, ethical and aesthetic aspects, had been separated in the pure forms and normative products of science, art, and the moral "kingdom of ends." The unity of the mind is said to consist in the unity of these aspects, i.e., of these types of objective synthesis and legislation which make up the worlds of pure science, pure morals, and pure art. In neo-Kantianism the search for this unity of conscious life and its world the life and world wherein these different atti- tudes (Einstellungen) pervade one another is not the first step to be taken. It is preceded by the investigation into the constitutive principles (the "inner forms") through which ob- jectivity in one sense or the other can be achieved. The critical distinction between the different ways of objectification and between the corresponding realms of culture is intended to secure the autonomy of these realms, ascertain the both irreduc- ible and limited variety of the 'styles' of human experience and overcome the dangers of one-sided naturalism (including psy- chologism), moralism, and aestheticism. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 805 What distinguishes this neo-Kantian philosophy from the phenomenological approach are (i) the different roles assigned to the element of jorm y (2) the different concept of subjectivity and (3) the greater variety of experiences accounted for by phenomenology. II Variety of Experience vs. Autonomy of Cultural Realms It is advisable, perhaps, to begin with the discussion of this third factor. Neo-Kantianism is a "philosophy of human cul- ture:" even the latest important document of the school Cassirer's Essay on Man has "philosophy of culture" in its subtitle. The philosophical interest is centered in the founda- tion, forms, and products of human civilization. The traditional tripartition of the realms of culture tended, at first, to determine, i.e., both to fix and to limit the various types of human ex- perience. The religious experience, e.g., does not fit into this schema: the very possibility of a philosophy of religion is denied by Natorp at least in his capacity as a transcendental criticist j 6 in Cohen's last works its recognition comes close to destroying the framework of critical idealism; and in Cassirer's thought religion occupies a somewhat precarious position between myth and morals: in his Essay on Man it seems almost restricted to the moral, positive revaluation of the ancient taboo system. 7 To be sure, following Natorp's own suggestion, Cassirer en- riched the neo-Kantian system by a variety of symbolic forms and, with their help, by the systematic interpretation of an enormous wealth of relevant phenomena. We shall turn later on to this new phase of a more versatile transcendental method. For the moment, it may be stated, first, that the very rise and attraction of phenomenology was greatly due to its insist- 6 Cf. Natorp, Praktische Philosophie (1925), 534! (in partial revision of Allgemeine Psychologic, 94) . T Cf. Cassirer, Essay on Man, 1056*. In his Philosofhie der symboliscken Formen (II, i6> n. x) he lists, however, with chivalrous praise "amongst the epochal merits of Husserlian phenomenology that it has sharpened our eyes for the differences between the 'structural forms' of the mind and, in a departure from the method of psychological inquiry, has shown us a new way of viewing them," viz., through analysis of their essential meanings. 8o6 FRITZ KAUFMANN ence on, and exhibition of, a manifoldness of experiences and types of being an open-mindedness which was not narrowed down by the preconception of three spheres of objective experi- ence. To survey and divide the otherwise boundless 'field of investigations, Husserl used tentatively the different formal and material ontologies (of nature, soul, spirit, etc.,) as "guid- ing clues" for the analysis of the different types of phenomena. But these ontologies functioned as mere "indicators," and their establishment was in itself a philosophical task. To the phe- nomenologist there are no pre-established "transcendental facts" like the fact or even fieri of science data which have only to be resolved into their constitutive factors. Phenomenology is not a philosophy of culture in the sense that it takes orders from any canonic standard. It is free not only to criticize the actual state of our culture, but to delimit even the idea and claims of culture as such. 8 It does not accept Cohen's identification of the subject, i.e., the unity of con- sciousness, with the unity of the human culture an identifica- tion through which the objective mind comes to account for the whole sphere of the human spirit. Ill The Nature of the Subjective In the neo-Kantian interpretation subjectivity is c nothing but' the system of objectifying functions read from the cultural documents in which they have manifested themselves and in which alone they are said to have their true life and being. 9 Ou YP &*u TOU eovcoSj $v fit rce^aTKJixGVov eaftv^ eupqareis TO voeiv: "You will not find thought apart from the objective content wherein it found its expression" (Parmenides). My purpose cannot be to discredit the great Parmenidean tradition which is still alive in Kant and his followers. The 8 Cf., e.g., Husserl, Formate und Transzendentale Logik (Jahrbuch fur Philo- sophic) X, 161$ Die Krisis der Europdischen Wissenschaften und die Transzen- dentale Phaenomenologie (Philosophia y I) 79$. But even Natorp eventually comes to criticize Cohen's reliance on the transcendental facts of physics, jurisprudence, etc.: Cf. Praktische PMlosopfa, 2o8ff. ' Cf. e.g., Cassirer, Philosophic der symbolischen Formen ///, 59. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 807 primacy of the positive Leibniz's conviction that people are right in what they see and aver, although they may be wrong in what they deny only because they do not see it is a leading principle of phenomenological interpretation. The quasi in- direct, hermeneutic approach to human being the discovery of this being in its most characteristic expressions is the right- ful method of moral sciences (Geisteswissenschafteri). It has been analyzed and practiced as such in an admirable way by a thinker like Wilhelm Dilthey. All we know and all we need to know, e.g., of Shakespeare, lives, indeed, in his works and has not passed with the passing of his private life nor been buried in the archives of London and Stratford-on-Avon. Still, the historical and geisteswissenschaftliche approach is not the only way of human self-concern and self-knowledge. Cassirer's main methodical principle that only by expressing itself the spirit reaches its true and perfect inwardness (Innerlichkeity 10 has its historical foundation in idealistic thought, but represents an indisputable truth only if it is properly qualified and under- stood: it cannot be simply presupposed; the roots it has in the structure of our being must be bared. That introspection would yield only "a very meager and fragmentary picture of human being" 11 is not borne out by the Confessions of Augustine, the Thoughts of Pascal or the Journals of Kierkegaard. Yet, man's true and direct self-knowledge is not even con- fined to these religious confessions or to the existential re-flec- tions of men who are thrown back upon themselves that type of 'immanent perception' in which consciousness and conscience may become one. In addition there may well be a scientific research for the essence of subjectivity and for the different types of what Brentano and Husserl called the intentionality of consciousness. By the nature of its subject such analysis will grow in intensity so as to uncover the innermost springs of con- scious life including those of philosophy itself as a way of life leading toward the appropriation of our very own essence. In this regard Heidegger's existentialism (biased and one-sided 10 Cassirer, Philosophic der symbolischen Formen, II, 242$ cf., e.g., 193, 229, 246, 267. u Cassirer, Essay on Man, ^. 8o8 FRITZ KAUFMANN as its execution proved to be) is no mere deviation from Hus- serl's thought, but its rather unorthodox pursuance into a sphere of problems which Husserl considered a cwra posterior of the phenomenologist. Husserl has shown how the 'noetic' processes of the mind (e.g., the synthetic actions of judging) are to be studied parallel (i) to its 'noematic' contents (e.g., the meaning of judgments the subject-matter of apophantic logic) and (2) to real or ideal facts judged of (and studied, first of all, in the system of formal and material ontologies). The neglect of the noetic studies (which are prefigured in Kant's "Subjective De- duction," i.e., in an approach that was long somewhat dis- credited in the Marburg school) deprived neo-Kantianism of such fundamental insights as are worked out in HusserPs analysis of time-consciousness ("Vorlesungen zur Phaenome- nologie des inneren Zeitbewusstseins" Jahrbuch IX, 367-496). This neglect may have been caused partly by the fear of falling prey to psychologism, partly by the adherence to the Cartesian dogma that the mode of consciousness (Bewusstheii) is always the same, and that consciousness differs only in its contents, objects, and their respective orders. 12 Following Husserl, 13 Adolf Reinach 14 had already protested against level- ing all functions of consciousness, and asked how, without the awareness of functional differences, the indistinct hearing of a loud tone could be distinguished from the clear and distinct hearing of a low one. As a matter of fact, the differences of attention and the distinction between intentional experiences in general like just seeing and hearing things and inten- tional acts in particular like the explicit looking at, listening to something have played an important part in phenomeno- logical analysis. Yet they are far from being the only themes of noetic investigations: the centrifugal or centripetal ways of experience; the looking upward, downward, or straight forward at things or persons j the variations in pace, temper, genuineness, "Cf. Cohen, Logik der reinen Erkenntnis y 363^., Natorp, Allgemeine Psy- chologie, lyff., 40^. 11 Log ische Untersuchungen (and edition) II, I, 362. 14 Gesammelte Sckrtften } NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 809 etc., represent additional ways of dealing with things, i.e., par- ticular modifications of "intentionality." They can be over- looked only by one who identifies without reservation the "being conscious of" with the appearance of a thing, with the TIVWI itself this "most wonderful phenomenon of all" (Hobbes), behind which allegedly no question can reach, which is no prob- lem itself, but gives to all questions an unquestionable founda- tion. 15 And, indeed, consciousness cannot be deduced and ex- plained j but why should it not be explored in its modes as well as in its contents? 18 Failing the recognition of this possibility, the life and nature of the subject appear only by way of interweaving the diverse principles to which all types of objects owe their existence and re-constructing thus, at the bottom of all specific experiences, the original, formative unity of consciousness as such (Kant's unity of the transcendental synthesis of apperception). The construction of the object is temporally and logically prior to its reversal, the reconstruction of the subject. As a matter of fact, even according to Husserl, the method of reflection which gives us access to pure consciousness is but the reverse of the primary, natural attitude (natiirliche Einstel- lung) and its orientation. Still, reflection is to him a way of immanent intuition 5 it is no bare reconstruction of the sub- jective, does not presuppose the whole work of objectification and is not restricted to the Penelope-labor of undoing the care- ful syntheses of the mind. It starts from distinctive unities of experience (phenomena in this sense) and is free to go back all the way through the synthetic processes and actions which lead upward to these appearances or else to go on to objective unities of a higher level. The given experience appears thus 15 Cf. Cohen, Logtk, 365$ Natorp, Allgemeine Psychology 29, 35 j Cassirer, Das Erkenntnisproblem, II, 67 f. 16 To be sure, it is a remarkable fact that in as early a writing- as Substanz- btgriff und Funktionsbegriff (32!) Cassirer refers to Husserl in acknowledging a variety of the most different acts of thought. Each of them is a mode of conscious- ness which represents "a specific way of interpreting its content, a peculiar inten- tional relation to the object." Still, he continues to study the life of consciousness only in the dialectics of its formations, in the objective meaning which the sensory material acquires and in the transformation of meaning which it undergoes} in Husserlian terms the analyses remain within the 'noematic* realm. 8io FRITZ KAUFMANN as the product of a phenomenological genesis which can be verified by retracing the whole process springing back from a given point to a more primitive state and following from there the stream of consciousness just as in the case of living remi- niscence we are drawn back into the past to embark once more on the path toward the present. The phenomenological research never loses the color of life, the dynamics of consciousness which it is in search of the concrete experience from which mere objectification and subjectification, mere construction and re- construction are alienated. (So much so that in his Practical Philosophy Natorp would like to describe the process of tran- scendental synthesis entirely without any reference to the Kantian Ego, to subject and consciousness. 17 ) Even so, Natorp considers himself faithful to the spirit of Kant's basic intentions. And Cassirer is at one with him in emphasizing that the process of experience as such not only of theoretical experience as described in the first Critique ante- dates the distinction between the objective and the subjective, between being and consciousness. Self and object are not pre- supposed from the first, nor is one the foundation of the other and its knowledge, "but in one and the same process of objecti- fication and determination the whole of experience comes to be divided for us into the 'spheres within and without,' into 'Self and 'World'." 18 This may be compared with Husserl's conception of pure consciousness as the sphere of origin within which alone the real person and his real world are to find their "phenomenological constitution." The absoluteness of the latter constitutive process, however, is not so remote as to make it a mere dialectical con- struction. Even where intentional experience (intentionales Erlebnis) is not a matter of personal activity, it is still borne and animated by living consciousness. And, whereas Natorp speaks of a quasi-automatic and Utopian "movement of the categories" as such, taken to enjoy a sort of mythical super-being, Husserl "Natorp, Praktische Philosophic, 241. Cf. also Cohen, e.g., Logik der reinen Erkenntnis, 415, Ethik des reinen Willens, 130. 38 Cassirer, Kants Leben und Lchre, 209. Cf. Philosophic der symbolischen For- men ///, 59. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 811 deals not only with the categories, but with the aai^Yopetv itself, the very acts of determining things. Here the procedures of objectification as such are followed out and not merely fixed as to their results at the different stages of their evolution. The function of objectification certainly plays an important part in Husserl's transcendental phenomenology the very title 'transcendental" refers to the self-transcendence of the subject towards the object. But it does not cover the whole of conscious life and is not the only concern of the phenomenolo- gist. This fact would have come out even more clearly, if the second and third parts of HusserPs Ideas had ever been pub- lished. While speaking of the subjective side of a phenomenon as well as of the objective one, i.e., "that experiential content which points away from the Ego," Husserl gives in the first part of the Ideas preference to the latter to the "objectively oriented aspect, since it is this aspect which is most familiar to us from our natural attitude." 19 Yet even in the description of the synthesis in which an identical object comes to be realized, Husserl does not confine himself to the spontaneity of the intellect and the process of "categorial constitution." 20 He studies also the more primitive fusion of appearances, the work of what he calls primary passive syntheses, i.e., syntheses in which the Ego is still latent, just as there is a secondary pas- sivity into which each previous activity is likely to fall back: a judgment, for example, after having been actively built up, lives on in a sedimentary state in which it enters new connec- tions, new passive syntheses. 21 In this way the formative power of pure consciousness can be exhibited and analyzed, whether or not the subject qua agent is openly on the stage and personally engaged in performing any synthetic activities. 19 Husserl, Ideen I, 1605 cf. also 192, 21 9, 232. "Natorp, Praktische Philosophic, 2i2ff, 222. Cf. Cassirer, "Paul Natorp," Kantstudien, XXX (1925) 280. ** Cf. Husserl, Meditations Carte siennes: 38, "Genese active et passive" (658) $ Erjakrung und Urteil, pass. (e.g. 1 6, 74^ ) . These problems are intimately con- nected with Dilthey's attempt to lay a foundation for formal logic and its categories through a logic and categories of life: cf., especially, Dilthey, Schriften VII, 228ffj Georg Misch, Lebemfhilosofhie und Phaenomenologie (1930), fast. 812 FRITZ KAUFMANN IV The Form (in Construction and Intuition) The confrontation of HusserPs "passive syntheses" with the ideals of "construction and re-construction" in neo-Kantianism can serve very well to characterize the difference in the tenor of these two types of philosophy. Neo-Kantianism, attributing to construction a foremost place in the growth of all experience, pursued a constructive method in its own procedure. Cassirer always insisted on the paradigmatic importance of Kant's "Copernican revolution" in philosophy: In each and every sphere of objects the viewpoint of "ectypal reflection" (nachbrldende y copeyliche Betrachtung) has to be abandoned for that of 'architectonic ordering/ . . . Even outside of the realm of pure theory we ought to see that the object of a certain synopsis is constituted rather than copied by this form of unification, the synopsis. 22 As a matter of fact, this unqualified emphasis on the arche- typal function of the forms of our experience makes neo- Kantianism border on anti-Kantianism. It is not balanced by the recognition of the finiteness of our knowledge in contra- distinction to an intuitus originarms which brings the Ding an sich into being. In this neo-Kantian interpretation the Ding an sich is not determined in itself; it is not qualitatively different from the objects and products of experience; it is reduced to a methodological idea the sum total of experience and has become relative to the process of objective determination; as an ideal limit it marks only the point of complete determination of things in every possible way a point never reached, but always striven for. Leibniz's principle of a continuous scale of representation has gained the upper hand over the transcen- dental contrast between the two forms of representation (sen- sory and intellectual) in Kant. This is why the procedure in the different ways of cultural ** Cassirer, "Das Symbolproblem und seine Stellung im System der Philosophic" (Zeitschrift fuer Aesthetik XXI (1927)9 311). For thought qua determination cf. Natorp, Die logischen Grundlagen der exacten Wissenschaften (1910), 38f: "To think does not mean anything else but to determine. . . . Thought does not recognize any determination prior to that which is of thought's own making." Cf. Kant, Kritik der reinen Vernunft, B, 375. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 813 life, as described by Cassirer, resembles so much the building of the Tower of Babel: it seems to reach into the void, governed as it is exclusively by internal principles, without being oriented toward anything or controlled by anything independent of this whole process and without being animated by the messianic spirit of Cohen. The constructive schemata designed by thought "do not borrow their hold and support from the empirical world of things, but create this support themselves" by way of a context of signs contrived to represent a system of universal relations. 28 The full meaning of this contention comes to light by the help of its negative counterpart: the rejection of sense-percep- tion as a mediating link in a causal chain between subject and object. The relation between object and consciousness being that of "intentionality" (Husserl), no causal relation can prevail between them, since causality, according to Cassirer, has its place exclusively within the realm of things. This statement neglects, however, the variety of causal experience and narrows causality down to a phenomenologically derivative type, the relation between physical events. Even the Kantian category had been much more comprehensive. Cassirer insists that sensa- tion can be only the sign, the representative of its 'intentional* object, never the effect of a transcendent Ding an sich which affects our mind. 24 28 Cassirer, Phaenomenologie der Erkenntnis y 33 if. M Ibid., 365*1, above all 376ff. In his Essay on Man, however, Cassirer actually did employ such biological terms as 'stimulus* and 'response* to characterize the dynamic, i.e., causal relations between man and world. At the same time, thought appeared as a refined means to regulate this rapport as well as conquer a new dimension of reality. In this way Cassirer seems to have accommodated himself to the American scene. But this adaptation to Dewey's thought ought not to be over- rated : there has always been a bridge between panmethodologism and instrumental- ism. Moreover, Cassirer does not take these biological and instrumental aspects to be distinctive of man. In the formation of his symbolic worlds man still enjoys perfect autonomy and is left to what we may call his inner genius. As regards, finally, the organic correlation between stimulus and response, we must consider, first, that affection by way of stimulus is not simply identical with sensation, and then that things must not needs be treated alike in philosophical anthropology, on the one hand, and a logic of pure knowledge and other transcendental disciplines, on the other. Unfortunately, the systematic locus of An Essay on Man is nowhere sufficiently clarified from the viewpoint of transcendental idealism. 814 FRITZ KAUFMANN Hence sensation is not backed by reality: its own ontological status is not defined with respect to a reality which is more than the final product of objectification. only because in his philoso- phy sensation had such support by the Ding an sich, could Kant make the "being bound up with sensation" the criterion of actual existence. 25 That an idea is right when its consequences agree with the data of our senses this explanation may be satisfactory within the peculiar framework of Leibniz's meta- physics; 26 it may accurately describe the way of scientific veri- fication hence it appears in Heinrich Hertz's famous Prin- zifien der Mechanik (a passage which Cassirer quotes repeat- edly 27 ) : but, on new-Kantian ground, it is hardly sufficient to bear out the full meaning of real truth. The neo-Kantian thinker cannot want to have a theoretical assertion verified by mere reference to immediate sensation for the simple reason that to him pure, formless sensation may be the methodical presupposition of all objective determination as well as (mutatis mutandis} the ultimate result of psychologi- cal reconstruction, but never an immediate and self-evident datum of consciousness. Referring to the findings of modern psycho-pathology, Cassirer takes great and well rewarded pains in showing the conceptual ingredient in all sense perception. Sensation itself remains a mere hypothesis; its possibility is never accounted for. In phenomenology, on the other hand, the Kantian affection has found its revaluation in HusserPs analysis of the field of passive pre-acquaintance, affective tendencies, and the receptivity of the Ego studies to which, in the present essay, I can only refer. 28 If the objective validity of a theoretical, moral, or aesthetic idea is to mean more than its consistency with other ideas and its quasi-stylistic purity according to the inner rules of pro- cedure, Cassirer does not seem to have set forth the solution to this problem. The concluding thoughts of his Phaenomeno- 28 Kant, Kritik der reinen Vernunfa B 2$6fL * Leibniz, "Quid sit Idea" Philosophised Schriften (ed. Gerhardt) VII, iSaf. aT Cf., e.g., Philosophic der symbolischen Formen I, 5!. 38 Cf. Husserl, Erjahrung und, Urteil, i6f with Cohen's declaration (Logik der reinen Erkenntnis, 402 :) "We have nothing* to do with . . . sensation. This is our logical direction." NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 815 logic der Erkenntnis (552ff) can hardly be taken as the proper fulfillment of a promise to this effect given previously, 29 yet finally postponed perhaps for an additional volume which has never been published. Meanwhile, in the Philosophic der sym- bolischen Formen as well as in Substanzbegrijf tmd Funktions- begrijf and in some later articles, Cassirer understands "ob- jectivity" to abide in the invariability of universal relations. This is a problem to which we shall return later on. Whereas to Kant knowledge is essentially intuition, 80 the strict imperceptibility (Unanschaulichkeii) of the object of knowledge is proclaimed (from Cohen to Cassirer) as the true corner-stone of the "critical" theory of knowledge. 31 In Cas- sirer's youth this problem had been the very point of dispute between the neo-Kantianism of the Fries-school and that of Marburg. The same question arises again in relation to phe- nomenology and its revised and enlarged concept of intuition (the paramount importance of which does not prevent us from recognizing the impossibility of giving a perceptual illustration to the key concepts of modern physics.) The idea of construction as the general character of mental life on the whole is so strong in neo-Kantianism that it makes knowledge also exclusively a matter of constructive or recon- structive determination. Since the form-matter relation and correlation witness its original meaning in Aristotle is most congenial to this idea of 'poietic' activity, it dominates the neo- Kantian theory of knowledge to such a degree as to make its repeated application somewhat dull and monotonous in the long run even more so in the form-matter hierarchy characteristic of the school of Rickert and Lask than in that of Marburg. This accounts for the fact that in the early stages of phenome- nology the uniformity and recklessness of this constructive pro- cedure ("matter does not deserve any forbearance") was most suspicious to us young phenomenologists who felt committed to do justice to the variety of phenomena: the opposition to * Phaenomenologie der Erkenntnis, 2711, having reference to a (non-existent) Book III, ch. 6. 10 Kant, Kritik der reinen Vemunft, B 33. 11 Cassirer, Phaenomenologie der Erkenntnis > 367. 816 FRITZ KAUFMANN neo-Kantian criticism thus became focussed in the polemics against "construction" a term which came close to being an invective. The form-matter relationship is too useful a pattern not to play an important role even in HusserPs philosophy e.g., under the title of syntactic forms and syntactic materials. 82 But it did so only within the frame of a much more comprehensive and flexible pattern of interpretation that of intention and fulfilment. A first 'empty' intention of the mind was to be given an original fulfilment in direct intuition. I take it that this conception of knowledge, of which Cassirer also availed himself occasionally, 83 was much more both in the letter and in the spirit of Kant (who spoke of thought as a mere means for direct intuition 34 ) than was this type of neo-Kantianism itself. It is partly true that in Husserl also "the content of perception depends on thought, 'fulfilment' on intention,' presentation on representation and that the perceptual aspect is fundamentally determined" by the conceptual outlook. 35 Yet a given intention is no ultimate with Husserl, but an intellectual habitude which, in genetic phenomenology y can be accounted for as an outgrowth of (i) processes of "associative synthesis" and (2) the still more primitive syntheses of the "immanent time-consciousness." 36 In the eyes of the phenomenologist, the fulfilment given to our intentions by way of intuition makes the process of knowl- edge as much a process of discovery and explication as of de- termination. To apprehend is not identical (as it is in Cassirer 37 ) with the establishment of relations even the recognition of 32 Cf. Husserl, e.g., formate und Transzendentale Logik, 2598. 83 E.g., in the necrology on Natorp (Kanstudien, XXX, 287). 84 Kant, loc. cit. "Natorp, Allgemeine Psychologie> 287. But cf. Praktische Philosofhie, 21 off for the final recognition of the primacy of content. M At this point I must content myself with these terms indicating problems with which Husserl dealt, e.g., in Ideen, 73^ Meditations Cartesiennes, 656*, in the "Vorlesungen zur Phaenomenologie des inneren Zeitbewusstseins" (JaArbuch, IX, 2521!) $ Erjahrung und Urteil, 746:, 4601!. "Cf. Cassirer, Phaenomenologie der Erkenntnis, 346. In Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften (8of), Cassirer comes closer to adopting the descriptive aims of phenomenology, namely with regard to the concepts of style, which (he says) are reached by way of ideation and characterize rather than determine their objects. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 817 relations is only a part of it. To equate knowing with relating is a dangerous oversimplification, which cannot but have detri- mental consequences in epistemology and is implicitly refuted by the careful way in which Husserl distinguishes, within the course of knowledge, phases of simple apprehension, explicative study, perception of relations, determinative and relational judgment (bestimmendes und beziehendes Urteileri), etc. 88 Altogether, 'intentional experience,' as it appears in Husserl, is not restricted to noesis in the sense of actively constituting a certain meaning (Sinngebung): it is always acknowledgment of meaning (Sinnfindung) at the same timej and it is only in one specific stratum of transcendental phenomenology that the former character appears all-dominating. 89 88 Cf. Husserl, Erjahrung und Urteil, 2 3 fT, 54. 89 It is worth mentioning- that the language of Cassirer's last work Essay on Man is far less rigorous in maintaining the panmethodology of the Marburg school. The diction of critical idealism is often abandoned in favor of terms which have their proper place in epistemological realism. He stresses the fact that material objects exist independent of the scientist (185)5 speaks of the symbolic systems as links between man and reality (24^) 5 characterizes knowledge as interpretation (138, 146, 170) and even as discovery and abbreviation (143, 156) of reality, art as an intensification of it (143) j and, in a phrase which reminds one of objective idealism (in Dilthey's sense) rather than of neo-Kantian criticism, he sees in art the apprehension of "the dynamic life of forms" by "a corresponding dynamic process in ourselves" (151) a formula which may reveal the growing influence Kant's Critique of Judgment in its more metaphysical prefigurements had on Cassirer's mind. (Cf. Kants Leben und Lehre, 354). Point- ing in the same direction is his emphasis on the Stoic maxim of the "sympathy of the whole" as one of the firmest foundations of religion." (Essay on Man, 95). The trend away from the earlier logical idealism of the Marburg school toward objective idealism is strongly accentuated in Natorp's Praktische Philosofhie. But it is also noticeable (though less pronounced) in Cassirer's discussion of Scheler's philosophical anthropology: first at Davos in 1929, in the following year in an article of Die Neue Rundschau: " *Leben' und 'Geist' in der Philosophic der Gegenwart."* Here Cassirer tries to resolve the alleged opposition of Life and Spirit into two complementary forms of movement within life as a whole spirit representing- a later phase of life itself. This idea of immanent transcendence is closely akin to the role which I myself have assigned to 'absolute consciousness* * EDITOR'S NOTE: The interested reader will find this essay from Cassirer's pen reprinted in English translation as Part III of the present volume, under the title: "'Spirit' and 'Life' in Contemporary Philosophy," (855-880 infra). 8i8 FRITZ KAUFMANN The objectivistic ingredient in the phenomenological concept of knowledge is expressed by the mistakable and often mistaken watchword of the movement: "back to the things themselves j" 40 and it is also evidenced by the term "eidos" (essence) as the object of this discovery, i.e., as the correlate of 4-M)Beia (truth in the predominantly objectivistic view of the Greek mind). It is symptomatic that the tribute which the thinkers of Mar- burg paid to Plato's idealism was more in the enthusiastic recog- nition of the idea than in that of the eidos. Natorp's Platons Ideenlehre begins with the distinction of these terms: the latter is said to stand for the sight a thing offers, whereas the former is said to mean the aspect, the point of view from which this thing comes to be seen, 41 The emphasis on the eidos in Husserl's phenomenology thus betrays a genuine interest in the nature of things as much as the praise of the idea shows Cohen's, Natorp's, and Cassirer's primary concern with the nature of thought^ i.e., "with the immanent laws according to which thought does not accept its object as simply given, but con- structs it in conformity with thought's own way of looking at things." 42 In the sharpest contrast to this declaration is what Husserl announces as "the principle of all principles," i.e., that "what- ever presents itself in 'intuition' directly and as it were in bodily reality has to be accepted just as it shows itself, though only within the limits of such self-presentation." 43 Whereas the panmethodology of neo-Kantian philosophy cannot but abolish within the sphere of the 'Absolute' an attempt at broadening HusserPs concept of the absolute sphere as being identical with the sphere of immanent consciousness. (Cf. "Art and Phenomenology" in Philosophical Essays in Memory of Edmund Husserl). But the self-transcendence of life, which is here in question, underlies and is by no means one with, the inner dialectics of the categories or that of the pure forms of culture, which is in the foreground of Natorp's and Cassirer's interest (cf., e.g., Praktische Pkilosofhie, 209$ Essay on Man y pass.). Logical idealism and phenomenology may converge, but they never coincide. 40 In its true and original meaning this word occurs in the Introduction to the second volume of Logische Untersuchungen (second edition), 6. u Natorp, Platons Ideenlehre (second edition, 1921) p. i. Loc. cit.y cf. Cassirer, e.g., Phaenomenologie der Erkenntnis, 3475. 43 Husserl, Ideen zu einer reinen Phaenomenologie, 24 (Jahrbuch, I) 43^ NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY the definition of truth as adaequatio (ret et intellectus), this definition was to be restored in a new sense through the Logische Untersuchungen: by conveying an ultimate intuitive fulfilment of a certain intention a thing may present itself as it is at least as regards its general nature. At this point the essentia jormalis and the essentia objective* of the thing will coincide. Complete evidence, i.e., the experience of adequate fulfilment, and true being thus become correlative terms. Actually such consummate evidence cannot be obtained for each and every type of being. The adequate knowledge of outer reality, above all, exists only (but actually) as an ideal in the Kantian sense. This fact, however, does not detract from the meaning of truth: truth is experienced wherever that which is meant is fully 'covered' by that which is given given in the mode of perfect self-presentation. 44 To be sure, the adequacy of knowledge which phenome- nology is seeking is not that of faithfully copying mere facts phenomenology deals with the essence of things but neither is it mere faithfulness to the purity of its methodical principles. It consists in the adequate fulfilment of original intentions. As mentioned above, there is a mutual dependence between inten- tion and fulfilment (cf. supra, p. 816). on the one hand, the in- tentions are charged with expectations marking out the ways and types of intuitive experience in which a proper fulfilment may be sought and found. Intuition thus responds and corresponds to intention and varies with it. This relation accounts for that broadening of the concept of intuition in phenomenology of which we spoke before j<?w<?-perception exhibiting only one peculiar (though peculiarly important) mode of intuitive ful- filment. on the other hand, an intention is to be verified (or disproved) by subsequent perception. In its objective orienta- tion it represents an aspect which, as experience goes on, is continuously adjusted to the things that are to be disclosed from this point of view. It needs must be congenial to the inner essence (sachhaltiges Wesen) of the phenomenon in question. "Husserl, Logische Untersuchungen (second edition, 19*1) II, 2, nsffj Ideen zu einer reinen Phaenomenologie (Jahrbuch, I) 125^., 2 8 iff. 8ao FRITZ KAUFMANN Thus it is under the dictate of the experiental content just as much as this content appears in the forms in which it is appre- hended 'as' such and such a thing, as a chair or a table, as H^O or a drink, i.e., according to the meaning that is carried by a certain intention. Consisting in this adequacy of intention to its stuff, truth has a dimension of depth: it does more or less justice to the inner nature of the material in question. Philosophical truth, at least, is not exhausted by the alternative 'right or wrong.' The higher or lower degree of adequacy of interpretation becomes particu- larly relevant in phenomenological philosophy, devoted as it is to the disclosure of the essential structures within the world of conscious life. For it is the nature and experience of life which give rise to the use of the term 'depth' in connection with the truth of being. Phenomenology as the analysis of the original constitution of consciousness tries to penetrate into the very depths from which the various formations of consciousness originate. The search for these original springs, modes and structures of life presupposes and sharpens a sense of the original, a ca- pacity of retracing familiar appearances to their sources, of renewing and intensifying insights of the past and piercing through conventional interpretations so as to understand where and why they veil rather than unveil the essential truths of life. In this way a phenomenological description will pass through different strata and become more and more profound as it reaches more and more original depths. This procedure has been inaugurated in HusserPs Ideen starting as he does from the naive, worldly attitude of life to discover then its true origin in the stream of pure, transcendental consciousness. Yet this " 'Absolute' again is not truly ultimate but constitutes itself in a certain hidden and most peculiar sense, having its original source in an ultimate true Absolute." 45 This latter dimension is only hinted at in the Ideen: it is that of inner time- consciousness which has been analyzed by Husserl in courses, parts of which were published by Heidegger in the Jahrbuch y IX (1928). 45 Husserl, Ideen zu einer reinen Phaenomenologie, 163. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 821 Heidegger's own Sein und Zeit betrays both in its title and its composition his dependence on Husserl's approach and results: he too tries to identify 'absolute being' with the being or rather welling up (Zeitigeri) of time} he too advances from the worka- day world, the world of tools, and from Everyman's attitude to the original mode of true temporality. In the academic courses of both, Husserl and Heidegger, the term "Abbau" (destruc- tion) marked this regress from the established positions of con- scious life to its sources, although it had a much less aggressive note with Husserl. The inner historicity of consciousness can be sounded by what Husserl called 'genetic phenomenology' a splitting up, as it were, of given experiences and formations into the different layers and sediments of meaning which they imply and the processes through which this meaning came to be constituted and settled. Each phenomenon has a coming into being (a Yve<n<; et<; otaiov) the style of which is prescribed by its very nature. Thus the discovery and descriptive analysis of these implications is, on the whole, independent of empirical studies of the primi- tive mind or of psycho-pathology such as .are accumulated in Cassirer's Das mythische Denken and Phaenomenologie der Erkenntnis. In saying this, I do not deny that findings of this kind can be used to good advantage by the phenomenologist. In fact, they have been employed this way, e.g., by Max Scheler. They help to enlarge the scope of variations which are indis- pensable for the control of phenomenological intuition (cf. infra, pp. 827-830) ; and mental deficiencies as in aphasia or deviations from the norm may be referred to in order to place the very norm into bolder relief. on the other hand, a pre- knowledge of the norm is obviously the condition without which the abnormal cannot be characterized as such. It may be added that the phenomenological re-search after the sphere of origin, although bearing some analogy with Natorp's 'psychological reconstruction' of the original unity of consciousness, cannot be identified with it either. The leaping back from objective units to the underlying manifoldness of the contents of consciousness remains a mere inference with Natorp: how can this manifoldness be regained from the synthetic unity 822 FRITZ KAUFMANN of the objects by which it seems absorbed (whereas an infinity of perspectives is of the very essence of the phenomena which are the primary concern in HusserPs analyses)? Above all, however, the true meaning of 'original life' does not lie in the dimension and hierarchy of contents and objects at all: it denotes a distinctive mode of experience which Natorp cannot account for because he denies all distinctions of modes in con- sciousness (Bewusstheit), trying to reduce them to mere differ- ences in the order of contents (cf. supra, p. 808). In the same vein Cassirer also neglected somewhat the problems of the How of Experience (Vollzugssinn) in favor of its What (Gehalts- sinn to use two terms of Husserl and, especially, of Heideg- ger): he showed the 'subject' only in the ways in which it rises above impressions, not in those in which it is subjected to them. Finally (and this, perhaps, marks the disparity in the outlook of the two schools most clearly) the phenomenological research into origins is not the laying of a foundation in the sense of a rational principle as in Herman Cohen, where the "principle" and the "judgment of origin" give rise to the physical object (in Logik der reinen Erkenntnis) and to the human individual (in Ethik des reinen Willens). This difference must be stated, not to disparage the sagacity in which the Logik shows how the something originates in the relative nothing (the W v ) of the "infinitesimal number" (the "differential"), nor to discredit the moral wisdom which seeks the origin of the Self in the recogni- tion of the Alter Ego, but to prove the different atmospheres in which phenomenological and neo-Kantian thought, including that of Cassirer, came to grow. The feeling of this dissimilarity could be even intensified by comparing the way (just men- tioned) in which Cohen reaches Being "through the detour of the Nothing"* 6 with that of Heidegger, who finds the original revelation of Being in the "clear night of Nothing- ness" 47 (the nothingness of dread) an extreme, but also, for this very reason, exaggerated contrast. (It would appear much milder, even as far as Cohen and Heidegger are concerned, if we took account of the concepts of origin, Being, and Non- * Cohen, Logik der reinen Erkenntnis , 69. * Heidegger, Was i$t Meta-physikf^ 19. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 823 Being in the religious function they obtain in Cohen's posthu- mous work Religion der Vernunft.**) In short, the paramount difference between the two move- ments which we are trying to present consists in their different philosophical ethos: in the self-reliance of reason as a sys- tematizing power, the passionate interest in the purity of method on the one hand, and the faithful devotion to Being in all of its manifestations on the other. It must be admitted, however, that this latter amor intellectualis has sometimes been lacking in humility and trustworthiness even in the case of some of the most gifted phenomenologists men who proclaimed this love most fervently (as, e.g., Max Scheler) whereas the school of Marburg was always distinguished by a spirit of admirable scholarly discipline. The Rapprochement between neo-Kantianism and Phenomenology The discussion between Marburg neo-Kantianism and phe- nomenology has always been carried on in an exemplarily fair way. The gap between them did not and could not be bridged, but it was narrowed in the second and third decades of the present century. Whereas in Logische Untersuchungen the ultimate philosophical decisions were still in a state of suspen- sion, HusserPs Ideen made the transition to transcendental idealism and accepted Natorp's concept of the Pure Ego al- though in a sense vastly different from that of the neo-Kantians: HusserPs Pure Ego is individual in character and not identical with the pure unity of objective thought represented by "pure apperception, i.e., the pure 'Ego'," "the ideal subject as such (Subjekt iiberhauft) ," 49 The famous debate between Cassirer and Heidegger at Davos (Switzerland) in April 1929 was pre- ceded by a series of lectures which showed a curious crossing in 48 Cohen, Religion der Vernunft, 48, 51, 76ff. ^Natorp, Allgemeine Psychologie, 244^ The contrast to phenomenology is much milder in Cohen's ethics and, especially in his philosophy of religion j also in Cassirer's account of the aesthetic experience j cf., e.g., Essay on Man, 228. 824 FRITZ KAUFMANN themes Cassirer speaking on Philosophical Anthropology, Heidegger on Kant. But, again, Cassirer's conception of man was far from being Heidegger's (it was actually in striking contrast to it); and Heidegger's interpretation of Kant stressed the importance of the first Critique for the foundation of metaphysics and not, as the neo-Kantians did, for the theory of scientific knowledge. It may be profitable to study the rapprochement in question with specific regard to the problems discussed in the preceding sections of this essay. In his old age, when death intervened with his purpose, Natorp was about to supplement the formalism of his earlier thought with an increased emphasis on the content of experience 50 taken as an "actuated individual factor." 51 Strug- gling beyond the limits of his original neo-Kantian position, he began to realize that the actuality and the meaning of a thing (its Dasssinn and Wassinri) were to be acknowledged rather than posited. Knowledge qua determination no longer meant to him imposing a unifying form on a variety of materials: it was now supposed to ascertain and fix the intrinsic meaning of given phenomena. 52 He came to disclaim the creativity of knowledge by what amounts almost to a play on words by re-interpreting the ambiguous German word "Schoepfen:" in- stead of meaning "to create" it was now taken to mean "to draw from the source of being." 53 (It is to be regretted that all this did not lead to any serious revision of Cassirer's own theory of being and knowledge). on the other hand, Husserl's own writings and particularly those of the following generation bore witness to the legitimate role construction can play as an element of phenomenological interpretation. With so widely varying representatives of phe- nomenological thought as Heidegger or Felix Kaufmann, 'con- struction' (Heidegger's 'Entwurf'} has ceased to be a sort of phenomenological bogy. "There is no meaning" says Felix " Natorp, Praktische PMlosofhie, 21 if 5 cf. Cassirer, "Paul Natorp," Kant- studien, XXX, 291. "Natorp, Praktische Philosofhie, 52 Cf. op. cit., 240, 261. ** Op. cit., 212. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 825 Kaufmann "either in scientific thinking or in pre-scientific thinking, that does not imply a mental construction (syn- thesis)." 54 Cassirer's own attitude toward phenomenology cannot be read simply from the growing use he made of the term 'phe- nomenology' itself: this use is greatly influenced by HegePs description of the spirit's way from naive consciousness toward knowledge proper. 55 Such a dialectical movement, from mythi- cal to scientific thought, is the theme of Cassirer's Phenome- nology of Knowledge, the third volume of the Philoso'phie der symbolischen Formen. In the same sense he describes his Essay on Man not only (in the subtitle) as an "Introduction to a Philosophy of Human Culture," but equally as a "phenome- nology of human culture." 56 This dialectic proceeds in articulated steps and passes through well distinguished stations. In other words, each of these steps represents a specific form of consciousness and cultural expres- sion. Thus genetic interest and genetic description are supple- mented by the morphological ones in a phenomenology of the "main forms of the objective mind." 57 This procedure is some- what analogous to the way in which the problems of static and genetic constitution combine in HusserPs later works. 58 And 'phenomenology' stands here not only for HegePs conception of this term, but also for HusserPs eidetic description of the phenomena. Hence there are not only occasional points of contact between phenomenology and Cassirer's theory of symbolic representa- tion such as when he refers to the analysis of "expression and signification" in the second volume of HusserPs Logische Untersuchungen or even relates his own concept of representa- 54 Felix Kaufmann, Methodology of the Social Sciences (1944), 34- 85 Cf . Cassirer, " 'Geist* und 'Leben* in der Philosophic der Gegenwart," Neue Rundschau (1930), 260 (cf. translation of this article in the present volume, p. 875) $ Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen, I, 155 II, xf$ III, vi, "Essay on Man, 52. 57 Philoso'phie der symbolischen Formen y III, 58. 88 Cf., e.g., Husserl, Meditations Cartesiennes, 115. M Cf. Phihsofhie der symbolischen Formen III, 375, 826 FRITZ KAUFMANN tion to HusserPs idea of intentionality. 60 It is also methodically important, but not yet decisive that his theory of perception and expression has much in common with Max Scheler's phe- nomenology of inner and outer perception, 61 etc. But over and above all this, the common morphological interest creates a general affinity between the two ways of philosophizing. Through his whole description of the forms of human culture, his analysis of the structures of linguistic, mythical, and religious thought, Cassirer draws close to phenomenology and its descrip- tive analysis of the essential forms. In this spirit Cassirer empha- sizes, e.g., the fundamental difference between "the genetic question" and "the analytical and phenomenological" one as regards the nature of language. 62 This affinity is given another expression in Cassirer's philo- sophical group-theory dealing with the universal relations which remain invariant throughout the transformation of struc- tures in both the perceptual and conceptual realms. The unity of the manifold, which in this way comes to the fore, gives to the particulars a community of being (Wesen) which must not lie in external resemblances, but consists in an analogy of function within a context of relations. 63 This theory is, in a certain way, an application of Poncelet's "principle of the permanence of mathematical relations." Within its original realm it enjoys, therefore, the privilege of mathematical exactness. In recent publications, however, Cas- sirer was anxious to show that essentially the same procedure can take place even where this privilege has to be renounced, i.e., in non-mathematical realms such as perception 64 and lan- guage. 65 60 Cf. e.g., Cassirer's article on Paul Natorp, Kantstudien, XXX, 2875 Philosophie der symbolischen Formen, III, 2276. 81 Cf . Phaenomenologie der Erkenntnis, \ ooff . 82 Essay on Man, 30. " Cf. Substanzbegriff und Funktionsbe griff, igffj Pkilosophie der symbolischen Formen y III, 3418, particularly 352$ 4635. 64 Cassirer, "Group Concept and Perception Theory," Philosophy and Phenom- enological Research, V (1944), 1-35. "Cassirer, "The Influence of Language upon the Development of Scientific Thought," Journal of Philosophy, XXXIX (1942), 309-327. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 827 Thus he emphasizes the importance of the ideal 'schema' (in the Kantian sense) for the establishment of perception and the constitution of our world. With reference to Ehrenfels' concept of Gestaltqualitaten (the 'Einheitsmomente? of Hus- serPs Philosophic der Arithmetik} he points out that the identity of a perceptual form e.g., a melody throughout the change of all its elements is but what, "in a much higher degree of perfection/' prevails in the domain of geometrical concepts. "What we find in both cases are invariances with respect to vari- ations undergone by the primitive elements out of which a form is constructed." 66 The reason for such a perceptual invariance is the 'goodness' of a certain exemplary 'form.' "The 'true' color, the 'true' shape, the 'true' size of an object are by no means that which is given in any particular impression, nor need they be the c sum' of these impressions." "The constitutive factor . . . mani- fests itself in the possibility of forming invariants." 67 The 'true' impression is that which is transformed into a fixed value able to build up a knowledge of constant reality. These ideas are not only in agreement with Husserl's analysis of perception and, e.g., with his emphasis on the role of per- ceptual optima, they go far in the direction of Husserl's We- sensschau (intuition of essences). Cassirer's statement that "the intentional reference to an object is not, to the extent to which it is realizable at all in perception, fulfilled all at once, but gradu- ally only" 68 is couched in the terms of both Husserl's phenome- nology of perception and of his phenomenology of intuition. Nothing is ready made and given uno intuitu^ the intuition of essences is as much in need of verification and elucidation as any individual perception. Far from being an uncontrolled mystical or a dogmatic rationalistic concept, Husserl's idea of intuition and eidos is bound up with a process of methodical discovery (ideation). And the pith and marrow of this ideation is nothing else but variation in a sense not altogether different from that in Cassirer's writings. * "Group Concept and Perception Theory," 25. For the whole problem of this paragraph cf. Husserl, Ideen, 71-75. "Cassirer, "Group Concept and Perception Theory," 34. 68 Cassirer, ibid., 30. Cf. Husserl, Ideen, 67. 828 FRITZ KAUFMANN In what amounts to a mental experiment, Husserl shows how to vary a certain given phenomenon by way of free imagination while preserving the unity of the original intention. Without being restricted by the limits of real experience (or even of experience possible within the frame of our real world), he moves through all possible dimensions of change implied within the horizon of the same phenomenon. Thus he manages to grasp the identical content the general essence at the bottom of an infinitude of possible varieties. This 'ideational abstraction' can do with one (preferably one pregnant) example and thus differs radically from inductive abstraction, which is dependent on the accumulated evidence of many instances. 69 HusserPs method of ideation was to be applied to all types of experiences and attitudes perceptual, social, historical, moral, aesthetic, religious, etc. A large stock of a priori knowl- edge of this morphological type has thus been gathered by Hus- serl himself, by his friends and disciples, but also by scholars like Litt, Riezler, and many others who never belonged to the inner circle of the phenomenological movement. I restrict my- self to the quotation of one recent statement: We cannot hope to deal scientifically with any problem of social or cultural change if we tie our concepts to particular and changing con- ditions. As our variables must at least aim at universality, they cannot be defined in terms of mutable institutions. If we do not eventually succeed in finding universal variables that constitute a pattern of all patterns, containing in itself the principles of its variations, social change will continue to engulf the meaning of the concepts in which we pretend to formulate its laws. 70 Thus the concept and method of variation figure as a link between Cassirer and phenomenological thought. The value of this rapport at first seems to be limited, however, by his specific way of approach. Motivated as he is by mathematical prece- **A much more thoroughgoing- description of this method is given in HusserPs Erfahrung und Urteil, III. Abschnitt, II. Kapitel (402-442). Cf. also my article "In Memoriam Edmund Husserl," Social Research, February 1940, especially 74-76. 70 Kurt Riezler, "What is Public Opinion?" Social Research, November 1944, 397*. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 829 dents, he insists that the "form of logical systematfaation which is both possible and necessary in the domain of geometrical thought is once and for all inaccessible to perception." 71 This is contrary to the convictions and practice of phenomenologists like Husserl, Scheler, Schapp, Leyendecker, the two Conrads and others. They concentrated on studying the a priori structure of the perceptual sphere as, for instance, the essential relations between impression, retention and protention in every percep- tion (Husserl). They could expand the span of the a priori without falling prey to intellectual hybris because in phenome- nology the a priori forms are not imposed on the phenomena, but (by way of ideational abstraction) abstracted from them. Cassirer, on the other hand, leaves the constancies in the per- ceptual realm to the empirical observation of the psychologist: "here no a priori judgment is possible." 72 This attitude may account for the abundant use he makes of psychological, psycho-pathological and anthropological ma- terial both in the Philosophic der symbolischen Formen and in his Essay on Man. Even so, his philosophical practice is some- what different from his methodological theory. Just as his Geschichte des Erkenntnisproblems is not only an inestimable source of authentic historical knowledge, but interprets modern science and philosophy on the basis of a principle which is truly congenial with them (the concept of function over against that of substance), so besides being a mine of information his Philosophy of Symbolical Forms bears out general philosophical convictions and is interspersed with analyses which are of an a priori character and phenomenological in a broad sense, even though they remain fragmentary and are not ruled by so strict and clear a method as that of HusserPs eidetic and phenomeno- logical reductions. There are, e.g., in the Essay on Man, the sections on experienced space and time} in the Phaenomenologie der Erkenntnisy the investigation into the inner unity of percep- tion and conception; in an (unpublished) essay on Thomas Mann's Lotte in Weimar one of the masterpieces of Cassirer "Cassirer, "Group Concept and Perception Theory," 26. " Ibid. 830 FRITZ KAUFMANN as a literary critic an appreciation of the formative power of (symbolic) memory. 78 In "The Influence of Language upon the Development of Scientific Thought" (Journal of Philosophy, XXXIX, 309-327) and elsewhere, he investigates the nature of speech those characters which are independent of a specific situation or the medium of a particular language; and with reference to Buehler's "Organmodell" (cf. Karl Buehler, Sprachtheorie, 1934), he points out how, in all speech as such, speaker, hearer, subject matter, etc., combine to form an in- trinsic unity. Moreover, though established on the basis of innumerable scientific findings, his 'symbolical forms' have an inner con- sistency and almost self-containedness which give even to pre- rational structures a quasi-rational cogency. Their components are related to one another in a way which is empirically dis- covered, but intuitively evident j and this super-factual evidence resembles that which illumines the relations between essences (general qualities), like color and extension, or red, orange and yellow (to give some primitive examples of the 'relation of ideas' which are a main subject of phenomenological inquiry). The essential forms of language, myth, etc., come thus to complement the general laws in which the earlier neo-Kantian- ism had been too exclusively interested. Science is not the only transcendental fact which can be analyzed by way of transcen- dental philosophy. Even if ethics, aesthetics, and philosophy of religion were concerned with nothing but universal and neces- sary laws, "does the same hold true of their spiritual content, that is to say of morals, art, religion themselves} " this is the question in terms of which Cassirer objects to the pan-nomism of Cohen and Natorp. 74 He did not try as Natorp did to iden- tify "phenomenology of consciousness" with the psychological "description of ethical, aesthetic, religious knowledge"' 1 * He realized the heterogeneous natures of these different ways of 11 For this latter point cf. also Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen, I, 2 if 5 Essay on Man, 52!. T4 Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen, III, 66. It must be said, however, that Natorp himself rectified his earlier attitude in Praktische Philosophic: cf. especially 209. w Natorp, Allgemetne Psychologic, 241 j cf. 72, 94. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 831 objectification and gave 'structuralism' 78 the investigation into the 'inner forms' of language, myth, religion, etc., its place alongside the 'legalism' of knowledge, i.e., the search for general laws. By this way of aiming at a philosophical mor- phology he countenanced the phenomenological attempt to bare the inner nature, the typical structure of the acts, objects, and contents of consciousness. To be sure, this convergence with phenomenology was more or less incidental in Cassirer's development. It was not only, and not even so much, phenomenology which stood behind his new version of neo-Kantian philosophy Cassirer's emphasis on the 'inner form' derives, first of all, from the artistic ingredient of his own nature, the Goethian element of his being, and tallies with the Goethe revival in his generation. (Whereas Natorp, and above all, Cohen represented much more the moral ideal- ism of Kant, Schiller and Fichte, ethics plays a very minor role in Cassirer's systematic writings). It is connected with the "wholism" of the later nineteenth and the twentieth centuries, which expressed itself in the mathematical group-theories as well as in the field-theories of physics and psychology, in Wolfflin's analysis of fine arts 77 as well as in the biology of thinkers like Kurt Goldstein, on whom Cassirer drew heavily for his Phaeno- menologie der Erkenntnis. (In his theory of the organism Goldstein makes use of the concept of essence in a combination of Goethian and phenomenological thought which could not fail to strike a sympathetic vein in Cassirer.) VI The Symbolical Forms Neo-Kantian and Phenomenological Philosophies of Man The 'symbolical forms' figuring in a scale of representations Cassirer distinguishes between the expressional, the strictly representative, and the significatory dimensions of the symbol 78 w Cassirer, Essay on Man, 121. n Cf. Cassirer, Essay on Man, 69. TO Cf., e.g., "Das Symbolproblem und seine Stellung im System der Philosophic," Zeitschrift juer Aesthetik und Allgemeine Kunstwissensckaft, XXI, 303**. 832 FRITZ KAUFMANN remind us of the gamut of representations in Leibniz. Since the beginning of his philosophical career Cassirer was deeply familiar with Leibniz's philosophy ; and this fact was doubtless instrumental in Cassirer's peculiar relation to Goethe, in so many regards an heir to Leibniz's mode of thinking. In Freiheit und Form Cassirer had shown how the founder of modern philosophical aesthetics, Alexander Baumgarten, employed and transformed the Leibnizian schema of representa- tion. Baumgarten inserted between the lower pole of obscure and confused perception and the highest point of clear and dis- tinct conception a stage of singular perfection in clarity, yet without distinctness: the perfectio phaenomenon, the cognitio perfecte sensitiva of aesthetic experience. This is analogous to the role the non-scientific symbols of language and the myth have in Cassirer J s philosophy: while showing a perfection of their own, they are, at the same time, preconditions of scientific and philosophical knowledge. "Each genuine and fundamental function of the spirit has one decisive feature in common with knowledge: in every one of them resides an archetypal power, not only an ectypal one." 79 To vary a famous verse of Schiller's: we enter the land of knowledge only through the morning-gate of the myth. In a similar way language is said to figure in a dialectical movement in which it heals its own (logical) defects by setting itself "dif- ferent and higher tasks." "Man can proceed from ordinary language to scientific language, to the language of logic, of mathematics, of physics." 80 And as regards religion its ulti- mate truth seems ascertained only in a philosophy of religion like that of Schleiermacher (we shall see presently that its ultimate aim the perfect balance between meaning (Sinn) and image (Bild) is reached only in art). 81 In all this there are tokens and remnants of that scientism which is of the original dowry of neo-Kantian thought. The questions, how far theo- retical knowledge can accept the honors assigned to it, how ro Philosophie der symbolischen Formen, I, 8. 80 Cassirer, "The Influence of Language upon the Development of Scientific Thought" (op. cit.) y 327. "Cf. Philosofhie der tymbolischen Formen, II, 3i8ff. Cf. infra, 85off. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 833 congenial it is to the original impulses that live in language and religion, how much of these primitive motives will be lost on the way of their intellectual transformation such questions are either not asked at all or answered in an unduly optimistic vein. To be sure, the critic of each dialectical movement and, therefore, of each dialectical treatment is on difficult ground. His subject will always offer an aspect complementary to that under which he tries to attack it. In our case, the preliminary character of certain symbolical forms is made up for by their indispensable function: they are autonomous constituents in the system of culture. They have structural laws of their own which we ought to recognize, even if they do not fully participate in the canonic authority which Cohen's classicism attributed to the topmost formations of the objective mind.The phenomenologist will be inclined to challenge this whole dialectical construction of a self-contained cultural process. He will question the strange synthesis between the autonomous perfection of the forms of culture on the one hand and, on the other, the reduction of most of them to mere prefigurations of final truth the truth of knowledge. This is, indeed, the tenor of Heidegger's review 82 of Das mythische Denken> the second volume of the Philoso- phic der symbolischen Formen. He argues that the systematic unity of the symbolic forms ought to be sought for, more radi- cally than Cassirer does, in the original make-up of human exist- ence (Lebensform) j and intimates, for instance, that mythical thought is not fully elucidated by making it an expression of hu- man creativeness. A fundamental concept like that of c mana' be- trays as its ultimate motive man's perplexity in the face of his tasks and his feelings of being overwhelmed by the world around him. Man does not extricate himself from such a predicament by acknowledging it in this fashion. The myth may thus testify to his resigning himself to the domination of uncontrollable powers as well as exhibit his constructive capacities. The world of the myth, though being in one sense the work of his creative imagination, may still fail to be man's proper world the world in which he feels at home. The needy man, the man dependent 81 Cf. Deutsche Literaturzeitung (1928), xooo-ioiz. 834 FRITZ KAUFMANN on mercy and subject to renunciation, disappears (here as well as elsewhere in Cassirer's writings) behind the screen of his spe- cious cultural achievements. With all its wealth of new materials, the Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen is still neo-Kantian in its method. This can best be shown by tracing its plan back to suggestions con- tained in the tenth chapter of Natorp's Allgemeine Psychologie. Natorp recognizes as one "mighty and central province" of general psychology a description of the formations of consciousness . . . which must not be restricted to the pure forms of knowledge, volition, and art, and, further- more, to the pure foundations of religious consciousness, but may be extended to the ... imperfect objectifications of opinion, belief, and imagination regardless of, and unlimited by, their inner relation to truth and the realm of laws. . . . Even the most irresponsible opinion, the darkest superstition, the most boundless imagination make use of the categories of objective knowledge; they are still ways of objectification, however poor the means and impure the performance of this process may prove to be. 83 And as regards "the almost inexhaustible fund of primitive knowledge" stored in the words and syntax of higher lan- guages there we have even "objectifications which, within the limits of their specific: purpose, do not fall very short of the exactness and precision of scientific knowledge." 84 Almost the same applies to other subject-matters of "differential psychol- ogy" the special social classes and orders and the ways in which the sexes and ages of man assert themselves. 85 In the terms of Natorp, it is largely to these "lower stages of objec- tification" that Cassirer's phenomenologies of language, the myth, etc., are devoted although he tried to distinguish them and their genuine value more clearly from the particular form of intellectual synthesis than Natorp may have done in his ear- lier writings. 86 81 Natorp, Allgemeine Psychologie, 241 f. 84 Ibid., 99. 88 Ibid., 221. **Cf. Philosophie der symbolischen Formen I, 8; III, 6^fL. Cp., however, Natorp himself, Praktische Philosophic, 209. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 835 The interpretation of life as a contest of objectifying func- tions tends to bear out the hermeneutic nature of neo-Kantian idealism. The way to man leads through the analysis of human expressions. Although testifying once more, to its great value, I have to hint at the limits of this procedure which cannot serve as a philosophical 'passe-partout. Our discussion will be under the restriction set by the title of the present article. It cannot deal with the cardinal problem whether nature and function, locus and scope of the symbolic are defined by Cassirer in a way radical and consistent enough to make this idea of the symbol the firm corner-stone of a phil- osophical system. 87 Instead of probing these depths, I confine myself to such methodological remarks as are invited by our previous considerations. Cassirer emphasizes that he deals with the world of man above all in order to pass through it to the being of man which is expressed in such a "world of his own an 'ideal' world." 88 Perhaps, he is not quite consistent in speaking of c ideaP worlds as links between man and "physical reality" ** terms which presuppose a concept of the real which neo-Kantianism fails to provide. Cassirer is always inclined to think of physical reality as reality proper. This attitude, however, is by no means an essential part of transcendental idealism: Cohen's conception of reality, e.g., is much more plastic and corresponds to the dif- ferent ways of the human outlook. Take, e.g., the following passage from Cohen's Judische Schriften (III, 142):" Real, eminently real is what is not yet actual, but anticipated by way of hope so that its actuality is postulated in the vision of hope. Hope, the future, humanity belong together: they are the pro- test against taking reality only as what is actual in nature and history." However this may be, it is quite in the neo-Kantian style of thought to see and define man according to the ways in which 87 1 have discussed this question in my review of An Essay on Man, see Phi- losophy and Phenomenological Research, VIII, 2 (1947), 283-287. * Cassirer, Essay on Man y 228. Cf. Philosofhie der symbolischen Formen, III, 104. *Cf. Essay on Man, 241". 836 FRITZ KAUFMANN he realizes himself in worlds of his own making. He is not seen in the ways he faces a reality and moves in a world in which he is never quite at home. "No longer," says Cassirer, "can man con- front reality immediately, he cannot see it, as it were, face to face. Instead of dealing with the things themselves, man is in a sense constantly conversing with himself." 90 If that were really the case, we would know only objectifications, projections of our own being, and no objects at all no things which may 'object' to us and to our existence. As a matter of fact, we come to deal with objects even through these objectifications. Just as it seems of the very nature of things in space to manifest themselves in certain spatial perspectives, thus in our intercourse with things they may present themselves in mythical, historical, linguistic, and other perspectives. Although qualifying our views, neither the spatial nor these personal aspects are separated from, and block the sight of, the things themselves. This is almost admit- ted by Cassirer in one of the following sentences: man "cannot see or know anything except by the interposition of this arti- ficial medium," sc. the symbolic forms 5 but even here we must take exception to the figurative use of the term "medium" which is as likely to be misunderstood as is the epithet "artifi- cial" used in connection with it. 91 That things present themselves in more or less adequate forms of appearance and modes of interpretation does not do away with the fact that they present themselves. on the other hand, the fact of this self-presentation is not incompatible with the recognition of something beyond cognition beyond it, be- cause it is MW*V TYJS ouaia^ beyond any definite form of being: the Alpha as well as the Omega of our life, i.e., not only the final point of all ways of determination, but also the dark yet everpresent ground from which all beings seem to rise, against 90 Essay on Man, 25. 91 Ibid. The same incongruity appears, e.g., in " 'Geist* und 'Leben' in der Philosophic der Gegenwart," Neue Rundschau^ 1930, 254-259. Cf. pp. 870-874, infra. According to this passage reality can be reached only after passing through the sphere of the ideal. But, although this contention may be borne out by reference to mathematics, some fields of art, etc., it is far from being universally valid. The ideal factors are not always so separable from the real ones as to allow such a dialectical movement to take place between them. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 837 which they stand out for some time and into the embrace of which they seem to return after their time is over (*orca TYJV TOO Xpovou Tgiv). This principle of origin is of a metaphysical order, not a logical one. It lays a foundation which cannot be laid by such a principle of thought as Cohen tried to establish. 92 The pathos of this metaphysical experience the fountain-head of all religious feeling is conspicuously absent in Cassirer's work. The neo-Kantian pan-methodology 98 is the complement of the "critical" attitude which separates reality proper from the forms of appearance and leads many of its representatives to an anti-metaphysical position, an unconcern with reality far excellence. It is partly for these reasons that the chapter on "His- tory" in An Essay on Man fails to deal either with histori- cal reality as such or with the historical nature (the 'histor- icity*) of man problems which have played a more and more prominent role in the phenomenology of the last twenty years. Cassirer takes here a somewhat belated part in the methodo- logical discussion, which took place, around 1900, between his- torians and neo-Kantian philosophers such as Karl Lamprecht, Eduard Meyer, and Heinrich Rickert. In contrast to Natorp (Praktische Philosophie, 66ff), he treats history almost ex- clusively as historical science, not so much historical science as a variety of historical consciousness and as continuous with his- torical life and historical tradition. 94 History as found in classical writers like Ranke stands with science among the refined, perfected forms of civilization, "an indispensable instrument for building up our human uni- verse." 95 These regions are the birth-place of logical idealism. We have seen, however, that Cassirer tried to deal not only with the super-structure of highest objectifications, but also with the primary phenomena of human life.The intermediate forms of the myth, language, etc., are closer to naive life and cannot M Cf. Cohen, Logik der reinen Erkenntnis y 32. M "There is not any difference more radical than that of method," says Cohen (J&disck* Schriften, III, 143). ** Cf. Essay on Man, 206. 838 FRITZ KAUFMANN claim the universal validity of the exact sciences. 96 But whatever may be the character of the forms he takes as his starting point, they represent eo ipso, i.e., by their very nature as forms and objectifications, certain human achievements. Thus, they put man from the very beginning into a, perhaps, too favorable light. The image of man is not independent of the setting in which it appears. To be sure, there is a distinction to be made between a form itself and its content. Through scientific his- tory, e.g., we become more thoroughly acquainted with man man's joys and sorrows, possibilities and dangers, his passions and sufferings, his greatness and defects. Still, the objectivity of this representation has an effect similar to the mastery of the artist: the wonderful polish of the mirror reconciles us with the sadness of the image; the perfect representation succeeds in outbalancing the imperfections of what is represented in such a way. 87 Cassirer's own philosophy of man, moreover, shows a quasi superhuman aloofness by which he seems to outdo even the composure of the historian and the artist. At first glance, neither the tenor nor the themes of the Essay on Man betray any effect of the crisis of man in our eschatological age not to speak of the experiences of the author himself who was driven from land to land as a victim of racial persecution and global war. only on second thought does the reader come to realize that Cassirer's interest in myth is partly prompted by a present day revival of mythical thought, and that his studies in mythology may well serve to understand the effectiveness of mythical symbolism and check its misuse. on the other hand, the economic problems of human existence are scarcely mentioned at all; and even the forms of political life are passed over as being "a late product of the civilizing process." 98 The process of civilization, the movement of self-propelling pure forms (so to speak), seems to be something like a metaphysical absolute; it goes on H Cf., e.g., PhilosofMe der symbolischen Formerly III, 14, 3571". w Cf. Essay on Man, 149. Cf., however, in qualification of what follows, Cassirer's posthumous writing 1 , The Myth of the State (1946). 18 Ibid., 63. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 839 smoothly and essentially undisturbed by the regrettable acci- dents of our own life. Whereas as early as in 1902 a William James dared to re- mind his audiences that "our civilization is founded on the shambles, and every individual existence goes out in a lonely spasm of helpless agony," 99 Cassirer's happy eyes saw man even as late as 1944 only in the light of his cultural products, not in the darkness of his earthly struggle, nor in the hours of his despair and in the loneliness of his death. In difference from Aristotle, Cassirer defines man somewhat loosely as the animal symbolicum in the sense of the animal symbola formans or, as we would have preferred to say, the animal imaginativum. This latter formula would imply an allusion to imagination as the central root of human nature, "our destiny, our being's heart and homej" but, although being in accordance with ideas of Hume and Kant, 100 of Coleridge and Wordsworth, to give to 'imagination' so dominant a place would meet with Cassirer's aversion to any 'image' theory of knowledge. 101 Although he stressed its importance repeatedly, 102 imagination did not be- come a patent factor in his definition of man. The noble Aristotelian tradition of defining man by his high- est capacity reason is slightly modified by Ernst Cassirer. The latter's definition of man gives a specific difference the symbolizing power which is said to extend further down than does reason. 108 His statement fails, however, to grasp the true significance of Aristotle's approach to the problem. Aristotle does not offer a pars pro toto definition. 10 * In his psychology Aris- totle tries to show how reason functions as the formal cause of our whole being, and how man's development is to be under- stood as the growing self-assertion of reason. *W. James, Varieties of Religious Experience (Modern Library), 160. 100 Cf. Cassirer himself, e.g., in " 'Geist' und 'Leben' in der Philosophic der Gegenwart," Neue Rundschau (1930), 257 (cf. 871 infra). m Cf. Cassirer, Essay on Man, 57. 101 Cf. Cassirer's "Kant und das Problem der Metaphysik," Kantstudien, XXXVI (1931), 8f., 1 8 \ "The Concept of Group and the Theory of Perception," Philosophy and Phenomenological Research, V (1944), 3*f. *** Essay on Man, 25. 840 FRITZ KAUFMANN Moreover, Cassirer loses the great advantage of the Aristo- telian definition its dynamic possibilities. Whereas 'animal symbolicum* adds only a specific difference to the generic one, 'animal rationale? by showing man between the heights to which he can attain and the depths to which he can sink, may indicate the permanent tension and strife between man's animal and rational natures, the promise as well as the danger of human freedom. To be sure, Aristotle himself did not exhaust the dra- matic potentialities implied in his definition. The instability of the human condition in the realm between the two poles pure rationality and mere animality is seen in contrast to the blessedness of the divine being, but this contrast is not fully developed in its tragic implications. He is more interested in normal mentality, in the organic health of human life than in its extremities and conflicts. The same may be said of Cassirer. He was not a tortured soul. Both in his writings and in his ap- pearance he made the impression of an Apollonian nature. He was a neo-Kantian in the sense that his intellectual temper was congenial to the Kant whom he loved and admired. What he said of Kant, applies to himself and explains the high pleasure we experience in reading his works: He "is and remains a thinker of the Enlightenment in the most radiant and sublime sense of this word: he aspires toward light and clarity even when reflecting on the darkest depths and 'radices 5 of being." 105 Yet, we cannot help feeling that the darkness of these depths is not sufficiently represented in Cassirer's own philosophical out- look. Thus he extolled the positive aspect of existence: the self-transcendence of life into spirit, of rcpo&s into wofrqori^ of organic formation into the formation of ideas and symbols: he remonstrates on the metaphysical hypostatizing of Life and the Spirit, on their being taken for two hostile entities (as in Klages) or for two heterogeneous powers which are on pre- carious terms with one another (as in Scheler). 106 Yet, like Aristotle, he sees human freedom too exclusively in the growing 108 Cassirer, "Kant und das Problem der Metaphysik," Kantstudien, XXXVI, (1931), 24. 100 Cf. "'Geist' und 'Leben' . . .", o/. cit., 244-264; also Part III of the present volume, 862-880. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 841 independence from the senses manifested as it seems by the processes of symbolization. He does not really plunge into the abyss of freedom in the human soul that freedom which is, at once, man's distinction and his temptation, man's pride and his torment and he does not ask how human freedom can coexist with human finiteness. He is so engrossed by the dialec- tics of the spirit as "a new turn and conversion of life itself" that he all but forgets about the labor-pains of such a dialectical turn this perennial turn and, therefore perennial crisis of human existence. It is of the very nature of human freedom that the outcome of this crisis and, therefore, the continuation of the objectifying process can never be foreseen. We know it again: just as the in- dividual person, so is the whole of cultural life threatened by death. But in the radiance of his own being and in his admira- tion for the triumphal procession of culture, Cassirer was in- clined to neglect its sad, tragic, even suicidal traits. Yet life creates idols as well as true symbols; the work of the spirit drains man's vital energies; there are all the frustrations of hu- man endeavor; and man chokes to death in the very shelters (Jaspers' Gehause) and is slain by the very arms he built him- self. Cassirer's philosophy suffers from too much light; still it is a noble and finished account of come I'uom s'eterna. "The various modes of [his] expression .... have a life of their own, a sort of eternity by which they survive man's individual and ephemeral existence." 107 A corollary to their assertion of the autonomous course of the objectifying process is Natorp's and Cassirer's insistence that, both genetically and systematically, individual self-knowledge is a very late product of consciousness. Cassirer agrees with Max Scheler's theory in the contention that experience is at first quasi anonymous and only subsequently attributed either to myself or to other Egos. 108 This phenomenological description may be correct as to the origin and qualification of the contents of hu- man consciousness} but it applies neither to the noetic side of ex- 1W Cassirer, Essay on Man, 224. 108 Max Scheler, Wesen und Formen der SymfaMe, 284*!. Cf. Cassirer, Philosofhie der symboUschen Formen, III, 100-107, 842 FRITZ KAUFMANN periences, i.e., to the actualization (Vollzugsmodus) of these contents, nor to the pure Ego of phenomenological reflection, which is to be distinguished from the inner perception, the Na- tural' self-knowledge of man. 109 In Cassirer the two levels of analysis that of empirical or even eidetic psychology of human life and that of transcendental philosophy of pure consciousness are not always as clearly sep- arated as these subtle problems require. But, although in the case of empathy psychological findings are played off against the data of original constitution (as these appear in the light of transcendental reflection), usually the transcendental process of objectification is given the upper hand over anthropological facts. 110 We have seen that Cassirer's pre-occupation with the bound- less objectifying process almost blinds him to the essential lim- itations of human life. This applies, above all, to the life of the individual. 111 Cassirer's main concern is, like Kant's, with the **. the dissertation of HusserPs assistant Edith Stein, Zum Problem der EinfueMung, 1917, 30-39. Edith Stein reproduces fairly well HusserPs own teaching on empathy. I regret that in the present article references to HusserPs work must be brief and may appear, therefore, in spots somewhat cryptical or dogmatic. But it is obviously impossible within the framework of this essay even to attempt to render HusserPs subtle analyses with any degree of adequacy. 110 With the neo-Kantians Cassirer used to distinguish very carefully between the transcendental and the psychological or anthropological methods. (He did it as late as in 1931 in his discussion of Heidegger's "Kant und das Problem der Metaphysik:" Kantstudien XXXVI, i5f. But whereas the Pktlosofhie der sym- bolischen Formen was thought to conquer new territory for transcendental idealism, An Essay on Man for the most part an abstract of the former work is obviously an experiment in philosophical anthropology. Is the purity of the transcendental method impaired by the anthropological material of the Philosofhie der symboUschen Formen 9 or is the anthropological turn in the Essay impeded by the demands of neo-Kantian transcendentalism? m HusserPs position differs from that of Cassirer in so far as HusserPs tran- scendental Ego, although not being essentially finite either, is from the outset a single Ego, not a universal subject as such: this Ego apperceives itself only afterwards as a member of a monadic universe, i.e., of an intersubjective sphere of transcendental Egos, and ends with identifying itself in a certain way with a particular and finite human being* part of the transcendentally constituted human world (cf. the fifth of HusserPs Meditations Cartesiennes). The analysis of intersubjectivity was complemented in HusserPs courses (e.g. on Ethics) by that of interpersonal relationships which have their ultimate end in constituting the real world of true humanity. It must be admitted, however, that neither NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 843 'intelligible substrate of humanity,' not with human existence. 112 The problems of individual birth and death personal prob- lems rather than merely creatural ones are scarcely handled at all (death only in a negative way). While under the influence of Kierkegaard, Jaspers, and Heidegger the second generation of phenomenologists was almost obsessed by this latter prob- lem, inclined as they were to see life only in the light (and the shadow) of death, Cassirer adhered to a tradition that prevails from Descartes to Eucken and Caird: he recognized in man's knowledge of his finiteness the very dawn of the infinite. This was in fact not only the general tenor of his discussion with Heidegger at Davos , it was also his main objection to the sort of existentialism which Oskar Becker tried to build into the very foundation of mathematics. Whatever the truth-value of either position may be, it is symptomatic that in the well-known definition of the mathematical procedure 'the mastery of the infinite through finite means' Becker stressed the element of the finite, Cassirer that of the infinite. 113 To introduce a philosophical anthropology under the sub- title of a "philosophy of human culture" implies (as indicated above) a foregone conclusion: it anticipates the answer to the first question of the Essay on Man: "What is man?" It elimi- nates in one stroke from the field of research such profound ex- periences as love and hatred, fear and trembling, shame and re- pentance, guilt and sin, and such revealing traits as concentration and distraction and innumerable others so far at least as their existential meaning is not exhausted by their contribution to the forms of cultural life. It neglects man's inability to express cer- tain experiences in an adequate way as well as his unique capacity Husserl nor Cassirer fully developed all three dimensions implied in the idea of self-realization which are (i) the awareness of the individual Self as determined and limited by the Other (Thou) j (2) the fulfilment of one's own being in this very relationship 5 and (3) finding one's place in the real world by way of inter- personal communication. 1M Cf. Cassirer, "Kant und das Problem der Metaphysik," op. /., i8j H. Cohen, EMk des reinen Willens, 3. ""Cf. Oskar Becker, Mathematische Existen (19:17) j Cassirer, Philosophic der symbolischen for men > III, 4696*. It ought to be acknowledged, however, that at this point the difference is one of two generations rather than of two schools. 844 FRITZ KAUFMANN for going into hiding by the very means of communication. Cassirer did not and could not proceed the way Kierkegaard, Jaspers and, within their sphere, the great tragedians and also such novelists as Joseph Conrad and Franz Kafka did: he could not 'define' man with a view to the extreme situations (Grenz- situationen) in which man's true being, his greatness and weak- ness come out most eloquently in the very moments of his growing silent and succumbing to destiny. (Personal 'destiny' is not a category that fits into a dialectical schema of the objective mind.) Why should philosophy rely entirely on previous obj edifica- tions without doing some objectifying of its own? Why should it be confined to the conceptualization of previous expressions? It may well discover and even prefigure new human possibilities or reveal moods and modes of life which von Menschen nicht ge- wusst oder nicht bedacht waited for the penetration and the candidness of a great thinker to be unearthed. The claim to make such a new, original beginning, to lay a new, absolute foundation not only of thought, but (through thought and even a very ab- stract thought) of life itself, was the secret behind HusserPs in- creasingly priestly and almost prophetic attitude. His phenom- enology was designed to overcome "the radical crisis in the life of the European man." 114 And due to the specific phenomeno- logical impulse and approach to things, a similar absolute claim lives (mutatis mutandis) in the phenomenological philosophies of Scheler, Heidegger, and Nicolai Hartmann. Cassirer, on the other hand, remained in accordance with the hermeneutic prin- ciples of critical idealism when he restricted himself to the noble task of a sovereign interpreter of given expressions. He felt far too modest for the role of a path-finder of life and was far too honest for that of a false prophet. Cassirer's definition of man as the animal symbolicum is in- tended to absorb both of the Aristotelian definitions man as the rational and man as the social animal. He considers the first definition too narrow, the second too broad: the social character of human life needs to be specified by reference to language, 1X4 Cf. Husserl, "Die Krisis dcr curopaischen Wissenschaften und die Phae- nomenologie," Philosofhia, I (1936), 77 ff. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 845 myth, art, religion, science as "the elements and the constitutive conditions of this higher form of society." 115 But since this re- mark appears only in the 'Summary and Conclusion' of the Essay on Man, its implications are not sufficiently elaborated. The dif- ferent symbolical forms which are meant to establish the specific difference of human social life are not really evinced as means of personal intercourse. The communicative function of language, e.g., is much less prominent in Cassirer's writings than its repre- sentative nature, i.e., its relation to things, its inner form, its pre- figuring of scientific concepts. 116 Besides, it is questionable whether the cultural media in which human relationships develop are the only distinctive marks of intersubjective and, above all, interpersonal life. There are many modes and dimensions of these relationships which are, of course, reflected and evolved in myth and language, reli- gion and art, but have a structure and dynamics of their own in the very actuality and, as it were, welling up of human inter- course. These original relations between I, Thou, and We, the essential attitudes prevailing between the first, the second and the third person, the specific characteristics of social, socially con- ditioned, socially addressed acts, etc., are studied in the often masterly descriptive analyses of Husserl, Reinach and Scheler, Pfaender and Geiger, Edith Stein and Dietrich von Hildebrand, Theodor Litt and Karl Loewith. The approach of these scholars is more direct, their patience and subtlety of description greater than Cassirer's, even though he may be superior to them in the careful evaluation of the most modern scientific results. VII Philosophy and Religion Since, according to Cassirer, to know means to relate, the whole of being is defined as a net of relations. Man, however, is not (or not primarily) defined by his peculiar relationships by 115 Cassirer, Essay on Man, 251"., 223. "'This impression is slightly modified but not overthrown by the discussion of the I-Thou relation in Zur Logik der Kulturwissensch&ften (particularly 44), a book published in Sweden in 1942 and not available when the present article was written. 846 FRITZ KAUFMANN the ways he relates himself and finds himself related to things, to his fellows perhaps to God. He is not defined in these ways, i.e., his limits are not delineated, his concrete determination is not given through the correlations which prevail between re- sponsive and responsible beings. Since the dialectical, more or less anonymous and almost mythical process of objectification and transformation is always considered first 117 (even in aesthetics 118 ), personalism also personalism in religion has little chance to be embraced in this form of anthropology. To be sure, Cassirer recognized re- ligion as giving scope to the feeling for individuality} 119 and, following Cohen's example, he saw as the meaning and merit of Jewish prophetism the insistence on a moral and spiritual rela- tionship between God and man the most intimate correlation of two persons I and Thou. But, just as in Cassirer the pro- phetic spirit is a theme and not an element of thought (as it was in H. Cohen), the I-Thou relationship either between God and man or within the human sphere proper never be- came a pivot of Cassirer's philosophy (in contradistinction to Cohen in his old age, Ferdinand Ebner, Franz Rosenzweig, Martin Buber, and the theologians around Karl Barth 120 ). The nature of this relationship was not expounded by him in the thoroughgoing way we find, e.g. (on the basis of sugges- tions by Pfaender, Scheler and Reinach), in Kurt Stavenhagen's Absolute Stellwngnahmen (1925). Cassirer does not see nor, as it were, locate man in this paradoxical and precarious relation UT Cf. e.g., Philosophie der symbolischen Formen, II, 289^ 111 Essay on Man, 141$, 154, 1645 but cf. 226fL 139 Essay on Man, 96. x * The relation between Kant and Cohen on the one hand, the school of Karl Barth on the other, is mediated through Kant's distinction between the noumenal and the phenomenal worlds, corresponding to that between the infinite intellect of God and the finite intellect of man, and through Cohen's principle of origin (Prinzip des Ursprungs) which is no longer the central problem in Cassirer's philosophy. For this relation cf. Heinrich Barth, Das Problem des Ursprungs in der platonischen Philosophie (1921), Emil Brunner, Erlebnis, Erkenntnis und Glaube (1923) and Religionsphilosophie evangelischer Theologie (1927), Max Strauch, Die Theologie Karl Earths (1926), H. W. van der Vaart Smith, "Die Schule Karl Barths und die Marburger Philosophic," Kantstudien, XXXIV (1929), 333-350. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 847 between the finite and the Infinite, Without annihilating alto- gether the duality involved in any relation as such, he pushes it into the direction of a mystic union, where nothing happens to the soul that did not happen in it eternally, and where the I and the Thou are poles of a movement in which neither of them has the status of an independent value. 121 This account of religious experience, however, neglects the essential inequality between the terms of a relation which man does not feel able to determine himself, whereas he himself feels determined by it} a relation, moreover, in which God is grasped by man only when man is 'grasped' by God, and as far as God deigns to reveal himself to man. (That is the reason why in the Bible man is entitled to give names to all living creatures, whereas only God Himself can disclose His own name, i.e., His very essence.) According to Cassirer man learns to recognize his own capacities as a free agent by projecting them into the figure of his God. 122 In this way it is man who is understood in the symbol of his God, instead of God's being approached, however inade- quately, through the human symbols. The God-man relation- ship in which man is confronted by another, infinitely superior (if not altogether different) being is re-absorbed by one of the forms of the cultural process, one of the modes of objectification. Offerings and prayers, e.g., are typical forms of religious expression which do not lead from a pre- viously determined and well described sphere of the Ego to an equally fixed sphere of the divine, but serve to determine either sphere and draw the limits between them in always different ways. What the religious process takes to be the spheres of the divine and the human are not two strictly exclusive realms of being rigidly separated from one another at the outset by spatial and qualitative boundaries: rather we are dealing here with an original form of the religious spirit's movement the opposite poles of which do not cease to flee from and seek one another. 123 But what is this spirit, if it is not the spirit of man? And 181 Cf. P^losofMe der symbolischen Formen, II, 28jff, 307. 1M /***., 252, 261. '"/., 283. 848 FRITZ KAUFMANN what is this movement, if it is not the "performance of the mythical-religious consciousness" bent on building up its own symbolism without recognizing anything beyond itself? 124 These ideas are contrary to the development neo-Kantianism has taken, for instance, in the later Natorp. He protested against "drawing the divine into the human realm, the realm of human culture." And he revised his own former Religion within the Limits of Humanity by "seeking religion not any longer within, though just as little without the limits of humanity, but precisely in its very limit" the one ultimate limit which marks man's difference from the absolute one. 125 To proclaim the religious experience a form of cultural achievement runs counter to two of its mainsprings. First, to the neediness of the individual to whom the presence of God is proved by yea, consists in His gracious assistance (this is implied in the Eheje Asher Eheje of the God of the Bible). This dependence on God finds a more specific expression in the second motive: man's reliance on divine mercy because he realizes his incapacity to perform satisfactorily the moral task of 'objectification' which is assigned to him as a moral agent the establishment of the "kingdom of ends." Although man is honored by his moral responsibility as a moral agent he bows only to the moral law within himself ,he is humbled by the facts of his religious consciousness and rehabilitated only from above (a statement which needs to be qualified differently in different religions). These facts have been in the forefront of Cohen's philosophy of religion. They recede into the background in Cassirer's analysis of religious thought. He took religion for the new moral form of ancient mythical contents the spiritualization, e.g., of the external purity prescriptions and prohibitions of the taboo system. 128 They are not abolished j but what counts in religion is only the purity of the heart and the inner obligation. Yet this dialectical description will not do. Religion is not only the moral transformation Aujhebung of the naive mythical 124 Cf. Ibid., 291!. 125 Natorp, Platos Ideetilehre, 2nd edition, 511$ cf. 468. 136 Cf. PMlosofhie der symbolise hen Formtn, II, 294) Essay on Man, 103*?. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 849 consciousness and a declaration of man's moral freedom; it is also man's abdication of moral autarchy, his declaration of abso- lute dependence. But even the purely ethical correlation between I and Thou, between man and the Highest in person (the pure and eternal form of religious consciousness which Cassirer seemed to recog- nize with H. Cohen, presenting as it does the highest trans- figuration of formerly mythical motives 127 ) this concrete per- sonal relation comes to be weakened and quasi- c neutralized' at the end: Cassirer makes it a relation between man and the Whole or, rather, between man and the principle (s) of the Whole, the laws of the Universe. Thus he shifts the consumma- tion of religion to a realm beyond the limits of religious con- sciousness itself to the realm of systematic thought: he finds it in Leibniz's monadism and in his characteristica univer salts, and in Schleiermacher's philosophy of religion. Now an event derives its religious significance not any longer from its con- tent, but merely from its form ; its character as a symbol does not depend on what it is and whence it directly comes, but from the spiritual aspect under which it is placed, from the "reference" to the universe which it bears thanks to the religious feeling and religious thought. 128 The neo-Kantian primacy of the method reasserts itself once more over against the "inner form" of the original contents of experience, and against the very insight which he, like Natorp, gained in the nineteen twenties: that the character of any synthesis depends on the peculiar nature of its material contents, and that "the specific *f orm' of the mythical 'meaning' as well as of the theoretical one is expressed, more profoundly and more clearly than in any complex formation, in the relatively simple, the truly 'primitive' structures." 129 In a similar way the existential tension which the finite in- dividual feels in view of the infinite God is, as it were, shifted to the objective sphere: we are told that the religious attitude differs from the mythical one by clearly recognizing the in- 187 Cf. Philosophic der symbolischen Formen II, lySff. Ibid., II, 319. 1W Cassirer, "Zur Theorie dcs Begriffs," Kantstudien, XXXIII (19*8), 136. 850 FRITZ KAUFMANN commensurability between religious image and religious mean- ing. 180 The inadequacy of the religious symbol is emphasized by Cassirer almost to the point of neglecting the insufficiency of the human being. The gap between the human and the divine is said to be "created," by consciousness itself in order to be closed again by the same consciousness. 181 As mentioned above, the shortcomings (not of man but) of religion are to be made up for by another form of cultural creativity by philosophy and art. The tension between image and meaning, the fact that the symbol (Sinnbild) cannot wholly surpass the limits of sensory appearance (SinnenbilcT) is of the very nature of religious experience. In art, however, a perfect equilibrium is reached between the spheres of the sensory and the spiritual. Here "the image does not appear as a thing by itself which, in turn, affects the mind, but has become a pure expression of one's own creative power for the mind." 132 As represented by the Philosophy of the Symbolical Forms> the dialectics of consciousness seems to proceed beyond the re- ligious level to issue in philosophy of religion on the one hand, and in art on the other. It is doubtful, however, whether either art or philosophy is fully equipped to play the superior part assigned to it. A phenomenology of art and religion, e.g., will have to ask whether the alleged dialectical movement from religion to art is not, at least, counterbalanced by a correspond- ing movement leading from art to religion. In an article on "Art and Religion" I have tried to indicate such an aspect, from which art can be considered a prefigurement of religion, and the fruit of religious experience appears the ultimate ful- filment of the specious promise which is embodied in the flower of art. 188 180 Phllosofhie der $ymbolischen Formen, II, 2 9 off. m /***., 2 84. 1W Ibid.y 320. I refer, however, to note 39 as regards the slightly different attitude in a passage of the Essay on Man (151): there "the sense of beauty" is taken to be "the susceptibility to the dynamic life of forms." ** Fritz Kaufmann, "Art and Religion," Philosophy and Phenomenologkal Research^ I (1941), 463-469. A somewhat similar position can be found in Paul Haeberlin, Allgemeine Aesthetik (1929). NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 851 It is quite true (as Cassirer stresses repeatedly 134 ) that a work of art is the more universal in character, the more deeply indi- vidual it proves to be. Yet this universality is not only flavored, but also qualified by the individual point of view. Ttye work of art incarnates the spirit of the artist's world the world which is the common denominator of his impressions and the objective correlate of his productive reaction. This universal representa- tion gives to his work an inner infinitude which is, neverthless, (to speak with Spinoza) an infinitum in suo genere, rather than the absolute infinitum. While his point of view serves to integrate the phenomena into a whole, the artist cannot but sift them, accenting what is essential under his aspect, while neglect- ing what does not add to his image of the world. The artist conjures up what may be called the genius of the universe; but this genius speaks the language and voices the experience of the author. Man succeeds in mastering his impressions as far as he can extend the mastery of his expression. The religious prophet, on the other hand, is not the author of his speech nor does he find 'composure* in the 'composition' of his masterwork. He feels himself to be the mouth-piece of a voice which is no more his own and speaks in terms which may be beyond his grasp. Through the voice of man sounds here that of his God. This is a difference of type, of meaning and of claim which is to be acknowledged whether or not the disparity be- tween the aesthetic experience and the religious one derives from two really different existences God and man. This dif- ference between the Absolute and the finite is more radical than that between two poles within a movement whose dynamics is the true Absolute in Cassirer's philosophy. The two types of experience in question have to be recog- nized as heterogeneous, even though they may be found in a personal union. There is the element of poetic fascination in all religious expression, since in God himself the mysterium fascinosum is one with the mysterium tremendum. And re- ligious art may bear witness not only to some congeniality be- ** Cf. Preiheit und Form, 312^, 363!?} Kants Leben und Lehre, 3545 Essay on Man, 143. 852 FRITZ KAUFMANN tween the artist and the Creator Sprites wundi, but also to man's personal response to this spirit and its claims and to his trustful invocation of it. In ecstatic experiences, such as Rilke's at the time of the Sonnets to Orpheus and the Elegies of Duino (experiences which almost destroy the framework of human nature), the artist's state of mind comes close to that of the prophet though even here the measure of man comes finally to prevail. "Denn das Schone ist Nichts als des Schrecklkhen Anjang y den wir noch grade ertragen" The poet as such is always victorious in his work, whereas the religious person con- quers only in his absolute surrender. Although the essential differences are clear, the actual boundaries between both states are often hidden so as to leave a man like Kierkegaard tragically uncertain whether he has only the talents of a religious poet or the call of a religious witness. But the thirst of the religious person is not satisfied by the draughts of poetical imagination. The distinctive gift of man, the gift of thinking in terms of open possibilities, 136 needs to be complemented by the recognition of an ultimate reality which is not a product of objective determination, but the very origin, the fiat behind both facts and fieri of experience. The reliance on the autonomy of culture with all its symbolic forms is challenged by the religious experience in which man ceases to exploit his own possibilities. In this experience man sees himself determined not only by what amounts to a process of self-realization (and self-liberation) 137 or by that anonymous process of the "categorial constitution" whose secret author and hero he actually is himself, but fundamentally by a power which is not only beyond the empirical self but also beyond the multi- form unity of transcendental synthesis. All this had to be said not in order to substitute for Cas- sirer's never fully developed philosophy of religion a sketch of our own making, but to show how the implications of this cultural immanentism compare to the claims of religious experi- 138 R. M. Rilke, from the first of the Duineser Elegien. 186 Cf. Essay on Man, 56-62. 228. NEO-KANTIANISM AND PHENOMENOLOGY 853 ence. We do not shut our eyes to the possibility that these claims cannot be ultimately verified; but their eventual ful- filment has to be true to the very nature of the religious inten- tions. This is not only a necessary postulate of the phenome- nological method a principle which Cassirer would have been the last to repudiate; it is an ideal to which HusserPs phenome- nology has actually tried to live up even on this point, i.e., in spite of his own emphasis on the absoluteness of the process of pure consciousness. I am referring to the modest hypothetical reflections on the theological problem in the Ideen They have been acclaimed even by so strictly Christian thinkers as Theodor Haecker 189 and proved instrumental in the beginnings of a genuine phenomenology of religion. Husserl speaks of God's transcendence in contradistinction to that of the Ego and that of the world. None of the three is an immanent part of consciousness as such. But, whereas the pure Ego and pure consciousness cannot be disconnected, it is differ- ent with God and consciousness. Consciousness is confronted by God just as it is confronted by the world; yet these two forms of transcendence belong to opposite dimensions: God's trans- cendence is "as it were the polar opposite to the transcendence of the world." But whereas, according to Husserl, the real world is relative to pure consciousness, God as the ordering principle of absolute consciousness would be absolute himself 140 though again in a different sense both from the absoluteness of myself qua Ego of the phenomenological reduction and from that of the Alter Ego, or rather, all the other "transcendental Egos" who are "constituted" within my consciousness by way of empathy, yet recognized as being essentially my equals. 141 The divine being "would be an 'Absolute' in a sense entirely different from the absoluteness of consciousness while, on the other hand, it is a transcendent being in an entirely different 188 Husserl, Idten zu einer reinen Phaenomenologie und fhaenomenologischen Philosofhie, 961", nof. 180 Cf. e.g., Haecker*s Nachwort to Kierkegaard's Der Begriff des 344*- 140 Husserl, Ideen, 96. 141 Husserl, Meditations Cartetitnnts, Meditation V. 854 FRITZ KAUFMANN sense from that in which the world is understood to be trans- cendent." 142 What holds for "absolute consciousness" in Husserl's sense, applies a fortiori to finite human consciousness. The recognition of such an absolute transcendence would doom the enterprise of a predominantly 'humanistic' anthropology like Cassirer's. It would make it impossible to write an Essay on Man with ex- clusive regard to a 'Philosophy of Human Culture' and would, thus, prevent an idolization of the cultural process the danger which threatens this neo-Kantian idealism. Man's true nature would not be seen in his cultural achievements alone, but in his failures and limitations as well. And but this assertion has to be made true, in order to be true man would be at his best where culture becomes cult again: a praise of the Highest and an offering to Him: ". . . . die Erde grunt Und stille vor den Sternen tiegt, den Betenden gleich in den Staub geworjen, Frehuillig uberwunden die lange Kunst Vor jenen U nnachahmbaren da; er selbst Der Mensch mit eigner Hand zerbrachy die Hohen zu ehren, sein Werk der Kiinstler." 1 * 3 FRITZ KAUFMANN DEPARTMENT OP PHILOSOPHY THE UNIVERSITY OF BUFFALO 142 Husscrl, Ueen, m. ** Holderlin, "Stimme des Volks." Ernst Cassirer "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" IN CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY HOCSKOLA "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" IN CONTEMPORARY PHILOSOPHY* A MONG the minor works of Heinrich von Kleist may be JL^L found a brief essay in which the author has succeeded in setting forth one of the philosophical problems of his era with all the brevity and succinctness, all the cogency and penetration which mark his incomparable prose style. Kleist attains this pregnancy of thought by capturing content of it in the form of a tale by the telling and creation of which the whole art of the epic poet is revealed. He starts out from the recollection of an occurrence which he depicts as one experienced by himself. A youth, excelling not only in physical beauty but also in the naturalness of his whole bearing and demeanor, comes to lose this attractiveness the moment he accidentally becomes aware of it 5 and once lost, it proves to be irrecoverable by will-power or by any conscious effort. The consequence which Kleist draws from this is that nature and consciousness, beauty and reflective thought belong to different realms and stand in a relation of polar tension and opposition to each other. Insofar as the one comes to the fore, the other must give way. Confronted by the bright daylight of consciousness, by reflection's piercing ray which strikes it to the heart, beauty must needs pale and vanish. "We can see that just insofar as reflection grows weaker and more obscure, in the organic world, beauty emerges all the brighter and more overpowering. Nevertheless, just as two lines diverging from a point, extended to infinity, will suddenly come together again on the other sidej or, just as the image in * From the original German essay, " 'Geist* und 'Leben' in der Philosophic der Gegenwart," which appeared in Die Nfue Rundschau (Berlin und Leipzig, 1930 I, pp. 244-264), translated specifically for this volume by Robert Walter Bretall and Paul Arthur Schilpp. 857 858 ERNST CASSIRER a concave mirror, when extended to the infinite, suddenly emerges again directly before us: even so, when knowledge has, so to speak, traversed the infinite, beauty once again will disclose itself, so that simultaneously it will appear in its purest form in that human organism which either is without con- sciousness at all or has an infinite consciousness i.e., in the marionette or in God." For man, once driven from the paradise of immediacy man who has once partaken of the tree of knowledge and therewith has forever left behind the limits of merely natural existence, of life which is unconscious of itself for man it follows that he must traverse his appointed orbit, in order at the end of his road to find his way back again to its beginning. That is the fate imposed by our "circular world." "Paradise is bolted fast, and the cherub far behind us; we must travel around the world and see whether perchance an entrance can be found somewhere from the rear." Kleist's essay, "The Marionette Theatre," appeared in the Berliner Abendblatter in 1810 and is thus well over 100 years old. But if some one came upon it today who did not know its original author, he might well imagine that the writer belongs to our own time so clearly does he mirror the problematic character of our anthropology today, of our philosophical doc- trine of man. At once all the well-known names and works of present-day philosophy press for comparison: in this trend we see once again how deep the roots of our "modern" and most up-to-date philosophical thinking go down into the soil of Romanticism, and how, consciously or unconsciously, they all depend upon Romantic prototypes. Today anew the great antithesis of "Nature" and "Spirit," the polarity of "Life" and "Knowledge," looms as the very centre of philosophical specu- lation and it is still in terms of Romantic concepts and Ro- mantic categories that the problems are posed and their solu- tion is sought. But really the conflict seems to have been sharpened, and the contradiction stands before us even more definitive and inexorable than in the days of Romanticism. For in order to meet this contradiction, however sharply it might be set forth, Romantic philosophy has always held ready a definite metaphysical solution and reconciliation: in the last "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" 859 analysis, by way of various mediations, the contradiction runs squarely into the underlying concept of the "Identity philoso- phy." "What we call Nature/ 1 as Schelling puts it in his System of Transcendental Idealism, "is a poem which lies locked up in a wonderful, secret script. Yet the riddle could be solved, if we would but learn to recognize the spirit's Odyssey as, wondrously deceptive, it seeks itself in continual flight from it- self." From any such solution of the riddle, from any such aesthetic harmonizing of the contradiction between Nature and Spirit, modern philosophy is far removed. It recognizes and permits, on this point, no purely aesthetic compromise, but rather seeks to apprehend and to tear open for us the chasm between the two worlds in all its yawning depth. Thus espe- cially in the writing of Ludwig Klages, where the problem has been given its most pointed expression, Spirit appears as a power which in the very depths of its being is anti-divine and hostile to Life. "Consciousness" and "Life," "cogitare" and "esse" remain sundered from each other at the very root of their being. Having given himself to the domination of Spirit, man sets himself at variance with Life and entrusts himself to vampiric forces which enter into the music of the spheres as a piercing dissonance. one feels it almost as a redemption from this magic-mythical web in which Klages 5 theory of consciousness threatens to en- tangle us, when we shift our attention from this to the basic doctrines of Max Scheler's "Anthropology," as developed in his latest philosophical writings, particularly in his book, Die Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos. 1 A presentation, and inter- pretation and critical examination of these basic doctrines re- mains indeed an audacious undertaking. For Scheler's Anthro- pology remained fragmentary; we still do not know whether we shall ever possess it in all the breadth and fulness in which he himself had originally planned and conclusively envisaged it. only a few brief sketches of the project as a whole were published by Scheler himself; only a few of the major lines 1 First appearing under the title, "Die Sonderstellung des Menschen," in the collection of essays, Mensch und Erde; now published separately (Otto Reichl Verlag, Darmstadt). 860 ERNST CASSIRER of demarcation were drawn and firmly laid down. We must try to hold to these lines of demarcation in order to use them as guide-posts to the new world of ideas which opened up to Scheler during the last few years of his life. What makes Scheler's solution so distinctive, and also, at first glance, so paradoxical and foreign to our customary thought-patterns, is this: in no wise does he seek to reconcile "Life" and "Spirit" or to overcome the dualism between the two} but he succeeds nonetheless in drawing a totally different picture of the real meaning and significance of this dualism, of this original cleav- age of Being within itself, from that presented by traditional Western metaphysics. From this tradition he parts company in two respects. on the one hand he absolutely forswears any and all attempts at a monistic "identity-philosophy," whether of the speculative or of the empirical-scientific variety. Accord- ing to Scheler there is no such thing as an evolution leading from bare Life to Spirit, no such thing as a gradual emergence of the latter out of the former. "The new principle," he empha- sizes, "which makes man truly man, is something that stands entirely outside the realm of what can be called 'Life' ... in even its most inclusive sense. That which makes mankind truly human is a principle standing in direct opposition to all Life qua Life, and which, as such, cannot in any way be traced back to 'the natural evolution of life'." That this is so, that in all those activities which are usually embraced under the term "Spirit," what we have is not any simple extension of the functions of Life as such, nor so to speak any tranquil emergence therefrom, but on the contrary a resolute reversal of Life's basic direction: according to Scheler this much is shown, above all, in that just the aforementioned activities, measured in terms of bare Life, are not positive but negative in kind. What makes itself felt in them is no intensification of Life's natural forces, but rather their obstruction, a giving pause and a turning aside from every- thing toward which Life is oriented, when Life is conceived purely as impulse, purely in its own sphere and according to the principle of its own dynamic motion. Man is not wholly man until he executes this turning aside until he is no longer tied and bound fast to the wheels and engines of purely vital "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" 86 1 events, but is able to view them from a vantage-point outside and above. The basic determination of a spiritual being, according to Scheler, is consequently his existential disengagement, his free- dom, his release from confinement, from compulsion, from dependence upon the organic. "Such a Spiritual' being is not longer bound to impulse or to his environing world, but free from it and, as we should like to call it, open to the world. Such a being may be said to have a 'world;' he is able to raise to the status of 'objects' those centres of resistance and reaction origi- nally presented to him by his environment (in which environ- ment the animal ecstatically loses itself), and even to grasp the very quintessence of these 'objects' in their essential being, without the limitations of experiencing this world of objects or its 'givenness' via the apparatus of vital impulses and via its sense functions and organs. Hence Spirit is objectification, the capacity of determination through the essence of things as such. And such a being is a 'carrier' of Spirit, whose principal inter- course with reality outside itself has dynamically reversed itself completely in its relation to the animal." By means of highly original and epistemologically weighty and fruitful trains of thought Scheler seeks to show how precisely the fundamental cognitive functions those functions to which we are indebted for the construction of an "objective" world in any proper sense measured purely by reference to Life's relational system, exhibit a negative prefix. "Pure" space and "pure" time, for example, are nothing but schemata i.e., empty forms of cognition. Manifestly neither one has any positive content; neither are they "objects" in the sense that effects flow from them or can be wrought upon them. on the other hand, they are clearly not a mere nothing: rather it is in this their very negativity, in this basic opposition of theirs to anything real, that they possess an entirely definite meaning, which is a neces- sary function for the theoretical formation and for the theoreti- cal cognition of reality. This function depends upon the fact that empty space and empty time are pure forms of order forms which apply not only to the actual, but extend beyond that to the possible. Space as Leibniz already defined it is the order 862 ERNST CASSIRER of all possible togetherness, just as time is the order of all possible successiveness. This concept of the possible which Leibniz first used to open up the realm of the Ideal, the region of "eternal truths" from the standpoint of philosophical anthropology now reveals itself as a quite peculiar, a specifically human concept. What perhaps differentiates man most sharply from the beast, according to Scheler, is just this, that he is not fast bound to the actuality of the moment which surrounds him, and that he is not held by it, but is capable of the free contem- plation of the Possible. "The animal is as little able to separate the empty form of space and time from the specific content of things in its environment, as it is to abstract 'number' from the greater or lesser 'quantity' of things themselves. It lives entirely in the concrete actuality of its specious present. only when the instinctive expectations, transforming themselves into motivat- ing impulses, gain the ascendancy over everything which is [merely] factual instinctive fulfilment in perception or sensa- tion, does there take place in man the exceedingly unique phe- nomenon that spatial and also temporal emptiness appear to precede and to be the foundation of all possible contents of per- ception and of the whole world of material objects." Thus again we see the antithesis between "Life" and "Spirit" stressed as sharply as possible and rigorously carried out nevertheless, in the definition of the basic relationships of the two to each other, the prefix, so to speak, has now been changed. For Scheler has not the slightest doubt concerning the superi- ority and sovereignty of the spirit in the metaphysical hierarchy and order of values. one thing only he emphasizes that this superiority in point of value be in no way equated with superi- ority in point of existence or efficacy. Rather we encounter here another peculiar antithesis, and one which seems at last destined to trace the dualism of Life and Spirit down to its very deepest roots. Scheler most resolutely opposes the doctrine that the higher value, in the totality of being and becoming, must also be endowed with the greater strength. Over against this opti- mistic viewpoint he sets the sharply contradictory thesis: the Spirit, or the Idea, in which a supreme value seems collected and concentrated, is, precisely because of this fact, by no means "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" 863 commensurable in terms of power, of immediate actuality and efficacy, with Life and with the merely vital forces. As we have seen, man was defined by Scheler as the living being who is capable of assuming a primarily ascetic attitude toward his own life. Compared to animals, who always say "Yes" to whatever happens to be, even when they are repelled and are running away, man is "the being who is able to say <No'," "the ascetic toward Life," the everlasting protestant against sheer actuality. "Here, however, arises the decisive question: does the Spirit arise out of ascesis y repression, and sublimation or does it merely derive its energy from these? In the answer to this question lies a radical parting of the ways. It is my own con- viction that the being of the Spirit in no way hinges on this negative activity, this 'No' to actuality, but only, as it were, its supply of energy and therewith its ability to manifest itself." Hence the Spirit, as Scheler understands it, is at the outset abso- lutely powerless. All the power of which it can avail itself in its struggle with Life stems not from itself; it must rather, in a unique roundabout way, wrest it from the realm of Life itself, step by step, through just that act of asceticism and impulse- sublimation. Erroneous, according to Scheler, is that theory which originates in the Greek conception of Spirit and of the Idea the doctrine of the "inherent power of the Idea," its inner strength and activity, its independent efficacy. True, the Spirit may gradually attain power to the degree that Life's im- pulses enter into its lawfulness: "but to begin with and in its original form, the Spirit has not energy of its own." Hence the Spirit must be content with pointing Life's forces toward a definite goal, in terms of its own ideational structures and mean- ings; but it is not the Spirit's own task to produce this goal. The promised land to which it points is and remains a land of mere promise. At no other point, perhaps, does Scheler's theory diverge so clearly from that of Hegel, which comes to a focus precisely in this one thought, the conviction that the Idea is not merely a task, but a "substantial power." "Human spirit and human volition" Scheler emphasizes, over against Hegel "can never mean more than guidance and direction." And this means simply that the Spirit, as such, presents Ideas to the 864 ERNST CASSIRER impulsive forces} but not that it introduces any original potency of its own for the realization of these Ideas. Consequently, this is how the goal and the true meaning of human evolution now appear: "the mutual penetration of the originally impotent Spirit and the originally demonic Impulses (i.e., one which, as over against all spiritual Ideas and values, is blind) . . . and the simultaneous empowering, i.e., enlivening, of the Spirit is the final End and Goal of all finite being and becoming which Theism mistakenly posits as the point of departure." II Here, however, two questions arise to which, as far as I can see, this firmly joined and internally coherent system of Scheler's anthropology no longer affords any answer. First of all: if Life and Spirit belong to entirely disparate worlds if they are completely foreign to each other in their nature as well as in their origin how is it possible that they nevertheless can accomplish a perfectly homogeneous piece of work, that they co-operate and interpenetrate in constructing the specifically human world, the world of "meaning"? Is this interpenetration to use a word which Lotze once coined in another epistemo- logical connection nothing more or less than a "happy acci- dent"? How can it be explained that the forces of Life the purely vital, impulsive urges in Scheler's sense permit them- selves to be diverted from their own paths and to take that other, precisely opposite direction, which the law of the Spirit demands? True, Scheler emphasizes the fact that the Spirit by no means directly breaks in or infringes upon the world of Life that it has no force of its own to set over against the force of Life's impulses, but that it is content to function in a purely symbolic manner, by pointing and showing the way. The Ideas are not efficacious; they merely lead and direct; they illumine the course of Life, but they do not compel it to take a certain direction. But in spite of all this: how is Life capable of even seeing the Ideas which the Spirit holds up to it and of directing its way by them, as by starry constellations, if its pristine nature be defined as mere impulse, i.e., as spiritually blind? If we are "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" 865 to gain an answer to this question, within the framework of Scheler's anthropology, we must, it seems, risk a leap into the darkj we must refer back to the unity of the metaphysical world-ground the ground which nevertheless unites what to us is and remains manifestly heterogeneous and knits it into a single whole. Scheler himself, at one point in his essay on "Die Stellung des Menschen," has pointed the way toward some such solution. He stresses the idea that the Spirit absolutely never can be derived from Life or explained in terms of Life, since it is rather a principle standing in opposition to all Life as such, so that it must fall back, if on anything at all, upon the supreme Ground of things themselves. However widely Spirit and Life may diverge, for us, in all their phenomenal forms and appearances, there always remains nonetheless the possi- bility that the two may meet at some infinitely distant point that they may, in some manner unknown to us, be held together in that X which is the ultimate ground of the universe. But with such an answer the Gordian knot is really not so much untied as cut. It is remarkable that Scheler, with all the evident originality and excellence of his last philosophical works, is here thrown back upon problems which belong to the very oldest stratum of the metaphysical thinking and self-reflection of man- kind. Already his conception of "Spirit" as such, in its very wording and original definition, is unmistakably reminiscent of Aristotle's, and Scheler confronts us with the same internal difficulties in which the Aristotelian doctrine of Spirit finally ensnares us. Aristotle's Spirit, or vou^ i s related to the lower mental faculties, to the forces of the purely vital sphere to sense-perception, memory and ideation not as an additional member of the same evolutionary series, but rather as super- ordinate to them all: it enters into the world of Life and of psychical being "from without." Here, however, burst upon us all those questions with which the entire metaphysics and the whole psychology of the Middle Ages, and thereafter the psy- chology of the Renaissance, wrestled on and on, and which even today, as the structure of Scheler's anthropology shows, seem not yet to have been definitively silenced. How is the Spirit able 866 ERNST CASSIRER to exert any effect on a world to which it does not itself belong j how can the transcendence of the Idea be reconciled with the immanence of Life? For Aristotle himself the answer to this question is supplied by his system of teleology. The Aristotelian God who is con- ceived as pure Spirit without admixture of anything material, as actus purus, as "thought thinking thought" nevertheless moves the world: but he does so not in a mechanical way, not through any external impetus, but rather because, as the Su- preme Form, he also constitutes the purpose towards which the universe itself is striving as the goal of its own self-realization. Thus God moves the world not through physical force, but "as the beloved object moves the lover." This interpretation (so profound and beautiful in itself) of the relation between God and the world, between Idea and Life, is, however, no longer useful to Scheler in the last phase of his philosophy; it is, for him, antiquated and superseded. He charges the "classical theory" of the Spirit, as developed in ancient Greece, with precisely this, that in its consequences it has led "to the untena- ble nonsense of a so-called teleological Weltanschauung" as it has dominated the whole theistic philosophy of the Occident. But failing this classical, theistic-teleological solution of the problem what other solution remains? How is it to be ex- plained that Life follows the pattern set before it by the Idea if there is not contained in Life itself an immanent "trend toward the Idea" if (to speak in Platonic terms) a yearning for the Idea and striving toward it were not already prevalent in the phenomenal world? May not Life, after all, be something other and something more than mere impulse, more than a drive into the indeterminate and the aimless? Does there not exist originally within Life itself the Will to attain its own self- portrayal, its own self-objectification, its own "visibility"? And on the other hand: must not the Spirit even if one ascribes to it no original energy of its own and confines its activity merely to the inhibiting of the natural, purely vital forces must not the Spirit, even in this inhibiting, still be something positively determinate and something positively effective? How could even this stoppage, this unique damming up of Life's forces "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" 867 and impulses ever succeed, if, from the very beginning, the Spirit were entirely impotent? The problem of the opposition between Life and Spirit, as posed in modern metaphysics, is strikingly reminiscent in more ways than one of that set of problems in the older metaphysics which centered around the mind-body problem. As greatly different as is the mere content of the questions in these two cases, the essential, purely methodi- cal motives repeat themselves in both instances in a peculiar way. Thus immediately alongside Scheler's answer to the ques- tion concerning the unification of Life and Spirit we may place Descartes' answer to the question of the unification, the "union" of body and soul. Descartes begins with the proposition that the soul can neither beget any new force in the field of bodily events, nor destroy any force already extant: for the realm of bodily events constitutes a homogeneous, tightly closed causal system, which is determined by a strict law of conservation, by the law of constancy of momentum in the universe. Thus the soul, of itself, can neither create any physical energy nor can it destroy any already in existence. only one possibility remains to the soul, according to Descartes, and this is that it may determine and under certain conditions alter the direction of these move- ments operating in the physical realm} and it is supposed to be precisely this change of direction, which marks the souPs in- fluence upon the body, and to which this effect is confined. The objection which remained standing against this solution of the mind-body problem, and which was at once raised by Leibniz, lay just in the fact that even this mere change of direction necessarily demands a certain definite expenditure of energy, without which it is inconceivable. Quite analogously, even that process of mere inhibition which, with Freud, Scheler calls the sublimation of life would be incomprehensible and impossible, were the Spirit, which is to effect this result, in its essence to be thought of as totally impotent. Even this inhibition must ulti- mately go back to some sort of positive factor and to some posi- tive impulse. If one takes the "Spirit" exclusively in the sense of Scheler's original definition, it will never be able in any way to effect anything beyond itself. Of it, Faust's saying would hold strictly true: 868 ERNST CASSIRER The god that dwells within my soul Can stir to life my inmost deeps. Full sway o'er all my powers he keeps, But naught external can he e'er control. 2 When Life is once defined as the "wholly other," as the contra- dictory opposite of Spirit, it becomes impossible to see how this contradiction can ever be resolved how the Spirit's summons is not to die away in emptiness, but is still to be heard in the sphere of Life and to be understood there. Ill Herewith we at once arrive at a very general question which must be put to Scheler's projected philosophical anthropology. Does there really obtain this relationship of strict opposition, i.e., a genuine logical disjunction between the "classical" doc- trine, which Scheler combats, and his own basic point of view between the view which grants the Spirit absolute substantial power over all actuality and, on the other hand, that which sees it as a principle "powerless" from the very beginning? Such would only be the case, if the concept of "power" itself were a completely definite, logically entirely unambiguous concept, so that we could be quite certain it was being taken in exactly the same strictly circumscribed sense in both theses of the disjunc- tion. But it is precisely this presupposition which seems not to be fulfilled in this case. A keener analysis of HegePs, as well as of Scheler's, concept of "power" seems to me to indicate that there exists here an equivocation which must first be cleared up, if we wish to lay bare the distinctive, the fundamental problem which is in question at this point. Scheler himself does not? distinguish between efficient energy and that kind which might be called jormatvue energy or energy of pure formation. Yet between the two there is an essential and very specific difference. Efficient energy aims immediately at man's environment, whether it be in order to apprehend it as it actually is and take possession of it, or in order to alter its course in some definite direction. Formative energy, on the other hand, is not aimed "Lines 1566 to 1569 (incl.) of Goethe's Faust, First Part, as translated by George Madison Priest (Alfred Knopf, New York, 1941), 46. "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" 869 directly at this outer environment, but rather remains self- contained: it moves within the dimension of the pure "image," and not in that of "actuality." Here the human spirit does not directly turn against objects, but rather weaves itself into a world of its own, a world of signs, of symbols and of meanings. And herewith it really forfeits that immediate oneness which, in the lower animals, unites "observing" and "effecting." This is perhaps one of the most characteristic traits of the animal world, of its organic firmness and its inner organic health, that in it this unity is most strictly preserved. The world of the Spirit, on the contrary, does not come into existence until the stream of Life no longer merely flows freely, but is held back at certain points until Life, instead of unceasingly giving birth to new Life and consuming itself in these very births, gathers itself together into enduring forms and projects these forms out of and in front of itself. Herein seems to me to lie the truth of Scheler's fundamental position: that by no mer quantita- tive increase, enhancement or intensification of Life can we ever attain the realm of the Spirit, but that in order to gain entrance into this sphere a turnabout and return, a change of "mind" and of direction are necessary. But from this it by no means follows that in its peculiar, constitutive principle the Spirit would have to be understood as completely powerless, as utterly static and as "the ascetic of Life." Indeed the Spirit would not be capable of bringing Life to this relative stand-still, which in a certain sense marks the beginning of all "understanding," if it did not have some power of its own to set over against Life, power which is not borrowed from Life, but which it draws from the depths of its own being. The mediate activity of form- creation, to be sure, differs from the immediate activity of work and deed in the direction which it takes and in the goal at which it aims; but it is, no less than the other, pure activity, actus purus. The genuine "ideas" according to Spinoza, and this is true not only of the ideas involved in pure cognition, but also of the creations of language and the arts, of myth and religion stand there not like silent pictures on a blackboard} they bring them- selves into being, and in this their act of self-generation they afford at the same time a new intuition into "objective" reality. 870 ERNST CASSIRER From this functional character of pure Form i.e. y from the circumstance that it ever exists only insofar as it continually re- creates itself it first becomes wholly clear how and why each form is antithetical in itself why a necessary polarity must reside therein. It is always a double movement that works itself out here: a continuous alternation of the forces of attraction and repulsion. "There is no surer way of evading the world than through art," so says Goethe, "and there is no surer way of binding oneself to it than through art." This double determina- tion applies to every kind of creative activity and of "symbolic formation." This formative activity always begins by holding off the world, as it were, at a distance and by erecting a barrier between the I and the world. In the purely vital sphere no such division has yet taken place. Here action immediately follows action j effect is followed by counter-effect, from which again a new effect arises. Even relatively very complicated instinctive actions of animals appear to be nothing other than such "reflex chains." But with the first dawning of spirituality in man this kind of immediacy is a thing of the past. Henceforth, the ten- sion between the I and its environment is not resolved with a single stroke, the spark between the two no longer leaps over directly; rather it is mediated in a way which, instead of leading through the world of event and action, proceeds by way of creative formation. only at the end of this long and difficult way of inner formation does actuality again come into the purview of man. In his research into anthropoid intelligence Kohler has shown that the highest achievement which can possibly be expected of an animal is the art of the "detour" and that even the highest animals learn this art only with great difficulty and to a very limited degree. Compared to this, the world of the human Spirit, as built up in language and in the use of tools, in artistic representation and conceptual knowl- edge, is nothing other than the persistent, continuously expand- ing and refined "art of the detour." More and more man learns to set the world aside, in order to draw it to himself and more and more these two basic antithetical directions of efficient action come to melt, for him, into one homogeneous activity, both sides of which, like inhaling and exhaling, reciprocally condition one another. Man must retreat into the world of "unreality," into "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" 871 the world of appearance and of play, in order therein and there- by to conquer the world of reality. For aesthetic theory, this basic insight was set forth above all by Schiller, and developed by him in all its ramifications. From this point of view Schiller's "Letters on the Aesthetic Education of Mankind" looms up as one of the fundamental writings on which modern philosophical anthropology is also based. Here is the root of that famous idea (Begriffserklarung) in which Schiller seeks to express man's essential nature: "Man only plays when he is man in the fullest sense of the word, and he is only fully man when he plays." This pregnant explanation of man's being is, however, expressly limited by Schiller to the aesthetic sphere: according to him man should only play with beauty, but also he should play only with beauty. But if we take the concept of play as broadly as possible, this limitation [to aesthetics] turns out to be unsound and unnecessary. Rather one may venture the paradox that not only the sphere of beauty but also that of truth is first wholly disclosed to man by the play-function. In one of the deepest and most fruitful sections of Kant's Critique of Pure Reason, it is shown that the function of pure reason, if it is not to remain empty, has need of another function as its completion and neces- sary correlative a function which Kant designates by the name of "productive imagination." And he went on to infer that everything we are accustomed to call simple sensory "percep- tion" is most closely bound up with this function that the pro- ductive imagination also forms an "ingredient of every possible perception." If this is so, then what we call the intuition of "the actual" does not occur without the outlook and prospective glance into "the possible" then furthermore, the construction of the "objective" world of experience is dependent upon the original formative powers of the Spirit and upon the funda- mental laws according to which they act. IV It is impossible to enter into the weighty and decisive conse- quences for epistemology which follow from this basic view- point. 8 If we return, instead, to our starting-point once more, 1 1 have tried to draw these consequences in another place, the third volume of my Philosophic der symbolischen Formen (published by Bruno Cassirer). 872 ERNST CASSIRER to the way in which the problem is posited in Scheler's philo- sophical anthropology, we shall then be able to define more sharply the basic thesis of this anthropology, both positively and negatively. What Scheler saw and what even in the brief sketch of his anthropology which is all we have had until now with his extraordinary dialectical power and mastery, he has succeeded in working out, is precisely that tension, that ir- reconcilable difference, that antithesis which holds between the region of "Spirit" and that of "Life." Here he successfully dis- misses every attempt at a comfortable "monistic" solution. Scheler, however, does not stop with the primary and methodi- cal contradiction herein demonstrated: he goes on immediately to another, metaphysical contradiction which for him arises out of the former an antithesis not between functions but between real powers of Being. The metaphysical concept of "being," how- ever, is marked by this peculiarity, that it possesses a strongly absolutistic character. Within it there is basically no room for "being" of a different stamp and different type of meaning. Rather we are led sooner or later to a simple "either-or" to that "crisis" between being and non-being by which the first great thinker of Western metaphysics, Parmenides, already found himself confronted. In Scheler's philosophical anthro- pology, too, this fate of metaphysics is borne out anew in a rather singular and remarkable way. What Scheler gives to the Spirit he must take away from Life; what he allots the latter he must deny the former. Thus for him originally a Spirit hostile to Life and a Life blind to Ideas stand confronting one another only in order then to be drawn to each other after all, and, as if by a miracle, to "find their way back to each other." The Spirit, powerless in itself, and without drawing upon its own resources, but sheerly through its presence (Daseiri) and nature (So-Seiri), at last steers Life into its own orbit; and Life yields itself to the Spirit, it follows the Ideas which are held before it, even though these Ideas, seen purely from the stand- point of Life, mean nothing more than a diversion from its own goal and consequently a definite weakening and obstruction. The supreme, yes indeed the only power which man can bring to bear, in order to outgrow the realm of mere vitality and "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" 873 attain his distinctive being and his specific worth, is accordingly the power of asceticism. That Scheler should impute to ascetic- ism this moral-spiritual power is perhaps the only, yet at the same time a most significant symptom of the fact that even the final "atheistic" phase of his philosophy is still bound as by invisible threads to the earlier period of his thinking. But just here it seems to me that the actual inner logic of Scheler's fundamental position clearly points even beyond the stage to which he himself had pursued it in his last works on anthro- pology. For it would indeed be comprehensible that asceticism might, so to speak, break the path for energies already at hand and standing on their own; but not that it could call these energies forth, as it were, out of nothing, or that it should be able to endow with real strength, in the first place, an in- herently impotent principle. For in truth that asceticism which is viewed by Scheler at the pre-condition and the point of de- parture for all basic phenomena of the Spirit, more closely scrutinized, bears not so much an absolute as a definitely relative character. Plainly it is no turning away from Life as such, but rather an inner transformation and about-face experienced by Life itself. This about-face this pathway from "Life" to "the Idea" is not marked by rest as opposed to motion; it is no quietistic, inherently inactive principle as contrasted with rest- less becoming. Rather it is energies of a different order and, as it were, of a different dimension which here stand confronting one another. The most comprehensive definition of "Spirit" set down by Scheler is to the effect that for him Spirit means objectivity, "determinability through the essence (So-Sein) of things as such." In his activity man is presumed to be deter- mined not, like the animals, by the mere reaction to opposing forces, but by the intuition of objects and this elevation above the circumstantial to the realm of the objective, this pure object- existence is supposed to be the most formal category of the logi- cal aspect of the Spirit. But as soon as this definition has been agreed to, the further question must at once be raised, how pre- cisely this fundamental act of objectification is itself possible, and by what it is conditioned. The totality of its conditions, it seems to me, can be surveyed and exhibited only by entering 874 ERNST CASSIRER into the "in-between" realm of the "symbolic forms," by view- ing the many-sided image-worlds which man interposes between himself and reality, not in order to remove and thrust the latter from him, but in order, by thus gaining distance, to bring it properly within the purview of his vision in order to elevate it from the merely tangible sphere, which demands immediate proximity, to that of the visible. Language and the arts, myth and theoretical knowledge, all work together, each according to its own inner law, at this process of spiritual "setting at a distance:" they are the great stages on the way which leads from the Space of grasping and doing, wherein the animal lives and remains, as it were, imprisoned, to the Space of intuition and thought, to that of the spiritual "horizon." Viewed in this perspective, the polarity of Spirit and Life, which constitutes the basic idea of Scheler's anthropology, is by no means cancelled j but, systematically considered, it now ap- pears in a different light. Even in his last works, however radical a transformation of his views they may contain, Scheler still speaks the language of a definitely realistic metaphysics. He sets Spirit and Life over against each other as primeval powers of being as real forces which, in a certain way, contend with one another for dominion over the whole of reality. In doing this, however, a purely functional antithesis is transformed into a substantial one from a distinction exhibitable in phenomena we are suddenly led to an assertion about the transcendental, initial cause. To be sure, Scheler even here remains far removed from Klages' mythicizing and demonizing of the Spirit. For Scheler the Spirit is demarcated and distinguished precisely by the fact that it can never be exhibited as a substantial entity, but only in its pure act of functioning, in its living actuality. Just because it represents the principle of objectification it can never itself become objective, it cannot be defined and comprehended in the manner of any objective entity. But in spite of this dis- claimer and this critical delimitation, the Spirit, even for Scheler, still remains, as it were, a kind of substantive. In him too the metaphysical interest in the end takes precedence over the purely phenomenological: the Spirit becomes a Being sui "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" 875 standing over and above the being of mere Life. If, instead, one understands Life and Spirit not as substantial essences set over against one another, but takes both of them in the sense of their pure functional activity, the antithesis be- tween the two immediately acquires a different meaning. No longer need the Spirit be viewed as a principle foreign or hostile to all Life, but it may be understood as a turning and about- face of Life itself , a transformation which it experiences within itself, insofar as it passes from the circle of merely organic creativity and formation into the circle of "form," the circle of ideal formative activity. At this point the fundamental thesis of "Objective Idealism" completely maintains its ground, in the face of all the criticism which the nineteenth and twentieth centuries', "philosophy of life" has urged against it. Especially as concerns Hegel, it would be a complete misunderstanding of his system to bring against it the reproach that by reason of its panlogistic tendency it denies the rights of Life that it has sacrificed the vital sphere to that of logic. Even a mere glance at the historical de- velopment of the Hegelian doctrine is sufficient to invalidate this objection: for it is precisely in the writings of HegePs early period that, in connection with his investigations in philosophy of history and philosophy of religion, a new, systematically most fruitful concept of Life is coined. In the introduction to his Phenomenology of Spirit, however, Hegel then, in propositions of truly classical formulation, proceeded to carry out the ad- vance and to make the definitive break. He now demands that the self-contained and closed substantiality of life open up, that it spread out and reveal itself: for only in this process and by virtue of it can mere substance achieve its "Being-for-itself" and become a "subject." "The strength of the Spirit is only as great as its expression; its depth only as deep as in its revelation it dares to expand and lose itself." The realization of this princi- ple demands not only that Spirit and Life come to know them- selves as opposites} but that, at the same time, on account of this very opposition, they seek and demand each other. The polarity between the two remains, but it loses its appearance of 876 ERNST CASSIRER absolute estrangement. Indeed, if we pass in review the whole series of accusations which the modern "philosophy of life" has raised against the usurped supremacy of the Spirit, one objec- tion immediately obtrudes itself. Who exactly it must be in- quired is the plaintiff, and who the defendant in the trial here getting under way? It seems as if Life were here brought to the bar against the Spirit, in order to defend itself against the latter's enroachment, against its violence and its conceit. And yet this impression is deceptive for Life as such is self-im- prisoned, and in this self-imprisonment is speechless. It has no language other than that which the Spirit lends it. Hence, wherever it is summoned against the Spirit, the latter in truth is always both assailant and defendant, plaintiff and judge in one. The real drama takes place not between Spirit and Life, but in the midst of the Spirit's own realm, indeed at its very focus. For every accusation is a form of predication; every con- demnation is a form of judgment; predication and judgment, however, are the basic and time-honored functions of the Logos itself. In connection with this we may recall that in Greek it is one and the same word, one and the same term the term xcmQYopeiv and xaTYftopt'a which expresses accusation as well as predication in general. All of the passionate speeches of accusa- tion against the Spirit, in which modern philosophical literature is so rich, cannot make us forget, therefore, that here in truth it is not Life striving against the Spirit, but the latter striving against itself. And this internal conflict is really its appointed fate, its everlasting, inescapable pathos. The Spirit is only, inso- far as it turns against itself in this manner; its own unity is thinkable only in such contrariety. Hence the Spirit is not only as Scheler defines it the ascetic of Life, not only that which is able to say "No" to all organic reality; it is the principle which within itself may negate itself. And the paradox of its nature consists precisely in the fact that this negation does not destroy it, but first makes it truly what it is. only in the "No" with which it confronts itself does the Spirit break through to its own self-affirmation and self-assertion: only in the question which it presents to itself does it become truly itself. Montaigne "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" 877 said once that man is the enigmatic animal who is capable of hating himself: an anomaly and a contradiction for which no precedent exists anywhere else in the realm of nature. Nature knows suffering and death, destruction and annihilation ; but it knows nothing of that self-disintegration whereby man turns against himself. As the being who alone is capable of question- ing, man is also the being who is and remains to himself thoroughly problematical, the being eternally worthy of ques- tioning. In this sense all those who, in the name of Life, bring the Idea into court, remain, to use HegePs expression the "agents of the Idea," for just this passing of judgment upon itself is nothing but a primeval phenomenon and an imperative, a categorical demand of Spirit ; and from this setting of the problem it necessarily follows that precisely the Spirit's own accusers must in the end become its custodians and its witnesses. This fundamental situation emerges most clearly and most definitely perhaps, if we endeavor to grasp it by way of Lan- guage and to throw light upon it from the basic and peculiar spiritual structure of the latter. It can be said that as long as there has been philosophy of language, so long has there also been critique of language that the insight into the positive strength and the positive meaning of language has always been followed by scepticism, as by a shadow. And this doubt about language, indeed this despair regarding it, remains by no means limited to philosophy; it is not even foreign to the great poets and to the greatest coiners of language in the realm of poetry. In a well-known Venetian epigram Goethe complained of the fact that, bound as he was to the medium of the German lan- guage, he unfortunately had to corrupt both life and art by having to use this "worst of material." But among his works there is also to be found another poem, entitled "Language," which, compared with this epigram figures as its polar opposite and palinode: What's "rich," what's "poor"! What's "strong" and "weak"! Is rich the treasure in the buried urn? 878 ERNST CASSIRER Is strong the sword within the arsenal ? Grasp gently, then, and benign fortune Flows, Godhead, out from Thee; T'ward victory, might, reach for the sword And glory o'er thy neighbors. 4 Here again the feeling of the true language-coiner breaks through: the feeling that, essentially, language is only what the momentary impulse, the animating and life-giving moment, makes out of it. Its meaning and value depend not on what it may be "in itself," in its metaphysical nature, but on the manner of its use, its spiritual employment. For it is not the rigid substance of language, but its living, dynamic function, which determines this meaning and value. Language is mis- judged if it is taken in some way or other as a thinglike being, as a substantial medium which interposes itself between man and the reality surrounding him. However one were then to define this medium more precisely, it always appears neverthe- less while wanting to be the connecting link between two worlds as the barrier which separates the one from the other. However clear and however pure a medium we may then see in language, it always remains true that this crystal-clear medium is also crystal-hard that however transparent it may be for the expression of ideas, it still is never wholly penetrable. Its transparency does not remove its impenetrability. But this misgiving vanishes the moment we remember that basically we are dealing here with a self-created difficulty that the antinomy is grounded not so much in the nature of language itself as in an inadequate metaphorical description of its essen- tial nature. If, instead of likening Language to an existing thing, we understand it rather in the sense of what it really does, if *The German original reads as follows: Was reich, was arm! Was stark und schwach! 1st reich vergrabener Urne Bauch? 1st stark das Schwert im Arsenal? Greif milde drein und freundlich Gliick Fliesst, Gottheit, von Dir aus, Pass an zum Siege, Macht, das Schwert Und iiber Nachbarn Ruhm. "SPIRIT" AND "LIFE" 879 we take it, in accordance with Humboldt's injunction, not as an erg [quantity of work] but as energy then the problem im- mediately assumes a different form. Language then is no longer a given, rigid structure} rather it becomes a form-creating power, which at the same time has to be really a form-breaking, form-destroying one. Even the world of grammatical and syn- tactical forms is not merely a kind of firm dike and dam, against which the formative, the truly creative forces of language con- tinually break. Rather is it the original, creative power of lan- guage which floods through this world as well, and which supplies it with ever new momentum. In this process the hardened forms are also ever and again melted down, so that they cannot "clothe themselves in rigid armor 5" but on the other hand, only in this process do even the momentary im- pulse, the creation of the moment, receive their continuity and stability. This creation would, like a bubble, have to dissolve before every breath of air if it did not, in the midst of its originating and becoming, encounter earlier structures forms already originated and in existence to which it may cling and hold fast. Thus even this which has already come into being is for language not merely material, against which foreign and ever stranger material is ever pressing; but it is the product and attestation of the same formative powers to which even language itself owes its existence. Every single act of speech flows again back into the great river-bed of language itself, yet without being entirely lost and perishing therein. Instead, the stronger was its own individuality, borrowed from the originality of its creator, the more it maintains itself and the more strongly it transmits itself in such a way that, by means of the new momentary impulse, the current as a whole may be altered in its direction and intensity, in its dynamics and rhythm. To be sure, it is evident that all these turns of expres- sion can be nothing other and nothing more than metaphors; but, if at all, it is only in dynamic metaphors like these, and not in any figures whatsoever borrowed from the static world, the world of things and thing-relationships, that the connection between the "particular" and the "general" in language, the 88o ERNST CASSIRER relation between "Life" and "Spirit" therein, can properly be described. And the same fundamental relationship exhibited here in the realm of language holds true of every other genuine "symbolic form." The inner contradictoriness, the polarity which necessarily dwells within every such form, does not rend or demolish it$ rather it constitutes the condition whereby its unity may again be established out of that contradiction and may thus again present itself to the outside world. BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER To 1946 Compiled, by CARL H. HAMBURG AND WALTER M. SOLMITZ PREFACE TO THE BIBLIOGRAPHY THIS list of the published writings by Ernst Cassirer and of their translations contains, as far as we know, all of his publications which have come out, either during his lifetime or posthumously. It also includes a number of books now in prep- aration. The material for the publications from 1899 to 1936 could mostly be taken from the Bibliography of Ernst Cassirer*s Writings by Raymond Klibansky and Walter Solmitz which ap- peared in the volume Philosophy and History (Essays pre- sented to Ernst Cassirer 5 edited by Raymond Klibansky and H. J. Paton. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1936). For the period after 1936 we had at our disposal Professor Cassirer J s own continuation of this bibliography as well as Mrs. Cassirer's list- ing of the posthumous publications. To her we are greatly in- debted for providing us generously with all the material at her hand; and to the editors and publishers of Philosophy and His- tory our thanks are due for allowing us very kindly to use the material from their book. We had the privilege of using the facilities of the Libraries of Bowdoin College and Columbia University, and of the Harvard College Library, and of draw- ing freely on the collection of Ernst Cassirer's writings which Professor Koelln of Bowdoin College owns, who also kindly helped us with his advice. We also should like to thank Messrs. Max Hamburg from Fordham University, and John E. Smith, Instructor at Barnard College, for their help. We are particu- larly grateful to Professor Raymond Klibansky of McGill University for reading the proofs and making some valuable suggestions. As in all the Bibliographies of the Library of Living Philoso- phers, the writings have been arranged in the chronological order of the dates of publication. The Bibliography of 1936 883 884 PREFACE TO THE BIBLIOGRAPHY had grouped the items according to subject matter, from a ^systematic" point of view. In this respect the earlier list should still prove useful as an initial guide to Ernst Cassirer's philoso- phy. It represents graphically the universal scope of his work, marking, as it were, on the globus mtellectuaUs its widely spread topics, and suggesting their multiple systematic and historical interrelation. A story of the development of Ernst Cassirer's thought may be read, on the other hand, from the chronological list that follows here. In Cassirer's work as a whole, as is the case in each of his individual writings, this development was as full of surprises as it was methodical. Step by step was taken until, on a higher level each time, a new and wider vista opened up. The basic points of orientation remained the same through- out his life's work. But the same themes, taken up again and again, were carried on by means of ever new variations to ever new phases of interpretation. one of Cassirer's favorite quota- tions was Goethe's, "Die Quelle muss fliessend gedacht warden" The present chronological record of his writings may perhaps be used, in this manner, as a source for the study and the realization of Ernst Cassirer's thought. CARL H. HAMBURG WALTER M. SOLMITZ Summer 1948 COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY NEW YORK, N.Y. BOWDOIN COLLEGE BRUNSWICK, MAINE WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER To August 1946 1899 i. DESCARTES' KRITIK DER MATHEMATISCHEN UND NATURWISSEN- SCHAFTLICHEN ERKENNTNis. Inaugural Dissertation, Marburg, 1899. Reprinted: as Einleitung in Leibniz* System, 1902, pp. 3-102. 1902 /. LEIBNIZ' SYSTEM IN SEINEN WISSENSCHAFTLICHEN GRUND- LAGEN. Marburg, N. G. Elwert, 1902. xiv, 548 pp. Contents: Vorrede EINLEITUNG: DESCARTES' KRITIK DER MATHEMATISCHEN UND NATURWISSENSCHAFTLICHEN ERKENNTNIS. I. Die erkenntniskritische Begriindung- der Mathematik II. Die erkenntniskritische Begriindung- der Naturwissenschaft III. Der Begriff der Substanz und die Substanzialisierung des Raumes IV. Substanz and Veranderung V. Der Begriff der Erfahrung VI. Das Problem des Unendlichen VII. Der Begriff der Zeit. LEIBNIZ* SYSTEM IN SEINEN WISSENSCHAFTLICHEN GRUNDLAGEN PART onE: DIE GRUNDBEGRIFFE DER MATHEMATIK. Ch. I. Verhaltnis von Mathe- matik und Logik Ch. II. Die Grundbegriffe der Mathematik Ch. III. Das geometrische Raumproblem und die Analysis der Lage Ch. IV. Das Pro- blem der Kontinuitat PART TWO: DIE GRUNDBEGRIFFE DER ME- CHANIKCh. V. Raum und Zeit -Ch. VI. Der Begriff der Kraft PART THREE: DIE METAPHYSIKCh. VII. Das Problem des Bewusstseins Ch. VIII. Das Problem des Individuums Ch. IX. Das Problem des Indi- viduums im System der Geisteswissenschaften PART FOUR: DIE ENT- STEHUNG DES LEIBNIZISCHEN SYSTEMS I. Die Jugendwerke bis zur Zeit des Pariser Aufenthaltes. (1633-1673) II. Der Pariser Aufenthalt. (1673-1676) III. Von der Riickkehr nach Deutschland bis zur Abfassung des metaphysischen Diskurses. (1676-86) KRITISCHER NACHTRAG (I. Bertrand Russell, A critical exposition of the philosophy of Leibniz. Cambridge, 1900. II. Louis Couturat, La logique de Leibniz d'apres des documents inedits. Paris, 1901) 1904 /. G. W. LEIBNIZ. PHILOSOPHISCHE WERKE. HAUPTSCHRIFTEN ZUR GRUNDLECUNG DER PHILOSOPHIE. 885 886 WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER (Jbersetzt v. A. Buchenau. Durchgesehen und mit Einlcitungen und Erlauterungen hrsg. von E. Cassirer. Vol. I. (Phflosophische Bibliothek. Vol. 107). Leipzig, Durrsche Buchhandlung, 1904. vi, 374 PP- Second edition : Leipzig, F. Meiner, 1 924. Cassirer*s Introductions: Vorrede (pp. iii-vi) Zur Logik und Mathematik: Einleitung (pp. 1-12) Schriften zur Phoronomie und Dynamik: Einleitung (pp. 107-119) 1906 /. G. W. LEIBNIZ. PHILOSOPHISCHE WERKE. HAUPTSCHRIFTEN ZUR GRUNDLEGUNG DER PHILOSOPHIE. Obersetzt von A. Buchenau. Durchgesehen und mit Einleitungen und Erlauterungen hrsg. von E. Cassirer. Vol. II, (Phflosophische Bibliothek. Vol. 108). Leipzig, Durrsche Buchhandlung, 1906. Second edition: Leipzig, F. Meiner, 1924. 582 pp. Cassirer 3 s Introductions: Zur Biologic und Entwicklungslehre: Einleitung (pp. 3-34). Zur Monadenlehre: Einleitung (pp. 81-122). Sach- und Na- menregister (pp. 561-579). 2. DER KRITISCHE IDEALISMUS UND DIE PHILOSOPHIE DBS GESUN- DEN MENSCHENVERSTANDES. (Philosofhische Arbeiten, hrsg. von Cohen und Natorp. Vol. I, No. i.) Giessen, A. Topelmann, 1906. 35 PP- A criticism of Leonhard Nelson's Die kritische Methode und das Verhaltnis der Psychology zur Philosophic and Friedrich Fries und seine jungsten Kritiker. 3. DAS ERKENNTNISPROBLEM IN DER PHILOSOPHIE UND WISSEN- SCHAFT DER NEUEREN ZEIT. Vol. I. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer, 1906. xv, 608 pp. Second, revised Edition (with some corrections and additions, but omitting an introduction about Greek philosophy, contained in the First Edition), 1911. xviii, 601 pp. Third Edition, 1922. Contents: Vorreden EINLEITUNG: DAS ERKENNEN UND SEIN GEGENSTAND Bk. i. DIE RENAISSANCE DES ERKENNTNISPROBLEMS CH. /. NIKOLAUS CUSANUSCarolus BovillusCH. II. DER HVMAN1SMUS UND DER KAMPF DER PLATONISCHEN UND AR1STOTELISCHEN PHILOSO- PHIE Einleitung 1 I. Die Erneuerung- der Platonischen Philosophie Geor- gius Gemistos Plethon Marsilius Ficinus II. Die Reform der Aristotelischen Psychologic Einleitung Pietro PomponazztGiacomo ZarbarcllaFran- cesco Pico delta Mirandola Marius Nizolius IV. Die Erneuerung der Natur- und Geschichtsansicht CH. III. DER SKEPTlZlSMUSMontaign$ Charron Sanchez und La Mothe le Vayer BK. II. DIE ENTDECKUNG WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 887 DES NATURBECRIFFS CH. /. DIE NATURPHILOSOPHIEA. Der Be- griff des Weltorganismus Agrippa von Nettesheim Paracelsus B. Die Psychologic des Erkennens I. Girolamo Fracastoro II. Telesiolll. Cam- panellaC. Die Begriffe des Raumes und der Zeit Die Mathematik Cardano, Scaliger und Telesio Patrizzi D. Das Copernikanische Welt- system und die Metaphysik Giordano Bruno CH. II. DIE ENTSTEHUNG DER EX A K TEN WISSENSCHAFT-Begrift und Erfahrung i. Leonardo da Vinci 2. Kepler a) Der Begriff der Harmonic b) Der Begriff der Kraft c) Der Begriff des Gesetzes 3. Galilei 4. Die Mathematik BK. in. DIE GRUNDLEGUNG DES IDEALISMUS CH. /. DESCARTES I. Die Einheit der Erkenntnis II. Die Metaphysik CH. //. DIE FORTBILDUNG DER CARTESISCHEN PHILOSOPHIE A. Pascal B. Logik und Kate- gorienlehre Claubergs Logica vetus et nova und die Logik von Port Royal Pierre Silvain Regis Geulincx Richard Burthogge-C. Die Ideenlehre. Malebranche D. Der Ausgang der Cartesischen Philosophic Bayle. 1907 /. DAS ERKENNTNISPROBLEM IN DER PHILOSOPHIE UND WISSEN- SCHAFT DER NEUEREN ZEIT. Vol. II. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer, 1907. xiv, 732 pp. Second Edition, 1911. xv, 832 pp. Third Edition, 1912. Contents: BK. iv. DIE ANFANGE DES EMPIRISMUS CH. /. BACON I. Die Kritik des Verstandes II. Die Formenlehre CH. //. GASSENDICH. III. HOBBES BK. v. FORTBILDUNG UND VOLLENDUNG DES RATIONALISMUS CH. /. SPINOZA I. Die Erkenntnislehre des "Kurzen Traktats" II. Der "Tractatus de Intellects Emendatione" III. Der Begriff der Substanz CH. //. LEIBNIZ CH. III. TSCHIRNHAUSCH. IV. DER RATIONAL- ISMUS IN DER ENGLISCHEN PHILOSOPHIE I. Herbert von Cherbury Kenelm Digby II. Die Schule von Cambridge Cudworth John Norris BK. vi. DAS ERKENNTNISPROBLEM IM SYSTEM DES EMPIRISMUS CH. /. LOCKE Die Grenzbestimmung des Verstandes. Der Kampf gegen das "Angeborene" I. Sensation und Reflexion II. Der Begriff der Wahrheit III. Der Begriff des Seins CH. //. BERKELEY 1. Die Theorie der Wahr- nehmung II. Die Begrundung des Idealismus III. Kritik der Berkeleyschen Begriffstheorie IV. Der Begriff der Substanz V. Die Umgestaltung der Berkeleyschen Erkenntnislehre CH. ///. HUME Die "Gleichformigkeit der Natur" Die Kritik der abstrakten Begriffe I. Die Kritik der mathema- tischen Erkenntnis II. Die Kritik des Kausalbegriffs III. Der Begriff der Existenz BK. vn. VON NEWTON zu KANT: Wissenchaft und Philosophic im achtzehnten Jahrhundert CH. /. DAS PROBLEM DER METHODS I. Die Aufgabe der Induktion Joseph Glanvill Newtons Grundlegung der Induktion Die Schule Newtons: Keill und Freind d'Alembert II. Ver- nunft und SprzcheCondillac Lambert, Ploucquet, Sulzer III. Der Begriff der Kraft Maupertuis IV. Das Problem der Materie Die Chemie CH. //. RAUM UND ZEIT. i. Das Raum- und Zeitproblem in der Metaphysik und spekulativen Theologie I. Raumbegriff und Gottesbcgriff Henry Moore Newton und seine Schule Samuel Clarke Joseph RapJuon~Il. 888 WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER Isaac Watts 9 Enquiry concerning Space Edmund Law 2. Das Raum- und Zeitproblem in der Naturwissenschaft a) Newton und seine Kritiker b) Die Fortbildung der Newtonischen Lehre Leonhard Euler Euler und Maclaurin 3. Die Idealitat des Raumes und der Zeit Die Antinomieen des Unendlichen Maufertuis Maufertuis und Kant} Schofenhauers Urteil Die Entwick- lung des Leibnizischen Phaenomenalismus: Joh. Aug. Eberhard und Kasimir von Creuz Maufertuis 9 Theorie der Existentialurteile Gottfried Ploucquet Ploucquet und Malebranche Grandi und Sturm Das Unendlichkleine bei Leibniz und Maclaurin Fontenelles "Elements de la Geometric de Plnfini" Eulers Kritik des UnendlichkeitsbegrifTs 4. Das Raum- und Zeitproblem in der Naturphilosophie- Boscowich CH. III. DIE onTOLOGIEDER SATZ DES WIDERSPRUCHS UND DER SATZ VOM ZURE1CHENDEN GRUNDEl. Der WahrheitsbegrifT bei Leibniz und Wolff Die Kritik der Wolffschen Lehre: Andreas Rudiger Die neue "Methode" von Crusius 9 Philosophic und ihre geschichtliche Wirkung: Lambert und Mendelssohn Joh. Heinr. Lambert II. Der Satz des Widerspruchs und der Satz vom zu- reichenden Grunde Wolff und seine Schule, der syllogistische Beweis des Satzes vom Grunde (Darjes, Carpow, Meier) Crusius 9 Kritik des Satzes vom Grunde Crusius und Schopcnhatter Die Kritik des CausalbegrifTs: Nik. Beguelin Beguelin und Hum e Thummig und Crusius CH. IV. DAS PROBLEM DES BEWUSSTSEINS. SUBJEKTIVE UND OBJEK- TIVE BEGRONDUNG DER ERKENNTNISI. Fortbildung und Kritik von Lockes Psychologic Peter Browne Hartley und Priestley Condillac Psychologic und Aesthetik im 18. Jahrhundert Tetens II. Das psy- chologische und das logische Wahrheitskriterium. Die physiologische Be- dingtheit der Erkenntnis Diderots Lettre sur les aveugles Lossitts 9 "Phy- sische Ursachen des Wahren" Tetens 9 Kritik der Common-Sense-Philosophie Psychologische und logische Deutung der Grundprinzipien BK. vin. DIE KRITISCHE PHILOSOPHIE -CH. I. DIE ENTSTEHUNG DER KRIT1SCHEN PHILOSOPHIE I. Die Schriften des Jahres 1763 II. Die "Traume eines Geistersehers" (1765) Verhaltnis zu Rousseau Kant und Hume III. Von den "Traumen eines Geistersehers" bis zur "Dissertation" (1765-69) IV. Vorbereitung und Abschluss der Dissertation (1769-70) Kant und Euler V. Der Fortschritt zur Vernunftkritik (1772-1781) -CH. II. DIE VER- NUNFTKRITIK I. Der metaphysische Gegensatz von Subjekt und Objekt und seine geschichtliche Entwicklung II. Das Problem der Objektivitat. Analytisch und synthetisch. III. Raum und Zeit IV. Der Begriff des Selbstbewusstseins V. Das "Ding an sich" NAMEN- UND SACHREGISTER. 2. KANT UND DIE MODERNE MATHEMATIK. MIT BEZIEHUNC AUF BERTRAND RUSSELLS UND Louis COUTURATS WERKE UBER DIE PRINCIPIEN DER MATHEMATIK. Kant"Studten y Vol. XII, 1907, pp. 1-40. j. ZUR FRAGE DER METHODE DER ERKENNTNISKRITIK. EINE ENTGEGNUNG. WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 889 Vierteljahrsschrift jiir wissenschaftliche Philosofhie und Soziologie. Vol. XXXI, No. 4. 1907. 1909 /. REVIEW OF: RICHARD HONIGSWALD, BElTRrfGE ZUR ER- KENNTNISTHEORIE UND METHODENLEHRE. Kant- Studien, Vol. XIV, 1909. No. i, pp. 91-98. 1910 7. SUBSTANZBEGRIFF UND FUNKTIONSBEGRIFF. UNTERSUCHUNGEN UBER DIE GRUNDFRAGEN DER ERKENNTNISKRITIK. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer, 1910. vii, 459 pp. Second Edition: 1923. Russian Translation : 1912. English Translation in: SUBSTANCE AND FUNCTION, AND EINSTEIN'S THEORY OF RELATIVITY. Translated by William Curtis Swabey and Mary Collins Swabey. Chicago and London, The Open Court Publishing Company, 1923. pp. i-xi, 1-346. Contents: Preface PART onE. THE CONCEPT OF THING AND THE CONCEPT OF RELATION Ch. I. on the Theory of the Formation of Concepts Ch. II. The Concept of Number Ch. III. The Concept of Space and Geometry Ch. IV. The Concepts of Natural Science PART Two. THE SYSTEM OF RELATIONAL CONCEPTS AND THE PROBLEM OF REALITY Ch. V. on the Problem of Induction Ch. VI. The Concept of Reality Ch. VII. Sub- jectivity and Objectivity of the Relational Concepts Ch. VIII. on the Psychology of Relations. 2. REVIEW OF: JONAS COHN, VORAUSSETZUNGEN UND ZIELE DES ERKENNENS. Deutsche Liter aturzeitung, Vol. XXXI, 1 910, No. 39. 1911 /. LEIBNIZ. Article in the Encyclopaedia of the Social Sciences, New York, 1911. 2. ARISTOTELES UND KANT. Zu GORLANDS BUCK: ARISTOTELES UND KANT. Kant-Studten y Vol. XVI, 1911, pp. 431-447. 1912 /. IMMANUEL KANTS WERKE. GESAMTAUSGABE IN 10 BANDEN UND EINEM ERGANZUNGSBAND. 890 WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER In Gemeinschaft mit Hermann Cohen, Arthur Buchenau, Otto Buck, Albert Gorland, B. Kellermann, Otto Schondorfer, hrsg. von Ernst Cassirer. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer, 1912. Volumes edited by Ernst Cassirer: Vol. IV. Schriften von 1783-1788. Hrsg-. von A. Buchenau und Ernst Cassirer. Vol. VI. Schriften von 1790- 1796. Hrsg. von Ernst Cassirer und Artur Buchenau. Vols. IX and X. Briefe von und an Kant. Hrsg. von Ernst Cassirer. Erlauterungsbande : i. KANTS LEBEN UND LEHRE. Von Ernst Cassirer (see 1918, i). 2. HERMANN COHEN UND DIE ERNEUERUNG DER KANTISCHEN PHILOSOPHIE. Kant-Studien, Vol. XVII, 1912. No. 3, pp. 252- 273- 3. DAS PROBLEM DES UNENDLICHEN UND RENOUVIERS "GESETZ DER ZAHL." In: Philosofhische Abhandlungen y Hermann Cohen zum jo. Geburtstag dargebracht. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer, 1912, pp. 85-98- 1913 i. ERKENNTNISTHEORIE NEBST DEN GRENZFRAGEN DER LOGIK. Jahrbucher der Philosophic, Vol. I. Berlin, E. S. Mittler, 1913, pp. 1-59. 1914 /. DIE GRUNDPROBLEME DER KANTISCHEN METHODIK UND IHR VERHALTNIS ZUR NACHKANTISCHEN SPEKULATION. Die Geistes- wissenschajten^ Vol. I. Leipzig, Veit, 1914. Pp. 784-787 and 812- 815. 1915 /. G. W. LEIBNIZ. PHILOSOPHISCHE WERKE. VOL. ni. NEUE ABHANDLUNGEN UBER DEN MENSCHLICHEN VERSTAND. In 3. Auflage mit Benutzung der Schaarschmidtschen t)bertragung neu iibersetzt, eingeleitet und erlautert von E. Cassirer. Philosofhische Eibliotheky Vol. 69. Leipzig, F. Meiner, 1915. New Edition, with an author and subject index, 1926. Einleitung, by Ernst Cassirer: pp. i-xxv. 1916 /. FREIHEIT UND FORM. STUDIEN ZUR DEUTSCHEN GEISTESGESCHICHTE. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer. 1916. xix, 575 pp. WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 891 Second Edition: 1918. Third Edition: 1922. Contents: Vorwort EiNLEiTUNO i. Die Entwicklung des Personlichkeits- begriffs bei den modernen Kulturvolkern 2. Das System der mittelalterlichen Weltanschauung und Lebensordnung Luthers Glaubens- und Freiheitsbegriff Die Grundformen des religiosen Individualism us: Luther und Zwingli CH. i. LEIBNIZ i. Die Anfange der deutschen Wissenschaft 2. Das Pro- blem des Bewusstseins und des Individuums 3. Die Monade als Einheit von Formbegriff und Kraftbegriff CH. n. DIE ENTDECKUNG DER ASTHETISCHEN FORMWELT i. Das asthetische Problem in Leibniz* Metaphysik 2. Die Anfange der deutschen Poetik Gottsched und die Schweizer Der Begriff der poetischen Wahrheit bei Bodmer und Breitinger 3. Die Begriindung der philosophischen Asthetik durch Baumgarten und Meier 4. Das Problem der Sinnlichkeit in der Leibnizschen Metaphysik Leibniz und Shaftesbury 5. Lessing 6. Hamann und Herder Leibniz und Herder 7. Winckelmann CH. in. DIE FREIHEITSIDEE IM SYSTEM DES KRITISCHEN IDEALISMUS 1. Die Stellung des Kantischen Systems in der deutschen Geistesgeschichte 2. Die Kritik der reinen Vernunft CH. iv. GOETHE i. Die neue Stellung der Subjektivitat in Goethes Welt- und Lebensansicht Goethe und Rousseau 2. Weltanschauung und Lebensform des jungen Goethe 3. "Freiheit" und "Notwendigkeit" 4. Die italienische Reise und die Entwicklung des "klassischen" Formbegriffs Die lyrische Symbolik in Goethes Jugend- und Altersdichtung 5. Naturanschauung und Naturtheorie Die t)berwindung des naturwissenschaftlichen Klassenbegriffs Das Problem der "Gestalt" und die Idee der Metamorphose Die Urpflanze als Wirklichkeit und als Symbol 6. Der Begriff der Metamorphose und der Aufbau der geistigen Welt 7. Die Methodik der Goetheschen Naturbetrachtung und sein Wahrheitsbegriff 8. Das Faustdramaj Faust und Helena. CH. v. SCHILLER FREIHEITSPROBLEM UND FORMPROBLEM IN DER KLASSISCHEN ASTHETIK 1. Die FreiheitSldec in der Dramatik des jungen Schiller Die Entwicklungsphasen der Schil- lerschen Asthetik 2. Die "Theosophie des Julius" j Schiller und Leibniz* Der Briefwechsel mit Kornerj die a Autonomie des Organischen" Der Frei- heitsgedanke als aesthetisches Prinzip Verhaltnis zu Kant und Goethe $. Schiller und Fichte Klassischer und romantischer Formbegriff CH. VI. FREIHEITSIDEE UND STAATSIDEE i. Der Begriff des Deutschtums bei Schiller und Fichte 2. Die Staatstheorie des deutschen Idealismus Leibniz und Wolff Der Begriff des Staates und der Staatspersonlichkeit bei Friedrich dem Grossen 3. Kants Stellung in der Entwicklung des Staatsproblems 4. Wilhelm von Humboldt 5. Fichte 6. Die Staatslehre Schellings Die ro- mantische Staatslehre Adam Mullers "Elemente der Staatskunst" 7. Hegel. 1917 J. HOLDERLIN UND DER DEUTSCHE IDEALISMUS. LogOS, 1917-1918. Vol. VII, pp. 262-282. Vol. VIII, pp. 30-49. Reprinted in: Idee und Gestalt (see 1921, 2). 1918 j. KANTS LEBEN UND LEHRE. Immanuel Kants Werke. In Gemein- 892 WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER chaft mit Hermann Cohen u. a. herausgegeben von Ernst Cassirer, Vol. XI (Erganzungsband), Berlin, Bruno Cassirer, 1918. xi, 448pp. (See 1912, i.) Second Edition: 1921. VIII, 448 pp. Contents: Vbrrede Einleitung Ch. I. Jugend- und Lehrjahre Ch. II. Die Magisterjahre und die Anfange der Kantischen Lehre i. Das naturwissen- schaftliche Weltbild Kosmologie und Kosmophysik 2. Das Problem der metaphysischen Methode 3. Die Kritik der dogmatischen Metaphysik Die "Traume eines Geistersehers" 4. Die Scheidung der sinnlichen und intelligiblen Welt 5. Die Entdeckung des kritischen Grundproblems Ch. III. Der Aufbau und die Grundprobleme der Kritik der reinen Vernunft Ch. IV. Erste Wirkungen der kritischen Philosophic Die "Prolegomena" Herders "Ideen" und die Grundlegung der Geschichtsphilosophie Ch. V. Der Aufbau der kritischen Ethik Ch. VI. Die Kritik der Urteilskraft Ch. VII. Letzte Schriften und Kampfe Die "Religion innerhalb der Grenzen der blossen Vernunft" und der Konflikt mit der preussischen Regierung. Spanish Translation: Mexico, Fondo de Cultura Economica (In prepara- tion). 2. GOETHES PANDORA. Zeltschrijt fur Asthetik und allgememe Kunstwissenschajt. 1918. Vol. XIII, pp. 113-134. Reprinted in: Idee und Gestalt (see 1921, 2). j. HERMANN COHEN. Worte gesprochen an seinem Grabe. Neue Judische Monatshefte. 1918. No. 15-16. 1919 /. HEINRICH VON KLEIST UND DIE KANTISCHE PHILOSOPHIE. Philosophische Vortrage der Kant-Gesellschaft. No. 22 Berlin, Reuther und Reichard, 1919. 56 pp. Reprinted in: Idee und Gestalt (see 1921, 2). 1920 /. DAS ERKENNTNISPROBLEM IN DER PHILOSOPHIE UND WISSEN- SCHAFT DER NEUEREN ZEIT. DIE NACH KANTISCHEN SYSTEME. Vol. III. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer. 1920. xiv, 483 pp. Second Edition: 1923. Contents: Vorwort EINLEITUNG CH. i. DER "GECENSTAND DER ER- FAHRUNG" UND DAS "DiNC AN SIGH" i. Friedrtch Heinrich Jacob* 2. Reinhold I. Die Methode der Elemental-philosophic und der "Satz des Bewu$8t$eins" II. Begriff und Problem des "Dinges an sich" 3. Aentsidem WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 893 4. Jakob Sigismund Beck Salomon Maimon Maimons Denkform und Stil I.Dcr Begriff des "Gegebenen" und das Humesche Problem II. Die Idee des "unendlichen Verstandes" und die Theorie der Differentiale III. Der Satz der Bestimmbarkeit CH. 11. FICHTE I. Die Begrundung der Wissenschaftslehre II. Der Atheismusstreit und die Grundlegung von Fichtcs Religionsphilosophie III. Das Absolute und das Wissen IV. Problem und Methode der Fichteschen Philosophic CH. m. SCHELLING I. Die Grund- legung der Naturphilosophie und das System des transcendentalen Idealismus II. Das Erkenntnisprinzip der Schellingschen Philosophic III. Der Aus- gang der Schellingschen Philosophic CH. iv. HEGEL I. Der Begriff der Synthesis bei Kant und Hegel II. Die Kritik der Reflexionsphilosophie III. Die geschichtliche und systematische Stellung der dialektischen Methode IV. Die Phaenomenologie des Geistes V. Der Aufbau der Hegelschen Logik VI. Kritischer und absoluter Idealismus CH. V. HERBART I. Die Methode der Beziehungen II. Die Lehre von den 'Realen' CH. vi. SCHOPEN- HAUER Die Physiologic als Grundlage der Erkenntnistheorie I. Die physio- logische Erkenntnistheorie und die Welt als Vorstellung II. Die meta- physische Erkenntnistheorie und die Welt als Wille III. Die Begrundung der Aprioritatslehre in Schopenhauers System IV. Erkenntnisproblem und Wertproblem CH. vn. FRIES I. Die Lehre von der unmittelbaren Erkennt- nis II. Die Methode der Friesschen Philosophic. 2. HERMANN COHEN. Vortrag. Korresfondenzblatt des Vereins zur . Grundung und Erhaltung emer Akademie des Judentums. Frank- furt, Kauffmann, 1920. Vol. I, p. I ff. 5. PHILOSOPHISCHE PROBLEMS DER RELATIVITATSTHEORIE. Die Neue Rundschau. Berlin, S. Fischer, 1920. Vol. XXXI. No. 12. PP- I337-I357- 1921 /. ZUR ElNSTEINSCHEN RELATIVITATSTHEORIE. ERKENNTNISTHEORETISCHE BETRACHTUNGEN. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer, 1921. 134 pp. Second Edition: 1925 Russian Translation: 1922 Japanese Translation: 1923 English Translation in: Substance and Function and Einstein 9 s Theory of Relativity. Translated by W. C. Swabey and M. C. Swabey, 1923 (see 1910, i) Contents: I. Concepts of measure and concepts of thing's II. The empirical and conceptual foundations of the theory of relativity III. The philosophical concept of truth and the theory of relativity IV. Matter, ether and space V. The concepts of space and time of critical idealism and the theory of relativity VI. Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry VII. The theory of relativity and the problem of reality Bibliography. 894 WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 2. IDEE UND GESTALT. Fiinf Aufsatze. Berlin, Bruno Cassircr, 1921. II, 200 pp. Second Edition: 1924. "Die folgenden Studien wollen eine Erganzung zu den Studien zur deutschen Geistesgeschichte bilden, die ich unter dem Titel "Freiheit und Form" (Ber- lin, 1917, 2. Aufl. 1918) verSflfentlicht habe" (see 1916, i) Contents: I. GOETHES PANDORA (see 1918, 2) II. GOETHE UND DIE MATHE- MATISCHE PHYSIK. Eine erkenntnistheoretische Betrachtung III. DIE METHODIK DBS IDEALISMUS IN SCHILLERS PHILOSOPHISCHEN SCHRIFTEN IV. HOLDERLIN UND DER DEUTSCHE IDEALISMUS (see 1917, l) V. HEINRICHVON KLEIST UND DIE KANTISCHE PHILOSOPHIE (see 1919, i) 1922 /. GOETHE UND PLATON. Vortrag in der Goethe-Gesellschaft Berlin. Sokrates. 48th year of issue. No. i. Berlin, Weidmann., 1922. Reprinted in: Goethe und die geschtchtliche Welt (see 1932, 3). 2. DIE BEGRIFFSFORM IM MYTHISCHEN DENKEN. Studien der Biblio- thek Warburg, I. Leipzig, B. G. Teubner, 1922. i, 62 pp. 3. EINSTEIN'S THEORY OF RELATIVITY FROM THE EPISTEMO- LOGICAL POINT OF VIEW. The Monist, July 1922, pp. 412-418. A selection from: Einstein's Theory of Relativity (see 1921, I. Ch. VI) 1923 i. PHILOSOPHIE DER SYMBOLISCHEN FORMEN: PART onE. DIE SPRACHE. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer, 1923. xii, 293 pp. (see 1925, i; 1929, i; 1931, i) Contents: Vorwort EINLEITUNG UND PROBLEMSTELLUNG I. Der BegrifF der symbolischen Form und die Systematik der symbolischen Formen II. Die allgemeine Funktion des Zeichens Das Bedeutungsproblem III. Das Problem der "Representation" und der Aufbau des Bewusstseins IV. Die ideelle Bedeutung des Zeichens -Die Oberwindung der Abbildtheorie. PART onE: ZUR PHAENOMENOLOGIE DER SPRACHJLICHEN FORM CH. /. DAS SPRACHPROBLEM IN DER GESCHICHTE DER PHILOSOPHIE I. Das Sprachproblem in der Geschichte des philosophischen Idealismus (flaton, Descartes, Leibniz) II. Die Stellung des Sprachproblems in den Systemen des Empirismus (Bacon, Hobbes, Locke , Berkeley) III. Die Philosophic der franzosischen Aufklarung (Condillac y Maupertuis, Diderot) ^IV. Die Sprache als Affektausdruck Das Problem des "Ursprungs der Sprache'* (Giambatttsta Vico, Hamann, Herder, Die Romantik) ^V. Wilhelm von HumboldtVl. August von SMeicher und der Fortgang zur "naturwissenschaftlichen" Sprachansicht VII. Die Begrundung der modernen Sprachwissenschaft und das Problem der "Lautgesetze" CH. //. DIE SPRACHE IN DER PHASE WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 895 DES SINN LICHEN AUSDRUCKSl. Die Sprache als Ausdrucksbewegung GebSrdensprache und Wortsprache II. Mimischer, analogischer und symbolischer Ausdruck CH. III. DIE SPRACHE IN DER PHASE DES ANSCHAULICHEN AUSDRVCKSl. Der Ausdruck des Raumes und der raumlichen Beziehungen II. Die Zeitvorstellung III. Die sprachliche Ent- wicklung des Zahlbegriffs IV. Die Sprache und das Gebiet der "inneren Anschauung" Die Phasen des Ichbegriffs - CH. IV. DIE SPRACHE ALS AUSDRUCK DES BEGRIFFLICHEN DENKENSDIE FORM DER SPRACHLICHEN BEGRIFFS- UND KLASSENBILDUNGl. Die qualifi- zierende Begriffsbildung II. Grundrichtungen der sprachlichen Klassen- bildung CH. V. DIE SPRACHE ALS AUSDRUCK DER LOGISCHEN BEZIEHUNGSFORMENDIE RELA TIONSBEGRIFFE. 2. DER BEGRIFF DER SYMBOLISCHEN FORM IM AUFBAU DER GEISTESWISSENSCHAFTEN. Vortrage der Bibliothek Warburg. Leip- zig, B. G. Teubner, 1923, I. Vortrage 1921-1922, pp. 11-39. 5. DIE KANTISCHEN ELEMENTS IN WILHELM VON HUMBOLDTS SPRACHPHILOSOPHIE. Festschrift ]ur Paul Hensel. Greiz i.V., Ohag, 1923, pp. 105-127. 1924 jr. ZUR "PHILOSOPHIE DER MYTHOLOGIE." Festschrift fur Paul Natorp, zum 70. Geburtstage. Berlin, W. de Gruyter, 1924, pp. 23-54. From: Philosophic der symbolischen Formen y II. (Ein- leitung) (see 1925, i) 2. EIDOS UND EIDOLON. DAS PROBLEM DES SCHONEN UND DER KUNST IN PLATONS DIALOGEN Vortrage der Bibliothek Warburg. Leipzig, B. G. Teubner, 1924. II. Vortrage 1922-1923, Pt. I, pp. 1-27. 1925 /. PHILOSOPHIE DER SYMBOLISCHEN FORMEN: BOOK Two. DAS MYTHISCHE DENKEN. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer, 1925. xvi, 320 pp. (see 1923, l; 1929, I; 1931, I.) Contents: EINLEITUNG. Das Problem einer "Philosophic der Mythologie." PART onE. DER MYTHOS ALS DENKFORM. CH. /. CHARACTER UND GRUNDRICHTUNG DES MYTHISCHEN GEGENSTANDSBEWUSST- SEINS.CH. II. EINZELKATEGOR1EN DES MYTHISCHEN DEN- KENS. PART Two. DER MYTHOS ALS ANSCHAUUNGSFORM. AUFBAU UND GLIEDERUNG DER RAUMLICH-ZEITLICHEN WELT IM MYTHISCHEN BEWUSST- SEIN. CH. I. DER GRUNDGEGENSATZ.CH. II. GRUNDZOGE EINER FORMENLEHRE DES MYTHOS. RAUM, ZEIT UND ZAHL.l. Die Gliederung des Raumes im mythischen Bewusstsein. II. Raum und Licht. Das Problem der "Orientierung." III. Der mythische Zeitbegriff. IV. Die 896 WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER Gestaltung der Zeit im mythischen und religiosen Bewusstsein. V. Die mythische Zahl und das System der "heiligen Zahlen." PART THREE. DER MYTHOS ALS LEBENSFORM. ENTDECKUNG UND BESTIMMUNG DER SUBJEK- TIVEN WlRKLICHKEIT IM MYTHISCHEN BEWUSSTSEIN. CH. /. DAS ICH UND DIE SEELE.CH. II. DIE HERAUSB1LDVNG DES SELBSTGE- FOHLS AUS DEM MYTHISCHEN EINHEITS- UND LEBENSGEFOHL. I. Die Gemeinschaft des Lebendigen und die mythische Klassenbildung. Der Totemismus. II. Der Personlichkeitsbegriff und die personlichen Cotter. Die Phasen des mythischen Ichbegriffs. CH. III. KULTUS UND OFFER. PART FOUR. DIE DIALEKTIK DES MYTHISCHEN BEWUSSTSEINS. 2. SPRACHE UND MYTHOS. EIN BEITRAG ZUM PROBLEM DER GOTTERNAMEN. Studien der Bibliothek Warburg, VI, Leipzig, B. G. Teubner, 1925. 87 pp. English translation: LANGUAGE AND MYTH. Translated by Susanne K. Longer. New York, Harper & Brothers. 1946. x, 103 pp. Contents: I. The Place of Language and Myth in the Pattern of Human Culture. II. The Evolution of Religious Ideas. III. Language and Concep- tion. IV. Word Magic. V. The Successive Phases of Religious Thought. VI. The Power of Metaphor. 3. DIE PHILOSOPHIE DER GRIECHEN VON DEN ANFANGEN BIS PLATON. Lehrbuch der Philosophic, hrsg. von M. Dessoir. Vol. I. Die Geschichte der Philosophic. Berlin, Ullstein, 1925. 139 pp. Contents: Einleitung. Die Geschichte der Griechischen Philosophic als Geschichte des Sich-selbst-Findens des "Logos." PART onE. DIE VORAT- T1SCHE PHILOSOPHIE.l. Die Jonische Naturphilosophie. -II. Heraklit und die Pythagoreer. III. Die Eleaten. IV. Die Jungere Naturphilosophie. PART Two. DIE ATTISCHE PHILOSOPHIE.l. Die Sophistik. II. Sokrates. III. Platon. 4. PAUL NATORP. Kant-Studien. Vol. XXX, 1925, pp. 273-298. 1927 /. INDIVIDUUM UND KOSMOS IN DER PHILOSOPHIE DER RENAIS- SANCE. Studien der Bibliothek Warburg, X. Leipzig, B. G. Teubner, 1927. ix, 458 pp. Italian translation: INDIVIDUO E COSMO NELLA FILOSOFIA DEL RINASCIMENTO. Translated by F. Federici. Firenze, "La Nuova Italia," 1935. Spanish Translation : (In preparation) . Contents: Einleitung. I. Nikolaus Cusanus. II. Cusanus und I (alien. III. Freiheit und Notwendigkeit in der Philosophic der Renaissance. IV. Das Subjekt-Objekt Problem in der Philosophic der Renaissance. WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 897 2. ERKENNTNISTHEORIE NEBST DEN GRENZFRAGEN DER LOGIK UND DENKPSYCHOLOGIE. Jahrbiicher der Philosophic. Vol. Ill, Berlin, E. S. Mittler, 1927, pp. 31-92. 3. DAS SYMBOLPROBLEM UND SEINE STELLUNG IM SYSTEM DER PHILOSOPHIE. Zeitschrift fur Asthetik und allgemeine Kunstwis- senschajt. Vol. XXI, Stuttgart, Enke, 1927, pp. 191-208. 4. DIE BEDEUTUNG DES SPRACHPROBLEMS FUR DIE ENTSTEHUNG DER NEUREN PHILOSOPHIE. Festschrift fiir Carl Meinhofj 1927, pp. 507-14- 1928 1. DIE IDEE DER REPUBLIKANISCHEN VERFASSUNG: Rede zur Ver- fassungsfeier am n. August 1928. Hamburg, Friederichsen, 1929. 33 PP- 2. HERMANN COHEN'S SCHRIFTEN ZUR PHILOSOPHIE UND ZEIT- GESCHICHTE. Edited by Albert Gorland and Ernst Casstrer. 2 vols. Veroffentlichungen der Hermann Cohen-Stiftung bel der Akademte far die Wissenschaft des Judentums. Berlin, Akademie-Verlag, 1928. 3. ZUR THEORIE DES BEGRIFFS. BEMERKUNGEN zu DEM AUFSATZ VON G. HEYMANS. Kant-Studien. Vol. XXXIII. Berlin, Reuther & Reichard, 1928, pp. 129-36. 4. NEOKANTIANISM. RATIONALISM. SUBSTANCE. TRANSCEN- DENTALISM. TRUTH. Articles in the Encyclopaedia Britannic^ 1 4th ed. 1928. 1929 /. PHILOSOPHIE DER SYMBOLISCHEN FORMEN: BOOK THREE. PHANOMENOLOGIE DER ERKENNTNIS. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer, 1929. xii, 559 pp. (see 1923, I; 1925, I; 1931, l) Contents: EINLEITUNG. I. Materie und Form der Erkenntnis. II. "Die Symbolische Erkenntnis und ihre Bedeutung fiir den Aufbau der Gegen- standswelt. III. Das "Unmittelbare" der inneren Erfahrung. Der Gegen- stand der Psychologic. IV. Intuitive und symbolische Erkenntnis in der modernen Metaphysik. PART onE: AUSDRUCKSFUNKTION UND AUSDRUCKS- WELT. CH. I. SUBJEKTIVE UND OBJEKTIVE ANALYSE. CH. II. DAS AUSDRUCKSPHANOMEN ALS GRUNDMOMENT DES WAHR- NEHMUNGSBEWUSSTSEINS.CH. III. DIE AUSDRUCKSFUNK- TIQN UND PA$ L&B-$PEIEN-PROBIEM,PA*T Two; DAS PROBLEM 898 WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER DER REPRESENTATION UND DER AUFBAU DER ANSCHAULICHEN WELT. CH. I. DER BEGRIFF UND DAS PROBLEM DER REPRESENTATION. CH. II. DING UND EIGENSCHAFT.CH. III. DER RAUM.CH. IV. DIE ZEITJNSCHAUUNG.CH. V. SYMBOLISCHE PRAGNANZ. CH. VI. ZUR PATHOLOGIE DES SYMBOLBEWUSSTSEINS.l. Das Symbolproblem in der Geschichte der Aphasielehre. II. Die Veranderung der Wahrnehmungswelt im Krankheitsbild der Aphasic. III. Zur Pathologic der Dingwahrnehmung. IV. Raum, Zeit und Zahl. V. Die pathologischen Storungen des Handelns. PART THREE: DIE BEDEUTUNGSFUNKTION UND DER AUFBAU DER WISSENSCHAFTLICHEN ERKENNTNIS. CH. I. ZUR THEORIE DES BEGRlFFSl. Die Grenzen des "naturlichen Wclt- begriffs." II. Begriff und Gesetz. Die Stellung des Begriffs in der mathe- matischen Logik. Klassenbegriff und Relationsbegriff. Der Begriff als Satzfunktion.Begriff und Vorstellung. CH. II. BEGRIFF UND GEGEN- STAND.CH. III. SPRACHE UND WISSENSCHAFT.D1NGZEICHEN UND ORDNUNGSZEICHEN. CH. IV. DER GEGENSTAND DER MATHEMATIK. I. Formalistische und intuitionistische Begriindung der Mathematik. II. Der Aufbau der Mengenlehre und die "Grundlagenkrise" der Mathematik. III. Die Stellung des Zeichens in der Theorie der Mathe- matik. IV. Die "idealen Elemente" und ihre Bedeutung fur den Aufbau der Mathematik.- CH. V. DIE GRUNDLAGEN DER NATURWISSEN- SCH A FT LICHEN ERKENNTNIS. I. Empirische und konstruktive Man- nigfaltigkeiten. II. Prinzip und Methode der physikalischen Reihenbildung. III. "Symbol" und "Schema" im System der modernen Physik. 2. FORMEN UND VERWANDLUNGEN DES PHILOSOPHISCHEN WAHR- HEITSBEGRIFFS, In: Hamburger Universitats-Reden gehalten beim Rektoratswechsel 1929. Hamburg, 1931, pp. 17-36. Translated into Japanese in 1930 by Dr. T. Yura. 3. TUDES SUR LA PATHOLOGIE DE LA CONSCIENCE SYMBOLIQUE. Traduit par A. Koyre. Journal de Psychologie Normale et Patholo- gique. Vol. XXV, No. 5-8. Paris, Alcan, pp. 289-336; 523-566. 4. LEIBNIZ UND JUNGIUS. Bettrage zur Jungiusforschung. Festschrift der Hamburgischen Universitat, 1929, pp. 21-26. 5. DIE IDEE DER RELIGION BEI LESSING UND MENDELSSOHN. Fest- gabe zum 10 jahrigen Bestehen der Akademie fur die Wissenschaft des Judentums. Berlin, Akademie- Verlag, 1929, pp. 22-41. 6. DIE PHILOSOPHIE MOSES MENDELSSOHNS. In: "Moses Mendels- sohn" Zur 200 jahrigen Wiederkehr seines Geburtstages. Pub- lished by the "Encyclopedia Judaica," Berlin, Schneider, 1929, pp. 40-60. 7. REDE BEIM BEGRABNIS VON ABY WARBURG. Aby Warburg zum Gedachtnis. Printed for private circulation. 1929. WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 899 8. NACHRUF AUF ABY WARBURG. In: Hamburger Universitats- Reden gehalten beim Rektoratswechsel 1929. Hamburg, 1931, pp. 48-56. 1930 /. "GEIST" UND "LEBEN" IN DER PHILOSOPHIE DER GEGENWART. Die Neue Rundschau. Vol. XLI, No. I. Berlin, S. Fischer, 1930, pp. 244-264. Translated into English in 1947 by Robert Walter Bretall and Paul Arthur SMlpp and reprinted in the present volume as Part III (pp. 855-880) under the title: " 'Spirit' and 'Life' in Contemporary Philosophy." 2. FORM UND TECHNIK. In: Kunst und Technik. Aufsatze hrsg. von Leo Kestenberg. Berlin, Wegweiser Verlag, 1930, pp. 15-61. 3. KEPLERS STELLUNG IN DER EUROPAISCHEN GEISTESGESCHICHTE. Verhandlungen des naturwissenschajtlichen Vereins, Hamburg, Vol. IV, 1930, No. 3-4. 1931 /. PHILOSOPHIE DER SYMBOLISCHEN FORMEN: INDEX. Bearbeitet von Dr. Hermann Noack. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer Verlag, 1931. 92 pp. Contents: Subject- and Author-Index j Bibliography. 2. MYTHISCHER, ASTHETISCHER UND THEORETISCHER RAUM. Vierter Congress fur Asthetik und allgemeine Kunsttvissenschajt. Bericht hrsg. von H. Noack. Stuttgart, 1931, pp. 21-36. 3. ENLIGHTENMENT. Article in the "Encyclopedia of the Social Sci- ences" New York, 1931. 4. DEUTSCHLAND UND WESTEUROPA IM SPIEGEL DER GEISTES- GESCHICHTE. In: Inter-Nationes; Zeitschrift fur die kulturellen Be- ziehungen Deutschlands zum Ausland. Vol. I, No. 3 and 4. Berlin, deGruyter, 1931. 5. KANT UND DAS PROBLEM DER METAPHYSIK. BEMERKUNGEN zu MARTIN HEIDEGGER'S KAMI-INTERPRETATION. Kant-Studien, Vol. XXXVI, 1931, pp. 1-26. 1932 r. DIE PLATONISCHE RENAISSANCE IN ENGLAND UND DIE SCHULE VON CAMBRIDGE. Studien der Bibliothek Warburg, XXIV. Leip- zig, B. G. Teubner, 1932. 143 pp. Contents: Einleitung. Die gcschichtliche Stellung und die geschichtliche 900 WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER Mission der Schule von Cambridge. I. Die Platonische Akademie in Florenz und ihre Wirkung auf den Englischen Humanismus. II. Die Idee der Re- ligion in der Schule von Cambridge. III. Die Stellung der Schule von Cambridge in der Englischen Geistesgeschichte. IV. Die Bedeutung der Schule von Cambridge fur die allgemeine Religionsgeschichte. V. Die Naturphilospphie der Schule von Cambridge. VI. Ausgang und Fortwirkung der Schule von Cambridge. Shaftesbury. Index. 2. DIE PHILOSOPHIC DER AUFKLARUNG. Tubingen, Mohr, 1932. xviii, 491 pp. Italian translation: LA FILOSOFIA DELL'ILLUMINISMO. Translated by E. Pocar, Firenze, "La Nuova Italia," 1935. Spanish translation: FILOSOFIA DE LA ILLUSTRACION. Mexico, Fondo de Cultura Economica, 1943. Translated by Eugenio Imaz. English translation: THE PHILOSOPHY OF THE ENLIGHTENMENT. Translated by F. C. A. Koelln. Princeton University Press. (In preparation.) Contents: CH. I. DIE DENKFORM DES ZE1TALTERS DER AUF- KLARUNG. CH. II. NATUR- UND NATURERKENNTNIS IM DEN- KEN DER AUFKLARUNGSPHILOSOPHIE.CH. HI. PSYCHOLOGIE UND ERKENNTNISLEHRE.CH. IV. DIE IDEE DER RELIGION. I. Das Dogma der Erbsunde und das Problem der Theodizee. II. Die Idee der Toleranz und die Grundlegung der natiirlichen Religion. III. Religion und Geschichte. CH. V. DIE EROBERUNG DER GESCHICHT LICHEN WELT.CH. VI. RECHT, STAAT UND GESELLSCHAFT.l. Die Idee des Rechts und das Prinzip der unverausserlichen Rechte. II. Der Vertrags- gedanke und die Methodik der Sozialwissenschaften. CH. VII. DIE GRUNDPROBLEME DER ASTHETIK. I. Das "Zeitalter der Kritik . II. Die klassizistische Asthetik und das Problem der Objektivitat des Schonen. III. Das Geschmacksproblem und die Wendung zum Subjektivismus. IV. Die Asthetik der Intuition und das Genieproblem. V. Verstand und Ein- bildungskraft. Gottsched und die Schweizer. VI. Die Grundlegung der systematischen Asthetik. Baumgarten. Index. 3. GOETHE UND DIE GESCHICHTLICHE WELT. DREI AUFSATZE. Berlin, Bruno Cassirer, 1932. 148 pp. Content: I. Goethe und die geschichtliche Welt. II. Goethe und das 18. Jahrhundert. III. Goethe und Platon. (see 1922, i) 4. GOETHE UND DAS 18. JAHRHUNDERT. Zeitschrift filr Asthetik und allgemeine Kunstwissenschaft. Vol. XXVI, 1932, pp. 113-48 (see 1932, 3: II) 5. GOETHES IDEE DER BILDUNG UND ERZIEHUNG. Padagogisches Zentralblatt. Vol. XII, 1932, pp. 340-58. WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 901 6. DER NATURFORSCHER GOETHE. Hamburger Fremdenblatt, March 19, 1932. 7. DIE SPRACHE UND DER AUFBAU DER GEGENSTANDSWELT. Bericht uber den XII. Kongress der deutschen Gesellschaft fur Psychologie. Hamburg. Jena, G. Fischer, 1932. French translation: LE LANGUAGE ET LA CONSTRUCTION DU MONDE DES OBJETS. By P. Guillaunte. Journal He Psychology Normale et Pathologique, Vol. XXX, pp. 18-44. Reprint in: PSYCHOLOGIE DU LANGUAGE, par H. Delacroix, E. Cassirer y etc. Bibliotheque de Philosophic contemporaine. Paris, Alcan, 1933, pp. 18-44. 8. VOM WESEN UND WERDEN DES NATURRECHTS. Zeitsckrtft ]ur Rechtsphilosofhie. Vol. VI, No. I. Leipzig, Meiner, 1932. 9. DIE ANTIKE UND DIE ENTSTEHUNG DER EXAKTEN WISSEN- SCHAFT. Die Antike, Vol. VIII. Berlin, deGruyter, 1932, pp. 276- 300. 70. SPINOZA'S STELLUNG IN DER ALLGEMEINEN GEISTESGESCHICHTE. Der Morgen. Vol. VIII, No. 5. Berlin, Philo-Verlag, 1932, pp. 325-348. n. SHAFTESBURY UND DIE RENAISSANCE DES PLATONISMUS IN ENGLAND. Vortrage der Bibltothek Warburg, Vol. IX, 1930-31, pp. 136-55. 12. DAS PROBLEM J. J. ROUSSEAU. Archiv fur Geschichte der Philo- sophte. Vol. XLI, 1932, pp. 177-213; 479-5!3- Italian translation: IL PROBLEMA GIAN GIACOMO ROUSSEAU. Translated by Maria Albanese, Firenze, "La Nuova Italia", 1938. /^. KANT. Article in the "Encyclopedia of the Social Sciences" New York, 1932. 1933 /. L'UNITE DANS L'OEUVRE DE J. J. ROUSSEAU. (X. Leon, E. Cas- sirer, etc.) Bulletin de la Soclete Frangaise de Philosophie. Vol. XXXII, 1933, pp. 45-85. 2. HENRI BERGSON'S ETHIK UND RELIGIONSPHILOSOPHIE. Der Mor- gen,Vol. IX, No. I. Berlin, Philo-Verlag, 1933. Swedish translation: Judisk Tidskrift. Vol. XIV, June 1941, pp, 13-18. 902 WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 1935 /. SCHILLER UND SHAFTESBURY. The Publications of the English Goethe Society. New Series, Vol. XI, Cambridge, The University Press, 1935, pp. 37-59. 1936 /. DETERMINISMUS UND INDETERMINISMUS IN DER MODERNEN PHYSIK. HlSTORISCHE UND SYSTEMATISCHE STUDIEN ZUM KAUSALPROBLEM. Goteborgs Hogskolas Arsskrift XLII, 1936: 3. ix, 265 pp. Contents: PART onE. HlSTORISCHE VORBETRACHTUNGEN.l. Der "Lcrplacesche Geist." II. Metaphysischer und kritischer Determinismus. PART Two. DAS KAUSALPRINZ1P DER KLASSISCHEN PHYSIK. I. Die Grundtypen physikalischer Aussagen. Die Massaussagen. II. Die Gesetzes-Aussagen. III. Die Prinzipien-Aussagen. IV. Der allgemeine Kausalsatz. PART THREE. KAUSALITAT UND WAHRSCHEINLICH- KEIT. I. Dynamische und statistische Gesetzmassigkeit. II. Der logische Charakter statistischer Aussagen. PART FOUR. DAS KAUSALPROBLEM DER QUANTENTHEORIE. I. Die Grundlagen der Quantentheorie und die Unbestimmtheits-Relationen. II. Zur Geschichte und Erkenntnistheorie des Atombegriffs. PART FIVE. KAUSALITAT UND KONTINUITJ'T. I. Das Kontinuitatsprinzip in der klassischen Physik. II. Zum Problem des "materiellen Punktes."SCHLUSSBETRACHTUNGEN UND ETHISCHE SCHLUSSFOLGERUNGEN. 2. INHALT UND UMFANG DES BEGRIFFS. BEMERKUNGEN zu KONRAD MARC-WOGAU'S GLEICHNAMIGER SCHRIFT. Theoria, Goteborg, Vol. II. 1936, pp. 207-232. 1937 /. DESCARTES ET L'IDEE DE L'UNITE DE LA SCIENCE. Revue de Synthese. Vol. XIV, No. I. Paris, 1937, pp. 7-28. (see 1939, I, Part one, Ch. II) 2. DESCARTES' WAHRHEITSBEGRIFF. Theoria, Goteborg, Vol. Ill, *937> PP- 161-87. (see 1939, i, Part one, Ch. II) 3. WAHRHEITSBEGRIFF UND WAHRHEITSPROBLEM BEI GALILEI. Scientia, Milano, Sept.-Oct. 1937, pp. 121-130; 185-193. WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 903 1938 /. ZUR LOGIK DBS SYMBOLBEGRIFFS. Theoria, GSteborg, Vol. IV, 1938, pp. 145-75- 2. LE CONCEPT DE GROUPE ET LA THEORIE DE LA PERCEPTION. Journal de Psychologic, Juillet-Decembre 1938, pp. 368-414. English translation: THE CONCEPT OF GROUP AND THE THEORY OF PER- CEPTION. Philosophy and Phaenomenological Research , Vol. V. 1944, pp. 1-35- 3. REVIEW OF A. C. BENJAMIN'S AN INTRODUCTION TO THE PHILOSOPHY OF SCIENCE. (New York, 1937.) Lychnos, Upsala, 1 938, pp. 456-461. 4. OBER BEDEUTUNG UNO * ~SSUNGSZEIT VON DESCARTES' "RE- CHERCHE DE LA VERITE PAR LA LUMIERE NATURELLE." Theoria, Goteborg, Vol. IV, 1938, pp. 193-234. 5. DESCARTES' DIALOG "RECHERCHE DE LA VERITE PAR LA LU- MIERE NATURELLE" UND SEINE STELLUNG IM GANZEN DER CARTESISCHEN PHILOSOPHIE. EIN INTERPRETATIONSVERSUCH. Lardomshistorlska Samjundets Arsbok, Lychnos, Upsala, 1938, PP- 139-I79- French translation: LA PLACE DE LA "RECHERCHE DE LA VRIT PAR LA LUMIERE NATURELLE" DANS L'OEUVRE DE DESCARTES. Revue Philosofhique, I 939> PP- 161-300. Reprinted in: DESCARTES. Lehre-Personlichkeit-Wirkung. 1939, 15 Part Two, Ch. II. 6. REVIEW OF OEUVRES COMPLETES DE MALEBRANCHE, publ. par D. Roustan et Paul Schrecker. (Vol. I, 1939.) Theoria, Goteborg Vol. IV, 1938, pp. 287-300. 1939 /. DESCARTES. Lehre Personlichkeit Wirkung. Stockholm, Bermann-Fischer Verlag, 1939. 308 pp. Swedish translation (Ch. Ill only) : DROTTNINC CHRISTINA OCH DESCARTES, Stockholm, Bonniers, 1940$ 140 pp. French translation: DESCARTES, CORNEILLE, CHRISTINE DE SUDE. Trans- lated by Madeleine Frances et Paul Schrecker. Paris, Vrin, 1942. 9 o 4 WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER Contents: PART onE. GRUNDPROBLEME DES CARTESIANISMUS. CH. I. DES- CARTES 9 WAHRHEITSBEGRIFF.CH. II. DIE IDEE DER "EINHEIT DER WISSENSCHAFT" IN DER PHILOSOPHIE DESCARTES'. PART Two. DESCARTES UND SEIN JAHRHUNDERT. CH. I. DESCARTES UND CORNEILLE.CH. II. DESCARTES 9 "RECHERCHE DE LA V&RIT& PAR LA LVMI&RE NATURELLE."CH. III. DESCARTES UND DIE KdNlGIN VON SCHWEDEN. EINE STUDIE ZUR GEISTESGE- SCHICHTE DES 17. JAHRHUNDERTS.l. Das Verhaltnis von Descartes und Konigin Christina als geistesgeschichtliches Problem. II. Der "uni- versale Theismus" und das Problem der natiirlichen Religion im 17. Jahr- hundert. III. Die Renaissance des Stoizismus in der Ethik des 16. und 17. Jahrhunderts. IV. Descartes' Affcktenlehre und ihre geistesgeschichtliche Bedeutung. V. Konigin Christina und das heroische Ideal des 17. Jahr- hunderts, 2. AXEL HAGERSTROM. EINE STUDIE ZUR SCHWEDISCHEN PHILOSOPHIE DER GEGENWART. Gbteborgs Hogskolas Arsskrijt, XLV, 1939: I. 1 19 pp. Contents: I. Der Kampf gegen die Metaphysik. II. Die Kritik des Subjek- tivismus. III. Die Moralphilosophie. IV. Recht und Mythos. V. Zur Logik der Geisteswissenschaften. j. NATURALISTISCHE UND HUMANISTISCHE BEGRUNDUNG DER KULTUR-PHILOSOPHIE. Goteborg Kungl. Vetenskap och Vitter- hets-Samhalles Handlmgar. 5 foldjer, Ser. A, Bil. 7, No. 3. 1939, pp. 1-28. Reprinted in: Der Bogen, Scholz Verlag, Wiesbaden, Germany, Vol. 2, No. 4, April 1947. 4. DIE PHILOSOPHIE IM 17. UND 18. JAHRHUNDERT. Paris, Her- mann & Cie, 1939, 94 pp. Published in Chrontque Annuelle^ publ. par I'lnstitut International de Collaboration Philosophique. 5. WAS IST "SUBJEKTIVISMUS"? Theorla y Goteborg, Vol. V, 1939, pp. 111-140. . 6. LA PLACE DE LA "RECHERCHE DE LA VERITE PAR LA LUMIERE NATURELLE" DANS L'OEUVRE DE DESCARTES. Revue Philoso- fhique, 1939, pp. 261-300. (see 1938, 5) 1940 i. MATHEMATISCHE MYSTIK UND MATHEMATISCHE NATURWISSEN- SCHAFT. BETRACHTUNGEN ZUR ENTSTEHUNGSGESCHICHTE DER EXAKTEN WISSEN- SCHAFT. WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 905 Lychnos, Upsala, 1940, pp. 248-265. 2. NEUERE KANT-LITTERATUR. Theoria, Goteborg, Vol. VI. 1940, pp. 87-100. 5. WILLIAM STERN. ZUR WlEDERKEHR SEINES TODESTAGES. A eta Psychologica, Vol. V, pp. 1-15. 1941 /. LOGOS, DIKE, KOSMOS IN DER ENTWICKLUNG DER GRIECHISCHEN PHILOSOPHIE. Goteborgs Hogskolas Arsskrift, Vol. XLVII, 1941: 6. 31 pp. 2. THORILDS STELLUNG IN DER GEISTESGESCHICHTE DES 18. JAHR- HUNDERTS. Svenska Historic Vitterhetens-och Antikvitet-Akade- miens Handling ar, 1941. 5. THORILD UND HERDER. Theoria, Goteborg, Vol. VII. 1941, pp. 75-92. 1942 /. ZUR LOGIK DER KULTURWISSENSCHAFTEN. Funf Studien. Goteborgs Hogskolas Arsskrijt, Vol. XLVII. 1942: I. Goteborg, Wettergren & Kerbers Forlag. 139 pp. Contents: I. Der Gegenstand der Kulturwissenschaft. II. Dingwahrnehmung und Ausdruckswahrnehmung. III. Naturbegriffe und Kulturbegriffe. IV. Formproblem und Kausalproblem. V. Die "Tragodie der Kultur." 2. THE INFLUENCE OF LANGUAGE UPON THE DEVELOPMENT OF SCIENTIFIC THOUGHT. The Journal of Philosophy, Vol. XXXIX, No. 12. June 4, 1942, pp. 309-327. French translation in Journal de Psychologic Normale et Pathologique Vol. XXXIX, 1946, pp. 129-152. 3. GIOVANNI Pico DELLA MIRANDOLA. A STUDY IN THE HISTORY OF RENAISSANCE IDEAS. Journal of the History of Ideas. Vol. Ill, No. 2, April 1942, pp. 123-144 and 319-346. 4. GALILEO. A NEW SCIENCE AND A NEW SPIRIT. American Scholar y Vol. XII, 1942, pp. 5-19. 906 WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 1943 /. SOME REMARKS on THE QUESTION OF THE ORIGINALITY OF THE RENAISSANCE. Journal of the History of Ideas. Vol. IV. 1943, pp. 49-56. 2. THE PLACE OF VESALIUS IN THE CULTURE OF THE RENAIS- SANCE. The Yale Journal of Biology and Medicine. Vol. XVI, No. 2, December 1942, pp. 109-119. 5. NEWTON AND LEIBNIZ. Philosophical Review, Vol. LII, 1943, pp. 366-391. 4. HERMANN COHEN, 1842-1918. Social Research, Vol. X, No. 2, May 1943, pp. 219-232. 1944 /. AN ESSAY on MAN. AN INTRODUCTION TO A PHILOSOPHY OF HUMAN CULTURE. New Haven. Yale University Press. London, H. Milford, Oxford University Press, 1944, IX. 237 pp. Second and Third Printing: 1945. Fourth Printing: 1947. Translated into Spanish as: ANTHROPOLOGIA FILOSOFICA. Introduction a una filosofia de la cultura. Version Espanola de Eugenio Imaz. Mexico, Fondo de Cultura Economica, 194.5. IX, 419 pp. German translation: in preparation. Contents: Preface. PART onE. WHAT IS MAN? I. The Crisis in Man's Knowledge of Himself. II. A Clue to the Nature of Man: The Symbol. III. From Animal Reactions to Human Responses. IV. The Human World of Space and Time. V. Facts and Ideals. PART Two. MAN AND CUL- TURE. VI. The Definition of Man in Terms of Human Culture. VII. Myth and Religion. VIII. Language. IX. Art. X. History. XI. Science. XII. Summary and Conclusion. Index. 2. FORCE AND FREEDOM. REMARKS on THE ENGLISH EDITION OF JACOB BURCKHARDT'S "REFLECTION on HISTORY." American Scholar, Vol. XIII, Autumn 1944, pp. 407-417. 3. THE MYTH OF THE STATE. Fortune, Vol. XXIX, No. 6, June 1944, pp. 165-167, 198, 201, 202, 204, 206. 4. JUDAISM AND THE MODERN POLITICAL MYTHS. Contemporary Jewish Record, Vol. VII, 1944, pp. 115-126. WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 907 Swedish translation: JUDENDOMEN OCH DE MODERNA POLITISKA MYTERNA. Judisk Tidskrift, No. 9, Sept. 1946, pp. 266-274. POSTHUMOUS PUBLICATIONS 1. ROUSSEAU KANT GOETHE. Translated from the German by James Gutmann y Paul Oscar Kristeller and John Herman Randall, Jr. History of Ideas Series No. I. Princeton University Press, 1945, 98pp. Two ESSAYS. Contents: KANT AND ROUSSEAU. I. Personal influences. II. Rousseau and the doctrine of human nature. III. Law and the state. IV. The prob- lem of optimism. V. "Religion within the limits of mere reason." VI. Conclusion. GOETHE AND THE KANTIAN PHILOSOPHY. Sources and literature. 2. THOMAS MANNS GOETHEBILD. EINE STUDIE OBER LOTTE IN WEIMAR. Germanic Review, Vol. XX, No. 3, October 1945, pp. 166-194. 1946 i. THE MYTH OF THE STATE. New Haven, Yale University Press. London, G. Cumberledge, Oxford University Press, 1946. xii, 303 pp. Foreword by Charles W. Hendel. Spanish translation: EL MITO DEL ESTADO. Translated by E. Nicol, Mexico, Fondo de Cultura Economica, 1947, 362 pp. Partial German translation (Ch. XVIII) : "DER MYTHOS ALS POLITISCHE WAFFE" in: Die Amerikanische Rundschau t 194.3, No. n, pp. 30-41. Complete German translation : in preparation. Swedish translation : in preparation. Contents: PART onE. WHAT IS MYTH? I. The Structure of Mythical Thought. II. Myth and Language. III. Myth and the Psychology of Emotions. IV. The Function of Myth in Man's Social Life. PART Two. THE STRUGGLE AGAINST MYTH IN THE HISTORY OF POLITI- CAL THEORY. V. "Logos" and "Mythos" in Early Greek Philosophy. VI. Plato*s Republic. VII. The Religious and Metaphysical Background of the Medieval Theory of the State. VIII. The Theory of the Legal State in Medieval Philosophy. IX. Nature and Grace in Medieval Philosophy.X. Machiavelli's New Science of Politics. XL The Triumph of Machiavellian and its Consequences. XII. Implications of the New Theory of State. XIII. The Renaissance of Stoicism and "Natural Right" Theories of State, XIV. The Philosophy of the Enlightenment and its Romantic Critics. PART THREE. THE MYTH OF THE TWENTIETH CENTURY. XV. The preparation: Carlyle. XVI. From Hero Worship to Race Worship, 908 WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER XVII. Hegel. XVIII. The Technique of the Modern Political Myths. Conclusion. Index. 2. GALILEO'S PLATONISM. In: Studies and Essays m the History of Science. Offered in homage to George Sarton. Edited by M. F. Ashley Montagu. New York, H. Schumann, 1946, pp. 276-297. 3. ALBERT SCHWEITZER AS CRITIC OF NINETEENTH-CENTURY ETHICS. The Albert Schweitzer Jubilee Book. Edited by A. A. Robacky Sci-Art Publishers, Cambridge, Mass., March 1946, pp. 239-258. 4. STRUCTURALISM IN MODERN LINGUISTICS. Word. Journal of the Linguistic Circle of New York, Vol. I, No. n, August 1946, pp. 99-120. IN PREPARATION IN GERMAN: Kleinere Schriften. (A collection of previously published essays.) Artemis Verlag, Zurich, Switzerland Das Erkenntnis'problem in der Philosophie und Wissenschajt der neueren Zeit Vol. IV. Artemis Verlag, Zurich, Switzerland. (Cf. 1906, 3; 1907, i; 1920, I.) Contents: Einleitung und Problemstellung Book one: Die Exakte Wissenschaft Ch. I. Das Raumproblem und die Ent- wicklung der nicht-Euklidischen Geometric II. Erfahrung und Denken im Aufbau der Geometric III. Ordnungsbegriff und Massbegriff in der Geometric IV. Der Zahlbegriff und seine logische Begriindung V. Ziel und Methode der theoretischen Physik Book Two: Das Erkenntnisideal der Biologie und seine Wandlungen Ch, I. Das Problem der Klassifikation und die Systematik der Naturformen II. Die Idee der Metamorphose und die "idealistische Morphologic" III. Die Entwicklungsge- schichte als Problem und als Maxime IV. Der Darwinismus als Dogma und als Erkenntnisprinzip V. Die Entwicklungs- Mechanik und das Kausalproblem der Biologie VI. Der Vitalis- mus-Streit und die "Autonomie des Organischen" Book Three: Grundjormen und Grundrichtungen der historischen Erkenntnis Ch. I. Der Durchbruch des Historismus. Herder II. Die Romantik und die Anfange der kritischen Geschichtswissenschaft. Die "historische Ideenlehre" Niebuhr Ranke W. v. Hum- boldt III. Der Positivismus und sein historisches Erkenntnisideal Hippolyte Taine IV. Staatslehre und Verfassungslehre als WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER 909 Grundlagen der Geschichtsschreibung Theodor Mommsen V. Politische Geschichtsschreibung und Kulturgeschichte Jacob Burckhardt VI. Die psychologische Typisierung der Geschichte Kurt Lamprecht VII. Der Einfluss der Religionsgeschichte auf das historische Erkenntnisideal David Friedr. Strauss, Renan, Fustel de Coulanges Der Mythos vom Staate, Translated from the English. Artemis Verlag, Zurich, Switzerland. (See: 1946, i) Philosophische Anthrofologie. (Tentative title.) Translated from the English. Artemis Verlag, Zurich, Switzerland. See: 1944, I IN ENGLISH: Das Erkenntnisfroblem. Vol. IV. (English title not yet established.) Translated from the German by Paul Schrecker, Yale University Press The Philosophy of the Enlightenment. Translated from the German by F. C. A. Koelln, Princeton University Press. See: 1932, 2 Determinism and Indeterminism in Modern Physics (place of publi- cation not yet determined). See: 1936, I IN ITALIAN: Essay on Man. (Italian title not yet established.) Trans- lated from the English. Longanesi, Turino, Italy. See: 1944, I IN SPANISH : Kants Leben und Lehre. (Spanish title not yet established.) Translated from the German. Fondo de Cultura Economica, Mexico. See: 1918, I Das Erkenntnisp-oblem. Vol. IV. (Spanish title not yet established.) Translated from the German. Fondo de Cultura Economica, Mexico. Individuum und Kosmos in der Philosophic der Renaissance. (Spanish title not yet established.) Translated from the German. Fondo de Cultura Economica, Mexico. See: 1927, i IN SWEDISH: The Myth of the State. (Swedish title not yet established.) Translated from the English. Natur och Kultur, Stockholm, Sweden. See: 1946, I 9io WRITINGS OF ERNST CASSIRER CHRONOLOGICAL LIST OF PRINCIPAL WORKS 1902 Leibniz' System in seinen wissenschaftlichen Grundlagen. 1906 Das Erkenntnisproblem in der Philosophic und Wissenschaft der neueren Zeit. Vol. I. (Cusanus to Bayle) 1907 Das Erkenntnisproblem, etc. Vol. II. (Bacon to Kant) 1910 Substanzbegriff und Funktionsbegriff. Untersuchungen iiber die Grundfragen der Erkenntniskritik. 1916 Freiheit und Form. Studien zur deutschen Geistesgeschichte. 1918 Kants Leben und Lehre. 1920 Das Erkenntnisproblem in der Philosophic und Wissenschaft der neueren Zeit. Vol. III. (Die Nachkantischen Systeme) 192 1 Zur Einstein'schen Relativitatstheorie. Erkenntnistheoretische Betrachtungen. 1921 Idee und Gestalt. Fiinf Aufsatze. Goethe, Schiller, Holderlin, Kleist. (Erganzungsstudien zu "Freiheit und Form") 1922 Die BegrifFsform im mythischen Denken. 1923 Die Philosophic der symbolischen Formen. Vol. I. Die Sprache. 1925 Die Philosophic der symbolischen Formen. Vol. II. Das mythische Denken. 1925 Sprache und Mythos. 1925 Die Philosophic der Griechen von den Anfangen bis Platon. 1927 Individuum und Kosmos in der Philosophic der Renaissance. 1929 Die Philosophic der symbolischen Formen. Vol. III. Phano- menologie der Erkenntnis. 1932 Die Platonische Renaissance in England und die Schule von Cambridge. 1932 Die Philosophic der Aufklarung. 1 932 Goethe und die geschichtliche Welt. 1936 Determinismus und Indeterminismus in der modernen Phvsik. 1 939 Descartes. Lehre-Personlichkeit-Wirkung. 1942 Zur Logik der Kulturwissenschaften. 1944 An Essay on Man. 1945 Rousseau Kant Goethe. 1946 The Myth of the State. INDEX Arranged by ROBERT S. HARTMAN AND ROBERT W. BROWNING INDEX Abbott, Thomas K., 481, 485, 578 Absolute, 93 Absolute being, 293 Absolute ideal, 674 Absolute mind, 598 Abstraction, 394 Act of creation, subconscious, 320 Activity, 375 Actus purus of Aristotle, 866 Aesthetic, 328 Aesthetic and ethical judgment, 368 Aesthetic attitude, 340 Aesthetic experience, 734.5 as absorption in living form, 613 Aesthetic fancy, 373 Aesthetic form, 44, 349 Aesthetic logic, 318 Aesthetic theory, 329, 339, 645!?, 871 j of the Renaissance, 735 Affinities 341 Affinitive geometry, 203 Albert!, use of perspective, 626 Alchemy, 60 1 Alhambra of Granada, 301 (Das) Allgemeine im Aujbau der geisteswis- s ens chaf (lichen Erkenntnis, 355 Allegorical, 371 Altdorfer, experiments with oblique space, 627 Amor intellectualis, 823 Amphiboly of the concept of reflection, 321 Analogic level of concept, 299) level of language, 298 Analogue, art as, servant of reason, 610, 6x5-616 Analogues of experience, 195 Analogy, 254, 260 Analysts, 307) infinitesimal, 2851 of culture, 1x8) of experience, 197, 371) of myth, 37 1 j situs, 203 Analytical a priori, 192 Analytical or tautological propositions, 255 Anaxagoras, 281 Anderson, F. H., 474 Animal rationale , 201 Animal symbolicum t man as, 201, 448, 461, 493, 5<>5) 536 Animals, 363, 869; and environment, 861 Animism, 509, 5x7 Anthropocentrism, 484 Anthropological philosophy, 446, 449, 451, 457, 458, 461, 463, 464 Anthropology, cultural, 494.} Kant's, 484- 486) phenomenological, 492 j philosoph- ical, 278, 399, 446, 449, 457, 459, 461, 463, 464, 817, 821, 824, 829, 842, 843, 846; spiritual, 491, 500, 541 Anthropomorphism of the child, 366 Anthropomorphism, objective, 663 Antinomies of the culture-concept, 92 Antinomy of all cultural life, 320 Antithesis of nature and spirit, 858 Antithesis between real powers of Being, 872 Anxiety, 67f Aphasia, 369 A priori, 135, 1521!, 158, 191, 210, 7371!) "basic mental function," 161 ; develop- ment of symbolic forms, 165; diversity, 1 63; "formal structure of the mind," 173$ invariant element of form, 1555 Kant's vs. Leibniz', 249} pragmatic criticism of, I75x?> result of mental at- titude, 1791 rule, 161 Archimedes, 282 Architecture, 348 Ariosto, 350 Aristotle, 85, xxo, 190, 210, 281, 306, 32X, 548, 551*. 555, 569, 573, 6*5*, 839, 840, 844, 865f j actus purus of, 866} on causes, 753) on definition of man, 493 j on slavery, 478} on supreme Form, 866) teleology of, 866 Art, 48, 84, 1x5, 161, 298, 308, 309, 3X5, 341, 345, 375, 387, 393, 395, 39*, 446, 461, 463, 464, 480, 558, 565, 566, 569, 571, 633, 6421!, 832, 850, 851 ) an analogue, 6xo, 615-6x6} autonomy of, 6xo, 6x6, 621, 625, 627, 629) forms of, 5<>6, 5x3, 542) as imaginative penetration 913 914 INDEX into the nature of things, 610, 619} as imi- tation, 610; variant doctrines of, 613-6151 individual rights of, 667) law in, 644$ like and dislike in, 68$fj as microcosm of the age, 610, 627-628} part of man's total functioning, 609, 6xo, 627, 629) museum idea of, 348} pietism hostile to, 607 j and philosophy, 607-608, 734, 756 j placement of, shown in diagram, 6xi} plastic, origin of, and conceptions of im- mortality, 607$ realism in, 643) and science, 735, 756} self-subsistence of, origin in gradual freeing from substantial nature, 6ioj symbol, relation to, 609, 621) as symbolic form, 608, 610, 6x8, 624, 628) two-fold movement in, 609- 610, 629 Art as Experiencc t by John Dewey, 346 Art in Painting by Albert C. Barnes, 3$6f Artist, 347) his imagination and reflection, 68ij his creative world, 6821?) his ra- tionality, 6821? Artistic creation, 339; essence, 670$ media, 348 A see sis, 863 Asceticism, 873 Aspects of symbolism, 117 Associative law, 203 Astral mythology, 369 Astrology, 49 Astronomy, Ptolemaic, 601, 602 Atmosphere, group, 279 Atom, 280$ bomb, 279 Atomism, 206 Attraction and repulsion, 870 Aujbau der Farbwelt, by Katz, xo8 Auden, W. H., 629 Augustine, 807 Ausdrvck, 298 Ausdrucks-Charakter, 114 Ausdrucksfunktion, 95 Auseinandersetzung, between World and Ego, 322 Autonomy of force, 190 Axel Haegerstroem, by Cassirer, 116, 206, 208, 578f, 586, 591, Aiom, 105, 135 Ayer, A. J., 596, 597 Baader, Franz von, 582 Babbitt, Irving, 350 Babylonian culture, 370 Bach, 608 Bacon, 261, 281, 737-740 Bain, Alexander, 578 Baldwin, Lord, 588 Barnes, Albert C., 356! Barth, Karl, 846 Basic law of synthetic unity, 767 Bashan, 371 Baumgardt, David, essay by, 577-603$ 594 Baumgarten, Alexander, 318, 345, 346, 645, 832 Beauty, as harmony, 6xo^ as symbol, 609 Becker, Oskar, 199, 843 Becoming, 326 Bedeutung, 78, 298} see meaning Bedeutungsjunktion t 95 Bedeutungzusammenhdnge, 163 Beethoven, 350 Beethoven-Gauss, 332 Begrifserklarung t 871 Behaviorism, 271, 273) its approach to signs and symbols, 83 j radical, 208 Being, 125, 144, 548, 550-551, 554-556, 558, 562-563, 737, 743, 747, 753, 754*, 872$ antithesis between real powers of, 872$ Being-for-itself, 872$ Being and Nothingness, 822f Belief, practical, 553 Bell, E. T., Men of Mathematics, 332 Benedict, Ruth, 516, 517, 529 Benfey, 370 Bentham, Jeremy, 599, 6o2f Bergson, Henri, 3x0, 328, 399, 435^, 49*, 492, 510, 639 Berkeley, George, 406 Betuusstsein y 88) see Mind 'Bewusstheit? 808, 822 Bidney, David, essay by, 467-544 Bild, 375 Biographical data as science, 272 Blanshard, Brand, 472 Bloomfield, Leonard, 502 Boas, Franz, 504, 5x6 Bodmer, 6x4 Body and soul, 303 Body, physical, 775 Boehm, W., 670 Boileau, 617 Boltzman, L., 197, 281, 787 Bolyai, 192 Boscovich, 281 Bradley, F. H., 206 Breitinger, 6x4 Brentano, Franz, 803, 807 INDEX Broad, C. D., 577, 57$, $80, 595 Bronze, age of, 299 Brouwer, 1991", 434) see Intuitionism, Formalism Brunschvicg, L6on, 65 Buber, Martin, 846 Buckle, 664 Buehler, Karl, 108, 830 Bundle of sense-impressions, 202 Burckhardt, Jacob, 803 Buxton, Charles Roden, 329 Caird, Edward, 843 Calculus, 246} of classes, 249$ of relations, 244, 266 Cambridge Platonists, 464 Canto rian set theory, 195, 199 Cantor's transfinite numbers, 779 Carnap, Rudolf, 79ff, 208, 322, 596 Cardinal and ordinal numbers as compli- mentary, 245 Cardinal number, ordinal number as logi- cally prior to, 245 Cartesian notion of mind, 478 Case, Edward Murray, poem, 405 essay, S2-S4 Cassirer, Ernst: for works, consult Biblio- graphy j for reference to works, consult individual titles ) for topics, consult the remainder of the Index as well as below ; for his essay, 855-880 } aesthetic and sci- entific thought synthesized by, 734, 756} his a-historical ways of thought, 732, 741 f, 755f) ambiguities as multiple meanings in, 756) antitheses as used by, 733f J * priori, doctrine of, I5if j apriori- zation of empirical distinction, 351} balance, 44$ brightness of discourse, 731, 754ffi cheerfulness, 59 ) conceptualism of, 2o8f) convictions and motives, 759} cultural definition of man, 492-495 [see Animal symbolicum] \ cultural reality, concept of, 496-498} cultural symbolism, 506-512) cultural unity, 541-544) culture and myth, 527-535) dialectical agreement and disagreement at the same time, 737, 745> 747, 749, 7531 dialectical context as giving meaning to individual state- ments, 7315, 735, 755ffj as editor, 44$ as exile, 56, 59ff) as European, 45) Galileo as criticized by, 737, 746f, 750, 755) Galileo as object of historical in- vestigation by, 731-736) Galileo as witness to views of, 736f, 744f, 750, 755 J generosity of, 72) as German, 45) as historian, 44, 689ff, 731-735, 748f, 755f) historical transplanting of past thinkers, 732, 734) historical understand- ing, 749 i history, theory of, 749, 756 [see History] j humanism of, 443 ff> 535-541) irony of, 756) as Jew, 45) as Kantian, 367, 446f, 457f, 498-5<>M 73*f, 745, 75<>f, 756, 757^, 799 [see Kant, Neo-Kantianism] ) language, phi- losophy of, 379ff, 40 iff [see Language]) liberalism, 755f) literary interests, 447, 454, 462, 66 iff) man, definition of, 492- 495 [see Animal symbolicum] } as man of letters, 458, 6siff, 66iffj mathematical concepts, theory of, 239ff [see Mathe- matics] j memory, 50) metaphor, use by, 751 f) mind, theory of, 395) movement of thought, 732ff, 742, 751, 756, 883f$ on myth, 359*?, 379 ff , 5 I 5 ff i optimism, 749, 84offj paradoxes used by, 736, 742, 753) as phenomenologist, 367, 823!!) philosophical style, 73 iff, 755ff) and philosophical tradition, 92) philosophy, conception of, 73ff) philosophy as frame of reference, 180) philosophy of science and the social sciences, 2698 > and Plato, 74off, 752, 756) Plato, comparison with, 754ff) on the psychological function of symbolic forms, 512-515) quotations, use by, 732, 74of, 742f, 745, 755* radiance, 755, 840) radicalism, 742 f 5 rationalism, 535-541, 732) reconciliation, sense of, 749f, 753) relativism of, 756) rhythm of prose of, 732, 755) scholarship, 50, 53) science, philosophy of, x83ff, 2i5ff, 2695", 757ffj scope of work, 94) self- restraint, 48} serenity, 53) social science, philosophy of, 2698 [see Culture]) sophistry, Platonic, 754ff j sources, use of, 732, 755? pell, 756, 840) his studies, 42} symbolism, theory of, 289:? [see Art, Language, Myth, etc.] ) as synthesiz- ing art and science, 735, 756) as synthesizing empiricism and rationalism, 735f) as synthesizing history and phi- losophy, 732ff, 755f) as teacher, 44, 52ff, 56ff, 756} his teachers [see Cohen, Natorp, Simmel] j and teaching curricula, 76} Ideological expressions used as meta- phors, 752) transcendental orientation, 88) transparence, 752, 840} understand- 916 1JND&X ing, concept of, 748*", 753, 755f} on unitary function of myth, 5 15-51 7 j on unity, cultural problem of, 541-544 j universal liberal, 756} urbanity, 749; way of thought of, 73 iff 5 and Whitehead, 749$ world crisis, reaction to, $8f, 464, 838 Categorial constitution, 8iof, 852 Categorical imperative, 473, 481, 487, 578 Categories, 115, 156, 161, 251, 385, 397, 766, 8765 a priori, 4875 axiological, 488} doctrine of, 248 Category of creativity, 292 Catharsis, 620 Catholics, 535 Cause, 77, 84, 94, 117, 303; Aristotle on, 753} Kant on, 75of Causality, 166, 293, 455, 761, 767, 784, 789, 790, 791} law of, 768f, 784^? Causal relations, 780 Centers, points of reference, 323 Certainty of knowledge, 15 if, 159, 778 Chance, 743, 753 Change, 277, 768 Character, 79, 96, 341 Characteristica generalis> 316 Characteristic a universalis, 849 Chemistry, 275 Child, anthropomorphism of, 366$ language of, 363*!} play of, 366 Christianity, 425, 479 Christians, the early, 479 Christina, Queen of Sweden, 675 Cicero, 480 Circle, 258 Civilization, fact of, 486 Class and classification, 129, 250 Classical mechanics, 776, 789 [see Newton] Classicism, German, 666 Cognition, context of, 762 , object of, 7651", 778, 793 [see Neo-Kantianism] } process of, 762, 771 j progress of, 7655 "x" of, 7*>5f, 778, 793 [see Neo-Kantianism] Cognitive functions, negative prefix in, 861 Cohen, Hermann, 42, 185, 384, 549, 554, 557, 567, 638, 759, 76o, 761, 763, 764, 801, 802, 804, 805, 806, 809, 815, 818, 822, 823, 830, 831, 833, 835. 837, 8 * 6 ' 848, 849 Cohen, Morris R., 104, 447, 659 Coleridge, Samuel T., 839 Collecting facts, 278 Collective representations, 5i8f, 523fj wishes, 529 Collingwood, Cassirer's criticism of his view of art, 617-618 Color, 109, 191 Combination of deduction and induction, 579* Commercialism, 332 Common sense, 113, 381, 389 Comparative theory of the sciences, 273, 276 Comprehensive aesthetics, 328 Comte, Auguste, 455, 469, 488, 494, 498, 5'5> 564, 572 Comtean sociology, 474, 477 Conative views of art. See expressionism Concentration, 304, 323 Concept, 99, 3405 logic of the generic or class, 250 "Concept of Group and Theory of Per- ception," by Cassirer, 98, 8261", 829, 839 Conception (s), 381, 391, 398* ethical, 388, 577ff} mythic, 392, 395, 396 [see myth, etc.]} primitive, 387; scientific, 383, 384, 392 Concepts, 130, 276, 2845 class, 250} form- ation of, 272} generic, 2505 levels of, 275} mathematical, 239ff, 281} rela- tional, 250 Conceptual-function, 95 Conceptual thinking, 313 Conceptualism of Cassirer, 2o8f Concrescence, 567, 570-571 Conditions, initial, 788 Conic sections, 308 "Connection of meaning," 163 Conrad, Joseph, 844 Conrad-Martius, Hedwig, 829 Consciousness, dialectics of, 825, 834, 850} dialectic of the mythical, 376} mythic, 558, 564ff, 57of, 573} natural function of, 305} nature and, 857} pure, 808, 8 10, 811, 842, 853} synthesizing func- tion of, 300 [see Neo-Kantianism] Conservation of energy, 196 Constancy, 2775 of relations, 281 Constitutive forms, 94 [see Neo-Kantian- ism] Constitution, categorial, 810, 811, 852 Construction 815, 816, 818} of matter, 256} of series, 277} theoretical, 156 Contemplation, 553 Content, 372, 7651 of a science, 274 Context, 79, 80, 84, 85, 94, 109, 113, 117, 266, 764, 765, 794} of cognition, 762} dynamic, 785} of experience, 763, 766} logical, 764$ no objectivity outside the, 86} of symbolic forms, 306} systematic, INDEX 917 7635 of thought, 765 j unity of, 765 Contingency of necessity, 750, 752ff Continuity, 263 j law of, 297$ pattern of morality between soul of man and his creation, 320 Coordination, 307 Coordinate systems, Gaussian, 783 Coordinates, space-time, 783 Copernican revolution, 186, 321, 473, 484, 536} Kant's, 90, 743, 794f Copernicus, 186, 274, 747 Copula level of language, 298 Copy theory of knowledge, 258, 551, 571 Corneille, 6725 Correlativity of sense and senses, 101 Correspondence theories, 210 Creation, $$7-$$%, 5&O, 562, 563, 564, 572 j logic of, 310$ process of, 293 Creative civilization, 43 Creative energy, 65 Creative force, 362 Creative principle, 363 Creative process, 118 Creative synthesis, 259 Creative thought, 291 Creativity, category of, 292 Creativity of the mathematical method, 264 Creativity of mathematical thought, 254^ Creativity of thought, 262 Crisis, 57, 326, 507, 528, 872? in philo- sophical anthropology, 467-470 Criteria of verification, 213 Critical analysis, 294 Critical idealism, 145, 246 Critical philosophy, 191, 303, 407, 551, 557, 573 [ee Kant] Criticism, literary, 63 iff, 66 iff Critique of culture, 77, 160, 181, 296, 303, 795 Critique of Judgment, by Kant, 205, 346, 617, 817 Critique of knowledge, 125!?, 160 Critique of Practical Reason, by Kant, 489 Critique of Pure Reason, by Kant, 69, 86f, 91, 168, 185, 205, 243, 251, 492, 549f> 55* 595, 727, 737, 7$6, 812, 814, 815, 871 Critique of reason, 77, 160, 296 Croce, Benedetto, 45, 355, 6171", 643^ 671$ Cassirer's criticism of his view of art, Cultural forms, 289ff, 379ff, 545 ff, 642, 835ffj periodic system of, 314 Cultural functionalists, 538 Cultural history, 495 Cultural matrix of inquiry, 211 Cultural process, 495 Cultural reality, 4966*, 8356* Cultural reason, 501 Cultural social science, 63 Cultural unity, problem of, 54 iff Culture, 77, 175, 452f, 455*?, 461 f, 547- 574 j anthropocentric critique of, 484- 488; category of, 4941 concept of, 470$ as creation of the mind, 175, 488} critique of, 326, 499, 795; freedom as sphere of, 488, 536-5395 functionalistic concept of, 51 1 } as human creation, 329$ as language of human spirit, 541 j myth's role in, 527-535$ nature and, 472, 486$ as organic phenomenon, 5i4f} phenom- enology of human, 500, 833^ philoso- phy's mission in, 92$ polaristic concep- tion of, 494 $ as the process of man's progressive self-liberation, 321; as super- organic, 5i4f} tragedy of, 573 fj world of, 806, 833, 835, 836, 841, 845, 852 Culturologists, 536, 537, 538 Culturology, 494 Dance, 348 Dante, 343 Darstellung, 298 Darwin, Charles, 210, 456 Data of immediate experience, 188, 298, Cultural critique, 326, 4845, 499, 795 Cultural determinists, 538 Cultural evolution, 304 Cultural existentialists, 538 Da Vinci, Leonardo, 649 Death, 843 Dedekind, 134 Deduction, I58fj and induction, 260, <J79f Definition, genetic, 258) operational, 282 Definitive article level of language, 298 Democritus, 141, 600, 625 Dematerialization, 318 Demonstrative pronouns level of language, 298 Descartes, Rene, 71, 244, 313, 353, 4<>6> 445, 626, 808, 843, 867 j and Corneille, 6728" j life in Stockholm, 71 "Descartes Wahrheitsbegriff," by Cassirer, 693> 706, 709 Descriptive analysis, 803 Designation of the sign, 8if Determinism, 753 Determinismus und Indeterminismus in der mode men Physik, by Cassirer, 75, 185, 9i8 I94ff, 196, 208, 737, 74<>ff, 759f, 774ff, 786ff Determinists, cultural, 538$ historical, 538 Detour, art of, 870 Development of space, 322 Development of relational thought, 322 Dewey, John, 81, g6 y 2ogS t 342, 349, 358, 440, 635 Dialectic, 6405, 653, 659, 753, 75$} Cas- sirer's, 737, 745, 747ff, 756 j of all cultural life, 320$ Hegel's, 210 j of mythical consciousness, 3765 of symbol relation, 102 Diderot, Denis, 654$ his recognition of importance of individuality in style, 615 Differential of symbolic forms, 306 Differentiation, 297, 301, 323 Diffuse energies, 323 Dilthey, Wilhelm, 42, 452, 467, 488-492, 494, 498, 500, 549, 6$4f, 663, 667, 803, 804, 807 Dimensions of space, 779 j of symbolic forms, 297 Diotima, 755 Diplomat, 283 Ding-an-sich, 8 12, 814 Disintegration between man and culture, 320 Distance, between man and reality, 874$ between symbol and phenomenon, 307 Distinctions, empirical and real, 339 Diversity, 7525 of form, 163!?) of world pictures, 168 Dogmatic empiricism, 197 Dogmatic realism, 202 Dogmatic sensualism, 298 Dogmatism, 65, 325 Double universal, 415 Dream, 387, 392, 395, 397, 398 Dualism, 128, 2105 epistemological, 500 Dualistic realism, 124, 136, 141 Duerer, naturalistic perspective of, 626 Duhem, Pierre, 169 Durkheim, mile, 498, 524, 594 Duties, prima facie, 577-582 Dynamic context, 785 Dynamic of form, 664 Dynamic function of language, 878} of metaphors, 879 Dynamic unity, 190 Dynamics of social events, 284 Eaton, Ralph, 246 Ebner, Ferdinand, 846 INDEX Economic equilibria, 288 Economics, 279, 283, 838 Eddington, A. S., 207, 428, 434 Education, 43 Effect, 303 Effects, system of, 775 Efficient energy, 868 Ego, 810, 811, 823, 84iff, 853 j birth of the, 291 Ehrenburg, Ilya, 326 Ehrenfels, C., 827 Einheitsmotnente, 827 Einleitung in die Philosophic, by Litt, Theo- dor, 355 Einstein, Albert, 42, 282, 745 Einstein's General Theory of Relativity, 192, 194, 200, 782 Einstein's Special Theory of Relativity, 191, 194, 200, 781 (Zur) Einsteinschen Relativitatstheorie, by Cassirer, 191, 193, 759 [see Substance and Function and Einstein's Theory of Relativity] Electron, 198, 280 j as material point, 198 Eliot, T. S., 629 Ellipse, 308 Emotion, 278, 364 Emotive meaning, 589, 593 Empathy, 96, 841 f Emphasis, law of new, 297 Empirical epistemology, 98 Empirical knowledge, 178, 273 [see Science] Empirical sciences, philosophy and the, 273 Empirical space, 115 Empiricism, 243, 263, 406, 733f, 736 j of Cassirer's philosophy, 88, io6fj logical, 200, 209, 353 Empty space and empty time, 86 1 Energies of order, 873 Energy, 284, 316, 8635 forms of, 770$ of spirit, 301, 304 Enlightenment, 445, 652, 654, 666 Entelechy, 210 Entities, 775 Entropy, 775 Environment, 363 Environmental correction in the case of signals, 83 Envisagement, 394 Epimetheus, in Goethe's Pandora^ 623 Epistemology, 43, 77, 78, 98, 106, 251, 262, 338, 385, 393, 398, 399> 494, 733 737ff, 761, 762, 871$ empirical, 98$ INDEX 919 idealistic, 506) and logic, 98, 251$ realistic, 505 Equality, 287$ of all men, 480 Equations, 284. Equilibria of forces, 288 Erasmus, 451 Erkenntnis problem, 44, 64, 153, l86ff, 29if, 7095, 7i8f, 723, 725, 736 Erkenntniswert dfr Sprache, 405, 406, 419 Erlanger program, 203 Essay on Man, (An), 53, 76, 117*", 201, 303, 3*5, 3'9 332, 387, 392, 397, 400, 445*, 450, 458f, 4^3, 4M, 475, 493*, 497, 499#, 507, 5*2, 538, 542, 607, 613, 6i6ff, 629, 633, 6355, 653, 658, 663f, 671, 682ff, 691, 695f, 698^, 704, 707, 710, 805, 807, 813, 823, 826, 831, 835ff, 845f, Ssoffj (Alexander Pope's), 449, 459 Essays in Experimental Logic, by Dewey, 342 Essence, 131, 375, 8i8f, 827, 829$ artistic, 670 Estrangement of the symbolic forms from their creator, 325 Ethical relativity, 593*f, 595, 597f, 600 Ethics, pluralistic, 577, 5905 empirical and relational, 4855 objective validity in, 599 Eucken, Rudolf, 843 Euclid, 85 Euclidean geometry, iQzf, 203 Euclidean space, 780 Euclidicity of physical space, 780 Euler, 313 Events, 786 Evil and error, 652 Evolution, cultural, 309 \ of cultural sym- bolism, 506-512) of language, 541} psychological, $!3f Evolution, Darwinian theory of, 503) by mutation, 503 Evolutionists, 488, 534 Exact sensuous imagination, 302 Excluded middle, principle of, 199 Existence, 2765, 298, 743, 774* 77* Existential disengagement, 361 Existentialism, 492, 807, 843$ theological, 540 L'Existentialisme, by J.-P.-Sartre, 492 Existentialists, 537 Exner, F., 741 ff Experience, I26f, 148, 262, 266, 307, 383^, 389, 392ff, 39**, 550, 553, 743, 75**, 8o5f, 810, 852$ analysis of, 371$ context of, 763, 766) immediate, 138} integra- tion of, 763$ intentional, 810, 817, 819, 820^ intuitive elaboration of, 340 $ in- tuitive mastery of, 341 $ and mathematics, 262, 264) metaphysical, 836^ order of, 784) pan-aesthetic conception of, 348} religious, 847, 848-854$ as science, 85} totality of, 281 j "x" of, 769, 771, 779 Experience and Nature, by John Dewey, 96 Experiment, 284, 73 3 f, 736fj question and answer in, 737 Experimental procedure, 282 Explanatory myth, 797 Explication, 99 expression, 165, 298, 373, 407, 4i2ff, 4'9i and conception, 387, 381, 3975 emotion- al, 385$ function, 95 expressionism, and genius, 616-617$ as inception of art, 619; undisciplined, false excess, 610 expressions, intellectual and spiritual, 306 Expressive sense, 113 Expressive space, 115 Fact of science, 194, 76 if Facts, 79, 278, 388f, 39ifj interdependence of facts and theory, 277$ in terms of knowledge, 210 Faguet, 672 Faith, 521, 522, 540 Fanaticism, 599 Farber, Marvin, 802 Fatalism, 538, 539 Faust, 867f Fear, 341 Feeling, 322, 385, 386, 389, 395, 397 Fichte, J. G., 384, 447, 4^0, 561, 633, 646, 667/1*, 678f, 831 "Ficino's Place in Intellectual History," by Cassirer, 715, 717, 724 Field theory, 271, 283f, 775$ of forces, 775} social and physical, 280 Finitude of man, 551, 553, 554*555 Fink, Eugen, 802 Fixed centers, 97 Folklore, 368 Fontane, Th., 687 Forces, 769 Form, 321, 251, 6435, 648, 805, 812-822, 825, 827, 830, 831^ beauty one aspect of total life of, 6245 a dynamic principle, 306, 664$ in Goethe's Pandora, 623 j living, 613, 620$ and material, 337, 346, 388) in painting, 685 [see Cultural, 920 INDEX Culture, Forms, Myth, Symbolic forms] Formal logic, 158, 241 f, 265 Formalism, 430 Formalists, 199, 249 [see Hilbert, Weyl] Formalization of mathematics, 199 Forman, Henry James, 332 Formative energy, 868 Form-qualities, 133 Forms, 94, 100, 352$ cultural, 642 [see Cultural, Culture]} of energy, 770$ of intuition and understanding, 86, 384 [see Kant]} of order, 86 ij space and time, 779} symbolic, 289-333, 337**, 385, 387, 39<>, 392, 395, 400, 794, 805, 812, 825, 830, 831-845, 848, 852 j trans- cendental, 385 [see Kant] Fortschritt (progress), 376 Foundations of Logic and Mathematics, by R. Carnap, 8of Foundations of Theory of Signs, by C. W. Morris, 8if Francesca, Piero della, use of perspective, 626 Frank, Philipp, 2o8f Frankena, William K., 584 Frazer, Sir James, 515, 517, 520 Freedom, 479, '487, 490, 553, 570, 571, 84of, 852, 86i} in the development of culture, 5365 and form, 644*1", 648} natural and cultural, 539$ of the spirit, 3045 of will, 373 Frege, 132, 134 Freiheit und Form, 355, 447, 608 f, 6i4f, 62off, 633, 639, 645, 648ff, 654, 69if, 709, 725, 832, 851 Freud, Sigmund, 395, 398, 594, 867 "Freud and the Future," 331 Freud, Goethe, Wagner > 331 Function, 188, 302, 385, 501, 634, 750} concept of, 501 j development from mythical to logical function of linguis- tic symbols, 508} of ego, 542 j of myth, 515-528} poetic, 533} psychological, of symbolic forms, 512-515} and structure, 91} subjective and objective, of symbolic forms, 5<>5f, 51 if} teleological unity of, 543} theoretical, of symbols, 5<Hf} transcendental, 483} unitary, of myth, 512-517} unity of, 506, 637f Functional character of pure Form, 870 Functional laws, 789, 791 Functional relations, 766 Functional unity, 506, 637*", 645, 658 Functionalizing of object, 553, 557-558, 562 [see Substance] Functions, 157, 795 Fundamental Principles of the Metaphysics of Ethics, by Kant (ed. by Abbott), 481, 485, 578 Fundamentum relationis, 767 Gadamer, 803 Galileo, 190, 284, 299, 309**, 313, 58if, 7Hf, 731-756, 787* vs. Bacon, 73iff} on Being, 743} and the church, 749} on determination, 753} empiricism of, 733f} on eternal and necessary things, 731} on existence, 743} vs. Exner, 74iff} experi- ments of, 736, 742} on experiment, 733ff} on hypothesis, 734, 745} on in- duction, 737, 739} on inertia, 746} on knowledge, 73 iff } on laws of nature, 731, 733, 736ff, 739, 74^} mathematical metaphysics of, 746} on mathematical reasoning, 731} on mechanism, 746} metaphysical basis of, 739, 744, 746, 748f} vs. Mill, 737ff> on mind, 731} on motion, 746, 753} on necessity, 731} ontological motives of, 739, 744, 746f} on phenomena, 731} phoronomics of, 746} quoted, 739, 742} rationalism of, 732} on sensory perception, 731} on scientific knowledge, 73 iff "Galileo: A New Science and a New Spirit," by Cassirer, 714!?, 736ff Gate of Hell, 297, 325 Gauss, 192 Gaussian co-ordinate systems, 783 Gawronsky, Dimitry, essays, 1-37} an( * 215-238 Geiger, Max, 845 Geist, 78, 81, 342, 368 " *Geh? und 'Leben* in der Philosophic der Gegenwart," by Cassirer, 825, 836, 839, 840 Geistestvissenschaften, 432, 488, 549, 567, 761, 792, 798 General Logic, by Eaton, R., 246 General Theory of Relativity, 19 iff, 200, 782 Genetic definition, 256, 258 Genius, 315 'Genius' theory of art. See expressionism Geometry, 192, 203, 247, 277, 322} non- Euclidean, 779f George, Stefan, 803 Germany, 68 INDEX 921 German, 45, 326} aesthetics, 6455$ en- lightenment, 666) idealism, 41, 669, 672 [see Neo-Kantianism] 5 romanticism, 446 Geschichte der griechischen Philosophic, by Cassirer, 754 Gesefalichkeit, 790 Gestalt, 322, 327, 342, 417 Gestalt psychology, 202, 205, 271, 638 Gestalten, of the symbolic forms, 295, 300 Gestalt en, 301, 325 Gestaltqualitaten, 827 Gesture, 300 Gibbs, 197 Gilbert, Katharine, essay, 605-630 Gilson, E., 484 "Giovanni Pico della Mirandola," by Cas- sirer, 717 God, 553, 563, 846-853? His word writ- ten in nature, 737 Gods, 387, 389, 390, 396 Goethe, 43, 46, 67, 295, 302, 304, 350, 384, 447, 457ff, 633, 635, 639, 646, 647fF, 654, 659, 680, 83 if, 870, 877, 8845 on Bacon, 74of; demonstra- tion of Cassirer's theory of art as sym- bol, 620-624; early assurance about for- mative function of art, 612-613$ early work, 621} Farbenlehre, 7405 Faust, 621-622; on induction, 74Ofj and Kan- tian philosophy, 3325 Pandora, 622-624-, and Rousseau, 621 } transiency of beau- tiful forms, 622-623} Urfaust, 621 "Goethe und die geschichtliche Welt," by Cassirer, 635, 649^ 652f, 680 "Goethe's Pandora," by Cassirer, 622ff Goldstein, Kurt, 394, 831 Good, idea of the, 471, 473, 756} man- ners, 348 Goodness, intrinsic, 582, 584, 588, 599 Goodness, moral, 589, 593 Gorgias, 562 Grammar of the symbolic function, 329 Greek language, the influence of the, on philosophy, 71 Greek tragedy, 648 Greek philosophy, 639, 648 Greeks, the, 470, 471, 478 Grimm, Jakob, 448 Groethuysen, Bernard, 450 Group, atmosphere, 279} concept, 203} ob- servation, 282} structure, 2855 tension, 285 "Group Concept and Perception Theory," by Cassirer, 98, 826, 827, 829, 839 Groups, 280, 282 Growth of symbolic forms, 297 Grundlagen der Geometric, by Hilbert, 104 Grundzuge einer Lehre vom Lichtsinn, by Katz, 1 08 Gundolf, F., 667, 676 Gurwitch, Dr. A., 202 Gutmann, James, essay, 443-464 Habit, 351 Haeberlin, Paul, 850 Haecker, Theodor, 853 Haegerstroem, Axelj see Axel Haegerstrom Hamann, 615, 646 Hamburg, Carl H., essay, 73-119} 88iff Hamilton's principle of energy, 770 Handbuch der physiologischen Optik, by Hering, 108 Happiness, 540, 553 Harmonization, 316 Harmony, 169 Harnack, A., 42 Hartmann, Nicolai, 584, 595, 844 Hartman, Robert S., essay, 289-333 Hebrew-Christian tradition, 544 Hegel, 41, 188, 200, 206, 210, 306, 310, 355, 376, 421, 435, 447, 4$6f, 460, 561, 563, 57'> 582, 633, 642, 667, 669, 756, 825, 863, 868, 8755 on history, 312*, on symbol, 609; teachings, 209} tradition, 210 Heidegger, Martin, 802, 807, 82off, 824, 832, 842^} Cassirer's encounter with, 6 7 f Heine, Heinrich, 45 Heisenberg, W., 198, 7895 his indetermi- nacy principle, 197 Helena, in Faust, various meanings of, 621- 622 Hellenic influence, 653 Helmholtz, 42, 88, io8f, 147, 202, 207, 447 Hendel, Charles W., essay, 55-59} 71 Henning, 109 Heraclitean flux, 492 Herder, 88, 338, 347, 447, 457, 45^, 460, 615, 646 Hering, 108, 202 Hermeneutic method, 807, 835, 844 Hermencutics, history a branch of, 663 Herodotus, 595 Hertz, Heinrich, 87, 2o6f, 559, 814 Heyman, Gerard, 154 922 INDEX Hierarchy of types of physical statements, 195 Hierarchy of law, 190 Hilbert, D., 88, 1041", I99f Hildebrandt, K., 670 Hiroshima, 279 Historian, aspiration of, 663} individual tact of, 664 Historical method (process), 634, 6385 Historical research, Idealistic philosophy and, 43$ field of culture, 369 j methods, Historicism, 49 if Historicity, of symbol, 6ioj of style, 620 History, 42, 356, 446, 453, 455, 457, 461, 464, 633, 732, 756} and art, 664? cul- tural, 495; ecclesiastical, 42; Hegel's theory of, 312 [see Hegel]} as herme- neutics, 663} of ideas, 445, 460} of mathematics, 245} and philosophy, 734$ 755*> 875} of science, 275, 313, 6896*, 729ff} as self-knowledge, 663} as se- mantics, 663 History and Philosophy, ed. by Klibansky and Paton, 46, 70, 450, 883 Hobbes, Thomas, 257, 809 Hodges, H. A., 467f Hoelderlin, F., 447$ 457, 633, 635, 643, 646, 666ff, 731 Hoelderlin und der deutsche Idealismus, by Cassirer, 666 Hogarth's line of beauty, 619 Holborn, Ha jo, essay by, 41-46 Holiness, 388f Holy objects, 390 Homer, 574 Hooch, De, 626 Horizontal dimensions of symbolic forms, 301 How We Thtnky by Dewey, 342 Human activities, 316 Human nature, 497-537} ego, 513} [see Man] Human studies, 48 8f, 495 Human universe, 315 Humanism, Cassirer's, 445f, 457, 46of, 4"3f, 535-541 Humanism of the Renaissance, 544 Humanity, concept of, 478, 480-482$ and cultural achievements, 494$ higher ra- tionality of, 544 Humboldt, Wilhelm von, 66, 88, 351, 362, 372, 447f, 457, 460, 879 Hume, David, 137, 142, 151, 168, I94f, 394, 469, 485, 578, 596, 638, 839 Husserl, Edmund, 68f, 82, 213, 421, 557, 802-854 Huygens, C., 427 Hyperbola, 308 Hypostatization, 93, 257, 387, 397 Hypothesis, 80, 156, 369, 376, 733f, 740, 744f, 749ff$ vs. "suspicion," 740 Hypothetical character of empirical knowl- edge, 178 Hypothetical method, 284 I and Thou, 300, 845 Idea, 863 j or image, 3725 logic of think- ing the, 355; power of the, 863 Ideal, 187, 674 j and the actual, 4775 form, 8ij formative activity, 875? of knowl- edge, 751$ mathematical points, 198} progress, 376$ relative and absolute, 6745 truth, 664, 688 Idealism, 43, 142, 146, 160$ anthropo- logical, 488} critical, 145, 529, 801, 80$, 844 [see Kant, Neo-Kantianism] ; cultural, 538 j German, 41, 669, 672 [see Hegel, Kant]} historical 488, 494, 498 537 [see Neo-Kantianism] j ob- jective, 817$ transcendental, 55of, 558, 562} Utopian, 483 Idealistic theory of language, 4o8ff Ideas, agreement or disagreement of our, I5i Ideation, 827f Idee und Gestalt, by Cassirer, 4471", 633, 635, 642f, 647, 6486*, 656, 666, 670, 677, 692, 737, 756 Identity element, 203 Identity philosophy, 859 Idols of the Tribe, 261 "Influence of Language upon the Develop- ment of Scientific Thought," by Cassirer, 826, 830 Image, 384, 386$ 395$ 4<>o, 7^5, 77* Imagination, 43, 302, 366, 386, 389^ 393*!, 399*, 735 J productive, 322, 871 Imitation, art as, 610$ variants of doctrine of, 613-615) individual style in, 6155 insufficiency of art as, 613, 618} omis- sion with, 614$ selection of pregnant moment, 6141 relation to artistic vision, 619 Immanence and transcendence of symbol, 103 Immediate experience, 138, 189, 201 INDEX 923 Imperatives, categorical for certain persons, S7 Implications, 177 Implicit definition, 104 Impressions, 306, 373, 772 j immediate, 765, 773 j to Being, 163 Incarnation of meaning, 94 Independent variability of the two symbol moments, I x I Index of refraction of reality, 297 Indicative function of signs, 82 Individual, 196) and civilization 431 fac- tum, 762 Individuality, importance of, in art, 615 Individuum und Kosmos in der Philosophic der Renaissance, by Cassirer, 607, 649*", 7i3f, 716, 726, 731 Induction, 158, 254, 284, 737ffj and de- duction, 260, 579f Inertia, law of, 746, 749, 769 Inference, mathematical, 2615 from particu- lars, 739 Infinitesimal analysis, 285 Initial conditions, 788 Inquiry, cultural matrix of, 21 1 Instrumentalism, Dewey's, 209 Intangibles, 283, Integrating functions, 795 Integration, 362 j cultural, 468, 495) of experience, 7635 intellectual center of, 541} of man, 319} of nature, 319} of social sciences, 383 Intellect, Divine, 7375 Divine and human, 747 Intellection, myth as, 371 Intellektualmythologie, by F. Langer, 371 Intelligibility of reality, 81 Intensivierung, 340 Intention and fulfillment, 816, 819 Interdependence, 2841 of fact-finding and theory, 277 Internal tension, 772 Interpersonal life, 845, 846, 847, 849 Interpretant, 8of Interpretation, 712 Intervening variables, 284! Interview techniques, 282 Intrinsic goodness, 582, 584, 588, 599 Intrinsic qualifications, 343 Introduction to Logic and Scientific Method, by Cohen and Nagel, 104 Intuition, 283, 322, 339, 346, 407, 4121?, 419, 81 5f, 8x8f, 821, 827) function, 95$ mode, 98 Intuitionism, 243, 430, 434 Intuitionists, 199, 434 Intuitive elaboration of experience, 340 Intuitive Logos, 344 Intuitive mastery of experience, 341 Intuitive sight, 98 Invariance, of a priori, 174$ of laws of nature, 781, 783 Invariants, of experience, 157, 191, 247; of knowledge, I72ffj [see Kant, Neo- Kantianism] Irony, Cassirer's, 756 Jaeger, W., 533 James, William, 399, 522, 803, 839 Jaspers, Karl, 841, 843f Jeans, Sir James, 207, 428 Jefferson, Thomas, 482 Jew, Cassirer as, 45 Jewish, Christian, Buddhist ethics, 580 Jews, 535 Joseph, of Thomas Mann, 291, 300, 323, 331 July revolution, 68of Kafka, Franz, 844 Kant, Immanuel, 4iff, 64, 67, 77, 84, 86, 90, xo6, i35f, i42f, i52ff, i86f, xgif, i94f, 205, 210, 212, 243, 248, 256, 264, 266, 272, 296, 303, 3ixf f 315, 32x, 323*> 338, 362, 368, 385, 392, 404, 435, 438, 440, 445ff, 452, 455, 457f, 459f, 462, 469, 473, 48if, 536, 539, 549^, 552ff, 565, 577ff, 603, 633f, 646f, 655*", 667, 677ff, 736f, 743, 745, 75of, 759, 763, 766, 781, 783, 785, 794, 806, 8o8ff, 812, 8i4ff, 831, 839f, 842, 871$ Cas- sirer's critique of, 498-501) categorical imperative of, 578 j on causation, 75ofj on contingency of necessity, 750 j "Co- pernican Revolution" of, 90, 743, 794f; critique of human culture, 484-488; Critiques, see titles; diary of, 185; on genius and nature in art, 617; interac- tion, his principle of, 785$ logic, 2415 on number, 243; on necessity, contin- gency of, 750; on regulative principles, 211} schematism of, 69 j on time, 243$ transcendental deductions of, 745, 751$ transcendental method of, 85, 195; un- derstanding in, 243 Kant and the Problem of Metaphysics, by Heidegger, 67 (Von) Kant bis Hegel, by Kroner, 355 924 INDEX "Kant und das Problem der Metaphysik," by Cassirer, 839!, 842f "Kant und die moderne Mathematik," by Cassirer, 253 Kant und Herder, by Theodor Litt, 338, 347 Kantianism, 45, 206, 793, 7955 orthodox, 759 1C ants Leben und Lehre, by Cassirer, 75, 457*, 810, 817, 851 Karl Gustaf, of Sweden, 675 Katz, Der Aufbau der Tastwelt, 109 Kaufmann, Felix, essay by, 183-213; 824 Kaufmann, Fritz, essay by, 799-854 Kepes, G., 645 Kepler, 50, 299, 312, 445 cosmic har- mony of, 747 KerSnyi, Karl, 326, 328! Kierkegaard, S., 807, 843 f, 852 Kinetic theory of gases, 741 Klages, Ludwig, 840, 859, 874 Klein, F., 203 Kleist, H. von, 67, 447, 633fT, 643, 655, 6 7 6ff, 857 Klibansky and Paton, Philosophy and His- tory, 46, 70, 450, 883 Knowledge, 125, 55<>-558, 564* 5*7, 57of, 732f, 744} a priori, 1915 of artist, 347^ copy theory of, 551, 571$ as de- termination, 8i2f, 8i6f, 824} as dis- covery and explication, 8i6ff, 824 \ of empirical objects, 159; factual truth in terms of, 2iOj ideal of, 743; as mediate, 7 Koch, F., 672 Koehler, W., 870 Krantz, G., 672 Kraft der Verdichtung, 304 Krise der Psychologie, by Buehler, 1 08 Kritik der reinen Vernunft, see Critique of Pure Reason Kroner, Richard, 355 Krueger, 803 Kuehnemann, E., 679 Kuhn, Helmut, essay by, 545-574 ^57 Lamprecht, Karl, 634, 664, 831 Landscape, aesthetic perception of, 613 Langer, Fritz, 371 Langer, Susanne K., essay by, 3 79-400 j 83, 3<>9, 5, 525 Language, 43, 66, 97, 114, 161, 298, 322, 338f, 362, 374, 382f, 3851", 394, 446ff, 454, 461, 463, 558, 5645, 568ff, 633, 748, 756, 832f, 837, 845$ as an aesthetic activity, 344$ and art and myth, as triad, 368) and the arts, myth and theoretical knowledge, 874) as basic to cultural activity, 504} Cassirer's philos- ophy of, 3511 as a category of Cassirer, 748, 756) and the child, 363^$ devel- opment of, 41 6f) double nature of, 3901", 400$ as dynamic, 878^ as energy, 879$ intellectual, 381) as interjection, 612, 6165 and logic, 415* logical element of, 341 i of myth, 328, 383, 387, 389, 396, 404, 507; origin of, 363$ relation of speech to, 3775 representational, 364} and scepticism, 877} of science, 404; so- cial task of, 505} of the spirit, 497) spiritual employment of, 878} structure of t 385, 399; as symbolic form, 607} symbolic function of, 503; of symbolic logic, 100 j transparency of, 878 j Vice's theory of, 616 Language and Myth, by Cassirer, 76, 115, 339ff, 344, 3855, 39of, 396, 445, 496, 507, 510, 522, 523 Language and Reality, by Urban, 432, Language, Signs and Behavior, by Morris, 8if Lanz, Henry, 597 Laplace, 324, 455 Lask, Emil, 355, 815 Law(s), 283, 340, 770, 774, 778, 787, 795 j in art, 644; of causality, 76 8 f, 784ff, 789f, 794, 798} concept of, 774; of continuity, 2975 dynamical and phoronomical, 746fj dynamical and sta- tistical, 741, 743f* functional, 789, 7915 of inertia, 746, 749; moral, 487, of mo- tion, 769, 783, 785fj of nature, 487, 73*> 733i 73*ff, 74*ff 781, 783$ of new emphasis, 297 j Newton's, 769, 786} physical, 787 \ and principles, difference between, 196} of social world, 540; sta- tistical, 741, 787; of synthetic unity, 767 Leadership, 275, 28*, 282 Least action, principle of, 196 Leander, Folke, essay by, 335-357 Leibniz, Gottfried Wilhelm, 42, 210, 245, 249, 256ff, 309f, 313, 316, 345, 406, 445, 596, 633, 646, 745, 747, 803, 807, 814, 832, 849, 861, 867; on art as ana- logue of reason, 615) functionalism of, 629; on importance of individuality in INDEX 925 art, 615$ and individual vision, 614} revaluation of reality in terms of force, 619 Leibniz* System, by Cassirer, 257, 803 Lenzen, Victor, 80 Leonardo da Vinci, on art, 619, 725 Leasing, 447, 554, 633, 646, 654* and the pregnant moment in art, 614 Letters on the Aesthetic Education of Man- kind, by Schiller, 871 Leucippus, 600 Level(s), 343} of cognition, 99* of con- cepts, 275$ f language, 298) meanings on the intuitive, 341 5 of scientific ma- turity, 275; of symbolic forms, 167 [see Modality] Levy-Bruhl, Lucien, 498, 518-520, 522-527, 5*8, 594, 796 Lewin, Kurt, essay by, 269-288} xvif, 271, 285, 286 Leyendecker, Herbert, 829 Liberalism, 755f Liberation through symbolic forms, 67 Libido, 395, 39& Lichterlebnisse, no Lie, definition of group by, 203 Liebmann, Otto, 447, 455 Life, 563^ 566, 573, 817, 840, 843, 855ff} as the form of spirit, 295} as more than impulse, 866} as pure functional ac- tivity, 875 Litt, Thcodor, 346, 353, 828, 845 Like and dislike, in art, 68$f Linear style, 351 Lingua universalis, 406 Linguistic symbols, 201 [see Language] Llnienzugy mf Lipps, Theodor, 803 Literature, 447, 454, 462, 642*1", 6635$ as linguistic art, 684} and philosophy, 663^} sociological aspect of, 616 Lobachevski, 192 Locke, John, 151, 406, 469, 482, 596 Loewith, Karl, 803, 845 Logic, 342; of artistic imagination, 318; of creation, 310} of the generic or class concept, 250? of history, 337, 352} of invention, mathematics as, 309; and mathematics, 259, 262 j of philosophical thought, 353ff } of philosophy, 337, 352} of power, 540} of the relational con- cept, 250} of signs, 316} symbolic, 241} of symbolic forms, 309} and theory of science, 272$ of things, 316) of think- ing the Idea, 355) transcendental, 5 5 of, 554* 557, 565 Logic: the Theory of Inquiry, by Dewey, 353 Logica come scienza del concetto puro, by Croce, 355 Logical context, 764 Logical determination, 298 Logical element of language, 341 Logical empiricism, 209} cf. 200, 353 Logical exaggeration, 308 Logical invariants, 158, 164, 191 Logical j udgment, 313 Logical order, 66 Logical positivism, 200, 209, 353 Logical unity of the context, 764 Logicists, 199 (Zur) Logik der Kulturwissenschaften, by Cassirer, 119, 345, 349, 35*f, 456, 550, 554, 694, 698, 70if, 722, 816, 845 Logik der Philosophie und die Kategorien- lehre, by Lask, 355 Logik der reinen Erkenntnis, by Cohen, 761, 8o 9 f, 814, 822, 837 "(Zur) Logik des Symbolbegriffs," 754 Logische Untersuchungen, by Husserl, 82, 8o2ff, 8o8f, 8i8f, 825f (Die)logischen Grundlagen der exakten Wissenschajten, by Natorp, 761, 782, 784, 792 Logistik, 241 Logos, 66, 92, 299, 342ff, 365, 406, 846} intuitive, 344} mythos and, 328} phi- losophy of the self-consciousness of, 355} scientific, 344 Logos Dike Kosmos in der Entwicklung der griechischen Philosophie, by Cas- sirer, 633, 639f, 648, 653 Lorentz transformation equations, 782 Lotze, Hermann, 42, 189, 415, 864 Lowie, R. H., 511 Lunar mythology, 369 Lyric poet, artistic character of, 6 7 off Lyricism, see expressionism Mach, Ernst, 2O7f Machinery, 303 Magic, 377, 387} early connection with art, 6o9f} and myth, 520 Magnitude, 157 Mahnke, 803 Malinowski, Bronislaw, 511, 517, 52of, 525, 5*7* Man, 315, 445f, 448, 45 *> 457 459*i 926 INDEX 4^553, 556, 573*, 833ff, 8371?, 843*?, 8 5 of, 854, 877$ of affairs, or social practitioner, 283; as agent of the Idea, 877$ as animal rationale, 201, 493; as animal symbolicum, 201, 448, 461, 493, 55> 53^> civilized, 486$ conventional vs. real, 6645 as creator of moral laws, 487$ cultural, 537; cultural definition of, 492-495 J finitude of, 551, $35ffj hu- manity, defined by, 514$ and humanity, 494 j knowledge of, 473 j literature, de- scription in, 686) as measure, 4725 nat- ural, 486; of primal times, 299} psy- chological function of civilized and na- tive, 517-527; ontological nature of, 474f} science of, 495$ self-disintegra- tion of, 877} substantial nature of, 495} as symbol-making animal, 503-505 } sym- bolic form of, 316} universal rationality of, 478$ in the universe, 743 Mann, Thomas, 291, 300, 323, 326, 328f, 331, 648, 664f, 829 Marburg School, 65, 123, i85f, 206, 209, 2Xi, 588, 553, 567> 635, 759ff, 781, 792, 798} see Cohen, Natorp Marcus Aurelius, 479ff Marc-Wogau, Konrad, 88, 102, 105, no Marionette Theater, by von Kleist, 858 Maritain, Jacques, 208 Marx, Karl, 347, 594, 599$ and Freud, 656 Mass, 770, 775$ ponderable, 770 Mass-points, 770 Massaussagen, 195 Material bodies, 775 Material form, 349 Materialism, 41 Mathematical concepts, 239fF Mathematical economics, 286 Mathematical induction and deduction, 260 Mathematical inference, 259, 261} as pro- ductive of new knowledge, 253 Mathematical knowledge, 747 Mathematical logic, 241, 273^ Mathematical metaphysics, 748, 75 3 f Mathematical method, 264 Mathematical objects, 257f Mathematical and physical formulations, 99 Mathematical and physical space, 115 Mathematical rationalism, 732, 748 Mathematical reasoning, 731 Mathematical symbols, 266, 324 Mathematical thinking, 762} continuity of, 263) creative advance of, 254 Mathematics, 129, 133, 177, 2416*, 245, 275> 328, 331, 382, 385, 746, 762, 8261", 829, 843} and experience, 262) history of, 264} and logic, 241, 258, 262) as logic of invention, 309} and nature, 747} philosophy of, 429^} pos- sibility of, 259} as progressive, 259} value of, 154 "Mathematische Mystik und mathematische Naturwissenschaft," by Cassirer, 715 Mathematization and integration of the social sciences, 286 Mathesis universalis, 244 Matter, 770} in relation to form, 321 Maturity, levels of scientific, 275 Mayer, Robert, 740 McTaggart, J. M. E., 593 Meaning, 78, 83, 95, 98, 101, 171, 201, 212, 265f, 298, 30if, 375, 388ff, 395, 864} behavioristic theory of, 5O2f} con- centration of, 396} emotive, 589, 593} incarnation of, 94} intuitive, 341 } of mathematical concept, 281} multiplicity of, 756} positivistic theory of, 41 of} primacy of, 499 f} relation of sound to, 377} universal, 504 Measurement, 274, 277, 285 Mechanics and mysticism, 328 Mechanics, Newtonian, 156, 200, 338, 745, 747, 769, 774*, 783, 787 Mechanics, quantum, 774, 776f, 7895, 798 Mechanics, statistical, 741, 788 Mechanism, 745 f, 749 Media of knowledge, 78 Mediated world, 773 Mediating function of the symbol-concept, 8? Medieval thought, character of, according to Cassirer, 705 f. Meinecke, 42 Mendelssohn, Felix, 45 Mendelssohn, Moses, 447 Mental development, 503 Mentalists, 503 Mentality, cultural, 5x9, 523} prelogical and mythical, $z6f Metamorphoses of symbolic forms, 164 Metaphor, 752 Metaphorical thinking, 338 Metaphysical approach, 477, 484 Metaphysical controversy, xoi INDEX 927 Metaphysical crisis, 326 Metaphysical problem of symbolic forms, 317 Metaphysical realities, 486, 753 Metaphysical statements, 747, 749ff Metaphysical world-ground, 865 Metaphysics, 77, 93, 116, 124, 126, 137, 206, 293, 296, 3i2f, 324, 326, 384^ 393) 4$8, 490, 551, 564, 744, 749f, 867, 874$ dualistic, 505 j language of, 438ffj and language, 508} mathematical, 747ff, 7535 mythical, 509$ organic, 524 Metaphysik der Siuen t Kant's, 578 Mcta-psychological theory, 476 Method, geisteswissenschaftlich in literature, 673, 681$ historical, 43, 634, 638ffj of a science, 274 Methodology, 272, 732 Metrical geometry, 203 Meyer, Eduard, 837 Michelangelo, 301 Michelson, A. A., 78 ij Michelson-Morley experiment, 781 Microcosm of the age, art as, 610, 627f Middle Ages, 705, 865 Military strategy, 283 Mill, John Stuart, 142, 1961", 602$ theory of induction of, 737-739 Milton, 350 Mimic level, of concepts, 299 j of lan- guage, 298 Mind, 78, 88, 146, 384, 387ff, 392f, 395*> 73i, 735fi absolute, 598 j objec- tive, 598 Miracle, 316 Misconceptions, positive significance of, 383, 385 Modality (-ies), 114, i66ff, 297 Mode, discursive, 391; of experiencing, 384-, imaginative, 391$ mythic, 389, 393> 39 8 i of perceiving, 384$ of order, 7785 of thinking, 383, 387 Modern art, appropriateness of Cassirer's views to, 629f j perspective in, 627 j sub- jectivism in, 627 Molecules, 280 Moliere, 587 Moments, of symbolic forms, 297 Monads, 210, 306 Montagu, M. F. Ashley, essay by, 359-377 Moore, G. E., 582-595, 603 Moral goodness, 589, 593 Moral obligation, self evident, 577 Moral self, 365 Morality, 320, 3335 symbolism, vehicle of man's, 327 Morally fit, 583 Morley, E. W., 781 Morphology, 803, 82$f, 828, 831 Morris, Charles W., 8 if, 5O2f Mosaic, 348 Motion, 285, 746, 753} laws of, 7835$ Newton's laws of, 769, 786 Motivation, 271 Mozart-Dirichlet, 332 Mueller, Max, 338, 507, 516 Museum conception of art, 346ff Music, 167, 328, 331, 348 Musicality of the mathematician, 332 Mysterium des Wirkens> 301 f Mystical thinking, 796 Mysticism, 328, 331 j of the artist, 332? mechanics and, 328 Myth, 84, 115, 161, 1 66, 298, 309, 338f, 356, 366, 383, 387, 389f, 393, 397, 399f, 4ff, 439, 446ff, 454, 461, 633$ analysis of, 371, compatibility with phi- losophy, 532; concept of, 517-527$ as ethnocentric, 535 j explanatory, 797$ in Hoelderlin, 668 j as intellection, 371) irrational powers of, 540} and language, 379-400, 5<>7fj as mystical ethnocentric truth, 53 5 j origin of, 5i6f, 520? and philosophy, 367, 3821", 393^, 532* and poetry, 5*9-533 * political, 534fj role in history of human culture, 527-535$ as symbolic form, 607$ symbolism of, 612$ unitary function of, 515-517 Myth of the State, by Cassirer, 33, 75, 472f, 475, 48iff, 513, 515, 5235, 533f, 536, 538ff, 706, 7o8, 719, 724, 838 Mythic consciousness, 388ff, 558, 564, 5655, 57of, 573 Mythical thought, 832f, 836f Mythische Begriffe, 341 (Das) mythische Denken, 821, 833$ see Philosophic der symbolischen Formen Mythology, 43, 328, 369 Mythos, and language, 328 Mythos, as thought-form, 399 Nagasaki, 279 Naive realism, 198 Name(s), 323, 364, 386, 390!", 394, 397 Natorp, Paul, 42, 185, 759ff, 764-789, 928 INDEX 794, 80 iff, 8ogff, 8i6ff, 821, 824, 83of, 834, 84', 8 4 8ff Natural History and Theory of the Heav- ens, by Kant, 323 Natural rights, theory of, 483 Natural science, 63, 272} [see Science] Naturalism, 41, 209, 211 Naturalistic fallacy, 589 "Naturalistische und humanistische Be- gruendung der Kulturphilosophie," by Cassirer, 452, 454, 456, 46off, 536, 692, 704 Nature, 125, 455, 73$, 742f, ?66ff, 773, 785^ and consciousness, 857 } and his- tory, 495$ Hoelderlin's conception of, 668} invariance of laws of, 781, 783} life in harmony with, 480, literature, de- scription of, 686} and mathematics, 747 fj as self-existent, 148) as sphere of scientific law, 487} uniformity of, 472 Necessity, 750, 752ffj of knowledge, 151, 159, I72ff Neo-classicists, 64.^ Neo-deontologism, 577, 583 Neo-Hegelians, 206, 355 Neo-Kantian axiologists, 488, 501 Neo-Kantianism, 446, 448, 462, 470, 478, 494, 498, 508, 543, 652, 757-797, 801- 854$ [see Marburg School] Neo-Platonists, 368 New Laokoon, by Babbitt, 350 Newton, Isaac, 85, 190, 194, 299, 313, 315, 427, 455, 459, 633, 651, 745, 747, 769, 781, 783, 785*, 79i Newtonian laws of motion, 769, 786 Newtonian mechanics, 156, 769, 774f, 783, 787 Newtonian physics, 200, 338, 483, 485, 745, 747 Nexus, 263 Nicol, Eduardo, 495 Nietzsche, Friedrich, 210, 399, 447, 594, 639, 648, 803 Nihilism, 147 No Voice is Wholly Lost, by Slochower, 323 Noema, 808 Noesis, 8o8f, 841 f Nominalism, 208, 212, 257 Non-being, 562f, 754 Non-Euclidean geometry, i8lf, 779f Non-natural characteristics, 584, Nordic man, 535 Northrop, F. S. C, 471, 4 8 3 Nostrand, Howard Lee, 489 Novel, analysis of, 686fT Novelist, 347 Number, 77, 84, 94, 117, 134, 166, 169, 176, 241 ff, 277, 293, 300} Kant's the- ory of, 243} as primary and original act of thought, 244} and scheme of serial order in general, 244 Object, 79, 84, 87, 159, 313, 372, 735, 76iff, 768ff, 774f, 7775, 793ff, 797} of cognition, 765; functionalizing of, 553 557f 5^2} mathematical, 257 Objectification, 107, 169, 198, 2Oof, 206, 794, 804, 8o9ff 834ff, 841 f, 844, 846f, 873 Objectify, 167 Objectivation, 297 Objective anthropomorphism, 663 Objective idealism, 875 Objective mind, 598 Objective spirit, 292 Objective universe, 362 Objective validity of the conceptual order of the mind, 151 Objectivity, 83, 8sf, 91, 107, 157, 193, 295, 356, 733, 743f, 74$, 815 Objektivitaet ueberhaupt, 91 Obligations, self-evident, 577 Observation, 80, 278, 284, 73 iff Ogden and Richards, The Meaning of Meaning, 511 onomatopoetic level of language, 298 ontological, argument, 213} knowledge of man, 493-506} metaphysics, 90} priority of individual, 477, problems, 187} theory, ^.6g( ontologies, 806 ontologism, 64 ontology, 296, 468, 473, 486, 494, 744ff} [see Being] Order, mode of, 778; and number, 245} serial, 129, 131, 288} totality of, 785 Ordinal number, as logically prior to car- dinal, 245 Organic creativity, 875 Organic wholes, 590 Organization, category as general form of, 251 Origin, principle and sphere of, 821 f, 846 Origin of Species, by Darwin, 210 Ortega y Gasset, Jose, 45, 489-492, 53$, 539 INDEX 929 Paine, Thomas, 482 Painting, 348) analysis of form in, 685 Pan-aesthetic conception of experience, 348 Pan-Babylonianism, 370 Pandora, Goethe's, symbolism of, 6zzfF Pan-logistic tendency, 344 j of Hegel's sys- tem, 875 Pan of sky, Erwin, art as condensed symptom of an age, 628} history of spatial treat- ment, 624-628) use of Cassirer's con- ception of art-symbol, 624, 627f Pap, A., 91 Parabola, 308 Parallel postulate, 191 Pareto, V., 210, 286 Parmenides, 212, 549*552, 554 f i 5^2f, 806, 872 Participation, principle of, 769, 796 Particle, 776 Particulars, 100, 263$ induction from, 737ff Parts, 280 Pascal, Blaise, 807 Pasch, 104 Passions, psycho-physical interpretation of, 674 Pathos of the spirit, 876 Paton, H. J., 46, 70, 450, 491, 584, 587, 639, 883 Peirce, C. S., 21 1 Perception, 202, 298, 302, 313, 374, 772$ selectivity of, 975 sensationalist's theory of, 202 Perceptive manifold, the matter of the symbolic function, 101 Perceptual constancy, 202 Perceptual space, 322 Permanence, 768 Permanent properties, 277 Personal style, 348 Personalism, 846 Personality, 271, 275$ type, 474 Perspective, adaptation of, 626fj modern treatment of, 627$ relation to gen- eral world-outlook, 624^ Renaissance achievement of, 626 Petzaell, Ake, 71 Pfaender, Alexander, 845f Phaenomenologie der Erkenntnis, 99, 343, 813, 8i5f, 818, 821, 825f, 829, 831 j [see Philosophic der symbolischen Fontten, Vol. Ill] Phantasy, 322 Phenomenalism, 142 Phenomenology, 67, 213, 421, 557, 801- 854} of cognition, 306, 3iofj genetic, 82if, 825 Phenomenological method, 421, 435, 8o2ff Phenomenology of Spirit, by Hegel, 376, *7* Phenotypical data, 284 Phidias, 350 Philosophic der Aujklaerung, by Cassirer, 75* 633, 636ff, 64if, 652, 654, 657, 665 Philosophic der symbolischen Formen, by Cassirer, 44, 48f, 65, 7$f, 78, 82, 87, 95ff, 1 1 of, ii4f, 1 1 8, 154, 1 60, 1 6 iff, 188, 20of, 257, 263, 289-333, 361, 388, 392, 394-, 396f, 399, 404*, 4<>9ff> 4*8f, 42 iff, 426, 431, 436, 4385, 445, 448, 461, 55of, 564, 567, 572, 607, 6ioff, 6i3f, 616, 619, 6366% 64if, 657, 759f, 77off, 792ff, 8o5ff, 801, 814, 8251, 8325, 838, 842, 8465 Philosopher, vs. Sophist, 754ff Philosophical anthropology, 446, 449, 457, 459, 461, 463f Philosophical style, Cassirer's, 73 iff, 755f Philosophical systems, as hypostatizations, 93 Philosophical universality, 92 Philosophy, 353ff, 356, 392f, 339f, 7546** anthropological, 446, 449, 451, 457f, 461, 463fj and art, 6o7f [see Art]} critical, 382, 407, 551, 557, 573, [see Kant, Nee-Kantianism]} of culture, 117, 545-574, 8o5f, 8331, 843, 854 [see Cul- ture]) Greek, 634, 648$ and history, 734ff, 755, 875$ of history, 312, 837i 875 j of language, 351, 607, 616, 748, 802, 830, 8741", 878f [see Lan- guage] j and literature, 663 ffj periods of, 381 fj preparation for, 367) of religion, 805, 845-854, 875 j and science, 90, 273 [see Science] Philosophy and History, ed. by Klibansky and Paton, 46, 70, 450, 491, 639, 883 Philosophy in a New Key t by Langer, 83, 309 Phoronomics, 746 Physical body, 775 Physical field, 280 Physical laws, 787 Physical objectivity, 192 Physical science, 307 Physicalism, 208 Physici, 274f, 277, 282, 368, 741, 746$ 930 INDEX classical and modern, 7455 quantum, 195, 198, 208 Physiognomic experiences, 298 Picasso, 629 Pico della Mirandola, 451, 715, 717 Picture magic, 373 Planck, Max, 42, 463, 743 Planck's constant, 198 Plato, 81, 185, 306, 322f, 367, 445, 4471", 555, 563, 573, 649, 653, 667*, 74ff, 761, 818} art and sophistry of, 756} humanistic insight of, 539, idea of the Good, 756} irony, 756) man and culture, theory of, 470-478} metaphors, use of, 75 2 j myth, theory of, 5 3 off j Phttedrus, 755} Sophist, 754f} space, conception of, 6255 Symposium, 623, 755 (Die) Plato nische Renaissance in England und die Schule von Cambridge, by Cassirer, 464, 646, 718, 723 Platonism, 445, 448, 464$ Cassirer's 752, 756 Plotinus, 672$ on symbol, 609 Plastic imagination, 324 Play, 871) of the child, 366) instinct in art, one-sidedness of, 617 Pluralistic ethics, 577, 590 Poet, vs. liar, 755 Poetic essence, 666, 684ff Poetry, 383, 398} and myth, 529-533 Poincare", 207 Points of view, 100, 162, 164, 167 Polarity, 100} in art-symbols, 6o9f, 626 j basic in Being, 609$ of life and knowl- edge, 858} overcome, 609, 6295 of sense and senses, 95$ within symbolic form, 880 Polysynthetic languages, 351 Pope, Alexander, 449, 459 Pos, Hendrik J., essay by, 61-72 Positing, 163, 768f, 77*, 777 Positivism, 81, 200, 209, 263, 353, 455f j cultural, 206, 470, 538$ sociological, 470, 494, 498, 536 Possible, the, 319, 862, 871 Potencies and forms of the soul, 371 Potentiality, 327 Power, 388ff, 397, 868} of symbolization, 304 Pragmatism, 209, 63 5 j criticism of a priori by, I75ffj logic of, 353 j [see Dewey, James) Praegnanz, 301} symbolic, 330, 41 3f, 422 Praegungen xum Sein, 163 Pre-established harmony, 317 Pregnant moment, selection of, in art, 614 Pre-scientific symbolism, 336, 340 Presentation, 298 Presentative and representative moments, 97 Prichard, H. A., 577, 579 Primary datum, 293 Primitive people, 364 Principia Mathematics, 246 Principle(s), 100, 156} of concatenation, 399} of inertia, 769} Kant's regulative, 2ii} of participation, 796} of relevancy, 798 Probability, 743, 787f Process, 311, 326} of cognition, 762, 771$ of creation, 293} endless self-correcting, 212} historical, 634, 6385"} of removal, 320 Productive imagination, 871 Progress, 274, 490} of cognition, 765} of knowledge, 1885 linear, 534} of mathe- matics, 259} systemic, 762 Projection, 765 Projective geometry, 203 Prolegomena to any Future Metaphysic, by Kant, 84, 115, 486 Prometheus, in early lyrics of Goethe, 621$ in Pandora, 623 Prophet, 304, 347, 844, 85iff } Virgil, Dante, Milton, Goethe, as, 329 Prepositional function, 100, 113 Prepositional meaning, 213 Protagorean maxim, 472 Pseudo-problems, 187 Psychoanalysis, 271 } [see Freud] Psychological force, 288, 5151*, 540 Psychologic reference, 65 5f Psychologism, 803 f, 807 Psychology, 293, 328, 362, 371, 382, 393 J descriptive, 804, 842} dynamic, 395, 398ff} history of, 271} reconstructive, 804, 809, 814, 821$ [see Man] Psycho-pathology, 821, 829 Psycho-physics, 271 Ptolemaic astronomy, 60 if Pure essence, 375 Pure forms of order, 86 1 Pure imagination, 366 Pure meaning, 171 Pure space, 782, 861 Pure tautology, 255 Pure time, 782, 86 1 INDEX Qualities, 114, 272, 303, 341 Quantity, 272ff Quantum physics, 195, 198, 208 Quantum mechanics, 774, 776f, 789ff, 798 Radcliffe-Brown, A. R., 517 Randall, John Herman, Jr., essay by, 689- 728 Ranke, F., 663 Ranke, Leopold, 837 Rationalism, 98, 180, 249, 263, 406, 530, 734, 736, 748} Cassirer's, 535'54', 73*i and empiricism, synthesized by Cassirer, Realism, 148} in art, 643$ dualistic, 24, 136, 141 j metaphysical, 143 Reality, 96, 167, 294, 297f, 373, 3841", 389, 397, 745*, 7^7, 774> 77$, 785, 835*, 837, 852} absolute, 747} becoming, 314} cultural, 496-498} intelligibility of, 8ij meta-cultural, 538, 543$ mirror of, 496 j new dimension of, 497, 503; objective, 509 j ponderable, 775 j pre-cultural, 498, 538) 543) and the symbol, 526) symbolic, ^39, 656 j as symbolically mediate, 87 Reason, 386!", 39if, 395, 398f, 737$ Cassirer on, 7365 cultural, 5015 dictates of, 479 j historical, 488-490} practical, 487 j rule of, 530} surrender of, 539 Reconciliation of opposites, by Cassirer, 749ff, 756 Reconstruction, of western civilization, 43 Reconstructive analysis, 327 Reference, psychologic, 655fj social, 6$3ff, 659 Regulae philosophandi, 791 Regulative principles of inquiry, 187, 197 Regulative principles, Kant's, 211 Reichardt, Konstantin, essay by, 661-688 Reichenbach, Hans, 180 Reification, 312 Reinach, Adolf, 808, 84$f Relation-concept, 190 Relation (s), 128, 147, 190, 246, 248, 281, 284, 8i5f, 826, 845ffj calculus of, 266} between concepts and fact-finding, 2845 constancy of, 281; functional, 766} of sound to meaning, 377; of speech to lan- guage, 377} subject-object, $5$f} un- certainty, 775, 7895 Relative ideal, 674 Relativism, 141, 147, 472} historical, 490, 756 Relativity, of cultural conceptualization, 5x2 Relativity, Einstein's, 65, iQif, 194, 200, 300, 74Si 749i 78iff Relativity, ethical, 593^, 595, 597*, 600 Relativity of postulates, 180 Relevancy, principle of, 798 Religion, 84, 115, 162, 301, 387, 395 398, 400, 446, 454, 461, 513, 565, 57if, 633, 832f, 845-854 j 875 j positive, 424^ symbolism of, 424, 609, 612 Rembrandt, experiments with near space, 627 Removal, dialectic process of, 309 Renaissance, 296, 4455, 457, 464, 673, 689ff, 735, 865 "Renaissance or Prenaissance?" by Thorn- dike, 693 Representation, 78, 95, 97, 103, 113, 298, 304, 825*, 83 if Representational language, 364 Repression, 863 Research, 274 Richards, I. A., 640 Rickert, Heinrich, 42, 501, 549, 640, 802, 815, 837 Rilke, Rainer Maria, 852 Riemann, 192 Riemannian geometry, 191 Riezler, Kurt, 828 Rodin, A., 291, 295ff, 299, 303*", 310, 314, 320, 324, 333 Romandichtung und Mythologie, Ein Brief' wechsel mil Thomas Mann, by Kere*nyi, 326 Romanticism, 44*6ff, 454#, 530, 858$ Ger- man, 6661? Romanticists, 488, 529f, 644, 655 Rosenberg, Alfred, 535 Rosenzweig, F., 669, 802 Ross, Sir W. D., 577, 579, 594 Rossetti, 350 Rousseau, J. J. 447, 457#, 486f, 633, 635, 646, 656} and the youthful Goethe, 621 Rousseau Kant Goethe, by Cassirer, 332, 458f, 484, 486, 633, 635, 647, 654ff, 682, 851 Russell, Bertrand, 132, 200, 208, 211, 246, 252, 261 f, 266, 596} his Principles of Mathematics, 102, 1995 his theory of types, 195 Sainte-Beuve, 456 St. Hilaire, Geoffroy, 68 1 St. Thomas Aquinas, 102, 626 Sakulin, P. N., 676 932 INDEX Sapir, Edward, 502 Sartre, Jean-Paul, 492, 536 Saxl, F., essay by, 47-51 ) xvi Schapp, Wilhelm, 829 Scheler, Max, 584, 817, 821, 823, 826, 8 4 of, 845*, 859f 865, 867, 872 Schelling, Friedrich, 41, 368, 371, 447ff, 453f, 456!, 46of, 561, 646, 6676*) on art as expression of genius, 6175 meta- physics of, kinship with Goethe's Pandora, 627 Schema, space-time, 7671 Schemata, 300, 86ij [see Kant] Schiller, Friedrich, 324, 349, 447, 63 3f, 646ff, 654, 665, 668, 831; his play theory of art, 617 Schiller, F. C. S., 213 Schilpp, Paul A., 582, 585, 592f Schlegels, the, on art as expression of genius, 617 Schleiermacher, Friedrich, 832, 849 Schmidt, Raymund, 596 Scholasticism, 79 Schopenhauer, Arthur, 310, 447 Science, 42, 114, 162, 276, 318, 340, 357, 383, 385> 387, 395, 400, 446, 457, 461, 463, 633, 642, 832, 834, 8385 and aesthetics, 735, 7565 Cassirer on, 732f) definition of, 265$ and development, 156; experience as, for Kant, 85$ jactum of, 76if) Galilean, 483; logic and theory of, 2725 of mind, 398 j natural, 4875 [see Physics, Newton, Newtonian] 5 of order, 245) possibility of, 86) Renaissance, 482, 484 [see Galileo, Renaissance] ; as self- developing historical fact, 156} social, 469 [see Culture, Social] j stages of, 275 ; symbolism in, 106, 340, 404, 41 8f, 423, 426ff, 508 Scientia generalis, 31 off, 316 Scientific abstraction, 287} analysis, 2835 cognition, 761 \ development, 2751 facts, 284} logos, 344) method, 2751 research, 41} sense, 1135 syntax, 1065 thought, continuity of, 263 Scientism, 65 Scientists, reflecting, as philosophers, 89 Script magic, 373 Sculpture, 301, 308, 324, 34-8f Seinsebenen (planes of reality), 301 Self, 822) concern, 807; knowledge, 138, 354, 357, 471, 877 j liberation, 305, 321) presentation, 836 Self-evident moral obligations, 577 Semantics, history a branch of, 663 Semiotics, 81 Seneca, 479* Sensation, 313, 322, 374 Sensationalism, 202, 206, 208 Sense data, no, 765, 772f Sense perception, 97, 202, 733, 8i3f> 819, 826f, 829) selectivity of, 97 Sense perspective, 101 Sensibility, 243 Sensualism, dogmatic, 298 Sentence, 298 Sentiments, 278 Separation, of I and world, 870; of man and culture, 32 iff Serial order, 99, 131, 6365, 648 Series, construction of, 277 Shaftesbury, 46, 447, 633, 646) and preg- nant moment in art, 614 Shakespeare, 350, 643 Sheldon, W. H., 469 Sidgwick, Henry, 578, 593 Sign(s), 78, 98, 344, 372f, 5025 analysis, 8ij behavioristic approach to, 83) lin- guistic, 201 j process, 8i; and signified, 103; vs. symbols, 83) vehicle, 82 Similarity of forms, 308 Sinn, see Meaning Situations, social, 2698, 287 Sketch, as imitation with omissions, 614 Slochower, Harry, essay by, 631-659$ 323 Smart, Harold, essay by, 239-267; 154 Smith, Norman Kemp, 595$ see Critique of Pure Reason Social field, 280, 283, 287 Social forces, 285 j measurement of, 274, 282 Social psychology, 2698 Social reality and concepts, 283, 496ff Social reference, 6535, 659 Social science, 269ff, 492ffj integration of, 283) world of, 365 Sociometric techniques, 282 Socrates, 450, 47*ffj 531, 573 Solmitz, Walter M., essay by, 729-756) 88iff "Some Remarks on the Question of the Originality of the Renaissance," by Cassirer, 706, 708, 720, 725 Sophist, vs. Philosopher, 754 Sophists, 367, 47if, 484 Sorel, 210 Soret, 680 Soul, 371) dualism of body and, 479) free- INDEX 933 dom of, 479} irrational functions of, 478; rational activity of, 479 Space, 77, 84, 94, 117, 157, 166, 191, 24$, 299, 300, 322ff, 362, 5651, 768, 776ff, 782, 861, 874$ conceptual, 322} Euclidean, 779fj as order of coexistence, 24.7; perceptual, 322; physical, Euclidicity of, 780$ pure, 7825 and time, forms of, 779 i unitary, 783 Space-time, 761, 776} continuum, 1935 co-ordinates, 783$ schema, 767f Spatial demonstration, 298 Spatial dimensions, 779 Spatiality, 322$ of thought, 324 Speech, 345, 504 Spencer, 456 Spengler, 456 Spinoza, 46, 331, 453, 482, 578, 667, 851, 869 Spirit, 368, 817, 840, 847, 852, 855-880} creativity of, 339, 500} expressions of, 505} as functional activity, 875} human, 499} life, construction of, 860 ; as ob- ject! fkati on, 86i} pathos of, 876} phe- nomenology of, 875 Spiritual employment and language, 878 Spiritual liberty, 366 Spiritualization, 316, 570 Spontaneity, 316, 325} of the mind, 190 (Die) Sprache, by Cassirer, 338} [see Philosophic der symbolischen Fortnen, Vol. I] Sprache und MytAos, by Cassirer, 338 Stace, W. T., 128 State, the, 474, 4765 concept of, 53 if} cultural priority of, 477} historical, 532? ideal, 532f; mythical conception of, 533 State, of soul, 320 State, of a thing, 776 Statements, 196 Static conception of deduction, 259 Statistical averages, 197 Statistical laws, 741, 787 Statistical mechanics, 197, 788} [see Quan- tum physics, Quantum mechanics] Statistical procedure, 286 Stavenhagen, Kurt, 846 Stebbing, L. S., 588 Stellar mythology, 369 (Die) Stellung des Menschen im Kosmos, by Scheler, 859 Stein, Edith, 842, 845 Stephens, I. K., essay by, 149-181 Stilbe griff , 351 Stoicism, 6745 on living in harmony with nature, 4805 on man and kumanitas, 478-484} political philosophy of, 479 Stravinsky, 629 Structural properties, 281 Structure of experience, 187, 298} [see a priori, Kant, Neo-Kantianism] Rtujengang (systematic progression), 376 Style, Cassirer's, 731-756 Sublimation, 863 Subject, Hegel's substance and, 875 Subjectification, 804, 810 Subjective and objective, 140 Subjectivism, modern, 627 Subjectivity, 805 ff Subject-object relation, 555f Subject-predicate logic, 234 Subjectum, Aristotelian, 767 Substance, 302, 562, 636, 750, 768} and attribute, 385, 388 Substance and Function, by Cassirer, 63, 79. 99*, 105, 116, 129, I36f, 153, !$$#> 191, 199, 243ff, 252, 254f, 2$9f, 262, 277f, 284f, 288, 361, 404, 6361, 641, 737, 746f, 750, 782f, 785, 809, 826 Substanzbegriff und Funklions be griff, 99, 153, i55> 404> 76o, 809, 815, 826 Successor, 246 Sumner, W. G., 485 Sun mythology, 369 Superstition, 389 Suspicion, vs. hypothesis, 740 Swabey, William C., essay by, 121-148 Sylvester, James Joseph, 332 Symbol(s), 48, 66, 301, 307, 376, 386, 388ff, 396, 498, 500, 794, 796} aesthetic vs. scientific, religious, 6095 the beautiful as, 609$ category of, 505} concept, 78, 102} definition of, 502} formula, 113} historicity of, 6ioj mathematical, 266} polarity of, 609, 626 } relation to art, 609, 621} situation, 79) as source of reality, 541 } as ultimate element of culture, 5025 Vischer on, 608 Symbolic forms, 76ff, 164, 289-333, 385, 387, 390, 392, 395, 4o> 445> 448, 461!, 558ff, 5635, 572ff, 7941 805, 812, 825, 830, 831-845, 848, 852 [see Art, Knowl- edge, Language, Religion, Myth] ; ex- pression, 164} language as, 607$ meta- physics of experience as, 115; myth as, 607} as organs of reality, 83$ and philosophy of culture, 115} planes of reality of, 301 } polarity within, 880 } 934 INDEX as progressive states of the emergence of consciousness, 291 j and "pure meaning/ 1 164$ and "representation," 164$ as reve- lation, 619$ as symptoms of an age, 628} as systematic of the spirit, 314 Symbolic function, 314; fundamental, 92) between logic and mathematics, 319) be- tween logic and morality, 3195 primacy of, 302 Symbolic level, of the concept, 299) of language, 298 Symbolic logic, 199, 241} language of, lOOj tautological character of, 2$$ff Symbolic Praegnanz, 330, 41 3f, 422 Symbolic reality, 639, 656 Symbolic relation, 113 Symbolical universe, 497 Symbolism, 332; Cassirer on, 502-506} evolution of cultural, 506-512) pre- artistic, 6ioff; religious, 424$ Rodin's, 308) in science, 41 8f, 423, 426ffj as vehicle of man's morality, 327 Symbolists, French, 672 "(Das) Symbol problem und seine Stellung im System der Philosophic," by Cassirer, 331, 608, 620, 812, 831 Symptoms, 284, 628 Synoptic view of philosophy, 292 Syntheses, passive, 8nf, 816 Synthesis, 86, 106, 307, 734!, 756} of opposites, 170$ of scientific and historical understanding, 756 Synthetic judgment a priori, 86, 187, 192, 199, 75! Synthetic unity, basic law of, 767 Synthetizing function of consciousness, 300 System, 330, 750, 775$ of effects, 775$ of experience 7$2fj of thought, 752f Systematic nexus, 263 Systematic progression, 376 Systemic context, 763 Systemic progress, 762 System of Transcendental Idealism, by Schelling, 859 Taboos, methodological, 275, 282 Taboos, scientific, 279 Taine, H., 456, 658, 66 3 f Tau, M., 687 Tautology, 255 Teaching curricula, 76 Technology, 303 Teleology of Aristotle, 366 Temperature, 284f Tempering of Russia, by Ehrenburg, 326 Tension, 288) in art-symbols, 610, 626) in Goethe's Pandora symbol, 622f be- tween the I and its environment, 870) internal, 772) in modern art, 6305 and release, 618} in world of consciousness, 609} [see Polarity] Tertiary qualities, 341 Theoretical cognition, 301 Theoretical mode of the symbol function, 98 "(Zur) Theorie des Begriffs," 154 Theory, 6411 field, 775$ interdependence of fact finding and, 2775 of knowledge, 4*, 551, 57* J of relativity, 65, I9if, 194, 200, 300, 638, 745. 748, 78iff Thing(s), 281, 298, 303, 325, 386, 388, 394, 397 767f> 774#> 7*6 Thing-concepts, 190 Thing-in-itself, 196!?, 294, 376, 553, 561, 765, 775, 793* Thorild, Thomas, 337 Thought, context of, 765$ development of, 253) discursive, 391$ forms of, 381, 385$ image of, 384$ logical vs. pre-logical, 524) mythic, 391, 397, 517-527* process of objectifying, 154$ organ of, 505; philosophical, 3825 post-scientific, 52ifj pre-logical, 5i8f) productivity of, 257; scientific, 385 Thucydides, 664 Tillich, Paul, 425 Timaeus, 323 Time, 77, 84, 94, "7, *57> 166, *93, 3<>o 768, 776ff, 782, 808, 82of) beauty sub- ject to, 624* Kant's theory, 243$ possible successiveness, 862} possible together- ness, 862$ primitive perception of, 6125 pure, 782} unitary, 783 Timclessness, 756 Tolstoy, Leo, 332, 653 Topology, 203 Totality of experience, 281 Totality of forms, 313 Totality of order, 785 To turn est ante partes, 579 Town-planning, 348 Tradition, 351, s8if, 393 Tragedy of culture, 573f Tragedy, Greek, 648 Transcendence, 85 3 f Transcendent aesthetics, 185, 242, 346 Transcendental, analytic, 86) idealism, 55of, 558, 562 [see Kant]* logic, 158, 241, 264, 55of, 554f> 557. 5*5$ method, INDEX 935 90, 185, 187, 805 j question, 77$ syn- thesis, 555, 5575 relativization, 321 j use of the categories, 187 Transfinite numbers, 779 Treitschke, H., 663 Transformability, 205 Transformation (s), 203, 277 > of symbolic forms, 1 64 Transvaluation of traditional values, 210 Troeltsch, E., 42 Truth, 93, 167, 211, 294* 36ff, 33<>, 35$, 375, 732, 756, 8i4f, 8i8f, 820, 871? conditions, 213} empirical, 664} ideal, 664, 684$ theory of, 258 Two Sources of Morality and Religion, by Bergson, 328 Tylor, E. B., 515, 517, 520 Tyrant, vs. philosopher-king, 755 Ueberzeugung, by Hoelderlin, 731 Uncertainty relations, 775, 789*? Uncritical realism, 205 Understanding, and idiographic insight, 494} native endowment of, 499; theo- retical, 487* Verstehen, 357, 753, 756 Unification of the p re-scientific symbolic forms, 337f Unitary function of myth, 5i$ff Unitary origin (Ursprungseinheit), 763 Unitary space and time, 783 Unity, Cassirer on, 752, 755f j of the con- text, logical, 764^ cultural, problem of, 54lffj in diversity, 163, 752$ of function, 513) of the fundamental mythical ideas, 370} of knowledge, 161, 163, i88j ac- cording to law, 773) in the manifold, 541? of meaning, 163$ of practical reason, 501} of science, 190$ of the soul, 371} of system, 163$ two sources of, 542f Universal (s) xoof, 130, 189, 196, 2o8f Universal mind, 146, 598 Universality, in art, 620 Unknown, progressing into the, 274 Urban, Wilbur M., essay by, 401-441) 488, 508, 584 Urphaenomene, 96 Ursprungseinheit, 763 Usener, H., 345 Ushenko, Andrew P., 85 Utilitarianism, 579, 598^ Validity, 738, 741 fj in ethics, 599) of a principle of serial order, 288 Value(s), 388, 392) cultural, 489$ and strength, 862) in themselves, 584) in the totality of strength, 862) transvaluation of traditional, 210 Varieties of Religious Experience, by James, 839 Verites de fait and verites de rats on, 212 Verstehen, 357, 753, 756 Vicious circle principle, 195 Vico, Giambattista, 368, 448) on language, 616 Virgil, 350 Vischer, Friedrich Theodor, 48, 608 Vision, artistic, 347, 6i3f) relation to imitation, 619 Vitalism, historical, 49off Vives, L., 451 Voelkergedanken, 371 Volition, 278 Volksgeisf, 454 Von Huegel, 425 Von Humboldt, 66, 88, 351, 362, 372, 447f, 457, 460, 879 Vossler, Karl, 407, 411, 433 "Wahrheitsbegriff und Wahrheitsproblem bei Galilei," by Cassirer, 706 Walzel, O., 679 Warburg, 47ff Warranted assertability, 212 Wave, 777 Werkmeister, William H., essay by, 757- 798 Werthegriffe, 351 Wesenheit, 375 Western civilization, 43 Weyl, H., 104, 193, 431, 434 White, L. A., 536f Whitehead, A. N., 171, 195, 199, 207, 357, 437, 473, 5*5, 749 Whole and parts, 280 Will to live as will to logic, 175 Will to power, 510 Winckelmann, 646) opposition to theory of individuality, 615 Wind, Edgar, 4$2f Windelband, Wilhelm, 42, 567, 640 Wirksamkeit, 375 Wissenschaft, humanities as in, 42 "Wissenschaft Bildung Weltanschauung," 639 Woelfflin, Heinrich, 351, 638, 831 Wogau, see Marc-Wogau Word magic, 373 936 INDEX Words, 3445 magical powers of, 509} sym- bolic function of, 508 Wordsworth, William, 175, 350, 839 Wundt, Wilhclm, 66, 480 X of cognition, 765^ 778, 793? [see Thing- in-itself] X of experience, 769, 771, 779 Yale University, 3 if, 511 Yang and Yin, 324 "Young Man of Sals," of Schiller, 324 Zcno, 562 Zero, 246 Zinkernagel, 667, 669 Znaniccki, Florian, 498 Zunis, New Mexico, 48 Zur Einsteimchen Relativitaetstheorie, by Cassirer, 191, 193, 759, 782$ [see Sub- stance and Function^ etc.] Zur Logik der Kulturtvissenschajten, by Cassirer, 347, 349 35 > 45*> 45$, 458 "Zur Theorie des Begriffs," by Cassirer, 849